GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF cr-

BUWLEITN 417

Edited by
MJ. Orchard and AID,M&rbrn
 GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA
BULLETIN 4 17

ORDOVICIAN TO TRIASSIC CONODONT

PALEONTOLOGY OF THE
CANADIAN CORDILLERA

Edited by
M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken
@ Minister of Supply and Services Canada 1991
Available in Canada through

authorized bookstore agents and other bookstores

or by mail from

Canada Communication Group - Publishing

Ottawa, Canada KIA 0S9

and from

Geological Survey of Canada offices:

601 Booth Street

Ottawa, Canada K 1A 0E8

3303-33rd Street N.W.,

Calgary, Alberta T2L 2A7

100 West Pender Street

Vancouver. B.C. V6B 1R8

A deposit copy of this publication is also available for reference

in public libraries across Canada

Cat. No. M42-417E

ISBN 0-660-14091-8

Price subject to change without notice

COVER DESCRIPTION
Conodonts from the Canadian Cordillera.

Left - one of the oldest conodonts, Cordylodus proavus

Miiller, from the Cambro-Ordovician Rabbitkettle Formation
of east-central Yukon Territory (about 505 million years old,
hypotype GSC 95 112).

Centre - Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann, representing the

peak of conodont diversity in the Upper Devonian, from the
Earn Group of north-eastem British Columbia (about 365 Ma,
hypotype GSC 81 173).

Right -one of the youngest conodonts, Misikella

posthernsteini Kozur & Mock, from the Sandilands
Formation of Queen Charlotte Islands, British Corumbia
(about 210 Ma, hypotype GSC 95294).

Final version received for publication: 1990-05-29

 Preface

The Canadian Cordillera is a complex of rock units representing the North American craton and accreted
allochthonous terranes. The difficulty of correlation within and between terranes and the craton has been
overcome in part through paleontological studies. One of the prime fossil tools in this continuing research
is the conodont.
This volume is a collection of twelve papers describing aspects of conodont paleontology of the
Canadian Cordillera - biostratigraphy, biochronology, paleoecology, evolution, and taxonomy. The last
discipline is the basis of all the others, and the creation of 20 new species, 2 new subspecies, 1 new genus,
and the 46 plates of conodonts in this volume are a major contribution to taxonomic research. New
biostratigraphic zones combined with existing zones provide a comprehensive Ordovician to Triassic
temporal standard for sedimentary rocks of western Canada.
Studies such as these increase the piecision of correlation both within the Cordillera and with other
regions of the world, refine calibration of the geological time scale, and provide the essential framework
for mineral and hydrocarbon exploration.

Elkanah A. Babcock
Assistant Deputy Minister
Geological Survey of Canada

La Cordillere canadienne est un complexe d'unitks lithologiques qui correspondent au craton nord-
amCricain et aux terranes allochtones en croissance. Des Ctudes palkontologiques ont permis de surmonter
partiellement les difficult& que prksentent les corrklations B l'intkrieur d'un terrane et d'un terrane B l'autre.
L'un des principaux fossiles auxquels on fait appel pour realiser cette Ctude continue sont les conodontes.
Le prdsent volume est une collection de douze articles dCcrivant les details de la pal6ontologie des
conodontes de la Cordillbre canadienne - la biostratigraphie, la biochronologie, la palCoecologie, l'tvolu-
tion et la taxonomie. La demibre discipline constitue la base de toutes les autres, et la dCtermination de 20
nouvelles espbces, de deux nouvelles sous-espbces,de un nouveau genre et des 46 planches de conodontes
qui figurent dans ce volume representent une importante contribution B la recherche taxonomique. Les
nouvelles zones biostratigraphiques, combintes aux zones existantes, constituent dans 1'Ouest canadien un
intervalle de rkfkrence couvrant toute la pCriode de skdimentation comprise entre I'Ordovicien et le Trias.
Les ttudes de ce type permettent une corrtlation plus prkcise B la fois B l'intkrieur de la Cordillbre et
avec d'autres rCgions du globe, d'affiner l'ttalonnage de 1'6chelle gCologique, et nous offrent un cadre
fondamental dans lequel nous pouvons entreprendre l'exploration des gites minCraux et des gisements
d'hydrocarbures.

Elkanah A. Babcock
Sous-ministre adjoint
Commission g6010gique du Canada
CONTENTS

M.J. ORCHARD
Conodonts, time and terranes: an overview of the biostratigraphic record in the western
Canadian Cordillera

C.R. BARNES, Z. Ji, and S.M.L. POHLER

A review of Ordovician conodont paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera

A.D. McCRACKEN
Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Cordilleran Road River Group, northern Yukon
Territory, Canada

A.D. McCRACKEN
Taxonomy and biostratigraphy of Llandovery (Silurian) conodonts in the Canadian Cordillera,
northern Yukon Territory

A.D. McCRACKEN
Silurian conodont biostratigraphy of the Canadian Cordillera with a description of new
Llandovery species

T.T. W E N 0
Pre-Famennian Devonian conodont biostratigraphy of selected intervals in the eastern Canadian
Cordillera

D.I. JOHNSTON and B.D.E. CHATTERTON

Farnennian conodont biostratigraphy of the Palliser Formation, Rocky Mountains,
Alberta and British Columbia, Canada

S.E.B. mWIN and M.J. ORCHARD

Upper Devonian-Lower Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy of the Earn Group and overlying units,
northern Canadian Cordillera

A.C. HIGGINS, B.C. RICHARDS, and C.M. HENDERSON

Conodont biostratigraphy and paleoecology of the uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous of the
Western Canada Sedimentary Basin

C.M. HENDERSON and M.J. ORCHARD

Gondolelloides, a new Lower Permian conodont genus from western and northern Canada

J.M. BEYERS and M.J. ORCHARD

Upper Permian and Triassic conodont faunas from the type area of the Cache Creek Complex,
south-central British Columbia, Canada

M.J. ORCHARD
Upper Triassic conodont biochronology and new index species from the Canadian Cordillera
 LEGEND

Slide Mountain

.................

CHARLOTTE

................
...............

Frontispiece. Distribution of Cordilleran tectonostratigraphicterranes in western Canada.

 FOREWORD

This volume was compiled to coincide with a joint meeting in Vancouver of the Pander Society
(conodont researchers) the first Canadian Paleontology Conference (formerly the Canadian Paleontology
and Biostratigraphy Seminar) sponsored by the Paleontology Division of the Geological Association of
Canada.
The compilation is a synthesis of Ordovician-Triassic conodont research undertaken in the Canadian
Cordillera mostly during the past decade. A frame of reference is the terrane map of western Canada
(opposite), which shows the craton and the distribution of heterogenous crustal fragments that have been
displaced or have become accreted after the Paleozoic. These studies provide an important contribution in
the geological interpretation of the North American Cordillera.
We acknowledge the following for their efforts in expediting the publication of this volume: B. Vanlier
(GSC, Vancouver) for assistance with technical editing, the Cartography group (GSC, Calgary) for plate
production, S. Irwin (UBC, Vancouver) for technical assistance, and the authors for the relatively efficient
production of manuscripts. Final page proofs were seen only by the co-editors because of the tight
production schedule, and so we take credit for any errors.

AVANT-PROPOS

La compilation de ce volume a CtC faite de faqon B ce qu'il soit termind au moment de la rdunion conjointe
tenue B Vancouver B l'occasion de la Premibre confkrence canadienne de palkontologie de la Pander Society
(chercheurs sptcialistes des conodontes) (anciennement le SCminaire canadien de paldontologie et de
biostratigraphie) parrainCe par la Division de palkontologie de 1'Association gdologique du Canada.
Cette compilation est une synthbse de la recherche entreprise dans la Cordillbre canadienne sur les
conodontes de l'ordovicien et du Trias au cours de la dCcennie qui vient de s'Ccouler. Un cadre de r6fCrence
acceptable est la carte des terranes de 1'Ouest canadien (page oppode) qui montre le craton et la distribution
des fragments crustaux hkt6rogbnes dCplacCs ou rdunis par accrktion aprbs le PalCozo'ique. Ces Ctudes
constituent une importante contribution du point de vue de l'interprdtation de la gCologie de la Cordillbre
nord-amCricaine.
Les auteurs remercient les personnes suivantes de leurs efforts en vue d'accd1Crer la publication de ce
volume: B. Vanlier (CGC, Vancouver), de son aide dans la mise au point technique, le groupe de la
Cartographie (CGC, Calgary) de la production des planches, S. Irwin (UBC, Vancouver) de son assistance
technique, et les auteurs, de la production relativement efficace des manuscrits. Les corkdacteurs seuls ont
examine les Cpreuves finales du texte, en raison de dklais de production serrCs, donc nous sommes
responsables de toute erreur qui a pu se produire.
 Conodonts, time and terranes: an overview of the
biostratigraphic record in the western
Canadian Cordillera

Michael J. Orchard1

Orchard, M.J. 1991: Conodonts, time and terranes: an overview of the biostratigraphic record in the
western Canadian Cordillera. & Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordil-
lera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417, p. 1-25.

Abstract
Ordovician to Triassic conodont biostratigraphy is described from western Canadian Cordillera, that
is within 16 accreted or displaced terranes plus the margin of the North American autochthon. Conodonts
of diverse age come from platformal and offshelf strata of Cassiar (including Cariboo) Terrane; pericra-
tonic Kootenay (including Barkerville) Terrane; marginal basin assemblages of Slide Mountain, Dorsey,
and Quesnel (Ohnagan) terranes; composite island arc assemblages within Quesnel (Harper Ranch),
Chilliwack, Cadwallader, Stikine, Taku, Wrangell, and Pacific Rim terranes; oceanic and subduction
complexes of Cache Creek and Bridge River terranes; and heterogenous, long ranging Alexander Terrane.
Conodonts of Ordovician age are known from Cassiar, Quesnel (Okanagan) and Alexander terranes;
of Silurian age from Cassiar and Alexander terranes; and of Devonian age from Cassiar, Slide Mountian,
Quesnel (Okanagan, Harper Ranch), Stikine, and Alexander terranes. Carboniferous-Permian conodont
collections, more common and widespread, occur in 12 terranes and are dtfferentiated into 18 faunas.
Triassic conodonts occur in I 5 terranes with virtually the entire period, including the Permian-Triassic
boundary, represented in Cache Creek Terrane.

Rksum~
L'auteur dtcrit la biostratigraphie ordovicienne ci triasique des conodontes de la Cordill2re occidentale
du Canada dans 16 terranes accre'tks ou de'placks ainsi que la marge de I'autochtone nord-amkricain. Des
conodontes d'dges divers proviennent de strates de plate-forme et de strates extracdtibres dans le terrane
de Cassiar ( y compris le Cariboo); du terrane pkricratonique de Kootenay ( y compris le Barkerville);
d'assemblages de bassin marginal des terranes de Slide Mountain, de Dorsey et de Quesnel (Ohnagan);
d'assemblages composites d'arcs insulaires dans les terranes de Quesnel (Harper Ranch), de Chilliwack,
de Cadwallader, de Stikine, de Taku, de Wrangel et du Pacific Rim; de complexes octaniques et de
complexes de subduction dans les terranes de Cache Creek et de Bridge River; et du terrane htttroghne
d'Alexander qui couvre un long intervalle d'dges.
On trouve des conodontes de I'Ordovicien dans les terranes de Cassiar, de Quesnel (Ohnagan) et
d' Alexander, des conodontes du Silurien dans les terranes de Cassiar et &Alexander, et des conodontes du
De'vonien dans les terranes de Cassiar, de Slide Mountain, de Quesnel (Okanagan, Harper Ranch), de
Stikine et &Alexander. Des collections de conodontes du Carbonij2re au Permien, plus fikquents et plus
rkpandus, qui se subdivisent en I8 faunes, se rencontrent dans 12 terranes. Des conodontes du Trias existent
d a m 15 terranes; les conodontes du terrane de Cache Creek couvrent presque toute la pe'riode, y compris
la limite permienne-triasique.

Geological Survey of Canada, 100 West Pender St., Vancouver, B.C. V6B 1R8
INTRODUCTION To the west, the Kootenay Terrane (= Barkerville Ter-
rane in west-central British Columbia), described as pericra-
Conodonts from the structurallycomplex and generally meta- tonic, shows early Paleozoic stratigraphic linkages to the
morphosed western Canadian Cordillera have been studied craton but its subsequent history differs. Continuing west-
for little more than a decade. During this time, conodont ward, the Slide Mountain and Dorsey terranes are basin
research has become increasingly important and continues to assemblages with diverse sediment and volcanic compo-
have a profound effect on geological interpretations of the nents, including abundant oceanic ribbon chert and pillow
region. The growth in conodont study has coincided with the basalt, that are thought to have been deposited in areas
emergence of the terrane concept, which views the western marginal to the craton.
Cordillera as a collage of allochthonous crustal fragments
(terranes) that have amalgamated with ancestral North Amer- Farther west, the most easterly of the surely allochthonous
ica since the Mesozoic (see Wheeler et al., 1988). terranes is the Quesnel (= Quesnellia) Terrane, the western
parts of which (Harper Ranch Subterrane) include Paleozoic
The inception of the terrane concept was strongly influ- arc volcanic and clastic rocks. Additional allochthonous arc
enced by paleontological data (Monger and Ross, 1971), but assemblages are included in the Chilliwack, Stikine (= Stiki-
prior to the routine extraction of conodonts as a complement nia), and Wrangell (= Wrangellia) terranes, the last two of
to systematic regional mapping, the stratigraphic record which also contain significant platform carbonates. The base-
within most of the tectono-stratigraphic terranes was un- ment of the eastern Quesnel (Okanagan Sub-) Terrane is
known or poorly constrained. Although considerable biostra- largely an oceanic assemblage. With the exception of the
tigraphic work remains to be done, it is an opportune time to Wrangell Terrane, these former Paleozoic volcanic island arc
review our current knowledge of terrane biostratigraphy as terranes were superceded by Triassic volcanic arc assem-
revealed by the Ordovician-Triassic conodont record. blages, which also typify the basements of the Cadwallader
In this paper, I present a summary of conodont faunas and Pacific Rim terranes. Triassic volcanic and sedimentary
from the western Canadian Cordillera, and adjacent southeast rocks also occur in the Taku Terrane, where they overlie
Alaska. The data, much of it unpublished, represent the output Permian limestone, and in the Harrison Terrane, where
from conodont biostratigraphic research in Vancouver since Permian clasts are known.
about 1980; they provide a measure of how our understanding In the Wrangell Terrane, there are widespread Triassic
of the Cordillera has advanced during this time. The temporal carbonate platform and slope deposits built on a volcanic
framework presented is a fundamental basis for other work basement of oceanic rift basalts. Cache Creek and Bridge
on terrane analysis. River terranes consist predominantly of upper Paleozoic and
lower Mesozoic oceanic volcanics and chert, accretiona~y
prism mClange deposits, and in the former, substantial Per-
TECTONIC ELEMENTS mian carbonate buildups containing "Tethyan" fossils.
In recent years, the western Cordillera has been interpreted The Alexander Terrane contains upper Proterozoic to
as an amalgamation of crustal fragments that record different Triassic volcanic and sedimentary rocks representing diverse
stratigraphic and tectonic histories. The definition of these depositional environments; of the allochthonous terranes, it
tectono-stratigraphic ("accreted", "suspect") terranes has is unique in containing a substantial lower Paleozoic sedi-
become a focus of multidisciplinary regional studies. The mentary record.
distribution of the principal terranes in western Canada is
shown in Figure 1 (derived from compilations by Wheeler
and McFeeley, 1987, Wheeler et al., 1988; see also frontis- CONODONT FAUNAS
piece, this volume); Figure 2 shows 1:250,000 scale map
areas cited in the text. Conodonts are known from virtually all Cordilleran terranes.
Ordovician through Devonian (Fig. 3) collections are rela-
The eastern limit of Cordilleran deformation falls within tively rare except in southeast Alaska, where N. Savage
the craton where the stratigraphic history is relatively well (University of Oregon) has documented many collections,
known. The Rocky Mountain early and middle Paleozoic particularly of Devonian age. Many unpublished conodont
platformal successions pass westward into the Kechika faunas of Ordovician-Devonian age are also known from the
Trough in northeastern British Columbia and the Selwyn disrupted autochthonous margin in the Selwyn Basin-Ke-
Basin in eastern Yukon, the site of slope and basin deposition. chika Trough, and some of these data are the subject of
After the Middle Devonian, the basins were filled and upper companion papers in this volume.
Paleozoic and younger shelf sediments were deposited.
Carboniferous and Permian conodont collections (Figs. 4,
The accreted terranes of the Cordillera lie west of this 5) are far more abundant in the terranes than those of the lower
region, generally across the Rocky Mountain Trench-Tintina Paleozoic, and many correlations are now possible, between
transcurrent fault system (Fig. 1). The most easterly, inboard terranes and with the autochthonous successions to the east.
terrane is the Cassiar Terrane (= Cariboo Terrane in the The Triassic conodont record (Fig. 6 ) is the most extensive
south), which contains platformal and offshelf strata similar and, through biochronological schemes developed for the
to those of the North American autochthon; it is thought to region [Orchard, 1991b (this volume)], it is possible to pro-
represent part of the continental margin displaced northward duce a highly resolved stratigraphic history.
along strike-slip faults.
Figure 1. Outline map of western Canada showing distribution of Cordilleran terranes. (From Wheeler and
McFeeley, 1987; Wheeler et al., 1988.)
 Figure 2. Terrane map of western Canada with overlay showing names of 1:250,000scale map areas.

4
 In the following account, the conodont biostratigraphic The Canadian part of the Alexander Terrane pezadeash,
record from the western Cordillera is described chronologi- Tatshenshini River) has yielded few, exclusively coniform
cally; in the Appendix, the record for each terrane is listed and largely Lower Ordovician elements such as Drepanois-
separately. Paleoenvironmental and paleobiogeographic in- todus and Variabiloconus (Pohler and Orchard, 1991, Table
terpretations of the conodonts are noted throughout (see also 1) but farther south, A. Harris (pers. comm., 1979) has
Orchard in Carter et al., in press). The location of cited faunas collected Middle Ordovician Pygodus and Periodon from the
is recorded by reference to the terranes and the 1:250,000 Descon Formation on Prince of Wales Island, and Savage and
scale map quadrangles in which they occur. Savage (1980) report Periodon in clasts from a conglomerate
on nearby Abbess Island. These "deep-water" taxa occur
also in the Road River Formation of the Selwyn Basin-Ke-
Ordovician chika Trough (e.g., Orchard, 1986), and contrast with "shal-
Ordovician conodonts from the western Cordillera have re- low-water" Phragmodus fauna from the Kechika Group of
cently been summarized by Pohler and Orchard (1991), and the adjacent Cassiar Terrane (Finlayson Lake) in Yukon
are included in the review by Barnes et al. [I991 (this vol- Territory (Pohler and Orchard. 1991, Table 3).
ume)]. Apart from the marginal areas of the autochthon, Ordovician conodonts from the Quesnel Terrane (Pentic-
Ordovician conodonts are known only from the Alexander, ton; Pohler et al., 1989) occur at a single locality within the
Cassiar, and Quesnel terranes (Fig. 3). In general, as found Shoemaker Assemblage, which is far removed from any other
by Tipnis et al. (1978), in the Selwyn Basin-Kechika Trough, known Ordovician strata. Consisting principally of Be-
deeper/cooler "North Atlantic Province" conodonts pre- lodella? (or Ansella), Belodina, and Strachanognathus
dominate and are juxtaposed against, and in part interfinger (Pohler and Orchard, 1991, Table 2), the fauna occurs within
with, relatively shallow/warm water North American Mid- recrystallized limestone surrounded by undated siliciclastic
continental Province conodonts of the cratonic MacKenzie sediments and is loosely constrained as Middle or Late
Platform. Lower, Middle, and Upper Ordovician conodonts Ordovician in age.
are known from the Selwyn Basin (Pohler and Orchard, 1991,
Tables. 4-10), but few data are available from sections.
Barnes et al. [I991 (this volume)] and McCracken [1991a
(this volume)] present new data from more easterly and/or
northerly, less tectonized areas of Cordilleran Ordovician
strata, and review the extent of former studies in the region.

SILURIAN •

ORDOVICIAN • •
GSC
Figure 3. Occurrence of Ordovician-Devonian conodont Figure 4. Ages of Carboniferous and Permian conodont
faunas within Cordilleran terranes. faunas 1-18 relative to North American and Eurasian Carbon-
iferous and Permian series. In general, nearshore biofacies
are to the left, offshore biofacies are to the right.
 Period / Age -
CHANGXINGIAN Silurian
18
DZHULFIAN Silurian conodonts are rare in the Canadian terranes (Fig. 3).
Z
A few conodont elements of possible Silurian age are known
= I from the Alexander Terrane (Mount St. Elias, Tatshenshini
z
0)
3 5 :
n
River) but the only well documented conodont faunas of this
J
17 16
age are from the Hecata Limestone in southeast Alaska
a o
0 Z (Savage, 1985). These diverse faunas are late Llandovery-
4 I
3
C)
0 early Wenlock in age and include several new conodont taxa,
which are also known from the northern Cordilleran miogeo-
Z
cline [Norford and Orchard, 1985; Over and Chatterton,
z -
4
1987; McCracken, 1991b (this volume)], Kechika Trough,
4 z
5 -0 B 15 and equivalent strata in McLeod Lake (Pohler et al., 1989).
a:
W
a
u
Z 14 Small Silurian collections are known from the Cassiar Ter-
4
z 4 rane in Yukon Territory (Quiet Lake), but they are composed
LO
Y
O
W
1 Z exclusively of coniform elements. A review of these data is
a
I- given by McCracken f1991c (this volume].
-s .
% 4

W Z
Z
5
a
i 4 12 Devonian
a I
2 2LO Considerable Devonian conodont data are available from
P z marginal areas of ancestral North America, particularly from
-
0 ' 5
1
W east-central Yukon (Nahanni) where several new formations,
L O
LO
4
11
Z Z
I
d -a
_r
a W
E
m
C
' N
CI
m z Z
J I I
a
3 5
Z
s3 2
a
- '5
4
Y 13 10 9
z Z
a I
2 w
V)
Z
I
V)

W 0
Z
'L 5. Z
a Z
5 4 8
$ E
Y
I I
LO 7
2 :z 4
a< m -
u~ oE
5 Z
Z
I
a
4 3
E 5
W a
m
l- Z
W
-
6A 6 6
I
d 0

z
5 4
a
P W
5
5
V)

2 z
4
V) W
2 a
a a
V) z 2
0 d
-r .
L
?2
4
2 dr5 ,Z 3
1

Figure 5. Occurrence of conodont faunas 1-18 within Figure 6. Occurrence of Triassic conodont faunas within
Cordilleran terranes. For relative ages see Figure 4. Cordilleran terranes.
with complex stratigraphic relationships, have been recog- Middle Devonian
nized using data from conodont biostratigraphic studies (Gor-
dey, Abbott, and Orchard, 1982; Orchard, 1984c; Gordey, in Conodonts of probable late Eifelian age are known from the
press). Some of the Lower-Middle Devonian data are sum- Alexander Terrane in both southeast Alaska (Wadleigh Lime-
marized by Uyeno [I991 (this volume)] as part of an overview stone; Savage, 1977b) and in the St. Elias Mountains in
that includes pre-Famennian work on the Rocky and MacK- northwest Canada (Tatshenshini River). Species common to
enzie mountains. Upper Devonian conodonts from marginal both areas are Polygnathus parawebbi Chatterton, which
areas of both Yukon Territory and northern British Columbia appears restricted to the Cordilleran region, and elements
are from the Earn Group (Irwin and Orchard, 1989) and are close to P. eiflius Bischoff and Ziegler and P. trigonicus
described more fully by Irwin and Orchard [I991 (this vol- Bischoff and Ziegler. Indeterminate polygnathids of probable
ume)]. Frasnian-Farnennian conodonts from the eastern Cor- Eifelian age also occur in the Stikine Terrane, within the
dillera have been described recently by Klapper and Lane foliated carbonate succession containing Pragian conodonts.
(1989), Orchard (1989), and ~ohnsonand chatterton [I991 Faunules of definite Givetian age are largely restricted to
(this volume)] describe new Famennian data. the St. Elias Mountains where both the ensensis (Mount St.
Devonian conodonts are known from several areas in the Elias) and varcus (Tatshenshini River) zones are identified
terranes of the western Cordillera, but they are rare outside on the basis of their nominate species. Icriodus, characteristic
the Alexander Terrane (Fig. 3). The discovery of Devonian of relatively shallow water environments, is common in the
conodonts in both Stikinia and Quesnellia was the first evi- Givetian of the Alexander Terrane (Dezadeash, Tatshenshini
dence for strata of this age in those terranes, but the geological River) and is also known from the reefoid McDame Group of
context of these occurrences remain obscure. Devonian cono- the Cassiar Terrane (Watson Lake); the genus is also common
donts from the Slide Mountain Terrane supplement reports of on the MacKenzie Platform, but rare in the Selwyn Basin. A
Devonian radiolarians from the Sylvester Group and provide probable upper Givetian conodont fauna is also reported from
a maximum age for that terrane. Details follow. the San Juan Islands in northwest Washington State (Savage,
1984a).

Lower Devonian
U m e r Devonian
Diverse conodont faunas of Lochkovian, Pragian, and Em-
sian age have been described from within the Alexander Upper Devonian conodonts from the Cordilleran terranes are
Terrane of southeast Alaska by Savage (1977a, 1977c, 1981, known from the Alexander, Quesnel, Slide Mountain, and
1982), Savage et al. (1977), and Savage and Gehrels (1984; Cassiar terranes. Earn Group strata of the miogeocline occur
includes summary). These localities are on Prince of Wales in both the marginal autochthon, and in parautochthonous
Island and adjacent islands and come principally from the strata of the Cassiar Terrane (Orchard and Irwin, 1988). The
Karheen Formation and overlying (Emsian and younger) offshore Palmatolepis biofacies is ubiquitous throughout the
Wadleigh Limestone; Lochkovian conodonts have also been Earn Group and allows precise dating of stratiform mineral
recorded from the San Juan Islands in Washington State deposits that occur within the westerly derived clastic assem-
(Savage, 1984a). blage [Dawson and Orchard, 1982; Orchard and Irwin, 1988;
Irwin and Orchard, 1989, 1991 (this volume)].
In Canada, Emsian faunules are known from the St. Elias
Mountains (Kluane Lake, Tatshenshini River), where Pan- In the Midway area of the Cassiar Terrane (McDame),
dorinellina exigua Philip is a key element of the fauna, as it middle Famennian conodonts occur in Earn Group strata
is elsewhere in western North America, including the Mc- unconformably overlying the karstic surface of the largely
Dame Group of the Cassiar Terrane (Manson River). Middle Devonian McDame Group (Orchard and Irwin, 1988)
Younger Emsian faunas from the Alexander Terrane and only rare, possibly residual Frasnian conodonts are
(Dezadeash, Kluane, Mount St. Elias) include Polygnathus known at one locality (Jennings River). Elsewhere in the
serotinus Telford and P. inversus Klapper and Johnson. Cassiar Terrane and within the marginal autochthon, sedi-
mentation was apparently continuous during the Upper Dev-
In the Iskut River area of the Stikine Terrane, coralline onian, although no Frasnian-Famennian boundary sections
limestones at the base of the Paleozoic Stikine Assemblage are known (Goodfellow et al.. 1990).
(Read et al., 1989; Anderson, 1989; Brown et al., in
have yielded Pragian conodonts including Icriodus stein- Palmatolepis-dominated conodont fauna also date Fa-
achensis A1 Rawi. Virtually all of the conodont species mennian carbonate within the Sylvester Allochthon (Mc-
known from both the Alexander and Stikine terranes are Dame), which structurally overlies the Cassiar Terrane in
represented in relatively complete Lower Devonian se- northern British Columbia. These are the oldest sedimentary
quences in the Selwyn Basin [Uyeno, 1991 (this volume)]. rocks within the "oceanic" Slide Mountain Terrane and
Conodonts of this age from the accreted terranes are either supplement probable Devonian radiolarians identified within
cosmopolitan or widely dispersed within the Cordilleran re- chert from the same region (T. Harms, pers. comm., 1991).
gion, and have no exotic affinity. Chert of this age is uncommon in the terranes, and only one
other conodont locality is known, which is within red chert
of the Shoemaker Assemblage in the Quesnel Terrane (Pen-
ticton) far to the south and more outboard (Fig. 2). A further
clast of red chert, with Upper Devonian radiolarians, is re- biofacies are shown on the left and offshore biofacies on the
ported from a conglomerate near Lytton (Ashcroft) by Cor- right; a diagonal line separating faunas implies an overlap-
dey (1990, p. 125); its source is undetermined. ping age range. Figure 5 shows the representation of the 18
faunas in each of the Cordilleran terranes.
The Shoemaker locality (= informal Apex Mountain
group of Milford, 1984) lies within the Okanagan Subterrane Upper Paleozoic conodonts from the eastern Cordillera
of the Quesnel Terrane, which consists of a heterogenous occur in well preserved and well exposed sequences that have
assemblage of both oceanic- and arc-derived rock types of been described in a preliminary way by Baxter and von Bitter
diverse age. Apart from the unique Ordovician occurrence (1984), and Henderson and McGugan (1986). A new spm-
noted above, reworked Siluro-Devonian stromatoporoids mary is given in Higgins et al. [I991 (this volume)].
have been determined by A.E.H. Pedder (Calgary; in Read
and Okulitch, 1977), and probable Devonian tentaculitids
have been found in other clasts collected by G. Ray (identified Fauna 1 - the Siphonodella fauna
by E.C. Prosh, Montreal); other dated rocks in the same area The most distinctive conodont genus for the early-middle
are Carboniferous chert and limestone, and Triassic lime- Tournaisian (Kinderhookian) is Siphonodella, which has a
stone. cosmopolitan distribution, typically in offshore areas. The
Farther east in the Okanagan Subterrane, a second Dev- genus, represented by several species, is widespread in the
onian conodont collection with upper Frasnian Palmatolepis marginal autochthon, where it is known from carbonate
has recently been recovered from a coral-bearing limestone buildups of the Kalzas Fomation (Glenlyon), the more silici-
near the base of the Knob Hill Group, an ophiolitic assem- clastic Tay formation (informal; Tay River), and the quartz-
blage dominated by greenstone and chert (formerly regarded itic Tsichu formation (informal; Niddery Lake) [Gordey, in
as Carboniferous; Little, 1983; Fyles, 1990). press; Irwin and Orchard, 1991 (this volume)].
To the west, within the Harper Ranch Subterrane of the Fauna 1 is also known from adjacent terranes: the infor-
Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft), a thick section of plant-bearing mal Seagull group ("felsic volcanic unit") in the northern
siliciclastic strata assigned to the long-ranging Harper Ranch Cassiar Terrane (Quiet Lake); in both the "Eam Group"
Group, has yielded upper Famennian conodonts of the shal- (Cassiar Terrane) and the structurally overlying Sylvester
low water "Icriodus"-Polygnathus-Apatognathus biofacies Group (Slide Mountain Terrane) at Midway (McDame, Jen-
(Orchard, 1987). The conodonts, contained within a thin nings River, Cry Lake; Fauna 111, Orchard and Irwin, 1988);
fossiliferous limestone lying beneath chert-pebble conglom- in radiolarian chert of the Antler Fomation in the Slide
erate, have no described counterpart in the western Cordil- Mountain Terrane (McBride; Struik and Orchard, 1985;
lera, although associated brachiopods are known from the Struik, 1988a); and in dark crinoidal limestone lenses within
Palliser Formation in the autochthonous eastem Cordillera, clastics and volcanics of the Eagle Bay Formation of the
as well as much farther afield (A.W. Nonis, pers. comm., Kootenay Terrane (Seymour Arm; Orchard in Schiarizza and
1985). Conodont data show that this is the oldest unit of the Preto, 1987).
western part of the Quesnel Terrane. Far to the west, Fauna 1 also occurs in bedded radiolarian
Described Upper Devonian conodont faunas from the chert of the Shaw Creek member (informal) of the Fourth
Alexander Terrane are limited to several Frasnian, Polyg- Lake Formation (formerly Cameron River Formation;
nathus-dominated collections from the relatively shallow Massey and Friday, 1988) of the Buttle Lake Group on
water Wadleigh Limestone of the Coronados Islands (Savage Vancouver Island (Albemi, Cape Flattery; Brandon et al.,
and Funai, 1980), and islands south of Wadleigh Island; 1986), where it is used to date the oldest sediments overlying
Palmatolepis and Ancyrognathus have also been reported the Sicker Group arc volcanics in the Wrangell Terrane.
from this formation (Savage, 1987). Several of the species Apart from the Wrangellia occurrence, rocks of this age
described from these strata have also been found on the are not known in the terranes outboard of the marginal basins.
MacKenzie Platform of the Northwest Territories (Klapper Within the Canadian eastern Cordillera, Siphonodella
and Lane, 1985; Orchard, 1988). faunules occur in the Banff Formation (Baxter and von Bitter,
1984).
Carboniferous - Permian
Conodont faunas of Carboniferous and Permian age are far Fauna 2 - the "Hindeodella" segaformis fauna
more widespread in the terranes of the western Cordillera Of several conodont genera restricted to the late Toumaisian
than older faunas; they provide a relatively complete record in Europe and the early Osagean in North America, one
for the interval, for which, in general, zonal schemes of global widespread element, ''Hindeodella' ' segaformis Bischoff, is
applicability have not yet been worked out. Nevertheless, the index to Fauna 2. Although this distinctive element has
despite poor conodont preservation, a utilitarian zonation been reconstructed as part of the apparatus of Scaliognathus
consisting of 18 (formerly 17) conodont faunas has been (Chauff, 1981), the latter genus is known only from one
developed for the region (Orchard, in press). locality, that is within the Tsichu formation in Yukon Terri-
Generalized temporal and spatial relationships of the 18 tory (Niddery Lake). In contrast, the segaformis element is
faunas, based largely on occurrences outside the area of widespread, occurring in association with Geniculatus? n. sp.
study, are shown in Figure 4. In general, shallow water A [Irwin and Orchard, 1991 (this volume)] in many faunules
from the margin of the autochthon (Sheldon Lake, Niddery Bischoff occurs at a single locality in an unnamed unit of the
Lake), and in the correlative Black Slate formation of the Stikine Terrane (Toodoggone). Elsewhere in western North
Seagull group (both informal, Quiet Lake) in northern Cassiar America, Mestognathus is known only from allochthonous
Terrane, Greenberry Limestone in southern Cassiar (= Cari- strata in the Brooks Range of Alaska, and in Utah (von Bitter
boo) Terrane (McBride; Orchard and Struik, 1985; Struik, eta]., 1986).
1988a), and the Sylvester Allochthon of the Slide Mountain
Terrane (McDame; Fauna IV, Orchard and Irwin, 1988).
Fauna 5 - the Bispathodus ex gr. stabilis fauna
Other distinctive but less common upper Tournaisian,
Fauna 2 genera include Doliognathus from the Yukon auto- In the western Cordillera, faunas that consist of simple "bis-
chthon [Glenlyon; Irwin and Orchard, 1991 (this volume)], pathodids" referred to Bispathodus ex gr. stabilis (Branson
and Eotaphrus from both the Greenberry Formation and Mehl), accompanied by hindeodids, and uncommon
(McBride) of southem Cassiar Terrane (Orchard and Struik, gnathodids are interpreted as a less restricted correlative of
1985), and the Sylvester Allochthon of the Slide Mountain Fauna 4, of early Visean (late Osagean-early Meramecian)
Terrane (McDame, Jennings River). In general, Fauna 2 age, even though such elements range beyond the present
represents the offshore successor of Fauna 1 and, in common interval. These low diversity faunas constitute Fauna 5, which
with it, occurs exclusively in areas marginal to the craton. In is common in parts of the Sylvester Group of northern Slide
the eastern Canadian Cordillera, elements of Fauna 2 are Mountain Terrane (McDame). The fauna occurs also in the
found in the upper Banff and the lowest Livingstone forma- Greenbeny Formation (Orchard and Struik, 1985) of south-
tions (Baxter and von Bitter, 1984). em Cassiar Terrane (McBride), and in parts of the Milford
Group (Orchard, 1985) of the Kootenay Terrane (Lardeau).

Fauna 3 - the Pseudopolygnathus fauna

Fauna 6 - the Cavusgnathus-Gnathodus fauna
Pseudopolygnathids, polygnathids and less common
gnathodids occur in association with key elements of faunas Upper VisBan-lower Namurian (Chesterian) conodont
1 and 2, but where the former occur alone they are collectively faunules are the most common and widespread faunules of
assigned to Fauna 3, interpreted as a relatively shallow water late Paleozoic age in the western Cordillera. Two biofacies
biofacies of latest Devonian through Toumaisian age. Addi- are recognized, although they are commonly mixed and are
tional taxa in Fauna 3 are species of Bispathodus, Clydag- not differentiated in Figure 5; these are a shallow water
nathus and ?Patrognathus. A single Pseudopolygnathus Cavusgnathur-Kladognathus biofacies (Fauna 6A), and a
faunule from the Kalzas Limestone in Yukon Territory [Glen- more offshore Gnathodus-Lochriea biofacies (Fauna 6B).
lyon; Irwin and Orchard, (this volume)] also includes rare The latter fauna is the more diverse and characteristically
upper Tournaisian Staurognathus. includes Gnathodus bilineatus (Roundy) and Lochriea com-
mutata (Branson and Mehl), and less commonly Gnathodus
In Yukon Territory, faunas 1-3 occur close to stratiform homopunctatus Ziegler, G. texanus Roundy, G. girtyi Hass,
barite deposits (Glenlyon, Niddery Lake, Sekwi Mountain; Vogelgnathus campbelli Rexroad, early Rhachistognathus
Dawson and Orchard, 1982; Orchard and Irwin, 1988).Fauna spp., and Idioprioniodus.
3 is also known in the Seagull group (Quiet Lake) and
Greenbeny Limestone (McBride) of the Cassiar Terrane, and The Cavusgnathus biofacies is best known in the coralline
the Sylvester Allochthon of the Slide Mountain Terrane (Mc- Milford Group of the Kootenay Terrane (Lardeau) where it
Dame, Cry Lake). The occurrence of Pseudopolygnathus occurs with a single species of Gnathodus, identified as G.
alone in the Milford Group of the Kootenay Terrane girtyi by Orchard (1985); this species perhaps had a broader
(Lardeau; Orchard, 1985) represents the oldest conodont environmental tolerance than other gnathodids.
faunule known from that unit; it may be a little older than, or Cavusgnathus occurs in many other, more diverse upper
coeval with Fauna 1 of the Eagle Bay Formation farther north Mississippian collections from elsewhere. For example, in
in Kootenay Terrane (Seymour Arm). the quartz arenite-shale and limestone members of the Tsichu
formation and correlative units (Niddery Lake, Nahanni,
Fauna 4 - the Mestognathus fauna Nash Creek), including the Keno Hill Quartzite (Dawson), of
autochthonous Yukon; in the Englishmans Group of the
The index for Fauna 4 has been fully described by von Bitter Dorsey Terrane (Teslin); in crinoidal grainstones of the Eagle
et al. (1986). Mestognathus characteristically occurs in low Bay Formation (Okulitch and Cameron, 1976; Orchard in
diversity faunules regarded as indicative of restricted near- Schiarizza and Preto, 1987) of Kootenay Terrane (Seymour
shore environments, although in one collection from the Arm); in coral-brachiopod wackestone of the Harper Ranch
?Slide Mountain Terrane (Manson River) it occurs with cos- Group (Orchard, 1987) in the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft);
mopolitan siphonodellids.(Fauna 1). and in the Stikine Assemblage (Brown et al., in press) in
northern Stikine Terrane (Iskut River, Telegraph Creek).
Fauna 4 is represented by Mestognathus praebeckmanni
von Bitter et al. in the Toumaisian Greenbeny Formation A mixed biofacies Fauna 6 represents the oldest Carbon-
(McBride; Orchard and Struik, 1985) of the Cassiar Terrane, iferous conodonts reported from the Alexander Terrane in
where it is associated with uncommon Polygnathus and ?Pa- Canada. It occurs in the metamorphosed Ducie limestone
trognathus. The younger, VisCan Mestognathus beckmanni
(informal, Prince Rupert; Woodsworth and Orchard, 1985), much better preserved, in the coeval Klawak Formation and
as well as in the correlative Peratrovich Formation (Faulha- Ladrones Limestone in southeast Alaska (Savage and
ber, 1977) in southeast Alaska. Barkeley, 1985). In the Wrangell Terrane, Fauna 7 is the
oldest fauna in the Fourth Lake Formation of the Buttle Lake
The offshore, purely Gnathodus biofacies is known from Group (Alberni, Victoria; Brandon et al., 1986).
the chert member of the Tsichu formation in Yukon (Niddery
Lake, Nahanni); in the Black Slate formation of the Seagull Both faunas 6 and 7 have apparently been reworked into
group (Finlayson Lake) in the Cassiar Terrane; from oceanic the Alex Allen Formation (Orchard and Struik, 1985) of
cherts of the Sylvester Group (McDame), Antler Formation southern Cassiar Terrane (McBride). The youngest cono-
(McBride), and Fennell Formation (Bonaparte Lake) of the donts of the Milford Group in the Kootenay Terrane
Slide Mountain Terrane (Orchard, 1986); and as reworked (Lardeau) are species of Idiognathodus, which are tentatively
elements in the Alex Allen Formation (McBride; Orchard and assigned to this fauna (Orchard, 1985).
Struik, 1985; Struik, 1988a). OffshoreFauna 6B are theoldest
conodonts known in limestones of the Cache Creek Complex
of northern Cache Creek Terrane (Atlin), which includes the -
Fauna 8 the Neogondoleh clarki4ondolella laevis fauna
only record of Lochriea nodosa (Bischoff) in the western The occurrence of the nominate species of Fauna 8 is largely
Cordillera. within the Middle Pennsylvanian. One or both of the primi-
Small collections of Fauna 6 are known from the Blind tive gondolelloids NeogondolelIa clarki (Koike) and Gondo-
Creek Formation of the Quesnel Terrane (Penticton), and lella laevis Kosenko and Kozitskaya may occur with
from the Chilliwack Group of the Chilliwack Terrane (Hope). elements of Fauna 7, but they are less common. Fauna 8
The fauna also occurs in the Etherington Formation of the occurs in the Sylvester Group, Fennell Formation, and Antler
eastern Cordillera (Baxter and von Bitter, 1984). Group sedimentary rocks of the oceanic Slide Mountain
Terrane (McDame, Cry Lake, Bonaparte Lake, McBride;
Orchard, 1986), possibly reflecting a deeper or cooler water
Fauna 7 - the Declinognathodus-Zdiognathoides fauna habitat for the gondolelloids.
Conodont faunas indicative of Fauna 7, of late Namurian- The fauna is also known from the Alex Allen Formation
early Bashkirian (Early-early Middle Pennsylvanian) age, (Orchard and Struik, 1985) in southern Cassiar Terrane
are characterized by species of Idiognathoides and/or Decli- (McBride), from Cache Creek limestone in central Cache
nognathodus. In addition, representatives of the Idiognatho- Creek Terrane (Fort Fraser, McLeod Lake), from an unnamed
dus-Streptognathodus plexus are common, whereas species unit in the Dorsey Terrane (Wolf Lake), and, within the
of Rhachistognathus, Neognathodus, and Diplognathodus Alexander Terrane, from the Dunira Formation (Prince Ru-
occur sporadically. pert; Woodsworth and Orchard, 1985) and correlatives in
southeast Alaska (Savage and Barkeley, 1985).
Idiognathoides is ubiquitous in chert of the Slide Moun-
tain Terrane (Orchard, 1986), occurring in the component
Anvil Group (Watson Lake), Sylvester Group (McDame), -
Fauna 9 the Gondolella ex gr. magna fauna
Fennell Formation (Bonaparte Lake, Seymour Arm), Antler
Formation (McBride), and correlatives elsewhere (Manson I differentiate two upper Middle to Upper Pennsylvanian
River). conodont faunas (9 and 10) characterized by separate com-
plexes of gondolelloid taxa. Fauna 9, the more common one,
Fauna 7 is common in Yukon, being known from carbon- is recognized by the coarse-ribbed Gondolella sensu stricto,
ate and chert units assigned to the Mount Christie, Tsichu, collectively referred to Gondolella ex gr. magna Stauffer and
and unnamed units in the autochthon (Nash Creek, Niddery Plummer. These gondolelloids are accompanied by lobate
Lake, Tay River; Gordey, Abbott and Orchard, 1982), in the Streptognathodus species in the Alex Allen Formation (Or-
Dorsey Terrane (Wolf Lake), and farther west in the Boswell chard and Struik, 1985) of southern Cassiar Terrane
formation (informal, Laberge; Tempelman-Kluit, in prep.). (McBride), and within chert of the Fennell and Antler forma-
The last occurrence is here referred to the Slide Mountain tions of the Slide Mountain Terrane (Bonaparte Lake.
Terrane, although there is considerable doubt about terrane McBride; Orchard, 1986).
boundaries in this area.
Fauna 9 occurs in carbonate olistoliths of the eastern belt
In the Intermontane Belt of British Columbia, Fauna 7 is of the Cache Creek Terrane (Ashcroft; Orchard, 1984a).
known, with Adetognathus (see Fauna 13), from massive where Gondolella ex gr. magna is associated with Idiog-
carbonate of the Cache Creek Complex in central (Fort nathodus. Similar faunas have recently been recovered from
Fraser, McLeod Lake) and northern (Atlin) Cache Creek the central outcrop of the Cache Creek Terrane (McLeod
Terrane, but not from the type area of the group in the south Lake).
(Orchard, 1984a) where the oldest sediments are much
younger (see below). Neither the Quesnel nor the Stikine
terranes include Upper Carboniferous faunas 7- 10. Fauna 10 - the Gondolella ex gr. gymna fauna
On the west coast, Fauna 7 is known from the Alexander This uncommon fauna, the second of late Middle to Late
Terrane in metamorphosed limestone of the Dunira Forma- Pennsylvanian age, is characterized by the so-called "na-
tion (Prince Rupert; Woodsworth and Orchard, 1985), and, ked" gondolellids, here collectively assigned to Gondolella
ex gr. gymna Merrill and King. These species of "Gondolel- regarded as Sakmarian in age. Broadly correlative faunas
la" have a narrow, smooth platform, and often a short poste- occur at two localities in the Slide Mountain Terrane (Mc-
rior process [see Henderson and Orchard, 1991 (this Dame, Manson River), where Sweetognathus occurs with
volume)]. streptognathodids.
Condolella ex gr. gymna may occur rarely in faunas 9 and Sweetognathus whitei (Rhodes), which has been regarded
11, and broad contemporaneity with those faunas is probable. as indicative of the Wolfcampian-Leonardian boundary in
However, the gondolelloids occur alone, or with shallow North America (lower Artinskian), occurs with Neogondo-
water Adetognathus, in parts of the Fourth Lake Formation lella bisselli in the Sugar limestone (Orchard and Struik,
of Vancouver Island in southern Wrangell Terrane (Alberni, 1985) in the Kootenay (= Barkerville) Terrane (McBride); the
Victoria; Brandon et al., 1986), where they constitute Fauna Harper Ranch Group (Orchard, 1984b; Orchard and Forster,
10. 1988) of the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft, Vemon); and the
Stikine Assemblage (Iskut River, Telegraph Creek) - includ-
ing reworked clasts within Jurassic conglomerate of the Ha-
Fauna 11- the Streptognathodus ex gr. elongatus fauna zelton Group (Terrace) - in the Stikine Terrane. In the eastern
Fauna 11, characterized by Streptognathodus elongatus Gun- Cordillera, S. whitei is recorded from the Ross Creek Forma-
nell and allied species, is close to the Carboniferous-Permian tion (Henderson and McGugan, 1986) in southeastern British
boundary in age. The interval can be subdivided into at least Columbia.
three parts based on the occurrence of neogondolellid species Sweetognathids with simple, narrow carinas occur alone,
and a new genus of probable Asselian age described by or in poorly preserved and indeterminate collections, in chert
Henderson and Orchard [I991 (this volume)]. of the Mount Christie formation in the Yukon autochthon
In east-central Yukon, the Mount Christie formation (in- (Nahanni, Tay River); the Stikine Assemblage of the Stikine
formal, Nahanni) has yielded Streptognathodus elongatus Terrane (Iskut River, Terrace); the Fennel Formation of the
and the new genus together with a "naked" gondolelloid Slide Mountain Terrane (Seymour Arm); and the eastern
possibly derived from Condolella ex gr. gymna. melange belt of Cache Creek Complex in the Cache Creek
Terrane (Ashcroft).
A fauna that is probably slightly younger occurs in an
unnamed unit in west-central Stikine Terrane (Iskut River), The precise age of isolated collections of Fauna 13 is
and in the Fourth Lake Formation of southem Wrangell difficult to determine because Sweetognathus is known to
Terrane (Albemi, Victoria), where Streptognathodus species co-occur in places with the younger Neostreptognathodus
and the new genus are associated with neogondolellids close (see Fauna 14), and sweetognathids of Late Permian age have
to the Lower Permian Neogondolella dentiseparata Chemich been reported from Asia, as well as in the Marble Canyon
and Reshetkova [Brandon et al., 1986; Henderson and Or- Formation of the Cache Creek Terrane (see Fauna 17).
chard, 1991 (this volume)].
The co-occurrence of the streptognathodids and neogon- Fauna 13 - the Adetognathus fauna
dolellids without the new genus constitutes a third variation The long-ranging cavusgnathoid genus Adetognathus charac-
assigned to Fauna 11. This has been recorded from the Sugar terizes Fauna 13, which is age equivalent to faunas 7-12. The
limestone (informal, McBride; Orchard and Struik, 1985; genus occurs in low diversity faunas with Ellisonia and
Struik, 1988a) of the Kootenay Terrane (= Barkerville Ter- Hindeodus and is regarded as indicative of relatively shallow
rane); the Sylvester Group (McDame), Antler Formation water environments (see Orchard, 1984b).
(McBride; Struik and Orchard, 1985) and correlative units
(Manson River) of the Slide Mountain Terrane; and within Fauna 13 is known from the Harper Ranch Group (Ash-
olistoliths of the eastern Cache Creek Complex in the Cache croft); within the Stikine Assemblage of the Stikine Terrane
Creek Terrane (Ashcroft; Orchard, 1984a). (Smithers, Telegraph Creek); in both the Hasen Creek For-
mation (Kluane Lake) and Mount Mark Formation (formerly
Streptognathodus elongatus occurs in the upper Telford Buttle Lake Formation; Massey and Friday, 1988) in the
Formation of the Canadian eastern Cordillera (Henderson and Wrangell Terrane (Albemi; Brandon et al., 1986); and in
McGugan, 1986).
massive limestone of the Cache Creek Terrane (Fort Fraser,
Atlin). In the last terrane, Diplognathodus is associated in
Fauna 12 - the Sweetognathus fauna several faunas. Fauna 13 collections are not necessarily direct
correlatives, but indicative of similar, restricted
Although the relationships between species of Sweetog- environments.
nathus are not fully resolved, the appearance of the genus
represents a useful Early Permian datum. In the western
Cordillera, the early representative S. inornatus Ritter occurs Fauna 14 - the Neostreptognathodus fauna
with Neogondolella bisselli Clark and Behnken, and Carbon-
Several species of the characteristic upper Lower Permian
iferous holdovers, notably Adetognathus, in both the Harper
(LeonardianIArtinskian) conodont Neostreptognathodus are
Ranch Group (Orchard, 1984b; Orchard and Forster, 1988)
recognized in the western Cordillera, where the genus is
of the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft), and in the Chilliwack widely distributed. Neogondolella bisselli and younger de-
Group of Chilliwack Terrane (Hope); these occurrences are rivatives are commonly associated, including, in the Harper
Ranch Group of the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft), uncommon (Dezadeash). Recently, a small collection tentatively as-
"Asiatic" neogondolellids, such as N, gujioensis Igo (Or- signed to this fauna (Hesthammer et al., 1991) has been
chard and Forster, 1988). recovered from Queen Charlotte Islands (Moresby Island);
this is the first evidence of Paleozoic strata in this part of the
Fauna 14 is common throughout the Stikine Terrane Wrangell Terrane. Fauna 15 is also known from the Kindle
(Smithers, Terrace, Toodoggone, Spatsizi, Dease Lake, Iskut Formation in Canadian eastern Cordillera (Toad River).
River, Telegraph Creek), where several species are known
from the Asitka Group and its correlatives. Neostreptog-
nathodus occurs rarely in Yukon, being known from one -
Fauna 16 the Neogondolella ex gr. serrata fauna
locality in each of the Mount Christie formation on the
autochthonous margin (Nahanni), the Starr formation (infor- Fauna 16 is characterized by the occurrence of the Guadalu-
mal, Quiet Lake; Tempelman-Kluit, in prep.) of the Cassiar pian (Upper Permian) Neogondolella serrata Clark and
Terrane, and the Hasen Creek Formation of northern Ethington group. In common with the neogondolellids of
Wrangell Terrane (Kluane Lake). The genus is also rare in Fauna 15, members of the group appear to favour an offshore,
the Slide Mountain Terrane (McDame) of northern British deep-water setting. The earliest representative of the fauna,
Columbia. N. serrata, is known from cherts of the Mount Christie
formation in the Yukon autochthon (Tay River), from the
On Vancouver Island (Port Alberni, Victoria), Neostrep- Fennell Formation (Bonaparte Lake, Seymour Arm) and
tognathodus (or a homeomorph) occurs in the Buttle Lake correlatives (Manson River) of the Slide Mountain Terrane,
Group (upper Sicker Group, Brandon et al., 1986), and is and from the Kaslo Group of the Kaslo Terrane (Lardeau;
locally the youngest Permian fauna preserved in the Wrangell Orchard, 1986).
Terrane. Several species of Neostreptognathodus are also
present in the Ross Creek Formation, near Fernie, southeast- In the type area of the Cache Creek Terrane in southern
em British Columbia (Henderson and McGugan, 1986), in British Columbia, the younger Neogondolella postserrata
the eastern Cordillera. Behnken dominates conodont fauna from the largely chert
and phyllite matrix of the eastern belt mClange unit (Ashcroft;
Neostreptognathodus co-occurs with Fauna 13 Sweetog- Orchard, 1984a).
nathus within the Harper Ranch Group (Orchard and Forster,
1988) of the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft), and in the Deadman
Bay Volcanics in the San Juan Islands of Washington State -
Fauna 17 the Neogondolella ex gr. phosphoriensis fauna
(Brandon et al., 1983). Overlap of the two genera is not A second group of Upper Permian neogondolellids related to
reported elsewhere in North America, but is known in Asia Neogondolella phosphoriensis Youngquist, Hawley, and
(Bando et al., 1980); the two faunas (13 and 14) are therefore Miller are largely coeval with Fauna 16 but apparently occur
shown as being partially correlative in Figure 4. more commonly within shallow water, fusulinid-bearing
limestone. The fauna is known from three terranes: the
Fauna 15 - the Neogondolella ex gr. idahoensis fauna Marble Canyon Formation in the Cache Creek Complex
[Ashcroft; Beyers and Orchard, 1991 (this volume)], the
In many Permian faunules, particularly those from oceanic Sylvester Group of the Slide Mountain Terrane (Jennings
terranes, Neogondolella occurs alone. These elements com- River), and the Stikine Assemblage of the Stikine Terrane
monly have prominent cusps, strong carinas, and high blades (Iskut River, Telegraph Creek).
typical of N. idahoensis Youngquist, Hawley, and Miller and
allied species, and consequently differ from well known In most collections of Fauna 17, neogondolellids occur
pre-middle Artinskian species. These faunules are assigned alone or with Hindeodus, but in the Marble Canyon Forma-
to Fauna 15, which I regard as a deeper water equivalent of tion of the Cache Creek Terrane they are associated with
Fauna 14. Fauna 15 is particularly well represented in sweetognathids similar to Sweetognathus hanzhongensis
faunules from chert, but is less common in carbonates. Wang from the Maokou Formation of south China, or S.
iranicus Kozur, Mostler and Rahimi-Yazd from the Abede-
The fauna is known from the Mount Christie formation of hian Stage of Iran.
the Yukon autochthon (Glenlyon, Tay River); the Sylvester
Group (McDame, Cry Lake; Gordey, Gabrielse and Orchard,
1982), the Antler Formation (McBride; Struik and Orchard, Fauna 18 - the "Zranognathus" fauna
1985), and the Fennell Formation (Bonaparte Lake, Seymour In the Canadian Cordillera, post-Guadalupian Permian cono-
A m ; Orchard, 1986) of the Slide Mountain Terrane; and donts are recognized only from the Marble Canyon Forma-
from the Kaslo Group of the Kootenay Terrane (Lardeau; tion of southern Cache Creek Terrane [Bonaparte Lake;
Orchard, 1985). The oldest fauna from chert of the eastern Beyers and Orchard, 1989,1991 (this volume)].These collec-
belt of the Cache Creek Terrane (Ashcroft, Atlin) is probably tions, grouped as Fauna 18, are characterized by species
of this age. previously referred to "Diplognathodus" (Fauna 17 of Or-
Fauna 15 occurs in carbonate near the top of the Harper chard, in press) but now assigned, on the basis of micromor-
Ranch Group of the Quesnel Terrane (Penticton, Ashcroft; phology, to ?Iranognathus.
Fauna 5, Orchard and Forster, 1988), in parts of the Stikine
Assemblage of the Stikine Terrane (Nass River, Iskut River),
and in the Hasen Creek Formation of the Wrangell Terrane
 Fauna 18 also includes hindeodids and rare specimens of Smithian and Spathian. These carbonates contain robust
Neogondolella close to N. orientalis Barskov and Koroleva ramiform elements similar to Hadrodontina and Pachyc-
and N. subcarinata Sweet. These conodont faunules are ladina, as well as Neospathodus homeri Bender and N. trian-
younger than any previously described from North America, gularis (Bender) [Beyers and Orchard, 1991 (this volume)].
and are correlated in part with the latest Permian Changx-
ingian Stage of China. These collections are discussed more The Smithian was evidently a time of widespread deposi-
fully by Beyers and Orchard [I991 (this volume)]. tion in the Cordillera. Conodonts of this age are the oldest
known from the Triassic of the autochthon in both British
Columbia and Yukon Territory, and from the Stikine Terrane.
Triassic Collections include Neospathodus waageni, Neogondolella
milleri and N. mosheri Kozur and are known from the Toad
Triassic conodonts are abundant and widespread throughout Formation of northeast British Columbia (Toad River), from
the Canadian Cordillera. Those from northeast British Co- a similar sequence of ripple cross-laminated siltstone and fine
lumbia in particular occur with ammonoids through much of sandstone of the Jones Lake formation (informal, Nahanni;
the period and provide a biochronology that has broad appli- Gordey, in press), and from more distal, condensed pelitic
cations elsewhere in the Cordillera and beyond [Orchard, sequences of Chert Mountain (Dawson; Tempelman-Kluit,
1991b (this volume)]. In the autochthonous part of Yukon 1970) and Rackla River (Nash Creek) in Yukon Territory.
Territory, although the Triassic is commonly absent from
beneath a sub-cretaceous unconformity, conodonts of Early, In the Stikine Terrane, the Smithian conodonts
Middle, and Late Triassic age are known from several areas Neospathodus pakistanensis Sweet and N, waageni occur in
(Dawson, Nash Creek, Nahanni, Glenlyon, Tay River, Fin- thin carbonates intercalated with siliceous argillite and silt-
layson Lake, and Sheldon Lake). Triassic conodonts from the stone of the Stuhini Group (DeaseLake; Read, 1984). Farther
terranes are common and widespread, and have revealed an south in this terrane (Terrace), carbonate clasts within the
equally long stratigraphic record in several areas (Fig. 6). Jurassic Hazelton Group contain the same conodonts, al-
though no Smithian strata are known in situ. Strata with
Spathian Neospathodus homeri (Bender) in the Stikine Ter-
Lower Triassic rane (Dease Lake) attest to the continuation of siliciclastic
The oldest Triassic conodonts known from the Cordillera are deposition within the Stuhini Group, which contrasts mark-
specimens of "Anchignathodus" parvus Kozur and Pjatak- ed.ly with the coeval Marble Canyon Formation of the Cache
ova, which are thought to be of Griesbachian age. They occur Creek Terrane (Bonaparte Lake).
in limestone of the Marble Canyon Formation in the Cache Poorly preserved neospathodids of probable Early Trias-
Creek Terrane (Bonaparte Lake; Beyers and Orchard, 1989), sic age have also been extracted from clasts within the basal
which we know includes very young Permian limestone conglomerate of the Jurassic Ladner Group (possibly derived
(Fauna 18 above). from the underlying Spider Peak Formation) of the Pasayten
An erosional hiatus apparently occurs locally between the Trough (Hope; Ray, 1986, p. 1030). and from clasts in Nicola
Group breccias of the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft, Hope;
Permian and Triassic in the Marble Canyon Formation be-
cause a few Permian elements are reworked into a largely Orchard, 1986); these hint at even more widespread Lower
Dienerian conodont collection from calcareous phyllite in Triassic sedimentation.
Marble Canyon (Ashcroft; Orchard, 1981, 1984a). Neverthe-
less, the break in the Marble Canyon Formation at the Per- Middle Triassic
mian-Triassic boundary is certainly of lesser duration than
elsewhere in western Canada, and probably North America. In the Quesnel Terrane (Quesnel Lake, Bonaparte Lake), the
"volcaniclastic unit" of Struik (1988b) and correlative
Dienerian strata, which are dominated by Neospathodus "black pelites" contain lower Anisian "Neogondolella"
dieneri Sweet, Neogondolella carinata Clark, and a large timorensis (Nogami) and N. regale Mosher, which identify
number of "ellisonid" ramiform elements, is missing from the oldest Triassic unit of this terrane. A similar fauna also
the north end of the Marble Range (Bonaparte Lake). There, occurs in siliceous strata of the Tsaybahe (informal) and
the oldest Triassic sediments above Upper Permian Fauna 18 Stuhini groups of the Stikine Terrane (Dease Lake, Telegraph
are interpreted as Smithian [Beyers and Orchard, 1991 (this Creek), and in limestone associated with dark grey slate
volume)]. containing siliceous and carbonaceous concretions in the
Further evidence of local reworking of the Cache Creek Perseverance group (informal) of the Taku Terrane (Gehrels
Complex shallow water sediments comes from the south end et al., in press).
of the Marble Range where boulder conglomerate with oolitic The Anisian apparently marked the end of the carbonate
limestone clasts contains Smithian Neogondolella milleri continuum in the Cache Creek Terrane, which persisted from
(Miller), Neospathodus waageni Sweet, and rare Platyvillo- mid-Permian through Spathian time. Middle Triassic cono-
sus, a taxon better known in lower latitudes (Ashcroft; Or- donts from the Cache Creek Terrane are known principally
chard and Beyers, 1988). from chert [Ashcroft; Orchard, 1986; Beyers and Orchard,
Farther north in the Marble Range (Bonaparte Lake; Bey- 1991 (this volume)]. There was also approximately contem-
ers and Orchard, 1989), well bedded, shallow water limestone poraneous deposition of radiolarian ribbon chert interbedded
strata, including algal laminates, were deposited during the with tuff and some carbonate in a large area of northwest and
west-central Stikine Terrane (Cry Lake, Dease Lake, Iskut Lower Carnian
River, Spatzizi, Telegraph Creek, and Terrace), pnd in the
Camp Cove Formation, the basement unit of the Hamson Lower Camian strata, identified most confidently on the basis
Terrane (Vancouver). of Mosherella newpassensis (Mosher), are uncommon in the
terranes and, outside northeast British Columbia, are proven
These conodont localities are characterized by general- only in the Hoole formation of the Cassiar Terrane (Finlayson
ized representatives of Neogondolella constricta Mosher and Lake); the same species is recorded (unverified) from lime-
Clark and the N. bulgarica Budurov and Stefanov-N. excelsa stone of the Nicola Group of the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft;
(Mosher) group (Orchard, 1986). Radiolarians from chert in Grette, 1978). The occurrence of early species of Metapolyg-
Bridge River Terrane (Pemberton) are also of MiddleTriassic nathus in parts of the Shoemaker Assemblage of the Quesnel
age (Cordey, 1986,p. 599), although no conodonts of this age Terrane (Penticton; Milford, 1984), and in the Stuhini Group
have been found. of the Stikine Terrane (Dease Lake) also indicate that Lower
Carnian strata may be present; each of these occurrences is
In southern Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft), the onset of
anticipated from the discovery of upper Ladinian fauna
volcanism has been dated from Middle Triassic neogondolel-
nearby.
lids that occur in interstitial carbonate within pillowed flows
of the Nicola Group near Kamloops (Smith, 1979). Cono- In the Wrangell Terrane, the extensive tholeiitic rift lavas
donts also prove continuing sedimentation of both pelitic and of the Karmutsen Volcanics mark a dramatic change in
volcaniclastic units in central Quesnel Terrane (Manson Wrangellian history. The volcanics are bracketed as Lower
River, Quesnel Lake, Bonaparte Lake; Struik, 1988b, p. Carnian but the only conodonts known, from interstratified
1617). The oldest Triassic conodonts known from the Hoole limestone near the top of the volcanics, are probably Upper
formation (informal, Tempelman-Kluit, in prep.) in parauto- Carnian. Conodonts reported by Savage (1983a, 1984b) from
chthonous Cassiar Terrane (Finlayson Lake) are also Middle San Juan Island in northwest Washington State may also be
Triassic in age. Early Carnian in age.
The diagnostic upper Ladinian conodont Budurovig-
nathus is known from carbonate in the Stikine, Quesnel, and Upper Carnian
Cassiar terranes as well as from the Liard Formation in
northeast British Columbia. In addition, the oldest Triassic Upper Camian platformal carbonates of the Peril Limestone
sediments of the Wrangell Terrane, immediately beneath the (Queen Charlotte Islands) and Quatsino Formation (Vancou-
Karmutsen Volcanics on Vancouver Island (Alert Bay), con- ver Island) were deposited on the Karmutsen volcanic base-
tain a Ladinian Daonella macrofauna (Miiller et al., 1974), ment throughout the Wrangell Terrane; these units are
although no conodonts of this age are known from the terrane. characterized by Metapolygnathus ex gr. polygnathijormis
(Budurov and Stefanov) and Cornudina? n. sp. A Orchard
In the Cassiar Terrane (Finlayson Lake, Quiet Lake), late (199 1a). With the advent of the Upper Carnian nodosus Zone,
Ladinian strata of the Hoole formation are similar to those of the carbonate platform throughout Queen Charlotte Islands
the autochthonous Liard sequences, whereas those from the was overtaken by slope and basin deposits of the Peril For-
Quesnel (Ashcroft, Penticton) and Stikine (Telegraph Creek) mation (Desrochers and Orchard, 1991), although the platfor-
terranes are, in contrast, intimately associated with volcanics ma1 facies persisted into the Norian in parts of Vancouver
in an island arc assemblage. Island (Alberni, Alert Bay).
In southern Quesnel Terrane (Penticton), the Brooklyn Farther north in the St. Elias Mountains of northwest
Formation and correlative Olalla limestone (informal; Pohler British Columbia (Tatshenshini River) and Yukon Temtory
et al., 1989) contain late Ladinian Budurovignathus mun- (Kluane Lake), isolated Carnian and Lower Norian conodont
goensis (Diebel) associated with Neogondolella inclinata collections are also known from the equivalent of the Chitis-
Kovacs. Farther to the west, the same fauna occurs in other tone Formation in Alaska, but biostratigraphic details of these
carbonates within the dominantly volcanic Nicola Group, Wrangellian successions are unknown.
including the westernmost exposures of the Quesnel Terrane
at Martel (Ashcroft). Many of these limestones occur mixed Upper Camian, Metapolygnathus-bearing limestones are
with volcanics and some include coarse cobble and boulder the oldest sedimentary rocks in the Ucluth Volcanics, which
conglomerate showing multiple phases of reworking; they constitute the basement of Pacific Rim Terrane (Cape Flat-
attest to the instability of the Quesnel Terrane island arc tery; Brandon, 1984). Upper Camian conodonts are also the
environment during the Ladinian, and later (see below). oldest known from the Triassic succession of the Alexander
Terrane (Dezadeash), although all Triassic strata in the south-
em part of the terrane are younger (see below).
Upper Triassic
In the Stikine Terrane, Upper Camian conodonts occur in
Upper Triassic conodont bearing strata are preserved in limestone interbedded with interarc volcanics of the Lewes
virtually every Cordilleran terrane, as well as in the autoch- River Group in Yukon Territory (Laberge; Tempelman-
thon. Highly resolved biochronology [Orchard, 1983, 1991a, Kluit, in prep.), in association with island arc andesitic vol-
1991b (this volume); Carter et al.. 19891provides the potential canics and pyroclastics within the Stuhini Group in northern
for a relatively detailed piecing together of the Late Triassic British Columbia (Iskut River, Telegraph Creek, Dease
history of the Cordillera. Lake), and in correlative units in central and southern British
Columbia (Terrace, Whitesail, Mount Waddington).
 Similar Upper Camian Metapolygnathus-bearing vol- volcanics and stratiform massive sulphide deposits at
canic island arc assemblages in the Quesnel Terrane contain Windy-Craggy (Tatshenshini; MacIntyre, 1984), and a basal
limestone intercalated with argillite, volcaniclastic and (calc- conglomerate contains derived Devonian conodonts.
alkaline volcanic rocks within the Takla (Manson River) and
Within the Intermontane Belt, multi-generation carbonate
Nicola groups (Ashcroft; Monger and McMillan, 1984) and
conglomerates containing Lower Norian conodonts occur in
in more sediment-dominated sequences such as those of the
the Whistle Creek and Hedley sequences of the Quesnel
Hedley area (Hope; Ray et al., 1987).
Terrane (Hope; Ray et al., 1987), and in the Hurley Formation
Nearby, the Cultus Formation of the Chilliwack Terrane of the Cadwallader Terrane (Taseko Lakes, Pemberton; Rus-
(Hope) contains Upper Camian limestone in association with more, 1987). Elsewhere in the Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft,
island arc clastic and volcanic rocks, and the Pioneer Volcan- Penticton, Quesnel, and Quesnel Lake), the volcanogenic
ics of the Cadwallader Terrane (Pemberton) also contain Nicola Group and correlatives commonly contain Lower
Carnian limestone blocks. Similarly, west of Cache Creek, Norian conodonts representing several zones. The same is
the volcanic-limestone Pavilion Beds (Pemberton) also de- true of the Stikine Terrane, where the Stuhini Group includes
veloped at this time (cf. Rafek, 1980). In the Taku Terrane, Lower Norian limestone associated with volcanic rocks in
the Perseverance group includes Camian pelitic strata inter- many areas (Dease Lake, Iskut River, Spatsizi, Telegraph
bedded with basaltic metavolcanic rocks (Gehrels et al., in Creek).
press).
The Cache Creek (Atlin, Teslin) and Bridge River (Pem-
Less volcanic influx is seen during the Upper Camian in berton) terranes continue as sites of chert deposition in the
more northem and eastem parts of the Quesnel Terrane Norian, yet both also include contemporaneous Lower No-
(Quesnel Lake), where fine grained siliciclastic strata of the rian limestone olistoliths and/or lenticular accumulations
"black pelite unit" were deposited. Similar sediments char- with conodonts (Cameron and Monger, 1971; misidentified
acterize the Slocan Group of the Kootenay Terrane (Lardeau; as Ladinian). In common with Carnian faunas, Lower Norian
Okulitch and Cameron, 1976; Orchard, 1985), and the only collections from Bridge River include "Tethyan" conodont
post-Permian sedimentary rocks assigned to the Sylvester species, in this case Epigondolella spatulata (Hayashi) and
Allochthon of the Slide Mountain Terrane (McDame). Neogondolella hallstattensis. Savage (1983b) and Igo et al.
(1984) have also reported probable Lower Norian conodonts
Both chert and limestone deposits are Upper Carnian in from, respectively, limestone and chert in the San Juan Is-
the oceanic Cache Creek (Ashcroft, Teslin) and Bridge River
lands, Washington State.
(Pemberton) terranes, where conodont faunas include
Neocavitella (known also in the "Tethyan" Baker Terrane
of Oregon; collections of M. Nestell, Texas), a taxon which Middle Norian
is not known from the autochthon.
Lowest Middle Norian strata in the Pardonet Formation of
autochthonous northeast British Columbia are characterized
Lower Norian by Epigondolella multidentata Mosher, which is known also
from the Jones Lake formation in the Yukon autochthon
Lower Norian Epigondolella species are particularly wide-
(Sheldon, Tay River), and the adjacent parautochthonous
spread in the terranes and show that, in general, sedimentary
Hoole formation of the Cassiar Terrane (Quiet Lake), but
and/or volcanic regimes established during the Upper
nowhere else in the western Cordillera. The upper Middle
Carnian continued into the Norian. This is so in the Pardonet
Norian Epigondolella n. sp. D of Orchard (1983) [= E. serru-
Formation of the autochthon (Halfway River), the parautoch- lata n. sp. Orchard 1991b (this volume)] is similarly known
thonous Hoole formation of the Cassiar Terrane (Quiet Lake),
only from Yukon Territory (Dawson) and from a pelitic
and in the marginal Sylvester Allochthon (McDame). Triassic unit within the Sylvester Allochthon of the Slide
Similarly, in the Insular Belt, slope and basin sedimenta- Mountain Terrane (McDame). Neither conodont species is
tion continued in the Peril-Parsons Bay formations in most known for certain in more distal terranes, nor from outside
areas of the Wrangell Terrane (Queen Charlotte Islands and western Canada, and their presence in these terranes may
Vancouver Island), although platformal Quatsino Limestone indicate the proximity of these areas to the North American
persisted locally. In the Queen Charlotte Islands, both autochthon in the Middle Norian.
?Neocavitella and "Neogondolella" hallstattensis (Mosher)
In the Queen Charlotte Islands, Middle Norian conodonts
occur in the Lower Norian; neither are known from the
are common in the middle part of the Peril Formation, but
autochthon.
only the Epigondolella n. sp. C [= E. spiculata n. sp. Orchard
In the adjacent Alexander Terrane (Prince Rupert), Lower 1991b (this volume)] and postera faunas (Orchard, 1983,
Norian limestone of the Randall Formation unconformably 1991a) are well known. Elsewhere in the Wrangell Terrane,
overlies the Upper Carboniferous (Faunas 7, 8) Dunira For- and in the Alexander (Tatshenshini River), Cadwallader
mation (Woodsworth and Orchard, 1985), and marks a Tri- (Pemberton), Quesnel (Ashcroft), and Kootenay (Lardeau;
assic transgression that apparently occurred during the Late Orchard, 1985) terranes, Middle Norian (mostly postera
Carnian farther north. There, in the Alsek Ranges of St. Elias Zone) faunas occur rarely. There are no records of Middle
Mountains, both Upper Camian and Lower Norian conodonts Norian sedimentary rocks in the oceanic Cache Creek and
occur in limy argillaceous strata interbedded with spilitic Bridge River terranes.
 The scarcity of Middle Norian strata may result from and Orchard, 1991 (this volume)], and reefoid buildups in the
intra-Norian erosion in some areas, although this is only Lewes River Group of northern Stikine Terrane (Laberge;
apparent in the CadwalladerTerrane (Taseko Lakes; Umhoe- England, 1980). Local occurrences of coeval shelly limestone
fer, 1990) where clasts within the basal red conglomerate of (without conodonts) are also known from the Alexander
the largely Upper Norian Tyaughton Group contain Lower Terrane (Prince Rupert; Woodsworth and Orchard, 1985).
Norian conodonts. A single Middle Norian conodont collec-
tion is known from a conglomerate also in the StikineTerrane The final chapter in conodont history is documented at
(Telegraph Creek). three localities [Orchard, 1991b (this volume)]. In the Cad-
wallader Terrane, the type locality of the topmost Norian
Crickmayi (ammonoid) Zone occurs in the sandstone and
Upper Norian conglomerate of the upper green clastic unit of the upper
Tyaughton Group (Taseko Lakes). A single specimen of
The oldest Upper Norian strata, exemplified by the pelecypod Misikella posthernsteini Kozur and Mock has been recovered
Monotis and by the conodont Epigondolella bidentata from a limestone nodule in this sequence.
Mosher, are common and widespread in the Cordillera. The
fauna occurs throughout the Wrangell Terrane, at the top of In the Wrangell Terrane (Dixon Entrance), the same cono-
the Peril Formation (Queen Charlotte Islands; Orchard, dont species has been recovered in association with Crick-
1991a), within the Parsons Bay Formation (Vancouver Is- mayi Zone ammonoids from slope deposits of the Sandilands
land), and in the probable equivalent of the Alaskan McCar- Formation of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Elsewhere in the
thy Formation (Mount St. Elias). Wrangell Terrane, the Sutton Limestone of Vancouver Island
(Albemi) includes small coral bioherms of Crickmayi Zone
Elsewhere, Epigondolella bidentata occurs in an un- age, but rare conodonts are not specifically diagnostic of the
named unit in the adjacent Alexander Terrane (Tatshenshini); latest Norian.
in the Stuhini Group of the Stikine Terrane (Iskut River,
Telegraph Creek); in the Tyaughton Group of the Cadwal- The third occurrence of Misikella posthernsteini is in
lader Terrane (Taseko Lakes); in sedimentary strata of the northern Cache Creek Terrane (Teslin), where conodonts
Nicola Group, the Hedley sequence and correlatives in the from radiolarian chert prove the continuation of oceanic
Quesnel Terrane (Ashcroft. Hope, Prince George); in the sedimentation to the Triassic-Jurassic boundary (see also
Slocan Group of the Kootenay Terrane (Lardeau, Nelson); in Cordey et al., 1987).
a unit within the Sylvester Group of the Slide Mountain
Terrane (McDame); in the Hoole formation of the Cassiar
Terrane (Quiet Lake, Tay River); and, in the autochthon, at SUMMARY
or near the top of the Pardonet Formation in the eastern Ordovician to Triassic conodonts are known from 16 accreted
Cordillera, and in correlatives in Yukon Territory (Dawson, or displaced terranes in the western Canadian Cordillera, as
Nash Creek). Monotis coquinas also occur at most of these well as the disrupted margin of the North American autoch-
localities. thon. These records are summarized in Figures 3, 5, and 6.
In Cadwallader Terrane, megalodont-bearing limestone The conodonts provide both a temporal framework through
with Epigondolella bidentata occur immediately below which the individual geological history of these areas may be
Monotis. Similar faunas are known also from reefoid carbon- interpreted, and biogeographical signatures that help in iden-
ate (also with megalodonts) of the Lewes River Group (Lab- tifying the degree of allochthoneity of the terranes.
erge) and the correlative Sinwa Limestone (Skagway, Atlin, Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian conodonts are known
Dease Lake), as well as in derived clasts within the overlying from the Alexander and Cassiar terranes, both of which
Jurassic Inklin Formation. These units are assigned to the contain strata representing much of the lower Paleozoic. The
Stikine Terrane although they may partially overlap the Cassiar Terrane succession and conodont faunas are of shal-
Cache Creek Terrane. However, in parts of the latter terrane low water aspect prior to the Late Devonian, and are clearly
(Fort Fraser), E. bidentata (and younger conodonts) occurs in related to the North American craton. The Alexander Terrane
a chert facies. has a unique stratigraphic record, and contains conodont
The definitive middle Upper Norian conodont Epigondo- fauna of both deep and shallow water aspect, which have
lella mosheri Kozur and Mostler [Orchard, 1991b (this vol- Cordilleran affinity or are cosmopolitan.
ume)] characterizes the type Amoenum (ammonoid) Zone in The oldest strata in Quesnellia (Okanagan Subterrane) are
the richly fossiliferous Cassianella Beds of the Cadwallader Ordovician, and in the Stikine Terrane are Lower Devonian -
Terrane (Taseko Lakes). Conodonts of this age are also both are recognized by conodont fauna, are known from
known from slope deposits in the lower part of the Sandilands single localities, and are enigmatic. Late Paleozoic succes-
Formation in the Wrangell Terrane (Queen Charlotte Is- sions begin in eastern Quesnellia (Harper Ranch Subterrane),
lands), where siliciclastic turbidites replace carbonate rich and possibly in the Kootenay Terrane, as nearshore siliciclas-
Monotis beds (Desrochers and Orchard, 1991). tics of Famennian (Late Devonian) age.
The aerially restricted Bocock Limestone in the Peace Deep water Famennian strata are the oldest dated in the
Reach area (Halfway River) of the craton also contains Slide Mountain Terrane, and these correlate with chert pres-
Epigondolella mosheri. Further correlatives are dominantly ently regarded as lying within western Quesnellia (Okanagan
phyllite in southern Cache Creek Terrane [Ashcroft; Beyers Subterrane), as well as with Earn Group strata of the
miogeocline. Toumaisian (Lower Carboniferous) chert is the from the Wrangell (slope turbidites, bioherms), Cadwallader
oldest paleontologically dated sedimentary rock in Wrangel- (nearshore elastics), and Cache Creek (radiolarian chert)
lia, and presently represents the only conodont locality of this terranes.
age outboard of the Slide Mountain Terrane. Chert in the
Several Upper Triassic conodont species have biogeog-
Slide Mountain Terrane contains conodonts that range from
raphically restricted occurrences. The Wrangell, Bridge
Carboniferous through Guadalupian (Late Permian) in age.
River, and Cache Creek terranes contain some Tethyan ele-
Upper VisCan-Lower Namurian carbonates are the oldest ments; the autochthon, and the Cassiar and Slide Mountain
widespread Carboniferous strata known from the volcanic terranes have other species in common that do not occur
island arc Quesnel, Stikine, Chilliwack, and Alexander ter- elsewhere.
ranes, and are also found within the Sylvester Allochthon of
the Slide Mountain Terrane. Conodonts of this age are the
oldest known currently from limestones of the Cache Creek ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
and Dorsey terranes, and are also widespread in the Yukon I thank all the geologists identified in the Appendix who have
Autochthon. contibuted to this paper by collecting conodont samples
Upper Carboniferous rocks are common in the oceanic throughout the Cordillera, and all the technicians, notably P.
Slide Mountain and Cache Creek terranes, and are wide- ~ r a u s s and
, students who have been involved in conodont
spread in the Alexander Terrane, and Yukon authochthon. processing during the last decade. I thank S. Irwin and T.
However, strata of this age are very rare in volcanic island arc Oliveric for patiently compiling and drafting the figures. I
terranes of Stikinia and Quesnellia. thank A.D. McCracken and D.J. Tempelman-Kluit for their
reviews of an earlier manuscript.
The youngest chert in the Slide Mountain Terrane is
Guadalupian (Late Permian) in age, the approximate age of
the oldest conodonts from chert in the Cache Creek Terrane, REFERENCES
where siliceous strata ranges through the Triassic. Data from
Bridge River Terrane suggest chert deposition persisted Anderson, R.G.
1989: A stratigraphic, plutonic, and structural framework for the Iskut
through much of the interval represented by both the Slide River map area, northwestem British Columbia. I n Current Re-
Mountain and Cache Creek chert domains. search, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-lE, p.
143-151.
Lower Permian conodonts from Quesnellia, and Upper Bando, Y., Bhatt, D.K., Gupta, VJ., Hayashi, Sh., Kozer, H.,
Permian conodonts from Cache Creek Terrane carbonates Nakazawa, K., and Wang, Z.H.
have some asiatic affinity. This is particularly true of the 1980: Some remarks on the conodont zonation and stratigmphy of the
Permian. Recent Researches in Geology, v. 8, p. 1-53.
latter, although because of its exceptionally young age, no Barnes, C.R., Ji, Z., and Pohler, S.
comparison with cratonal successions can be made. Some 1991: A review of Ordovician conodont paleontology of the Canadian
conodont differences are due to environment, because differ- Cordillera. I n Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the
ent Upper Permian elements occur in chert and carbonate Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.);
Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this volume).
samples from the same terrane. Baxter, S. and von Bitter, P.H.
1984: Conodont succession in the Mississippian of Southern Canada. I n
Uppermost Permian and lowermost Triassic strata are NeuviBme Congrks International de Stratigraphic et de GBologie du
known only from the Cache Creek Terrane. A significant Carboniere, P.K. Sutherland and W.L.Manger (eds.); Compte
sedimentary and probable tectonic break occurs at this bound- Rendu, v. 2, p. 253-264.
ary in the Quesnel, Stikine, Taku, and Wrangel terranes. Beyers, J.M. and Orchard, M J .
1989: Permian-Triassic boundary beds in the Cache Creek Group, Marble
Lower Triassic strata are markedly different between the Range, near Jesmond, Bonaparte Lake map area (92P). I n Current
Cache Creek and Stikine terranes; Middle Triassic strata in Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-lE, p.
both include chert, as do the Harrison and Bridge River 127-132.
terranes. 1991: Upper Permian and Triassic conodont faunas from the type area of
the Cache Creek Complex, south-centralBritish Columbia, Canada.
The oldest Triassic volcanic island arc rock assemblages I n Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian
in the Quesnel, Stikine, and Taku terranes include lower Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological
Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this volume).
Middle Triassic (Anisian) impure carbonates; these suites Brandon, M.T.
continued through the Late Triassic. Oldest Triassic strata in 1984: Deformational processes affecting unlithified sediments at active
the Cadwallader, Chilliwack, and Pacific Rim terranes are margins: a field study and a structural model. Unpublished Ph. D.
younger, Upper Triassic (Carnian) volcanogenics; in the thesis, Department of Geology, University of Washington, Seattle,
159 p.
Kootenay and Slide Mountain terranes they are Camian pe- Brandon, M.T., Cowan, D.S., and Vance, J.A.
lites. 1983: The Geology of the San Juan Islands, Washington. Geological
Association of CanadalMineralogicalAssociation of Canada, Ca-
The Wrangell and Alexander terranes contain Triassic nadian Geophysical Union, Joint Annual Meeting, Field Trip No. 5,
rocks as old as late Ladinian-Early Camian in age, but are p. 4-29.
locally no older than Norian above an unconformity in the Brandon, M.T., Orchard, MJ., Parrish, R.R., Sutherland Brown, A.
and Yorath, C.J.
latter terrane. An intra-Triassic discontinuity occurs in the 1986: Fossil ages and isotopic dates from the Paleozoic Sicker Group and
Cadwallader Terrane, perhaps the Stikine Terrane, and pos- associated intrusive rocks, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. In
sibly elsewhere. Diverse uppermost Norian strata are known Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
86-lA, p. 683-696.
Brown, D.A., Logan, J.M., Gunning, M.H., Orchard, M.J., and Gordey, S., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J.
Bamber, E.W. 1982: Devono-Mississippian (EarnGroup)and younger strata in east-cen-
in ~ress: Stratimaphic evolution of the Paleozoic Stikine assemblage in the tral Yukon. In Current Research, Part B, Geological Survey of
~ t i k i n d s k uRiver
t area, northwestern British Columbia (NTS 104 Canada, Paper 82-IB, p. 93-100.
G and 104 B). Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences. Gordey, S.P., Gabrielse, H., and Orchard, M.J.
Cameron, B.E.B. and Monger, J.W.H. 1982: Stratigraphy and structure of Sylvester Allochthon, southwest Mc-
1971: Middle Triassic conodonts from the Fergusson Group, northeastern Dame map area, North British Columbia. In Current Research, Part
Pemberton map-area (92.J). British Columbia. In Current Research, B. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 82-lB, p. 101-106.
Part B, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 71-lB, p. 94-96. Grette, J.F.
Carter, E.S., Orchard, M.J., and Tozer, E.T. 1978: Cache Creek and Nicola Group near Ashcroft, British Columbia.
1989: Integrated ammonoid-conodont-radiolarim biostratigraphy, Late Unpublished M.Sc. thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancou-
Triassic Kunga Group, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. ver, 88 p.
89-1H, p. 23-30.
-
In Cumnt Research, Part H, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Henderson, C.M. and McGugan, A.
1986: Permian conodont biostratigraphy of the Isabel Group, southwest-
Carter.. E.S.. . Orchard.. M.J.. . Ross.. C.A.. , Ross., J.R.P..
- - . Smith.. P.L.. . and em Alberta and southeastern British Columbia. Contributions to
Tipper, H.W. Geology, University of Wyoming, v. 24, p. 219-235.
in press: Part B. Paleontological signatures of terranes. In Geology of the Henderson, C.M. and Orchard, M J .
Cordilleran 0 r o g e h ca&da, H. Gabrielse and C.J. YO& (eds.); 1991: Gondolelloides, a new Lower Permian conodont genus from west-
Geological survey of Canada, Geology of Canada, no. 4 (&Q em and northern Canada. In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Pale-
Geological Society of America, The Geology of North America, v. ontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D.
G-2). McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this
Chauff, K.M. volume).
1981: Multi-element conodont species from the Osagean (Lower Carbon- Hesthammer, J., Indrelid, J., Lewis, P.D., and Orchard, M.J.
iferous) in Mid-Continent North America and Texas. Palaeon- 1991: Permian strata on the Queen Charlone Islands, British Columbia.In
tographica, Abt. A, v. 175, p. 140-169. Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
Cordey, F. 91-l A, p. 321-330.
1986: Radiolarian ages from the Cache Creek and Bridge River complexes Higgins, A.C., Richards, B.C., and Henderson, C.M.
and from chert pebbles in Cretaceous conglomerates, southwestern 1991: Conodont biostratigraphyand paleoecology of the uppermost Dev-
British Columbia. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey onianandCarboniferous of the Western CanadaSedimentary Basin.
of Canada, Paper 86-l A, p. 595-602. In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian
1990: Radiolarian age determinations from the Canadian Cordillera. In Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological
Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this volume).
90-lE, p. 121-126. Igo, H., Koike T., Igo, H.,Sashida, K., Hisada K., and Isozaki, Y.
Cordey, F., Mortimer, N., De Wever, P., and Monger, J.W.H. 1984: On the occurrence of conodonts and radiolarians from the San Juan
1987: Significanceof Jurassic radiolariansfrom the Cache Creek Terrane, Islands, Washington and Vancouver Island, British Columbia. An-
British Columbia. Geology, v. 15, p. 1151-1154. nual report of the Institute of Geoscience,the Universityof Tsukuba,
Dawson, K. and Orchard, M.J. no. 10, p. 86-91.
1982: Regional metallogeny of the Northern Cordillera: biostratigraphy, Irwin, S.E.B. and Orchard, M J .
correlation and metallogenic significance of bedded barite occur- 1989: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Earn Group: constraints on Upper
rences in Eastern Yukon and Western District of Mackenzie. In Devonian mineral deposits, northern British Columbia and Yukon.
Current Research, Part C, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper In Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
82-IC, p. 31-38. 89-lE, p. 13-19.
Desrochers, A. and Orchard, M.J. 1991: Upper Devonian-Lower Carboniferousconodont biostnltigraphy of
1991: The Kunga Group (Late Triassic-Early Jurassic), Queen Charlotte the Earn Group and overlying units, northern Canadian Cordillera.
Islands, British Columbia: stratigraphic revisions and carbonate In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian
sedimentology. In Evolution and Hydrocarbon Potential of the Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological
Queen Charlone Basin, British Columbia, G.J. Woodsworth (ed.); Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this volume).
Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 90-10, p. 163-172. Johnston, D.I. and Chatterton, B.D.E.
England, T.DJ. 1991: Famennian wnodont biostratigraphy of the Palliser Formation,
1980: A study of Upper Triassic conodonts of the Intermontane Belt, Rocky Mountains, Alberta and ~ r i k s hColumbia, Canada. In Ordo-
Yukon Territory. Unpublished B.Sc, thesis, University of British vician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordil-
Columbia, Vancouver, 70 p. lera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. ~ c ~ r a c k e a e d s .Geological
); Survey
Faulhaber, J.J. of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this volume).
1977: Late Mississippian (late Osagean through Chesterian) conodonts Klapper, G. and Lane, H.R.
from the Peratrovich Formation, southeastern Alaska. Unpublished 1985: Upper Devonian (Frasnian)conodonts of the Polygnalhus biofacies,
M.Sc. thesis, Department of Geology, University of Oregon, N.W.T., Canada. Journal of Paleontology, v. 59, p. 904-951.
Eugene, 174 p. 1989: Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont sequence at Luscar Mountain
Fy les, J.T. and Mount Haultain. Alberta Rockly Mountains. In Devonian of
1990: Geology of the Greenwood-Grand Forks area, British Columbia. the World, N.J.McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass (ed.); Cana-
British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Re- dian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, p, 469-478
sources, Paper 1990-25, 19 p. (imprint date 1988).
Gehrels, G.E., McCelland, W.C., Samson, S.D., Patchett, P.J., and Little, H.W.
Orchard, M.J. 1983: Geology of the Greenwood map-area, British Columbia. Geological
in press: Geologic and tectonic relations along the western flank of the Coast Survey of Canada, Paper 79-29,37 p.
Mountains Batholith between Cape Fanshaw and Taku Inlet, south- MacIntyre, D.
eastern Alaska. Tectonics. 1984: Geology of the Alsek-Tatshenshini rivers area. In Geological Field-
Goodfellow, W.D., Geldsetzer, H., McLaren, DJ., Orchard, M.J., and work, 1983. British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Pe-
Klapper, G. troleum Resources, Paper 1984-l, p. 173-184.
1990: Geochemical and isotopic anomalies associated with the Frasnian- Massey, N.W.D. and Friday, S.J.
Famennian extinction. In Rare Events, Mass Extinction and Evolu- 1988: Geology of the Chemainus River-Duncan area, Vancouver Island.
tion, E. Buffetaut (ed.); Historical Biology, v. 2, no. 1. Conference In Geological Fieldwork, 1987. British Columbia Ministry of En-
Information: second workshop on rare events.. 1989... D. 5 1-72. ergy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1988-1, p. 81-91.
Gordey, S.P.
in press: Evolution of northern cordilleran miogeocline. Nahanni map area
(105 I), Yukon and Northwest ~erritories.Geological survey of
Canada, Memoir 428.
McCracken, A.D. 1991a: Late Triassic conodont biochronology and biostratigraphy of the
1991a: Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Cordilleran Road River Kunga Group, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. In Evo-
Group, northern YukonTerritory, Canada. In Ordovician to Triassic lution and Hydrocarbon Potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin,
Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard British Columbia, G.J. Woodsworth (ed.); Geological Survey of
and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin Canada, Paper 90-10, p. 173-193.
417 (rhis volume). 1991b: Upper Triassic conodont biochronology and new index species from
1991b: Taxonomy and biostratigraphy of Llandovely (Silurian) conodonts the Canadian Cordillera. In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Pale-
in the Canadian Cordillera,northern YukonTerritory.In Ordovician ontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. Mc-
to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Cracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (rhis
Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, volume).
Bulletin 417 (this volume). in press: The Carboniferous and Permian conodont record in the Canadian
1991c: Silurian conodont biostratigraphy of the Canadian Cordillera with Western Cordillera. Proceedings, 1lth International Congress of
a description of new Llandovery species. In Ordovician to Triassic Carboniferous Stratigraphy, 1987, Beijing, China.
Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard Orchard, M.J. and Beyers, J.
and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 1988: Conodont bioshatigraphy of the Cache Creek Group in the Marble
417 (chis volume). Range of south-centralBritish Columbia. In Current Research, Part
Milford, J.C. E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 88-lE, p. 159-162.
1984: Geology of the Apex Mountain group, north and east of the Simil- Orchard, M.J. and Forster, P.
kameen River, south-central British Columbia. Unpublished M.Sc. 1988: Permian conodont biostratigraphy of the Harper Ranch beds, near
thesis, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, 108 p. Kamloops, south-central British Columbia. Geological Survey of
Monger, J.W.H. and McMillan, W.J. Canada, Paper 88-8, p. 1-27.
1984: Bedrock geology of Ashcroft (92 I) map area. Geological Survey of Orchard, M.J. and Irwin, S.
Canada, Open File 980. 1988: Conodont bioshatigraphy, Midway property, northern British Co-
Monger, J.W.H. and Ross, C.A. lumbia. In Geological Fieldwork, 1987. British Columbia Ministry
1971: Distributon of fusulinaceans in the western Canadian Cordillera. of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1988-1, p. 249-
Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 8, p. 259-278. 253.
Miiller, J.E., Northcote, K.E., and Carlisle, D. Orchard, M.J. and Struik, L.C.
1974: Geology and mineral deposits of Alert Bay-Cape Scott map area 1985: Conodonts and stratigraphy of Upper Paleozoic limestones in Cari-
(92 L-102 I), Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Geological Sur- boo Gold Belt, east-central British Columbia. Canadian Journal of
vey of Canada, Paper 74-8,77 p. Earth Sciences, v. 22, no. 4, p. 538-552.
Norford, B.S. and Orchard, M.J. Over, D.J. and Chatterton, B.D.E.
1985: Early Silurian age of rocks hosting lead-zinc mineralization at 1987: Silurianconodonts from thesouthem Mackenzie Mountains, North-
Howards Pass, Yukon Territory and District of Mackenzie and local west Territories, Canada. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 21, p.
biostratigraphy of the Road River Formation and Earn Group. 1-49.
Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 83-18,35 p. Pohler, S.M.L. and Orchard, M.J.
Okulitch, A.V. and Cameron, B.E.B. 1991: Ordovician conodonts from the western Canadian Cordillera. Geo-
1976: Stratigraphic revisions of the Nicola, Cache Creek, and Mount Ida logical Survey of Canada, Paper 90-15.37 p.. (imprint date 1990).
Groups, based on conodont collections from the western margin of Pohler, S.M.L., Orchard, M.J., and Struik, L.C.
the Shuswap Metamorphic Complex, south-central British Colum- 1989: Preliminary bioshatigraphy of conodonts from the McLeod Lake
bia. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 13, p. 44-53. map area. In Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Can-
Orchard, M.J. ada, Paper 89-lE, p. 125-126.
1981: Triassic conodonts from the Cache Creek Group, Marble Canyon, Pohler, S.M.L., Orchard, M.J., and Tempelman-Kluit, D.J.
SouthernBritish Columbia.In Current Research, Part A, Geological 1989: The oldest sediments in the Intermontane Belt: Ordovician cono-
Survey of Canada, Paper 8 1-1A, p. 357-359. donts from Olalla, south-central British Columbia. In Current Re-
1983: Epigondolella populations and their phylogeny and zonation in the search, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-lE, p. 61-67.
Norian (Upper Triassic). Proceedings of the Third European Cono- Preto, V.A. and Schiarizza, P.
dont Symposium (ECOS HI), University of Lund, Sweden. Fossils 1987: Geology of the Adams Plateau-Clearwater-Vavenby area. British
and Strata, v. 15, p. 177-192. Columbia Minishy of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources,
1984a: Pennsylvanian, Permian and Triassic conodonts from the Cache Paper 1987-2,81 p.
Creek Group, Cache Creek, southern British Columbia. In Current Rafek, M.B.
Research, Part B, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 84-IB, p. 1980: Triassic conodonts from the Pavilion Beds, Big Bar Creek, central
197-206. British Columbia. In Current Research, Part C, Geological Survey
1984b: Early Permian conodonts from the Harper Ranch Beds, Kamloops of Canada, Paper 80-lC, p. 129-133.
area, southern British Columbia. In Current Research, Part B, Ray, G.E.
Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 84-lB, p. 207-215. 1986: The Hozameen fault system and related Coquihalla serpentine belt
1984c: A preliminary account of the conodont record at the western edge of southwestern British Columbia. Canadian Journal of Earth Sci-
of the Mackenzie Platform (Nahanni map area), northwestern Can- ences, v. 23, p. 1022-1041.
ada. Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, v. Ray, G.E., Dawson, G.L., and Simpson, R.
16(3), p. 135. 1987: The geology and controls of skam mineralizationin the Hedley Gold
1985: Carboniferous, Permian and Triassic conodonts from the central Camp, southern British Columbia (92 H/8, 82 E/5). In Geological
Kootenay Arc: constraints on the age of the Milford, Kaslo and Fieldwork, 1986. British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and
Slocan groups. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Petroleum Resources, Paper 1987-1, p. 65-79.
Canada, Paper 85-I A, p. 287-300. Read, P.B.
1986: Conodonts from western Canadian chert: their nature, distribution 1984: Geology Klastline River (104 GI16 E), Ealue Lake (104 W13 W),
and stratigraphic application. In Conodonts, Investigative Tech- Cake Hill (104 114 W), and Stikine Canyon (104 J/1 E), British
niques and Applications. R.L. Austin (ed.); Proceedings of the Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Open File 1080.
Fourth European Conodont Symposium (ECOS IV), Chapter 5, p. Read, P.B. and Okulitch, A.V.
96-121. Ellis-Horwood, Chichester, England. 1977: The Triassic unconformily of south-central British Columbia. Ca-
1987: Conodont bioshatigraphy and correlation of the Harper Ranch nadian Journal of Earth Sciences. v. 14, p. 606-638.
Group (Devonian-Permian), Ashcroft map area (92 I), southern Read, P.B., Brown, R.L., Psutka, J.F., Moore, J.M., Journeay, M.,
British Columbia. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey Lane, L.S., and Orchard, M.J.
of Canada, Paper 87-1A, p. 743-749. 1989: Geology of parts of Snippaker Creek (104 B/10), Forrest Kerr Creek
1989: Conodonts from the Frasnian-Famennian boundary interval in (104 B/15), Bob Quinn Lake (104 B/16), Iskut River (104 Gll) and
western Canada. In Devonian of the World, N.J. McMillan, A.F. More Creek (104 Gl2). Geological Survey of Canada, Open File
Embry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Ge- 2094.
ologists, Memoir 14, v. 3, p. 35-52, (imprint date 1988).
Rusmore, M.E. Smith, R.B.
1987: Geology of the Cadwallader Group and the IntermontaneInsular 1979: Geology of the Harper Ranch Group (Carboniferous-Permian) and
superteme boundary; southwestern British Columbia. Canadian Nicola Group (Upper Triassic) northeast of Kamloops, British
Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 24, p. 2279-2291. Columbia. Unpublished M.Sc. thesis, University of British Colum-
Savage, N.M. bia, Vancouver, 21 1 p.
1977a: Lower Devonian conodonts from the Karheen Formation, south- Struik, L.C.
eastern Alaska. Canadian Joumal of Earth Sciences, v. 14, p. 1988a: Structural geology of the Cariboo gold mining district, east-central
278-284. British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 421, 100
1977b: Middle Devonian (Eifelian) conodonts of the genus Polygnathus P.
from the Wadleigh Limestone, southeasternAlaska. Canadian Jour- 1988b: Regional imbrication within Quesnel Terrane, central British Co-
nal of Earth Sciences, v. 14, p. 1343-1355. lumbia, as suggested by conodont ages. Canadian Journal of Earth
1977c: Lower Devonian conodonts from Port St. Nicholas, southeastem Sciences, v. 25, p. 1608-1617.
Alaska Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 14, p. 2928-2936. Struik, L.C. and Orchard, M.J.
1981: Lower Devonian conodonts from Kasaan Island, southeastern 1985: Upper Paleozoic conodonts from ribbon chert delineate imbricate
Alaska. Journal of Paleontology, v. 55, p. 848-852. thrusts within the Antler Formation of Slide Mountain Terrane,
1982: Lower Devonian (Lochkovian)conodonts from Lulu Island, south- central British Columbia. Geology, v. 13, p. 794-798.
eastern Alaska. Journal of Paleontology, v. 56, p. 983-988. Tempelman-Kluit, D.J.
1983a: Late Triassic (Karnian) conodonts from northern San Juan Island, 1970: Stratigraphy and structure of the "Keno Hill Quartzite" in Tomb-
Washington. Journal of Paleontology, v. 57, p. 804-808. stone River-Upper Klondike River map-areas, Yukon Territory
1983b: Late Triassic (Kamian to Norian) conodonts from Orcas Island, (1 16 Bt7, B18). Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 180,102 p.
northwest Washington. Joumal of Paleontology, v. 57, p. 870-872. Tipnis, R.S., Chatterton, B.D.E. and Ludvigsen, R.
1984a: Devonian conodonts from Jones Island, northwest Washington. 1978: Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy of the southern District of
Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 21, p. 1339-1343. MacKenzie, Canada. Geological Association of Canada, Special
1984b: Late Triassic (Kamian) conodonts from Eagle Cove, southern San Paper, no. 18, p. 39-91.
Juan Island, Washington. Journal of Paleontology, v. 58, p. 1535- Umhoefer, P.J.
1537. 1990: Stratigraphy and tectonic setting of the upper part of the Cadwal-
1985: Silurian (Llandovery-Wenlock) conodonts from the base of the lader Terrane, southwestern British Columbia. Canadian Journal of
Heceta Limestone, southeastern Alaska. Canadian Journal of Earth Earth Sciences, v. 27, p. 702-7 11.
Sciences, v. 22, p. 71 1-727. Uyeno, T.T.
1987: New polygnathid conodonts from the Frasnian (Upper Devonian) 1991: Pre-Famennian Devonian conodont biostratigraphy of selected in-
of southeastern Alaska. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 24, tervals in the eastern Canadian Cordillera. In Ordovician to Triassic
p. 2323-2328. Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard
Savage, N.M. and Barkeley, S.J., and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin
1985: Early to Middle Pennsylvanian conodonts from the Kiwak Forma- 41 7 (this volume).
tion and the Ladrone Limestone, southeastern Alaska. Journal of von Bitter, P.H., Sandberg, C.A., and Orchard, M.J.
Paleontology, v. 59, p. 1453-1477. 1986: Phylogeny, speciation and palaeoecology of the Early Carbonifer-
Savage, N.M. and Funai, C.A. ous (Mississippian) conodont genus Mestognathus. Royal Ontario
1980: Devonian conodonts of probable Early Frasnian age from the Coro- Museum, Life Sciences Contributions, no. 143, 114 p.
nados Islands of southeastern Alaska. Journal of Paleontology, v. Wheeler, J.O. and McFeely, P.
54, p. 806-8 13. 1987: Tectonic assemblage map of the Canadian Cordillera and adjacent
Savage, N.M. and Gehrels, G.E. parts of the United States of America. Geological Survey of Canada,
1984: Early Devonian conodonts from Prince of Wales Island, southeast- Open File 1565.
em Alaska. Canadian Journal ofEarthSciences, v. 21, p. 1415-1425. Wheeler, J.O., Brookfield, A.J., Gabrielse, H., Monger, J.W.H.,
Savage, S.M. and Savage, B.J. Tipper, H.W., and Woodsworth, G.J.
1980: The occurrenceof the Ordovician conodont Periodon in the Abbess 1988: Tenane map of the Canadian Cordillera. Geological Survey of
Island Conglomerate,southeasternAlaska. Joumal of Paleontoloav. Canada, Open File 1894.
v. 54, p. 8fi-873. Woodsworth, G.J. and Orchard, M.J.
- ,and Eberlein. G.D.
Savaee. N.M.. Churkin., M... Jr.. 1985: Late Paleozoic to Early Mesozoic strata and conodonts in the
19771 ' Lower Devonian conodonts from P O ~ SNicholas.
~. southeastem western Coast Plutonic Complex, British Columbia. Canadian Jour-
Alaska. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 14, p. 2928-2936. nal of Earth Sciences, v. 22, p. 1329-1344.
Schiarizza, P. and Preto, V.A.
1987: Geology of the Adarns Lake Plateau-Clearwater-Vavenby area.
British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Re-
sources, Geological Survey Branch, Paper 1987-2, 88 p.
 APPENDIX
Conodont biostratigraphic record in the western Cordillera

The following section presents a summary of the conodont biostratigraphic record in each of the
Cordilleran terranes, plus the marginal areas of the autochthon. The latter represents one standard for
comparison (the "North American Terrane"); it does not include areas of the eastern Cordillera that are
the subject of other papers in this volume.
The stratigraphic unit (those that have yet to be formally described are indicated with an *, and a lower
case suffix), 1:250,000 scale map area (Fig. 2), and sample collector (in parentheses) are given for each
time interval or fauna. References in which conodont faunas have been described or reported are given at
the end of each listing.

North American autochthon Fauna 15. Mount Christie* formation - Glenlyon (Gordey);
Kindle Formation -Toad River (Read).
This region includes the Selwyn Basin-Kechika Trough and
adjacent margin of the MacKenzie Platform during the early Triassic
to middle Paleozoic, which became the site of platformal
clastic deposition during the late Paleozoic and Triassic. For Smithian-Norian. Toad. Liard, Ludington, Baldonnel, Par-
the Ordovican through Devonian, a simple listing of units donet, Bocock formations - throughout northeast British
from which conodont faunas are known are given, many of Columbia (Gibson, Orchard. Tozer).
them based on the Nahanni map area (Gordey, in press).
Additional collections are known throughout the length of the Smithian. Jones Lake* formation - Nahanni (Gordey).
Cordilleran autochthonous margin, often from unnamed
units, but they are not separated here. Smithian, upper Ladinian, Middle and Upper Norian. Un-
named units - Dawson (Clarke, Orchard).

Ordovician Smithian, Carnian, Middle Norian. Unnamed units - Nash

Creek (Orchard).
Rabbitkettle, Broken Skull, Haywire*, Duo Lake formations.
Upper Ladinian, Carnian. Jones Lake* formation - Glenlyon
Silurian (Gordey).
Duo Lake, Steel*, Whittaker, Sapper* formations.
Carnian, Lower, Middle, and Upper Norian. Jones Lake*
Devonian formation - Tay River (Gordey, Tempelman-Kluit).

Sapper*, Grizzly Bear, Funeral, Sombre, Arnica, Natla, Lan- ?Lower Norian. Unnamed units - Finlayson Lake (Jennings,
dry, Headless, Nahanni, Portrait Lake*, Prevost* forma- Mortenson); could be allochthonous.
tions.
Lower and Middle Norian. Jones Lake* formation - Sheldon
Carboniferous-Permian Lake (Gordey, Jennings, Wood).
Fauna I. Tay* formation - Glenlyon, Tay River (Gordey). References
Faunas 1,2,6,7.Tsichu* formation - Niddery Lake (Abbott, Dawson and Orchard, 1982; Gordey, Abbott, and Orchard,
Gordey). 1982; Orchard, 1 9 8 4 ~Norford
; and Orchard, 1985; Pohler
and Orchard, 1991. See also summaries and references in
Faunas 1,3. Kalzas Formation - Glenlyon (Gordey). other papers in this volume.
Faunas 2,3. Units with barite - Niddery Lake, Sheldon Lake.
Sekwi Mountain (Abbott, Dawson, Gordey, Jonasson, Cassiar Terrane
Ly don).
Ordovician
Faunas 6, 7. Unnamed unit - Nash Creek (Dawson). Kechika and Sandpile groups - Finlayson Lake, Quiet Lake
(Tempelman-Kluit).
Faunas 6,11,12,14. Mount Christie* formation - Nahanni
(Gordey). OrdovicianSilurian

Fauna 7,12,15,16. Mount Christie* formation - Tay River Kechika and Sandpile groups - Manson River (Ferri).
(Gordey).
Devonian Dorsey Terrane
Emsian, Givetian, Frasnian. McDame Group - Manson River Carboniferous - Permian
(Ferri), McDame (Mundy), Jennings River (Nelson).
Fauna 6. Englishmans Group - Teslin (Dawson).
Emsian-Eifelian. Unnamed unit - Quiet Lake, Finlayson
Lake (Gordey); McLeod Lake (Struik). Faunas 7,8. Unnamed unit - Wolf Lake (Abbott).

Famennian. Earn Group - McDame (Jacubowski, Irwin,

Nelson).
Slide Mountain Terrane
Devonian
Carboniferous - Permian
Famennian. Sylvester Group - McDame (Harms, Nelson).
Fauna I . Seagull* group,. felsic volcanic unit - Quiet Lake
(Tempelman-Kluit). Carboniferous-Permian
Faunas 1-3. Earn Group - Jennings River (Midway), Cry Faunas 1,6-9, ?lo,11,15. Antler Formation chert- McBride
Lake (Jakubowski, Harms). (Struik, Orchard).

Faunas 2 , 3 , 6 . Seagull* group, Black Slate* formation with Faunas I ? , 6-9, 12, 15, 16. Fennel1 Formation chert -
barite - Quiet Lake, Finlayson Lake (Gordey, Bonaparte Lake, Seymour Arm (Schiarizza, Preto).
Tempelman-Kluit).
Faunas 1-3,5-8,11,14,15,17. Sylvester Allochthon, lime-
Faunas 2-5. Greenberry Formation - McBride (Orchard, stone and chert - Jennings River, McDame, Cry Lake
Struik). (Dawson, Gabrielse, Gordey, Harms, Irwin, Jakubowski,
Nelson, Psutka).
Faunas 6-9 (mixed). Alex Allen Formation - McBride
(Orchard, Struik). Faunas 1, ?4,7,11, ?12,15. "Slide Mountain" limestone and
chert - Manson River (Ferri, Monger).
Fauna 14. Starr* formation - Quiet Lake (Tempelman-Kluit);
?unnamed unit - McLeod Lake (Struik). Fauna 7. Boswell* formation - Laberge (Tempelman-Kluit).
Assignment uncertain.
Triassic
Faunas 15,16. Kaslo Group chert - Lardeau (Klepacki).
Anisian-Upper Norian. Hoole* formation - Finlayson Lake,
Quiet Lake, Tay River, Watson Lake (Abbott, Triassic
Tempelman-Kluit).
Ladinian. Unnamed unit - Ware (Gabrielse).
References
Carnian. Unnamed unit - Manson River (Ferri).
Orchard and Struik, 1985; Orchard and Irwin, 1988.
Car~zian,Lower, Middle and Upper Norian. Unnamed unit -
McDame (Dawson, Gabrielse, Nelson).
Kootenay Terrane
Carboniferous - Permian References

Faunas 1,6. Eagle Bay Formation - Seymour Arm (Okulitch, Gordey, Gabrielse and Orchard, 1982; Orchard, 1985, 1986;
Orchard, Petro). Orchard in Preto and Schiarizza, 1987; Orchard and Irwin,
1988; Struik and Orchard, 1985.
Faunas 3 , 5 , 6 , ?7. Milford Group - Lardeau, Nelson
(Klepacki, Orchard, Read, Wheeler). Quesnel Terrane
Fauna 12. Sugar* limestone - McBride (Struik). Ordovician
Triassic Shoemaker Assemblage (Milford, Orchard, Pohler,
Tempelman-Kluit).
Carnian, Middle-Upper Norian. Slocan Group - Lardeau,
Nelson (Brown, Klepacki, Okulitch, Read, Wheeler). Devonian
References Frasnian. Knob Hill Group - Penticton (Fyles).
Okulitch and Cameron, 1986; Orchard, 1985; Orchard and Famennian. Harper Ranch Group - Ashcroft (Monger,
Struik, 1985; Orchard in Petro and Schiarizza, 1987. Orchard); Shoemaker Assemblage chert - Penticton
(Cordey).
 -
Carboniferous Permian Faunas 17, 18. Marble Canyon Formation - Ashcroft,
Bonaparte Lake (Beyers, Orchard, Shannon).
Faunas 2?, 6, 12-14, 15. Harper Ranch Group - Ashcroft
(Monger, Orchard, Forster). Triassic
Fauna 6. Blind Creek Formation - Penticton (Tempelman- Griesbachian, Dienerian, Smithian, Spathian, Carnian,
Kluit). Lower and Upper Norian. Cache Creek Complex, central
and western belt limestone - Ashcroft, Bonaparte Lake
Fauna 12. Harper Ranch Group - Vernon (Okulitch). (Beyers, Orchard, Shannon).
Fauna 13. Mount Roberts Formation -Nelson (Monger). Anisian, lower Ladinian, Carnian, Lower Norian. Cache
Creek Complex chert - Ashcroft (Orchard).
Fauna 16. ?Unnamed unit - Penticton (Tempelman-Kluit).
Carnian. Pavilion Beds - Taseko Lakes (Trettin).
Triassic
Carnian to Lower Norian: Cache Creek Complex chert and
Scythian. Clasts in Nicola Group - Ashcroft (Monger), Hope limestone - Atlin, Teslin (Bloodgood, Monger, Tempel-
(Ray). man-Kluit).
Anisian. "Volcaniclastic unit" - Quesnel Lake (Bloodgood, Upper Norian. Cache Creek Complex chert - Fort Fraser
Struik); "black phyllite unit" - Bonaparte River
(Orchard), Teslin (Jackson, Cordey).
(Orchard); Nicola Group - Ashcroft (Smith); Takla Group
- Manson River (Ferri). References
Ladinian. "Pelite unit" - Quesnel Lake (Struik); Brooklyn Beyers and Orchard, 1989, 1991 (this volume); Orchard in
Formation - Penticton (Fyles, Orchard, Tempelman- Monger andMcMillan, 1984; Orchard, 1984a, 1986; Orchard
Kluit); Nicola Group - Ashcroft (Orchard, Read). and Beyers, 1988; Rafek, 1980.
Carnian. Shoemaker Assemblage -Penticton (Milford, Read,
Okulitch, Tempelman-Kluit); Nicola Group - Bonaparte Bridge River Terrane
Lake (Okulitch), Hope, Ashcroft (Monger, Orchard, Ray,
Tempelman-Kluit), Quesnel Lake (Panteleyev); "pelite
Carboniferous - Permian
unit" and "volcaniclastic unit" - Quesnel Lake (Struik); Fauna 6?. Bridge River Group - Pemberton (Cordey).
Takla Group - McLeod Lake (Struik).
Triassic
Lower Norian. Unnamed unit - Vernon (Okulitch); Glouces-
ter* formation - Penticton (Tempelman-Kluit); Nicola Carnian, Lower Norian. Bridge River Group - Pemberton
Group - Ashcroft, Hope (Monger, Orchard, Ray, Tempel- (Church, Monger, Orchard, Schiarizza).
man-Kluit); unnamed units - Quesnel Lake, Quesnel
(Panteleyev, Struik). References
Cameron and Monger, 1971.
Middle Norian: Nicola Group - Ashcroft (Moore).

Upper Norian. Hedley sequence - Hope (Ray); unnamed unit Cadwallader Terrane
- Prince George (Kenyon, Struik).
Triassic
References Carnian. Pioneer Volcanics (limestone blocks) - Pemberton
Okulitch and Cameron, 1976; Orchard, 1984b, 1986, 1987; (Church); unnamed unit - Mount Waddington (Wood-
Orchard and Forster, 1988; Pohler, Orchard, and sworth).
Tempelman-Kluit, 1989.
Lower and Middle Norian. Hurley Formation - Pemberton,
Taseko Lakes (Church, Rusmore, Schiarriza,
Cache Creek Terrane Woodsworth).
Carboniferous - Permian Lower and Upper Norian. Tyaughton Group (Lower Norian
Faunas 6, 7 , 12?, 15. Cache Creek Complex - Atlin in clasts) - Taseko Lakes (Orchard, Tipper, Umhoefer).
(Bloodgood, Lefebure, Monger).
References
Fauna 7,13. Cache Creek Complex -Fort Fraser (Orchard). Orchard in Rusmore, 1987; Orchard in Umhoefer, 1990.
Faunas 9, 11, 16. Cache Creek Complex, eastern belt -
Ashcroft (Orchard, Shannon).
Chilliwack Terrane Carnian to Lower Norian. Stuhini Group chert and carbonate
- Dease Lake, Iskut River, Spatsizi, Telegraph Creek
Carboniferous - Permian (Brown, Psutka, Read).
Fauna 6,12. Chilliwack Group -Hope (Monger, Orchard).
Lower Norian. Unnamed unit - Dease Lake (Gabrielse,
Triassic Monger).

Upper Carnian. Cultus Formation - Hope (Danner). Middle Norian. Hancock* formation - Laberge (Tempelman-
Kluit); ?clasts in Takwahoni Formation - Dease Lake
Harrison Terrane (Monger), unnamed conglomerate - Telegraph Creek
(Brown).
Triassic
Anisian. Camp Cover Formation - Vancouver (Arthur). Upper Norian. Sinwa Formation, and clasts in Inklin Forma-
tion - Atlin, ?Dease Lake, Skagway (Dodds, Mihalynuk,
Stikine Terrane Tipper); Hancock* and Povoas* formations - Laberge
(Tempelman-Kluit);Stuhini Group - Iskut River, Spatsizi,
Devonian Telegraph Creek (Brown, Logan, Read).
Pragian, Eifelian. Stikine Assemblage - Iskut River References
(Anderson, Read).
Orchard, 1986; Read et al., 1989; Brown et al., in press.
Carboniferous - Permian
Fauna 4. Unnamed unit - Toodoggone River (Thorstad). Taku Terrane
Faunas 6, 11-15, 17. Stikine Assemblage - Iskut River, Triassic
Telegraph Creek (Anderson, Brown, Gunning, Logan,
Psutka, Read). Anisian, Carnian. Perseverance* group - southeast Alaska
(Gehrels).
Faunas 12, 14. Unnamed unit, and clasts in the Hazelton
Group - Terrace (Woodsworth). References
Gehrels et al., in press.
Faunas 13,14. Unnamed unit - Smithers (Monger).

Fauna 14. Unnamed units - Toodoggone River (Gabrielse), Alexander Terrane

Spatsizi (Monger, Read), Dease Lake (Read).
Ordovician
Fauna 15. Unnamed unit - Nass River (Psutka). Descon Formation - southeast Alaska (Harris, Savage); un-
named units - Dezadeash, Tatshenshini (Campbell,
Triassic Dodds).
Smithian. Clasts in Hazelton Group - Terrace (Woodsworth);
Tsaybahe* group - Dease Lake (Psutka); unnamed chert Silurian
unit - Terrace (Woodsworth). Hecata Limestone - southeast Alaska (Savage); unnamed
units - Kluane, Mount St. Elias (Campbell, Dodds).
Spathian to lower Anisian. Stuhini Group - Dease Lake
(Psutka). Devonian
Middle Triassic. Stuhini Group chert and limestone - Spatsizi, Lochovian-Pragian. Karheen Formation - southeast Alaska
Dease Lake, Cry Lake, Iskut River, Telegraph Creek (Lo- (Savage); unnamed unit - Tatshenshini (Campbell,
gan, Psutka, Read); Tsaybahe* group chert - Dease Lake Dodds).
(Read); unnamed chert unit - Terrace (Woodsworth).
Emsian-Frasnian. Wadleigh Limestone - southeast Alaska
Upper Ladinian. Stuhini Group - Telegraph Creek (Read). (Savage); unnamed units -Mount St. Elias, Kluane Lake,
Dezadeash, Tatshenshini (Campbell, Dodds).
Carnian: "Formation G" and Aksala* formation, Lewes
River Group - Laberge (Tempelman-Kluit, Tozer); un- Carboniferous - Permian
named units - Whitesail Lake, Terrace (Woodsworth),
Telegraph Creek (Read); clasts in Hazelton Formation - Fauna 6. Ducie* limestone - Prince Rupert (Woodsworth,
Terrace (Woodsworth). Orchard); Peratrovich Formation - southeast Alaska
(Faulhaber, Savage).
Faunas 7,8.Dunira Formation -Prince Rupert (Woodsworth, Fauna 15?. Unnamed unit - Moresby Island (Indrelid).
Orchard); Klawak Formation and Ladrones Limestone -
southeast Alaska (Barkeley, Savage). Triassic

Triassic Upper Carnian. Sadler Limestone - Queen Charlotte Islands

(Orchard); Chitistone? Formation - Tatshenshini River
Carnian to Lower Norian. Unnamed unit - Dezadeash (Dodds).
(Brown, Read).
Upper Carnian to Lower Norian. Quatsino Limestone - Al-
Lower Norian. Unnamed unit - Tatshenshini River (Camp- bemi, Cape Flattery (Desrochers, Massey, Orchard, Suth-
bell, Dawson, Dodds, MacIntyre, St. Joe). erland Brown, Tozer, Yorath).

Lower to Middle Norian. Randall Formation - Prince Rupert Upper Carnian to Upper Norian. Peril Formation - Queen
(Orchard, Woodsworth). Charlotte Islands (Orchard).

Middle to Upper Norian. Unnamed unit - Tatshenshini River Lower Norian. Chitistone Formation - Kluane Lake (Read,
(Brown, Dodds). Brailey).

References Upper Norian. McCarthy Formation? - Mount St. Elias

(Read).
Woodsworth and Orchard, 1985; Orchard, 1986; most papers
by Savage and co-authors. References
Brandon et al., 1986; Carter et al., 1989; Orchard, 1991~1,
Wrangell Terrane 1991b (this volume); Hesthammer et al., 1991.
Carboniferous - Permian
Fauna I . Shaw Creek member* of Fourth Lake Formation - Pacific Rim Terrane
Alberni, Cape Flattery (Brandon, Massey, Orchard). Triassic
Faunas 7, 10, 11, 13, 14. Mount Mark Formation of Buttle Carnian, Lower Norian. Ucluth Volcanics - Cape Flattery
Lake Group - Alberni, Victoria (Brandon, Massey, (Brandon).
Muller, Orchard, Sutherland Brown, Yorath).
References
Faunas I3,14. Hasen Creek Formation - Dezadeash, Kluane
Lake (Read). Brandon, in Orchard, 1984.
 A review of Ordovician conodont paleontology
of the Canadian Cordillera

Christopher R. Barnes', Zailiang Ji,' and Susanne M.L. Pohler'

Barnes, C.R., Ji, Z., and Pohler, S.M.L., 1991: A review of Ordovician conodont paleontology of the
Canadian Cordillera. h Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera,
M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada,Bulletin 417,p. 27-39.

Abstract
There have been relativelyfew detailed studies of Ordovician conodontsfiom the Canadian Cordillera
but some major studies are in progress. Much of our knowledge of conodontfaunas has arisen through the
application of biostratigraphy in support of regional mapping projects. In the Canadian Cordillera part of
the Ordovician carbonate platform facies is preserved, as well as the thicker miogeoclinal sequence, the
extensional Selyyn Basin, parautochthonous belts, and at least two allochthonous terranes with Ordovician
strata that were accreted in post-Paleozoic times.
The carbonate platform conodontfaunas are best krzownfiom the southern Canadian Rocky Mountains,
especially at Wilcox Pass. Data from deeper miogeoclinal equivalents have been recently reported from
the McKay Group and overlying Glenogle Formation near the Rocky Mountain Trench. In northern British
Columbia, the Yukon Territory and the Northwest Territories, the Mackenzie Mourztains region and the
Selwyn Basin have yielded a range of faunas spanning shallow plagorm to deep basin environments.
Outboard, Ordovician conodonts have recently been reportedfrom sequences inparautochthonous terranes
and in the allochthonous Alexander and Quesnel terranes. The pattern of distribution of conodont faunas
belonging to the North Atlantic and Midcontinent realms conforms to earlier models of conodont provin-
cialism and paleoecology. The Canadian Cordillera remains a region of high potential for future research
despite difficult logistic problems.

On a fait tr2s peu d'e'tudes de'taillkes des conodontes ordoviciens de la Cordillbre du Canada, bien que
quelques travaux d'envergure soient en cours. Une grande partie de nos connaissances des faunes de
conodontes proviennent de l'application de la biostratigraphie 2 l'appui de projets de cartographie
rkgionale. Dans la Cordillbre du Canada, sont consetvks une partie du facits de plate-forme carbonatke
de I' Ordovicien ainsi que la skquence miogkoclinale plus kpaisse, le bassin d' extension de Selwyn, les zones
parautochtones et au moins deux terranes allochtones qui contiennent des strates ordoviciennes et dont
l'accre'tion est postkrieure au Palkozol'que.
Les faunes ci conodontes les mieux connues de la plate-forme carbonatke proviennent des Rocheuses
du Sud au Canada, notamment du col Wilcox. Rkcemment, on a recueilli des donnkes sur les kquivalents
miogkoclinaux plus profonds dans le groupe de McKay et la formation susjacente de Glenogle, pr2s du
sillon des Rocheuses. Duns le nord de la Colombie-Britannique, le Yukon et les Territoires du Nord-Ouest,
les monts Mackenzie et le bassin de Selwyn ont donnk des faunes varikes qui proviennent dune gamme de
milieux allant June plate-forme peu profonde a un bassin profond. Du cBtk externe, des conodontes
ordoviciens ont ktk retrouvb rkcemment dans des terranes parautochtones et dans les terranes allochtones
&Alexander et de Quesnel. La distribution des faunes de conodontes des domaines nord-atlantique et
mkdio-continental correspond aux mod2les ante'rieurs du provincialisnze et de la pale'oe'cologie des
conodontes. La Cordill&-ecanadienne demeure une rkgionfort intkressante pour les travaux de recherches
futurs, malgrk l'existence de prohltmes logistiques complexes.

1 School of Earth and Ocean Sciences, University of Victoria, P.O. Box 3055, Victoria, B.C. V8W 3P6
INTRODUCTION as a terrane in northeastern Siberia. The rifted margin would
have presumably defined the lower Paleozoic continental
Studies of Ordovician conodonts from the Canadian Cordil- margin, which may lie a few tens of kilometres west of the
lera are still in their infancy. This paper reviews the present Rocky Mountain Trench. Bond and Kominz (1984) consid-
knowledge of Ordovician conodont paleontology. Past stud- ered that the Cordilleran miogeocline represents a lower
ies have tended to fall into two categories: major taxonomic Paleozoic passive margin that was created after a rifting phase
or biostratigraphic studies of particular faunas or stratigraphic in the latest Precambrian to earliest Cambrian.
units, and brief biostratigraphic determinations of samples
collected by Geological Survey scientists during regional
mapping projects. The present review paper focuses almost
entirely on the former group but includes our current research
programs.
The Ordovician was a time of major eustatic sea level
change, and the North American craton experienced several
progressively larger incursions culminating in almost com-
plete submergence in the Late Ordovician (Lenz, 1982; Bar-
nes, 1984). This resulted in widespread Ordovician deposits,
especially platform carbonates, which have been sub-
sequently reduced in area by erosion. Such platformal and
miogeoclinal sequences are preserved in outcrop and the
subsurface in a northwest-trending belt that extends from
southwestern Alberta and northeastern British Columbia into
the western part of the Northwest Territories, and Yukon
Territory. The platform sequences are mainly preserved in the
subsurface and in the Mackenzie Mountains to the east; the
miogeoclinal sequences outcrop in the Rocky Mountains and
in Selwyn Basin. The main tectonic and paleogeographic
elements are shown in Figures 1 to 3.
An intriguing issue for the Cordillera is the location of the
continental margin in western Canada during the early Paleo-
zoic. Much of the Cordillera consists of accreted terranes
separated by major structural dislocation (Monger et al.,
1972, 1982; Monger and Price, 1979; Price, 1986; Struik,
1987). Over the last decade, the definition of each terrane and
the details of the internal stratigraphy have become clarified.
Most terranes were accreted during the late Paleozoic through
early Cenozoic and only a few possess a geological record
that embraces the early Paleozoic. In those terranes with an
Ordovician stratigraphy, the rocks are commonly highly de-
formed and metamorphosed and recovery of fossils has been
rare. In British Columbia, the Rocky Mountain Trench (ex-
tending into the Tintina Trench in the Yukon Territory and
Alaska) marks an important tectonic boundary. Significant
strike-slip motion of hundreds of kilometres appears to have
occurred along the trench system (Gabrielse, 1985). To the
east of the trench, Ordovician strata are generally considered
to have been deposited on cratonic North America, some Figure 1. Major paleogeographic features present during the
being thrust eastward during Mesozoic orogenic phases. Tremadoc (from Cecile and Norford, in press). WP = White
Structural and thermal complexity decreases eastward from Mountains Platform; PP = Porcupine Platform; RT = Richard-
the trench. Immediately west of the trench a few Ordovician son Trough; OA = Ogilvie Arch; MP = Mackenzie Platform; MA
sequences are dated (Reesor, 1973), but these become more = Mackenzie Arch; OP = Ogilvie Platform; ME = Misty Creek
highly deformed and much rarer westward into the Omineca Embayment; NH = Niddery High; TA = Twitya Arch; SB =
Crystalline Belt (Kootenay Terrane). Thus, the nature of the Selwyn Basin; MRE = Meilleur River Ernbayment; NB = Nas-
ina Basin; KB = Kechika Basin; RB = Robson Basin; BP =
Ordovician continental margin for this segment of North White River Trough; AF = Active Formation; KoT = Kootenay
America cannot yet be fully documented. The Selwyn Basin Terrane; AT =Alexander Terrane. Numbers in circles refer to
with its deep-water sedimentary facies and minor volcanics conodont publications dealing with Tremadoc conodonts: 3 =
(Cecile, 1982) appears to be a local extensional structure Landing et al. (1980); 5 = Pohler and Orchard (1991). Saw-
inboard of the actual margin. Sears and Price (1978) have tooth line refers to eastern limit of significant tectonic shorten-
argued that a large segment of northwestern North America ing, bold line shows location of the Tintina-Northern Rocky
was rifted away during the late Precambrian and now resides Mountain Trench Fault System.
 A general review of the Ordovician geology of the Cor- In terms of current research on Ordovician conodont
dillera has been provided by Douglas et al. (1970) and Cecile paleontology in the Cordillera, new programs have been
and Norford (in press). Regional correlations have been pro- established by our group at the University of Victoria,
posed by Barnes et al. (1976, 1981). To conserve space, particularly in the southern Canadian Cordillera where
regional correlation charts are not reproduced herein and the many type sections are located, and access for comprehen-
reader is referred to Barnes et al. (1981) for regional stratig- sive collecting is easier. Work on various collections of
raphic details and correlations. Considerations of regional Ordovician conodonts is being continued at the Geological
paleogeography have been tackled by Lenz (1982) and Bar- Survey of Canada (GSC) by A.D. McCracken (Ottawa),
nes (1984). A review is given below of detailed conodont G.S. Nowlan (Calgary), and M.J. Orchard (Vancouver).
studies of the major regions and stratigraphic units of the Both the University and GSC teams are involved in geo-
Cordillera for which data are available. chemical studies of conodonts as well as taxonomic,
evolutionary, and biostratigraphic work.
I $( BEAUFORTSEA
I "0
-
ry

I /$ BEAUFORT SEA I , I

Figure 2. Major paleogeographic features present during the

Llandeilo (from Cecile and Norford, in press). BT = Blackstone Figure 3. Major paleogeographic features present during the
Trough; A = Positive area A; B = Positive area B; McP = Late Caradoc and Ashgill (from Cecile and Norford, in press).
McDonald Platform; KP = Kakwa Platform; WA = Ware Arch. RT = Richardson Trough; BT = Blackstone Trough; A =
For other abbreviations see Figure 1. Numbers in circles refer Positive area A; B = Positive area B; McP = McDonald
to specific conodont publications. Publications and areas Platform; KP = Kakwa Platform; WA = Ware Arch; CAT =
dealing only with Tremadoc faunas are listed in Figure 1. Most Cariboo Subterrane; CP = Cassiar Platform; PA = Purcell
other samples range in age from Early Ordovician through Arch. For other abbreviations see Figure 1. Numbers in circles
Middle or Late Ordovician. 1 = Tipnis et al. (1978); 2 = Fritz et refer to publications andlor areas dealing with Upper Ordovi-
al. in Cecile (1982); 4 = Pohler, Orchard, and Tempelman-Kluit cian conodonts. 8 = Norford and MacQueen (1975); 10 =
(1989); 5 = Pohler and Orchard (1991); 6 = McCracken McCracken (1987,1989a); IVlcCracken and Lenz (1987); Lenz
(1989b); 7 = Ethington and Clark (1965); Derby et al. (1972); and McCracken (1982); 11 = Nowlan et al. (1988); 12 =
8 = Pohler, Orchard, and Struik (1989). Mitchell and Sweet (1989);13 = Norford (1969).
CONODONTS FROM THE CARBONATE (Bradshaw), Oepikodus communis (Ethington and Clark),
PLATFORM, SOUTHERN BRITISH Scolopodus cornutiformis (Branson and Mehl), Striatodontus
gracilis (Ethington and Clark), and species of Periodon. The
COLUMBIA AND ALBERTA fauna of the formation is roughly equivalent to the uppermost
part of Fauna D and the lower and middle parts of Fauna E of
Survey Peak, Outram, Skoki, and Owen Creek
Ethington and Clark (1971). Some representative species
formations from the Survey Peak and Outram formations are illustrated
Ordovician sections representing the carbonate platform in in Plate 1.
southern British Columbia are exposed in the Rocky Moun- The dominant conodonts recovered from the Skoki For-
tains. The Survey Peak, Outram, Skoki, and Owen Creek mation include Acodus comptus, Drepanodus arcuatus, D.
formations at Wilcox Pass, Jasper National Park, Alberta are concavus, Oepikodus communis, Scolopodus cornutiformis,
little deformed, have excellent exposure, and are considered Striatodontus gracilis, and several species of Protopandero-
to be a nearly complete sequence (1050 m) of Early and early dus. The fauna can be correlated with the upper part of Fauna
Middle Ordovician age (Aitken and Norford, 1967; Norford, E to Midcontinent Fauna 2 (Sweet et al., 1971).
1969). The Survey Peak Formation (about 360 m thick) is a
series of calcareous shale, mudstone, siltstone, limestone, and Few conodonts have been recovered from the Owen
limestone-pebble conglomerate. The Outram Formation Creek Formation. Several species, such as Eoneoprioniodus
(about 270 m thick) is composed of dark grey shale, calcare- sp., Erismodus asymmetricus (Branson and Mehl), Multiois-
ous siltstone, and thick bedded fossiliferous limestone with todus sp., Panderodus sp. cf. P. gracilis (Branson and Mehl),
limestone-pebble conglomerate. The Skoki Formation (about Phragmodus sp., and Polycaulodus bidentatus Branson and
170 m thick) consists mostly of thick bedded dolostone, with Mehl are present in this formation. The faunas can be tenta-
minor, thin beds of limestone in the lower part; chert layers tively correlated with the Midcontinent faunas 4 to 5 (Sweet
and nodules are common. The Owen Creek Formation (about et al., 1971; Barnes et al., 1981).
250 m thick) is a unit of pale, barren, dense, thick bedded The conodonts of the Survey Peak, Outram, Skoki, and
dolostone, with quartz sand, local chert nodules and gastro- Owen Creek formations have Midcontinent Realm affinities,
pod coquinas in the lower part. but there are some strong North Atlantic faunal influxes.
Detailed biostratigraphic investigation of the Survey Comparisons of faunas from equivalent sections elsewhere
Peak, Outram, and lower Skoki formations at Wilcox Pass indicate that the Wilcox Pass faunas are closely similar to the
was carried out by Dean and Martin (1982) and by Dean faunas recovered from the Ibex Area, Western Millard
(1978, 1989). Dean described trilobites from these three County, Utah (Ethington and Clark, 1981).
formations and showed that much of this sequence is of Early
Ordovician age. Ethington and Clark (1965) first described
conodonts from the Survey Peak and Outram formations from Mount Wilson Formation
the same area, but their work was based on limited samples One of the most profound lithological changes in the Ordo-
and conodonts. Preliminary information on conodonts from vician sequence in the southern Rocky Mountains occurs
the Cambrian-Ordovician boundary interval was provided by where the black shales of the Glenogle Formation are overlain
Derby et al. (1972). This was later expanded by Westrop et by the pure, grey to white quartz sandstone of the Mount
al. (198 I), who recognized two conodont zones (faunas A and Wilson Formation. The latter unit, up to 460 m thick, is a
B of Ethington and Clark, 1971) in the lower part of the distinctive, resistant, yellow weathering unit produced by
Survey Peak Formation. In 1990,Barnes and Ji collected over easterly derived sands lying conformably to disconformably
200 conodont samples from the entire Wilcox Pass section, on the Glenogle, Skoki, and/or Owen Creek formations (Ait-
and a detailed study of conodont taxonomy, biostratigraphy, ken et al., 1972). The Mount Wilson Formation is virtually
and paleoecology is presently in progress. unfossiliferous although a few undiagnostic conodonts of
Based on preliminary collections, the conodonts recov- Middle or Late Ordovician age were recovered from a thin
ered from the lower part of the Survey Peak Formation shale at Pinnacle Creek (Norford, 1969).
include Drepanodus pervetus (Nowlan), Cordylodus angula-
tus Pander, C. intermedius Furnish, C. lindstromi Druce and Beaverfoot Formation
Jones, C. proavus Miiller, Semiacontiodus nogamii (Miller),
and Teridontus nakamurai (Nogami). Few conodonts have so Overlying the Mount Wilson Formation is the Beaverfoot
far been recovered from the middle and upper parts of the Formation. This unit consists of up to 540 m of resistant,
Survey Peak Formation, but it is considered to be equivalent mottled (bioturbated), ihick to massive bedded, dolomitic
to the conodont intervals of faunas C and D of Ethington and limestone and dolostone. Quartz silt and sand predominate in
Clark (1971). the lower 28 m (Whiskey Trail Member) which, where pre-
sent, suggest a conformable contact between the two forma-
The Outram Formation is mainly characterized by Acodus tions. The carbonates bear a distinctive sequence of
comptus (Branson and Mehl), A. lanceolatus (Pander), A. coral-brachiopod faunas that range from Late Ordovician to
delicatus Branson and Mehl, Bergstroemognathus extensus mid-Llandovery in age. Attempts to examine faunal changes
(Graves and Ellison), Drepanodus arcuatus Pander, D. con- across the Ordovician-Silurian boundary are thwarted by a
cavus (Branson and Mehl), Fahraeusodus marathonensis 245 m thick virtually barren dolostone at that level. The
Beaverfoot Formation is overlain by the upper Llandovery River, 15 km east of Golden. These samples yielded small
Tegart Formation, or locally intersected by the extensive collections of fragmentary coniform conodonts, mainly
sub-Devonian unconformity. scolopodans, suggesting an age equivalent to Fauna D of
Ethington and Clark (197 1).
Norford (1969) recognized a Bighornia-Thaerodonta
Zone in the lower part of the formation, of Late Ordovician During the 1990 field season, Barnes and Ji collected
age. A more recent study of the coral faunas and the regional extensively for conodonts in the McKay Group. Principal
stratigraphy of the Beaverfoot Formation has been completed collecting sections included Kicking Horse Pass, east of
by Buttler et al. (1988). Golden; in the Kootenay National Park, north of Radium;
Mount Sabine at Canal Flats; and along the North White
Norford (1969, p. 38) reported a conodont-bearing inter- River (see Aitken et al., 1972, for details of sections). These
val near the base of the formation, in the Whiskey Trail samples form the basis of a new detailed study of McKay
Member. These are given as only form-taxa and provide little conodonts, and further collections are planned for 1991.
biostratigraphic precision. Preliminary conodont studies by
Barnes and Uyeno for the Beaverfoot, especially near the
Ordovician-Silurian boundary, yielded only modest faunas Glenogle Formation
of Midcontinent Realm affinity (Norford, 1988).
Overlying the McKay Group with gradational contact is a
thick sequence of black shale, locally with quartz siltstone
ORDOVICIAN CONODONTS FROM and thin, impure carbonate. Burling (1921, 1922) assigned
THE MIOGEOCLINE, SOUTHERN these to the Glenogle Formation, which attains a thickness of
up to 851 m at White River (Norford and Slind, 1990; Norford
BRITISH COLUMBIA and Jackson, in press). The Glenogle Formation represents a
McKay Group narrow basinal facies, restricted to British Columbia, which
bears graptolites belonging to nine zones of Arenig through
In the Western Ranges and Main Ranges of the Rocky Moun- early Caradoc age (Larson and Jackson, 1966; Norford and
tains, a thick sequence of Upper Cambrian to Lower Ordovi- Jackson, in press). The Glenogle appears to have been depos-
cian limestone and shale is assigned to the McKay Group. ited in an anoxic basin (White River Trough) trending ap-
Early work (e.g., Evans, 1933; Leech, 1958; Raasch and proximately northwest with shallow carbonate facies
Bruce, 1966; Norford, 1969; Aitken et al., 1972) and a recent equivalents to both the west (Purcell Arch) and the east (Bow
study by Mott et al. (1986) have interpreted the sequence as Platform) (Norford and SIind, 1990). An upper member ex-
a lateral facies equivalent of the Survey Peak and Outram hibits an overall shallowing event, probably correlating with
formations, and of some older strata of the carbonate platform the shallowing in the carbonate facies to the east represented
that are exposed in ranges to the east (described above). A bv the dolostone of the Owen Creek Formation.
deeper miogeoclinal or shale basin setting is envisaged (Bond
and Kominz, 1984). Mott et al. (1986) recognized four major In the North White River area, the Glenogle Formation
lithological units in the McKay Group, each consisting of a overlies the McKay Group and in turn is overlain by beds of
lower shale-dominated part and an upper limestone-domi- the lower Skoki Formation. A sequence of graptolite and
nated part. They recorded a thickness of the group of at least shelly fossil faunas has helped in the correlation and construc-
2100 m. Although commonly considered to be a deeper water tion of the regional facies relationships (McKee et al., 1972;
equivalent of the Survey Peak and Outram formations, parts Norford and Ross, 1978; Norford and Slind, 1990). We have
of the McKay exhibit shallow water indicators (e.g., mud scanned Glenogle Formation shale surfaces for conodont
cracks, stromatolites). assemblages without success. Some of the rare carbonate
interbeds have yielded conodont faunas that have enabled
The McKay Group is strongly deformed in most sections biostratigraphic ties to be made between the Pacific Province
of the Western andMain ranges. The internal stratigraphy and graptolite and North Atlantic Realm conodont zonations. The
regional correlations are poorly known. There have been few conodont faunas are currently under detailed study by G.S.
detailed paleontological studies to build on the initial obser- Nowlan (GSC, Calgary); some preliminary data are given in
vations of Evans (1933). Trilobites are abundant at certain Norford and Jackson (in press).
levels but have received' only interim investigations (e.g.,
Kobayashi, 1955; Dean, 1988); molluscs, graptolites and
brachiopods were reported by Kobayashi (1955) but are less ORDOVICIAN CONODONTS FROM THE
common than trilobites. MIOGEOCLINE, NORTHERN BRITISH
Reconnaissance sampling for conodonts in the McKay COLUMBIA, YUKON, AND WESTERN
Group was undertaken by one of us (CRB). Only small NORTHWEST TERRITORIES
collections were recovered with high conodont Colour Al-
teration Index values (typically CAI 5-6). Samples collected The Selwyn Basin (Gabrielse, 1967) occupies most of the
at the Mount Sabine section, near Canal Flats (Aitken et al., Yukon and the western part of the Northwest Territories. It is
1972) proved to be barren, but these were from the Franco- thought to be an inner miogeoclinal basin with graben-like
nian (Upper Cambrian) part of the section. Other reference embayments and troughs. The Selwyn Basin is bordered to
samples were taken from a thick bedded carbonate unit in the the west by the Tintina Fault, to the north by the Ogilvie Arch,
upper McKay Group near the bridge across the Kicking Horse
to the east by the Niddery High and Mackenzie Platform, and northwestern District of Mackenzie and northern Yukon
extends southward into the Kechika Basin (Cecile, 1982; (McCracken and Lenz, 1987). The faunas from the Daw-
Cecile and Norford, in press) (Figs. 1-3). son area in the northern Selwyn Basin range in age from
Tremadoc to early Llandeilo, possibly as high as middle
On an east-to-west transect, three interfingering facies Caradoc. Most conodonts are of North Atlantic aspect
belts can be recognized. The Broken Skull and Sunblood and the fauna is dominated by Periodon aculeatus Had-
formations in the east comprise the Ordovician shallow-water ding and Pygodus serra (Hadding). Typical is the occur-
deposits at the edge of the Mackenzie Platform. Westward, r e n c e of robust p r o t o p a n d e r o d i d s s u c h a s
the Sapper formation (informal), the Haywire formation (in- Protopanderodus? giganteus (Sweet and Bergstrom).
formal) and in part the Rabbitkettle Formation represent a
transitional (slope) facies. The basinal facies is represented From the Sheldon Lake area, conodonts as old as Late
by the Rabbitkettle and Duo Lake formations (Cecile, 1982; Cambrian and as young as Llandeilo (Pygodus anserinus
Gordey, in press). The different facies belts are laterally Zone) have been recovered. Again most faunal components
gradational, and contacts between the successive formations are of North Atlantic aspect. The most common repre-
are diachronous. sentatives are Amorphognathus tvaerensis Bergstrom, Peri-
odon spp., and Pygodus anserinus Hadding. A few
representatives of the Midcontinent Realm (Pohler and
Rabbitkettle Formation Barnes, 1990) are present, of which Phragmodus undatus
Conodont faunas from the Rabbitkettle Formation have been Branson and Mehl is common. A robust protopanderodan
reported from several areas in the greater Selwyn Basin. [Protopanderodus robustus (Hadding)] is also present in
Larger collections are documented from the east-central large numbers.
Selwyn Basin (Nahanni Mountains, and Niddery Lake areas) Tipnis et al. (1978) reported conodonts of predominantly
(Pohler and Orchard, 1991; Gordey, in press), the Misty North Atlantic type from nine samples of the Road River
Creek Embayment (Cecile, 1982), and the southern District Group, Nahanni map area. These faunas range from Early to
of Mackenzie (Tipnis et al., 1978; Landing et al., 1980). Middle Ordovician in age and are similar in composition to
The Rabbitkettle Formation was originally described as those from the Sheldon Lake area.
an Upper Cambrian to Lower Ordovician succession of domi- Lenz and McCracken (1982), McCracken and Lenz
nantly thin bedded, silty limestone (Gabrielse et al., 1973) but (1987) and McCracken (1987, 1989a,b) discussed Middle to
later Gordey (in press) assigned rocks as young as Ashgill to Upper Ordovician co'nodonts from the Blackstone and Rich-
the Rabbitkettle Formation. Tipnis et al. (1978) documented ardson troughs in northern Yukon. McCracken and Lenz
Upper Cambrian to lower Tremadoc conodonts from the (1987) recognized several conodont associations and zones
Rabbitkettle Formation, which they recognized as belonging in the Road River Group of that area. The "Cordylodus"
to the North Atlantic Realm (Pohler and Barnes, 1990). horridus - Spinodus spinatus association is early Llanvim in
Several species of Cordylodus and Oneotodus are the domi- age and contains reworked elements. The Pygodus serra
nant faunal elements. North Atlantic Realm conodonts also Zone of middle to late Llanvirn age comprises genera such as
dominate the Rabbitkettle Formation in the east-central Ansella, Periodon, Pygodus, and Walliserodus. At Black-
Selwyn Basin (Nahanni and Niddery Lake map areas). Fau- stone River, faunas with Oulodus rohneri Ethington and
nas range in age from Late Cambrian to Llandeilo, possibly Furnish, Gamachignathus ensijer McCracken et al., Noixo-
Caradoc (Pohler and Orchard, 1991). dontus girardeaudensis (Satterfield), and Amorphognathus
Fritz et al. (in Cecile, 1982) report conodonts and other ordovicicus Branson and Mehl were assigned to the G. ensifer
fossils from the Rabbitkettle Formation in the Misty Creek Zone. The fauna is considered to be age equivalent to upper
Embayment ranging in age from Late Cambrian to Early Richmondian strata (i.e., Fauna 12) rather than Gamachian
Ordovician. They are similar in composition to those reported Fauna 13. Fauna 13 appears to be missing in the Ordovician-
by Tipnis et al. (1978) from the Mackenzie Mountains. Silurian boundary interval of the Yukon (Lenz and
McCracken, 1982). The Ozarkodina n. sp. A-lcri-
odella sp. B association is considered to be late Ashgill in
Duo Lake Formation (Lower Road River Group) age. McCracken (1989b) discussed seven species of Proto-
panderodus from four sections of the aforementioned region
The Duo Lake Formation (Cecile, 1982) ranges in age from where the genus comprises 12 per cent of the total collection
Arenig to Wenlock and, with the younger Steel Formation, (Llanvim to Ashgill) and was obviously common in the
comprises the Road River Group, which overlies the Rabbit- offshore environments represented by the Road River Group.
kettle Formation. The lithotypes (shale, chert, thin bedded
limestone and minor volcanic rocks) suggest deposition in a
quiet off-shelf setting. Haywire formation
Conodont faunas from the Ordovician units of the Road The Haywire formation (Gordey, in press) represents a tran-
River Group (i.e., Duo Lake Formation) have been reported sitional facies interfingering with the Rabbitkettle and Duo
from the Ogilvie Mountains in northern Selwyn Basin Lake formations basinward and with the Broken Skull and
(Pohler and Orchard, 1991) from the Sheldon Lake area in Sunblood formations to the east. The Haywire formation
east-central Selwyn Basin (Pohler and Orchard, 1991), from ranges in age from Early Ordovician to Early Silurian. Cono-
southern District of Mackenzie (Tipnis et al., 1978) and from dont samples were collected from the Nahanni Mountains
(Pohler and Orchard, 1991; Gordey, in press) and range from CONODONTS FROM THE CARBONATE
Arenig to Ashgill. The successive faunas reported alternate PLATFORM, NORTHERN BRITISH
between those dominated by Midcontinent and North Atlan-
tic species. The oldest fauna with Acodus deltatus Lindstrom COLUMBIA, YUKON TERRITORY, AND
is of North Atlantic aspect but may be coeval with that of NORTHWEST TERRITORIES
another sample containing Midcontinent Realm species, such
as Protopanderodus leei Repetski. Faunal shifts continue to Broken Skull Formation
occur throughout the sequence. North Atlantic Realm zonal The Broken Skull Formation ranges in age from Early to
fossils are represented by Oepikodus evae (Lindstrom) and Middle Ordovician. Conodonts have been reported from the
later by Amorphognathus tvaerensis. Typical Midcontinent Nahanni Mountains, Flat River, and Sekwi Mountain areas
forms are Multioistodus compressus Harris and Harris and (Pohler and Orchard, 1991; Gordey, in press), and the south-
later Belodina confluens Sweet and Plectodina tenuis (Bran- em District of Mackenzie, especially the Natla River area
son and Mehl). Many samples contain a mixture of North (Tipnis et al., 1978).
Atlantic and Midcontinent species.
Conodont faunas from the dolostone and thick bedded
limestone of the Broken Skull Formation range from Arenig
Transitionfacies of the Franklin Mountain to Caradoc and possibly younger. The faunas are charac-
Formation terized by a mixture of North Atlantic and Midcontinent-type
conodonts.
Cecile (1982) recognized a facies transitional between basi-
nal (Rabbitkettle and Duo Lake formations) and platformal Of the Midcontinent faunal succession, faunas D, E, 1,
(Franklin Mountain Formation) rocks in the Misty Creek and possibly 2 were recognized by Tipnis et al. (1978). Pohler
Embayment. The lithologies were described as dominantly and Orchard (1991) found Fauna D and faunas 3-4 (= His-
dolostone that basinward interfinger with dolomitic shale, tiodella sinuosa Zone of Sweet, 1988), together with a large
shale, and chert. They range in age from Late Cambrian to number of long-ranging species. Of the North Atlantic zona-
Middle Ordovician (Caradoc). Fritz et al. (in Cecile, 1982) tion (Lindstrom, 1971; Bergstrom, 1971), Oepikodus evae
determined upper Tremadoc(?) to Llandeilo conodonts from and Pygodus sp. are notable representatives.
this transitional formation. As in the Haywire formation, the
transitional facies of the Franklin Mountain Formation con-
tain conodonts of mixed faunal affinity. Pygodus sp. occurs Sunblood Formation
with Plectodina sp., Oepikodus evae with Oepikodus commu- Conodonts from the Sunblood Formation were described by
nis (Ethington and Clark), and Drepaniostodus numarcuatus Tipnis et al. (1978). They are Middle Ordovician in age
(Lindstrom) with Scolopodus filosus Ethington and Clark. ranging from Whiterockian to Blackriveran, possibly slightly
This mixture enables correlation with both North America younger. Most faunal elements are of Midcontinental aspect
and Europe and suggests that an exchange between shelf and and diagnostic of faunas 3-6 of Sweet et al. (1971). Notable
basin was not restricted in this area. Other transitional facies in Fauna 3 are species of Multioistodus. Fauna 4 contains a
in the Misty Creek Embayment are late Middle Ordovician large number of Paraprioniodus costatus (Mound); Fauna 5
or younger in age and have not yielded significant conodont is dominated by species of Phragmodus and Drepanoistodus
faunas, or are too young for the scope of this paper. suberectus as is Fauna 6, which in addition is characterized
Farther east, the Selwyn Basin and transitional facies are by Appalachignathus delicatulus Bergstrom.
replaced by the Broken Skull Formation and the younger
Sunblood Formation deposited as largely laterally equivalent Esbataottine Formation
platform facies.
The Esbataottine Formation (Ludvigsen, 1975) conformably
overlies the Sunblood Formation and comprises a series of
Supper formation thinly bedded limestones. Tipnis et al. (1978) described Mid-
The Sapper formation (Gordey, in press) overlies the Road dle Ordovician conodont faunas (faunas 6-8) of Midcontinent
River Group in the west and the Haywire formation in the aspect from the Esbataottine Formation, notably Phragmodus
east. It is considered a transitional facies between the Mack- flexuosus Moskalenko, Plectodina aculeata (Stauffer), and
enzie Platform and Selwyn Basin. Conodont collections from Ansella nevadensis (Ethington and Schumacher).
the calcareous siltstone and limestone of the Sapper forma-
tion are late Middle to Late Ordovician in age with Aphelog- Whittuker Formation
nathus politus, Amorphognathus species, Belodina
compressa (Branson and Mehl), Drepanoistodus suberectus The Whittaker Formation (Douglas and Norris, 1961) con-
and others (Pohler and Orchard, 1991). formably overlies the Esbataottine Formation. A lower lime-
stone unit and a middle dolostone unit are assigned a Lake
Ordovician age, whereas the overlying upper argillaceous ORDOVICIAN CONODONTS PROM
limestone unit is Silurian in age. Tipnis et al. (1978), who first ALLOCHTHONOUS TERRANES
reported conodonts from the Whittaker Formation, found few
diagnostic taxa. The authors confirmed faunas 9 and 10, but Very few Ordovician conodonts are known from the suspect
concluded that a younger age is possible. McCracken and terranes in the western Cordillera. The only localities known
Lenz (1987) discussed Middle Caradoc to Ashgill conodont to date are in the Alexander Terrane and in the Quesnel
biofacies of the Whittaker Formation. They argued that most Terrane.
faunal elements are indicative of the Red River Province of
Sweet and Bergstrom (1984) with some representatives of the
Ohio Valley Province and the North Atlantic Realm. An Alexander Terrane
inverse relationship between Phragmodus and Plectodina is The Alexander Terrane (Berg et al., 1972, 1978) is a distinc-
indicated. tive assemblage of Paleozoic to Mesozoic age (Schuchert,
Nowlan et al. (1988) described conodont faunas from 1923). It occupies part of southeast Alaska, the Saint Elias
Ordovician-Silurian boundary strata of the Whittaker For- Mountains, Yukon Territory and the coastal region of west-
mation in the Avalanche Lake area. The Upper Ordovician central British Columbia (Fig. 1). Ordovician conodonts as-
fauna is diverse and dominated by Panderodus species and signed to Periodon were reported from the Abbess Island
Plectodina. No elements of Gamachian Fauna 13 were conglomerate in southeast Alaska by Savage and Savage
recognized and there is a likely hiatus at the Ordovician- (1980). The conglomerate is thought to be part of the Descon
Silurian boundary. Formation (Churkin and Eberlein, 1970).
Mitchell and Sweet (1989) collected samples from the Additional samples containing Ordovician conodonts
lower Whittaker Formation and found conodonts of Red were collected by C.J. Dodds and associates from the Alsek
River provincial aspect. Analysis of conodont faunas indi- and Tatshenshini River areas in British Columbia. These are
cates that the lower Whittaker Formation east of Redstone mostly from thin bedded limestones, which have not yet been
Arch (west flank of Root Basin) spans almost the entire formally assigned group or formation names (Campbell and
Cincinnatian Series. Dodds, 1982,1983). The faunas contain 27 poorly preserved
specimens with conodont CAI values ranging from 5-6. On
the basis of the occurrence of Variabiloconus bassleri
Franklin Mountain Formation (Furnish) and other simple cones, most collections have
The Franklin Mountain Formation (Williams, 1922, 1923) is been assigned an early Ordovician age. The youngest fauna
widely distributed in the eastern Mackenzie and Franklin that contains Protopanderodus may be Arenig or younger
mountains. The dolostone and argillaceous dolostone were in age (Pohler and Orchard, 1991).
deposited in shallow marine environments of the carbonate
platform and range in age from Late Cambrian to Early Quesnel Terrane
Ordovician, possibly Middle Ordovician.
The Quesnel Terrane (Monger et al., 1982) is characterized
The Franklin Mountain Formation is correlative with the by upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic rocks. Ordovician cono-
Broken Skull Formation in the southern Mackenzie Moun- donts were found in the problematic Shoemaker Assem-
tains. A single collection containing Fauna D (upper Trema- blage (Wheeler and McFeely, 1987) near Keremeos. The
doc) was determined from the Franklin Mountain Formation small fauna with Belodina compressa and an enigmatic
(Norford and Macqueen, 1975). species of Ansella is probably Middle Ordovician in age
(Pohler, Orchard, and Tempelman-Kluit, 1989).
Mount Kindle Formation
Dolostone of the Mount Kindle Formation (Williams, 1922, Cassiar Platform
1923) unconformably overlies the Franklin Mountain Forma- The Cassiar Platform (Gabrielse, 1967) is considered a
tion. The Mount Kindle Formation ranges from Late Ordovi- parautochthonous terrane, which was originally situated far-
cian to Early Silurian iri age and is correlative with the ther south and displaced along the Tintina Fault to its present
Whittaker Formation in the southern Mackenzie Mountains. location. Two small conodont collections contain Phragmo-
C.R. Barnes (in Norford and Macqueen, 1975) deter- dus undatus, Paroistodus? sp. and Protopanderodus sp., sug-
mined a late Middle or Late Ordovician age for conodont gesting a Caradoc to Ashgill age for the faunas. The samples
collections containing Phragmodus undatus and Plectodina were collected from rocks related to the Kechika and Sandpile
furcata (Hinde) from the Mount Kindle Formation. Cecile groups (Pohler and Orchard, 1991).
(1982) listed Upper Ordovician conodonts in the transitional From the western flank of Kakwa Platform (Figs. 1-3)
Mount Kindle Formation in the Misty Creek Embayment. conodonts from the Ordovician to Silurian Sandpile Group
(McLeod Lake map area, central-eastern British Columbia)
are noted by Pohler, Orchard, and Struik (1989). The faunas
are Early to Lake Ordovician in age and of Midcontinent
aspect.
SUMMARY Barnes, C.R.
1984: Early Ordovician eustatic events in Canada. In Aspects of the
Ordovician System, Bruton, D.L. (ed.). Palaeontological Contribu-
The Canadian Cordillera contains thick sequences of Lower tions from the University of Oslo, no. 295, p. 51-63.
and Middle Ordovician carbonates ranging from shallow- Barnes, C.R., Jackson, D.E., and Norford, B.S.
water platform to deep basinal facies, together with some 1976: Correlation between Canadian Ordovician zonation based on grap-
problematic accreted terrane assemblages. To date few de- tolites, conodonts, and benthic macrofossils from key successions.
tailed studies have revealed the potential for Ordovician In The Ordovician System. M.G. Bassett (ed.); University of Wales
Press and National Museum of Wales, Cardiff, p. 290-226.
conodont research in the Cordillera. The major limiting factor Barnes, C.R., Norford, B.S., and Skevington, D.
is one of logistics in mountainous terrain and remote areas, 1981 : The Ordovician System in Canada: Correlation chart and explanatory
given the weight and volume of conodont samples typically notes. International Union of Geological Sciences,Publication no. 8,27 p.
Berg, H.C., Jones, D.L., and Richter, D.H.
required for detailed research. 1972: Gravina-Nutzotin Belt- tectonic significanceof an upper Mesozoic
Areas in the southern Canadian Cordillera are most acces- sedimentary and volcanic sequence in southern and southeastern
Alaska. United States Geological Survey, Professional Paper
sible and past and current work in the platform carbonates 800-D, p. Dl-D24.
(e.g., Survey Peak, Outram, Skoki, and Owen Creek forma- Berg, H.C., Jones, D.L., and Coney, P.J.
tions) will provide a benchmark database that can be linked 1978: Map showing pre-Cenozoic tectonostratigraphicten'anes of south-
biostratigraphically into trilobite and acritarch zonations. eastern Alaska and adjacent areas. United States Geological Survey,
Open File Report 78-1085.
Current studies in progress will trace these faunas westward Bergstrom, S.M.
into the miogeoclinal sequence (McKay Group, Glenogle 1971: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Middle and Upper Ordovician of
Formation), although the latter is strongly deformed, both Europe and eastern North America. Geological Society of America,
structuralIy and thermally. The graptolite and conodont zo- Memoir 127, p. 83-161.
Bond, G.C. and Kominz, A.
nations will be correlated at several levels in this deeper 1984: Constructionsof tectonic subsidence curves for the early Paleozoic
facies. miogeocline, southern Canadian Rocky Mountains: implication for
subsidence mechanisms, age of breakup and crustal thinning. Geo-
In the Yukon Territory and the Northwest Territories, logical Society of America, Bulletin, v. 95, p. 155-173.
conodont faunas have been described from platform to basi- Burling, L.D.
nal facies, particularly in the extensional, marginal Selwyn 1921: Graptolite localities of western North America, with descriptions of
two new formation names (abstract). Geological Society of Amer-
Basin, and the Blackstone and Richardson troughs. Exciting ica, Bulletin, v. 32, p. 127-128.
recent discoveries from exotic accreted terranes (Alexander, 1922: Cambro-Ordoviciansection in the Beaverfoot Range near Golden,
Quesnel) and from a parautochthonous terrane (Cassiar Plat- British Columbia. Geological Magazine, v. 59, p. 452-461.
form) have demonstrated the significance of conodont studies Butfler, C.J., Elias, R.J., and Norford, B.S.
1988: Upper Ordovician to lowermost Silurian solitary rugose corals from
in resolving complex structural and tectonic problems. the Beaverfoot Formation, southern Rocky Mountains, British Co-
lumbia, and Alberta. l t ~Contributions to Canadian Paleontology,
The pattern of conodont communities, provinces, and Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 379, p. 47-91.
realms through time was reviewed by Pohler and Barnes Campbell, R.B. and Dodds, C.J.
(1990). The limited information on Ordovician faunas of the 1982: Geology of the southwest Dezadeash map-area, Yukon Territory.
Canadian Cordillera conforms to the general patterns. The Geological Survey of Canada, Open File Report 83 I.
1983: Geology of the Tatshenshini River map-area, British Columbia.
boundary between the North Atlantic and Midcontinent cono- Geological Survey of Canada, Open File Report 926.
dont realms typically lies near the basin-platform transition Cecile, M.P.
and oscillates laterally with transgressive-regressive phases. 1982: The Lower Paleozoic Misty Creek Embayment, Selwyn Basin,
Yukon and Northwest Tenitories. Geological Survey of Canada,
Bulletin 335.78 p.
Cecile, M.P. and Norford, B.S.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS in press: Ordovician and Silurian; Chapter 4C. In The Sedimentary Cover of
the Craton: Canada. D.E Stoa and J.D. Aitken (eds.); Geological
C.R. Barnes acknowledges continued support for conodont Survey of Canada, Geology of Canada, no. 5 (also Geological
research from the Natural Sciences and Engineering Re- Society of America, The Geology of North America, n. F-I).
search Council of Canada. Current research in the Cordillera Churkin, M., Jr. and Eberlein, C.D.
is also supported by grants from the Department of Energy, 1970: Paleozoic stratigraphy in the northwest coastal area of Prince of
Wales Island, southeastern Alaska. United States Geological Sur-
Mines and Resources, the British Columbia Geological Sur- vey, Bulletin 1284,67 p.
vey, and the University of Victoria. Special thanks are ex- Dean, W.T.
tended to Drs. M.P. Cecile and B.S. Norford fol: providing 1978: Preliminary report on the stratigraphy and trilobites of the Survey
three facies maps modified and reproduced herein as Figures Peak and Outram formations at Wilcox Pass, Jasper National Park,
Canada. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 76-34, 10 p.
1-3. Ms. Terry Russell kindly typed the manuscript. 1988: ~ower~rdovici& trilobitesfrom the uppermost M C K~~ r~ o at"its~type
section. southeastern British Columbia In Contributions to Canadian
aleo onto lo^^. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 379, p. 1-15.
REFERENCES 1989: Trilobites from the Survey Peak. Outram, and Skoki Formations
(Upper Cambrian-Lower Ordovician)at Wilcox Pass, Jasper National
Aitken, J.D. and Norford, B.S. Park, Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 389,141 p,
1967: Lower Ordovician Survey Peak and Outram formations, southern Dean, W.T. and Martin, F.
Rocky Mountains of Alberta. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Ge- 1982: The sequence of trilobite faunas and acritarch microfloras at the
ology, v. 15, p. 150-207. Cambrian-Ordovician boundary, Wilcox Pass, Alberta, Canada. In
Aitken. J.D.. Fritz. W.H.. and Norford. B.S. The Cambrian-Ordovician Boundary: Sections, Fossil Distribu-
1972: ' Cambrian &d ~rdovicianbiostr&igraphyof thesouthern Canadian tions, and Correlations. M.G. Bassett and W.T. Dean (eds.);
Rocky Mountains. 24th International Geological Congress, Moht- National Museum of Wales, Geological Series No. 3, Cardiff,
real. Field excursion A-19, Guidebook, 57 p. I
1
p. 131-140.
Derby, J.R., Lane, H.R., and Norford, B.S. McCracken, A.D. (cont'd.)
1972: Uppermost Cambrian-basal Ordovician faunal succession in Alberta 1989a: Preliminary report on Ordovician-Devonian conodont collections
and correlation with similar sequences in the western United States. from carbonate and fine-grained clastic facies of northern Yukon
24th International Geological Congress, Section 7, p. 503-512. Territory and northwest District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. In Current
Douglas, R.J.W. and Norris, D.K. Research, Part G. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-IG,
1961: Camsell Bend and Root River map-areas, District of Mackenzie, p. 69-76.
Northwest Tenitories (95J and 95K). Geological Survey of Canada. McCracken, A.D. (cont'd.)
Paper 61-13,36 p. 1989b: Prolopanderodus (Conodonta) from the Ordovician Road River
Douglas, R.J.W., Gabrielse, H., Wheeler, J.O., Stott, D.F., Group, Northern Yukon Tenitory, and the evolution of the genus.
and Belyea, H.R. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 388, 39 p.
1970: Geology of western Canada. In Geology and Economic Minerals of McCracken, A.D. and Lenz, A.C.
Canada. R.T.W. Douglas (ed.); Geological Survey of Canada, Eco- 1987: Middle and Late Ordovician conodonts and biostratigraphyof grap-
nomic Geology Report No. I, p. 365-488. tolitic strata of the Road River Group, northern Yukon Territory.
Ethington, R.L. and Clark, D.L. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 24, p. 643-653.
1965: Lower Ordovician conodonts and other microfossils from he Co- McKee, E.H., Norford, B.S., and Ross, R.J. Jr.
lumbia Ice Fields section, Alberta, Canada. Brigham Youig Uni- 1972: Correlation of the Orthidiella Zone (shelly facies) with zones of
versity Geology Studies, v. 12, p. 185-206. the graptolite facies, Ordovician of Toquima Range, Nevada, and
1971: Lower Ordovician conodonts in North America. Geological Society North White River region, southeastern British Columbia. U.S.
of America, Memoir 127, p. 63-82. Geological Survey, Professional Paper 800, Rescarch 1972,
1981: Lower and Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Ibex area, West- Chapter C, p. C145-(2156.
em Millard County, Utah. Brigham Young University Geology Mitchell, C.E. and Sweet, W.C.
Studies, v. 28, part 2, 155 p. 1989: Upper Ordovician conodonts, brachiopods, and chronostratigra-
Evans, C.S. phy of the Whittaker Formation, southwestern District of Mack-
1933: Brisco-Dogtooth map-area, British Columbia. Canadian Depart- enzie, N.W.T., Canada. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences,
ment of Mines, Geological Survey Summary Report for 1932, Part V. 26, p. 74-87.
AII, p. 106-187. Monger, J.W.H. and Price, R.A.
Gabrielse, H. 1979: Geodynamic evolution of the Canadian Cordillera - progress and
1967: Tectonic evolution of the northern Canadian Cordillera. Canadian problems. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 16, no. 3, p.
Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 4, p. 27 1-298. 770-791.
1985: Major dextral displacements along Northern Rocky Mountain Monger, J.W.H., Souther, J.G., and Gabrielse, H.
Trench and related lineaments in north-central British Columbia. 1972: Evolution of the Canadian Cordillera: a plate-tectonic model.
Geological Society of America, Bulletin, v. 96, p. 1-14. American Journal of Science, v. 272, p. 577-602.
Gabrielse, H., Blusson, S.L., and Roddick, J.A. Monger, J.W.H., Price, R.A., and Tempelrnan-Kluit, D.J.
1973: Geology of Flat River, Glacier Lake and Wrigley Lake map-areas, 1982: Tectonic accretion and the origin of the two major metamorphic and
District of Mackenzie and Yukon Territory. Geological Survey of plutonic belts in the Canadian Cordillera. Geology, v. 10, p. 70-75.
Canada, Memoir 366,421 p. Mott, J.A., Dixon, J.M., and Helmstaedt, H.
Gordey, S.P. 1986: Ordovician stratigraphyand the structural style at the MainRanges-
in press: Evolution of the northern Cordilleran miogeocline Nahanni map Front Ranges boundary near Smith Peak, British Columbia. 111
area (105 I), YukonTenitory and District of Mackenzie. Geological Current Research, Part B. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
Survey of Canada, Memoir. 86-IB, p. 457-465.
Kobayashi, T. Norford, B.S.
1955: The Ordovician fossils from the McKay Group in British Columbia, 1969: Ordovician and Silurian stratigraphy of the Southern Rocky Moun-
western Canada, with a note on the Early Ordovician palaeogeog- tains. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 176.90 p.
raphy. Journal of the Faculty of Science, University of Tokyo, 1988: The Ordovician-Silurian boundary in theRocky Mountains, Arctic
Section 11, v. 9, p. 355-493. Islands and Hudson Platform, Canada. In A Global Analysis of the
Landing, E., Ludvigsen, R., and von Bitter, P.H. Ordovician-Silurian Boundary. L.R.M. Cocks and R.B. Rickards
1980: Upper Cambrian to Lower Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy and (eds.); Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Geology
biofacies, Rabbitkettle Formation, District of Mackenzie. Royal Series, v. 43, p. 259-263.
Ontario Museum Life Sciences Contributions, 126,42 p. Norford, B.S. and Macqueen, R.W.
Larson, M.L. and Jackson, D.E. 1975: Lower Paleozoic Franklin Mountain and Mount Kindle Formations,
1966: Biostratigraphy of the Glenogle Formation Ordovician near Gleno- District of Mackenzie: their type sections and regional develop-
gle, British Columbia. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. ment. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 74-34,37 p.
14, p. 486-503. Norford, B.S. and Ross, R.J., Jr.
Leech, G.B. 1978: New species of brachiopods and trilobites from the Middle Ordovi-
1958: Fernie maparea, west half, British Columbia. Geological Survey of cian (Whiterock) of southeastern British Columbia. Geological
Canada, Paper 58-10.36 p. Survey of Canada, Bulletin 267, p. 1-11.
Lenz, A.C. Norford, B.S. and Slind, O.L.
1982: Ordovician to Devonian sea-level changes in western and northern 1990: Cambrian and Ordovician geology of the southern Rocky Moun-
Canada. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 19, p. 1919-1932. tains; Bow Lake to the Columbia Icefields. CSPG 1990 Annual
Lenz, A.C. and McCracken, A.D. Convention, Basin Perspectives Field Trip Guidebook, 55 p.
1982: The Ordovician-Silurian boundary, northern Canadian Cordillera: Norford, B.S. and Jackson, D.E.
graptolite and conodont correlation. Canadian Journal of Earth in press: Ordovician stratigraphy and graptolite faunas of the Glenogle For-
Sciences, v. 19, p. 1308-1322. mation, southeastern British Columbia. Geological Survey of Can-
Lindstriim, M. ada, Bulletin.
1971: Lower Ordovician conodonts of Europe. Geological Society of Nowlan, G.S., McCracken, A.D., and Chatterton, B.D.E.
America, Memoir 127, p. 21-61. 1988: Conodonts from Ordovician-Silurian boundary strata, Whittaker
Ludvigsen, R. Formation, Mackenzie Mountains, Northwest Tenitories. Geologi-
1975: Ordovician formations and faunas, southern Mackenzie Mountains. cal Survey of Canada, Bulletin 373,99 p.
Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 12, p. 663-697. Pohler, S.L. and Barnes, C.R.
McCracken, A.D. 1990: Conceptual models in conodont paleoecology. Courier des For-
1987: Description and correlation of Late Ordovician conodonts from schungs-InstitutsSenckenberg, v. 118, p. 409-440.
the D. ornatus and P. pacificus graptolite zones, Road River Pohler, S.L. and Orchard, M.J.
Group, northern Yukon Territory. Canadian Journal of Earth 1991: Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy, western Canadian Cordillera.
Sciences, v. 24, p. 1450-1464. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 90-15,37 p. (imprint 1990).
Pohler, S.L., Orchard, M.J., and Struik, L.C. Sweet, W.C.
1989: Preliminary bioshatigraphy of conodonts from McLeod Lake map 1988: The Conodonta. Oxford Monographs of Geology and Geophysics
area, British Columbia. In Current Research, Part E. Geological No. 10,212 p.
Survey of Canada, Paper 89-lE, p. 125-126. Sweet, W.C. and Bergstrom, S.M.
Pohler, S.L., Orchard, M.J., and Tempelman-Kluit, D.J. 1984: Conodont provinces and biofacies of the Late Ordovician. In Cono-
1989: Ordovician conodonts identify the oldest sediments in the Inter- dont Biofacies and Provinces. D.L. Clark (ed.); Geological Society
montane Belt, Olalla, south-central British Columbia. In Current of America, Special Paper 196, p. 69-87.
Research, Part E. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89- IE, Sweet, W.C., Ethington, R.L., and Barnes, C.R.
p. 61-67. 1971: North American Middle and Upper Ordovician conodont faunas. In
Price, R.A. Symposium on Conodont Biostratigraphy. W.C. Sweet and S.M.
1986: The southeastern Canadian Cordillera: thrust faulting, tectonic Bergstr6m (eds.); Geological Society of America, Memoir 127,
wedging and delamination of the lithosphere. Journal of Structural p. 163-193.
Geology, v. 9, p. 239-254. Tipnis, R.S., Chatterton, B.D.E., and Ludvigsen, R.
Raasch, G.O. and Bruce, C.J. ' 1978: Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy of the southern District of
1966: Notes on Late Cambrian and Early Ordovician biostratigraphy of Mackenzie. In Western Canadian and Arctic Biostratigraphy. C.R.
southeast British Columbia. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geol- Stelck and B.D.E. Chatterton (eds.); Geological Association of
ogy, v. 14, p. 600. Canada, Special Paper 18, p. 39-9 1.
Reesor, J.E. Westrop, S.R., Landing, E., and Ludvigsen, R.
1973: Geology of the Lkdeau map-area, east-half, British Columbia. 1981: Upper Cambrian and Lower Ordovician hilobite and conodont
Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 369, 126 p. bioshatigraphy, Wilcox Peak, Jasper National Park, Alberta. Sec-
Savage, N.M. and Savage, B.J. ond International Symposium on the Cambrian System, Guidebook
1980: The occurrenceof the Ordovician conodont Periohn in the Abbess for Field Trip 2: The Cambrian System in the Southern Canadian
Island Conglomerate, southeasternAlaska. Journal of Paleontology, Rocky Mountains, Alberta and British Columbia, p. 5 1-52.
V. 54, p. 871-873. Wheeler, J.O. and McFeely, P.
Schuchert, C. 1987: Tectonic assemblage map of the Canadian Cordillera and adjacent
1923: Sites and nature of the North American geosynclines. Geological parts of the United States of America. Geological Survey of Canada,
Society of America, Bulletin, v. 34, p. 151-230. Open File Report 1565.
Sears, J.S. and Price, R.A. Williams, M.Y.
1978: The Siberian connection: a case for Precambrian separation 1922: Exploration east of Mackenzie River between Simpson and
of the North American and Siberian cratons. Geology, v. 6, Wrigley. In Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1921,
p. 267-270. Part B, p. 56-66.
Struik, L.C. 1923: Reconnaissanceacross northeast British Columbia and the geology
1987: The ancient western North American margin: an Alpine rift model of the northern extension of Franklin Mountain, Northwest Territo-
for the east-central Canadian Cordillera. Geological Survey of ries. In Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1922, Part
Canada, Paper 87-15,19 p. B, p. 65-87.
 PLATE 1
Lower Ordovician conodontsfrom the Survey Peak and Outram formations,Wilcox Pass, Alberta (see Dean, 1989,
for details of section locations). All specimens are hypotypes and are housed in the National Type Collection of
Invertebrate and Plant Fossils at the Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8.

Figure 1. Drepanodus pervetus (Nowlan).

Putty shale member of Survey Peak Formation, GSC loc. C-89288.
a element, GSC 101149, x48.
Figures 2-5. Cordylodus intermedius Furnish.
Basal silty member of Survey Peak Formation. GSC loc. C-89267.
2. a element, GSC 101150, x100.
3. aelement,GSC101151,x100.
4. e element, GSC 101152, x100.
5. e element, GSC 101153, x120.
Figures 6-9. Teridontus nakamurai (Nogami).
Putty shale member of Survey Peak Formation, GSC loc. C-89288.
6. a element, GSC 101154, x94.
7. a element, GSC 101155, x132.
8. e? element, GSC 101156, x132.
9. e element, GSC 101157, x132.
Figures 10-13. Semiacontiodus nogamii (Miller).
Basal silty member of Survey Peak Formation, GSC loc. C-89290.
10. aelement,GSC101158,x110.
11. a element, GSC 101159, x94.
12. b?element,GSC101160,x110.
13. b? element, GSC 101161, x120.
Figures 14-17. Scolopodus cornutiformis (Branson and Mehl).
Outram Formation, GSC loc. C-69716.
14. e element, GSC 101162, x58.
15. e element, GSC 101163, x58.
16. e? element, GSC 101164, x110.
17. e? element, GSC 101165, x72.
Figures 18,19. Fahraeusodus marathonensis (Bradshaw).
Outram Formation.
18. b? element, GSC 101166, x120, GSC loc. C-69712.
19. b? element, GSC 101167, x 155, GSC loc. C-69722.
Figures 2G-27. Oepikodus communis (Ethington and Clark).
Outram Formation, GSC loc. C-69712.
20. a element, GSC 101168, x216.
21. aelement,GSC101169,x216.
22. a element, GSC 101170, x156.
23. b? element, GSC 101171, x120.
24. a? element, GSC 101172, x130.
25. a? element, GSC 101173, x155.
26. e element, GSC 101174, x144.
27. e element, GSC 101175, x155.
Figures 28-30. Bergstroemognathus extensus (Graves and Ellison).
Outram Formation, GSC loc. C-69715.
28. a? element, GSC 101176, x94.
29. b? element, GSC 101177, x90.
30. c element, GSC 101178, x48.
 Middle Ordovician conodonts from the
Cordilleran Road River Group, northern
Yukon Territory, Canada

Alexander D. McCrackenl

McCracken, A.D., 1991: Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Cordilleran Road River Group, northern
Yukon Territory, Canada. In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera,
M.J.Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417, p. 41-63.

Abstract
A total of 506 Middle Ordovician conodont specimens was recovered fromfive samples of carbonate
rock collected from within the fine grained clastic Road River Group at three sections of the Canadian
Cordillera in northern Yukon.
The "C." horridus-S. spinatus fauna from the Rock River section occurs below upper Llandeilo or
Caradoc graptolites. Conodonts include Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. basiovalis, Periodon aculeatus,
Polonodus tablepointensis?, Protopanderodus robustus, P. sp. aff. P. varicostatus, and Spinodus spinatus.
The presence of "Cordylodus" horridus and Walliserodus ethingtoni limits thisfauna to the lower Llanvirn.
The W . ethingtonifauna from Tetlit Creek comes from a debris-flow deposit. The conodonts are thus
poorly preserved and perhaps reworked. At the same level there are Arenig or Llanvirn graptolites; much
higher stratigraphically is the Llandeilo-Caradoc N. gracilis Zone. Significant conodonts include P.
aculeatus, P. sp. aff. P. varicostatus, and W. ethingtoni. The last of these limits the range of the association
to lower Llanvirn to Llandeilo.
A conodont faunafrom the Peel River section occurs within the Upper P. tentaculatus Zone (Llanvirn).
Important conodonts are Ansella nevadensis, Pygodus serra, Drepanoistodus sp, cf. D. basiovalis, Periodon
aculeatus, Protopanderodus parvibasis, P. robustus, P. sp, aff. P. varicostatus, Scalpellodus? viruensis, and
Walliserodus ethingtoni. This fauna represents the P. serra Zone and is probably mid-Llanvirn in age.
Although stratigraphically near debris-flow beds, there is no evidencefor reworking.
A higher bed in the same section from between the Middle Ordovician G. teretiusculus and N. gracilis
zones yielded two relatively undiagnostic conodonts.

On a extrait en tout 506 spkcimens de conodontes duns 5 kchantillons de roche carhonatte prklevb
duns des skdiments clastiques d grain fin du groupe de Road River qui proviennent de 3 coupes dans la
Cordillkre canadienne, dans le nord du Yukon.
La faune h rC.)) h0rridus-S. spinatus, dans la coupe de la rivikre Rock, se situe sous les graptolites du
Llandeilien suptrieur ou du Caradocien. Les conodontes comprennent Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. basiovalis,
Periodon aculeatus, Polonodus tablepointensis?, Protopanderodus robustus, P. sp. aff. P. varicostatus et
Spinodus spinatus. La pre'sence de c(Cordylodus>> horridus et de Walliserodus ethingtoni limite l'rige de
cette faune au Llanvirnien infkrieur.
La faune d W .ethingtoni, dans la coupe du ruisseau Tetlit, provient d u n dkpdt de coulke de dkbris. Par
conskquent, les conodontes sont ma1 conservbs et pourraient Etre remanib. Le mkme niveau contient des
graptolites de I'Arknigien ou du Llanvirnien; la zone d N . gracilis, du Llandeilien au Caradocien, est

1 Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth St., Ottawa, Ontario KIA 0E8
 stratigraphiquement beaucoup plus klevke. Les principaux conodontes sont les suivants :P. aculeatus, P.
sp. aff. P. varicostatus et W. ethingtoni. Le dernier indique que l'dge de l'association se situe dans
l'intervalle du Llanvirnien infe'rieur au Llandeilien.
Une faune d conodontes qui provient de la coupe de la rivibre Peel se situe dans la partie supe'rieure
de la zone d P. tentaculatus (Llanvirnien). Les conodontes importants sont Ansella nevadensis, Pygodus
serra, Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. basiovalis, Periodon aculeatus, Protopanderodus parvibasis, P. robustus,
P. sp. aff. P. varicostatus, Scalpellodus? viruensis et Walliserodus ethingtoni. Cette faune reprksente la
zone d P. serra et remonte vraisemblahlernent au Llanvirnien moyen. Bien que, stratigraphiquement, elle
se situe prbs de lits de coulkes de de'bris, elle ne prksente aucun indice de remaniement.
Un lit situt plus haut dans la mEme coupe, entre les zones d G. teretiusculus et d N. gracilis de
l'ordovicien moyen, a donne' d e w conodontes relativement non caracttristiques.

INTRODUCTION strata at the Peel (Figs. 1,4) and Blackstone rivers. These two
faunas were assigned by Lenz and McCracken (1982) to the
Four samples yielding 506 Middle Ordovician conodont ele- Richmondian conodont Fauna 12. These faunas are from
ments (Table 1) were collected from three localities of the within the upper part of the Ashgill P . pacificus graptolite
Road River Group in the Richardson Mountains of northem Zone and represent the G. ensifer conodont Zone (McCracken
Yukon (Figs. 1-41. This group in the Canadian Cordillera and Lenz, 1987). At a section near Pat Lake, corroded and
ranges in age from Late Cambrian to Early Devonian and is
reported by Norford (1964) to have a maximum thickness of
3 133 m at the section on Rock River (Fig. 1). The Road River
Group is commonly thought of as a graptolitic unit, but is in
fact a more complex sequence which, although dominated by
black, fine grained clastic and graptolitic strata, also includes
rare dark limestone and chert units, and some debris-flow and
conglomeratic units. The Road River Group in northern Yu-
kon represents two intersecting depositional basins: the
northwest-trending Richardson Trough and the west-trending
Blackstone Trough. These deep-water basins were bounded
by shallower water platforms in the early Paleozoic. Proxim-
ity of the fine grained clastic basins or troughs to these
carbonate shelves is shown by debris-flow deposits within
strata of the Road River Group, especially in those of the
Richardson Trough.

PREVIOUS STUDIES IN
NORTHERN YUKON
This report follows several previous summaries and papers
dealing with Ordovician-Silurian conodonts and graptolites
collected by the author and A.C. Lenz (University of Western
Ontario) from 1977-79 from the Road River Group of north-
em Yukon. Lenz and McCracken (1982) illustrated Upper
Ordovician conodonts and graptolites and discussed the inte-
gration of graptolite and conodont biostratigraphy, and these
authors later (McCracken and Lenz, 1987) defined six cono-
dont "associations" (faunas) and biozones from northern Yu-
kon. Conodonts from the three Middle Ordovician faunas and
zones ("C." horridusa. spinatus fauna; W. ethingtoni fauna;
P. serra Zone) are discussed and illustrated herein. The other
three faunas and zones are Late Ordovician in age.
"Association 2"of McCracken and Lenz (1987), found in
an Ashgill debris-flow bed at the Rock River section (Figs.
1,2) contains conodonts that are not particularly diagnostic; Figure 1. Location of sections: 1. Rock River (66O4aSN,
their age could range from early Caradoc to late Ashgill. A 136'1 6'W); 2. Tetlit Creek (66"44'N, 135O47'W);3. Peel River
more significant find is the Upper Ordovician conodonts from (65"53'N, 135'43'W).
 Table 1. Distribution of Middle Ordovician conodont species and element abundance f r o m the Road River
Group, northern Yukon Territory.

upper teretiuscuius- pre- upper terellosculus- pre-

GRAPTOLITE ZONE t e n t a c ~ h t ~ s gracills Caradoc ? gracilis GRAPTOLiTE ZONE tentaculatus gracilis Caradoc ? gracilis

SPECIES / SAMPLE 1 1 PR77-358.

0-104254
1 PR77-4O8m
0-104255
1 RR78-13m
0-104271
1 TC78-39m
0-104293
I SPECIES / SAMPLE 1 1 PR77-358m
0-104254
1 PR77-408m
0-104255
1 RR78-13m
0-104271
1 TC78-39.
0-104293
1
Ansella neva

a element
I e (falodontiform)element

f (tolliliform)element

b element g (prioniodiniform)element
c element Phragmodussp. A
e element e (oistodontiform)element
$1 element Plectodina?sp. A
f-2 element a/l! element

Coelacerodontus?sp. g (ozarkodinlform)element
s? (trigoniform) element I I O I 0 I 0 I 1 I Polonodus
tablepointensis? I 1 I I I I
Prioniodus (Oeprkodus)?
Dapsilodus? sp. C sp. A
a? (acostate
"acodontiform') element
1 1 0 0 0 I a (gothodontiform)element

a (acodontiform)element

b (distacodontiform)
element
3
0

3
0

0
1

0
0

0
II Protopanderodus
pamibasis

Protopanderodusrobustus

II Protopanderodussp. cf.
P. veriwstatus
mrdylodontiformelement

aistodontiform element I 1 0

O 1
0

O 1
2

1
0

O II Protopanderodusn. sp. A

Protopanderodussp. B

I aelement
q (drepanodontiform)
element ll5I6 l o l 9 I I( belement

Orepanoistodussuberectus delement
p (suberectiform)element 0 0 0 1 felement

gelement
element

r(oistodonliform)element 1 1 O I O 1 O 1 1 Pygodussp. cf. P. sera

g element
Orepanoistodussp. cf.
0.venustus Scalpellodus? ViNensis
r (oistodontiform)element
1 4 1 0 I O l 3 1 1 I drepanodontiformelement

scadodontiform element 1 1 1 O
hU/
ey
1 O 1 O 1
Pandemdussp. cf. Splnodus ramosus 'X,
P. feutnen I *

a 1 (cordylodonllform) 0 0 1 0
e-celement 0 0 0 element
n element a-~(undifferentiated) 0 0 1 0
element
Panderodus? sp. cf.
P.? gibber Strachanognathusparvus 1 1 O I O 1 1
wb element

pandemdussp. cf.
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 I Welliserodusethingtoni

a-c element 4
I
p. gracitis

element 1 2 2 1 7 0 l o 1 5 I Wa));serodus? sp.

l o l o I 4 I
P.C
Indeterminate 1 1 0 0
3 element 5 1 1 oistodontiform element

Indeterminateelement 21 0 0 3
- - - - -
TOTAL 506 217 2 86 201
I-c (perlodontiform)
jlement
 McCracken and Lenz (1987) also discussed Middle to
GSC LOC. NO. Upper Ordovician conodont biogeography with respect to
depositional environments in northern Yukon and southwest-
em District of Mackenzie. Conodonts from the carbonate or
.P. C E L L O N I
platform facies are characteristic of warm-water regions
M. T U R R I C U L A T U S
whereas those from the fine grained clastic or basinal facies
contain a mixture of species from both warm- and cold-water
regions. The subject of conodont paleoecology was also
C. GREGARIUS
discussed by McCracken (1989b), who demonstrated that the
0-104278-80 Ordovician genus Protopanderodus was a common compo-
P.PA C I F I C U S
nent of faunas from the basinal facies but not in the more
---------------- shallow-water platform facies of the northern Cordillera.
D. ORNATUS

McCracken (1989b) gave details of the evolution of Pro-

topanderodus in northern Yukon and other parts of the world
and attempted to use the species of Protopanderodus as
biostratigraphic indices. The survey of Protopanderodus spe-
cies resulted in identifying two phylogenetic lineages that
flourished by middle Arenig time. The precursor of Proto-
panderodus, thought to be a biocostate species like P. n. sp.
A McCracken found in Peel River strata, had probably

S C LOC. N O

0.E X C A VA T A -
ROCK R I V E R O. E X C A V A T A c
INOET. -,
Figure 2. Graptolite-conodont succession at Rock River (loc.
1).Lithology symbols represent in succession chert and shale
interbeds with rare limestone lenses, limestone, dolostone,
and shale. Stratigraphic measurements are from base of
sections in Figs. 2-4. Figure modified from Goodfellow et al.
(1991). a:
w
--- --------------.
>
0
M. S P I R A L I S
rare conodont elements from 15 m of shallow-water biostro-
ma1 limestone were regarded as Silurian on the basis of what
is likely a new species of Ozarkodina. McCracken and Lenz
. . . . -. .
(1987) called this collection of conodonts the Ozarkodina n. -. --
-.
_*__ -.
-
.-.
-.
.
----.
---.
-.
. .
---.
...
? ----------.. .-.
- .
..--
-
sp. A-Icriodella sp. B association. These limestones overlie ? ?
shales containing graptolites of the P. pacifcus Zone and ---..--------------------.
underlie the tentative G. persculptus Zone (Lenz and z C. 81CORNIS7

McCracken, 1982, placed the base of the ?G. persculptus

Zone, which at the time defined the base of the Silurian
System, at the base of the carbonate unit). 0-104293

The absence of a recognizable C.? extraordinarius graptolite

Zone between the P. pacijicus and ?G. persculptus zones and
the lack of conodont Fauna 13 were thought by Lenz and
McCracken (1982) to indicate a widespread stratigraphic hiatus TETLIT CREEK
that was due the effects of a glacially induced Figure 3. Graptolite-conodont succession at Tetlit Creek (loc.
regressi0n. suggested this regression prevented migration 2). Lithology symbols represent in succession chert and shale
of fa~nasand Was responsible for local erosion and nondeposi- interbeds, limestone, shale and chert interbeds, shale, dolo-
tion in the basins. mitic shale, and dolostone. Abbreviated graptolite zones are:
L. acinaces, C. gregarius, M. triangularis?, C. sakmaricus.
Figure modified from Goodfellow et al. (1991).
 1979. To date, there has been little mention of the more
abundant Silurian conodont elements (over 8500 elements
versus less than 1000 for all of the Ordovician) collected at
the same time (see Appendix); some of this Silurian material
is discussed elsewhere in this volume.
I returned to northern Yukon in 1986-88 and collected
conodont and macrofossil samples from the Blackstone River
section, and from 29 other sections, including six in the
adjacent District of Mackenzie of the Northwest Territories.
A total of 361 conodont and 71 macrofossil collections was
made, representing strata of the Road River Group and its
laterally equivalent carbonate units and ranging in age from
Ordovician through Devonian. This program was to study
conodont evolution in both trough and platform settings, and
to continue refining the integrated conodont and graptolite
biostratigraphic scheme. Processing of these samples is yet
to be completed; in a summary paper, McCracken (1989a)
reported over 23,000 conodont elements from about one third
of these new samples. Once obtained, the results should add
significantly to the knowledge of northern Cordilleran cono-
donts.

BIOSTRATIGRAPHY
McCracken and Lenz (1987) described Middle to Upper
Ordovician conodont biozones and informal associations
(faunas) from northern Yukon. Because the ranges of many
of the Middle Ordovician conodonts were discussed in their
paper, the details will not be repeated here.
PEEL RIVER The sample from the Rock River section (GSC loc.
0-104271) contains conodonts that McCracken and Lenz
Figure 4. Graptolite-conodont succession at Peel River (1987) referred to as the "C." horridus-S. spinatus associa-
(loc. 3). Lithology symbols represent in succession chert and tion. This fauna cannot be precisely located within the grap-
shale interbeds, conglomerate, shale, limestone, cherty lime- tolite biostratigraphic scheme; all that is known is that
stone, shaly limestone, and dolostone. Abbreviated graptolite glossograptids occur at the same level, and that 56 m higher
zones are: P. acuminatus, A. atavus, L. acinaces. Figure are upper Llandeilo or Caradoc graptolites. "Cordylodus"
modified from Goodfellow et al. (1991).
horridus Barnes and Poplawski, which is a lower Whiterockian
(uppermost Arenig-lower Llanvirn) species, and the lower
evolved from a species of Drepanodus in early Arenig time. Llanvirn-Llandeilo Walliserodus ethingtoni (FBhrzus) occur
The bicostate lineage terminated in Caradoc time but the together and thus give an early Llanvirn age for these beds.
multicostate lineage continued until the late Ashgill. Both McCracken and Lenz (1987) suggested that the conodont
lineages are represented in faunas at all three sections of the collection from this Rock River sample may have been re-
present study. worked, on the basis of typical Tremadoc-lower Arenig
McCracken (1987) attempted to correlate the uppermost conodonts [e.g., Diaphorodus? sp. A, Prioniodus (Oepik-
Ordovician conodont and graptolite zones and faunas of odus)? sp. A], as well as on sedimentological evidence.
northern Yukon, Anticosti Island, Quebec, and the graptolitic The Walliserodus ethingtoni fauna (conodont "Associa-
stratotype section for the base of the Silurian System at tion 1" of McCracken and Lenz, 1987) from the Tetlit Creek
Dobb's Linn, Scotland. He suggested that the G. ensifer section (GSC loc. 0-104293) is delineated below by Arenig-
faunas correlate with Anceps Bands C and D at Dobb's Linn, Llanvirn graptolites and above by the Llandeilo-Caradoc N.
and that conodont Fauna 13 of Anticosti Island and at the gracilis graptolite Zone. The corroded conodonts occur in a
least, the lower part of the Gamachian Stage may correspond debris-flow deposit of angular-pebble conglomerate. The
to Anceps Band E and the C.? extraordinarius Band. The poor condition of the elements and scarce graptolite data limit
correlation of uppermost Gamachian and the uppermost Or- the age determination to early Llanvirn to Llandeilo on the
dovician G. persculptus Zone was (and is) an enigma. basis of W. ethingtoni.
Formal systematic descriptions and illustrations of the The lower condont sample from the Peel River section
Middle Ordovician conodonts discussed in McCracken and (GSC loc. 0-104254) represents the Pygodus serra conodont
Lenz (1987) are presented herein and represent the final Zone and occurs within the lowermost part of the Upper P.
chapter on Ordovician conodonts collected between 1977 and tentaculatus graptolite Zone of Lenz and Jackson (1986) and
is therefore probably about mid-Llanvim in age. This fauna elements of Acodus? mutatus sensu Liifgren (1978). The
is from within a 1.8 m unit of carbonate rocks, much of which long-based distacodontiform element is similar to "A." simi-
is conglomeratic, and about 12 m above the 30 m of impres- laris Rhodes s.f. sensu Kennedy et al. (1979).
sive, gorge-forming massive debris-flow carbonate rocks of
Llanvirn age. In spite of this, there does not seem to be any Figured specimens. GSC 99625,99670-99673.
evidence for redeposition of conodonts.
The higher sample from the same section (GSC loc. Diaphorodus? sp. A
0-104255) contains only two elements, one each of Dre- (Pl. 1, figs. 3,4, 8,9, 12, 19)
panoistodus sp. cf. D. basiovalis (Sergeeva) and the nonde- Remarks. The inner face of the oistodontiform element has a
script Paroistodus? sp. This collection lies between the sharply curved basal margin and small angle of geniculation.
Middle Ordovician G . teretiusculus and younger N. gracilis It also has weak carinae at this angle and faint longitudinal
graptolite zones. Drepanoistodus basiovalis sensu lato has a striae on the cusp.
long range, from possibly early Arenig to as late as Caradoc
(McCracken and Lenz, 1987). The elements of Diaphorodus? sp. A are comparable to
those of both Acodus deltatus deltatus (Lindstrom) and A.
triangularis (Furnish), both sensu Repetski (1982). The
TAXONOMIC REMARKS cordylodontiform element shares characters with similar ele-
ments of A. d, deltatus, and differs from the same element of
Drepanoistodus suberectus (Branson and Mehl) is a well A. triangularis in not being costate. The oistodontiform ele-
known Ordovician species, and is not illustrated herein. Also ment has a less anteriorly extended base than in this element
not illustrated are the Middle Ordovician species of Proto- of A. d. deltatus. Instead, it is more similar to the oistodonti-
panderodus from northern Yukon: P. parvibasis Lijfgren, P. form element of A. triangularis.
robustus (Hadding), P. sp. aff. P. varicostatus (Sweet and
Bergstrom),P. n. sp. A McCracken, and P. sp. B McCracken. Figured specimens. GSC 99604-99607.
These and other younger Ordovician species of Protopan-
derodus were discussed and illustrated in McCracken Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. venustus (Stauffer)
(1989b). Rare elements of uncertain affinity (Paroistodus?
sensu Lijfgren
sp., Walliserodus? sp.) are not illustrated either. Species that (Pl. 3, fig. 7)
are not well represented in Yukon samples of this study are
included in the following section, Taxonomic summaries. Figured specimen. GSC 99684.
Most specimens are treated in multielement taxonomy;
others are classified according to their morphological form, Eoplacognathus? sp. A
using the "iform" suffix or the abbreviation "s.f." (sensu (Pl. 1, figs. 10, 11, 14, 15)
formo). An attempt is made to identify element homologies;
these are indicated using the elemental notation system of Remarks. The most complete fragment (Pl. 1, fig. 15) has four
Barnes et al. (1979). processes: narrow anterior, short posterolateral, long plat-
form-like posterior, and broken anterolateral. All except the
The numbers prefixed by GSC are type numbers of illus- posterolateral process have a row of denticles. The cusp is
trated specimens (GSC 99602-99693), which are housed in posterior to the junction of the anterolateral and anterior
the National Type Collection of Fossil Invertebrates and processes. This fragment and the others have a "honeycom-
Plants at the Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, b" ornamentation along the upper margins of the platform;
Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8. this pattern is also present on the denticles of the most
complete fragment.
TAXONOMIC SUMMARIES The most complete fragment differs from Eoplacog-
nathus? variabilis (Sergeeva) of Lofgren (1978; = Amor-
Coelocerodontus? sp. A phognathus variabilis of Bergstrom, 1983) in that the
(Pl. 1, fig. 16) posterolateral process is simply an adenticulate lobe, much
Figured specimen. GSC 99621. shorter than the denticulated posterolateral process of E.?
variabilis. The honeycomb ornamentation is like that found
on elements of E. foliaceus (FAhraus) and E. suecicus
Dapsilodus? sp. C Bergstrom (cf. Lijfgren, 1978).
(Pl. 1, fig. 23, PI. 3, figs. 1,2,5,6)
Figured specimens. GSC 99610-99613.
Remarks. There is variation in the number of costae as seen
on: the a? (acostate "acodontiform")element; the a (acodon-
tiform) element, which is comparable to Belodus? mutatus Panderodus sp. cf. P. feulneri (Glenister)
Branson and Mehl s$; and the b (distacodontiform)element, (Pl. 2, figs. 32,33,37)
which has a multicostate inner face quite like acontiodontiform Figured specimens. GSC 99660-99662.
 Panderodus? sp. cf. P.? gibber Nowlan and Barnes The b (planoconvex sensu Lofgren, 1978; asymmetrical
(Pl. 2, fig. 43) bicostate sensu Fdhraus and Hunter, 1985) element has
poorly keeled anterior and posterior margins, a concave upper
Figured specimen. GSC 99669. margin and a wide, laterally compressed cusp. The lateral
faces are asymmetrically convex; asymmetry may be further
Panderodus sp. cf. P. gracilis (Branson and Mehl) exaggerated by the presence and position of carinae or costae.
(Pl. 2, figs. 38,40-42) The denticulation on the b element is coarse, and more
discrete, than that of the a element.
Figured specimens. GSC 99664-99667.
The c (denticulated triangular; symmetrical bicostate)
element is subsymmetrical to symmetrical, with keeled or
Phragmodus sp. A strongly costate anterolateral margins and a triangular cross-
( Pl. 1, fig. 24) section.
Figured specimen. GSC 99626. The e (oistodontiform; geniculate sensu FAhraus and
Hunter, 1985) element is adenticulate and geniculate.
Plectodina? sp. A Thef element has asymmetrically developed lateral faces
(Pl. 1, figs. 17,21) and an adenticulate to finely denticulate upper margin. Thef
Figured specimens. GSC 99622,99623. element of Ansella jemtlandica (Lofgren) was named the
undenticulate biconvex element by Lofgren (1978) and the
nondenticulate element by FAhraus and Hunter (1985).
Prioniodus (Oepikodus)? sp. A Lofgren's illustrated elements have an upper margin that
(Pl. 1, fig. 5) varies in length and degree of arching, as do the f elements
from Yukon. The end members within the f element (cf.
Remarks. The single unbowed a-2 (gothodontiform)element Belodella jemtlandica Lijfgren, 1978, P1. 15, fig. 5 vs. P1. 15,
has an angle between the lateral and posterior processes of fig. 6, and A. nevadensis, herein, P1.4, fig. 13 vs. PI. 4, fig. 21)
about 60 degrees. Striae are prominent on the cusp posterior alternatively may be regarded asf and g elements, respectively.
to the costa and extend to the proximal part of the base and
beneath the proximal denticles. Faint oblique striae occur on The apparatuses of Ansella erecta (Rhodes and Dineley),
the anterior margin of the element. A. jemtlandica, A. nevadensis (Ethington and Schumacher),
and A. robusta (Ethington and Clark) (possibly senior subjec-
This element is questionably assigned to Prioniodus tive synonym of A. sinuosa (Stouge); see Bauer, 1987, p. 12,
(Oepikodus) because of the similarity to P. ( 0 . ) communis 13) are compared below.
(Ethington and Clark). It has a similar erect cusp, prominent
lateral process and posterior process denticulation (cf. Repetski,
1982, PI. 11, figs. 5 b, c). Ansella nevadensis (Ethington and Schumacher)
Plate 3, figures 3,4, 8,9, 13, 14, 19-31
Figured specimen. GSC 99608.

Indeterminate oistodontiform element New Genus A ETHINGTON and SCHUMACHER, 1969,

(Pl. 2, fig. 39) p. 478,479, fig. 12, Textfig. 4J.
Remarks. The basal outline is narrowly biconvex, and the tip
of the basal cavity is perpendicular to the basal margin and
Oepikodus copenhagenensis ETHINGTON and SCHU-
extends above the upper margin of the base. The degree to
MACHER, 1969, p. 465, P1.68, figs. 5,9, Textfig. 4L.
which the cusp is reclined is similar to that of the e element
of Phragmodus polonicus Dzik, but the angle of geniculation
is not as sharp.
Roundya n. sp. SWEET and BERGSTROM, 1962, p. 1244,
Figured specimen. GSC 99668. 1245, Textfig. 5.
Roundya? sp. A ETHINGTON and SCHUMACHER, 1969,
SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY p. 475, P1. 67, fig. 23.

Genus Ansella Fahraus and Hunter, 1985

Type species. Belodella jemtlandica Lofgren, 1978. Oistodus nevadensis ETHINGTON and SCHUMACHER,
1969, p. 467, 468, P1. 68, figs. 1-4, Textfig. 5C; TIPNIS,
Remarks. The interpretation of the Ansella apparatus used CHATTERTON, and LUDVIGSEN, 1978, PI. 6, fig. 17.
herein is as follows. Thea (planoconvex sensu Lofgren, 1978;
acostate denticulate sensu FAhrseus and Hunter, 1985) ele- "Oistodus" sp. aff. "0." nevadensis Ethington and Schu-
ment of Ansella species is laterally compressed, has a keeled macher. TIPNIS, 1978, PI. 13.1, fig. 6.
anterior margin, a straight upper margin beneath the denti-
cles, and a narrow cusp.
 ielemeu length and with discrete triangular tips; they are erect poste-
riorly, proclined anteriorly, producing a palmate blade of
nevadensis ( E th i n g t o n a n d Schumacher)' denticles. Anteriormost denticle is fused with posterior edge
FAHRfEus and 19857p. 1759 1767 'gs. of cusp. Upper margin is slightly extended past basal margin.
7, 10 (= e, b elements), P1.2, figs. 1la, b, 13a, b, 14 (= b, e, c
elements), Textfigs. 2A-C (= e, c, b elements) (includes Thee element (Pl. 3, figs. 25,27) has basal margin that is
synonymy); BERGSTROM, 1990, p. 25, P1. 1, figs. 11-14. only slightly sinuoidal (convex toward anterior corner, con-
cave toward posterior comer). Short upper margin has small
Belodella nevadensis (Ethington and Schumacher).
geniculation angle between cusp and base and a strong inflec-
BERGSTROM, 1978, P1. 79, figs. 9, 10 (= c, e elements); tion posterior of the angle. Outline of anterior margin is
LOFGREN, 1978, Textfigs. 24J-M (= e, b, f,a elements); variable, from having a relatively strong inflection (Pl. 3, fig,
HARRIS, BERGSTROM, ETHINGTON, and ROSS, 1979, 25), to being evenly convex (Pl. 3, fig. 27). Cusp has a strong
P1. 3, figs. 10-13 (= c, c,f, e elements); BERGSTROM and carina on inner face; other side has a weaker carina. Basal
ORCHARD, 1985, P1.2.2, fig. 2 (= a element).
cavity does not extend into cusp.
non Belodella sp. A FAhrzeus. BERGSTROM, 1979, p. 306, Cross-section off element is like that of b element. Upper
figs. 4L-M (= c, e elements of A. robusta or A. sinuosa). margin is finely denticulate. Short denticles with triangular
non Belodella sp. STOUGE in STOUGE and BOYCE, 1983, tips number about 15 or more, are proclined, relatively 10%
P1. 6, figs. 2-8 (figs. 2, 3 = c, f elements of A. sinuosa; figs. and fused for most of their length. White matter is not present
4-8 = c,. a, e, f , b elements of A, iemtlandica). in small denticles of posterior region of upper margin. Both
faces of f-1 element (Pl. 3, figs. 13, 14, 19,20) have a weak
Description. All elements have a triangular basal cavity that costa. Micro-omamentation is like that of b element. Upper
extends for the full length of the base. White matter is present in margin of base on61 element is straight; on f-2 element it is
the cusp and denticles. The a-c andf elements are nongeniculate evenly concave. Thef-2 element (PI. 3, figs. 21,22) has basal
and denticulate; the e element is geniculate and nondenticulate. carina on outer face; inner face lacks costa or carina.
Cusps are short, proclined on a-c and f elements, reclined on e
element. Cusp is-flexed slightly to the inner side in a element;
b, e andf elements are bowed slightly to the inner side. Denticu- Apparatus of Ansella nevadensis
lation inf element is weak compared to a-c elements.
The reconstruction of Belodella (= Ansella) nevadensis by
The acostate a element (Pl. 3, figs. 8, 9) is laterally Ufgren (1978) is followed in part, but a slightly revised
compressed, has a long base with straight anterior, basal and interpretation of A. nevadensis is summarized in the above
upper (at base of denticles) margins, and a basal cavity that synonymy and briefly discussed below.
extends anteriorly to about two thirds of element length. Inner
face of base is more narrowly convex than outer face. Sharp New Genus A Ethington and Schumacher s$, regarded
anterior edge of base develops into a costa on cusp. Posterior as a triangular element by Lofgren (1978, p. 48, 49), has a
portion of upper margin is keeled. Denticles (about 17 or keeled anterior margin and fused erect denticles. The sharp
more) are erect, relatively long, fused and have short triangu- anterior and posterior margins and a costa on the outer face
lar tips. Micro-omamentation consists of oblique striae on the give this element an asymmetrical cross-section. For these
anterobasal corner (PI. 3, fig. 3 1). reasons, I consider this the a element rather than the c ele-
ment.
The b element (Pl. 3, figs. 3,4,23,24) has an upper margin
of base and posterior margin of cusp that form a uniformly Liifgren (1978,p. 49) tentatively equated the bicostate Oepik-
concave arch; basal margin is nearly straight to slightly odus copenhagenensis Ethington and Schumacher s$ with the
concave. Inner face is slightly convex to planar, outer is more undenticulatebiconvex (herein thefi element of herB.jemtlandica
convex. Inner face has costa that is most prominent at mid- "in spite of its asymmetry" (concavoconvexor planoconvex basal
length of element and diminishes toward posterior and apex outline). This form species is regarded as the b element.
of cusp. This face has fine parallel striae between denticles The triangular basal outline and erect cusp with "promi-
and costa. Outer face is similarly costate except that costa nent lateral costae" found on Roundya? sp. A Ethington and
merges posteriorly with carina. Cusp is finely striated; more Schumacher s$ (1969, p. 475) are characteristic of the c
subtle striae are present anterior of costa, and on base below element of the genus Ansella. Cames (1975) included this
denticles. Posterior upper margin is adenticulate. Denticles form taxon within his interpretation of B. nevadensis.
number about 15 or less, are relatively long, proclined, and
for the most part discrete. The e element of qnsella is oistodontiform, and the f
element is finely denticulate.
The c element (PI. 3, figs. 26, 28-30) is symmetrical and
has a short base with a long proclined cusp. Anterior and Lijfgren (1978) considered Oepikodus? aff. 0. copen-
lateral faces of base are concave, producing a basal cross-sec- hagenensis s$, as part of Belodella nevadensis and to be
tion that is narrowly triangular. Element has faint striae on homologous with the planoconvex element of B. jemtlandica.
posterolateral face of cusp. Anterolateral keels extend for full This form species is quite different in denticulation compared
length of element; cusp is therefore triangular in cross-sec- to the other elements of A. nevadensis. In fact, FAhr~usand
tion. Denticles are long, those toward anterior are longer than Hunter (1985) questionably regarded it as part of their new
those toward posterior. Denticles are fused for most of their species Coverdina alicula.
Comparison of Ansella species In their Ansella nevadensis, FAhrzus and Hunter (1985)
did not identify elements that are herein termed f elements,
The a element of Ansella nevadensis is similar to the same but perhaps these are part of the group they called the asym-
element of A. erecta (Rhodes and Dineley), A, jemtlandica metrical bicostate element.
(cf. Lofgren, 1978, P1. 15; fig. 3), and A. robusca (Ethington
and Clark), especially with regard to the keeled anterior and Hypotypes. GSC 99674-99683.
posterior margins, and laterally compressed basal outline.
However, the denticulation in A. erecta (Serpagli, 1967, PI.
Genus Cordylodus Pander, 1856
11, figs. 2a-4c), A. nevadensis, and A. robusta (Bauer, 1987,
emend. Bergstrom and Sweet, 1966
P1.l, fig. 8) is more erect and the cusp is more proclined than
in A. jemtlandica. There is some variation within the a ele- Type species. Cordylodus angulatus Pander, 1856.
ment of A, nevadensis since New Genus A Ethington and
Schumacher s.f. differs from the Yukon a elements in that one
lateral face has a costa. "Cordylodus" horridus Barnes and Poplawski
Plate 1, figure 1
The h elements of Ansella erecta (Serpagli, 1967, P1. 11,
figs. la-c), A. jemtlandica, (Lijfgren, 1978, PI. 15, fig. 4), and Multielement
A. nevadensis have relatively coarse denticulation compared Cordylodus horridus BARNES and POPLAWSKI, 1973,
to theirf elements (Lijfgren did note the difference in denticu- p. 771,772, P1.2, figs. 16-18.
lation in her illustrated planoconvex elements, her PI. 15,figs.
3 and 4 being the a and b elements, respectively), and are "Cordylodus" horridus Barnes and Poplawski. HARRIS,
asymmetrically biconvex at the base. The b elements of A. BERGSTROM, ETHINGTON, and ROSS, 1979, P1. 1, fig.
erecta and A. jemtlandica lack lateral costae like those found 6; NOWLAN and THURLOW, 1984, p. 291, PI. 1, figs. 4,7,
on the b element of A. nevadensis. 8; CRAIG, 1986, P1. 1, fig. 9.
The c element of Ansella nevadensis lacks the long base "Cordylodushorridus" Barnes and Poplawski. QIU, 1984,
and relatively short denticles found on c elements of Ansella p. 139, P1. 1, fig. 19.
erecta (Serpagli, 1967, P1. 11, figs. 5a-6c), A. jemtlandica Cordylodus? horridus Barnes and Poplawski. STOUGE in
(Lofgren, 1978,P1.15, figs. IA-C, 2), and A. robusta (Bauer, STOUGE and BOYCE, 1983, P1. 7, figs. 7-9; STOUGE,
1987, P1. 1, fig. 1). The high blade-like region of one of the c 1984, p. 45,46, P1. 1, figs. 1-1 1 (includes synonymy).
elements of B. nevadensis in Harris et al. (1979, P1.3, fig. 11)
is interpreted to be long and fused denticles. The c element Remarks. Nowlan and Thurlow (1984) believed that this spe-
of A. nevadensis sensu Bergstrom (1978, P1.79, fig. 9) has a cies does not belong to Cordylodus and should probably be
long base and long denticles and thus may not be the same assigned to a new genus. I follow their example and place the
species. generic name in quotation marks.
The e element has a short upper margin and a strong Hypotype. GSC 99602.
inflection and low angle of geniculation in A. nevadensis and
A, jemtlandica (Lofgren, ibid., figs. 7,s). The e element of A.
Genus Drepanoistodus Lindstrom, 1971
erecta ("Oistodus"pseudorobustus Serpagli s.f., 1967, P1.21,
figs. la-4d) and A. nevadensis sensu Bergstrom (1978, P1. 3, Type species. Oistodus forceps Lindstrom, 1955.
fig. 10) differ in that the upper margin is more gently convex.
Unlike the basal cavity of thee element of A. jemtlandica, the
cavity tip of this element in A. erecta and A. nevadensis does Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. basiovalis (Sergeeva)
not extend into the cusp. The e element figured by Bergstrom Plate 3, figures 10-12, 15-18
(1979, fig. 4M) for Belodella sp. A differs from the Yukon Oistodus hasiovalis SERGEEVA, 1963, p. 96, P1.7, figs. 6,
element in that the basal margin is more sinuous [=A.robusta 7, Textfig. 3.
or A, sinuosa (Stouge)?] but it has a similar narrow and
carinate cusp, as does the incomplete e element of B , nevad- Multielement
ensis sensu Harris et al. (1979). cf. Drepanoistodus basiovalis (Sergeeva). LOFGREN,
The f elements of A. jemtlandica (cf. Lijfgren, 1978, P1. 1978, p. 55,56, P1. 1, figs. 11-17, Textfigs. 26B, C (includes
15, figs. 5 , 6 = f-1. f-2, respectively) have the same general synonymy); TIPNIS, CHATTERTON, and LUDVIGSEN,
form as that described here for A. nevadensis but are aden- 1978,Pl. 9, fig. 21; NOWLAN, 1981,p. 11,Pl. 3, figs. 20-22;
ticulate or faintly serrated (but without distinct denticles), STOUGE, 1984, p. 53, PI. 3, figs. 18-20 (includes synonymy).
lack costae, and have a broad carina on each face. The f Remarks. The q (homocurvatiform) elements (Pl. 3, figs. 10,
elements of A. robusta and A, sinuosa are likewise adenticu- 15-18) have only a slight lateral twist of the cusp and an
late, but have lateral costae (cf. Bauer, 1987, P1. 1, fig. 5). asymmetrical flare of the base. The anterior margin is variably
Lijfgren (1978) did not recognize an adenticulate element keeled and the posterior margin may be either slightly keeled
in Serpagli's (1967) Belodella erecta. She suggested that the or rounded with a faint costa. They are not as recurved as
corresponding element is a denticulate biconvex element. those of Drepanoistodus basiovalis sensu Lofgren (1978).
The single r (oistodontiform) element (Pl. 3, figs. 11, 12) is flabellum (Lindstrom) than of P. aculeatus. All other e ele-
characterized by a narrowly rounded anterior basal comer and ments from Tetlit Creek have between one incipient denticle
a cusp that is smoothlv convex on the outer face with a weakly and three distinct denticles.
deveioped carina on ;he other. The basal comer angle is ndt
greater than that of Drepanoistodus forceps (Lindstrom) and The illustrated a (cordylodontiform) and b (cladognathiform)
is less than that of D. basiovalis. The cusp ornamentation is elements (Pl. 1, figs. 13,20, respectively) from Tetlit Creek
similar to that of the r element of D. basiovalis. have at least six denticles between the cusp and biggest
denticle. Most unfigured elements have about have five or six
Figured specimens. GSC 99685-99690. denticles between the cusp and large denticle. This number
is within the range of Periodon aculeatus rather than P.
flabellurn (cf. Lofgren, 1978, Textfig. 29).
Genus Periodon Hadding, 1913
emend. Bergstrom and Sweet, 1966 The Tetlit Creek specimens could be assigned to Stouge's
broadened interpretation of Periodon aculeatus zgierzensis.
Type species. Periodon aculeatus Hadding, 1913. However, I prefer to follow the conservative interpretation of
P. aculeatus by Lofgren (1978), because she notes that
Periodon aculeatus Hadding changes within Periodon seem to be gradual and suggests that
emend. Bergstrom and Sweet, 1966 statistical analyses may be required to separate the subspecies
Plate 1, figures 13,20,22,25-28 (and species).
Plate 2, figures 24-27,3 1, 34, 35 Hypotypes. GSC 99614-99620, GSC99653-99659.

Periodon aculeatus HADDING, 1913, p. 33, P1. 1, fig. 14. Genus Polonodus Dzik, 1976
Multielement Type species. Ambalodus clivosus Viira, 1974.
Periodon aculeatus Hadding. BERGSTROM, 1978, P1. 79,
figs. 3-5; FA-US and NOWLAN, 1978, p. 482, P1. 3, Polonodus tablepointensis Stouge?
figs. ?l, 7-10, 11, ?12, ?13, Textfigs. 5G-L (includes synon- Plate 1, figure 18
ymy); LOFGREN, 1978, p. 74,75, PI. 10, figs. 1A, B, P1. 11,
Multielement
figs. 12-26, Textfig. 28 (in part) (includes synonymy);
NOWLAN, 1981, p. 12, P1.2, figs. 7-10, P1.4, figs. 1-9; AN ?Polonodus clivosus (Viira). DZIK, 1976, p. 423, P1.43, figs.
et al., 1983, p. 120,121, P1.28, figs. 7-9; BURRETT, STAIT, la, b, Textfigs. 28c, d.
and LAURIE, 1983, p. 183,184, figs. 8A-H; NI in ZENG et
al., 1983,Pl. 12, figs. 9-17; QIU, 1984,p. 139,140, P1. 1, figs. ?Polonodus tablepointensis STOUGE, 1984,p. 72,73, P1. 12,
1-9; BERGSTROM and ORCHARD, 1985, P1. 2.2, figs. 6, figs. 13A-C, P1. 13, figs. 1-5 (includes synonymy).
7; BERGSTROM, 1990, P1. 1, figs. 15, 16. Description. Single platform element has three processes;
Periodon aculeatus aculeatus Hadding. NICOLL, 1980, longest is between two short broken processes. Short proc-
esses diverge at a low angle from point of junction with long
figs. 3A-G.
process. Processes are flexed slightly to one side and are
cf. Periodon aculeatus? Hadding. NOWLAN and THURLOW, arched slightly. Ornamentation consists of sharp, concentric
1984, p. 293,Pl. 1, figs. 12-14, 17, 18. ridges with concave upper surfaces and raised edges, medial
costae and short denticles. Denticles are centred on margin of
cf. Periodon sp. cf. aculeatus Hadding. SIMES, 1980, fig. 5.
ridges; those of long process are slightly recurved toward
cf. Periodon sp. cf. P. aculeatus Hadding. TIPNIS, junction of processes. Costae and raised edge of concentric
CHATTERTON, and LUDVIGSEN, 1978,P1.8, figs. 13-15; ridges merge with denticles. Ornamentation is most distinct
KENNEDY, BARNES, and UYENO, 1979, p. 544-546, on distal part of long process. Entire element is basally
P1. 1, figs. 1-8,35 (incluaes synonymy). excavated.
Periodon aculeatus zgierzensis Dzik. STOUGE in STOUGE Remarks. The long process is equivalent to the outer lateral
and BOYCE, 1983, P1. 6, figs. 9-14; STOUGE, 1984, p. 82, process of the polyplacognathiform element of Polonodus
83, PI. 16, figs. 1-15 (includes synonymy). tablepointensis. The only notable difference is that this proc-
ess is slightly flexed on the Yukon form but is straight on P.
Remarks. As originally defined, the e (falodontiform) ele- tablepointensis. The anterior process of P. tablepointensis is
ment of Periodon aculeatus zgierzensis Dzik lacks denticles, curved, but it is also bilobate.
or has at the most, two denticles on the anterior margin.
Periodon a. zgierzensis of Stouge (1984) always has anterior The ornamentation of this element is identical to that of
denticles, the number varying from two to five, normally Polonodus tablepointensis and the amorphognathiform ele-
being three. ment of P. clivosus sensu Dzik (1976).
One e element (Pl. 1, fig. 22) from the Tetlit Creek section Figured specimen. GSC 99624.
has an angular, adenticulate anterior margin and a relatively
long cusp, features which are more characteristic of Periodon
 Genus Pygodus Lamont and Lindstrom, 1957 The c (Pl. 2, figs. 16,20,28,30) and d (Pl. 2, figs. 17,21,22)
elements are similar to Roundya pyramidalis Sweet and
Type species. Pygodus anserinus Lamont and Lindstrom, Bergstrom s f , and Tetraprioniodus lindstroemi Sweet and
1957. Bergstrom s$, respectively.
Remarks. The multielement apparatus of Pygodus consists of The angle between the two denticulated processes of the f
f (haddingodontiform)and g (platform) elements. Bergstrom element (Pl. 2, figs. 7,9,11) is near the maximum limit of the
(197 1) and others suspect that the apparatus of P. anserinus range (55-75 degrees) for Pygodus serra, as defined by
also contains hindeodelliform and tetraprioniodontiform (i.e., Bergstrom (1971).
c and d) elements. These elements were found in the same
Yukon sample as P. serra (Hadding), along with b (keislog- Only g elements (Pl. 2, figs. 4,6, 12) without the rudimentary
nathiform) and a possible a (cordylodontiform)element. fourth denticle row are included within this species.
The g element of Pygodus anserinus is narrower, and the four Hypotypes. GSC 99635-99652.
rows of denticles are higher when compared to the same
element of P. serra. Intermediate forms that have a rudimen-
tary or incipient fourth denticle row have been assigned Pygodus sp. cf. P. serra (Hadding)
usually to one or the other species. This report follows Now- Plate 2, figures 1-3,5,8, 10, 13, 19
lan's (1981) example and gives a conferred species assign- f element
ment to intermediate forms of platform elements while other
g elements from the same Yukon sample are assigned to P. cf. Arabellites serra HADDING, 1913, p. 33, P1. 1, figs. 12, 13.
serra sensu stricto. Multielement
The intermediateforms are of biostratigraphicinterest as they Pygodus serrus (Hadding). TIPNIS, CHATTERTON, and
have been traditionally used to define the boundary between LUDVIGSEN, 1978, P1.9, figs. 2,4,7-9.
the P. serra Zone and the overlying P. anserinus Zone. This
denticle-row variablity may be evolutionary (cf. Bergstrom, Pygodus cf. P. serrus (Hadding). NOWLAN, 1981, p. 12, PI.
1971, p. 97, 149), ecological (cf. Filhraeus, 1982, p. 4-6) or it 2, figs. 14, 16-20.
may reflect an intraspecific variability that is not necessarily Remarks. Development of the incipient fourth denticle row
temporal on a global scale. If the last statement is true, the in Pygodus sp. cf. P. serra varies: from only one, to more than
use of "intermediate" forms as indicators of the P, serra-P. one denticle, which forms a rudimentary fourth denticle row,
anserinus zonal boundary must be done with caution. and some elements (PI. 2, fig. 5) have two incipient denticles
on the same inter-row ridge. Fully developed and incipient
Pygodus serra (Hadding) denticles, and the perpendicular inter-row ridges have a simi-
Plate 2, figures 4,6,7,9, 11, 12, 14-18,20-23,28-30 lar papillose micro-omamentation.
f element Figured specimens. GSC 99627-99634.
Arabellites serra HADDING, 1913, p. 33, P1. 1, figs. 12, 13.
Genus Scalpellodus Dzik, 1976
emend. Lofgren, 1978
Pygodus serra (Hadding). LOFGREN, 1978, p. 98, Textfigs. Type species. Protopanderodus latus van Wamel, 1974.
32D-F (includes synonymy); HARRIS, BERGSTROM,
ETHINGTON, and ROSS, 1979, P1.2, fig. 18; NI in ZENG
et al., 1983,P1.12, figs. 3,5; BERGSTROM and ORCHARD, Scalpellodus? viruensis Ufgren
1985, P1. 2.2, fig. 15; BERGSTROM, 1990, P1. 1, figs. 23, Plate 3, figures 32-37
24.
Multielement
Pygodus serrus (Hadding). ?MCOLL, 1980,figs. 3H-L; AN, Scalpellodus viruensis LOFGREN, 1978, p. 102, 103, P1.5,
1981, P1.4, figs. 1-3; ?WANG and WANG, 1981, P1. 1, fig.
c figs. l,2,7-9.
Remarks. The two illustrated scandodontiform elements
Remarks. For purposes of tabulation, the a, b, c, d and f show some variation in the length of the base. The micro-
elements are arbitrarily included under Pygodus serra, rather omamentation (striae parallel to the axis of the cusp) on both
than P. sp. cf. P, serra. elements compares to that described by Lofgren (1978).
The a element (Pl. 2, fig. 23) has a denticulate posterior and
Nowlan (1981) proposed that Scalpellodus viruensis repre-
only one denticulate lateral (inner) process. The opposite side
sents the e element of Walliserodus iniquus (Viira). Since the
is adenticulate and convex. The same side of the b element material is limited, the Yukon elements are questionably
(PI. 2, figs. 14,15,29) has a sharp adenticulate lateral process
referred to as Scalpellodus rather than Walliserodus.
that extends for the full length of the element. In other
respects, the a and b elements are similar. Hypotypes. GSC 99691-99693.
 Genus Spinodus Dzik, 1976 18, P1. 5, fig. 5; LENZ and McCRACKEN, 1982, P1. 2, fig.
21; STOUGE, 1984, p. 57, P1. 5, fig. 9; BERGSTROM and
Type species. Cordylodus spinatus Hadding, 1913. ORCHARD, 1985, P1. 2.3, fig. 1.
Remarks. Lenz and McCracken (1982) illustrated a younger
Spinodus spinatus (Hadding) (Ashgill) specimen of Strachanognathus parvus that has
Plate 1, figure 2 oblique striations on the first denticle. Striae such as these
Cordylodus ramosus HADDING, 1913, p. 31, P1. 1, fig. 6. were not observed on the illustrated specimen in the present
study.
Polygnathus spinatus HADDING, 1913, p. 32, P1. 1, fig. 6.
Hypotype. GSC 99663.

Cordylodus spinatus (Hadding). UYENO and BARNES, Genus Walliserodus Serpagli, 1967
1970, p. 106, 107, P1. 24, figs. 7-1 1 (includes synonymy);
TIPNIS, CHATTERTON, and LUDVIGSEN, 1978, P1. 8, Type species. Acodus curvatus Branson and Branson, 1947.
fig. 16.
Walliserodus ethingtoni (FAhraeus)
Plate I , figures 6,7
Cordylodusramosus Hadding. BARNES and POPLAWSKI, 1973,
p. 772, P1.4, fig. 6 (includes synonymy); SIMES, 1980,fig. 7. Panderodus ethingtoni FAHRWUS, 1966, p. 26, PI. 3,
figs. 5a, b.
aff. Cordylodus sp. aff. C. spinatus (Hadding). LANDING,
1976, p. 631, P1. 1, fig. 14. Walliserodusethingtoni (Fhhr~us).TIPNIS, CHATTERTON,
and LUDVIGSEN, 1978, P1.9, fig. 23.
Spinodus ramosus (Hadding).NOWLAN, 1981, p. 15,16, P1.
4, figs. 18, 19.
Spinodus spinatus (Hadding).BERGSTROM and ORCHARD,
1985,P1.2.2, figs. 1,4, BERGSTROM,1990,P1.2, figs. 12,13. Walliserodus ethingtoni (FAhraeus). REPETSKI and
Remarks. Lindstrom (1964) recognized a symmetry transi- ETHINGTON, 1977, P1. 1, fig. 9; AN, 1981, P1. 3, fig. 16;
tion series of three element types based on C, ramosus Had- STOUGE in STOUGE and BOYCE, 1983,P1.7, figs. 12,13;
ding s.f. and C. spinatus (Hadding) s.f. Uyeno and Barnes NOWLAN and THURLOW, 1984, p. 294, P1. 2, fig. 15;
(1970) added a fourth element to this series under their C. STOUGE, 1984, p. 64, 65, P1. 9, figs. 1-9 (includes synon-
spinatus. Barnes and Poplawski (1973) recognized all four ymy); FAHREUS and HUNTER, 1985, p. 1180,1181, P1.3,
elements in C, ramosus from the Mystic Formation of Que- figs. 11-16, Textfigs. 6A-H (includes synonymy).
bec. These are a-1 (cordylodontiform), a-2 (ligonodiniform), Hypotype. GSC 99609.
b (cladognathiform) and c (hibbardelliform) elements.
Hypotype. GSC 99603. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Financial support to collect and process the samples was
Genus Strachanognathus Rhodes, 1955 provided by a Natural Sciences and Engineering Research
Type species. Strachanognathus parvus Rhodes, 1955. Council of Canada grant to Drs. A.C. Lenz (University of
Western Ontario) and J.A. Legault (University of Waterloo).
Dr. A.C. Lenz is thanked for providing the graptolite identi-
Strachanognathus parvus Rhodes fications used herein. Drs. G.S. Nowlan and T.T. Uyeno
Plate 2, figure 36 (I.S.P.G., Calgary) are thanked for their comments on an
Strachanognathus parvus RHODES, 1955,p. 132,133, PI. 8, earlier version of this paper. Carrie Bolton drafted the figures.
figs. 1-4; PALMIERI, 1978, p. 27, P1. 6 , figs. 27,28 (only);
BERGSTROM, 1990. pi. 1, fig. 10. REFERENCES
Strachanognathusparva Rhodes. PALMIERI, 1978,Textfig. An Taixiang
6(8a-c) (only). 1981: Recent progress in Cambrian and Ordovician conodont biostratig-
raphy of China. In Paleontology in China, 1979, C. Teichert, Liu Lu
Strachanognathus cf. S. parvus RHODES, 1955, p. 133, P1. and Chen Peiji (eds.); Geological Society of America, Special Paper
7, fig. 16, PI. 8, figs. 1-4. 187, p. 209-224.
An Taixiang, Zhang Fang, Xiang Weida, Zhang Youqiu, Xu Wenhao,
Zhang Huijuan, Jiang Debiao, Yang Changsheng, Lin Liandi,
Cui Zhantang, and Yang Xinchang
Strachanojinathus parvus Rhodes. LOFGREN, 1978, p. 112, 1983: The conodonts of Nonh China and the adjacent regions. Science
113,PI. 1,fig. 29 (includes synonymy);KENNEDY, BARNES, Press of China, 223 p., 33 pl. (In Chinese with English summary.)
and UYENO, 1979, p. 550, P1.l, fig. 24; ORCHARD, 1980, Barnes, C.R., Kennedy, DJ., McCracken, A.D., Nowlan, G.S., and
Tarrant, G.T.
p. 26, PI. 4, figs. 34, 35; NOWLAN, 1981, p. 13, P1. 3, fig. 1979: The structure and evolution of Ordovician conodont apparatuses.
Lethaia, v. 12, p. 125-151.
Barnes, C.R. and Poplawski, M.L.S. FBhrzus, L.E. and Nowlan, G.S.
1973: Lower and Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Mystic Forma- 1978: Franconian (Late Cambrian) to early Champlainian (Middle Ordo-
tion, Quebec, Canada. Joumal of Paleontology, v. 47, p. 760-790. vician) conodonts from the Cow Head Group, western Newfound-
Bauer, J.A. land. Joumal of Paleontology, v. 52, p. 444-471.
1987: Conodonts and conodont biostratigraphy of the McLish and Tulip GoodfeIIow, W.D., Nowlan, G.S., McCracken, A.D., Lenz, A.C., and
Creek formations (Middle Ordovician)of south-central Oklahoma. Grbgoire, D.C.
Oklahoma Geological Survey, Bulletin 141,58 p. 1991: Geochemical anomalies near the OrdovicianSilurian boundary,
Bergstrom, S.M. northern Yukon Territory, Canada. Historical Biology. (in press)
1971: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Middle and Upper Ordovician of Hadding, A.
Europe and eastern North America. In Symposium on Conodont 1913: Undre dicellograptusskiffern i Skane jtimte n2gra dZirmed ekviva-
Biostratigraphy, W.C. Sweet and S.M. Bergstrijm (eds.); Geologi- lenta bildningar. Lunds Universitets Arsskrift, nf foljd, v. 2, No. 15,
cal Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 83-161. p. 1-90.
1978: Middle and Upper Ordovician conodont and graptolite biostratigra- Harris, A.G., Bergstrom, S.M., Ethington, R.L., and Ross, R.J., Jr.
phy of the Marathon, Texas graptolite zone reference standard. 1979: Aspects of Middle and Upper Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy
Palaeontology,v. 21, p. 723-758. of carbonate facies in Nevada and southeast California and com-
1979: Whiterockian (Ordovician)conodonts from the Hblonda Limestone parison with some Appalachian successions. Brigham Young Uni-
of the Trondheim region, Norwegian Caledonides. Norsk Geologisk versity Geology Studies, v. 26, Part 3, p. 7-44.
Tidsskrift, v. 59, p. 295-307. Kennedy, D.J., Barnes, C.R., and Uyeno, T.T.
1983: Biostratigraphy, evolutionary relationships, and stratigraphic sig- 1979: A Middle Ordovician conodont faunule from the Tetagouche
nificance of Ordovician platform conodonts. Fossils and Strata, No. Group, Camel Back Mountain, New Brunswick. Canadian Journal
15, p. 35-58. of Earth Sciences, v. 16, p. 540-551.
1990: Biostratigraphic and biogeographic significance of Middle and Lamant, A. and Lindstrom, M.
Upper Ordovician conodonts in the Girvan succession, south-west 1957: Arenigian and Llandeiliancherts identified in the Southem Uplands
Scotland. In 1st International Senckenberg Conference and 5th of Scotland by means of conodonts, etc. Transactions of the Edin-
European Conodont Symposium (ECOS ~ L ~ o n t r i b u t i o IV.
n s Pa- burgh Geological Society, v. 17, pt. 1, p. 60-70.
- .
Ders onconodonts and Ordovicianto Triassic conodont stratigra~hv.
v

W. Ziegler (ed.); Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, v. 118,

-
Landing, E.
1976: Early Ordovician (Arenigian) conodont and graptolite biostratigra-
p. 1-43. phy of the Taconic Allochthon, eastern New York. Joumal of
Bergstrom, S.M. and Orchard, M.J. Paleontology, v. 50, p. 614-646.
1985: Conodonts of the Cambrian and Ordovician systems from the Lenz, A.C. and Jackson, D.E.
British Isles. In A StratigraphicalIndex of Conodonts, A.C. Higgins 1986: Arenig and Llanvim graptolite biostratigraphy, Canadian Cordil-
and R.L. Austin (eds.); British Micropalaeontological Society Se- lera. In Palaeoecology and Biostratigraphy of Graptolites, C.P.
ries, Ellis Honvood Limited, Chichester, p. 32-67. Hughes and R.B. Rickards (eds.); Geological Society Special Pub-
Bergstrom, S.M. and Sweet, W.C. lication, No. 20, p. 27-45.
1966: Conodonts from the Lexington Limestone (Middle Ordovician) of Lenz, A.C. and McCracken, A.D.
Kentucky and its lateral equivalents in Ohio and Indiana. Bulletins 1982: The Ordovician-Silurian boundary, northem Canadian Cordillera:
of American Paleontology, v. 50, no. 229, p. 271-424. graptolite and conodont correlation. Canadian Joumal of Earth
Branson, E.B. and Branson, C.C. Sciences, v. 19, p. 1308-1322.
1947: Lower Silurian conodonts from Kentucky. Journal of Paleontology, Lenz, A.C. and Pedder, A.E.H.
V. 2 1, p. 549-556. 1972: Lower and Middle Paleozoic sediments and paleontology of Royal
Burrett, C., Stait, B., and Laurie, J. Creek and Peel River, Yukon, and Powell Creek, N.W.T. 24th
1983: Trilobites and microfossils from the Middle Ordovician of Surprise International Congress, Montreal, Quebec, Excursion A-14 Guide-
Bay, southern Tasmania, Australia. Memoirs of the Association of book, 43 p.
Australasian Palaeontologists,v. 1, p. 177-193. Lindstrom, M.
Carnes, J.B. 1955: Conodonts from the lowermost Ordovician strata of south-central
1975: Conodont biostratigraphy in the lower Middle Ordovician of the Sweden. Geologiska Foreningensi Stockholm Forhandlingar,v. 76,
western Appalachian thrust-belts in northeastern Tennessee. Un- p. 517-604.
published Ph.D. thesis,TheOhioState University, Columbus, Ohio, 1964: Conodonts. Elsevier, New York, New York, 196 p.
291 p. 1971: Lower Ordovician conodonts of Europe. In Symposium on Cono-
Craig, W.W. dont Biostratigraphy, W.C. Sweet and S.M. Bergstrijm (eds.); Geo-
1986: Conodont paleontology of Middle and Upper Ordovician strata, logical Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 21-61.
Batesville District, Arkansas. In Guidebook to the Conodont Palc- Lofgren, A.
ontology of Uppermost Lower OrdovicianThrough Silurian Strata, 1978: Arenigian and Llanvirnianconodonts from Jamtland, northern Swe-
Northeastern Arkansas, W.W. Craig,R.L. Ethingtonand J.E. Repet- den. Fossils and Strata, No. 13, 129 p.
ski. Pander Society Field Trip, Field Trip No. 5, Annual Meeting of McCracken, A.D.
the South Cenmal and Southeastern Sections of the Geological 1987: Description and correlation of Late Ordovician conodonts from
Society of America, Memphis, April, 1986, Department of Geology the D. ornalur and P , pacificus graptolite zones, Road River
and Geophysics, University of New Orleans, New Orleans, Louisi- Group, northern Yukon Territory. Canadian Journal of Earth
ana, p. 1-20. Sciences, v. 24, p. 1450-1464.
Dzik, J. 1989a: Preliminary report on Ordovician-Devonian conodont collec-
1976: Remarks on the evolution of Ordovician conodonts. Acta Palaeon- tions from carbonate and fine grained clastic facies of northern
tologica Polonica, v. 21, no. 4, p. 395-455. Yukon Territory and northwest District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. In
Ethington, R.L. and Schumacher, D. Current Research, Part G. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
1969: Conodonts of the Copenhagen Formation (Middle Ordovician) in 89- 16, p. 69-76.
central Nevada. Journal of Paleontology, v. 43, p. 440-484. 1989b: Protopanderodus (Conodontata) from the Ordovician Road River
Rhraeus, L.E. Group, northern Yukon Tenitory, and the evolution of the genus.
1966: Lower Viruan (Middle Ordovician) conodonts from the Gullhogen Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 388,39 p.
quarry, southern central Sweden. Sveriges Geologiska Undersakning, McCracken, A.D. and Lenz, A.C.
Avhandlingaroch uppsater, Serie C, No. 610, Arsbok, No. 5,40 p. 1987: Middle and Late Ordovician conodont faunas and biostratigraphy
1982: Allopatric speciation and lineage zonation exemplified by the Py- of graptolitic strata of the Road River Group, northem Yukon
godus serrus-P. anserinur transition (Conodontophorida, Ordovi- Territory. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 24, p. 643-653.
cian). Newsletters on Stratigraphy, v. 11, p. 1-7. Nicoll, R.S.
Flhrseus, L.E. and Hunter, D.R. 1980: Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Pittman Formation, Can-
1985: Simple-cone conodont taxa from the Cobbs Arm Limestone (Mid- berra, A.C.T. BMR Journal of Australian Geology and Geophysics,
dle Ordovician),New World Island, Newfoundland. Canadian Jour- v. 5, p. 150-153.
nal of Earth Sciences, v. 22, p. 1171-1182.
Norford, B.S. Serpagli, E.
1964: Reconnaissance of the Ordovician and Silurian rocks of thc 1967: I conodonti dell'Ordoviciano superiore (Ashgilliano) delle
northern Yukon Territory. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Alpi Carniche. Bolletino della SocietA Paleontologica
63-39, 139 p. Italihna, v. 6, p. 30-11 1.
Nowlan, G.S. Simes, J.E.
1981: Some Ordovician conodont faunules from the Miramichi Anticli- 1980: Age of the Arthur Marble: conodont evidence from Mount Owen,
norium, New Brunswick. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin northwest Nelson. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophys-
345,35 v. ics, v. 23, p. 529-532,
Nowlan, G.S. a& Thurlow, J.G. Stouge, S.S.
1984: Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Buchans Group, central 1984: Conodonts of the Middle Ordovician Table Head Formation, west-
Newfoundland, and their significance for regional stratigraphy of em Newfoundland. Fossils and Strata, No. 16, 145 p.
the Central Volcanic Belt. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, Stouge, S.S. and Boyce, W.D.
V. 21, p. 284-296. 1983: Fossils of northwestern Newfoundland and southeastern Labrador:
Palmieri, V. conodonts and trilobites. Mineral Development Division, Depart-
1978: Late Ordovician conodonts from the Fork Lagoons Beds, Emerald ment of Mines and Energy, Government of Newfoundland and
area, central Queensland. Geological Survey of Queensland, Publi- Labrador, Report 83-3, "The Bug Book", 55 p.
cation 369, Palaeontological Paper 43.55 p. Sweet, W.C. and Bergstrom, S.M.
Pander, C.H. 1962: Conodonts from the Pran Ferry Formation (Middle Ordovician) of
1856: Monographie der fossilen Fische des silurischen Systems der rus- Alabama. Journal of Paleontology, v. 36, p. 1214-1252.
sisch-baltischen Gouvernements. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Tipnis, R.S., Chatterton, B.D.E., and Ludvigsen, R.
St. Petersburg, p. 1-91. 1978: Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy of the southern District of
Qiu Hongrong Mackenzie, Canada. In Western and Arctic Canadian Biostratigra-
1984: Some Middle Ordovician conodonts of North Atlantic Province phy, C.R. Stelck and B.D.E. Chatterton (eds.); Geological Associa-
type in Weili County Xinjiang. Bulletin of the Institute of Geology, tion of Canada, Special Paper No. 18, p. 39-91.
Chinese Academy of Geological Sciences, No. 9, Geological Pub- Uyeno, T.T. and Barnes, C.R.
lishing House, Beijing, p. 137-144. (In Chinese with English sum- 1970: Conodonts from the Levis Formation (Zone D l ) (Middle Ordovi-
mary.) cian), Levis, Quebec. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 187,
Repetski, J.E. p. 99-123.
1982: Conodonts from El Paso Group (Lower Ordovician)of westernmost Van Wamel, W.A.
Texas and southern New Mexico. New Mexico Bureau of Mines 1974: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Upper Cambrian and Lower Ordo-
and Mineral Resources, Memoir 40, 121 p. vician of northwestern Oland, southeastern Sweden. Utrecht Mi-
Repetski, J.E. and Ethington, R.L. cropaleontological Bulletins, Bulletin 10, 126 p.
1977: Conodonts from graptolite facies in the Ouachita Mountains, Ar- Viira, V.
kansas and Oklahoma. In Symposium on the Geology of the 1974: Ordovician conodonts of the East Baltic. Eesti NSV Teaduste
Ouachita Mountains, Volume 1, Stratigraphy, Sedimentology, Pe- Akadeemia Geoloogia Institut, Tallinn, 142 p. (In Russian with
trography, Tectonics, and Paleontology, 1977, C.G. Stone (ed.); English summary.)
Arkansas Geological Commission, p. 92-106. Wang Chengyuan and Wang Zhihao
Rhodes, F.H.T. 1981: Conodontsequence in China (Cambrian-Triassic System). Twelfth
1955: The conodont fauna of the Keisley Limestone. Quarterly Journal of Annual Conference of the Palaeontological Society of China, Se-
the Geological Society, v. 111, p. 117-142. lected Papers, p. 105-115. (In Chinese.)
Sergeeva, S.P. Zeng Qingluan, Ni Shizhao, Xu Guanghong, Zhou Tianmei,
1963: Conodonts from the Lower Ordovician in the Leningrad region. Wang Xiaofeng, Li Zhihong, Lai Caigen, and Xiang Liwen
Akademia Nauka U.S.S.R., Paleontologischeskiy Zhumal, 1963, p. 1983: Subdivision and correlation on the Ordovician in the eastern
93-108. (In Russian.) Yantze Gorges, China. Bulletin of the Yichang Institute of Geol-
ogy and Mineral Resources, Chinese Academy of Geological
Sciences, No. 6, p. 22-68.
 APPENDIX
Graptolite and conodont collections
The following list gives details of all the Ordovician-Silurian graptolite and conodont collections made in
1977-78 at the sections on Rock River, Tetlit Creek and Peel River. At the left side of the list are the field
collection numbers representing the section, year collected, and stratigraphic level in metres above the base
of the section. Measurements for samples from the Peel River section were made in feet, and converted to
SI units.
Each conodont sample represents at least 2 kg of rock, although not all rock samples were completely
disintegrated by acid. Additional material (also 2 kg) of some samples were processed; these are denoted
below with an asterisk. Graptolite identifications were provided by A.C. Lenz of the University of Western
Ontario.

Rock River (66"48'N, 136O16'W; Section I ) TC78-75 m - N. gracilis Zone

TC78-133 m - L. acinaces Zone
Conodontlgraptolite levels and zones TC78-136 m - C. gregarius Zone
RR78-13 m - glossograptids TC78-138 m - M. triangularis or D. magnus? zones
RR78-13 m* (GSC loc. 0-104271) - conodonts TC78-139 m - M. argenteus Zone
RR78-69 m (GSC loc. 0-104272) TC78-142 m - M. convolutus Zone
- upper Llandeilo or Caradoc graptolites TC78-144 m* (GSC loc. 0-104294) - conodonts
- barren of conodonts TC78-144 m - M. turriculatus Zone
RR78- 167 m* (GSC loc. 0-104273) - conodonts TC78-148 m - M. turriculatus Zone
RR78-207 m* (GSC loc. 0-104274) - conodonts TC78-168 m - M. spiralis Zone
RR78-220 m - D. ornatus Zone TC78-192 m (GSC loc. 0-104295) - conodonts
RR78-225 m (GSC loc. 0-104275) - conodonts TC78-192 m - M. spiralis Zone
RR78-226 m* (GSC loc. 0-104276) -barren of conodonts TC78-200 m (GSC loc. 0-104296) - conodonts
RR78-228 m (GSC loc. 0-104277) - conodonts TC78-212 m (GSC loc. 0-104297) - conodonts
RR78-232 m - P. pacificus Zone TC78-213 m - C. sakmaricus - C. laqueus Zone
RR78-235 m (GSC loc. 0-104278) - conodonts TC78-218 m (GSC loc. 0-104298) - conodonts
RR78-235 m - P, pacificus Zone TC78-222 m* (GSC loc. 0-104299) - conodonts
RR78-241 m - A , atavus or L,acinaces zones TC78-228 m - C. sakmaricus - C. laqueus Zone
RR78-243 m - L. acinaces Zone TC78-230 m (GSC loc. 0-104300) - conodonts
RR78-244 m - C. gregarius Zone TC78-232 m - Wenlock indeterminate graptolites
RR78-245 m* (GSC loc. 0-104279) - conodonts TC78-233 m - Wenlock indeterminate graptolites
RR78-247 m (GSC loc. 0-104280) - conodonts TC78-236 m (GSC loc. 0-104301) - conodonts
RR78-250 m* (GSC loc. 0-104281) - conodonts TC78-270 m* (GSC loc. 0-104302) - conodonts
RR78-255 m - C. gregarius Zone TC78-273 m - M. lundgreni Zone
RR78-275 m (GSC loc. 0-104282) - conodonts TC78-281 m (GSC loc. 0-104303) - conodonts
RR78-281 m* (GSC loc. 0-104283) - conodonts TC78-286 m (GSC loc. 0-104304) - conodonts
RR78-282 m - M. turriculatus Zone TC78-3 19 m (GSC loc. 0-104305) - conodonts
RR78-285 m (GSC loc. 0-104284) - conodonts TC78-320 m - N. nilssoni Zone
RR78-302 m - M. turriculatus Zone TC78-388 m* (GSC loc. 0-104306) - barren of conodonts
RR78-306 m - M , spiralis Zone TC78-406 m - M. formosus Zone
RR78-308 m (GSC loc. 0 - 104285) - conodonts
RR78-316 m* (GSC loc. 0-104286) - conodonts Peel River (6S053'N,13S042'W; Section 3)
RR78-345 m - M. spiralis Zone Conodontlgraptolite levels and zones
RR78-Section 2/14 m (GSC loc. 0-104287) - conodonts
RR78-2/15 m (GSC loc. 0-104288) - conodonts PR77-298.9 m (980 ft.) -Lower P. tentaculatus Zone
RR78-2/86 m (GSC loc. 0-104289) - conodonts PR77-354.1 m (1 161 ft.) - Upper P. tentaculatus Zone
RR78-21144 m (GSC loc. 0 - 104290) - barren of conodonts PR77-358.1-362.7 m (1 175-1190 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104254) -
RR78-21177 m (GSC loc. 0-104291) -barren of conodonts conodonts
RR78-21336 m (GSC loc. 0 - 104292) - barren of conodonts N.B. This sample is from a bed within a 1.8 m unit of
carbonate; the original sample number is in reference to the
Tetlit Creek (66"44'N, 135'47'W; Section 2) sample levels of the P. etheridgei (= Upper P. tentaculatus)
Zone of Lenz and Pedder (1972, p. 26)
Conodont/graptolite levels and zones PR77-381.2 m (1250 ft.) - D. decoratus Zone
TC78-1 m - Arenig-Llanvirn graptolites PR77-396.5 m (1300 ft.) - G. teretiusculus Zone
TC78-39 m* (GSC loc. 0-104293) - conodonts PR77-408.4 m (1340 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104255) - conodonts
PR77-410.2 m (1345 ft.) - N. gracilis Zone PR77-490.7 m (1610 ft.) - M. argenteus Zone
PR77-452.6 m (1485 ft.) - P. pacificus Zone PR77-495.9 m (1627 ft.) - M. convolutus Zone
PR77-452.6 m (1485 ft.)* (GSC loc. 0-104256) - conodonts PR77-508.4 m (1668 ft.) - M. convolutus Zone

-
PR77-453.6 m (1488 ft.) - P. pacificus Zone PR77-509 m (1670 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104257) - barren of
PR77-454.2 m (1490 ft.) - P. pacificus Zone conodonts
PR77-454.5 m (1491 ft.) - P. acurninatus Zone PR77-513.6 m (1685 ft.) - M. sedgwicki Zone
PR77-456.9 m (1499 ft.) P. acurninatus Zone PR77-515.1 m (1690 ft.) - M. sedgwicki Zone
PR77-457.8 m (1502 ft.) - A. atavus Zone? PR77-516.3 m (1694 ft.) - M. turriculatus Zone
PR77-459 m (1506 ft.) - A. atavus Zone UPR79-516.6 m (1695 ft.)** (GSC loc. 0-105095) - cono-
PR77-459.6 m (1508 ft.) - A. atavus Zone donts
PR77-460.6 m (1511 ft.) - L. acinaces Zone PR77-544.1 m (1785 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104258) - barren of
PR77-463 m (1519 ft.) - L. acinaces Zone conodonts
PR77-469.4 m (1540 ft.) - C. gregarius Zone PR77-559.3 m (1835 ft.) - M. turriculatus Zone
PR77-472.7 m (155 1 ft.) - C. gregarius Zone PR77-570.9 m (1873 ft.) - M. spiralis Zone
PR77-475.5 m (1560 ft.) - C. gregarius or M . triangulatus PR77-629.4 m (2065 ft.) - M. spiralis Zone
zones PR77-630.9 m (2070 ft.) - M. spiralis or C. sakrnaricus-C.
PR77-482.5 m (1583 ft.) - M. triangulatus Zone laqueus zones
PR77-487.4 m (1599 ft.) - M. triangulatus Zone PR77-635.5 m (2085 ft.) - C. sakrnaricus-C. laqueus Zone
PR77-489.2 m (1605 ft.) - M. triangulatus or D. rnagnus? PR77-642.5 m (2108 ft.) - C. sakrnaricus-C. laqueus Zone
zones
Plates 1 to 3
 PLATE 1
All are lateral views and from GSC loc. 0-104271, except where noted.

Figure 1. "Cordylodus" horridus Barnes and Poplawski.

Cordylodontiform element, GSC 99602, x40, hypotype.
Figure 2. Spinodus spinatus (Hadding).
Cordylodontiform (a-1) element, GSC 99603, x20, hypotype.
Figures 3,4,8.9,12, 19. Diaphorodus? sp. A.
3,4. Cordylodontiform element, outer, inner views, figured specimen GSC 99604, x70, x80.
8,9. Cordylodontiform element, outer, inner views, figured specimen GSC 99605, x70, x65.
12,19. Oistodontiform elements, ?inner, inner views, figured specimens GSC 99606, x80,
GSC 99607, x70.
Figure 5. Prioniodus (Oepikodus)? sp. A.
Gothodontiform (a) element, outer view, figured specimen GSC 99608, x55.
Figures 6,7. Walliserodus ethingtoni (FAhrzus).
Symmetrical (c) element, hypotype GSC 99609, x55, x50.
Figures 10, 11, 14, 15. Eoplacognathus? sp. A.
Platform (g?) elements, upper views, figured specimens GSC 99610, x25, GSC
9961 1, x40, GSC 99612, x45, GSC 99613, x50.
Figures 13,20,22,25-28. Periodon aculeatus Hadding.
13. a element, GSC 99614, x30.
20. b (cladognathiform) element, GSC 99615, x45.
22,25-28. e (falodontiform) elements, hypotypes GSC 99616, x70, GSC 99617 (specimen lost),
GSC 99618, x45, GSC 99619, x60, GSC 99620,Specimens in figures 22, 26-28 are
from GSC loc. 0-104293, and in figure 25 from GSC loc. 0-104254.
Figure 16. Coelocerodontus? sp. A.
Trigoniform (s?) element, posterior view, figured specimen GSC 99621, x35, GSC loc.
0-104293.
Figures 17,21. Plectodina? sp. A.
17. e or f (cyrtoniodontiform or prioniodiniform) element, inner view, figured specimen
GSC 99622, x45, GSC loc. 0-104293.
21. g (ozarkodiniform) element, figured specimen GSC 99623, x85. GSC loc. 0-104293.
Figure 18. Polonodus tablepointensis Stouge?
Platform fragment, upper view, figured specimen GSC 99624, x40.
Figure 23. Dapsilodus? sp. C.
Acodontiform (a) element, figured specimen GSC 99625, x45.
Figure 24. Phragmodus sp. A.
Oistodontiform (e) element, figured specimen GSC 99626, x50, GSC loc. 0-104293.
 PLATE 2
All specimens are from GSC loc. 0-104254, except where noted.

Figures 1-3, 5, 8, 10, 13, 19. Pygodus sp. cf. P. serra (Hadding).
Platform ( g ) elements, upper views, figured specimens GSC 99627, x30, GSC 99628,
x50, GSC 99629, x35, GSC 99630, x35, GSC 99631, x30, GSC 99632, x35, GSC
999633, x30, GSC 99634, x35.
Figures 4,6,7,9, 11, 12, 14-18,20-23,28-30. Pygodus serra (Hadding).
4,6, 12. g elements, upper view, hypotype GSC 99635, x40, lower view, hypotype GSC 99636,
x30, upper view, hypotype GSC 99637, x25.
7,9, 11. f elements, outer view, hypotype GSC 99638, x30, inner view, hypotype GSC 99639,
x25, outer view, hypotype GSC 99640, x25.
14, 15, 18,29. b elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 99641 (specimen lost), GSC 99642, x35, pos-
tero-upper view, GSC 99643 (specimen lost), posterior view, GSC 99644 (specimen lost).
16,28. c elements, posterior views, hypotypes GSC 99645, x35, GSC 99646, x30.
17,21,22. d elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 99647, GSC 99648, GSC 99649, x35.
20,30. c elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 99650, x35, GSC 99651, x40.
23. a element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 99652 (specimen lost).
Figures 24-27, 31, 34, 35. Periodon aculeatus Hadding.
24, 35. e (falodontiform) elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 99653, x25, GSC 99654, x20.
25. c (hibbardelliform) element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 99655, x25.
26, 31. b (cladognathiform)elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 99656, x20, GSC 99657,
x30.
27. f (tortiliform) element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 99658, x25.
34. a (cordylodontiform) element, outer view, hypotype GSC 99659, x25.
Figures 32, 33,37. Panderodus sp. cf. P. feulneri (Glenister).
32. e element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99660, x35.
33,37. alb elements; outer view, figured specimen GSC 99661, x25, inner view, figured speci-
men GSC 99662, x30.
Figure 36. Stracharlognathus parvus Rhodes.
Cordylodontiform element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 99663, x25.
Figures 38,40-42. Panderodus sp. cf. P. gracilis (Branson and Mehl).
38,41,42. alb elements, outer view, figured specimen GSC 99664, inner views, figured specimens
GSC 99665, GSC 99666, x35.
40. e element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99667, x35.
Figure 39. Indeterminate oistodontiform element.
Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99668, x70.
Figure 43. Panderodus? sp. cf. P.? gibber Nowlan and Barnes.
Inner view, alb element, figured specimen GSC 99669, x65.
 PLATE 3
All specimens are from GSC loc. 0-104254, except where noted.

Figures 1,2,5,6. Dapsilodus? sp. C.

1. b (distacodontiform) element, inner view, figured specimen GSC 99670, x60.
2. Acostate a? element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99671, x55.
5. Short-based b element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99672, x60.
6. Long-based b element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99673, x60.
Figures 3,4,8,9, 13, 14, 19-31. Ansella nevadensis (Ethington and Schumacher).
3,4,23,24. b elements, outer, inner views, hypotype GSC 99674, x40, x35, outer, inner views, hypo-
type GSC 99675, x40.
8,9,31. a element, outer, inner, outer views, hypotype GSC 99676, x80, x70, ~ 4 5 0 .
13, 14, 19,20. f-l elements, outer, inner views, hypotype GSC 99677, x40, outer, inner views, hypotype
GSC 99678, x40, x35.
21,22. f-2 element, inner, outer views, hypotype GSC 99679, x40, x45.
25,27. e elements, hypotypes GSC 99680, x40, GSC 99681, x60.
26,28-30. c elements, posterior, lateral views, hypotype GSC 99682, x40, x35, posterior, lateral
views, hypotype GSC 99683, x50, x45.
Figure 7. Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. venustus (Stauffer) sensu Lofgren.
Oistodontiform ( r ) element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 99684 (specimen
lost) GSC loc. 0-104293.
Figures 10-12, 15-18. Drepanoistodus sp. cf. D. basiovalis (Sergeeva).
10, 15-18. q (drepanodontiform)elements, lateral views, figured specimens GSC 99685, x35, GSC
99686, x35, GSC 99687, x20, GSC 99688 x40, GSC 99689, x20.
11, 12. r (oistodontiform) element, inner, outer views, figured specimen GSC 99690, ~ 7 5x80.
,
Figures 32-37. Scalpellodus? viruensis Liifgren.
32, 33, 36,37. Scandodontiform elements, inner, outer views, hypotype GSC 99691, x40, inner, outer
views, hypotype GSC 99692, x50, x40.
34,35. Drepanodontiform element, outer, inner views, hypotype GSC 99693, x40, x35.
 Taxonomy and biostratigraphy of Llandovery
(Silurian) conodonts in the Canadian Cordillera,
northern Yukon Territory

Alexander D. McCrackenl

McCracken, A.D., 1991: Taxonomy and biostratigraphy of Llandovery (Silurian) conodonts in the
Canadian Cordillera, northern Yukon Territory. Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the
Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin
417,p. 65-95.

Abstract
The lack of key tamfor lower to mid-Llandovery conodont zones necessitates establishing new conodont
biozones for northern Yukon Territory's fine grained clastic Road River Group. These zones are the
Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Aspelundia petila and A. fluegeli zones. AN are defined on thefirst occurrence
of the nominate species. The base of the Dapsilodus obliquicostatus Zone could correspond to strata as low
as the O.?nathani Zone on the basis of data from elsewhere. The Aspelundia petila and A. fluegeli zones
in outer shelf and basinal environments probably correspond to the lower and upper parts of the D.
kentuckyensis Zone, respectively.
The Aspelundia-Dapsilodus fauna of northern Yukon inhabited an offshore environment. The abun-
dance, wide distribution, and delicate nature ofthe elements suggests thisfauna was pelagic.
The major species of the Aspelundia-Dapsilodusfauna are: A. fluegeli (Walliser),A. petila (Nicoll and
Rexroad), D. obliquicostatus (Branson and Mehl), and Walliserodus blackstonensis n. sp. Decoriconus
fragilis (Branson and Mehl), W . curvatus (Branson and Branson), W . sancticlairi Cooper, and W.? n. sp.
B are some of the minor components of this relatively low diversityfauna. These species are given formal
treatment under Systematic Paleontology.

Vu I'absence de taxons clks pour les zones ci conodontes du Llandovkrien infe'rieur et moyen, il est
nkcessaire d'ktablir de nouvelles biozones a conodontes pour le groupe clastique, ci grain fin, de Road
River, dans le nord du Yukon. Ces zones sont les suivantes : zone h Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, zone B
Aspelundia petila et zone a A. fluegeli. Elles sont toutes dkfinies enfonction de l'apparition de leur esp2ce
nominative. A en juger par des donntes provenant d'ailleurs, la base de la zone ci Dapsilodus obliqui-
costatus pourrait correspondre h des strates qui sont aussi basses que la zone d O.? nathani. Les zones a
Aspelundia petila et b A. fluegeli correspondent vraisemblablement awr parties supkrieure et infkrieure,
respectivement, de la zone ci D. kentuckyensis, duns des milieux de plate-jorme externe et de bassin.
Duns le nord du Yukon, la faune rE Aspelundia-Dapsilodus vivait vraisemblablement dans un milieu
extracdtier. L'abondance de ses kle'ments, leur vaste rkpartition gkographique et leur nature dklicate
portent cl croire qu'il s'agissait dune faune pe'lagique.
La faune d Aspelundia-Dapsilodus, dont la diversitk est relativement faible, comprend les espkces
majeures suivantes :A. fluegeli (Walliser), A. petila (Nicoll et Rexroad), D. obliquicostatus (Branson et
Mehl) et Walliserodus blackstonensis n. sp.; elle comporte aussi d'autres espices moins importantes,
notamment Decoriconus fragilis (Branson et Mehl), W. curvatus (Branson et Branson), W. sancticlairi
Cooper et W.? n. sp. B. Une description formelle de ces espZces est donne'e dans la section sur la
pale'ontologie syste'rnatique.

' Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth St., Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8
INTRODUCTION rocks of the Mackenzie Platform (to the east), Ogilvie Arch
(south) and Porcupine Platform (northwest), representing
The Road River Formation comprises up to 3130 m of dark more shallow and nearshore subtidal environments. Graded,
graptolitic shale, siltstone, carbonate, chert, and debris-flow slumped and truncated units, pebble to boulder conglomerate,
deposits, which range in age from Late Cambrian to Early irregular bedding surfaces, and reworked conodont faunas
Devonian. Over 9400 conodonts were recovered from 67 attest to gravity flow from platform margins and the emplace-
samples collected during 1977-79 at five well exposed sec- ment of debris flow deposits.
tions in Yukon Territory (Fig. 1); these samples range in age
from Middle Ordovician [McCracken, 1991a (this volume)]
to Late Ordovician (Lenz and McCracken, 1982; McCracken BIOSTRATIGRAPHY
and Lenz, 1987; McCracken, 1987,1989), and Early Silurian
[(McCracken, 1991b (this volume)]. Of this total, over 8500 Data on lower to mid-Llandovery conodont biostratigraphic
elements are Silurian in age. Conodonts from Llandovery schemes for northwestern Canada are limited, particularly for
strata at three of these five sections (Appendix; Tables 1-3) strata below the P. celloniconodont Zone. This is true for both
provide correlations with zones in the graptolite biostrati- carbonate shelf and basin facies. For example, pre-P. celloni
graphic scheme used in the northern Canadian Cordillera Zone conodonts from southwestern District of Mackenzie are
(Fig. 2). assigned to the undifferentiated "discretalkentuckyen-
sislnathani Zone" by Over and Chatterton (1987, p. 14).
The three sections (Figs. 3-5) are within the linear and Below these beds is an interval of undiagnostic Silurian
relatively narrow Blackstone and Richardson basinal troughs, conodonts (Nowlan et al., 1988). Correlation of these strata
which are west and north-northwest trending, respectively. with the graptolite biostratigraphic scheme at present is im-
Strata of these troughs are laterally equivalent to carbonate possible. Although the graptolite scheme in the equivalent
basin facies is well documented (e.g., Lenz and McCracken,
1989), the paucity of conodont-bearing beds confounds at-
tempts to integrate the two biostratigraphic schemes. When
found, lower Llandovery conodont faunas often cannot be
correlated with the standard zonal scheme based on carbonate
shelf faunas; they lack the key species because of
paleoecological factors. For this same reason, Annstrong
(1990, p. 29, 30) was forced to establish new pre-P. celloni
Zone biostratigraphicunits for the outer shelf and slope facies
in North Greenland. Two of his zones will be useful in
correlation of the basin facies of northwestern Canada. A
third lower Llandovery zone based on a coniform species is
proposed below.

Figure 1. Location of sections: 1. Blackstone River (65.2&N, Figure 2. Llandover~~ ~ n o d o and

n t gra~tolitesuccession,
137.201W);2. Rock River (6&4&N, 136°16W);3. Tetlit Creek northern Yukon ~erritory.
(6&44'1V, 135°47'W).
Dapsilodus obliquicostatus conodont Zone sp. B and Decoriconusfragilis (Branson and Mehl). There is
no evidence (either lithic, or from mixed faunas) for debris
The Dapsilodus obliquicostatus conodont Zone is a first flow in these latter two beds.
appearance biozone (Hedberg, 1976) and thus is based on the
earliest occurrence of the species. In the three northern Yukon The oldest occurrence of Dapsilodus obliquicostatus is
sections where the species occurs, its lowest occurrence is at probably much lower than the C. gregarius Zone on the basis
the 245 m level (GSC loc. 0-104279) of the Rock River of the occurrence of D. obliquicostatus in the Canadian Arctic
section within the C. gregarius graptolite Zone. This thin Archipelago (D. kentuckyensis or O.? nathani conodont
carbonate bed represents a debris-flow deposit and contains zones; unpublished data).
reworked Ashgill conodonts as well as a few lower Llandov- The highest occurrences of D. obliquicostatus in the
ery representatives [this mixed fauna is more fully described northern Yukon sections are at the 212 m and 230 m (GSC
in McCracken, 1991b (this volume)]. Two metres above this loc. 0-104297, 0-104300, respectively) levels in the Tetlit
bed, and still within the same graptolite zone is another Creek section. The lower of these two levels probably repre-
carbonate bed (GSC loc. 0-104280) with only a few elements sents the P. amorphognathoides conodont Zone (although the
of D. obliquicostatus (Branson and Mehl) and Walliserodus nominate species is not present) and occurs with Carniodus
curvatus (Branson and Branson). These two species also carnulus Walliser and Pterospathodus procerus (Walliser)
occur higher at 250 m (GSC loc. 0-104281) with Dapsilodus (sensu Mannik and Aldridge, 1989). This bed is 1 m below
graptolites of the uppermost Llandovery C. sakmaricus-C.
laqueus graptolite Zone. At the higher Tetlit Creek bed, D.
obliquicostatus is found with Kockelella ranuliformis

Table 1. Silurian conodont species abundance from graptolitic

strata of the Road River Group, Blackstone River, northern
Yukon
SECTION
GRAPTOLITE ZONE
BLACKSTONE RIVER
turriculatus
P. C E L L O N I -
SPECIES ISAMPLE 0 104269 0-104270
90.2111 98.5111
Aspelundia spp. 1,185 986 199
Astropentagnathus araneum 64 0 64
Astropentagnathus irregularis 137 0 137 BARREN +

Astropentagnathus indet. el. 11 0 11

Aulacognathus bullatus 2 0 2
Aulacognathus nelsoni 1 0 1
Dapsilodus obliquicostatus 688 684 4
Decoriconus fragilis 4 4 0 P. PACIFICUS
Distomodus kentuckyensis? 24 0 24
D. sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis 22 9 13
Oulodus n. sp. A 5 0 5
Oulodus? n. sp. B 12 0 12
Ozarkodina sp. aff.
0 . polinclinata BARREN L

Ozarkodina sp. B
Panderodus spp.
Pterospathodus celloni
6
218 1 4
9 0 1
2
128 1 D. ORNATUS

BARREN +

celloniform element
angulatiform, pennatiform el.
Pterospathodus retroramus
Pterospathodus? indet. el.
Walliserodus blackstonensis
BLACKSTONE RIVER
Walliserodus curvatus
Walliserodus sancticlairi Figure 3. Graptolite-conodont succession at Blackstone
Walliserodus? n. sp. B River (section 1). Lithological symbols represent calcareous
Walliserodus spp. shale and limestone. Abbreviated graptolite zones are:
A. atavus (A.A.), L. acinaces (L.A.), M. argenteus (M.A.).
N. Gen. B n. sp. A Stratigraphic measurements are from base of sections in
TOTAL Figures 3-5. Figure modified from Goodfellow et al. (1991).
0\
00
Table 2. Silurian conodont species abundance from graptolitic strata of the Road River Group, Rock River, northern Yukon
SECTION ROCK RIVER
GRAPTOLITE ZONE gregarius gregarius-turriculatus tumculatus spiralis Unknown
SPECIES / SAMPLE 0-104279 0-104280 0-1 04281 0-104282 0-104283 0-104284 0-104285 0-104286 0-104287 0-104288 0-1 04289
245m 247m 250m 2751-11 281m 285m 308m 316m 2114m 2115m 2186rn
Aspelundia spp. 47 0 0 0 4 23 20 0 0 0 0 0
Astropentagnathus araneum 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
Astropentagnathus irregularis 51 0 0 0 0 0 48 0 3 0 0 0
Aulacognathus bullatus 11 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 0 0 0
Dapsilodus obliquiwstatus 77 4 5 13 1 54 0 0 0 0 0 0
Dapsilodus? sp. B 51 0 0 2 0 0 49 0 0 0 0 0
Decoriconus fragilis 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
D. sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis 17 0 0 0 0 0 16 0 1 0 0 0
Distomodus staurognathoides

Ozarkodina excavata n. ssp. A

Ozarkodina manitoulinensis

Panderodus unicostatus

Pseudooneotodus biwmis
Pterospathodus celloni
celloniform element
angulatiform, pennatiform el.
Pterospathodusprocerus
Pterospathodus retroramus
Walliserodus blackstonensis
Wallserodus curvatus
Walliserodussancticlairi
 .g a
v) c. 2 Q .%
46 32
.% .%
g J$s V)
.$ .%
E 2:s
8'3
.k g 6
"J a a m .% i ", 3
a
C v ) %

8 a $ g s v ) m , ~
"I

z9 " 3 . $5 $$g
aa;,pg s 22 m 4
5 a S, ,,,s & .g- az m~ ~ $a $ ~
& $ S S " , % - g 23 cm i x
Rur 4
b 2
Q
&sZ%a.,,
.% S S . QS Z w~ m
C C 3 s
m " ~ " E ~ ~ 8 ~ ~ p c s & p $, x
O ~ ~ Bd a 2s z
a
~ sFe kw
a .mg
, & , , , ,, ,,
d U . 5
,,, 3 Q
c . mc . mc . cm, a, a,a , -a, - , 3, , c3, , cao o aS~ ~0 S
m,
:
!
dm
F!
e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a a ~ ~ o o p ~ l v ) , , , ~ ~ p g
sa ~ os oU? ,3 .g - ~ ~ ~ ? E E 8 8 8 S S 8 95 8k 5 ~ P O Q
o o o g g g g g g g g
Q 0w ~
a wa-~ 3 ~ ~ ~~ . E
w

;
II
4
%%2 $$g
3 g B 3 %5 ::ssaa*gg 3 $ i d % - - - - a a ,
~ ~ ~ ~ m o .a % a. %a 8 ~8 a 8 a a3 k ~ ~ k~ k ~ % o $ o% So % o g o~ ao m am a m ma g
(Walliser), K. walliseri (Helfrich)? and P. procerus. This
fauna is possibly exotic; ranges of K. walliseri and P. proce- GSC LOC. NO.

rus are not known to overlap elsewhere. This fauna is 2 m BARREN --,
above graptolites of the C. sakmaricus-C. laqueus Zone and
the same distance below an indeterminateWenlock graptolite
fauna.

9. E X C A V A TA --,
Aspelundia conodont zones
Armstrong's (1990) Aspelundia conodont biozones from
North Greenland are used herein; the only modification being
the change in name of the earlier A. expansa Zone to the A.
M. LUNDGRENI
O. E X C A V A T A
INDET. -
a

petila Zone because the former species name is a junior WENLOCK I N O E T .

subjective synonym (see Systematic Paleontology).
The limited number of collections in northern Yukon
make it impossible to precisely date the first occurrence of ----------------
either species. However, some graptolite data are available to
M. S P I R A L I S
give an approximate correlation of the A. fluegeli conodont
Zone.

GSC LOC. NO.

N. G R A C l L l S

W. E T H I N G T O N I --C 0-104293
D. D E C O R A T U S ?

C . GREGARIUS

TETLIT CREEK
----------------
D . ORNA TUS
P. I N S C U L P ~ ~ ~ Figure 5. Graptolite-conodont succession at Tetlit Creek
(section 3). Lithological symbols represent chert and shale
interbeds, limestone, shale and chert interbeds, shale, dolo-
mitic shale, and dolostone. Abbreviated graptolite zones are:
L. acinaces (L.A.), C. gregarius (C.G.),M. triangularis?
(M.TR.?),C. sakmaricus (C. SAKMAR.). Figure modified from
Goodfellow et al. (1991).

Aspelundia petila conodont Zone

The Aspelundia petila conodont Zone is a first appearance
7DICELLOGRAPTUS
biozone equivalent to Armstrong's (1990) A. expansa cono-
dont Zone. This zone is not yet recognized in northern Yukon
because the only occurrences of the nominate species are in
samples containing A. fluegeli (Walliser), the index species
to the A.fluegeli Zone.
Aspelundia petila (Nicoll and Rexroad) has an earlier first
occurrence than A. fluegeli. The lower limit of A. petila in
R O C K RIVER outer shelf to basin environments is probably within the lower
Figure 4. Graptolite-conodont succession at Rock River (sec- D. kentuckyensis Zone, the upper limit is in the P. amorphog-
tion 2). Lithological symbols represent chert and shale inter- nathoides (see Occurrences u n d e r 'ystematic
beds, with rare limestone lenses, limestone, dolostone, and pale onto log^).
shale. Stratigraphic measurements are from base of sections
in Figures 4-6. Figure modified from Goodfellow et al. (1 991).
Aspelundia fluegeli conodont Zone celloni and Carniodus carnulus in eastern Canada is probably
a result of conditions that were too shallow (Nowlan, 1983).
The Aspelundiafluegeli conodont Zone is a first appearance Aldridge (1976) and Le Fevre et al. (1976) also concluded
biozone. Aspeludia jluegeli in shelf environments ranges that P. celloni is more common in strata of the more offshore
from at least the P. celloni Zone to the P. amorphognathoides environments.
Zone; in offshelf environments the first appearance is prob-
ably in mid- to upper D. kentuckyensis Zone (see Occurrences The Llandovery shallow water, high energy or littoral
under Systematic Paleontology). environments are characterized by Icriodella (Aldridge,
1976; Nowlan, 1983) and Distomodus (Le Fbvre et al., 1976).
Other species in the fauna from the A.jluegeli Zone at the Icriodella is very rare in Yukon shale facies, but species of
Blackstone River section include Aspelundia petila, D. Distomodus are more common; some elements were perhaps
obliquicostatus, Decoriconus fragilis, Distomodus sp. cf. D. introduced through debris flows from nearby shelf areas.
kentuckyensis Branson and Branson sensu Cooper (1975),
Panderodus spp., Ozarkodina sp. aff. 0 . polinclinata (Nicoll Most of the Llandovery Jupiter Formation of Anticosti
and Rexroad) sensu Cooper (1975), 0 . sp. B, Walliserodus Island, Quebec strata was interpreted as representing a low
blackstonensis n. sp. (herein), W. curvatus, W. sancticlairi energy, moderately deep, open marine carbonate shelf envi-
Cooper, and W.? n. sp. B. ronment (Uyeno and Barnes, 1983). In these strata, Aspelun-
dia is absent (it first occurs in highest beds of the D.
In terms of the standard conodont biostratigraphic staurognathoides conodont Zone on Anticosti Island, well
scheme, the base cf the D. obliquicostatus Zone is probably above its suggested earliest occurrence elsewhere). Present
within the O.? nathani Zone, the bases of the A. petila and A. are Dapsilodus obliquicostatus and Panderodus unicostatus,
jluegeli zones in outer shelf and basinal environments are plus Decoriconus fragilis, Distomodus staurognathoides
probably within the lower and upper parts of the D. kentucky- (Walliser), Ozarkodina aldridgei Uyeno and Barnes, Pan-
ensis Zone, respectively. The tops of all three zones are derodus recurvatus, Pseudooneotodus, and Walliserodus
defined by the base of the succeeding zones. sancticlairi. Uppermost beds of this formation represent a
shallowing phase, and contain A. petila (Oulodus? jluegeli
subsp. A Uyeno and Barnes, 1983),Aulacognathus, Distomo-
LLANDOVERY CONODONT dus, Icriodella, Ozarkodina, and P. unicostatus. Dapsilodus
PALEOECOLOGY obliquicostatus is absent from these and higher Anticosti
Work of Aldridge and Mabillard (1981) has shown the pref- beds. In the succeeding Chicotte Formation, A. petila is more
erence of the Silurian Panderodus unicostatus (Branson and rare and occurs with Apsidognathus, Astropentagnathus,
Mehl) for shallow shelf environments. Their study across the Carniodus, Distomodus, Ozarkodina, Pterospathodus amor-
Welsh Borderland shelf-basin transition showed a definite phognathoides, P. celloni, P. procerus, and W. sancticlairi.
decrease in abundance of the species toward the basin edge. Even in its most prolific level on Anticosti Island, A. petila
Other studies confirm this preference (e.g., Uyeno and comprises less than 3 per cent of the fauna (calculated from
Barnes, 1983; Mabillard and Aldridge, 1983). In northwest- Uyeno and Barnes, 1983, Tables 3,4).
ern Canada, Silurian carbonate and fine grained clastic facies One of the more common coniform conodonts in the
show the same relationship-Panderodus represents 25 per basinal environments is Dapsilodus obliquicostatus. Banick
cent of the total in the Silurian part of the Selwyn Basin (1981) and Aldridge and Mabillard (1981) have suggested
carbonate shelf margin sections studied by Nowlan et al. this species was an offshore or oceanic animal. Barrick drew
(1988) but 16 per cent in northern Yukon basinal facies (this an analogy of D. obliquicostatus to planktic foraminifers, that
study). is, the species may have been of high productivity and
Other Silurian genera and species have been used pre- favoured offshore or oceanic environments. In northern Yu-
viously in paleoecological studies, and some of these can be kon, this species, along with species of Aspelundia and Wal-
considered in the interpretation of northern Yukon faunas. liserodus blackstonensis n. sp., form a large part of what is
The faunas of the P. amorphognathoides Zone in the Welsh herein called the Aspelundia-Dapsilodus fauna. At the Black-
Basin represent offshore environments and are characterized stone River section, this fauna has a relatively low diversity
by Carniodus, Decoriconus, Pterospathodus amorphog- (12 species), and comprises about 60 per cent Walliserodus
nathoides Walliser and Panderodus sp. cf. P. recurvatus (mostly W. blackstonensis), 22 per cent Aspelundia (both
(Rhodes) (Aldridge and Mabillard, 1981). The shelf-edge species), and 15 per cent Dapsilodus obliquicostatus (cf.
area contains peaks in abundance of Dapsilodus obliqui- Table 1, GSC loc. 0-104269). The dominance of this fauna
costatus. The faunas of the more nearshore environments in by these species, and the minor presence of Panderodus (2%)
Wales include species of Apsidognathus, Icriodella?, Kock- and other Walliserodus species, certainly reflect environ-
elella, Ozarkodina, Oulodus, and P. unicostatus (Mabillard mental factors, albeit unknown.
and Aldridge, 1983). Aspelundia represents almost the same proportion of the
Llandovery faunas from the intermediate to nearshore fauna in a higher sample (GSC loc. 0-104270) in strata on
environment of GaspCsie, Quebec, are dominated by Pan- Blackstone River. This more diverse Astropentagnathus-
derodus but characterized by Apsidognathus and Ptero- Pterospathodus fauna comprises six species of Astropentag-
spathodus [but not P. celloni (Walliser) or P. nathus [24%; including a new species figured in McCracken,
amorphognathoides], and Ozarkodina. The scarcity of P. 1991b (this volume)] and Pterospathodus [21%; including a
 new species similar to P. amorphognathoides; figured in same; we do differ though in the interpretation of some of the
McCracken, 1991b (this volume)], two species of Aspelundia elements and their morphotypes. His Sc, M, Sd, Pb and Pa
(23%), plus species of Panderodus (15%), Distomodus (4%), elements correspond herein to the a, e-1, e-3,f and g morpho-
Oulodus (2%), Walliserodus (2%), Ozarkodina (I%), and types. The Sb, and Sb2 of Armstrong (1990) were not differ-
Dapsilodus ( ~ 1 % (total
) of 17 species). Aldridge and Jepps- entiated in this study-they are both called the b morphotype.
son (1984) suggested that Dapsilodus obliquicostatus,Deco- Armstrong did not identify an element equivalent to the very
riconus fragilis and Aspelundia fluegeli (their Oulodus? rare e-2 element (it has a short denticulated anterior process).
fluegeli) were pelagic and used their delicate conodont appa-
Like Armstrong (1990), I distinguish two species from the
ratuses to grasp small planktonic organisms. Like Dapsilodus
Llandovery collections. There is a strong urge to either regard
obliquicostatus, A. fluegeli, A. petila, and W. blackstonensis
both forms as representing one species that has significant
may also have been of high productivity and favoured oceanic
environments. morphological variation, or as subspecies, but there does
appear to be some differences in their ranges in addition to
The Aspelundia-Dapsilodus fauna is a characteristic morphological differences.
fauna of offshore environments. Armstrong (1990, p. 35)
As one of the first revisers of the multielement species
found similar faunas at Kap Schuchert in North Greenland.
These are "prolific, low diversity conodont faunas contain- herein called Aspelundia fluegeli, Klapper and Murphy
ing Aspelundia. Dapsilodus and Decoriconus almost to the (1975)chose the form species Neoprioniodusplanus Walliser
exclusion of other genera". The North Greenland and north- s$ as the nominate species of "N". planus. Their synonymy
of this species listed only N. planus s$, but their remarks
ern Yukon Aspelundia-Dapsilodus faunas differ in that
Decoriconus fragilis is extremely rare in northern Yukon clearly show the multielement species contains e and f ele-
whereas Walliserodus blackstonensis n. sp. is extremely rare ments. The f element "somewhat resembles one of the illus-
trated specimens of Lonchodina fluegeli Walliser (1964, pl.
in North Greenland. Over and Chatterton (1987) reported
32, fig. 24) (holotype of the form species) and is the same as
similar faunas from the lowest member of the Whittaker
Formation of southwesternDistrict of Mackenzie. These beds that of Aldridge (1972, pl. 8, fig. 7). Other elements of the
were interpreted as slopeldeep shelf carbonates and are later-
"N";planus apparatus have not been identified" (Klapper
and Murphy, 1975, p. 55). These workers listed only 37
ally equivalent to the Road River Group. One of their (1987,
p. 18) samples contained what was called a "dwarf fauna of elements of "N". planus, so it is not surprising they could
not complete the apparatus.
O.?fluegeli". The term "dwarf fauna'' may equally apply to
thenorthern Yukon faunas. All elements-ofthe fauna-are Sweet and Schonlaub (1975) also used Neoprioniodus
small, thin walled and delicate. Over and Chatterton (ibid.) planus s$ as the name-bearing type in their reconstruction of
noted their dwarf fauna occurred in a bed devoid of a shelly Ozarkodina plana, which was based on 146 elements from
component. Directly above this sample was a "normal Ou- Austria. The a, b, c, e and f elements of their species are
lodus suite" as well as a'shelly fauna. Over and Chatterton assignable to Aspelundia species of the Yukon study. Sweet
(1987) suggested this dwarf fauna was the result of less than and Schonlaub (1975) assigned their species to Ozarkodina
favourable levels of environmental parameters such as nutri- because of a few associated spathognathodontiform (g) ele-
ents, oxygen or salinity. ments. They included an element like Lonchodinafluegeli s$
in the apparatus of Ozarkodina plana, although this form
species was not mentioned in their synonymy or text.
SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY Aldridge (1979) noted that the Sc and Pb (a and g) elements
Conodont Colour Alteration 1ndex (CAI) values (Epstein et of Sweet and Schonlaub's species possibly belonged to
al., 1977) are: Blackstone River (4), Rock River (4.5-3, Tetlit Ozarkodina excavata (Branson and Mehl) or its ancestor (the
Creek (4.5). Element totals for species from these localities a element is included in A-fluegeli).
are given in Tables 1-3. The element nomenclature is from Mirza (1976), in an unpublished thesis on conodonts from
Barnes et al. (1979). All illustrated specimens are assigned the Canadian Arctic Archipelago, reconstructed an incom-
Geological Survey of Canada (GSC) type numbers and are plete apparatus of Ozarkodina fluegeli that also included
housed in the National Type Collection of Invertebrate and Neoprioniodus planus s$ Mirza based his interpretations on
Plant Fossils at the Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth more than 500 elements, and placed these within an Ozark-
Street, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8. odina apparatus that contained N elements and a five-part
symmetry transition series (apparatus was reconstructed
Genus Aspelundia Savage, 1985 using the terminology of Klapper and Philip, 1971). Thef and
emend. Armstrong, 1990 g elements were not identified but they are present in the
elements of Mirza's symmetry series.
Type species. Aspelundia capensis Savage, 1985. Aldridge (1979) assigned 62 elements from the upper
Llandovery of Greenland to Oulodus? fluegeli. He (ihid., p.
Remark. Armstrong's (1990) anended diagnosis of Aspe- 15) tentatively included "ligonodiniform" elements in the
lundia was based on his large collections from North Green- apparatus but noted that the discrete peg-like nature of the
land- His revised generic concept contained seven denticles of the ligonodiniform element did not compare
morphotypes. I recognize the same elements and hence the closely to the denticulation of the other elements. I suggest
generic concept of Armstrong (1990) and this study is the that these elements are not part of this species.
 Aldridge (1979) and Uyeno and Barnes (1983) tentatively Hibbardella trichonodelloides (Walliser). ALDRIDGE,
assigned elements to Oulodus?fluegeli because the denticu- 1972, p. 182, P1.6, figs. 17,18; MILLER, 1978, PI. 3,figs.
lation departed from the generic diagnosis of Sweet and 12-14.
Schonlaub (1975). The Yukon interpretations are based on
the study of over 1500 elements. Although most of the (?)Roundya trichonodelloides WALLISER, 1964, p. 72, P1.6,
specimens of A.fluegeli have closely spaced denticles, some fig. 2, P1.3 1, figs. 22-25.
do conform to the diagnosis of Oulodus, and in the other
species, A. petila, the discrete denticulation is a diagnostic Trichonodella trichonodeIloides (Walliser). LINK and
character. However, I have followed Armstrong's (1990) DRUCE, 1972, p. 101,102, P1. 11, figs. 7-10, Textfig. 66.
assessment of these forms and assign them to the emended
Aspelundia. ?Triconodella cf. trichonodelloides Walliser. LEE, 1982, p.
107, P1. 3, fig. 21.
As shown above, two trivial names, planus andjluegeli.
have been used for the same apparatus. First revisers [Article
24(b) of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature]
Klapper and Murphy (1975) or Sweet and Schonlaub (1975) Neoprioniodus planus WALLISER, 1964, p. 51, P1.4, fig. 10,
used planus as the species name and thus have precedence P1. 6, fig. 3, P1.29, figs. 12,13,15; ?REXROAD, 1967, p.
over subsequent authors who used the species namefluegeli. 39, P1.3, fig. 11; IGO and KOIKE, 1968, p. 12, P1. 1, figs.
Armstrong noted that it is difficult to distinguish Neopri- 15, 18, P1. 3, fig. 21; MILLER, 1978, PI. 2, fig. 13.
oniodus planus s.f.from the equivalent element of Ozarkod-
ina polinclinata sensu Cooper (Bischoff, 1986, listed this cf. Neoprioniodus multiformis WALLISER, 1964, p. 50,5 1,
element of 0. polinclinata in his Oulodus planus). Because P1. 8, fig. 10, PI. 29, figs. 14, 16-25, Text-fig. 5a.
of the difficulties surrounding the N. planus s$ element, I
follow Armstrong's (1990) lead and regard it as a nomen
dubium. Thus the species is herein called A. jluegeli. Aspe-
lundiaplanus borenoensis (Bischoff, 1986)from the P. amor- Lonchodinafluegeli WALLISER, 1964, p. 44, P1.6, fig. 4, PI.
phognathoides-P. latus Assemblage Zone of Australia 32, figs. 22-24; ALDRIDGE, 1972, p. 190, 191, P1. 8, fig.
differs from both A. fluegeli and A. petila in having high 6; ?MILLER, 1978, P1. 3, fig. 22.
processes and relatively more, and longer, denticles. This
subspecies deserves species status (i.e.. A. borneoensis), but Plectospathodus sp. A IGO and KOIXE, 1968, p. 16, P1. 1,
it may be a junior subjective synonym of A. capensis Savage figs. 13, 16, 19,22.
(which may include elements of Pandorinellina plana sensu
Savage, 1985) from the P. amorphognathoides Zone of
southwestern Alaska. ?Lonchodina detorta WALLISER, 1964, p. 43,44, P1. 9, fig.
Aspelundiafluegeli (Walliser) 20, P1. 30, figs. 34-37.

Plate 1, figures 5,6, 10, 13, 14, 17, 19-24,26,27,31,32 Lonchodina detorta Walliser. ALDRIDGE, 1972, p. 190, P1.
Plate 2, figures 3,4,7,8, 10, 11, 13-15,17-25,29,32 8, fig. 6.

Material. Hypotypes GSC 101005-101040. Multielement

Aspelundiafluegeli (Walliser). ARMSTRONG, 1990, p. 53-

55, PI. 3, figs. 1-9,11,12 (includes synonymy; A.fluegeli-
?Hindeodella sp. WALLISER, 1964, p. 36, P1.32, fig. 29. P. amorphognathoides zones).

?Ligonodina variabilis NICOLL and REXROAD, 1969, p. "Neoprioniodus" planus Walliser. KLAPPER and
39, P1. 4, figs. 12-14 (D. kentuckyensis-P. amorphog- MURPHY, 1975, p. 55, PI. 10, figs. 23-25 (P. celloni
nathoides zones); Miner, 1978, P1. 2, fig. 1 (only). Zone).
Oulodus fluegeli (Walliser). SAVAGE, 1985, p. 718, 719,
Textfigs. 10A-S (P. amorphognathoides-K. ranuliformis
Trichonodella asymmetrica Nicoll and Rexroad. MILLER, zones).
1978, P1.2, fig. 9.
Oulodus?jluegeli (Walliser). ALDRIDGE, 1979 (in part), p.
14, 15, P1.2, figs. 6-10 (non fig. 11, may be a element of
unknown Oulodus species; P. celloni Zone); ALDRIDGE
Diadelognathus nicolli Aldridge. MILLER, 1978 (in part), P1. and MOHAMED, 1982, P1. 2, figs. 26, 27; upper
3, fig. 17 [only; fig. 16 is tentatively included under P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides zones); ALDRIDGE
A. petila (Nicoll and Rexroad) below]. and JEPPSSON, 1984, Textfig. 3g-h; ORCHARD in
NORFORD and ORCHARD, 1985, p. 11, P1.l, figs. 2,9,
10, 12-14, 16-18,20,21 (?D. kentuckyensis or P. celloni
 zones); NAKREM 1986, Textfig. 7(b,e,h,i) (P. celloni The e-2 elements have not been previously described as
Zone); OVER and CHATTERTON, 1987, p. 23, P1. 1, part of the apparatus. This element (PI. 1, fig. 10) has a short
figs. 30-38 (undifferentiated lower Llandovery O.? anterior process that bears at least two short, discrete
nathani-I. discreta-D. kentuckyensis to lower P. amor- denticles. The cusp is nearly erect, and is immediately ante-
phognathoides zones). rior of the basal flare. These very rare elements may be
homologous (for example) to the e-2 elements of Ordovician
Oulodus? cf. O.?fluegeli (Walliser). W E N 0 and BARNES, species of Oulodus. Elements of the younger Neoprioniodus
1983 (in part), p. 19, PI. 1, figs. 1-5 (non fig. 6, may be an multiformis s$ are variable, with either an adenticulate or
element of Ozarkodina species). denticulate anterior margin (cf. Walliser, 1964, P1. 29, figs.
15, 19) and thus are similar to the e-1 and e-2 elements of
Ozarkodina plana (Walliser). SWEET and SCHONLAUB, Aspelurzdiafluegeli in Yukon. Armstrong (1990) recognized
1975 (in part), p. 52, P1. 1, figs. I, 4 (= f, c elements; non elements comparable to the e-1 and e-3 elements; his were
fig. 2 = g element of Ozarkodina species; figs. 3,5,6 may called M and Sd elements.
= b, a and e elements of A. petila, herein; P. celloni Zone).
Ozarkodina plana of Sweet and Schonlaub (1975) in-
Oulodus planus planus (Walliser). BISCHOFF, 1986 (in cludes a c element with a Y-shaped divergence of processes,
part), p. 78-84, PI. 19, figs. 39-41 (M. griestoniensis, P. and an f element with confluent denticles and a twisted
celloni zones), P1. 20, figs. 2,7, 17, 18,28,29, 38,42, P1. posterior process. These c and f elements are comparable to
21, figs. 1, 2, 8, 9 (C. cyphus-M. triangularis zones; D. the same elements of Aspelundia fluegeli. The a, b and e
pseudopesavis-0. masurenensis Assemblage Zone ), PI. elements of 0 . plana have a denticulation that is more similar
20, figs. 20, 35, P1. 21, figs. 5, 7, 10, 11 (M. turriculatus to A. petila than to A.fluegeli.
Zone; A. antiquus-D. staurognathoides Assemblage Miller (1978) suggested that some of his form species
Zone) (only; other illustrated elements assigned to A. represent Ozarkodina plana sensu Sweet and Schonlaub
petila below). (1975). Six of his form species are included herein under
Aspelundia fluegeli. The f element from Miller (1978) is
Remarks. Most elements of Aspelundia fluegeli have been queried because it has denticles that are not closely packed.
described by other writers. The two species of Aspelundia It may be more correct to assign Lonchodina fluegeli s$ of
from northern Yukon are compared below under the discus- Miller to A. petila (below).
sion of A. petila.
Uyeno and Barnes (1983) described the rare Oulodus? cf.
Aldridge (1979, p. 14, 15) briefly summarized the char- O.? fluegeli as an apparatus composed of elements with
acters of the elements of his Oulodus? fluegeli. I do not V-shaped denticle interspaces. They noted that this feature is
include his "ligonodiniform" element because it is eoli- more characteristic of the genus Ozarkodina than Oulodus.
gonodiniform in form and may belong to a species of Ou- Their (1983) apparatus also includes a c element that has
lodus. downwardly directed lateral processes and is therefore unlike
Both Over and Chatterton (1987), and Armstrong (1990) reconstructions of the two Yukon Aspelundia species. The b,
noted the variable nature of the posterior process of the a f and g elements from Uyeno and Barnes (1983) are compa-
element (cf. a-1 and a-2 elements; PI. 1, figs. 22,21, respec- rable to the A.fluegeli of this present study.
tively). Over and Chatterton (1987, p. 23, P1. 1, fig. 38) called Occurrence. Elements assignable to Aspelundiafluegeli were
these forms transitional Sc-Sb elements. Armstrong also recorded from the base of the P. celloni Zone in the Camic
noted some of these elements have the distal tip of the process Alps by Walliser (1964) and from the I. inconstans (= P.
directed anteriorly (1990, p. 54, P1. 3, fig. 12). celloni) to lower P. amorphognathoides zones in the Welsh
It was reported in Aldridge's (1979, p. 14) study that the Borderland (Aldridge, 1972).
cusp of the c (his Sa) element may develop into a "denticu- In California, Aspelundia fluegeli is found between the
lated posterior bar"; this element is herein regarded as a b Spathognathodus (= P.) celloni and P. amorphognathoides
rather than a c element. Armstrong (1990) also found that
zones (Miller, 1978). Aspelundia fluegeli occurs in the upper
some of his elements (Sb,, herein b) have a short posterior P. celloni and P. amorphognathoides zones of the Oslo
process that bears two or three compressed denticles (Arm- region, Norway (Aldridge and Mohamed, 1982). In south-
strong's Sb2 element lacks a posterior process). The "poste-
western Northwest Territories, A. fluegeli ranges from the
rior process" of b elements in the northern Yukon material undifferentiated lower Llandovery (called discretalkentucky-
of this study is adenticulate. However, in other localities in ensislnathani Zone) where it occurs with the relatively long-
the Canadian Cordillera, denticulated b elements of Aspelun- ranging Ozarkodina hassi (Pollock et al.), to the P.
diafluegeli are found [see McCracken, 1991b (this volume)]. amorphognathoides Zone (Over and Chatterton, 1987).
Some elements of ?Roundya trichonodelloides s.f. have Ranges of A.fluegeli and its form species components in other
the outline of the c element of Aspelundiafluegeli, but have localities are given in the above synonymy. Except for locali-
a short denticulated posterior process (cf. Walliser, 1964, P1. ties in northern Yukon, Greenland and Australia, A. fluegeli
31, figs. 22, 25). In Yukon elements, the c elements lack a has an apparent range of P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides
denticulated posterior process. zones. These three localities probably represent similar
depositional environments, that is, outer slope to basin, and Zone. Armstrong correlated his reference section with the
this may be the reason for the earlier appearance of Aspelun- type section of the Cape Schuchert Formation, which con-
dia in these environments compared to shelf areas. tains graptolites of the M. argenteus Zone in the lower part,
and of the M. convolutus Zone 2 m below the top. The early
The earliest occurrence of Aspelundiafluegeli in the three Aeronian age for the base of the A. fluegeli Zone was deter-
northern Yukon sections is likely in the lowest part of the M. mined by equating the level of the M. argenteus Zone grap-
turriculatus graptolite Zone, if not lower. At the Blackstone tolites of the type section with "10-20 m above the base of
River section the lower of the two conodont-bearing carbon- the reference section"-A.fluegeli (Walliser) occurred first
ate beds (GSC loc. 0-104269) is mid-point within this grap- at 20 m above the base (Armstrong, 1990, p. 28). From this,
tolite zone, but at theTetlit Creek section it occurs at the same the base of the A. fluegeli Zone may be as low as the M.
level as the first appearance of graptolites of this zone convolutus or underlying M . argenteus zones (mid- to upper
(GSC loc. 0-104294), which is 2 m above the M. convolutus part of the D. kentuckyensis Zone). Aspelundia fluegeli in
graptolite Zone. At the Rock River section, the first known Greenland ranges into the Pterospathodus amorphognathoi-
occurrence of A. Jiruegeli is at 275 m (GSC loc. 0-104282), des Zone (Armstrong, 1990).
which is 2G m above the C. gregarius Zone and 5 m below
graptolites of the M. turriculatus Zone. That is, the base of Bischoff (1986) recorded Oulodusplanusplanus from the
the A.Jiruegeli Zone is somewhere between, or within one of, C. cyphus to M. griestoniensis graptolite zones of midwestem
the M. convolutus and M. turriculatus zones. Aspelundia New South Wales in Australia. These graptolite zones corre-
fluegeli ranges at least as high as uppermost Llandovery C. spond approximately to the C. gregarius to M. spiralis grap-
1aqueus-C.sakmaricus Zone at the Tetlit Creek section (GSC tolite zones of northern Yukon (Lenz, 1982); thus the lower
loc. 0-104298). limit of Aspelundia is probably within the lower part of the
D. kentuckyensis Zone. Some of the illustrated elements of
The Aspelundia fluegeli Zone is best represented in the 0. planus planus sensu Bischoff have herein been assigned
Blackstone River section. The sample (GSC loc. 0-104269; to A.Jiruegeli, the remainder to A. petila. Bischoff's elements
90.2 rn) has a great abundance of conodont elements, but a from the Cobbler's Creek and Liscombe Pools sections cor-
relatively low diversity. Besides Aspelundiafluegeli and A. respond to the M. turriculatus and M. griestoniensis zones
petila, other species are Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Decori- respectively, and so have a combined age range of D. staurog-
conus fiagilis, Distomodus sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis sensu nathoides-P. celloni zones; that is within the common range
Cooper, Ozarkodina sp, aff. 0.polinclinata sensu Aldridge, of A.fluegeli and A. petila. The remaining illustrated elements
Ozarkodina sp. B, Panderodus spp., Walliserodus black- of Bischoff's 0.p. planus lower the ranges of both Aspelun-
stonensis n. sp., W. curvatus, W. sancticlairi Cooper, and W.? dia species. Diagnostic elements (e.g., c,f, g elements) of A.
n. sp. B. fluegeli and A. petila occur in Bischoff's Bridge Creek sec-
Paleoecological factors obviously influenced the compo- tion, strata which he correlated with the upper parts of the C.
sition of this fauna, and this may be why species of Astropen- cyphus Zone. This correlation was supported by a graptolite
tagnathus and Aulacognathus, found 8.3 m higher in the next fauna in higher beds that were assigned to the upper M.
conodont bed (GSC loc. 0-104270) at the Blackstone River triangulatus graptolite Zone. Thus in Australia at least, A.
section and representing the P. celloni Zone, are absent from fluegeli and A. petila have a lower limit than anywhere
this fauna. Even a trace of offshore species such as Carniodus else-at least within the M. triangulatus Zone and perhaps
carnulus, Pterospathodus celloni (both in the higher cono- the C. cyphus Zone. In Australia, the two Aspelundia zones
dont bed), and P. amorphognathoides is also notably absent apparently are concurrent.
from this fauna of over 5000 conodont elements. This sug- In offshore environments the lower limit of Aspelundia
gests that the first occurrence of A. fluegeli predates that of fluegeli is probably in the mid- to upper part of the D.
P. celloni. Thus the A.fluegeli Zone at the Blackstone River kentuckyensis Zone. Aspelundia fluegeli in shelf environ-
section is equated to the upper D. staurognathoides Zone and ments ranges from at least the P. celloni Zone to the P.
is terminated well before the full range of the nominate amorphognathoides Zone.
species by the first appearance of the succeeding P. celloni
Zone. Aspelundia petila (Nicoll and Rexroad)
Armstrong (1990) suggested the base of the Aspelundia Plate 1, figures 1-4,7-9, 11, 12, 15, 16, 18,25,28-30
fluegeli Zone in North Greenland corresponds to the M. Plate 2, figures 1,2,5,6,9, 12, 16,26-28,30,31
argenteus graptolite Zone. This base corresponds to a level
within the lower part of the D. kentuckyensis Zone (Arm- a element
strong, 1990, p. 33. fig. 24) and therefore represents one of
the oldest occurrences of A.fluegeli. Armstrong thus equated Ligonodina petila NICOLL and REXROAD, 1969, p. 38,39,
the A. petila (his A. expansa) Zone with the O.?nathani Zone P1. 5, figs. 20-22 (P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides
of Anticosti Island. His conodont data that define this base zones).
are from a 55 m thick reference section of the Cape Schuchert
Formation. Graptolites from about 10 m below the top of the ?Ligonodina silurica Branson and Mehl. MILLER, 1978, P1.
formation are from the M. turriculatus Zone. Thus data from 2, figs. 2 , 3 (P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides zones).
this reference section indicate only that the base of the A.
fluegeli Zone is either within or below the M. turriculatus
l~c&mml Oulodus? sp. cf. O.? fluegeli (Walliser). ORCHARD in
NORFORD and ORCHARD, 1985, p. 11, P1.2, figs. 8,9,
?Diadelognathus nicolli Aldridge. MILLER, 1978 (in part), 12, 15, 16,23,24 (P. celloni Zone or earlier).
P1. 3, fig. 16 (only; fig. 17 is included above under A.
ji'uegeli (Walliser); P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides ?Oulodus petila (Nicoll and Rexroad). ALDRIDGE and
zones). MOHAMED, 1982, P1. 2, fig. 34 (= a element; P. amor-
phognathoides Zone); KLEFFNER, 1985, P1.2, figs. 45-
?Trichonodella sp. NICOLL and REXROAD, 1969 (in part), 50 P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides zones); NAKREM,
p. 65, P1.4, fig. 15 (only; P. celloni Zone). 1986, Textfig. 8h (P. celloni Zone).
c element Oulodus petilus pacificus SAVAGE, 1985, p. 7 19,720, Text-
figs. 1 1A-L (P. amorphognathoides-K. ranuliformis
Trichonodella n. sp. LEE, 1982, p. 107, 108, P1. 3, figs. 23, zones); OVER and CHATTERTON, 1987, p. 24, P1. 5,
24. figs. 27-32 (upper P. amorphognathoides Zone).
e element Oulodus planus planus (Walliser). BISCHOFF, 1986 (in
part), p. 78-84, P1.20, figs. 1,3-6, 19,22,24, ?26, ?27,30,
Neoprioniodus planus Walliser. NICOLL and REXROAD, 31, 37,40,43,44, P1. 21, figs. 3,4, 6, 12 (C. cyphus-M.
1969, p. 41, P1. 5, figs. 11, 12 (P. celloni-P. amorphog- triangularis zones; D. pseudopesavis-0. masurenensis
nathoides zones). Assemblage Zone), P1.20, figs. 21,23,25,33, ?34,36 (M.
turriculatus Zone; A. antiquus-D. staurognathoides alpha
f element Assemblage Zone), P1. 20, fig. ?32 (M. sedgwickii or M.
turriculatus zones; A. antiquus-D. staurognathoides al-

-
Diadelognathus n. sp. B NICOLL and REXROAD, 1969, p.
pha Assemblage Zone), P1. 20, figs. 39, 41 (locality and
30,31, PI. 6, figs. 5 , 6 (P. celloni Zone).
age unknown) (only; other illustrated elements assigned
?Lonchodinafluegeli Walliser. MILLER, 1978, P1.3, fig. 22 to A. fluegeli above).
(P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides zones).
Oulodus? n. sp. 1 OVER and CHATTERTON, 1987, p. 23,
24. P1.5, figs. 11-17 (P. amorphognathoides Zone).

Diadelognathus excertus NICOLL and REXROAD, 1969, p. ?Ozarkodina plana (Walliser). SWEET and SCHONLAUB,
28, P1. 6, figs. 1-4 (P. celloni-P. amorphognathoides 1975, p. 52, P1. 1, figs. 3,5,6 (= b, a , e elements; non fig.
zones); MILLER, 1978, P1. 3, fig. 15 (P. celloni Zone). 2: may = g element of Ozarkodina species; non figs. 1,4:
may =f,c elements of O.Juegeli, herein; P. celloni Zone).
Diadelognathus n. sp. A NICOLL and REXROAD, 1969, p.
30, P1.6, figs. 9, 10 (P. celloni Zone). Description. Elements share many of the characters found in
equivalent elements of Aspelundia fluegeli but main differ-
Multielernent ences are the discrete denticles and expanded basal cavities.
Other differences are outlined below.
Aspelundia expansa ARMSTRONG, 1990, p. 50, 52, P1. 3, The a (eoligonodinifom) element has a cusp that is oval
figs. 13-20 (A. expansa-P. amorphognathoides zones). in cross-section. The a-1 element (Pl. 1, figs. 1,7,11,16) has
an inner lateral process that is slightly deflected downward
Aspelundia n. sp. B ARMSTRONG, 1990 (in part), p. 56,58, and a posterior process that is only slightly bowed laterally
P1.4, figs. 6-8, 10 (only; = g, g,f, a elements; P. celloni and downward. The a-2 element (PI. 1, figs. 4, 8, 12) has an
Zone). inner anterolateral process, and a posterior process that is
distally bowed moderately to the inner side and deflected
?Aspelundia n. sp. 1 (Over and Chatterton). ARMSTRONG,
moderately downward. Denticles are discrete; proximal and
1990, p. 55, P1.3, fig. 10 (= g? element; P. celloni Zone). extreme distal denticles are smaller, narrower than other
denticles. Denticles on anterolateral or lateral processes are
Delotaxis (Nicoll and BARRICK and slightly recurved posteriorly and toward cusp. There are up
KLAPPER' 1976 (in pan)' p' 69' 70'PI' 4' figs' 29' 33' 34 to about seven denticles on the posterior process and about
(only; = g, a, g elements; P. celloni Zone).
five on the other. Interspaces between denticles of all proc-
oulodus? fluegeli (Wallis er). MAB and esses are U-shaped. ~enticlesnear distal end of
ALDRIDGE, 1983,P1.2, figs. 15,16 (P. amorphognathoi- process are longer than others.
des Zone). The b element (Pl. 1, figs. 25, 28-30) is similar to the c
element. Denticles bn outerlateral process are more narrow
Oulodus?fluegeli subspa A W E N O and BARNES? 19839 P- and peg-like than those on inner process. There are fewer
18, 19, 7, figs- 11-22 (= &?elements; specimen in fig. denticles on inner (about 3 or 4) compared to outer process
19 has unusually long posterior Process and may be aber- (about 5 or 6). Inner process denticles are nearly erect and
rant b or c element). separated by V- to U-shaped interspaces. Central to distal
denticles on inner process are larger than other denticles on most elements are distinguishable. All elements differ in
inner process. Denticles on outer process are nearly erect, denticulation; the a position of each species is represented by
slightly curved, and have U-shaped interspaces. different morphotypes; and the c, f, and g elements of each
have a distinctive divergence of processes.
The c element (Pl. 2, figs. 26-28, 30, 31) is characterized
by lateral processes that are bowed posteriorly forming a The denticles on elements of Aspelundia fluegeli are
W-shape when viewed from the upper or lower sides (cf. P1. generally more closely packed, wider and more numerous
2, fig. 30). Cusp is laterally compressed at base to level of than those of A. petila. These features result in denticles that
white matter. Costae on anterolateral margins of cusp bound are slightly to moderately confluent with V-shaped inter-
a convex anterior margin to tip of cusp. Anterior margin of spaces between them on elements of A.fluegeli, and discrete
cusp is not proximally narrow. Cusp and its base are slightly with U-shaped interspaces in A. petila. There are exceptions
to markedly deflected toward inner lateral process. Angle of to this generalization: U-shaped interspaces occur on some
posterior comer is about 9Oo. A slight posterior flare of the elements of A. fluegeli, and some denticles in A. petila are
base reduces this angle. basally fused and thus have V-shaped interspaces. Denticles
of A. fluegeli are more compressed than those of A. petila,
Processes of c element diverge anteriorly at about 900 or
which tend to be more peg-like.
more from anterolateral margins of cusp. Denticles are dis-
crete, peg-like, subcircular in cross-section, have costate The base of elements in Aspelundia fluegeli is less exca-
lateral margins, and number about five or six on each process. vated and thinner than in A. petila. This results in elements of
Most elements have denticles that are smaller proximally and A.petila being more opaque basally than elements of a similar
larger distally. Denticles have U-shaped interspaces. Basal size in the other species. The flare of the basal cavity is
cavity is deepest beneath anterior part of cusp. The posterior commonly more developed in A. petila than in A. fluegeli,
process has a slightly flared basal excavation in some ele- particularly in the b, c,f, and g elements.
ments.
The a elements of Aspelundia fluegeli and A. petila are
The e element has a posterior process with between five ligonodiniform and eoligonodiniform, respectively. The an-
and seven long denticles. Denticles are discrete and have V- terior process of the former is more anteriorly directed; on the
or U-shaped interspaces. Two submorphotypes of e elements latter it is more laterally directed. Both species have two
are present and follow definitions of e-1 and e-2 elements (cf. submorphotypes in the a position. These may be homologous
P1. 1, figs. 2,9,15,18, andP1. 1, fig. 3, respectively) described to the subdivision found in Ordovician species of Oulodus
above for Aspelundiafluegeli. (cf. McCracken and Barnes, 1981).
The f element (Pl. 2, figs. 1, 2,5, 6,9) has a cusp that is The b and c elements differ in the angle between the lower
subcircular in cross-section and has sharp anterior and poste- and posterior margins of the cusp. With the lower margin
rior edges. Denticles on processes are separated with V- or oriented horizontally, this angle is seen to be less in elements
U-shaped interspaces. Those of posterolateral process are of Aspelundiapetila than in A.fluegeli. This difference is due
longer and wider than those on anterior process. Some ele- to the common occurrence of a posteriorly directed basal flare
ments have denticles on posterolateral process that are basally on elements of A. petila. The cusp of these elements in A.
confluent. On average, there are about four on the anterior fluegeli is distinctively subtriangular due to prominent lateral
and six on the posterolateral processes. Torsion of posterolat- costae, and subcircular with subdued costae in A. petila.
era1 process on thef element is similar to that on thef element
of Aspelundiafluegeli (Pl. 2, fig. 5): angle between this and The denticulated processes of the c elements in Aspelun-
anterior process is about lOOo (Pl. 2, figs. 1,2). Onef element diafluegeli are characteristically directed toward the anterior,
(Pl. 2, fig. 6) has a short broken and denticulated outer lateral forming a V-shape. The processes on this element of A. petila
process. This may be a second f morphotype. are directed more downward and laterally, and bowed poste-
riorly. This divergence results in a W-shaped outline when
Theg element (Pl. 2, figs. 12,16) has a cusp that is slightly viewed from either the upper or lower direction (as opposed
recuwed. Base of inner lateral process and cusp is straight. In to the Y-outline of A.fluegeli).
lower or upper view, angle between plane of processes is 9Oo
or less. Inner process has up to about seven long, and rela- The e-1 (which has an adenticulate anterior comer) and
tively wide, discrete denticles that have V- or U-shaped very rare e-2 (denticulate anterior comer) elements occur in
interspaces. Outer process of g element is about same length both species. These submorphotypes are homologous to the
or longer than inner and has up to about ten denticles. These e-1 and e-2 elements of Ordovician genera such as Gama-
denticles are inclined or slightly curved posteriorly, discrete, chignathus (McCracken et al., 1980) and Oulodus (Mc-
with V- or U-shaped interspaces. Basal cavity flare is widest Cracken and Barnes, 1981), which also differ in anterior
beneath cusp. margin denticulation. The rare e-3 element was identified
only in Aspelundia fluegeli; this may be due to a greater
Remarks. The reconstructions of Aspelundiafluegeli and A. element abundance of this species. Both e-1 and e-2 elements
petila follow those of Aldridge (1979) and Uyeno and Barnes of each species can be distinguished by the denticulation of
(1983) (among others), respectively, and are supported by the posterior process.
abundant material from northem Yukon. The form of the
elements is quite similar, and there is some morphological The f and g elements differ in degree and direction of
gradation between elements of the two species. However, process divergence, although an overlap in the range of
divergence angle is noted. From a lower or upper view, the
processes of the f element diverge at apparent angles of 100" extinction datum plane. Aspelundia petila from Norway is
for Aspelundia petila and 100-140" for A. j7uegeli. The proc- recorded only from strata of the P. amorphognathoides Zone
esses of the g element diverge at apparent angles of greater (Aldridge, 1974; Aldridge and Mohamed, 1982).
than 900in A.Jluegeli and less than 900in A. petila. One form
off element of A. petila that has an additional process occurs The lower range limit of Aspelundia petila is best known
in other collections (cf. P1. 2, figs. 1, 6, and Diadelognathus from North Greenland, where it is from the A. expansa to P.
n. sp. B Nicoll and Rexroad 1969 s$, P1. 6, fig. 6). amorphognathoides zones, and from Australia, where it is
found in strata equivalent to the C. gregarius to M. spiralis
Delotaxis petila was reconstructed by Barrick and Klap- zones of northern Yukon (see Biostratigraphy). The range of
per (1976) from elements of the P. celloni Zone of the Clarita A. petila thus is likely from somewhere within the D. ken-
Formation in Oklahoma. Some of these elements can be tuckyensis to P. amorphognathoides zones (see discussion
compared to elements of Aspelundia petila. The Sc element under Occurrences for A. Jluegeli above).
of D. petila and the a element of A. petila are identical. The
figured M and Sb elements (Barrick and Klapper, 1976 Material. Hypotypes GSC 101041-101068.
compared these respectively to Diadelognathus n. sp. B s f .
and D. n. sp. A s.$ of Nicoll and Rexroad, 1969) are compa- Genus Dapsilodus Cooper, 1976
rable to elements herein regarded as g elements (cf. Barrick
and Klapper, 1976, P1. 2, figs. 29, 34 vs. P1. 2, figs. 16, 12, Type species. Distacodus obliquicostatus Branson and Mehl,
herein). The Sa element of D. petila (equated to Diadelog- 1933.
nathus compressus Nicoll and Rexroad s$ by Barrick and
Klapper) has no known counterpart in A. petila; the e element Dapsilodus obliquicostatus (Branson and Mehl)
of A. petila (Neoprioniodus planus s$) is not recognized in
D. petila or in any other species from the Clarita Formation Plate 4, figures 11, 13, 14, 16-28,30-32,35,40
figured by Barrick and Klapper (1976).
Uyeno and Barnes (1983, p. 18) noted that Ouloduspetila ?Acodus inornatus Ethington. NEHRING-LEFELD, 1985, p.
in Cooper (1980) and 0.petilus in Uyeno and Barnes (1981, 632, PI. 3, fig. 2, Textfigs. 6(9, 10).
are probably the same taxa as their Oufodus? Distacodus obliquicostatus BRANSON and m,1933, p.
Jluegeli subsp. A Uyeno and Barnes. They noted that the 41, PI. 3, fig. 2; ?MILLER, 1976,Textfig. 8(12); MILLER,
holotype of Ligonodina petila s$ was available as the sub- 1978, PI. 1, fig. 18; LEE, 1982, p. 74, 75, PI. 4, figs. 23,
species name but hesitated designating this because it had 24; ?NEHRING-LEFELD, 1985, P1. 3, fig. 4, Textfig.
previously been used by Barrick and Klapper (1976, p. 69-70)
5(10).
for a species of Delotaxis.
Elements of Oulodus?fluegeli subsp. A Uyeno and Bar- Multielement
nes has a discrete style of denticulation similar to that of
Aspelundia petila. Their (ibid., P1. 7, fig. 12) b element is Dapsilodus obliquicostatus (B ranson and Mehl).
comparable to one of the two varieties of b elements in this ALDRIDGE DORNING and SIVETER, 1981, PI. 2.1,
taxon. It has a lower margin .that is flared and posteriorly figs. 6-8; W E N 0 and BARNES, 1983, p. 16, P1.9, figs.
convex, and a cusp that has a convex posterior margin. One 11,12 (includes synonymy); OVER and CHATTERTON,
of their g elements (ibid., P1. 7, fig. 19) has processes that P1.6, figs. l,2; ALDRIDGE and JEPPSSON, 1984,Text-
diverge in the fashion of a g element, but it also has a long fig. 3a-c; NAKREM, 1986, Textfig. 71. ARMSTRONG,
base beneath the cusp. This element could be an aberrant form 1990, p. 70,71, P1.7, figs. 7-12.
of an a, b, or c element.
?Dapsilodus sp. ORCHARD in NORFORD and ORCHARD,
Occurrence. Ranges of Aspelundiapetila and its form species 1985, P1. 1, fig. 5.
components at other localities are given in the above synon-
YmY.
. . Remarks. Oblique striations or costae are present on the
anterior margins of the elements. The a element has a subdued
petila oulodus?fluegeli subs^. A of costa on one face; the other face is either acostate or has a
Uyeno and which ranges from the uppermost D. much weaker costa. The b rnorphotype is variable. The base
staurogmthoides Zone to about the middle of the I. incon- length may be either relatively short or long, and in some
stuns (= P. celloni) Zone on Anticosti Island. Aspelundia elemen& it is posteriorly extended. The end members dis-
petila occurs on Anticosti Island at its lower levels with playing a variation in bisal length may be homologous to the
Aulacognathus bullatus (Nicoll and Rexroad), a species that b-l and b-2 submolphotypes found in the Ordovician Bes-
is restricted to the Zone ('yeno and selodus borealis Nowlan and McCracken (in NowIan et al.,
Bames, 1983). Over and Chatterton (1987) record this form 1988).
from the upper P. amorphognathoides Zone of the southwest-
em Northwest Temtories. Occurrence. Dapsilodus obliquicostatus has not been re-
ported in strata older than themupperpart of the D. staurog-
The lower limit of Oulodus petila Cooper (1980; nathoides zone on Anticosti Island (Uyeno and
is above the base of the D' 1983). The one element described and illustrated by Aldridge
staurognathoides 'One and t h e Pterospathodus (1972) from the Welsh Borderland occurs about this same
level. Dapsilodus obliquicostatus also occurs in the Wenlock on her Llanvim Acodus? mutatus (Branson and Mehl) ele-
of Wales (Aldridge et al., 1981). Link and Druce (1972) ments, and one of her illustrated elements has oblique oma-
record this taxon from Ludlow and Gedinne strata of New mentation.
South Wales, Australia.
The acodontiform and distacodontiform elements may
In Indiana and Kentucky, Dapsilodus obliquicostatus is comprise a nearly complete apparatus of a species of Dapsi-
found in theN. (= P.) celloni Zone and younger strata (Nicoll lodus. However, the presence of an oistodontiform element
and Rexroad, 1969). This species is restricted to the K. similar to Ordovician forms makes the generic assignment
ranuliformis to K. variabilis conodont zones in Oklahoma questionable.
(Barrick, 1977). There are differences in the level of first
appearance of D. obliquicostatus, a fact possibly reflecting Occurrence. Dapsilodus? sp. B occurs at Rock River from
environmental control, as suggested by Barrick (198 1). the C. gregarius to M. turriculatus zones.

Dapsilodus obliquicostatus in the northern Yukon study Material. Figured specimens GSC 101088-101092.
area is found from the lower Llandovery C. gregarius Zone
(Rock River) to the upper Wenlock-lower Ludlow M. lund- Genus Decoriconus Cooper, 1975
greni-N. nilssoni graptolite zones (Tetlit Creek). Over and
Chatterton (1987) reported D. obliquicostatus from the low- Type species. Paltodus costulatus Rexroad, 1967.
est Silurian beds in southwestern District of Mackenzie.
These may be as old as the Oulodus? nathani Zone. In North Decoriconusfragilis (Branson and Mehl)
Greenland, the species ranges from lower-middle Llandov-
ery to the upper Llandovery (Armstrong, 1990). Plate 4, figures 33,39
Material. Hypotypes GSC 101069-101087.
a element

Dapsilodus? sp. B Drepanodus aduncus Nicoll and Rexroad. LEE, 1982, p. 79,
80, P1. 3, figs. 27,28.
Plate 4, figures 29,34,36-38

Description. Distacodontiform (a-b) element (Pl. 4, figs.

36-38) has a short base, long recurved cusp and asymmetri- Paltodus fragilis BRANSON and MEHL, 1933, p. 43, P1. 3,
cally opposed lateral costae. Lower margin varies in lateral fig. 6.
view; either slightly convex from anterior to posterior, or
posteriorly convex and anteriorly straight. Forms with the Multielement
latter basal profile retain part of their basal filling (Pl. 4, figs. Decoriconus fragilis (Branson and Mehl). ALDRIDGE,
36, 37). Faint longitudinal striae parallel costae. Coarser DORNING and SIVETER, 1981, P1. 2.1, figs. 3-5;
oblique striae present along anterior margin. UYENO and BARNES, 1983, p. 16, 17, P1.9, figs. 1-10,
Thee (acodontiform)element (PI. 4, figs. 29,34) is bowed 13-16 (includes synonymy); ALDRIDGE and
to inner acostate side. Posterior part of inner face has faint JEPPSSON, 1984, Textfig. 3d-f; KLEFFNER, 1987,
longitudinal striae; anterior margin has coarse oblique striae. Textfig. 7(19,20); OVER and CHATTERTON, 1987, P1.
Outer costate face lacks striae. 6, fig. 3; ARMSTRONG, 1990,p. 71,72, P1.7, figs. 13-17
(includes synonymy; A.puegeli Zone).
Remarks. These elements occur in two northem Yukon sam-
ples. One of these (GSC loc. 0-104284) contains Distomodus Remarks. Only b and c elements are known from the Yukon
staurognathoides and other species indicative of the mid- to collections. As originally diagnosed, Decoriconus fragilis
upper Llandovery. A singular (and anomalous) occurrence of differs from the older D. costulatus (Rexroad) by having an
an element similar to Oistodus venustus Stauffer s$ with this extra morphotype, the a (drepanodontiform) element. This
material raises the question whether or not these elements are difference was questioned by McCracken and Barnes (198 1)
part of Ordovician Paroistodus? and represent contamina- and discussed by Nowlan et al. (1988). Armstrong (1990)
tion, either via a debris flow or laboratory techniques. emended the diagnosis of D. fragilis to include a third mor-
The a-b elements have a short, bell-shaped base like the photype.
a-b elements of Paroistodus? sp. A Nowlan and McCracken Cooper (1976) noted that the elements of Decoriconus
(in Nowlan et al., 1988). The e elements are comparable to fragilis are larger and more robust than those of D. costulatus.
acodontiform elements of both the Ordovician Paroistodus? Barrick (1977) found that the b elements of both species are
and Scabbardella. nearly identical but the c element of D.fragilis differs in being
The elements of Dapsilodus? sp. B differ from those of more flattened and symmetrical and lacking striae.
Paroistodus? sp. A in that they have oblique and longitudinal Occurrence. Decoriconusfragilis in northern Yukon ranges
striae. This ornamentation is present on D. obliquicostatus from the C. gregarius (at Rock River) to M. turriculatus (at
and Besselodus, the possible ancestor to the genus, but not Blackstone River) zones. It has a range from lower
Paroistodus?. Ltifgren (1978) has reported longitudinal striae
Llandovery (possibly as old as O.? nathani Zone on the basis The b-2 element (Pl. 3, figs. 13, 15-17) is similar to the
of its occurrence in southwesternDistrict of Mackenzie; Over b-1 element, except that the base is higher and the cusp is
and Chatterton, 1987) to Upper Silurian (Cooper, 1980). proclined. Costa on outer face is keel-like and may be medial
or near keeled anterior margin. Some elements develop a
Material. Hypotypes GSC 101093, 101094. second sharp costa between anterior margin and other costa.
Inner face has a costa near the anterior margin that extends
Genus Walliserodus Serpagli, 1967 from the base to point of cusp recurvature where it merges
with anterior keel.
Type species. Acodus curvatus Branson and Branson, 1947. The c (dyscritiform) element (Pl. 3, figs. 14, 19-27) has a
long base like that of the b-2 element and a proclined cusp,
Walliserodus blackstonensis n. sp. concave anterior face and keeled anterolateral margins. Basal
outline is triangular. Two varieties are: symmetrical and
Plate 3, figures 1-42 slightly asymmetrical elements. Symmetrical c element (Pl.
3, figs. 21,25) is unbowed and has a keeled posterior margin
non Acodus bicostatus BRANSON and MEHL, 1933, p. 42,
on base. Posterior margin of cusp is convex with sharp
P1.3, fig. 1; REXROAD and CRAIG, 1971, p. 686, P1.82,
posterolateral costae. These continue toward the base where
figs. 18, 19 (includes re-illustration of holotype).
they merge at mid-height to form a posterior keel. Keeled
Etymology. From Blackstone River, where the holotype, and anterolateralcostae on base extend anteriorly beyond anterior
most other elements of the species were collected by the face. Each costa is immediately paralleled by a sharp costa
author and A.C. Lenz (University of Western Ontario). that is slightly directed posteriorly. These lateral costae ex-
tend to tip of cusp, bounding a slightly convex anterior
margin. Anterolateral costae do not extend beyond point of
recurvature. Lateral faces are planar or slightly concave.
Walliserodus bicostatus (B ranson and Mehl). Upper and lower margins of base are straight.
ARMSTRONG, 1990, p. 122, 124, P1.21, figs. 1-5.
The slightly asymmetrical c element (Pl. 3, figs. 22, 23,
?Walliserodus sp. ORCHARD in NORFORD and 26, 27) has a cusp directed toward inner side. Distal part of
ORCHARD, 1985, P1. 2, fig. 21. posterior margin on base may be straight or may also be
directed inward. Inner and outer lateral costae near anterior
Diagnosis. A species of Walliserodus having five element margin are like those of symmetrical c element. Anterolateral
morphotypes. Elements are characterized by their relatively costae may be subdued or as prominent as on symmetrical
wide bases, narrow recurved cusps, keeled margins and on all element. Inner side lacks posterolateral costa. Posterior keel
but one morphotype, costate ornamentation. is deflected to inner side i d extends to tip of cusp as sharp
costa. Cusp has cross-section like that of symmetrical ele-
Description. All elements have white matter in cusp, keels ment: costae are present at each comer.
and costae. Basal cavity is deep in all elements, extending to
point of cusp recurvature. The d (multicostatiform) element (Pl. 3, figs. 29, 32,
34-37,39-42) varies in length of base and number of costae.
The a (cumatiform) element (Pl. 3, figs. 1-9) lacks lateral Element has keeled anterior and posterior margins, proclined
costae and has a short, triangular and wide base. Cusp is wide, cusp, and a nearly straight or slightly concave upper margin.
straight, long, compressed, and erect to slightly recurved. Unbowed elements have a sharp lateral costa near anterior
Recurvature is at two thirds length of element. Cusp is bowed margin on one side that extends for length of element. Imme-
to inner side, twisted so that inner face is posterolaterally diately anterior to this is a shorter costa. This face may also
directed. Anterior and posterior edges are sharp; edges on have a costa near the posterior margin that extends from tip
base are keeled. Anterior keel may curve inward producing a of cusp to about mid-length. Other face has at least two sharp
concave inner face. Rarely, edge of keel faces posteriorly. costae: one near the anterior, the other near the posterior
Inner face of base planar. Outer face convex; some elements margins. Secondary costa may develop slightly posterior to
have a wide, low median carina. Basal and lower margins more anterior costa.
straight to slightly convex.
Thee (unicostatifonn) element (Pl. 3, figs. 28,30,31,33,
Two forms of b (deboltiform) elements differ according 38) has a proclined cusp, sharp anterior and posterior mar-
to number of costae. The b-1 element (Pl. 3, figs. 10-12, 18) gins, and lacks lateral costae. Straight unbowed form of this
is similar to the a element except for the following differ- element has a low wide base. Cusp is laterally compressed
ences: element is less inwardly bowed, base is slightly longer and only slightly twisted to inner side. Base on both sides is
and not as wide basally, keels are not deflected laterally, and nearly flat with shallow and wide medial depression. Anterior
inner face is planar with a weak medial depression. This margin is keeled in some elements. Basal outline is asymmet-
medial depression is reflected in inner basal-outline; outer rical, subrectangular with rounded edges. Other elements (Pl.
outline is convex. Outer face has sharp medial costa. In some 3, figs. 30, 31) are similar, except that bases are longer and
specimens, this costa is keel-like and nearly perpendicular to less wide, and cusp is more twisted and inclined in postero-
anteroposterior plane. Face anterior to costa is slightly con- lateral direction.
cave to slightly convex; face posterior to costa is slightly
concave.
Remarks. All element positions and morphotypes are readily SchuchertFormation, occurs in the A.Juegeli Zone, the other,
comparable to those of Walliserodus curvatus and other from the Kap Godfred Hansen Formation, is from the P.
species of Walliserodus. The e element is termed "unicosta- celloni Zone. The limited data suggest W. blackstonensis is a
tiform", even though it is acostate, to conform to the descrip- mid- to upper Llandovery species.
tive terminology of W. curvatus. Both this e element and that
of the Ordovician W. amplissimus (Serpagli), another species
Material. Holotype GSC 101111, paratypes GSC 101095-
101110, 101112-101133, unfigured paratypes GSC 101134-
with an acostate e element, have the outline of A. unicostatus
Branson and Branson s$ All elements have a degree of 101136.
variability, particularly the b through d elements.
The a element differs from the a element of Walliserodus Walliserodus curvatus (Branson and Branson)
curvatus in lacking lateral costae. In this regard, it is compa-
rable to the a element of W. sancticlairi (below). It differs in Plate 4, figure 12
that the base is shorter and wider, and the cusp is more
recuwed. The robust elements of W. sancticlairi in Barrick
(1977) and Uyeno and Barnes (1983) are more robust than
Cooper's type material but still do not approach the extremes Acodus curvatus BRANSON and BRANSON, 1947, p. 554,
found in the a elements of W. blackstonensis n. sp. P1. 8 1, fig. 20.

The b-1 element is comparable to the b element of both

Walliserodus curvatus and W. sancticlairi in the sense that
only the outer side has a costa. This element, however, has a Walliserodus cuwatus (Branson and Branson). COOPER,
wider and shorter base. The b-2 element may have compara- 1975, p. 995, 996, P1. 1, figs. 10, 11, 16-21 (includes
ble elements in both of the above species. It is essentially a c synonymy); KLEFFNER, 1985, P1. 2, figs. 35, 36;
element that is markedly asymmetrical. It also differs from b NOWLAN and McCRACKEN in NOWLAN,
elements in other species in its basal proportions. McCRACKEN and CHATIERTON, 1988, p. 41,42, P1.
19, fig. 16 (includes synonymy); ARMSTRONG, 1990,p.
The c element is characterized by its anteriorly directed 124-126, P1.21, figs. 6-15 (includes synonymy).
anterolateral keels and concave anterior face. The c elements
of Walliserodus curvatus and W. sancticlairi are similar to Remarks. Armstrong (1990) emended the diagnosis of Wal-
each other in that their anterolateral costae do not extend liserodus curvatus to comprise five element morphotypes
beyond the anterior face. Also, the anterior face in these c (sym. p, up, sq, r). The emended diagnosis is probably not
elements is more convex. The costae of the c element in this necessary because all five elements have previously been
new species are better developed than in the other named recognized; other writers simply have different interpreta-
species. tions of element homologies (e.g., Cooper, 1976 uses the
The morphology of the d element in Walliserodus curva- terminology of Sweet and Schonlaub, 1975; Nowlan et al.,
tus, W. sancticlairi and this new species is variable. In W. 1988 use the terminology of Barnes et al., 1979). For exam-
blackstonensis n. sp., the d element is characterized by a ple, the ap and r elements of W. curvatus sensu Armstrong
relatively wide base. The d element may be even more are the e and a elements of the same species sensu Nowlan et
variable in ornamentation than is recorded herein. al. (1988).
The e element lacks a lateral costa as is found in Wallise- Occurrence. Walliserodus curvatus is found from the C.
rodus cuwatus. Its short wide base distinguishes it from the gregarius Zone (at Rock River) to the M. turriculatus Zone
e element of W. sancticlairi. at Blackstone River and Tetlit Creek. One element was iden-
tified from the uppermost Llandovery C. sakrnaricus4.
There is no question that the species called Walliserodus laqueus Zone at Tetlit Creek. Elsewhere, it ranges from the
bicostatus by Armstrong (1990) and the northern Yukon lowermost Llandovery (Nowlan et al., 1988) to the P. amor-
species are the same (cf. P1. 3, figs. 1, 20, herein, vs. P1. 21, phognathoides Zone.
figs. 5, 1, of Armstrong). The form species Acodus bicostatus
Branson and Mehl s$ is not a synonym of W. blackstonensis Material. Hypotype GSC 101137.
n. sp. because the holotype (well illustrated by Rexroad and
Craig, 1971) is asymmetrical with an outer face having a Walliserodus sancticlairi Cooper
bicostate carina, and a bicostate (lower) margin. It has the
asymmetry of the b morphotype, but none of the elements of Plate 4, figures 3-10, 15
W. blackstonensis n. sp. have the bicostate lateral carina.
Occurrence. At Rock River, Walliserodus blackstonensis n. tielement
sp. is found in the interval of the C. gregarius-M. turriculatus
zones, the M. turriculatus Zone at Blackstone and Rock Walliserodus sancticlairi COOPER, 1976, p. 214, 215, P1.l,
rivers, and the M. spiralis Zone at Tetlit Creek. Armstrong figs. 8-1 1,16,21; W E N 0 and BARNES, 1983, p. 26, P1.
(1990) found only a few elements assignable to W. black- 7, figs. 1-3,5,6 (includes synonymy); KLEFFNER, 1987,
stonensis n. sp. at only two Iocalities in Washington Land in Fig. 6(15-18).
North Greenland. One of these samples, from the Cape
Walliserodus cf. W. sancticlairi Cooper. ARMSTRONG, (= D. kentuckyensis) conodont Zone to middle I. inconstans
1990, p. 126, 127, P1. 21, figs. 16-24 (P. celloni - P. (= P. celloni) Zone (Uyeno and Barnes, 1983). In North
amorphognathoideszones). Greenland, W. sancticlairi ranges from the P. celloni to P.
amorphognathoideszones (Armstrong, 1990). It occurs from
Remarks. Armstrong (1990) distinguished Walliserodus the C. gregarius Zone (at Rock River) to a level between the
sancticlairi of Cooper (1976) from his W. cf. W. sancticlairi M. spiralis Zone and C. sakmaricus-C. laqueus Zone at Tetlit
on the basis of differences in the costae of the sym. p element, Creek. Thus, the presently known range of W. sancticlairi is
the laterally acostate q elements, and the addition of a strongly from middle Llandovery to upper Wenlock.
recurved r element. The a (cux-vatiform) element (Pl. 4, figs.
6,9) is similar to the r element of Armstrong's species; other Material. Hypotypes GSC 101138-101146.
elements are also comparable and thus his species is included
under W. sancticlairi. Walliserodus? n. sp. B
The a element of Walliserodus ,sancticlairi lacks the
costate inner face found on the same element of W. curvatus. Plate 4, figures 1,2
Cooper (1976) added that this element is straighter in lateral
view (except for the sharply curved cusp) than the a element Remarks. The rare, geniculate elements share the wide base
of W. curvatus. Barrick (1977) suggested that Cooper's illus- and cusp of a elements of Walliserodus blackstonensis n. sp.
trated form represented an extreme end member of a series described above. They are not included under W. black-
that also includes relatively low, robust forms that are curved stonensis n. sp. because oistodontiform elements are un-
near mid-height (cf. Barrick, 1977, P1. 1, fig. 18; Uyeno and known in species of Walliserodus. The elements may simply
Barnes, 1983,PI. 7, fig. 2). Barrick further reported that some be a rare abberation of the much more abundant form of a
of these elements have a weak costa on the posterior margin element of W. blackstonensis n. sp. (both species occur in
of the inner face. He (1977) noted a gradual loss of the robust samples from GSC loc. 0 - 104269 and 0-104297).
forms in younger strata. Northern Yukon elements are com- Occurrence.Walliserodus?n. sp. B is found in the M. turricu-
parable to the short, robust elements of Barrick (1977) and latus Zone at Blackstone River and at a level between the M.
Uyeno and Barnes (1983); their base is short and subcircular spiralis Zone and C. sakmaricus-C. laqueus Zone at Tetlit
with only a slight lateral compression. Creek.
The b (deboltiform) element (PI. 4, figs. 3-5) of Wallise- Material. Figured specimens GSC 101147, 101148.
rodus sancticlairi is comparable to the b element of W.
curvatus, except that some lack a costa on the outer face
(Cooper, 1976). This difference is more common in younger ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
strata (Barrick, 1977).
Financial support to collect and process the samples was
The c elements of Walliserodussancticlairi (Pl. 4, fig. 10) provided by a Natural Sciences and Engineering Research
and W. curvatus differ only in the arrangementof costae about Council of Canada grant to Drs. A.C. Lenz (University of
the posterior margin. The c element from northern Yukon has Western Ontario) and J.A. Legault (University of Waterloo).
a sharp costate posterior margin that becomes lateral at mid- Dr. A.C. Lenz is thanked for providing the graptolite identi-
point and is paralleled on the opposite face by a costa, giving fications used herein. Drs. C.R. Bames (University of Victo-
the cusp a square cross-section. In this sense it may differ ria) and T. Uyeno (GSC, Calgary) are thanked for their
from the previously described forms. comments on an earlier version of this paper. Carrie Bolton
The d (multicostatiform; PI. 4, fig. 7) and e (unicostati- (GSC, Ottawa) drafted the figures.
form; P1.4, figs. 8, 15) elements of Walliserodus sancticlairi
are comparable to the same elements of W. curvatus except REFERENCES
that the latter may lack the distinctive costa on one face. The
d element also varies stratigraphically. Barrick (1977) found Aldridge, R.J.
that the lateral costae are medial on older, and more anterior 1972: Llandovery conodonts from the Welsh Borderland. British Museum
of Natural History (Geology), Bulletin, v. 22, no. 2, p. 125-231.
on younger, forms. He stated that the stratigraphic variation 1974: An amorphognathoidesZone conodont fauna from the Silurian of
in elements of W. sancticlairi was so gradual that it was the Ringerike area, south Norway. Norsk Geologisk Tidsskrift, v.
difficult to distinguish with confidence younger from older 54, p. 295-303.
forms. 1976: Comparison of macrofossil communities and conodont distribution
in the British Silurian. In Conodont Paleoecology, C.R. Bames
Walliserodus sancticlairi is compared to W. blackstonen- (ed.); Geological Association of Canada, Special Paper 15, p. 91-
sis n. sp. (above) under the remarks on the latter. 104.
1979: An upper Llandovery conodont fauna from Peary Land, eastern
Occurrence. Walliserodus sancticlairi is not well known: in North Greenland. Granlands Geologiske Undersagelse, Rapport
NO.9 1, p. 7-23.
Oklahoma it ranges from the P. amorphognathoidesthrough Aldridge, RJ., Dorning, KJ., and Siveter,D.J.
most of the K. amsdeni conodont zones (Barrick and Klapper, 1981: Microfossil distribution across the Welsh Wenlock Shelf. In Micro-
1976); in Illinois, from the P. amorphognuthoides Zone to at fossils from Recent and Fossil Shelf Seas, J.W. Neale and M.D.
least the 0. saggita conodont Zone (Cooper, 1976); and on Brasier (eds.); Ellis Horwood Limited, Chichester, England, p.
18-30.
Anticosti Island, from the uppermost I. discreta-I. defecta
Aldridge, R.J. and Jeppsson, L. Kleffner, M.A.
1984: Ecologic specialists among Silurian conodonts. Special Papers in 1985: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Stray "Clinton" and "Packer
Palaeontology,no. 32, p. 141-149. Shell" (Silurian, Ohio subsurface) and its bearing on correlation. In
Aldridge, RJ. and Mabillard, J.E. The New Clinton Collection-1985, J. Gray, A. Maslowski, W.
1981: Local variations in the distribution of Silurian conodonts; an exam- McCullough, and W.E. Shafer (eds.); The Ohio Geological Society,
ple from the amorphognathoides interval of the Welsh Basin. In Columbus, Ohio, p. 219-229,2 pls.
Microfossils from Recent and Fossil Shelf Seas, J.W. Neale and 1987: Conodonts of the Estill Shale and Bisher Formation (Silurian,
M.D. Brasier (eds.):
. .. Ellis Horwood Limited, Chichester. England. southern Ohio). Ohio Journal of Science, v. 87(3), p. 78-89.
p. 10-17. Lee, Ha-young
--
Aldridge. R J . and Mohamed. I.
-

1982: Conodont biostratigraphyof the early Silurian of the Oslo Region.

1982: Conodonts from the Hoedongri Formation (Silurian)western Jeong-
seon area, Kangweon-do, South Korea. Joumal of the National
In Field Meeting, Oslo Region, 1982, D. Worsley (ed.); Interna- Academy of Sciences, Republic of Korea, Natural Science Series,
tional Union of Geological Sciences, Subcommission on Silurian V. 21, p. 45-131.
Stratigraphy, Paleontological Contributions from the University of Le Fhvre, J., Barnes, C.R., and Tixier, M.
Oslo, no. 278, p. 109-120. 1976: Paleoecology of Late Ordovician and Early Silurian conodonto-
Armstrong, H.A. phorids, Hudson Bay Basin. It1 Conodont Paleoecology, C.R. Bar-
1990: Conodonts from the Upper Ordovician-Lower Silurian carbonate nes (ed.); Geological Association of Canada, Special Paper No. 15,
platform of North Greenland. Granlands Geologiske Unders@gelse, p. 69-89.
Bulletin 159, 151 p. Lenz, A.C.
Barnes, C.R., Kennedy, D.J., McCracken, A.D., Nowlan, G.S., and 1982: Llandovery graptolites of the northern Canadian Cordillera: Pefa-
Tarrant, C.T. lograptus, Cephalograpfus, Rhaphidograptus, Dimorphograpfus,
1979: The structure and evolution of Ordovician conodont apparatuses. Retiolitidae, and Monograptidae. Life Sciences Contributions 130,
Lethaia, v. 12, p. 125-151. Royal Ontario Museum, 154 p.
Barrick, J.E. Lenz, A.C. and McCracken, A.D.
1977: Multielement simple-cone conodonts from the Clarita Formation 1982: The Ordovician-Silurian boundary, northern Canadian Cordillera:
(Silurian), Arbuckle Mountains, Oklahoma. Geologica et Palaeon- graptolite and conodont correlation. Canadian Journal of Earth
tologica, v. 1I, p. 47-68. Sciences, v. 19, u. 1308-1322.
1981: Wenlockian (Silurian) conodont biostratigraphy and biofacies, 1989: Silurian graptolite-conodont reference sections, northern Yukon
Wayne Formation, central Tennessee. Geological Society of Amer- and south-western Northwest Territories. In A Global Standard for
ica, Abstracts with Programs, v. 13, no. 6, p. 270 (abstract). the Silurian System, C.H. Holland and M.G. Bassett (eds.); National
Barrick, J.E. and Klapper, G. Museum of Wales, Geological Series no. 9, p. 177-183.
1976: Multielement Silurian (late Llandoverian-Wenlockian) conodonts Link, A.G. and Druce, E.C.
of the Clarita Formation, Arbuckle Mountains, Oklahoma, and 1972: Ludlovian and Gedinnian conodont stratigraphy of the Yass Basin,
phylogeny of Kockelella. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 10, p. New South Wales. Bureau of Mineral Resources of Australia,
59-100. Bulletin, v. 134, p. 1-136.
Bischoff, G.C.O. Lofgren, A.
1986: Early and Middle Silurian conodonts from midwestern New South 1978: Arenigian and Llanvimian conodonts from Jiimtland, northern Swe-
Wales. Courier ForschungsinstitutSenckenberg,v. 89, p. 1-337. den. Fossils and Shata, no. 13,129 p.
Branson, E.B. and Branson, C.C. Mabillard. J.E. and Aldridee, RJ.
1947: Lower Silurian conodonts from Kentucky. Journal of Paleontology, 1983: ~onodontsfrom thekbralliferous Group (Silurian) of Marloes Bay,
V. 21, p. 549-556. South-West Dyfed, Wales. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 17, p.
Branson, E.B. and Mehl, M.G. 29-43.
1933: Conodont studies. University of Missouri Studies, v. 8, p. 1-349. Mannik, P. and Aldridge, R.
Cooper, BJ. 1989: Evolution, taxonomy and relationships of the Silurian conodont
1975: Multielement conodonts from the Brassfield Limestone (Silurian) Pterospathodus. Palaeontology,v. 32, p. 893-906.
of southern Ohio. Journal of Paleontology, v. 49, p. 984-1008. McCracken, A.D.
1976: Multielement conodonts from the St. Clau Limestone (Silurian) of 1987: Description and correlation of Late Ordovician conodonts from the
southern Illinois. Journal of Paleontology,v. 50, p. 205-217. D. ornutus and P. pacifcus graptolite zones, Road River Group,
1980: Toward an improved Silurian conodont biostratigraphy. Lethaia, v. northern Yukon Territory. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v.
13, p. 209-227. 24, p. 1450-1464.
Epstein, A.G., Epstein, J.B., and Harris, L.D. 1989: Preliminary report on Ordovician-Devonian conodont collections
1977: Conodont color alteration-an index to organic metamorphism. from carbonate and fine grained clastic facies of northern Yukon
United States Geological Survey. Professional Paper, 995.27 p. Territory and northwest District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. In Current
Goodfellow, W.D., Nowlan, C.S., McCracken, A.D., Lenz, A.C., and Research, Part G. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-IG, p.
Grkgoire, D.C. 69-76.
1991: Geochemical anomalies near the Ordovician-Silurian boundary, 199Ia: Middle Ordovician conodonts from the Cordilleran Road River
northern Yukon Tenitory. Historical Biology (in press). Group, northern Yukon Territory, Canada. In Ordovician to Triassic
Hedberg, H.D. (4.) Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard
1976: International Guide. A Guide to StratigraphicClassificationTermi- and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin
nology, and Procedure. International Subcommission on Shatig- 417 (this volume).
raphic Classification of IUGS Commission on Stratigraphy. John 1991b: Silurian conodont biostratigraphy of the Canadian Cordillera with
Wiley and Sons, New York, 200 p. a description of new Llandovery species. In Ordovician to Triassic
Igo, H. and Koike, T. Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard
1968: Ordovician and Silurian conodonts from the Langkawi Islands, and A.D. McCracken (4s.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin
Malaya, Part II. Geology and Palaeontology of Southeast Asia, v. 417 (this volume).
4, p. 1-21. McCracken, A.D. and Barnes, C.R.
Klapper, G. and Murphy, M.A. 1981: Conodont biostratigraphy and paleoecology of the Ellis Bay Forma-
1975: Silurian-Lower Devonian conodont sequence in the Roberts Moun- tion, Anticosti Island, Quebec, with special reference to the Late
tains Formation of central Nevada University of California Publi- Ordovician-Early Silurian chronostratigraphy and the systemic
cations in Geological Sciences, v. 111,87 p. (imprint 1974). boundary. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 329. Part 2, p.
Klapper, G. and Philip, G.M. 51-134.
1971: Devonian conodont apparatuses and their vicarious skeletal ele- McCracken, A.D. and Lenz, A.C.
ments. Lethaia, v. 4, p. 429-452. 1987: Middle and Late Ordovician conodont faunas and biostratigraphy
of graptolitic strata of the Road River Group, northern Yukon
Territory. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 24, p. 643-653.
McCracken, A.D., Nowlan, G.S., and Barnes, C.R. Over, D.J. and Chatterton, B.D.E.
1980: Gamachignathus, a new multielement conodont genus from the 1987: Silurian conodonts from the southern Mackenzie Mountains, North-
latest Ordovician, Anticosti Island, Quebec. In Current Research, west Territories, Canada. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 21, p.
Part C. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 80-C, p. 103-112. 1-49.
Miller, R.H. Rexroad, C.B.
1976: Revision of Upper Ordovician, Silurian, and Lower Devonian stra- 1967: Stratigraphyand conodont paleontology of the Brassfield (Silurian)
tigraphy, southwestern Great Basin. GeologicalSociety of America, in the CincinnatiArch area. IndianaGeological Survey, Bulletin 38,
Bulletin, v. 87, p. 961-968. 64 p., 4 pl.
1978: Early Silurian to Early Devonian conodont biostratigraphy and Rexroad, C.B. and Craig, W.W.
depositional environments of the Hidden Valley Dolomite, south- 1971: Restudy of conodonts from the Bainbridge Formation (Silurian) at
eastern California. Journal of Paleontology, v. 52, p.323-344. Lithium, Missouri. Journal of Paleontology, v. 45, p. 684-703.
Mirza, K. Savage, N.M.
1976: Late Ordovician to Late Silurian stratigraphy and conodont biostra- 1985: Silurian (Llandovery-Wenlock) conodonts from the base of the
tigraphy of the eastern Canadian Arctic Islands. Unpublished M.Sc. Heceta Limestone, southeastern Alaska. Canadian Journal of Earth
thesis, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario, 302 p. Sciences, v. 22, p. 71 1-727.
Nakrem, H.A. Serpagli, E.
1986: Llandovery conodonts from the Oslo Region, Noway. Norsk Ge- 1967: I conodonti dell'Ordoviciano superiore (Ashgilliano) delle Alpi
ologisk Tidsskrift, v. 66, p. 121-133. Carniche. Bolletino della Societh Paleontologica Italihna, v. 6, p.
Nehring-Lefeld, M. 30-1 11.
1985: Conodonts of the arnorphognalhoides Zone (Silurian) from eastern Sweet, W.C. and Schonlaub, H.P.
part of the Podlasie Depression. Kwartalnik Geologiczny, v. 29, p. 1975: Conodonts of the genus Oulodus Branson and Mehl, 1933. Ge-
625-652 (in Polish with English summary). ologica et Palaeontologica,v. 9, p.41-59.
Nicoll, R.S. and Rexroad, C.B. Uyeno, T.T. and Barnes, C.R.
1969: Stratigraphyand conodont paleontology of the SalamonieDolomite 1981: A summary of Lower Silurian conodont biostratigraphy of the
and the Lee Creek Member of the Brassfield Limestone (Silurian) Jupiter and Chicone formations, Anticosti Island, Quebec, In Field
in southeastern Indiana and adjacent Kentucky. Indiana Geological Meeting, Anticosti-Gaspt?, Quebec, 1981, v. 11: Stratigraphy and
Survey, Bulletin 40,73 p., 7 pl. (imprint 1968) Paleontology, P.J. LespCrance (ed.); Subcommission on Silurian
Norford, B.S. and Orchard, M.J. Stratigraphy, Ordovician-Silurian Boundary Working Group,
1985: Early Silurian age of rocks hosting lead-zinc mineralization at Mpartement de gCologie, UniversitC of Montreal, p. 173-184.
Howards Pass, Yukon Tenitory and District of Mackenzie; local 1983: Conodonts of the Jupiter and Chicone Formations (Lower Silurian),
biostratigraphy of Road River Formation and Earn Group. Geologi- Anticosti Island, Quebec. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin
cal Survey of Canada, Paper 83-18,35 p, 355,49 p.
Nowlan, G.S. Walliser, O.H.
1983: Early Silurian conodonts of eastern Canada. Fossils and Strata, No. 1964: Conodonten des Silurs. Abhandlungen des Hessischen Landesam-
15, p. 95-1 10. tes fiir Bodenforschung, Heft 41,106 p.
Nowlan, G.S., McCracken, A.D., and Chatterton, B.D.E.
1988: Conodonts from Ordovician-Silurian boundary strata, Whittaker
Formation, Mackenzie Mountains, Northwest Tenitories. Geologi-
cal Survey of Canada, Bulletin 373,99 p.
 APPENDIX
Graptolite and conodont collections

The following lists all of the Ordovician-Silurian graptolite and conodont collections made in 1977-78
at the sections on Blackstone River, Rock River, and Tetlit Creek. On the left hand side are the field
collection numbers representing the section, year collected, and stratigraphic level in metres above the base
of the section. Samples from the Blackstone River section were collected using measurements in feet (in
parentheses); these have been converted to SI units.
Each conodont sample represents at least 2 kg of rock, although not all rock samples were completely
disintegrated by acid. Additional material (also 2 kg) of some samples were processed; these are denoted
with an asterisk (*). Graptolite identifications were provided by A.C. Lenz of the University of Western
Ontario.
Blackstone River (6S02&N,13720'W; Section 1) Rock River (66"4a1N,136016'W; Section 2 )
Conodontlgraptolite levels and zones Conodontlgraptolite levels and zones
BR77-216.1 m (20 ft.) - D. ornatus Zone RR78-13 m - Glossograptids
BR77-2/32 m (105 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104259) - barren of RR78-13 m* (GSC loc. 0-104271) - conodonts
conodonts RR78-69 m (GSC loc. 0-104272)
BR77-2148.8 m (160 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104260) - barren of - upper Llandeilo or Caradoc graptolites
conodonts - barren of conodonts
BR77-2149.7 m (163 ft.) - D. ornatus Zone RR78-167 m* (GSC loc. 0-104273) - conodonts
BR77-2151.8 m (170 ft.) - D. ornatus Zone RR78-207 m* (GSC loc. 0-104274) - conodonts
BR77-2154.9 m (180 ft.) - D. ornatus Zone RR78-220 m - D. ornatus Zone
BR77-1 (immediately overlies section BR77-2) RR78-225 m (GSC loc. 0-104275) - conodonts
BR77-116.1 m (20 ft.) - D. ornatus Zone RR78-226 m* (GSC loc. 0-104276) -barren of conodonts
BR77-116.1 m (20 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104261) - barren of RR78-228 m (GSC loc. 0-104277) - conodonts
conodonts RR78-232 m - P. pacificus Zone
BR77-1113.7 m (45 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104262) - barren of RR78-235 m (GSC loc. 0-104278) - conodonts
conodonts RR78-235 m - P. pacificus Zone
BR77-1121.3 m (70 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104263) - barren of RR78-241 m -A. atavus or L. acinaces Zone
conodonts RR78-243 m - L. acinaces Zone
BR77-1/29 m (95 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104264) - barren of RR78-244 m - C. gregarius Zone
conodonts RR78-245 m* (GSC loc. 0-104279) - conodonts
BR77-1133.5 m (1 10 ft.) - P. pacificus Zone RR78-247 m (GSC loc. 0-104280) - conodonts
BR77-1136.6 m (120 ft.) - P. pacificus Zone RR78-250 m* (GSC loc. 0-104281) - conodonts
BR77-1136.6 m (120 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104265) - barren of RR78-255 m - C. gregarius Zone
conodonts RR78-275 m (GSC loc. 0-104282) - conodonts
BR77-1142.7 m (140 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104266) - barren of RR78-281 m* (GSC loc. 0-104283) - conodonts
conodonts RR78-282 m - M. turriculatus Zone
BR77-1150.3 m (165 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104267) - conodonts RR78-285 m (GSC loc. 0-104284) - conodonts
BR77-1153.3 m (175 ft.) - (?)G. persculptus Zone RR78-302 m - M,turriculatus Zone
BR77-1158.8 m (193 ft.) - (?)P. acuminatus Zone RR78-306 m - M. spiralis Zone
BR77-1160.7 m (199 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104268) - barren of RR78-308 m (GSC loc. 0-104285) - conodonts
conodonts RR78-3 16 m* (GSC loc. 0-104286) - conodonts
BR77-1161.3 m (201 ft.) - (?)P. acuminatus Zone RR78-345 m - M. spiralis Zone
BR77-1161.9 m (203 ft.) - (?)A. atavus Zone RR78-Section 2/14 m (GSC loc. 0-104287) - conodonts
BR77-1162.2 m (204 ft.) - (?)A. atavus Zone RR78-2/15 m (GSC loc. 0-104288) - conodonts
BR77-1162.5 m (205 ft.) - L. acinaces Zone RR78-2/86 m (GSC loc. 0-104289) - conodonts
BR77-1165.5 m (215 ft.) - M. argenteus Zone RR78-21144 m (GSC loc. 0-104290) -barren of conodonts
BR77-1166.4 m (218 ft.) - M. convolutus Zone RR78-21177 m (GSC loc. 0-104291) - barren of conodonts
BR77-1170.4 m (23 1 ft.) - M. convolutus Zone RR78-21336 m (GSC loc. 0-104292) -barren of conodonts
BR77-1P72.2 m (237 ft.) - M. sedgwicki Zone
BR77-1P77.7 m (255 ft.) - M. sedgwicki Zone Tetlit Creek (66044'N,135047'W;Section 3)
BR77-1180.2 m (263 ft.) - M. turriculatus Zone
BR77-1190.2 m (296 ft.) (GSC loc. 0-104269) - conodonts Conodont'graptolite levels and 'Ones
8877-1198.5 m 0 2 3 ft.) (GSC ~ O C .0-104276) - conodonts ~ ~ 1 8m- -1~ ~ ~ ~graptolites
i ~ - ~ l ~ ~
BR77-1/99 m (325 ft.) - M. turriculatus Zone TC78-39 m* (GSC loc. 0-104293) - conodonts
BR77-11103.6 m (340 ft.) - M. spiralis Zone TC78-75 m - N. gracilis Zone
TC78-133m - L.acinaces Zone TC78-222m* (GSCloc. 0-104299) - conodonts
TC78-136m - C.gregarius Zone TC78-228m - C.sakmaricus-C. laqueus Zone
TC78-138m - M.triangularis or (?)D.magnus Zone TC78-230m (GSCloc. 0-104300) - conodonts
TC78-139m - M.argenteus Zone TC78-232m - Wenlock indeterminate graptolites
TC78-142m - M.convolutus Zone TC78-233m - Wenlock indeterminate graptolites
TC78-144m* (GSCloc. 0-104294) - conodonts TC78-236m (GSCloc. 0-104301) - conodonts
TC78-144m - M.turriculatus Zone TC78-270m* (GSCloc. 0-104302) - conodonts
TC78-148m - M.turriculatus Zone TC78-273m - M.lundgreni Zone
TC78-168m - M.spiralis Zone TC78-281m (GSCloc. 0-104303) - conodonts
TC78-192m (GSCloc. 0-104295) - conodonts TC78-286m (GSCloc. 0-104304) - conodonts
TC78-192m - M.spiralis Zone TC78-319m (GSCloc. 0-104305) - conodonts
TC78-200m (GSCloc. 0-104296) - conodonts TC78-320m - N.nilssoni Zone
TC78-212m (GSCloc. 0-104297) - conodonts TC78-388m* (GSCloc. 0-104306)- barren of conodonts
TC78-213m - C.sakmaricus-C. laqueus Zone TC78-406m - M.formosus Zone
TC78-218 m (GSCloc. 0- 104298)- conodonts
Plates 1 to 4
 PLATE 1

Figures 1-4,7-9;11, 12, 15, 16,18,25,28-30.Aspelundia petila (Nicoll and Rexroad).

1 7, 1 16. a-1 elements, inner views, hypotypes GSC 101041, x90, GSC 101042, x60,
GSC 101043, x60, GSC 101044, x50, GSC loc. 0-104269, except GSC 101042 from
GSC loc. 0-104270.
2,9, 15, 18. e-1 elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101045, x120, GSC 101046, x65,
GSC 101047, x85, GSC 101048, x95, GSC loc. 0-104269.
3. e-2 element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101049, x65, GSC loc. 0-104269.
4.8, 12. a-2 elements, inner views, hypotypes GSC 101050, x65, GSC 101051, x50,
GSC 101052, x60, GSC loc. 0-104269.
25.28-30. b elements, posterior views, hypotypes GSC 101053, x90, GSC 101054, x70,
GSC 101055, x85, GSC 101056, x65, GSC loc. 0-104269.

Figures 5,6, 10, 13, 14, 17, 19-24,26,27,31,32. Aspelundiafluegeli (Walliser).

5, 6, 19,24, e-1 elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101005, x70, GSC 101006, x90,
GSC 101007, x70, GSC 101008, x70, GSC loc. 0-104269.
10. e-2 element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101009, x70, GSC loc. 0-104269.
13, 17,20,21. a-2 elements, inner views, hypotypes GSC 101010, x50, GSC 101011, x100,
GSC 101012, x70, GSC 101013, x55, GSC loc. 0-104269.
14. e-3 element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101014, x85, GSC loc. 0-104269.
22. a-1 element, inner view, hypotype GSC 101015, x90, GSC loc. 0-104269.
23,26,27, 31, 32. b elements, posterior views, hypotypes GSC 101016, x100, GSC 101017, x110,
GSC 101018, x85, GSC 101019, x90, GSC 101020, x90, GSC loc. 0-104269.
 PLATE 2

Figures 1,2,5,6,9, 12, 16,26-28, 30,3 1. Aspelundia petila (Nicoll and Rexroad).
1,2,5. f elements, inner-upper views, hypotypes GSC 101057, x 65, GSC 101058, x125,
inner-lower view, hypotype GSC 101059, x115, GSC loc. 0-104269.
6. f element (?second morphotype), inner-upper view, hypotype GSC 101060, x65,
GSC ~ O C .0-104269.
9. f element, inner lateral-lower view, hypotype GSC 101061, x60, GSC loc. 0-104269.
12, 16. g elements, posterior and anterior views, hypotypes GSC 101062, x105, GSC 101063,
x70, GSC loc. 0-104269.
26-28,30,31. c elements, anterolateral view, hypotype GSC 101064, x70, posterolateral view, hypo-
type GSC 101065,x70, anterolateral view, hypotype GSC 101066,x150, posterolateral
views, hypotypes GSC 101067, x90, GSC 101068, x85, GSC loc. 0-104269.

Figures 3,4,7, 8, 10, 11, 13-15, 17-25,29,32. Aspelundiafluegeli (Walliser).

3,4, 10, 11. g elements, antero-upper views, hypotypes GSC 101021, x105, GSC 101022, x75,
GSC 101023, x90, GSC 101024, x110, GSC loc. 0-104269.
7, 8, 13, 14. g elements, anterior views, hypotypes GSC 101025, x95, GSC 101026, x95, posterior
views, hypotypes GSC 101027, x70, GSC 101028, x70, GSC loc. 0-104269.
15, 17, 19,22,24. f elements, inner lateral-upper view, hypotype GSC 101029, x90, inner lateral-lower
view, hypotype GSC 101030, x55, inner lateral-upper view, hypotype GSC 101031,
x90, inner view, hypotype GSC 101032, x155, inner lateral-lower view, hypotype GSC
101033, ~ 9 0GSC
, ~ O C .0-104269.
18,20,21,23,25, c elements, antero-upper view, hypotype GSC 101034, x55, anterolateral view,
29,32. hypotype GSC 101035, x50, lateral-upper view, hypotype GSC 101036, x90, lateral
view, hypotype GSC 101037, x110, antero-upper views (specimen lost, hypotype
GSC 101038), hypotypes GSC 101039, x70, GSC 101040, x90, GSC loc. 0-104269.
 PLATE 3

Figures 1-42. Walliserodus blackstonensis n. sp.

a elements, inner views, paratypes GSC 101095,x90, GSC 101096, x90, GSC 101097,
~ 7 5GSC
, ~ O C .0-104269.
a elements, outer views, paratypes GSC 101098,x75, GSC 101099, x55, GSC 101100,
x90, GSC 101101, x90, GSC 101102, x80, GSC 101103, x70, GSC loc. 0-104269.
b-1 elements, outer views, paratypes GSC 101104, x90, GSC 101105, x65,
GSC 101106, ~ 8 0GSC , loc. 0-104269.
b-1 element, inner view, paratype GSC 101107, x80, GSC loc. 0-104269.
b-2 elements, inner views, paratypes GSC 101108, x65, GSC 101109, x90,
GSC 101110, ~ 1 1 0GSC , ~ O C .0-104269.
c elements, lateral views, holotype GSC 101111 x70, paratypes GSC 101112, x120,
GSC 101113, x60, GSC 101114, x100, GSC loc. 0-104269.
b-2 element, outer view, paratype GSC 101115, x60, GSC loc. 0-104269.
Symmetrical c element, posterior and lateral views, paratype GSC 101116, x80,
GSC ~ O C .0-104269.
Slightly asymmetrical c element, posterior and lateral views, paratype GSC 101117,
x80, GSC loc. 0-104269.
Slightly asymmetrical c element, posterior and lateral views, paratype GSC 101118,
~ 8 0GSC
, ~ O C .0-104269.
e elements, lateral views, paratypes GSC 101119, x95, GSC 101120, x65, GSC 101121,
x65, GSC 101122, x70, GSC 101123, x70, GSC loc. 0:104269.
d elements, lateral views, paratypes GSC 101124, x55, GSC 101125, x125,
GSC 101126, x85, GSC 101127, x55, GSC 101128, x85, GSC 101129, x90,
GSC 101130, x55, GSC 101131, x75, GSC 101132, x85, GSC 101133, x85, GSC loc.
0-104269.
 PLATE 4

Figures 1,2. Walliserodus? n. sp. B.

Outer and inner views, a? (oistodontiform) elements, figured specimens GSC 101147,
x140, GSC 101148, x120, GSC loc. 0-104297.

Figures 3-10, 15. Walliserodus sancticlairi Cooper.

3,5. b elements, inner views, hypotypes GSC 101138, x70, GSC 101139, x65, GSC loc.
0-104269.
4. b element, outer view, hypotype GSC 101140, x55, GSC loc. 0-104269.
6,9. a elements, inner views, hypotypes GSC 101141, x65, GSC 101142, x75, GSC loc.
0-104269.
7. d element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101143, x95, GSC loc. 0-104269.
8, 15. e elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101144, x45, GSC 101145, x105, GSC loc.
0-104269.
10. c element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101146, x90, GSC loc. 0-104269.

Figure 12. Walliserodus curvatus (Branson and Branson).

e element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101137, x75, GSC loc. 0-104269.

Figures 11, 13, 14, 16-28,30-32,35,40. Dapsilodus obliquicostatus (Branson and Mehl).
11.a element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101069, x100, GSC loc. 0-104297.
13,28, 32.c elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101070, x150, GSC 101071, x140,
GSC 101072, x125, GSC loc. 0-104269, except specimen in figure 32, from GSC loc.
0-104297.
14,24. b element, lateral views, hypotype GSC 101073, x105, x115, GSC loc. 0-104269.
16, 19-21. b elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101074, x65, GSC 101075, x115,
GSC 101076, x115, GSC 101077, x130, GSC loc. 0-104269.
17, 18. e elements, outer and inner views, hypotypes GSC 101078, x65, GSC 101079, x65,
GSC ~ O C .0-104269.
22,23. b element, lateral views, hypotype GSC 101080, x95, x75, GSC loc. 0-104269.
25,35. b elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101081, x95, GSC 101086, x145, GSC loc.
0-104269 and GSC loc. 0-104279, respectively.
26,27,30,31,40. b elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101082, x145, GSC 101083, x140,
GSC 101084, x90, GSC 101085, x125, GSC 101087, x130, GSC loc. 0-104297.

Figures 33,39. Decoriconus fragilis (Branson and Mehl).

33. b element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101093, x75, GSC loc. 0-104269.
39. c element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101094, x85, GSC loc. 0-104269.

Figures 29,34,36-38. Dapsilodus? sp. B.

29,34. e elements, inner and outer views, figured specimens GSC 101088, x85, GSC 101089,
x105, GSC loc. 0-104284.
36-38. a-b elements, outer, inner and inner views, figured specimens GSC 101090, x80,
GSC 101091, x90, GSC 101092, x110, GSC loc. 0-104284.
 Silurian conodont biostratigraphy of the
Canadian Cordillera with a description of new
Llandovery species

Alexander D. McCrackenl

McCracken, A.D., 1991: Silurian conodont biostratigraphy of the Canadian Cordillera with a description
of new Llandovery species. h Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera,
M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.);Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417, p. 97-127.

Abstract
Silurian (Llandovery-Pridoli) conodont faunas are found at twelve localities in four regions of the
Canadian Cordillera. These are: Richardson and Ogilvie mountains in Yukon Territory (Pat Lake, Rock,
and Blackstone rivers, Tetlit Creek),Selwyn Mountains (Howards Pass, Yukon,and Northwest Territories),
Mackenzie Mountains (Avalanche and Glacier lakes, South Nahanni River, Northwest Territories),and the
northeastern (Kechika River), east-central (McLeod Lake), and southeastern (Mount Tegart, Pedley Pass)
Rocky Mountains of British Columbia.
The following faunas and zones are described: Ozarkodina n. sp. A-Icriodella sp. B fauna (lower
Llandovery on the basis of conodonts, but Upper Ordovician on the basis of graptolites); ?Oulodus?
nathani; Distomodus kentuckyensis; D. staurognathoides, ?Dapsilodus obliquicostatus; ?Aspelundia
petila; A. fluegeli (all lower Llandovery); Pterospathodus celloni (mid-upper Llandovery); P. amorphog-
nathoides (upper Llandovery-lower Wenlock); Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0. douroensisfauna (Wenlock); Kock-
elella patula (Wenlock); Ancoradella ploeckensis or Polygnathoides siluricus (Ludlow); Ozarkodina
bohemica (Wenlock-Ludlow?); Polygnathoides siluricus (Ludlow); Pelekysgnathus arcticus fauna (Lud-
low-Pridoli); Ozarkodina eosteinhornensis-Icriodus woschmidti (Pridoli-lower Lochkovian).
Two new species, Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp. and Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp., from within
the P. celloni Zone of northern Yukon, are formally described.

Des faunes ci conodontes du Silurien (Llandovkrien-Pridolien) se rencontrent d 12 sites dans 4 rkgions

de la CordillZre canadienne. Ces rkgions (et leurs sites) sont les suivants :monts Richardson et Ogilvie
(lac Pat, riviires Rock et Blackstone, ruisseau Tetlit), au Yukon; chatne Selwyn (col Howards), au Yukon
et dans les Territoires du Nord-Ouest; monts Mackenzie (lacs Avalanche et Glacier, riviPre Nahanni-Sud),
dans les TUN.-0.; et parties nord-ouest (rivi6re Kechika), centre est (lac McLeod) et sud-est des Rocheuses
(mont Tegart, col Pedley), en Colombie-Britannique.
L'auteur dkcrit les faunes et les zones suivantes :faune a Ozarkodina n. sp. A-Icriodella sp. B
(Llandovkrien infkrieur d'aprPs les conodontes, mais Ordovicien supkrieur d'apris les graptolites);
?Oulodus? nathani; Distomodus kentuckyensis; D. staurognathoides, ?Dapsilodus obliquicostatus; ?As-
pelundia petila; A. fluegeli (Llandovbien infkrieur); Pterospathodus celloni (Llandovkrien moyen (i
supkrieur); P. amorphognathoides (Llandovkrien supkrieur au Wenlockien infkrieur);faune h Ozarkodina
sp. cf. 0. douroensis (Wenlockien); Kockelella patula (Wenlockien); Ancoradella ploeckensis ou Polyg-
nathoides siluricus (Ludlowien); Ozarkodina bohemica (Wenlockien-Ludlowien?); Polygnathoides siluri-
cus ( L u d l o w i e n ) ; faune d: Pelekysgnathus arcticus (Ludlowien a u Pridolien); Ozarkodina
eosteinhornensis-Icriodus woschmidti (Pridolien-Lochkovien infkrieur).
L'auteur prksente une description formelle de Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp. et de Pterospathodus
retroramus n, sp., qui font partie de la zone a P. celloni du nord du Yukon.

' Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth St., Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8
INTRODUCTION McLeod Lake (Fig. 1, loc. 10; Struik et al., 1990). Carbonates
also dominate the area of Mount Tegart and Pedley Pass (Fig.
Much of the research on Silurian conodont biostratigraphy in 1, locs. 11, 12) in southeastern British Columbia, where
the Canadian Cordillera has been reconnaissance in nature. limestone and dolostone of the Beaverfoot Formation are
Many of the age determinations are included in unpublished succeeded by the argillaceous limestone of the Tegart Forma-
reports, or cited within published studies. Areas of basin and tion (Norford, 1969).
platform margin strata that have received attention in recent
years are: 1) Richardson and Ogilvie mountains of northern The sections in northern Yukon are part of the Richardson
Yukon Territory; 2) Mackenzie Mountains in southwestern and Blackstone troughs, which were relatively narrow basins
District of ~ a c k e n z i e ,Northwest Territories; 3) Selwyn bounded by shallower water platforms. The Blackstone River
Mountains in southeastern Yukon and southwestern District and Pat Lake sections are within the Blackstone Trough; the
of Mackenzie; and 4) Rocky Mountains of British Columbia. Rock River and Tetlit Creek sections are within the Richard-
son Trough (Lenz and McCracken, 1989).
Silurian conodonts from the southern Mackenzie Moun-
tains and the Rocky Mountains have been studied as a com-
plement to regional mapping by M.J. Orchard and
T.T. Uyeno. Over 150 of these samples from basin and plat-
form strata were given to the author for incorporation into his
current research on Ordovician-Silurian conodonts of the
northern Canadian Cordillera (see McCracken, 1989). Of
these collections, 43 representative samples (Appendix) from
12 localities are discussed in this paper. These represent each
of the four regions cited above (Fig. 1).

LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY AND
DEPOSITIONAL ENVIRONMENT
The Road River Group is a thick sequence of dark shale,
limestone, and chert that ranges in age from Late Cambrian
to Early Devonian. In northern Yukon, these strata are ex-
posed in sections at Rock River, Tetlit Creek, Blackstone
River, and Pat Lake (Fig. 1, locs. 1 4 ) . The group correlates
with numerous formations representing shallow water car-
bonate facies, for example, the Sunblood and Whittaker for-
mations of the Mackenzie Mountains, and the Ogilvie, Mount
Kindle, and Franklin Mountain formations of the Mackenzie
and Porcupine platforms. In the Selwyn Mountains, the Road
River Group is overlain by siliceous shale and coarse clastics
of the Earn Group. The lead-zinc mineralization of Howards
Pass (Fig. 1, loc. 8) occurs in strata of the Road River Group
in the Selwyn Basin (Norford and Orchard, 1985). The group
also occurs in the Rocky Mountains of the Kechika River area
(Fig. 1, loc. 9) in northeastern British Columbia.
Strata of the Whittaker Formation at Avalanche Lake
(Fig. 1, loc. 7) in the Mackenzie Mountains comprise inter-
bedded argillaceous limestone, cherty limestone, and calcar-
eous shale, and represent a transitional facies between the Figure 1. Locality map showing National Topographic System
type Whittaker Formation and the Road River Group. The (NTS) map sheet areas. 1) Rock River, NTS 116 1116,66oWN,
Whittaker Formation at Avalanche Lake is succeeded by the 13601&W; 2) Tetlit Creek, NTS 106 U12,66°44N, 135047W;
Road River Group, which in turn is overlain by, and in part 3) Blackstone River, NTS 116 H/6,65°26'N, 137.20 W; 4) Pat
interfingers with, limestone of the Delorme Group (Over and Lake, NTS 116 H/2,6500g1N, 13Cj042W,and Pat Lake South,
Chatterton, 1987). Further to the northeast in the South 65008N,136O38W; 5) South Nahanni River, NTS 105 119,105
Nahanni River area (Fig. 1, loc. 5) of the Mackenzie Moun- 1116, 62033N, 128007'W to 63000N, 128026'W; 6) Glacier
Lake, NTS 95 Ll13, 62058N, 127.53W to 62059.5N,
tains are found the siltstone, calcareous siltstone, and lime- 127.56'W; 7) Avalanche Lake, NTS 95 L16, 62.28N,
stone of the informally named Sapper formation (Pohler and 127.02.W; 8) Howards Pass, NTS 105 116, 62027.3N,
Orchard, 1991; formalized by Gordey, in press). Strata of the 127.12.W; 9) Kechika River, NTS 94 V1, 94 Ln, 5&04N,
Whittaker Formation and Delorme Group are also found 126°06W to 5&24'N, 126O40W; 10) McLeod Lake, NTS 93
immediately to the east in the Glacier Lake area (Fig. 1, loc. Jl8-10,93 J/15,5428'N, 122026W to 5454N, 122046.W; 11)
6). In east-central British Columbia, the Nonda and Sandpile Mount Tegart, NTS 82 J15, 5@27N, 122051gW;12) Pedley
groups consist of dolostone, sandstone and limestone at Pass, NTS 82 J/5,5@27N, 1150WW.
 Strata at Howards Pass in the Selwyn Mountains represent written on the nearby Avalanche Lake faunas by Over and
the Selwyn Basin, whereas those to the east and north at Chatterton (1987) and Nowlan et al. (1988). These faunas are,
Avalanche and Glacier lakes and South Nahanni River rep- respectively, Silurian and Late Ordovician-Early Silurian in
resent the margin between the Silurian shelf carbonate facies age; more discussion on them follows. Orchard (in Norford
of the Mackenzie Platform and the basinal clastic facies of and Orchard, 1985) reported on Ordovician to Devonian
the Selwyn Basin. Strata at Kechika River are part of the conodonts from both drill core and outcrop samples from
Kechika Trough just west of the MacDonald Platform. This west of Avalanche Lake, at the stratiform lead-zinc deposit
trough was a southern extension of the Selwyn Basin and was of Howards Pass in the Selwyn Mountains of Yukon and
bordered to the immediate west by the Northern Rocky Northwest Territories (Silurian faunas are discussed below).
Mountain Trench and an extension of the Cassiar Platform
(Over and Chatterton, 1987; Pohler and Orchard, 1991). The following faunas and biozones are described herein:
Ozarkodina n. sp. A-Icriodella sp. B fauna (lower Llandov-
Southeast of Kechika River are the McLeod Lake sec- ery on the basis of conodonts, but Upper Ordovician on the
tions, which are in the region of the upper Llandovery Kakwa basis of graptolites); ?Oulodus? nathani; Distomodus ken-
Platform (Cecile and Norford, 1985). The Mount Tegart and tuckyensis; D. staurognathoides; ?D. obliquicostatus; ?Aspe-
Pedley Pass area of southeastern British Columbia is in the Iundia petila; A. fluegeli (all lower Llandovery);
region of the upper Caradoc-Ashgill Bow Platform of Cecile Pterospathoides celloni (mid-upper Llandovery); P. amor-
and Norford (1985). These strata represent a carbonate plat- phognathoides; Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0 . douroensis fauna (both
form, which was described by Norford (1988) as being a upper Llandovery-lower Wenlock); Kockelellapatula (Wen-
considerable distance from the platform front. lock); Ancoradella ploeckensis or Polygnathoides siluricus
(Lu dlo w ); Ozarkodina bohemica (Wenlock-Ludlow?);
Polygnathoides siluricus (Ludlow); Pelekysgnathus arcticus
CONODONT BIOSTRATIGRAPHY fauna (Ludlow-Pridoli); Ozarkodina eosteinhornensis-Icri-
Many of the previous studies of conodonts from northwestern odus woschmidti (Pridoli-lower Lochkovian). Figure 2 illus-
Canada have either been preliminary reports, or have dealt trates the integrated conodont and graptolite biostratigraphic
with conodonts younger or older than Silurian. scheme for the Canadian Cordillera. In the following discus-
sion, these are grouped according to geographic region, from
Silurian and Devonian conodont identifications are in- northern Yukon to southeastern British Columbia. All zones
cluded in the reports of Norford et al. (1970,1973), and Pugh discussed below are defined by the first occurrence of the
(1983, Appendix 1) included conodont data from two drill- nominate species, and all terminate with the beginning of the
holes near Tetlit Creek and one near Blackstone River (Fig. succeeding zone.
1, locs. 2, 3). Uyeno in Pugh (ibid., p. 28-31) identified
Belodella sp., Ozarkodina e. excavata (Branson and Mehl)
and Panderodus spp. from an interval tentatively assigned to Richardson-Ogilvie Mountains, (Fig. 1, locs. 1-4)
the Mount Kindle Formation. This collection was regarded Yukon Territory
as Silurian, probably Wenlock to Ludlow in age.
Ozarkodina n. sp. A-Zcriodella sp. B fauna
Klapper in Lenz and Pedder (1972) identified the gamma
morphotype of the Wenlock-Pridoli Ozarkodina conjluens Strata. Road River Group.
(Branson and Mehl) and 0. e. excavata, and the Pridoli 0. r. Locality. Pat Lake, loc. 4 (GSC loc. C-085944, C-085946
remscheidensis (Ziegler) and Pelekysgnathus n. sp. A from
085949).
the Road River Group at Royal Creek in the Wernecke
Mountains (east of Blackstone River). The monograph on Significant conodonts. Ozarkodina n. sp. A (= 0. sp. Lenz and
northern Yukon graptolites and brachiopods by Jackson et al. McCracken).
(1978) included conodont identifications made by B.D.E.
Chatterton, G. Klapper and T.T. Uyeno. Their oldest Silurian Other conodonts. Icriodella sp. B , Panderodus? gibber
fauna was called the lower Pridoli Pelekysgnathus index Nowlan and Barnes, P. sp., Walliserodus sp.
associates, on the basis of earlier identifications by Klapper
(Pelekysgnathusn. sp. A was named P. index by Klapper and Associated graptolite zones. Lowest level is 1 m above P.
Murphy, 1975). Younger faunas from Royal Creek included pacificus Zone; highest level is 6.3 m below ?G. persculp-
0.r. remscheidensis, 0.r. eosteinhornensis (Walliser), 0.sp. tus Zone and 17.3 m below P. acuminatus Zone (Lenz and
nov. E, and 0. sp. nov. X. Because these pre-date the earliest McCracken, 1982).
occurrence of Icriodus woschmidti Ziegler, Jackson et al.
(1978) regarded these collections as upper Pridoli. Remarks. This fauna was interpreted by Lenz and McCracken
(1982) as lower Llandovery because of the Silurian aspect of
Orchard (1984) gave a brief account of the conodonts
the Ozarkodina elements, and because they tentatively iden-
from the Nahanni area of the Mackenzie Mountains in south-
tified the traditional basal Silurian G. persculptus Zone just
eastern Yukon, where reconnaissance samples yielded cono-
above the conodont interval. Since then, the base of the
donts ranging in age from Late Cambrian to Early Triassic;
Silurian has been placed at the base of the P. acuminatus Zone
his Silurian faunas included taxa of the Llandovery P. celloni
and thus the underlying ?G. persculptus Zone and conodont
Zone and upper Llandovery-lower Wenlock P. amorphog-
fauna are regarded as Upper Ordovician.
nathoides Zone. Detailed taxonomic reports have been
 Equivalent strata from a nearby section (Pat Lake South) discussion of this and the above two zones, and taxonomic
have yielded more of the Ozarkodina elements collected in discussion of Walliserodus blackstonensis, can be found in
1986. Three of these samples each contain a single Ordovi- McCracken [I991 (this volume)].
cian element. The lowest (GSC loc. C-150617), 3.5 m above
the base of the carbonate unit, contains an abraded(?) element
of Belodina; the second, at 3.9 m (GSC loc. C-150634), Pterospathodus celloni Zone
includes Drepanoistodus; and the third, at 5.3 m (GSC loc. Strata. Road River Group.
C-150635), contains Scabbardella. The two higher Ordovi-
cian elements are neither abraded nor corroded. Other ele- Locality. Blackstone River, loc. 3 (GSC loc. 0-104270).
ments in these samples represent species of Icriodella,
Panderodus, and Walliserodus. The Ordovician elements Significant conodonts. Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp. (PI.
have the same conodont Colour Alteration Index (CAI) val- 2, figs. 1-10), A. irregularis Mostler (PI. 2, figs. 11-19),
ues as the other elements in the samples, so are not obvious Aulacognathus bullatus (Nicoll and Rexroad) (Pl. 3, figs.
contaminants. 1,2), A. nelsoni Over and Chatterton (Pl. 3, fig. 5), Ozark-
odina sp. aff. 0.polinclinata, P. celloni (Walliser) (angu-
latiform, celloniform, and pennatiform elements; P1. 4,
?Dapsilodus obliquicostatus Zone figs. 4-1 I), Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp. (Pl. 4, figs.
Remarks. This zone [McCracken, 1991 (this volume)] in the 24,25, P1.5, figs. 1-5), N. gen. B n. sp. A.
basin facies has not yet been recognized in the Cordillera.
Dapsilodus obliquicostatus (Branson and Mehl) was prob-
ably a pelagic conodont and a common component of basinal
environments. The zone may correlate with the lowermost
Llandovery O.? nathani Zone of the carbonate platform en-
vironment.

?Aspelundia petila Zone

Remarks. The ?A. petila Zone has not been recognized in the
Cordillera, but it is equivalent to the A. expansa Zone (Arm-
strong, 1990) of Greenland (former species name has prior-
ity). This zone probably corresponds to the lower part of the
D. kentuckyensis Zone [McCracken, 1991 (this volume)].

Aspelundia fluegeli Zone

Strata. Road River Group.
Locality. Blackstone River, loc. 3 (GSC loc. 0-104269).

Significant conodonts. Aspelundia jluegeli (Walliser), A.

petila (Nicoll and Rexroad), Dapsilodus obliquicostatus,
Distomodus sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis Branson and Branson
sensu Cooper, Ozarkodina sp. aff. 0.polinclinata (Nicoll
and Rexroad), Walliserodus blackstonensis McCracken
(Pl. 5, figs. 1&19,21,22).

Other conodonts. Decoriconusfragilis (Branson and Mehl),

Ozarkodina sp. B, Panderodus spp., Walliserodus curva-
tus (Branson and Branson), Walliserodus sancticlairi
Cooper, W.? n. sp. B, W. spp.

Associated graptolite zones. Within M. turriculatus Zone, 13

m above M. sedgwicki Zone, 13.4 m below M. spiralis
Zone (Lenz, 1982).

Remarks. The A.Jluegeli Zone corresponds to the same zone

in Greenland (Armstrong; 1990), and is probably equivalent Figure 2. Conodont and graptolite zones and faunas, Yukon
to the upper part of the D. kentuckyensis Zone. Further Territory, southwestern District of Mackenzie, Northwest Ter-
ritories, and eastern British Columbia. Graptolite successsion
is from Lenz (1980, 1988a, 1988b; pers. comm., 1991) and
Lenz and McCracken (1989).
Other conodonts. Aspelundia Juegeli, A. petila, Astropentag- Oulodus n. sp. A has some similarities to 0. jeannae
nathus indet. elements, Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Dis- Schonlaub of the P. celloni Zone, and O.? sp. B Mannik
tomodus kentuckyensis?,D. sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis sensu (1983), which is probably Wenlock in age. Ozarkodina sp. C
Cooper, Oulodus? n. sp. A, O.? n. sp. B (Pl. 3, figs. 22, is comparable to 0.sp. CMabillard and Aldridge (1983) from
23), Ozarkodina sp. B, Panderodus spp., Pterospathodus the P. amorphognathoides Zone.
indet. elements, Walliserodus curvatus, indet. zygognathi-
form element. The range of the P. amorphognathoides Zone is upper
Llandovery to lower Wenlock. The fauna from Tetlit Creek
Associated graptolite zones. Within M. turriculatus Zone, occurs 1 m below the uppermost Llandovery C. sakmaricus-
21.3 m above M. sedgwicki Zone, 5.1 m below M. spiralis C. laqueus Zone (Lenz, 1982).
Zone (Lenz, 1982).
Selwyn Mountains, Howards Pass (Fig. 1, loc. 8),
Remarks. Schonlaub (1975) recorded new form taxa (Fal-
codus? n. sp. s.f., Synprioniodina typica n. sp. s$), which are Yukon
questionably assigned to N. gen. B n. sp. A, from the lower ?Distomodus kentuckyensis Zone
P. celloni Zone. A sample (GSC loc. 0-104284) from within
the M. turriculatus Zone at the Rock River section contains Strata. Shale-chert unit, Road River Group.
a fauna similar to that from BlackstoneRiver. Species include
Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp., A. irregularis, Aulacog- Locality. GSC loc. C-087094 (DDH 80: 329.2 m, 341 m).
nathus bullatus, Dapsilodus? sp. B, Distomodus sp. cf. D.
kentuckyensis sensu Cooper, D. staurognathoides (Walliser), Significant conodonts. Oulodus? (=Aspelundia)J?uegeli, O.?
Oulodus? n. sp. A, O.? n. sp. B, Ozarkodina excavata n. ssp. sp. cf. O.?Juegeli (= Aspelundia petila), Oulodus? sp. cf.
A, Panderodus spp., P. celloni, Aspelundiafluegeli, A. petila, O.? kentuckyensis (Branson and Branson).
Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp., Walliserodus blackstonen-
sis, and N. gen. B n. sp. A. Other conodonts. Dapsilodus sp., Distomodus? sp., ozarkod-
iniform elements.

Pterospathodus amorphognathoides Zone Remarks. Orchard (in Norford and Orchard, 1985) found
similar faunas at GSC loc. C-086324 (DDH 40,349-350.5 m)
Strata. Road River Group. and GSC loc. C-087548 (DDH 99,438.3 m) of the lower Earn
Group, and suggested they may either represent this zone or
Locality. Tetlit Creek, loc. 2 (GSC loc. 0-104297). the succeeding P. celloni Zone. The fauna from GSC loc.
C-086324 also includes Ozarkodina?,Panderodus, and Wal-
Significant conodonts. Carniodus carnulus Walliser, Ptero- liserodus. The early Llandovery age is suggested by Ou-
spathodus procerus (Walliser), Oulodus n. sp. A, Ozark- lodus? sp. cf. O.? kentuckyensis; some of these elements may
odina sp. C. be part of Aspelundia petila (cf. Norford and Orchard, 1985,
P1. 1, fig. 3).
Other conodonts. Aspelundia fluegeli, A. petila, Belodella
silurica Barrick, Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Distomodus
sp., Panderodus spp., Pterospathodus indet. elements, Pterospathodus celloni Zone
Walliserodus sancticl~iri,W.? n. sp. B.
Strata. Shale-chert unit, Road River Group.
Associated graptolite zones. 20 m above M. spiralis Zone, lm
below C. sakmaricus-C. laqueus Zone, 20 m below inde- Locality. GSC loc. C-086423 (DDH 29: 0 m), C-87094 (DDH
terminate Wenlock fauna, 61 m below C. lundgreni Zone 80: 266.7 m).
(Lenz, 1982; unpublished data).
Significant conodonts. Astropentagnathus irregularis,
Remarks. Pterospathodus amorphognathoides is not present "Rhynchognathodus" n. sp. Schonlaub, "Falcodus?" n.
in the northern Yukon samples. In Oklahoma, the P. amor- sp. Schonlaub, Oulodus? (= Aspelundia) sp. cf. O.?
phognathoides Zone is characterized by the first appearance j-luegeli, Carniodus sp.
of Carniodus carnulus and P. procerus. Cooper (1980) noted
that the Pterospathodus Extinction Datum (base of the K. Other conodonts. Belodella sp., Distomodus? sp., Panderodus
ranuliformis and K. patula zones) approximates the level sp., undifferentiated ramiform elements.
where Oulodus petila (= A. petila) and Apsidognathus, Aula-
cognathus, Carniodus, Distomodus and Llandoverygnathus Remarks. The elements assigned to the form species of
(= Pterospathodus) disappear. All of these genera except
Schonlaub (1971) have been discussed previously (see GSC
Apsidognathus and Aulacognathus occur in the sample from loc. 0-104270). Astropentagnathus sp. aff. A. transitans
(Schonlaub) is found with Aspelundiafluegeli, Belodella sp.,
GSC loc. 0-104297. Apsidognathus tuberculatus occurs in
strata 6 m above and 12-20 m below this sample; Aulacog- Carniodus sp., and Panderodus sp. in a sample (GSC loc.
nathus bullatus occurs in the older P. celloni Zone on Black- C-087548; DDH 99: 423.7 m) tentatively identified as P.
stone River. celloni Zone (Orchard in Norford and Orchard, 1985, p. 6).
The s a m ~ l efrom GSC loc. C-102746 (DDH 88: 806 m) Ozarkodina eosteinhornensis-Zcriodus woschmidti zones
A.
includes irregularis (Pl. 2, fig. 19), ~teios~athodus
celloni
Strata. Delorme Formation.
and A.fluegeli.
Locality. GSC loc. C-087604.
Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0.douroensis fauna
Significant conodonts. Ozarkodina rernscheidensis Ziegler.
Strata. Shale-chert unit, Road River Group.
Other conodonts. Indet. ramiform elements.
Locality. GSC loc. C-087550 (DDH 15: 36.9-38.4 m)
Significant conodonts. Oulodus? sp. cf. O.?fluegeli (= ?Aspe- Mackenzie Mountains, South Nahanni River (Fig. I ,
lundia petila), 0.sp. cf. 0.douroensis Uyeno sensu Nor- loc. 5), District of Mackenzie
ford and Orchard.
Pterospathodus celloni Zone
Other conodonts. Walliserodus sp. Strata. Sapper formation (informal), limestone member.
Remarks. This fauna was unnamed in Norford and Orchard Locality. GSC loc. C-086326.
(1985). Ozarkodina douroensis occurs in the Ludlow P. silu-
ricus Zone (Thorsteinsson and Uyeno, 1981), but evidence Significant conodonts. Astropentagnathus irregularis, Ptero-
from the Selwyn Basin suggests this particular fauna is Wen- spathoides celloni.
lock in age. Norford and Orchard (1985) reported that the
Wenlock C. rigidus Zone occurs right at the top of this Other conodonts. Aspelundia fluegeli, Dapsilodus sp., Pan-
lithological unit in nearby strata. This sample, if Wenlock or derodus sp., Walliserodus sp.
Ludlow in age, would extend the upper limit of Aspelundia
petila. Remarks. The sample from GSC loc. C-086331 (silty lime-
stone member, Sapper formation) includes a pennatiform
element of Pterospathodus celloni, plus Oulodus? n. sp. B
Ancoradella ploeckensis or Polygnathoides siluricus zones
Over and Chatterton? (PI. 3, figs. 18-20), Panderodus spp.,
Strata. Basal Earn Group. and Pseudooneotodus sp.

Locality. GSC loc. C-087094 (DDH 80: 76.2 m).

Pterospathodus arnorphognathoides Zone
Significant conodonts. Ancoradella ploeckensis Walliser (Pl. strata.sapper
formation (informa,), silty limestone
1, fig. 1).
Locality. GSC loc. C-086330.
Other conodonts. Undifferentiated ramiform elements.
Significant conodonts. Apsidognathus tuberculatus (Pl. 1, fig.
Remarks. The nominate species of the A. ploeckensis Zone 2), Aulacognathus sp. aff. A. latus (Nicoll and Rexroad)
ranges into the overlying P. siluricus Zone. The presence of sensu Over and Chatterton (Pl. 3, fig. 4), Carniodus car-
this fauna could indicate either zone (Orchard in Norford and nulus (Pl. 3, figs. 13, 14), Distomodus sp. cf. D. kentucky-
Orchard, 1985). ensis sensu Cooper (Pl. 3, fig. 16), D. staurognathoides
(Pl. 3, fig. 17), Pterospathodus procerus (Pl. 4, figs. 12-
Mackenzie Mountains, Glacier Lake (Fig. 1, loc. 6), 19).
District of Mackenzie Other conodonts. Aspelundiafluegeli (Pl. 1, figs. 16, 17), A.
?Polygnathoides siluricus-Ozarkodina eosteinhornensis petila, Oulodus? n. sp. B Over and Chatterton? (Pl. 3, fig.
zones 21), Panderodus sp., Pseudooneotodus tricornis (Dry-
gant) (Pl. 4, fig. 3).
Strata. Whittaker Formation.
Remarks. Similar faunas, plus Belodella sp. and Walliserodus
Locality. GSC loc. C-087601. sp., are found at GSC loc. C-087637 and C-086329. Apsidog-
nathus tuberculatus from the former is figured herein (Pl. 1,
Significant conodonts. Ozarkodina confluens. fig. 3). Aspelundiafluegeli is found at both of these localities,
and A. capensis Savage? (Pl. 1 , figs. 18-20) is tentatively
Other conodonts. Ozarkodina? sp. identified from GSC loc. C-086329. Pterospathodus proce-
rus occurs in GSC loc. C-086329 only. The sample from GSC
Remarks. and gamma morphotypes of Ozarkod- loc. C-087750 includes Apsidognathus tuberculatus (PI. 1,
jna confluens are present 39 figs. 24, 25); the gamma fig. 4), A. n. sp. 3 (PI. 1, figs. 5-12), Aspelundiafluegeli (Pl.
morphotype in the P . siluricus Zone but is 1, figs. 13-15), Carniodus carnulus (Pl. 3, figs. 6-12, 15),
common in the P. index fauna of Nevada (Klapper- -- and
Murphy, 1975).
Panderodus sp. (Pl. 4, fig. I), Pterospathodus procerus (Pl. Other conodonts. Decoriconus fragilis, Oulodus? spp.,
4, figs. 20-23), P. rhodesi (Savage) (Pl. 5, figs. 6-15), and Ozarkodina n. sp. A Over and Chatterton, 0.n. sp. B Over
Walliserodus blackstonensis (Pl. 5 , figs. 20,23,24). and Chatterton, 0. spp., Panderodus unicostatus, P. spp.,
Walliserodus sancticlari, W. spp., Gen. et sp. indet. A Over
and Chatterton.
Polygnathoides siluricus Zone
Strata. Sapper formation (informal), silty limestone member. Remarks. This zone represents the lower part of the dis-
cretalkentuckyensislnathani Zone of Over and Chatterton
Locality. GSC loc. C-087646. (1987), who combined three zones because the nominate
species of each occurred at different stratigraphic levels (Dis-
Significant conodonts. Polygnathoides siluricus Branson and tomodus kentuckyensis at 92 m, I. discreta at 95 m, O.? sp. cf.
Mehl (Pl. 4, fig. 2). O.? nathani at 101 m). Over and Chatterton (1987) recog-
nized two distinct faunas in their lower Llandovery strata and
Other conodonts. Ozarkodina excavata, Panderodus sp. suggested the differences were due to a deepening of the
basin. Their single composite zone is herein divided into two
Remarks. The sample from similar strata at GSC loc. C- zones (see below).
086333 yielded Dapsilodus sp., Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0.conflu-
ens (PI. 3, fig. 26), 0.sp. cf. 0.fundamentata (Walliser)? (Pl.
3, fig. 27), and Panderodus sp. The upper range of the fauna Aspelundiafluegeli Zone
from GSC loc. C-086333 is within the P. siluricus Zone. Strata. Informal member 1W, Whittaker Formation.

Ozarkodina eosteinhornensis-Zcriodus woschmidti zones Locality. Section AV1: 118.5-174.5 m.

Strata. Sapper formation (informal), silty limestone member. Significant conodonts. Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Oulodus?
(herein = A.)Juegeli, Ozarkodina hassi.
Locality. GSC loc. C-086334.
Other conodonts. Distomodus or Icriodella(?), Decoriconus
Signifiant conodonts. Ozarkodina r. rernscheidensis (Ziegler). fragilis, Oulodus? spp., Ozarkodina spp., Panderodus uni-
costatus, P. spp., Walliserodus sancticlairi, W. spp.
Mackenzie Mountains, Avalanche Lake (Fig. 1,loc. Remarks. This zone corresponds to the upper part of the
7),District of Mackenzie discretalkentuckyensislnathaniZone of Over and Chatterton
(1987).
?Oulodus? nathani Zone
Strata. Informal member 1W, Whittaker Formation. ?Pterospathodus celloni Zone
Locality. AV1:84.5-86 m; AV4B:111.6-112 m. Strata. Informal member 3W, Whittaker Formation.
Significant conodonts. Ozarkodina hassi (Pollock et al.), Locality. Section AV1:320 m; AV2:9-17 m.
Decoriconus costulatus (Rexroad).
Significant conodonts. Apsidognathus tuberculatus, As-
Other conodonts. Dapsilodus? sp. A Over and Chatterton, trolecignathus milleri Over and Chatterton, Astropentag-
Panderodus gracilis (Branson and Mehl). nathus irregularis,Aulacognathus b. bullatus, Dapsilodus
obliquicostatus, Distomodus staurognathoides, Ozarkod-
Remarks. This zone is Assemblage 5 of Nowlan et al. (1988). ina hadra (Nicoll and Rexroad), 0.gulletensis (Aldridge),
Over and Chatterton noted that Distomodus kentuckyensis P. celloni, P. pennatus procerus (herein = P. procerus?).
first occurred at AVI :92 m, so these beds perhaps represent
the lower Llandovery O? nathani Zone. Over and Chatterton Other conodonts. Astropentagnathus sp. aff. A. irregularis,
(1987) assigned these faunas to their "unzoned interval". Belodella sp. A Over and Chatterton, Dapsilodus sp.,
Aspelundia$uegeli, Oulodus? n. sp. A Over and Chatter-
ton, O.? spp., Ozarkodina spp., Panderodus unicostatus,
Distomodus kentuckyensis Zone
P. spp.
Strata. Informal member lW, Whittaker Formation.
Remarks. The occurrence of Pterospathodus procerus sug-
Locality. Section AV1:92-110 m. gests the P. amorphognathoides Zone rather than the P.
celloni Zone. The element of P. procerus illustrated by Over
Significant conodonts. Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Distomo- and Chatterton (1987, PI. 4, fig. 4) is from a level within the
dus kentuckyensis, Icriodella discreta Pollock et a]., Ou- P. amorphognathoides Zone. They did not illustrate exam-
lodus? kentuckyensis, O.? sp. cf. O.? nathani McCracken ples of this species from within the P. celloni Zone, the
and Barnes, Ozarkodina hassi, 0.oldhamensis (Rexroad). presence of which therefore remains in doubt. However, it is
notable that elements identified as P. p. procerus from the I.
inconstans (= P. celloni) Zone of Anticosti Island by Uyeno Kockelella patula Zone
and Barnes (1983, P1. 8, fig. 1-3) are pennatiform elements
of P. celloni. Strata. Informal member ID, Delorme Group.
Locality. Section AV2:242-331 m.
Pterospathodus amorphagnathoides Zone
Significant conodonts. K. patula Walliser.
Strata. Informal member 3W, Whittaker Formation.
Associated conodonts. Kockelella absidata Barrick and Klap-
Locality. Section AV1:33&456 m; AV2:47-160 m; AV4:O-5 m. per, Oulodus? n. sp. B Over and Chatterton, O.? spp.,
Ozarkodina e. excavata, 0. n. sp. D Over and Chatterton,
Significant conodonts. Apsidognathus barbarajeanae (Sav- 0. spp., Panderodus unicostatus, P. spp., Pseu-
age), Astrolecignathus milleri, Astropentagnathus irregu- dooneotodus bicornis, N. Gen. B n. sp. A Over and Chat-
laris, Aulacognathus kuehni, A. chapini (Savage), terton, N. Gen. B? n. sp. B Over and Chatterton.
Carniodus carnulus, Oulodus? n. sp. 2 Over and Chatter-
ton, Ozarkodina hadra, 0. gulletensis, Pseudooneotodus Remarks. The K. patula Zone corresponds to the upper part
n. sp. A Over and Chatterton, Pterospathodus celloni, P. of the patulalranuliformis Zone of Over and Chatterton
pennatus procerus (herein = P. procerus), P. p. rhodesi (1987). The lower part of this combined zone is herein
Savage (herein = P. rhodesi), P. amorphognathoides. referred to as the P. amorphognathoides Zone.
Associated conodonts. Apsidognathus tuberculatus, A. n. sp. The conodonts of the "lower patulalranuliformis Zone"
A Over and Chatterton, Aspelundia fluegeli, Astrolecig- are found in member 3W of the Whittaker Formation
nathus newti Over and Chatterton, Aulacognathus b. bul- (AV1:460 m) and member I D of the Delorme Group
latus, A. b. n. ssp. A Over and Chatterton, A. sp. aff. A. (AV4: 12 m). These include: Carniodus carnulus, Kockelella
latus, A. nelsoni Over and Chatterton, Belodella sp. A ranuliformis (Walliser), Ozarkodina hadra, 0. gulletensis,
Over and Chatterton,Dapsilodus spp., Decoriconusfragi- Pterospathoduspennatus procerus (herein = P. procerus), P.
lis, Distomodus staurognathoides, Oulodus?petilus paci- amorphognathoides. Other conodonts are: Apsidognathus tu-
ficus Savage (herein = A. petila), Oulodus? n. sp. 1 Over berculatus, Aulacognathus bullatus bullatus, A. chapini,
and Chatterton, O.? n. sp. A Over and Chatterton, O.?spp., Dapsilodus spp., Decoriconus fragilis, Distomodus staurog-
Ozarkodina e. excavata, 0. n. sp. C Over and Chatterton, nathoides, Oulodus? spp., Ozarkodina excavata excavata, 0.
0. spp., Panderodus unicostatus, P. spp., Pterospathodus spp., Panderodus unicostatus, ?Pseudooneotodus bicornis,
spp., Pseudooneotodus beckmanni, P. bicornis Drygant, P. tricornis, Spathognathodus sp. A s.f,
P. tricornis Drygant, Walliserodus sp., Spathognuthodus Kockelella ranuliformis and Aulacognathus chapini occur
sp. A Over and Chatterton sf., Gen. et sp. indet. B Over within the P. amorphognathoides and K. ranuliformis zones
and Chatterton, Gen. et sp. indet. C Over and Chatterton. of Alaska (Savage, 1985). Kockelella ranuliformis and P.
bicornis occur in the K. ranuliformis Zone in Oklahoma
Remarks. The lower part of this zone is characterized by (Barrick and Klapper, 1976). Pseudooneotodus bicornis de-
Astropentagnathus irregularis, Astrolecignathus milleri, fines the base of this zone (approximately equal to the base
Aulacognathus kuehni, Aspelundia species, and Pterospatho- of the K. patula Zone, Barrick and Klapper, 1976; Cooper,
dus celloni, which do not range to the top of this zone. The 1980), but both it and K. ranuliformis occur on Anticosti
upper part is represented by Apsidognathus barbarajeanae, Island in older strata below the P. amorphognathoides Zone
Aulacognuthus chapini, Carniodus carnulus, Oulodus? n. sp. (Uyeno and Barnes, 1983). Since both K. ranuliformis and P.
2, Ozarkodina hadra, Pterospathodus rhodesi, and Pseu- bicornis apparently have extended ranges, the K. ranuliformis
dooneotodus n. sp. A (Over and Chatterton, 1987). These Zone may not be recognizable in areas outside Oklahoma.
writers suggested the disappearance of P. amorphognathoi-
des near the top of the Whittaker Formation was due to the Over and Chatterton (1987) reported that over 80 m of
change to the more clastic environment of the succeeding shales separate the first occurrence of Kockelella ranuli-
Road River Group. The palmate elements of N. gen. B n. sp. formis and K. patula (see below).
A resemble those of the Ordovician Chirognuthus and Rhipi-
dognathus. Similar Arctic Island forms occur within the
Wenlock C. rigidus graptolite Zone (Over and Chatterton, Ozarkodina bohemica Zone
1987). Strata. Informal member ID, Delorme Group (Over and
Interestingly, this is one of the few reported occurrences Chatterton, 1987).
of Pterospathodus amorphognathoides in Western Canada.
Unfortunately, Over and Chatterton (1987) did not illustrate Locality. Section AV4: 165-23 1 m.
this species. Other collections from this zone (e.g., Savage,
Significant conodonts. Kockelella walliseri (Helfrich), 0.bo-
1985; this study) contain P. procerus and P. rhodesi rather
than P. amorphognathoides.
hemica Walliser, 0. confluens.
Associated conodonts. Oulodus? n. sp. C Over and Chatterton, chapini (PI. 3, fig. 3), Belodella sp., Distomodus? sp., Ou-
O.? spp., Ozarkodina e. excavata, 0. n. sp. D, 0. spp., lodus? sp., and Panderodus sp. One sample (GSC loc.
Panderodus unicostatus, Gen. et sp. indet. D Over and C-159575) fmm the Kechika Group(?) contains Oulodus? n.
Chatterton, Gen. et sp. indet. E Over and Chatterton. sp. A Over and Chatterton, plus A. jluegeli, Aulacognathus?
sp., and Panderodus spp. Over and Chatterton (1987) found
that O.? n. sp. A ranged from the base of the P. celloni Zone
Pelekysgnathus arcticus fauna into the lower P. amorphognathoides Zone.
Strata. Road River Group.
Pterospathodus amorphognathoides Zone
Locality. Section AV7:430 m.
Strata. Sandpile or Nonda Group.
Significant conodonts. Ozarkodina confluens, P. arcticus
Uyeno. Locality. GSC loc. C- 149711.

Associated conodonts. Oulodus? spp., Ozarkodina e. exca- Significant conodonts. Carniodus carnulus, Pterospathodus
vata, 0. spp., Panderodus unicostatus, P. spp. procerus, P. rhodesi.

Remarks. Ozarkodina confluens was identified by Over and Other conodonts. Apsidognathus? sp., Aspelundia fluegeli,
Chatterton (1987) as the epsilon morphotype of Klapper and Panderodus sp., Walliserodus blackstonensis.
Murphy (1975). This fauna was not named by Over and
Chatterton (1987). Remarks. A sample from the same zone at GSC loc. C- 159504
contains fragments of retiolitid graptolites.

Rocky Mountains, Kechika River (Fig. I , loc. 9),

British Columbia Rocky Mountains, Mount Tegart (Fig. I, loc. II),
British Columbia
?Aspelundiafluegeli Zone
Pterospathodus amorphognathoides Zone
Strata. Road River Group.
Strata. Tegart Formation.
Locality. GSC loc. C-116712.
Locality. GSC loc. C-060933, C-060935.
Significant conodonts. Dapsilodus obliquicostatus, Decori-
conusfragilis?, Distomodus sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis sensu Significant conodonts. Carniodus carnulus, Pterospathodus
Cooper, Walliserodus sancticlairi, W. blackstonensis. procerus?

Other conodonts. Belodella sp. Other conodonts. Aspelundia fluegeli, Belodella sp., Pan-
derodus sp., ?N. gen. B n. sp. A Over and Chatterton.

Rocky Mountains, McLeod Lake (Fig. I , loc. 1O), Remarks. New gen. B n. sp. A occurs in the Wenlock pat-
British Columbia ulalranuliformis Zone of Over and Chatterton (1987; see
above).
Pterospathodus celloni Zone
Strata. Sandpile or Nonda Group. Rocky Mountains, Pedley Pass (Fig. I, loc. 12))
Locality. GSC loc. C-149713. British Columbia
Oulodus? nathani or Distomodus kentuckyensis zones
Significant conodonts. Aspelundia Juegeli, P. celloni.
Strata. Beaverfoot Formation.
Other conodonts. Distomodus sp., Panderodus spp.
Locality. GSC loc. C-060942.
Remarks. The sample from unnamed strata at GSC loc. C-
159505yielded Aspelundiafluegeli, Aulacognathus bullatus, Significant conodonts. Oulodus? kentuckyensis.
Distomodus staurognathoides, Pseudooneotodus beckmanni,
and Panderodus sp., and based on the presence of A. bullatus, Other conodonts. Distomodus sp., Icriodella sp., Ozarkodina
represents the P. celloni Zone or lower strata (Uyeno and sp., Panderodus spp., Walliserodus curvatus?
Barnes, 1983; Armstrong, 1990). Sample GSCloc. C-149715
(Sandpile Group) may represent the highest part of the P. Remarks. Samples from higher in this section contain Ozark-
celloni Zone on the basis of Carniodus carnulus. Also present odina hassi, 0. rnanitoulinensis (Pollock et al.), and 0. old-
are: Apsidognathus? sp., Aspelundiafluegeli, Aulacognathus hamensis.
?Distomodus kentuckyensis Zone levels with graptolite collection data and element totals for
species from the first three localities are given in McCracken
Strata. Beaverfoot Formation. [I991 (this volume)].
Locality. GSC loc. C-045575. Most conodont taxa identified below are multielement;
the few form species mentioned within the text have the
Significant conodonts. Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0.polinclinata. abbreviation s.f (sensuformo). The element nomenclature is
from Barnes et al. (1979). All illustrated specimens are as-
Other conodonts.Distomodus sp., Ozarkodina excavata, Pan- signed Geological Survey of Canada (GSC) type numbers
derodus spp., Walliserodus curvatus. and are housed in the National Type Collection of Inverte-
brate and Plant Fossils at the Geological Survey of Canada,
601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8.
Distomodus staurognathoides Zone
Strata. Beaverfoot Formation. Ancoradella ploeckensis Walliser
Locality. GSC loc. C-045583. (Pl. 1, fig. 1)
Significant conodonts. Aulacognathus bullatus.
Hypotype. GSC 66004.
Other conodonts. Aspelundia sp., Oulodus sp., Panderodus
SP. Apsidognathus tuberculatus Walliser

(PI. 1, figs. 2-4)

Pterospathodus celloni Zone
Strata. Beaverfoot Formation. Hypotypes. GSC 101182-101184.

Locality. GSC loc. C-045586. Apsidognathus n. sp. 3

Significant conodonts. Aulacognathus bullatus, A. latus,
(Pl. 1, figs. 5-12; Figs. 3,4)
Ozarkodina sp. aff. 0.polinclinata, P. celloni.

Other conodonts.Aspelundiapuegeli, Belodella sp., Distomo- Remarks. The entire upper is 'Ov-
dus sp., Oulodus? sp., Panderodus spp. ered with microreticulation polygons about 5-20 Fm in di-
ameter. Even denticles are ornamented in some (e.g., Figs. 3,
Remarks. Other samples in this zone contain Aspelundia 4). A rough estimation of polygon diameter in the lyrifom
petila, Pseudooneotodus beckmanni, Walliserodus curvatus, elements is about 10 ~m across the widest part, increasing to
W. blackstonensis. about twice that toward the distal end.
Figured specimens. GSC 101185-101192.
Pterospathodus amorphognathoides Zone
Strata. Tegart Formation. Aspelundiafluegeli (Walliser)

Locality. GSC loc. C-060945. (Pl. 1, figs. 13-17)

Significant conodonts. Pterospathodus procerus. Hypotypes. GSC 101193-101197.

Other conodonts. Aspelundia jluegeli, Panderodus spp.,

Pseudooneotodus beckmanni. Aspelundia capensis Savage?

(Pl. 1, figs. 18-20)

TAXONOMIC REMARKS Hypotypes. GSC 101198-101200.

Conodont Colour Alteration Index (CAI) values (Epstein et
al., 1977) from the following sections are: 1) Rock River (CAI Astropentagnathus irregularis Mostler
= 4.5-5); 2) Tetlit Creek (4.5); 3) Blackstone River (4); 4a)
Pat Lake (5-6); 4b) Pat Lake South (4); 5) South Nahanni (Pl. 2, figs. 11-19; Fig. 7)
River (5); 6) Glacier Lake (4-5); 7) Howards Pass (5); 8)
Avalanche Lake (5); 9) Kechika River (5); 10) McLeod Lake Remarks. Microreticulation (polygons about 10 pm in
(5); 11) Mount Tegart (4); 12) Pedley Pass (2.5). Sample diameter) coversthe~latformsurfacesofthefandgelements.
Hypotypes. GSC 101211-101219.
Figure 3. Apsidognathus n. sp. 3: a element, lateral views, GSC 101190 (same specimen as in PI. 1, fig.
11). a) x1000. b) x90. Arrows indicate identical features in both figures.

Figure 4. Apsidognathus n. sp. 3: gelement, upper views, GSC 101186 (same specimen as in PI. 1, fig. 9).
a) x120. b) x1000. Arrows indicate identical features in both figures. ,

107
 Aulacognathus bullatus (Nicoll and Rexroad) Oulodus? n. sp. B Over and Chatterton?

(Pl. 3, figs. 1,2) (Pl. 3, figs. 18-21)

Hypotypes. GSC 101220,101221. Remarks. The elements from the P. celloni and P. amorphog-
nathoides zones at South Nahanni River have widely spaced
denticles similar to those found by Over and Chatterton
Aulacognathus chapini (Savage) (1987) in the youngerpatulalranuliformis Zone at Avalanche
Lake.
(Pl. 3, fig. 3)
Figured specimens. GSC 101237-10 1240.
Hypotype. GSC 101222.
Oulodus? n. sp. B
Aulacognathus sp. aff. A. latus (Nicoll and Rexroad)
sensu Over and Chatterton (Pl. 3, figs. 22,23)

(Pl. 3, fig. 4) Remarks. The b and c elements of Armstrong's (1990) Ou-

lodus spp. indet. group 5 from Greenland (pre-P. celloni
Remarks. An unfigured g element has a smooth upper surface Zone) are like those elements (unfigured) of Oulodus? n. sp.
but radiating striations on denticle nodes; some of these B from northern Yukon. The other elements (g element in
striations merge into a pattern of reticulation (5-10 pm). Armstrong, a, e,f, of the Yukon species) are rare and cannot
be compared.
Figured specimen. GSC 101223.
Figured specimens. GSC 101241,101 242.
Aulacognathus nelsoni Over and Chatterton
Ozarkodina confluens (Branson and Mehl)
(Pl. 3, fig. 5)
(Pl. 3, figs. 24,25)
Hypotype. GSC 101224.
Hypotypes. GSC 101243,101244.
Carniodus carnulus Walliser
Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0.confluens (Branson and Mehl)
(Pl. 3, figs. 6-15)
(Pl. 3, fig. 26)
Remarks. Microreticulation (polygons about 5 pm in
diameter) covers along upper margin of process ledges, and Figured specimen. GSC 101245.
longitudinal striations on cusp and denticles.
Hypotypes. GSC 101225-101234. Ozarkodinafundamentata (Walliser)?

(Pl. 3, fig. 27)

Distomodus sp. cf D. kentuckyensis Branson and
Branson sensu Cooper Hypotype. GSC 101246.
(Pl. 3, fig. 16)
Panderodus sp.
Figured specimen. GSC 101235.
(Pl. 4, fig. 1)
Distomodus staurognathoides (Walliser) Remarks. Micro-ornamentation consists of anastomosing
longitudinal striations on base.
(Pl. 3, fig. 17)
Figured specimen. GSC 101247.
Hypotype. GSC 101236.
Polygnathoides siluricus Branson and Mehl

(Pl. 4, fig. 2)

Hypotype. GSC 101248.

 Pseudooneotodus tricornis (Drygant) Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp.

(Pl. 4, fig. 3) Plate 2, figures 1-10; Figures 5 , 6

Hypotype. GSC 101249. ?Astropentagnathus irregularis MOSTLER, 1967, p. 298-

300, P1. 1, fig. 4 (only).
Pterospathodus celloni (Walliser) Astropentagnathus irregularis Mos tler. OVER and
CHA'ITERTON, 1987 (in part), P1.2, figs. 2,6 (only; figs.
(PI. 4, figs. 4-1 1) 3-5,8,9 =A. irregularis); ORCHARD in NORFORD and
ORCHARD, 1985 (in part), p. 10, P1. 2, figs. 2, 3 (only;
Remarks. The three forms of Pterospathodus celloni are fig. 6 = A. irregularis); MANNIK and VIIRA, 1990, P1.
present in the collections; the angulatifonn and celloniform 17, fig. 24.
elements characterize the lower part of the P. celloni Zone;
higher levels are characterized by celloniform and pennati- Hadrognathus irregularis (Mostler). SCHONLAUB, 1971, p.
form elements (Mannik and Aldridge, 1989). Micro- 42,43, P1. 1, figs. 4, 11 (only).
ornamentation consists of longitudinal striations on cusp and
denticles. Etymology. From the Latin, araneum, meaning cobweb. This
Hypotypes. GSC 101250-101257. name refers to the concentric ridges on the basal sheath
between the radiating processes of the g element (see holo-
type, P1. 2, fig. 8).
Pterospathodusprocerus (Walliser) Diagnosis. Apparatus contains elements that have a basal
sheath between most processes; this bears widely spaced
(Pl. 4, figs. 12-23)
growth ridges and microreticulation. The f and g elements
have downwardly directed processes with platforms that are
Remarks. Micro-ornamentationconsists of longitudinal stria-
composed of basal sheathing. Anterior process off and g
tions on cusp and denticles, and microreticulation (polygons
elements is blade-like with long denticles. Other elements
about 5-10 run in diameter) and anastomosing longitudinal
include a?, blc, and e elements. The reconstruction may not
striations on process surfaces.
be complete.
Hypotypes. GSC 101258-101269. Description. A basal sheath is confluent with, and extends
between all processes on a?, blc, and e elements, and between
Pterospathodus rhodesi (Savage) some processes onf and g elements. Sheath has widely spaced
growth ridges that parallel lower margin. Lower edge of
(Pl. 5, figs. 6-15) sheath is narrowly excavated. Upper surface has microreticu-
lation on margins (polygons about 5 pm and larger in diame-
Remarks. Micro-omamentation consists of microreticulation ter), which merge into anastomosing longitudinal striations
along upper margin of process ledges and longitudinal stria- toward and onto denticles. Most of lower surface is exca-
tions on cusp and denticles. vated. All elements have white matter in cusp and denticles.
Sinistral and dextral forms of all five elements are present.
Hypotypes. GSC 101277-101286.
The a? element (Pl. 2, fig. 5) has a long denticulated
posterior process, a downwardly and posteriorly directed
Walliserodus blackstonensis McCracken anticusp or "anterior" process, and an outer, adenticulate
lateral process. Anticusp and lateral process taper to a point.
(Pl. 5, figs. 16-24) Distal end of posterior process is deflected upward, gently in
some elements, sharply in others, and, in large elements, it is
Remarks. Micro-ornamentation consists of anastomosing platform-like. Denticles are numerous (at least 12 on poste-
longitudinal striations on base. rior process, 22 on anticusp), relatively short, triangular, and
Hypotypes. GSC 101287-101294. partially confluent. They are inclined toward the anterior and
slightly curved toward inner side.
The blc (Pl. 2, figs. 1, 4) element has long denticulated
SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY posterior and lateral processes. Cusp is short, recurved, and
Genus Astropentagnathus Mostler, 1967 has costae on anterolateral margins that merge with proc-
emend. Bischoff, 1986 esses. Both lateral processes are directed downward and
diverge at about same angle posterolaterally. Anterior margin
Type species. Astropentagnathus irregularis Mostler, 1967. of cusp at junction of lateral processes is convex. Denticles
on lateral process are numerous; one specimen has at least 29.
These are inclined toward the anterior and directed laterally.
Denticles are short, confluent for most of their length, and
have triangular tips. Posterior process has at least eight
denticles and a wide adenticulate gap between cusp and first lateral process is long, perpendicular to anteroposterior plane,
denticle. Denticles of posterior process are shorter than those and anterior to cusp. All processes are denticulate except for
of lateral process, triangular,and partially overgrown in some short, flared outer lateral process. This process is opposite to
specimens. Basal sheath between processes is planar to cusp and thus more posterior than inner process. On some
slightly concave. Asymmetry is due to a slight flexure of cusp elements, posterior margin of inner and anterior margin of
and posterior process to inner side. outer processes are opposed to each other and perpendicular
to anteroposterior plane, giving element a cruciform shape in
The e element (PI. 2, figs. 3, 7) has denticles that are upper or lower view. All processes are directed downward.
slightly to moderately inclined toward short posterior proc-
Posterior process has ledge-like margins. Lateral processes
ess, which has up to about seven denticles. Anterior process
have margins that are directed downward; anterior process is
is long with at least 12 denticles. Apical denticle (cusp?) and blade-like. Distal ends of posterior and inner processes are
other denticles are relatively long, thin, confluent, and tapered. Cusp is slightly larger than denticles.
slightly curved toward inner side. Denticles on anterior proc-
ess of some elements are inclined inward so that they are Denticles off element have triangular tips, are slightly
nearly horizontal. Outer face of denticle base is convex; inner compressed laterally, and number about 14 on anterior, 9 on
face slightly to moderately concave. Basal margin on inner inner, and 7 on posterior processes. Denticles on anterior
side is a narrow to moderately wide platform. Lateral margin process are relatively long, confluent and erect, with longest
of base on outer side is flared beneath cusp. Base nearly situated about two thirds length from cusp. Denticles on
straight in most cases, but slightly arched in some elements. posterior and inner processes are short and confluent; those
Denticle base has micro-omamentation like that found on of posterior process are reclined. A relatively wide adenticu-
sheath of other elements. late gap is present between proximal denticle of inner and
anterior processes. Basal sheath between processes has rela-
Thef element (Pl. 2, figs. 2,6) is an arched platform with tively wide growth ridges. Ridges are also visible in lower
long anterior and short posterior processes; distal end of
posterior process is inwardly bowed in most elements. Inner

Figure 5. Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp.: f element, upper views, GSC 101204 (same specimen as in
PI. 2, fig. 6 stereopair). a) x500, stereopair (10. and 20. tilt, respectively). b) x65. Arrows indicate identical
features in both figures.

110
Figure 6. Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp.: g element, upper views, GSC 101208 (holotype, same
specimen as in PI. 2, fig. 8 stereopair). a) x500. b) x50. Arrows indicate identical features in both figures.

Figure 7. Astropentagnathus irregularis Mostler: g element, upper views, GSC 101215 (same specimen as
in PI. 2, fig. 15). a) x50. b). x500. Arrows indicate identical features in both figures.

111
view. Lower surface of posterior process is inverted and has elements of A. irregularis. The denticles of A. araneum n. sp.
a narrow longitudinal groove. Anastomosing longitudinal elements are generally longer, thinner, and more numerous
striations form an interference pattern on denticles (Fig. 5). than those of A. irregularis.
The g element (Pl. 2, figs. 8-10) has five processes; The blc element of Astropentagnathus irregularis is more
blade-like anterior process is in line with platform-like pos- robust and surfaces between processes are convex rather than
terior process. On small elements, posterior process is more planar or slightly concave (Bischoff, 1986, P1.3, fig. 13). The
blade-like. Outer bifurcating process is directly opposite in- e element of A. irregularis (M element sensu Bischoff, 1986,
ner anterolateral process. All processes are joined at cusp. P1.3, figs. 10-12) is quite different from the e element of this
Anterior process is longest, outer anterolateral is shortest, species. The former has a prominent cusp and a downwardly
others are variable in length. All processes are downwardly directed anterior process.
directed, producing an arched element; inner lateral process
is more downwardly directed than others. All lateral proc- Elements of these species (from the same sample) also
esses diverge at about same angle from anteroposteriorplane. differ in colour. Those of Astropentagnathus irregularis are
Posterior process tapers and is inwardly bowed at distal ends; a darker grey than elements of A. araneum n. sp., which are
other processes are straight. Anterior process is connected to more brown than grey (overall CAI = 4). This is presumably
both inner and outer anterolateral processes via extensive due to differences in thickness, and possibly surface micro-
basal sheath. Less extensive sheath also connects outer pos- ornamentation.
terolateral and posterior processes. Growth ridges are The ridges are perhaps a structural feature, and are similar
on upper and lower sides of sheath (Fig. 6). to those on other thin walled and broad platform elements.
Denticles of g element are slightly compressed laterally. For example, see Apsidognathus tuberculatus (Pl. 1, fig. 2),
Anterior process has up to about 18 relatively long denticles A. n. sp. 3 (Pl. 1, figs. 5, 9), and Ordovician taxa such as
that are confluent except for their triangular tips. Longest Polonodus and Pygodus.
denticles are about one-third distance from anterior. Cusp is Material. Holotype GSC 101208, paratypes GSC 101201-
indistinct and at intersection of processes; cusp and proximal 101207, GSC 101209,101210.
denticles may be lower than other denticles and completely
overgrown or fused. Posterior process has up to about 10
denticles that are short, confluent except for their triangular Genus Pterospathodus Walliser
tips; denticles of outer processes are similar. A gap is present Type species. Pterospathodus amorphognathoides Walliser.
between denticles of outer process and cusp. Denticles on
inner process are either absent, or present only at distal end Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp.
forming a short indistinct row. Basal excavation is deepest
beneath anterior process. Lower surface beneath posterior Plate 4, figures 24,25; Plate 5, figures 1-5; Figure 8
and posterolateral processes is inverted with a narrow longi-
tudinal groove. Etymology. From the Latin, retro-, meaning backward, and
Remarks. This new species contains elements, particularly ramus, meaning branch. This refers to the way the relative
the g element, that are similar to those of Astropentagnathus length of the antero- and posterolateral branches of the outer
irregularis. The most striking differences are the basal process is the reverse of ("backward" to) that of the type
sheathing, concentric ridges and microreticulation in all ele- species of Pterospathodus.
ments of A. araneum n. sp. This sheathing forms a down-
wardly directed webbing on the f and g elements. Platform Diagnosis. Denticles on anterior and posterior processes off
margins on the same elements of A. irregularis are narrow
element form a blade, those on outer lateral process form a
and perpendicular to the denticles. low ridge. Short inner lateral process is adenticulate. Lateral
Mostler (1967, P1. 1, fig. 4) and Schonlaub (1971, P1. 1, processes are directed downward; outer lateral process is
fig. 4) have illustrated g elements that have a similar sheath- commonly directed toward posterior. Basal cavity is inverted,
ing and growth lines between the processes. Schonlaub re- forming ledge on processes.
garded this element as a juvenile form of Astropentagnathus
irregularis. In the Cordilleran material, these-elements are
found in the same range of size as those of A. irregularis, The g element is unarched and has anterior, posterior, and
hence the differences cannot be ascribed to ontogeny. In outer bifurcated lateral processes. Outer posterolateral proc-
addition, sinistral and dextral forms can be found in both ess is longer than outer anterolateral. Posterior and outer
species. Schijnlaub (ibid., fig. 11) also illustrated anf element processes are platform-like with short peg-like denticles;
with the same type of ridge ornamentation. anterior process and denticles are blade-like. Element lacks
an inner lateral process, or has only- slight
- adenticulate flare.
The denticles of the anterior processes of the f and R Apparatus
-- is probably incomplete.
elements and the inner lateral of ~ s t r o ~ e n t a ~ n a t h u i
araneum n. sp. are longer than those in the same elements of Description. Upper surface is covered with microreticulation;
A. irregularis. The adenticulate gap between the cusp and polygons are about 5-10 pm across (Fig. 8). This pattern
continues to base of denticles as anastomosing longitudinal
denticles of the inner lateral process is much larger on the f
and g elements of this new species than between these striations.
 Figure 8. Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp.: g element, upper views, GSC 101273 (holotype, same
specimen as in PI. 5, fig. 2). a) x500. b) x50. Arrows indicate identical features in both figures.

The f element (Pl. 4, fig. 24, P1.5, figs. 1,3) is an arched both sinistral and dextral forms; other processes are straight.
ozarkodiniform element that has a long anterior process and Anterior process is longest, posterior process is longer than
a shorter posterior process. Direction of bowing of these outer posterolateral, and outer anterolateral is shortest. Pos-
processes is variable. Both may be bowed to inner side; or if terior and outer processes are platform-like. Anterior process
only posterior process is bowed to this side, anterior process is blade-like, except in large elements, where there is anarrow
is either straight or slightly bowed to outer side. Outer lateral platform margin or flange. Inner platform edge of posterior
process is shorter than posterior process; on most elements process continues anteriorly past cusp to point opposite outer
outer lateral process is posteriorly directed; on some it is anterolateral process. At this point this platform margin is
directed slightly to anterior. Outer lateral process has plat- either straight or forms a short adenticulate lobe.
form-like margins, and is distally tapered, although some
elements have a lateral process that has a rounded distal end. Denticles on anterior process of g element are relatively
Side opposite to lateral process either lacks a process or has long, thin, laterally compressed, confluent for most of their
a short downwardly directed lobe or process. This is slightly length, and with triangular tips. They number about 16;
anterior to lateral process. longest denticles are situated about two thirds length from
cusp. Denticles on posterior process are about nine in number,
Denticles of anterior and posterior processes off element are short, peg-like, triangular in profile, and confluent only at
form a blade. Cusp is wider and longer than denticles, and is their bases. Denticles on outer lateral processes are like those
at junction of outer lateral and posterior processes. Denticles of posterior; anterolateral process has about four, posterolat-
and cusp contain white matter, are laterally compressed, era1 about seven denticles. Cusp is indistinguishable. Lower
slightly reclined, confluent, and possess triangular tips. Den- surface is a shallow excavation under platform processes and
ticles on distal end of posterior process are short, discrete, and is narrowly excavated under anterior process. White matter
triangular. Denticles number about 9 on posterior, 13 on is present in denticles.
anterior processes; those on anterior process are higher than
Remarks. The f element is similar to Ozarkodina gaertneri
those on posterior. A low ridge of two or three denticles on
outer process is connected to anterolateral face of cusp base Walliser s$, the f element of Pterospathodus amorphog-
nathoides. Thef element of P. retroramus n. sp. differs in that
by a sharp costa. Base is completely inverted forming a ledge
on processes, and has a narrow groove along each process. the denticles are more numerous, processes are longer, and
Both sinistral and dextral forms of the element are found. the lateral process is denticulated, longer and less down-
wardlv directed.
The g element (Pl. 4, fig. 25, P1. 5, figs. 2, 4, 5 ) is an
unarched platform element with a denticulated anterior, pos-
terior, and bifurcated outer lateral process. Distal end of
posterior process is curved inward and downward slightly in
 Thef element also differs from that of Astropentagnathus Cecile, M.P. and Norford, B.S.
irregularis (which occurs in the same sample as the type 1985: Ordovician and Silurian paleogeographic maps and cross-sections
for western and northwestern Canada. Geological Survey of Can-
specimens of this species). Thef element of A. irregularishas ada, Open File 01 137.
a longer lateral process that is perpendicular, not oblique, to Cooper, B.J.
the anteroposterior plane. 1980: Toward an improved Silurian conodont biostratigraphy. . . Lethaia, v.
13, p. 209-22?.
The g element is comparable to the same element of Eastein.. A.G., . Eastein.
. . J.B.. . and Harris, L.D.
Pterospathodus amorphognathoides. The distinguishing 1477: Conodont color alteration - an index to organic metamorphism.
United States Geological Suwey, Professional Paper 995,27 p.
characteristics are: the outer anterolateral process in P. retro- Gordey, S.P.
ramus n. sp. is shorter than the posterolateral process, in press: Evolution of the northern Cordilleran miogeocline Nahanni map
whereas in P. amorphognathoides, these relative lengths are area (10.50, YukonTenitory and District of Mackenzie. Geological
Survey of Canada, Memoir.
reversed (Mannik and Aldridge, 1989). Jackson, D.E., Lenz, A.C., and Pedder, A.E.H.
The g element of Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp. is also 1978: Late Silurian and Early Devonian graptolite, brachiopod and coral
faunas from northwestern and Arctic Canada. Geological Associa-
similar to the g element of Astropentagnathus irregularis. tion of Canada, Special Paper No. 17, 159 p.
Both have long outer posterolateral and short anterolateral Klapper, G. and Murphy, M.A.
processes, and similar denticulation. They differ in that the g 1975: Silurian-Lower Devonian conodont sequence in the Roberts Moun-
element of Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp. lacks a well tains Formation of central Nevada. University of California Publi-
cations in Geological Sciences, v. 111.87 p. (imprint 1974)
developed inner lateral process and is not arched. It is likely Lenz, A.C.
other elements (e.g., a-c, d, e) are part of this new species, but 1980: Wenlock graptolite reference section, Clearwater Creek, Nahanni
have been mistakenly interpreted as part of P. celloni, which National Park, Northwest Territories. Canadian Journal of Earth
occurs in the same sample as this species. Sciences, v. 17, p. 1075-1086.
1982: Llandoverian graatolites of the northern Canadian Cordillera: Peta-
Material. Holotype GSC 101273, paratypes GSC 101270- lograplus, ~ e ~ h k o ~ r a ~Rhaphidograplw,
lus, Dimorphograplw,
Retiolitidae. and Monoma~tidae.Roval Ontario Museum, Life Sci-
101272. GSC 101274-101276. ences contributions, N.: i30, 154 p:
1988a: Upper Silurian and Lower Devonian graptolites and graptolite
biostratigraphy, northern Yukon, Canada. Canadian Journal of
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Earth Sciences, v. 25, p. 355-369.
1988b: Upper Llandovery and Wenlock graptolites from Prairie Creek,
Financial support to collect and process the samples was southern Mackenzie Mountains, Northwest Tenitories. Canadian
provided by a Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 25, p. 1955-1971.
Lenz, A.C. and McCracken, A.D.
Council of Canada grant to Drs. A.C. Lenz (University of 1982: The Ordovician-Silurian boundary, northern Canadian Cordillera:
Western Ontario) and J.A. Legault (University of Waterloo). graptolite and conodont correlation. Canadian Journal of Earth
Dr. A.C. Lenz is thanked for providing the graptolite identi- Sciences, v. 19, p. 1308-1322.
fications used herein. 1989: Silurian graptolite-conodont reference sections, northern Yukon
and southwestern Northwest Temtories. In A Global Standard for
Dr. M.J. Orchard (GSC, Vancouver) provided samples the Silurian System. C.H. Holland and M.G. Bassett (eds.); National
Museum of Wales, Geology Series, No. 9, p. 177-183.
from Kechika River (collected by K. McClay, University of Lenz, A.C. and Pedder, A.E.H.
London, U.K.), Glacier Lake and South Nahanni River (sam- 1972: Lower and Middle Paleozoic sediments and paleontology of Royal
ples from both localities were collected by Dr. S. Gordey, Creek and Peel River, Yukon, and Powell Creek, N.W.T. Twenty-
GSC, Vancouver), and McLeod Lake (collected by Dr. L.C. fourth International Geological Congress, Montreal, Quebec, Ex-
cursion A-14 Guidebook, 43 p.
Struik, GSC, Vancouver). Dr. T.T. Uyeno (GSC, Calgary) Mabillard, J.E. and Aldridge, RJ.
provided the material from Pedley Pass and Mount Tegart, 1983: Conodonts from the Coralliferous Group (Silurian) of Marloes Bay,
which was originally collected by Dr. B.S. Norford (GSC, south-west Dyfed, Wales. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 17, p.
Calgary). 29-43.
Mannik, P.
Drs. M.J. Orchard and T.T. Uyeno are thanked for their 1983: Silurian conodonts from SevernayaZemlya. Fossils and Strata, No.
15, p. I 11-119.
comments on an earlier version of this paper. The figures Mannik, P. and Aldridge, R.
were drafted by C. Bolton (GSC, Ottawa). A few of the SEM 1989: Evolution, taxonomy and relationships of the Silurian conodont
micrographs were provided by P. Krauss (GSC, Vancouver). Pterospathodus. Palaeontology, v. 32, p. 893-906.
Mannik, P. and Viira, V.
1990: Conodonts. I n Field Meeting, Estonia, 1990, An Excursion Guide-
book. D. Kaljo and H. Nestor (eds.); Institute of Geology, Estonian
REFERENCES Academy of Sciences, Subcommissionon Ordovician Stratigraphy,
Armstrong, H.A. IUGS Subcommission on Silurian Stratigraphy, IUGS Project
1990: Conodonts from the Upper Ordovician-Lower Silurian carbonate "Global Bioevents" IGCP, Tallinn, p. 84-89, pls. 16-18.
platform of North Greenland. Grmlands Geologiske Undersfigelse, McCracken, A.D.
Bulletin 159, 151 p. 1989: Preliminary report on Ordovician-Devonian conodont collections
Barnes, C.R., Kennedy, D.J., McCracken, A.D., Nowlan, G.S., and from carbonate and fine grained clastic facies of northern Yukon
Tarrant, G.T. Territory and northwest District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. In Current
1979: The structure and evolution of Ordovician conodont apparatuses. Research, Part G, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-lG, p.
Lethaia, v. 12, p. 125-151. 69-76.
Barrick, J.E. and Klapper, G. 1991: Taxonomy and biostratigraphy of Llandovery (Silurian) conodonts
1976: Multielement Silurian (late Llandoverian-Wenlockian) conodonts in the Canadian Cordillera,northern Yukon Territow. I n Ordovician
of the Clarita Formation, Arbuckle Mountains, Oklahoma, and to Triassic Conodont ~ a l e h n t o l oof~the
~ ~anadiankordillera,M.J.
phylogeny of Kockelella. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 10, p. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada,
59-100. Bulletin 417 (this volume).
Mostler, H. Over, D.J. and Chatterton, B.D.E.
1967: Conodonten aus dem tieferen Silur der Kitzbiihler Alpen (Tirol). 1987: Silurianconodonts from the southern Mackenzie Mountains, North-
Annalen des NaturhistorischenMuseums in Wien, v. 71, p. 295-303. west Tenitories, Canada. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 21, p.
Norford, B.S. 1-49.
1969: ~rdovicianand Silurian stratigraphy of the southern Rocky Moun- Pohler, S.M.L. and Orchard, M.J.
tains. Geoloeical Survev of Canada Bulletin 176.90 D. 1991: Ordovician conodont biostratigraphy,western Canadian Cordillera.
1988: The ~ r d o v i ~ a n S i l u r i boundary
& in the Rocky ~ o u i t a i n sArctic
, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 90-15,37 p. (imprint 1990)
Islands and Hudson Platform, Canada. In A Global Analysis of the Pugh, D.C.
OrdovicianSilurian Boundary. L.R.M. Cocks and R.B. Rickards 1983: Pre-Mesozoic geology in the subsurface of Peel River Map area,
(eds.); Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History, Geology Yukon Territory and District of Mackenzie. Geological Survey of
Series, v. 43, p. 259-263. Canada, Memoir 401,61 p.
Norford, B.S. and Orchard, M.J. Savage, N.M.
1985: Early Silurian age of rocks hosting lead-zinc mineralization at 1985: Silurian (Llandovery-Wenlock) conodonts from the base of the
Howards Pass, Yukon Temtory and District of Mackenzie; local Heceta Limestone, southeastern Alaska. Canadian Journal of Earth
bioswatigraphyof Road River Formation and Earn Group. Geologi- Sciences, v. 22, p. 71 1-727.
cal Survey of Canada, Paper 83-18,35 p. Schiinlaub, H.P.
Norford, B.S., Braun, W.K., Chamney, T.P., Fritz, W.H., 1971: Zur Problematik der Conodonten - Chronologie an der Wende
MeGregor, D.C., Norris, A.W., Pedder, A.E.H., and Uyeno, T.T. Ordoviz/Silur mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Verhilltnisse im
1970: Biostratigraphicdeterminationsof fossils from the subsurface of the Llandovery. Geologica et ~alaeontolo~ica~v. 3, p. 35-57.
Yukon Territory and the districts of Mackenzie and Franklin. Geo- 1975: Conodonten aus dem Llandovery der Westkarawanken (Oster-
logical Survey of Canada, Paper 70-15, 19 p, reich). Verhandlungen der Geologischen Bundesanstalt, v. 2-3, p.
Norford, B.S., Brideaux, W.W., Chamney, T.P., Copeland, M.J., 45-65.
Frebold, H., Hopkins., W.S., Jr., Jeletzky, J.A., Johnson, B., Struik, L.C., Orchard, M.J., Pohler, S., and Nofford, B.S.
McGregor, D.C., Norris, A.W., Pedder, A.E.H., Tozer, E.T., and 1990: Paleozoic-Triassic stratigraphy, McLeod Lake map area, central
Uyeno, T.T. B.C. Geological Association of Canada, Mineralogical Association
1973: Biostratigraphic determinationsof fossils from the subsurface of the of Canada Annual Meeting, May 16-18, 1990, Vancouver, B.C.,
YukonTenitoly and districts of Franklin, Keewatin and Mackenzie. Program with Abstracts, v. 15, p. A126.
Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 72-38,29 p. Thorsteinsson, R. and Uyeno, T.T.
Nowlan, C.S., McCracken, A.D., and Chatterton, B.D.E. 1981: Stratigraphyand conodonts of Upper Silurian and Lower Devonian
1988: Conodonts from Ordovician-Silurian boundary strata, Whittaker rocks in the environs of the Boothia Uplift, Canadian Arctic Archi-
Formation, Mackenzie Mountains, Northwest Tenitories. Geologi- pelago, Part 1. Contributions to stratigraphy. Geological Survey of
cal Survey of Canada, Bulletin 373.99 p. Canada, Bulletin 292, p. 1-38. (imprint 1980)
Orchard, M.J. Uyeno, T.T. and Barnes, C.R.
1984: A preliminary account of the conodont record at the western edge 1983: Conodonts of the Jupiter and Chicotte Formations (Lower Silurian),
of the Mackenzie Platform (Nahanni Map Area), northwestern Anticosti Island, Quebec. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin
Canada. Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, 355,49 p.
v. 16, no. 3, p. 185 (abstract).
 APPENDIX A
List of GSC localities cited in text
Latitude, longitude, and NTS map sheet number are given in caption to Fig. 1.

Blackstone River (Fig. 1, loc. 3) Pat Lake (Fig.1, loc. 4)

Glacier Lake (Fig. 1, loc. 6)

C-087601
C-087604 Pat Lake South (Fig. 1, loc. 4)
Howards Pass (Fig.1, loc. 8)

Pedley Pass (Fig. 1, loc. 12)

Kechika River (Fig. 1, loc. 9)

Rock River (Fig. 1, loc. 1)

McLeod Lake (Fig. 1, loc. 10)
0-104284

South Nahanni River (Fig. 1, loc. 5)

Mount Tegart (Fig. 1, loc. 11)

Tetlit Creek (Fig. 1, loc. 2)

Plates 1 to 5
 PLATE 1

Specimens in figure 1 are from Howards Pass; specimens in figures 2 to 20 are from South Nahanni River. .

Figure 1. Ancoradella ploeckensis Walliser.

g element, lower view, hypotype GSC 66004, x35, GSC loc. C-087094 (same element figured
in upper view by Norford and Orchard, 1985, P1. 2, fig. 1).

Figures 2-4. Apsidognathus tuberculatus Walliser

2. g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101182, x25, GSC loc. C-086330.
3. g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101183, x49, GSC loc. C-087637.
4. g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101184, x58, GSC loc. C-087750.

Figures 5-12. Apsidognathus n. sp. 3

5,9. g (platform) elements, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 101185, x102; stereopair, 150and 100
tilt, respectively, upper view, figured specimen GSC 101186, x92, GSC loc. C-087750.
6,7. Lyriform (scaphate) elements, upper views, figured specimens GSC 101187, x96, GSC 101188,
x89. GSC loc. C-087750.
8, 12. f elements, upper views, figured specimens GSC 101191, x135, GSC 101192, x177, GSC loc.
C-087750.
10. Stelliscaphate element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC 101189, x146, GSC loc. C-087750.
11. a element, upper view, figured specimen GSC 101190, x69, GSC loc. C-087750.

Figures 13-17. Aspelundiafluegeli (Walliser).

13. c element, posterior view, hypotype GSC 101193, x154, GSC loc. C-087750.
14. f element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101194, x65,GSC loc. C-087750.
15. f element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101195, x89, GSC loc. C-087750.
16. e element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101196, x96, GSC loc. C-086330.
17. a element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101197, x116, GSC loc. C-086330.

Figures 18-20. Aspelundia capensis Savage?

18. b element, posterior view, hypotype GSC 101198, x108, GSC loc. C-086329.
19. e element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101199, x116, GSC loc. C-086329.
20. c element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101200, x89, GSC loc. C-086329.
 PLATE 2

All are from Blackstone River, except specimen in figure 19, which is from Howards Pass.

Figures 1-10. Astropentagnathus araneum n. sp.

1,4.blc elements, lateral view, paratype GSC 101201, x54, upper view, paratype GSC 101202, x54,
GSC ~ O C .0-104270.
2,6. f elements, upper views, paratypes GSC 101203, GSC 101204, x50, stereopairs (00 and 10" tilt,
respectively), GSC loc. 0-104270.
3,7. e elements, inner and outer views, paratypes GSC 101205, x46, GSC 101206, x62, GSC loc.
0-104270.
5. a? element, lateral view, paratype GSC 101207, x42, GSC loc. 0-104270.
8,9. g elements, upper views, holotype GSC 101208,paratype GSC 101209, x39; stereopairs (0" and
10" tilt, respectively), GSC loc. 0-104270.
10. g element, upper view, paratype GSC 101210, x39, GSC loc. 0-104270.

Figures 11-1 9. Astropentagnathus irregularis Mostler.

11-13. f elements, upper views, hypotype GSC 101211, x42, stereopair (00 and 10" tilt, respectively),
hypotypes GSC 101212, x29, GSC 101213, x42, GSC loc. 0-104270.
14-18. g elements, upper views, hypotypes GSC 101214, x39, GSC 101215, x39, GSC 101216
stereopair (00 and 100 tilt, respectively); GSC 101217, x62, GSC 101218, x42, GSC loc.
0-104270.
19. g element, lower view, hypotype GSC 101219, x42, GSC loc. C-102746.
 PLATE 3

Specimens in figures 1,2,5,22, and 23 are from Blackstone River; figure 3 from McLeod Lake; figures
4,6-21,26, and 27 are from South Nahanni River; figures 24 and 25 are from Glacier Lake.

Figures 1,2. Aulacognathus bullatus (Nicoll and Rexroad). Figure 16. Distomodus sp. cf. D. kentuckyensis Branson and
Branson sensu Cooper.
1. f element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101220,
x42. f element, anterior view, figured specimen GSC
2. g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101221, 101235, ~ 6 5GSC
, ~ O C .C-086330.
~ 4 2GSC
, ~ O C .0-104270.
Figure 17. Distomodus staurognathoides (Walliser).
Figure 3. Aulacognathus chapini (Savage).
g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101236,
g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101222, ~ 2 7GSC
. ~ O C .C-086330.
~ 3 9GSC
, ~ O C .C-149715.
Figures 18-21. Oulodus? n. sp. B Over and Chatterton?
Figure 4. Aulacognathus sp. aff. A. latus (Nicoll and Rexroad)
sensu Over and Chatterton. 18. a element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC
101237, ~ 4 6GSC
, ~ O C .C-086331.
g element, upper view, figured specimen GSC 19. e element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC
101223, ~ 3 3GSC
, loc. C-086330. 101238, x58, GSC loc. C-086331.
20. c element, posterior view, figured specimen
Figure 5. Aulacognathus nelsoni Over and Chatterton. GSC 101239, x50, GSC loc. C-086331.
21. e element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC
g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101224, 101240, x65, GSC loc. C-086330.
x3 1, GSC ~ O C .0-104270.
Figures 22,23. Oulodus? n. sp. B McCracken.
Figures 6-15. Carniodus carnulus Walliser.
22. f element, inner view, figured specimen GSC
6,7,10. felements,upperview,hypotypeGSC101225,
101241, ~ 5 0GSC
, ~ O C .0-104270.
x89, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101226, 23. e element, lateral view, figured specimen GSC
~ 8 9GSC
, 101227, ~ 8 9GSC , ~ O C .C-087750.
101242, ~ 5 3GSC
, IOC.0-104270.
8. e-2 element, anterior view, hypotype GSC
101228, ~ 1 1 2GSC
, loc. C-087750. Figures 24,25. Ozarkodina confluens (Branson and Mehl).
9, 15. g elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC
101229, x123, GSC 101231, x123, GSC loc. 24. g element gamma morphotype, hypotype GSC
C-087750. 101243, ~ 9 2GSC
, ~ O C .C-087601.
14. g element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101230,
~ 1 9 3GSC
, loc. C-086330. 25. g element alpha morphotype, hypotype GSC
11. b element, anterolateral view, hypotype GSC 101244, ~ 5 0GSC
, ~ O C .C-087601.

101232, ~ 1 2 3GSC
, ~ O C .C-087750. Figure 26. Ozarkodina sp. cf. 0.confluens (Branson and Mehl).
12. a element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101233,
~ 1 1 2GSC
, loc. C-087750. g element, figured specimen GSC 101245,
13. c element, anterior view, hypotype GSC ~ 1 3 5GSC
, loc. C-086333.
101234, ~ 1 7 3GSC
, ~ O C .C-086330.
Figure 27. Ozarkodina fundamentata (Walliser)?
g element, figured specimen GSC 101246, x69,
GSC loc. C-086333.
 Specimens in figures 1-3, 12-23 are from South Nahanni River; specimens in figures 4-1 1,24, and 25
are from Blackstone River.
Figure 1. Panderodus sp.
Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 101247, x139, GSC loc. C-087750.

Figure 2. Polygnathoides siluricus Branson and Mehl.

g element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101248, x64, GSC loc. C-087646.

Figure 3. Pseudooneotodus tricornis (Drygant).

Upper-lateral view, hypotype GSC 101249, x85, GSC loc. C-086330.

Figures 4-7. ~teros~athodus

celloni (Walliser).
4,5. f elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101250,x77, GSC 101251, x77, GSC loc. 0-104270.
6,7. g (celloniform) elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101252, x50, GSC 101253, x58, GSC
~ O C .0-104270.

Figures 8-1 1. Pterospathodus celloni (Walliser).

8, 11.g (angulatiform) elements, upper views, hypotypes GSC 101254, x69, GSC 101255, x69, GSC
loc. 0-104270.
9. f element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101256, x89, GSC loc. 0-104270.
10. g (pennatiform?) element, upper view, hypotype GSC 101257, x65, GSC loc. 0-104270.

Figures 12-19. Pterospathodus procerus (Walliser).

12, 14, 18. g elements, upper views, hypotypes GSC 101258, x54, GSC 101259, x54, GSC 101260, ~ 8 9 ,
GSC IOC. C-086330.
13, 19. f elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101261,x108, GSC 101262, x89, GSC loc. C-086330.
15. a element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101263, x154, GSC loc. C-086330.
16. d (PC)element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101264, x108, GSC loc. C-086330.
17. e element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101265, x123, GSC loc. C-086330.

Figures 20-23. Pterospathodus procerus (Walliser).

20-22. g elements, upperviews,hypotypesGSC 101266,x108, GSC 101267, x108, GSC 101268, ~ 1 0 8 ,
GSC ~ O C .C-087750.
23. f element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101269, x154, GSC loc. C-087750.

Figures 24,25. Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp.

24. f element, lateral view, paratype GSC 101270, x62, GSC loc. 0-104270.
25. g element, upper view, paratype GSC 101271, x39, GSC loc. 0-104270.
 PLATE 5

Specimens in figures 1-5,16-19,21, and 22are from Blackstone River; specimens in figures 6-15,20,23,
and 24 are from South IVahanni River.
Figures 1-5. Pterospathodus retroramus n. sp.
1. f element, upper view, stereopair, 100and 00 tilt, respectively, paratype GSC 101272,x50,GSC
loc. 0- 104270.
2. g element, upper view, holotype GSC 101273,x39,stereopair, tilt as for figure 1, GSC loc.
0- 104270.
3. f element, lateral view, paratype GSC 101274,x35,GSC loc. 0-104270.
4.5. g elements, upper views, paratypes GSC 101275,x58,GSC 101276,x58,GSC loc. 0-104270.
Figures 6-15.Pterospathodus rhodesi (Savage).
6,7. g elements, upper views, hypotypes GSC 101277,x47,GSC 101278,x54,GSC loc. C-087750.
8,9. f elements, lateral and posterior views, hypotypes GSC 101279,x62,GSC 101280,x127,GSC
IOC. C-087750.
10,11. d (PC) elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101281,x85,GSC 101282,x116,GSC loc.
C-087750.
12. e element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101283,x100,GSC loc. C-087750.
13. b element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101284,x200,GSC loc. C-087750.
14,15. c elements, posterior and lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101285,x200;GSC 101286,x135,GSC
~ O C .C-087750.

Figures 16-24.Walliserodus blackstonensis McCracken.

16. a element, inner view, hypotype GSC 101287,x77,GSC loc. 0-104269.
17. a element, inner view, hypotype GSC 101288,x65,GSC loc. 0-104269.
18. c element, lateral view, hypotype GSC 101289,x81,GSC loc. 0-104269.
19,21,22. d elements, lateral views, hypotypes GSC 101290,x62,GSC 101291,GSC 101292,x81,GSC
~ O C .0-104269.
20,23. e element, outer and inner views, hypotype GSC 101293,x116,GSC loc. C-087750.
24. e element outer view, hypotype GSC 101294,x104,GSC loc. C-087750.
 Pre-Famennian Devonian conodont
biostratigraphy of selected intervals in the
eastern Canadian Cordillera

T.T. Uyenol
Uyeno, T.T., 1991: Pre-Famennian Devonian conodont biostratigraphy of selected intervals in the
eastern Canadian Cordillera. &z Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian
Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada,Bulletin 417,p. 129-161.

Abstract
A conodont biostratigraphy of the Devonian strata of the eastern Canadian Cordillera is summarized
herein. These strata range from Early Devonian, Lochkovian (hesperius Zone) to Late Devonian, late
Frasniart (approximately Zone 12 of the Montagne Noire, France sequence) in age. The strata are divided
into four stratigraphic intervals or' "assemblages",A to D. These assemblages, represented by 28 stratig-
raphic units belong to nine major tectonic and tectono-sedimentological elements. The major elements
selected represent the western "continental shelf' and the eastern "cratonicplatform". Eighty-three of the
more age-diagnostic conodont taxa are illustrated.

On prksente en bref une biostratigraphie des strates dkvoniennes de l'est de la Cordillbre canadienne,
laquelle biostratigraphie se fonde sur des conodontes. Ces strates s'kchelonnent du Dkonien infkrieur
(Lochkovien [zone a hesperius]) au Dtvonien suptrieur (Frasnien supe'rieur [approximativement zone 12
de la skquence de Montagne Noire, en France]), et se subdivisent en 4 intervalles stratigraphiques, ou
ccassemblages,,, soit de A a D, que reprksentent 28 unitks stratigraphiques appartenant ci 9 klkments
tectoniques et lectono-skdimentologiques mujeurs. Les klkments majeurs choisis reprksentent la partie
ouest de la ccplate-forme continentales et la partie est de la ccplate-forme cratoniquew. Quatre-vingt-trois
des taxons de conodontes les plus caractkristiques y sont illustrks.

INTRODUCTION arediscontinuousandoccurwithinseveralpocketsofalloch-
thonous or suspect terranes that are separated from one an-
The major tectono-sedimentological elements and stratig- other, thus making mapping difficult.
raphic subdivisions of the Devonian strata of the eastern
Canadian Cordillera used in this paper are those described Devonian strata in the Cordilleran Orogen east of the
by Morrow and Geldsetzer (1989). The eastern limit of the Rocky Mountain-Tintina Trench cover an area of about
study is at the eastern boundary of the structurally dis- 60 000 km2, with an average total thickness of about 1500 m
turbed belt of the Rocky Mountains and of the Franklin and (Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989). The Devonian outcrop belt
Mackenzie mountains to the north (Fig. I). A major struc- in the Canadian Cordillera north of latitude 60" N is consid-
tural discontinuity in the form of the Rocky Mountain erably wider than that south of it, because north of this latitude
Trench and its northern continuation, the Tintina Trench, less supracrustal shortening resulted from the Laramide
divides the Devonian strata into two parts. Devonian strata Orogeny (Norris, 1985).
located east of this discontinuity, although segmented by The conodont biostratigraphic summary presented
thrust faults, are readily mappable and form the westward herein is based on 28 representative formations from four
continuation of sediments deposited on the Interior Cra- major stratigraphic intervals ("assemblages"), and nine
tonic Platform. West of the trenches, however, the strata major tectono-sedimentological elements. Some of the more

1 Geological Survey of Canada, Institute of Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology, 3303 - 33rd St. NW, Calgary,
Alberta T2L 2A7
 DEVONIAN DISTRIBUTION-
CANADIAN CORDILLERA

LEGEND
TlNTlNA TRENCH
OUTCROP

SUSPECTTERRANES

INTRUSIVE BODIES a
EASTERN LIMIT OF J I,
DISTURBED BELT 4

DEVONIAN FOSSIL 0
OCCLIRRENCES IN
SUSPECTTERRANES

KILOMETRES

Figure 1. Distribution of Devonian rocks outcropping in the eastern part of the Canadian
Cordillera. Allochthonous or suspect terranes west of the Rocky Mountain Trench with Devonian
rocks are as follows: Cassiar (CA), Yukon-Tanana (YT), Alexander (AX), Wrangellian (WR),
Macleod (MD), Barkerville (BV), Cariboo (CB), Kootenay (KO), Quesnellia (QN,H), and Skagit
terranes (SK). (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
diagnostic conodonts from different settings in each of A. Delorme Assemblage (hesperius to pesavis zones;
these assemblages are illustrated in the accompanying Figs. 2,4,5, Pl. 1)
plates (Pls. 1-5).
Strata of the Delorme Assemblage are characterized by their
terrigenous siliciclastic content and a yellowish orange col-
Major tectonic and tectono-sedimentological elements oration, reflecting the initial onlap of exposed land associated
with the Kaskaskia Transgression on the "sub-Devonian"
Lower and Middle Devonian rocks of the Canadian Cordil-
lera were deposited within two distinct, broadly defined unconformity surface (Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989). The
tectonic provinces, the "Continental Shelf" and the "Cratonic assemblage, confined to the northern part of the Canadian
Cordillera, is prominent across the MacDonald, Mackenzie,
Platform" (Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989). Sedimentary
and Peel shelves, but is much less evident on the Ogilvie and
strata of the eastern Cratonic Platform are thin in contrast to
Porcupine platforms. The platform areas were farther from
the much thicker sequence of the western Continental Shelf,
the cratonic interior, the source of the siliciclastics.
with the boundary between the two probably coinciding with
a hinge line separating regions of different rates of subsi- The total thickness of the assemblage varies considerably,
dence. The Continental Shelf deposits of Early Devonian age and ranges from a feather edge near exposed land, such as the
are further subdivided into an inner shelf of shallow water Norman Wells High, to a maximum of more than 1500 m at
carbonate rocks and an outer shelf of sediments deposited in the edge of the Mackenzie Shelf and in the Root Basin
deep water and troughs (Fig. 2). The distribution of the major (Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
elements during the Late Devonian is shown in Figure 3.
The inner and outer Continental Shelf and Cratonic Plat- Southern Mackenzie Shelf
form are further subdivided into regional tectono-sedimen-
tological elements. These subdivisions were created on the The Mackenzie Shelf, here subdivided into southern and
basis of differences in the average rate of uplift or subsidence, northern parts, occupied a depositional area of the inner shelf,
and in erosion, nondeposition and rapid or slow sediment and contains primarily shallow water carbonate rocks. The
accumulation. Thus terms such as "basin", "trough", "shelf', southern extension of this shelf, in northeastern British
and "platform" are used. Columbia, is referred to as the MacDonald Shelf.
The Vera Formation, a 200 to 300 m thick, brightly
Major stratigraphic subdivisions coloured, argillaceous, skeletal, lime wackestone, was depos-
ited in the Root Basin, located within the Southern Mackenzie
The Devonian strata of the eastern Cordillera were subdi- Shelf (Morrow and Cook, 1987). At its type section in the
vided into six groupings of formations, termed "assem- Virginia Falls (95 F) map area, the formation is 27 1.5 m thick.
blages", by Morrow and Geldsetzer (1989). In descending Its conodont and brachiopod faunas at Cathedral Mountain
stratigraphic order they are (Figs. 4, 10): (61°42'52N, 125'39'30W; Sec. 1 of Morrow and Cook,
1987; there the Vera Formation is 200 m thick, and underlain
F. Palliser Assemblage (Famennian) by the Road River Formation) were described by Norris and
E. Graminia-Kakisa Assemblage (uppermost Frasnian) Uyeno (1981; referred to as "Delorme" Formation in that
reference). At GSC locs. C-57249 and C-57259 (23.1-23.2
D. Fairholme Assemblage (upper Givetian, disparilis m and 31.6-31.7 m, respectively, above the base of the
Zone to upper Frasnian) formation), the conodont fauna includes: Icriodus wosch-
C. Hume-Dunedin Assemblage (Eifelian-mid-Givetian; midti hesperius Klapper and Murphy*, Ozarkodina rem-
costatus to varcus zones) scheidensis remscheidensis (Ziegler). (Age: hesperius Zone.)
The associated brachiopods are representative of the
B. Bear Rock-Stone Assemblage (Pragian-lowermost Gypidula pelagica Zone of Johnson (1977).
Eifelian; sulcatus to patulus zones)
Conodonts from the top of the Vera Formation at North
A. Delorme Assemblage (Lochkovian; hesperius to pe- Tundra Ridge (61°53'N, 124O55'W), GSC loc. C-60714, in-
savis zones). clude: Icriodus hadnagyi Chatterton and Perry*, Ozarkodina
Of these, only the lower four, assemblages A to D, are sp. cf. 0 ,remscheidensis (Ziegler). (Age: eurekaensis Zone.)
discussed in this paper. Facies maps of these assemblages are
included (Figs. 5-9, 11, 12) to show the approximate distri- Northern Mackenzie Shelf
bution and lithotype of the formations.
At its type area in the Root River (95 K) map area, the Camsell
c or mat ion is a variably silty limestone breccia, with some
CONODONT BIOSTRATIGRAPHY large breccia fragments in a yellow and orange weathering
matrix, and some intervals of featureless lime mudstone
In the following sections, the conodont biostratigraphy is
(Morrow and Hills, in Hills et al., 1981). The following
discussed in ascending stratigraphic order, from Assemblage
collection is from the Camsell Formation at the southem
A to D. Each assemblage is further divided into major
Bonnet Plume (106 B) map area, GSC loc. C-89126 (64"16'N,
tectono-sedimentological elements. Taxa that are illustrated
130°40'W), some 400 km northwest of the type area: Amydro-
in the accompanying plates are marked with an asterisk (*).
taxis chattertoni Uyeno*. (Age: eurekaensis to delta zones.)
o PORCUPINE
MAJOR TECTONO-
SEDIMENTOLOGICAL ELEMENTS
(LOWER-MIDDLE DEVONIAN)

LEGEND

SHELF AND PLATFORM

(CONTINENTAL SHELF-
CRATONIC PLATFORM)

BASIN
(CRATONIC PLATFORM)

BASIN AND TROUGH

(CONTINENTAL SHELF)

PASSIVE UPLIFT
(NON-SOURCE AREA)

+ + + +

WEST ALBERTA

Figure 2. Distribution of major tectono-sedimentological elements of the Lower to Middle Dev-

onian rocks of the Cordillera. Heavy lines indicate the domains of the major tectonic subdivisions
of the inner and outer parts of the tectonic shelf, and of the cratonic platform landward of the shelf.
(From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
 MAJOR TECTONO-
SEDIMENTQLOGICAL ELEMENTS
(UPPER DEVONIAN)

LEGEND

SHELF
(CRATONIC PLATFORM)

BASIN
(CONTINENTAL SHELF)

TROUGH
(CONTINENTAL SHELF)

ACTIVE UPLIFT
(SOURCE AREA)

PASSIVE UPLIFT
(NON-SOURCE AREA)

Figure 3. Distribution of the major tectono-sedimentological elements of Upper Devonian rocks of

the Cordillera. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
 Chatterton and Perry (1977) described conodonts from The Sapper formation consists of recessive, orange
the Delorme Formation in the Root River (95 K) map area. weathering limestone and silty limestone. It is present in an
area northeast of the South Nahanni River, and where two
members are distinguishable, the upper silty limestone mem-
Selwyn Basin ber comprises tan to tan orange weathering silty limestone
The Selwyn Basin, lying west of the Mackenzie Shelf, occu- (Gordey, in press). In the Little Nahanni River (105 1) map
pies a depositional area on the outer shelf and primarily area (GSC lot. C-92572; Broken Skull River, 62O47'~,
contains deeper water shale, limestone, and chert. 128'1 I'W), the silty limestone member yielded the follow-
ing: Amydrotaxis johnsoni (Klapper) beta morphotype sensu
Klapper and Murphy (1980)*, Ozarkodina stygia (Flajs),

cn Porcupine
cn w
w <3
Conodont Zones Ogilvie Platform Selwyn Basin
E 2
VJ VJ
Overlying
Unit Canol Canol Earn Group

z
a varcus
z F
9
5
>
E
w ensensis
n
Z kockelianus
L.1 Q:
& w" austratis
E LL
I W
cosfatus

- patulus
sero tinus
Z
a
- in versus U N N A M E D SHALE
v,
gronb ergi
5 -
z dehiscens
5
z -
0 z kindle;
2 2<
rY
n sulcatus
rY
so z
a
pesavis

-r 5 delta
0
Y
I
0 eurekaensis
0
1
h esperius
A

Figure 4. Stratigraphic correlation chart of Devonian formations in the eastern part of the
Canadian Cordillera, ranging from the hersperius to varcus zones. Formations discussed
in the text are marked with an asterisk ( ). (In part modified from Morrow and Geldsetzer
[I 9891; formation names in the Selwyn Basin column are from Gordey [in press], and their
approximate positioning is from M.J. Orchard [pers. comm.]; spacing of conodont zonal
intervals from Klapper and Johnson in Johnson [I 9901).
Pandori~zellinaoptima (Moskalenko)", Pedavis pesavis pe- Group includes Devono-Carboniferous shale, chert, lime-
savis (Bischoff and Sannemann)", Pseudooneotodus heck- stone, and chert-pebble conglomerate (Campbell, 1967). In
manni (Bischoff and Sannemann). (Age:
- pesavis
. Zone.) southwestern District of Mackenzie, the Road River Formation
is described as consisting of argillaceous limestone and a
At GSC loc. C-87829 (62"59'30N, 128"19'40W), the mixture of shale, chert, and argillaceous limestone (Cecile
following collection was recovered from the silty limestone and Morrow, in Hills et al., 1981). The Driftpile Creek
member: Ozarkodina remscheidensis remscheidensis collection includes Icriodus steinachensis Al-Rawi beta mo-
(Ziegler), 0 . stygia (Flajs)", Pandorinelliraa optima (Moska- photype sensu Klapper (in Klapper and Johnson, 1980)*, and
lenko)". (Age: eurekaensis to delta zones.) is dated as sulcatus to kindlei zones.
In the Kechika River (94 L) map area in north-central The Road River Formation in the Virginia Falls (95 F)
British Columbia, a stratigraphic unit that may be referrable map area in District of Mackenzie (GSC lot.
the River Or Earn (GSC lot. C-52706; South Tundrasection, 61044'N, 124046'W) yielded
C-l 16707; Driftpile Creek, 58016'N, 126012'W), was the following: Amydrotaxis sexidentutu Murphy and Matti*,
pled for conodonts. In the Glenlyon (105 L) map area in the
Yukon Territory where the name was introduced, the Earn

HORN RIVER
HARE INDIAN*

----

BEAR ROCK-

v v v

Figure 4 (cont'd.)
 FACIES OF THE
ELORME (A) ASSEMBLA

LEGEND

LAND AREA

EVAPORITES, SANDY

YELLOW DOLOSTONE,
SANDSTONE (PERI'IIDAL)

GREY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

ORANGE DOLOMITIC
SILTSTONE (BASIN SLOPE)

SHALE, HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE
(BASINAL, BASIN SLOPE)

SILTY HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE (BASINAL)

SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE

CHERT (BASINAL)

ABSENCE OF RELEVANT
STRATA

Figure 5. Distribution of the depositional facies of the Delorme Assemblage, hesperius to pesavis
zones. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
 Ozarkodina remscheidensis remscheidensis (Ziegler), MacDonald Shelf
Pedavis sp. cf. P, pesavis (Bischoff and Sannemann).< ~ ~ e :
eurekaensis Zone.) As noted previously, the MacDonald Shelf is the southern
extension of the Mackenzie Shelf. and consists of strata
Conodonts from the Road River Formation, also in the deposited on the inner shelf platform.
Virginia Falls (95 F) map area (GSC loc. C-59351; South
Manetoe section, 61°38'N, 125'1OW), are: Eognathodus sul- A representative unit selected here is the Stone Formation
catus Philip subsp. indet.*, Ozarkodina rernscheidensis rem- from the Toad River (94 N) map area in north-central British
scheidensis (Ziegler)*. (Age: lower part of the sulcatus Columbia (GSC loc. 0-57339; Caribou Range, 59"42'N,
Zone.) 125°33fW). West of the type area, which is located in the
Tuchodi Lakes (94 K) map area, the formation is of shallow
Conodonts of the Road River Formation at Royal Creek subtidal origin, consisting of fine crystalline dolostone with
in the Nash Creek (106 D) map area were described by minor interbedded limestone (Taylor, in Glass, 1990; see also
Klapper (1969). Taylor and MacKenzie, 1970). The formation yielded the
following fauna: Pandorinellina exigua philipi (Klapper),
Pelekysgnathus sp. (probably new). (Age: sulcatus to gron-
Porcupine Platform bergi zones.)
The Porcupine Platform is located in the west-central part of Conodonts were obtained from two samples of an un-
the Yukon Territory, and is separated from the Peel and known stratigraphic unit, from approximately 250 km south
Mackenzie shelves by the Richardson Trough. As noted of the above locality, in the Ware (94 F) map area. One is
above, its greater distance from the interior craton is reflected from GSC loc. C-79 137 (57"07'N, 124'1 8'W): Icriodus
in its lower siliciclastic content. claudiae Klapper*, Pandorinellina exigua philipi (Klap-
The Road River Formation from the subsurface in the Hart per)*, P, steinhornensis praeoptima (Mashkova) sensu Lane
River (1 16 H) map area (GSC loc. C-13298J8151-8180; and Ormiston (1979)*, Polygnathus pireneae Boersma*.
SOBC Blackstone Y.T. D-77 well, 65O46'10.77"N, (Age: dehiscens Zone.)
137"14'54.78"W) yielded the following collection: Amydro- The second is from GSC loc. C-79088 (57"27'N,
taxis johnsoni (Klapper) alpha morphotype sensu Klapper 124'47'W): Eognathodus sulcatus kindlei Lane and Ormis-
and Murphy (1980)*, Ancyrodelloides delta (Klapper and ton*, Pandorinellina steinhornensis? of Lane and Ormiston
Murphy)", Ozarkodina stygia (Flajs). (Age: delta Zone.) (1 979), Polygnathus pireneae Boersma*. (Age: kindlei
Zone.)
Richardson Trough
The deeper water sediments of the Richardson Trough lie Southern Mackenzie Shelf
between the predominantly carbonate strata of the Peel Shelf The Arnica Formation consists of grey, fetid, fine to medium
to the east and of the Porcupine Platform to the west. crystalline, thick bedded dolostone (Morrow et al. in Hills et
The following collection was obtained from the Road al., 1981). From the Root River (95 K) map area (62"3O130N,
River Formation at the Trail River (106 L) map area (GSC 124'49'30W), GSC loc. C-83240, the following collection
loc. C-104191; Tetlit Creek, 66"42.5'N, 135O48'W) (this was recovered: Eognathodus sulcatus kindlei Lane and Orm-
locality is close to the type section of the formation, where iston, Ozarkodina linearis (Philip)*. (Age: dehiscens Zone.)
the unit consists of a thick succession of alternating grap- Conodonts from some units within the Mackenzie Shelf
tolitic shale, argillaceous limestone and some chert, were reported earlier by Chatterton (1979).
dolostone, siltstone, and sandstone [Cecile and Morrow,
in Hills et al., 1981, p. 152-1531): Ozarkodina pauciden-
tata Murphy and Matti*, 0. remscheidensis remscheiden- Selwyn Basin
sis (Ziegler). (Age: hesperius to eurekaensis zones.)
From an unassigned unit considered to be a carbonate equiva-
lent to the Road River Formation in the Nash Creek (106 D)
B. Bear Rock-Stone Assemblage (sulcatus to map area (central Yukon Territory, 64"44'25"N,
patulus zones; Figs. 2,4, 6, 7, Pls. 1,2) 135"09'30"W) GSC loc. C-12895, the following fauna was
recovered: Icriodus taimyricus Kuzmin*, Pandorinellina ex-
The Bear Rock-Stone Assemblage was deposited following igua philipi (Klapper), Polygnathus sp. cf. P. pireneae
the marine transgression that inundated most land areas in the Boersma. (Age: dehiscens Zone.)
northern Cordillera (Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989). Clean
carbonates and evaporites uncontaminated by land-derived The Portrait Lake formation consists of shale, chert, and
siliciclastic material were deposited. The assemblage, which minor sandstone and conglomerate (Gordey, in press). At its
is still confined to the northern part of the Cordillera, ranges type section in southeast Niddery Lake (105 0 ) map area, the
in thickness from a feather edge, where it onlaps the West formation is 897 m thick. Conodonts were obtained from the
Alberta Ridge and Peace River Arch, to a maximum of 1700 formation in the Little Nahanni River (105 I) map area
m at the edge of the Prairie Creek Embayment on the Mack- (62"29.5'N, 129O13.6'W) GSC loc. C-76623: Pandorinellina
enzie Shelf (Morrow, 1984). exigua exigua (Philip), P. steinhornensis steinhornensis
 FACIES OF THE LOWER
BEAR ROCK-STONE (6)
ASSEMBLAGE

LEGEND

LAND AREA

EVAPORITES, SANDY

YELLOW DOLOSTONE,
SANDSTONE (PERITIDAL)

YELLOWISH GREY
SANDYCARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

GREY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

SHALE, HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE
(BASINAL, BASIN SLOPE)

SILTY HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE (BASINAL)

c3-
SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE a bv 4

CHERT (BASINAL)

ABSENCE OF RELEVANT ?
STRATA

Figure 6. Distributionof the depositionalfacies of the lower Bear Rock-Stone Assemblage, sulcatus
to dehiscens zones. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
 FACIES OF THE UPPER
BEAR ROCK-STONE (B)
ASSEMBLAGE

LEGEND

LAND AREA

LAND, SANDSTONE-
EVAPORITE VENEER

YELLOW DOLOSTONE,
SANDSTONE (PERITIDAL)

YELLOWISH GREY
SANDY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

GREY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

SHALE, HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE
(BASINAL, BASIN SLOPE)

SILTY HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE (BASINAL)

SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE

CHERT (BASINAL)

ABSENCE OF RELEVANT
STRATA

Figure 7. Distribution of the depositional facies of the upper Bear Rock-Stone Assemblage,
gronbergi to patulus zones. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
(Ziegler)", Polygnathus gronbergi Klapper and Johnson*, P. area, southeast of the type section, the following fauna was
sp. aff. P. laticostatus Klapper and Johnson*. (Age: gron- obtained from the formation (GSC loc. C-150952; northwest
bergi Zone.) of Blackstone Lake, 65'13'30N. 137'56'W; note that this
sample is not in sequence with those cited below): Icriodus
The Grizzly Bear Formation consists of cliff forming, taimyricus Kuzmin*, Polygnathus dehiscens Philip and
massive, light grey weathering limestone and, in places,
Jackson. (Age: dehiscens Zone.)
dolostone (Gabrielse et al., 1973). At its type section in the
Glacier Lake (95 L) map area, it is 256 m thick. From west Additional conodonts from the Ogilvie Formation in the
of the type section in the Little Nahanni River (105 I) map Ogilvie Mountains (65'1525"N, 136'3120"W) in the Hart
area (62'30.6'N, 128'37.0tW) GSC loc. C-86348, the follow- River map area include:
ing collection was obtained: Pandorinellina exigua exigua
(Philip), Polygnathus inversus Klapper and Johnson*, P. In the interval of 43.6 to 79.3 m below the top of the
laticostatus Klapper and Johnson, Steptotaxis glenisteri formation (GSC loc. C-82859 to C-82861, C-82864): Pan-
(Klapper). (Age: inversus Zone.) dorinellina exigua exigua (Philip), P. expansa Uyeno and
Mason, Polygnathus inversus Klapper, Steptotaris glenisteri
Conodonts of the Road River Formation at Royal Creek (Klapper)". (Age: inversus Zone.)
in the Nash Creek (106 D) map area were described by
Klapper (1969). In the interval of 15.1 to 32.3 m below the top of the
formation (GSC loc. C-82865, C-82867, and C-82869): Pan-
dorinellina exigua exigua (Philip), P. expansa Uyeno and Ma-
Richardson Trough son, Polygnathus linguiformis bultyncki Weddige, P. serotinus
Telford, Steptotaxis glenisteri (Klapper). (Age: serotinus Zone.)
The following conodont fauna was obtained from the Road
River Formation at Trail River (106 L) map area, northern Note that the costatus Zone of the Ogilvie Formation is
Yukon Territory (See Uyeno and Mason, 1975, p. 715, loc. 6, discussed under Assemblage C.
66"3S1N, 13S035'W; referred to as Prongs Creek Formation Conodonts from the Ogilvie Formation were described by
in that reference; revision, A.W. Norris, pers. comm., 1990): Klapper (in Perry et al., 1974; in several map areas including
Pandorinellina sp. cf. P. exigua (Philip), P. expansa Uyeno 116 F-J, 0 ) and Savage et al. (1985; Ogilvie [I16 F] map
and Mason*, Polygnathus serotinus Telford, Steptotaxis area). Conodont biostratigraphy aided in interpreting the
glenisteri (Klapper). (Age: serotinus Zone.) depositional pattern and history of the Ogilvie Formation
between the Blackstone and Hart rivers in the Hart River
Porcupine Platform (1 16 H) map area (Dubord et al., 1986).
The Michelle Formation consists of interbedded black, calcare-
ous shales and fossiliferous black, argillaceous and silty lime- C. Hume-Dunedin Assemblage (costatus to varcus
stone and dolostone (Nonis, 1968). At its type section in the zones) (Figs. 2,4,8,9, Pls. 2,3)
northern Ogilvie Mountains in the Hart River (116 H) map area,
the formation is 167.2 m thick. In the same map area, the The Hume-Dunedin Assemblage was deposited during and
following fauna was obtained from the formation at GSC loc. after a major transgression, which resulted in sedimentation
C-128402 (Blackstone River, 65'41f30"N, 137'26'W): Polyg- over an area much broader than that previously covered
mthus dehiscens dehiscens Philip and Jackson*, Steptotaxis? (Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989). This resulted in the creation
furnishi (Klapper)". (Age: dehiscens to gronbergi zones.) of the Elk Point Basin and the Golden Embayment, and in the
disappearance of the Peel, Mackenzie, and Porcupine carbon-
At GSC loc. C-149438 (65"29'N, 137°57'30"W) the follow- ate shelves. The carbonate shelf areas saw the beginning of
ing fauna was obtained: Eogmthodus sulcatus kindlei Lane and deeper water siliciclastic deposition.
Ormiston, Pandorinellina exigua philipi (Klapper), Polyg-
nathus pireneae Boersma. (Age: kindlei to dehiscens zones.)
Porcupine Platform
Also from the Michelle Formation, but to the west in the
Ogilvie (1 16 G) map area (GSC loc. C-150769; north of Conodonts were recovered from higher in the Ogilvie Forma-
Ogilvie Crossing, 65'28'N, 138°13p30W), the following tion in the Ogilvie Mountains (65'1 5'25"N, 136'3 1'2OW) in
fauna was obtained: Pandorinellina exigua exigua (Philip)", the Hart River (1 16 H) map area (continuing from Assem-
P. steinhornensis miae (Bultynck)*, Pedavis sp. cf. P. sher- blage B, with the serotinus, inversus, and dehiscens zones).
ryae Lane and Ormiston*. Polygnathus dehiscens Philip and At GSC loc. C-82870 (0.1 to 0.3 m below the top of the
Jackson. (Age: dehiscens Zone.) formation), they include: Icriodus norfordi Chatterton,
Polygnathus costatus costatus Klapper*, P, linguiformis
Conodonts from the Michelle and Prongs Creek [= Road bultyncki Weddige. (Age: costatus Zone.)
River] foimations were described by Ftihraeus (1971).
The Ogilvie Formation consists in part of skeletal and Northern Mackenzie Shelf
reefal, resistant limestones, with some scattered argillaceous
material, silt, and chert (Norris, 1968). At its type section at The continuously exposed section at Powell Creek can be
Mount Burgess in the Porcupine River (1 16 J) map area, the regarded as representative of the Devonian sequence in the
formation is 667.5 m thick. In the Hart River (1 16 H) map Mackenzie Shelf (Hume-Dunedin Assemblage) and later, in
 FACIES OF THE
LOWER HUME-DUNEDIN (C)
ASSEMBLAGE

LEGEND

LAND AREA

EVAPORITES, SANDY

YELLOW DOLOSTONE,
SANDSTONE (PERITIDAL)

YELLOWISH GREY
SANDY CARBONATES

GREY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

SHALE, HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE
(BASINAL, BASIN SLOPE)

SILTY, HEMIPELAGIC
LIMESTONE (BASINAL)

SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE,

CHERT (BASINAL)

ABSENCE OF RELEVANT ?
STRATA

ERODED EDGE

Figure 8. Distributionof the depositionalfacies of the lower Hume-Dunedin Assemblage, costatus

to ensensis zones. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
 FACIES OF THE
UPPER HUME-DUNEDIN (C)
ASSEMBLAGE
LEGEND

LAND AREA

LAND, CONGLOMERATIC . .?:a::;

o :0, ,:P:.v

SANDSTONES

EVAPORITES, SANDY

YELLOW DOLOSTONE,
SANDSTONE (PERITIDAL)

GREY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

'REEFAL' COMPLEXES

FOSSILIFEROUS,
ARGILLACEOUS LIMESTONE
(UPPER SLOPE)

SHALE, SILTSTONE,
SANDSTONE (BASINAL)

SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE,

CHERT (BASINAL)

SILICEOUS SHALE, CHERT,

CONGLOMERATE
(FALILTED BASINAL)
\
ERODED EDGE A
\

ABSENCE OF RELEVANT ?
STRATA

Figure 9. Distribution of the depositional facies of the upper Hume-Dunedin Assemblage, varcus
to hermannizones. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
the Peel Shelf (Fairholme Assemblage). The succession is Conodonts from some units within the Mackenzie Shelf
exposed along the north side of a small tributary entering the were reported earlier by Chatterton (1979).
valley of Mountain River from the west. The section is
located at latitude 65'16'30N, longitude 128O46'30W in the
Sans Sault Rapids (106 H) map area. The following is a brief MacDonald Shelf
summary of the conodont biostratigraphy at Powell Creek. From an unassigned formation in north-central British Co-
The reader is referred to Uyeno (in Lenz and Pedder, 1972) lumbia in the Ware (94 F) map area (57"06'N, 124"32'W),
and Uyeno (1979) for a more complete listing. GSC loc. C-79343, the following collection was obtained:
The section includes the following Devonian formations Icriodus norfordi Chatterton*, Pandorinellina expansa
(in ascending order): Uyeno and Mason, Polygnathus costatus costatus Klapper*,
P. linguiformis bultyncki Weddige*, P. serotinus Telford*.
Bear Rock (limestone and dolostone breccia, 145.1 m) (Age: costatus Zone.)
Gossage (limestone and dolostone, 38.4 m)
Hume (argillaceous and fossiliferous limestone, 138.1 m) Golden Ernbayment
Hare Indian (silty or sandy, variably calcareous shale, The Golden Embayment straddles the boundary of southeast-
165.8 m) em British Columbia and southwestern Alberta; its sediments
onlap the West Alberta Ridge.
Ramparts (bioclastic limestone with some thin bedded
argillaceous limestone, 30.5 m) The Harrogate Formation is selected here as repre-
sentative of this embayment in the Hume-Dunedin Assem-
Allochthonous Beds (of MacKenzie, 1971; = "Unnamed blage. At its type section in the Briscoe Range, southeastern
beds" of Braun, 1966) (argillaceous limestone and calcareous British Columbia, the formation is 89 m thick and comprises
shale, with limestone blocks derived from the nearby carbon- limestone, shaly limestone, nodular limestone and shale in
ate bank, 16.3 m) the lower part, and dolostone in the upper (Norford in Glass,
Canol (siliceous, fissile, noncalcareous shale, with lime- 1990).
stone concretions, 16.2 m; type section) Conodonts from the Harrogate Formation at North Sin-
Imperial (quartz sandstone with some black, sandy shale, clair Creek (bottom part of the outcrop) in the Lardeau (82 K)
453+ m). map area (50°38'N, 116"04'W), GSC loc. C-53084, include:
Icriodus stelcki Chatterton*, Polygnathus linguiformis lin-
Of these units, the Bear Rock and Imperial formations guiformis Hinde, Polygnathus parawebbi Chatterton.
were not studied for conodonts and the lower three units, the
Gossage, Hume, and Hare Indian formations, fall within the A fauna from the formation at the Fairmont Ridge section
Hume-Dunedin Assemblage. The overlying Ramparts For- in the Kananaskis Lakes (82 J) map area (50°21'N,
mation, the Allochthonous Beds, and the Canol Formation 115"46'W), GSC loc. C-60947, includes: Polygnathus
are discussed under the Fairholme Assemblage. angusticostatus Wittekindt*.

The Gossage Formation contains a simple conodont The age of the Harrogate Formation is considered to span
fauna, consisting only of Pandorinellina n. sp. A sensu Uyeno the australis and ensensis zones. The reader is referred to
and Mason (1975)*, and which is now considered to be of Chatterton (1974) for a complete listing and illustration of
costatus Zone age (Klapper and Johnson, 1980). The most Harrogate conodonts.
characteristic fossil in the formation is Moelleritia canaden-
sis Copeland, a large smooth ostracode. Selwyn Basin
The overlying Hume Formation contains two faunas. The Conodonts from the uppermost part of the Road River
lower of these includes Steptotaxis pedderi (Uyeno and Ma- "Group" in the Sekwi Mountain (105 P) map area (63'30.2'N,
son)* and Polygnathus parawebbi Chatterton, and was 129"27.11W, GSC loc. C-87556, (loc. 10 in Gordey et al.,
placed in an approximate australis Zone equivalent by Klap- 1982) are of the ensensis Zone. The collection includes
per and Johnson (1980). The upper fauna comprises Polyg- Ozarkodina brevis (Bischoff and Ziegler), Polygnathus inter-
nathus angusticostatus Wittekindt*, P. curtigladius Uyeno*, medius (Bultynck), P. linguiformis linguiformis Hinde, P.
and P. pseudofoliatus Wittekindt*, of approximate kockelia- parawebbi Chatterton, P.pseudofoliatus Wittekindt, P. sp. cf.
nus Zone equivalent (Klapper and Johnson, 1980). P. schwartzi Chatterton, P. xylus ensensis Ziegler and Klap-
The lower two thirds of the succeeding Hare Indian For- per*, and P. n. sp. M of Klapper (in Johnson et al., 1980).
mation was either barren of conodonts or yielded only small, The Headless Formation consists of abundantly fossilif-
undiagnostic collections. The upper part of the formation erous, argillaceous, dark grey limestone, interbedded with
yielded Icriodus brevis Stauffer*, Polygnathus timorensis calcareous shale (Douglas and Norris, 1961). In its type area
Klapper, Philip and Jackson*, P. ansatus Ziegler and Klap- in the Virginia Falls (95 F) map area, the formation is about
per*, and P. xylusxylus Stauffer*, suggesting a Middle varcus 61 m thick.
Zone assignment.
 A collection from the Headless Formation in the Virginia 1 to 3 were not recovered at Powell Creek, but parts of the
Falls map area (Second Canyon, 61°18'N, 124'42'W), GSC missing interval are present in the Allochthonous Beds of the
loc. C-53037, consists of: Icriodus n. sp. A sensu Chatterton Maida Creek G-56 well, as discussed below.
(1979)*, Polygnathus parawebbi Chatterton*, Steptotaxis
pedderi Uyeno and Mason. (Age: australis Zone.)
McDermott Maida Creek (3-56 well
The following conodonts were recovered from a lime-
stone interval within a volcanic unit in the upper Earn Group, The Maida Creek G-56 well is located at latitude 65O3526N,
in the Niddery Lake (105 0 ) map area (63'16.3'N, longitude 128'10'17"W in the same map area (106 H), on the
130°52.0'W), GSC loc. C-87687 (see Gordey et al. (1982) for north bank of the Mackenzie River near Carcajou Ridge, and
the geological setting of this collection): Icriodus sp. cf. I. approximately 50 km northeast of the Powell Creek section.
amabilis Bultynck and Hollard, Polygnathus angusticostatus The Allochthonous Beds in the well yielded Ancyrodella
Wittekindt, Tortodus kockelianus kockelianus (Bischoff and alata Glenister and Klapper late form sensu Klapper (1985)*,
Ziegler)*. (Age: kockelianus Zone.) A. rugosa Branson and Mehl*, A. sp. cf. A. rugosa Branson
and Mehl*, Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff and Ziegler)*,
M. ovalis (Ziegler and Klapper)", and Palmatolepis disparata
D. Fairholme Assemblage (disparilis Zone to upper Ziegler and Klapper*. The presence of P. disparata is anoma-
Frasnian) (Figs. 3,lO-12, Pls. 3-5) lous, and probably suggests the age of a part of the Ramparts
Formation from which the limestone blocks within the Al-
A widespread regression (the Watt Mountain hiatus) was lochthonous Beds were derived; the species has been re-
followed by a major marine transgression (the Taghanic corded from the disparilis Zone elsewhere (Ziegler and
onlap of Johnson, 1970) on the Cratonic Platform, starting Klapper, 1982). The remainder of the fauna is consistent and
about Middle varcus Subzone time (e.g., Klapper and John- is suggestive of MN Zone 3 (Klapper and Johnson in Johnson,
son, 1980;Sandberg et al., 1989).The Fairholme Assemblage 1990).
represents the first part of an extensive record left by this
transgression. One of the more notable aspects of this assem- The upper one metre of the underlying Ramparts Forma-
blage is the development of prominent reefs populated with tion yielded Polygnathus sp. cf. P. dengleri Bischoff and
stromatoporoids, algae and corals, especially on the Alberta Ziegler and Schmidtognathus peracutus (Bryant), and has
Shelf. been dated questionably as the Upper disparilis Subzone.

Peel Shelf Mackenzie Shelf

The Powell Creek section in the Sans Sault Rapids (106 H) Conodonts from successions in the area of the Great Slave Lake
map area (see the Hume-Dunedin Assemblage for general in southwestern District of Mackenzie were described by Klap-
discussion of this section) was located on the Peel Shelf per and Lane (1985) and Orchard (1989). The conodonts of the
during the deposition of the Fairholme Assemblage. Polygnathus biofacies from the Hay River, Twin Falls, upper-
most Fort Simpson, Redknife, and Kakisa formations, initially
In the following discussion, the zones established by studied by Klapper and Lane (1985), were later correlated by
Klapper (1989) in the Montagne Noire in southern France are these authors (1989) with RM Zone 2 to RM Faunal Interval
prefixed "MN", and those of Klapper and Lane (1989) from 8. Orchard (1989) studied the succession at Trout River;
the southern Rocky Mountains are prefixed "RM". there, the contact between the biostromal carbonate buildup
The upper half of the Ramparts Formation yielded the of the Frasnian Kakisa Formation and the shallow water
most varied fauna in the succession, and includes Palmatole- siltlsand deposits of the Famennian Trout River Formation is
pis disparalvea Orr and Klapper*, Polygnathus cristatus well exposed.
Hinde, P. dengleri (Bischoff and Ziegler), P. disparilis
Ziegler and Klapper, P. dubius Hinde, and Schmidtognathus Liard Basin
peracutus (Bryant). This fauna is assignable to the Upper
disparilis Subzone. The Liard Basin, lying west of the Hay River Shelf in north-
central British Columbia, is part of the outer continental shelf
The lower one third of the succeeding Allochthonous and is a southern extension of the Mackenzie Basin.
Beds (of MacKenzie, 1971; = "Unnamed beds" of Braun,
1966; = "reef debris" of Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989) From a unit that was questionably referred to the Besa
yielded Skeletognathus norrisi (Uyeno)*, and is assignable to River Formation in the Ware (94 F) map area (57"07'N,
the norrisi Zone, of latest Givetian age. Limestone concre- 124"18'W), GSC loc. C-79138, the following conodonts were
tions from the lower part of the overlying Can01 Formation recovered: Icriodus difficilis Ziegler and Klapper, Ozarkod-
have produced, among other species, Palmatolepis disparilis ina semialternans (Wirth)", Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler
Ziegler and Klapper?*, P. transitans (Miiller)*, P. sp.*, and Klapper*, Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff and Ziegler*,
Polygnathus sp. cf. P. rugosa Huddle sensu Ziegler (1966)*, Schmidtognathus peracutus (Bryant)*. (Age: Upper dispar-
and P. timanicus Ovnatanova*, suggesting an assignment of ilis Subzone.)
this fauna to Klapper's (1989) Zone MN 4. This zone is of
early Frasnian age. Conodonts of the intervening MN zones
 The Besa River Formation-consistsof dark grey to black, occurs first, in the norrisi Zone, and succeeded in the Lower
thin bedded, fissile, slightly calcareous to calcareous shale asymmetrica Zone by later morphotypes with a multidenticu-
(Hills, in Hills et al., 1981). The following collection is from late anterior blade.
the formation in the Halfway River (94 B) map area (Robb
Lake area, 56'56'N. 123"46'W), GSC loc. C-79362: Polyg- Ancyrodella rotundiloba (Bryant; probably early form of
nathus cristatus Hinde*, P. dengleri Bischoff and Klapper, 1985) was recovered from the upper part of the
Ziegler*, P. dubius Hinde*, P. ordinatus Bryant*. (Age: Flume Formation at Quartz Hill (Mallamo collection; located
Upper disparilis subzone.) at latit~de51~01~3ON, longitude 115°44'40W, about 260 km
southwest of the Cold Sulphur Spring section; here the Flume
is a member of the Cairn Formation). This suggests that the
Alberta Shelf Flume Formation/Member ranges into the Lower asymmet-
rica Zone. At Luscar Mountain I section (53"02'36N,
The following discussion is based principally on the section 117"27'W), Klapper and Lane (1989) recorded their RM Zone
at Cold Sulphur Spring (CSS), located about 20 km north of 1 from the highest parts of the formation, a zone equated with
Jasper, Alberta, along Highway 16. Conodonts from this MN Zone 4 by these authors. Mallamo and Geldsetzer (1991)
section were previously reported by Clark and Ethington noted the diachronous nature of the base of this unit.
(1965) and by Pollock (1968), with the most recent summary
of the stratigraphy of the section provided by Geldsetzer (in At the Grassi Lakes section at Canmore (one of the stops
Norris and Pedder, 1987). A brief summary of the conodont herein), conodonts were recovered only from the upper part
biostratigraphy based on more recent collections was pre- of the Flume Member of the Cairn Formation. The two
sented by Uyeno (in Norris and Pedder, 1987). Data from this collections include Icriodus expansus Branson and Mehl,
section are supplemented by the collections of M. Mallamo Pandorinellina sp. cf. P. insita (with multidenticulate anterior
from the Banff-Kananaskis area to the south. blade), Polygnathus sp. cf. P. dubius Hinde, and P. xylusxylus
Stauffer. At the nearby Mount Rundle section of Mallamo
The Flume Formation (50.9 m) consists of finely to (5 1°05'00"N, 115"25'00W), the Flume Member yielded Ic-
coarsely crystalline dolostone, in part containing abundant riodus subterminus Youngquist and Pandorinellina insita
stromatoporoids and Amphipora, with a minor amount of (with two-denticle anterior blade).
dense limestone. At Cold Sulphur Spring, the lowest parts
yielded Icriodus dificilis Ziegler and Klapper*, Icriodus The upper member of the Cairn Formation was sampled
subterminus Youngquist*, Pandorinellina insita (Stauffer) for conodonts by Mallamo at several sections, but yielded
(with single large anteriordenticle)", and Polygnathus alatus mostly long-ranging forms. At Mount McDougall
Huddle*. This collection is questionably assigned to the (50°54'05"N, 115"0235"W), the lower half of the member
norrisi Zone, principally on the basis of the morphotype of P. yielded Mesotaxis sp. cf. M. n. sp. Q of Klapper and Lane
insita. In Utah (Sandberg, 1979) and in central Nevada (1989), Polygnathus alatus Huddle, and P. aspelundi Savage
(Klapper in Johnson et al., 1980),the single-denticlemorphotype

cn Conodont Zones Peel Shelf Western Northwestern West-Central Southwestern

W g Mackenzle Shelf Alberta Shelf Alberta Shelf Alberta Shelf Assemblages
5
v,
2 Overl~"g
~retaceous Trout River Palliser Sassenach Sassenach
U l l L U 1 1 1 1 1 Ilk
-----------
MT. H A W *
------

Figure 10. Stratigraphiccorrelation chart of Devonian formations in the eastern part of the Canadian
Cordillera, ranging from the varcus Zone to the upper Frasnian. Formations discussed in the text
are marked with an asterisk (*). (In part modified from Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989; names and
spacing of conodont zonal intervals from Klapper and Johnson in Johnson, 1990).
 FACIES OF THE
LOWER FAIRHOLME (D)
ASSEMBLAGE
LE.GEND

LAND AREA

SILTY, ARGILL. CARBONATES

(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL,
PERITIDAL)

CARBONATES, SHALE j)a&',

(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

CARBONATE PLATFORM,
REEF COMPLEXES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

SILICICLASTICS, LIMESTONE,
REEF MARGINS (SHELF)

SHALE, SILTSTONE,
(SLOPE, BASINAL)

SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE,

CHERT (BASINAL)

SILICEOUS SHALE, CHERT

CONGLOMERATE
(FAULTED BASIN)

Figure 11. Distribution of the depositional facies of the lower Fairholme Assemblage, disparilis
Zone to mid-Frasnian. (From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
 FACIES OF THE
UPPER FAIRHOLME (D)
ASSEMBLAGE

LEGEND

LAND AREA

.............
DOLOSTONE, SILTSTONE,
..........
SANDSTONE (PERITIDAL)

EVAPORITES

SILTY, ARGILL. CARBONATES

(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL,
PERITIDAL)

GREY CARBONATES
(SHALLOW SUBTIDAL)

REEF COMPLEXES

SILICICLASTICS, MINOR
LIMESTONE (SHELF,
LIPPER SLOPE)

SHALE, SILTSTONE,
---
SANDSTONE (BASINAL)

SHALE, SILICEOUS SHALE,

CHERT (BASINAL)

SILICEOUS SHALE, CHERT,

CONGLOMERATE
(FAULTED BASIN)

FLYSCHOID SILTSTONE,
S A N D s T o N E , c o ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~

EROSIONAL EDGE
Figure 12. Distribution of depositional facies of the upper Fairholme Assemblage, upper Frasnian.
(From Morrow and Geldsetzer, 1989).
and Funai. The first-mentioned is poorly preserved in the Klapper and Lane, a collection that is dated as RM zones
collection, but if this can be substantiated, an RM Zone 2 4B to 5A. In the lower to middle parts of the sections are
dating is suggested (see Klapper and Lane, 1989). Ancyrodella curvata (Branson and Mehl) and Palmatole-
pis kireevae, P. semichatovae, and Polygnathus evidens,
The Maligne Formation (18.9 m) consists of dark grey to
which suggest RM zones 5A to 5B. Klapper and Lane
black, argillaceous limestone, with some black shale beds in
(1989) recorded ranges of RM zones 5B to 7-8 and 5A to
the upper parts. At Cold Sulphur Spring, the lowest past of
7-8 at their Luscar Mountain I and Mount Haultain sec-
the formation yielded Pandorinellina insita (Stauffer) (with
tions, respectively.
anterior blade consisting of two smaller denticles anterior of
the main denticle)", and is tentatively assigned to the lower A succession of conodonts from the Mount Hawk, Ronde,
part of the former Lower asymmetrica Zone. Conodonts from and Sassenach formations at Medicine Lake, located 23 km
the middle parts of the formation consist of Mehlina gradata east of Jasper, Alberta, was reported by Orchard (1989). The
Youngquist* and P. insita (Stauffer) (with multidenticulate Frasnian-Famennian boundary was tentatively placed at the
anterior blade)*, and are similarly assigned to the lower part base of the Sassenach Formation. The interval from the upper
of the Lower asymmetrica Zone. The highest parts of the Mount Hawk to lower Ronde was regarded as Lower to Upper
formation yielded Ancyrodella sp. cf. A. rugosa Branson and rhenana zones (= gigas zones in the usage of Ziegler, 1962,
Mehl*, Ozarkodina sannemanni Bischoff and Ziegler sub- 1971; Lower to Upper rhenana zones of Ziegler and Sand-
spp. of Pollock (1968)*, Playfordia primitiva (Bischoff and berg, 1990). Geldsetzer (in Norris and Pedder, 1987), in
Ziegler)", Polygnathus angustidiscus Youngquist*, P. dubius briefly summarizing the section, described the Ronde Forma-
Hinde, and P. sp. cf. P. dubius Hinde*. This collection is tion as consisting of bioturbated dolomitic and calcareous
questionably dated as MN Zone 3, which falls within the siltstone, and the overlying Sassenach Formation as fossilif-
former Lower asymmetrica Zone. erous, silty limestone and calcareous sandstone, in places
calcareous shale to shaly limestone.
ThePerdrix Formation consists of black to grey shale with
some argillaceous limestone beds. At the roadcut, where only The Grotto Member of the Southesk Formation is absent
the lower 12.8 m is exposed, the lowest part of the formation at Cold Sulphur Spring. In general terms, it consists of lime-
yielded Polygnathus sp.*. By position, presumably this inter- stone and dolostone with Amphipora, corals, and brachi-
val corresponds approximately to RM Zone 1 (Klapper and opods. At Sundance Range (51°04'15"N, 115O34'45"W;
Lane, 1989). Higher up in the formation are Icriodus symmet- Mallamo collection), the member yielded Ancyrodella cur-
ricus Branson and Mehl*, Polygnathus timanicus Ovna- vatu and Polygnathus angustidiscus Youngquist, and is as-
tanova*, and P, webbi Stauffer*, and the formation is dated signed to RM zones 4A to 5B (see Klapper and Lane, 1989)
as RM Zone 2. RM Zone 1 is equated with MN Zone 4 and and hence is approximately correlative with the lower part of
forms the highest part of the former Lower asymmetrica Zone the Mount Hawk Formation.
(Klapper and Lane, 1989).RM Zone 2 is approximated herein
to equate with MN zone(s) 5 and/or 6.
Golden Embayment
At Quartz Hill (see above for location), the lower part of
the Perdrix Formation yielded Ancyrodella gigas Youngquist The Starbird Formation in southeastern British Columbia at
(form 1 of Klapper, 1989), and the middle and upper parts Mount Forster (50°36'N, 116O17'W) in the Lardeau (82 K)
yielded A.'curvata (Branson and Mehl) and Palmatolepis map area consists of arenaceous limestone and limestone and
domanicensis Ovnatanova. On the basis of the established shale at the base, grading up into limestone at the top (Walker,
ranges of these species elsewhere (Klapper and Lane, 1989), 1926). At the level of 20 ft (6.1 m) below the "highest
the lower part is correlated with RM Zones 1 and 2, and the fossils" (GSC loc. 0-7940; Walker collection), Pandorinellina
upper beds with RM zones 4A to 5A. Klapper and Lane insita (Stauffer) (with multidenticulate anterior blade) was
(1989) recorded ranges of RM zones 1 to 5B and 2 to 5A for recovered. This is dated as probably Lower asymmetrica
the Perdrix Formation at their Luscar Mountain I and Mount Zone. From unspecified levels (GSC locs. 0-7939 and
Haultain sections, respectively. 0-7950), Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff and Ziegler),
Mehlina graduta Youngquist*, and Playfordia primitiva
The Mount Hawk Formation consists of argillaceous (Bischoff and Ziegler) were retrieved. These collections are
limestone, thin bedded, fossiliferous, medium grey lime- dated as probably Lower to Middle asymmetrica zones. The
stone, with some grey mudstone. At Quartz Hill, the associated brachiopods from GSC loc. 0-7940 are assigned
middle part of the formation has yielded Ancyrognathus to the Eleutherokomma jasperensis Zone, and those from
triangularis Youngquist, Palmatolepis kireevae Ovna- GSC loc. 0-7939 to the E. leducensis Zone (A.W. Norris, in
tanova, P. semichatovae Ovnatanova?, Polygnathus evid- Norford, 1982);these zones are correlated with the Lower and
ens Klapper and Lane, and P, pacificus Savage and Funai. Middle asymmetrica zones, respectively (see Braun et al.,
This collection is dated as RM zones 5A to 5B (see Klapper 1989).
and Lane, 1989). At Fatigue Mountain I and I1 sections
(5l002'4ON, 115O40'40"W, and 51°02'05,,N, In more recent collections made by B.S. Norford at Mount
115"40115"W,respectively; Mallamo collections), the low- Forster (see Norford, 1982), the Starbird Formation at GSC loc.
est part of the Mount Hawk Formation has yielded Ancy- C-84861(465-467 m above base of section) contained Icriodus
rodella nodosa Ulrich and Bassler, Palmatolepis expansus Branson and Mehl* and Pandorinellina insita (Stauf-
domanicensis Ovnatanova, and Polygnathus evidens fer) (with a single large anterior denticle). This collection is
probably assignable to the norrisi Zone (see reasoning above).
 From the basal part of the Fairholme Group at the Sugar Dubord, M.P., Morrow, D.W., and Macqueen, R.W.
Loaf Ridge section at Fernie (82 G) map area (GSC loc. 1986: A shelf-to-basin transition in the Devonian Ogilvie Formation,
Yukon Territory. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey
C-84867; 49O52'N, 115O24'3OW, see Norford, 1982), the of Canada, Paper 86-lA, p. 603-608.
following collection was obtained: Icriodus subterminus Rhraeus, L.E.
Youngquist*, Polygnathus angustidiscus Youngquist*. 1971: Lower Devonian conodonts from the Michelle and Prongs Creek
Formations, Yukon Territory. Journal of Paleontology, v. 45,
(Age: norrisi Zone to Lower asymmetrica Zone.) The p. 665-683.
Fairholme Group encompasses a basal carbonate platform Cabrielse, H., Blusson, S.L., and Roddick, J.A.
(Flume Formation), carbonate buildup (Cairn Formation with 1973: Geology of Flat River. Glacier Lake, and Wrigley Lake map-areas,
its Flume and Upper members), skeletal and peloid lime District of Mackenzie and Yukon Temtoly. Geological Survey of
Canada, Memoir 366, Parts I and 11, 153 p. and 268 p.
sands (Southesk Formation with its Peechee, Grotto, Arcs, Glass, D.J. (ed.)
and Ronde members), as well as their equivalents of clastic 1990: Lexicon of Canadian Stratigraphy, western Canada, including east-
basin fill (Maligne, Perdrix and Mount Hawk formations) ern British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan and southern Mani-
(Coppold and Mountjoy in Glass, 1990). toba. Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, v. 4, 772 p.
Gordey, S.P.
in press: Evolution of the Northern Cordilleran Miogeocline, Nahanni Map
Area (105 I), Yukon Temtory and District of Mackenzie. Geologi-
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS cal Survey of Canada, Memoir.
Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J.
I am grateful to Dave Morrow and Helmut Geldsetzer of the 1982: Devono-Mississippian (Earn Group) and younger strata in east-
Institute of Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology, Geological central Yukon. In Current Research, Part B, Geological Survey of
Survey of Canada, Calgary, for allowing me to reproduce Canada, Paper 82-lB, p. 93-100.
Hills, L.V., Sangster, E.V., and Suneby, L.B. (eds.)
many of the illustrations used in their 1989 paper. Gratitude 1981: Lexicon of Canadian Stratigraphy, Yukon Tenitory and District of
is also extended to Mike Orchard, of the Geological Survey, Mackenzie, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, v. 2,240 p.
Vancouver, for making available several Lower and Middle Johnson, J.G.
Devonian conodont collections, and for the loan of prints of 1970: Taghanic onlap and the end of North American Devonian provinci-
ality. Geological Society of America, Bulletin, v. 81, p. 2077-2106.
some SEM micrographs; some of the collections and prints 1977: Lower and Middle Devonian faunal intervals in central Nevada,
have been included in the present study. Most of the SEM based on brachiopods. In Western North America: Devonian, M.A.
micrographs were taken by Jenny Wong, and printed by Chris Murphy, W.B.N. Berry, and C.A. Sandberg (eds.); University of
Ryley, both of ISPG. I have further benefitted from careful California Riverside Campus, Museum Contribution 4, p. 16-32.
1990: Lower and Middle Devonian brachiopod-dominated communities
reviews of the paper by Gilbert Klapper of the University of of Nevada, and their position in a biofacies-province-realm model
Iowa, and by Dave Morrow. (with a section on revision of Middle Devonian conodont zones,
by G. Klapper and J.G. Johnson). Journal of Paleontology, v. 64,
p. 902-941.
REFERENCES Johnson, J.G., Klapper, G., and Trojan, W.R.
1980: Brachiopod and conodontsuccessions in the Devonian of the north-
Braun, W.K. em Antelope Range, central Nevada. Geologica er Palaeontologica,
1966: Smtigraphy and microfauna of Middle and Upper Devonian formations, v. 14, p. 77-1 16.
Norman Wells area, Northwest Tenitories, Canada. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Klapper, G.
Geologie und Palaontologie, Abhandlungen, v. 125, p. 247-264. 1969: Lower Devonian conodont sequence, Royal Creek, Yukon Teni-
Braun, W.K., Norris, A.W., and Uyeno, T.T. tory, and Devon Island, Canada (with a section on Devon Island
1989: Late Givetian to early Frasnian biostratigraphy of westem Canada: stratigraphy by A.R. Omiston). Journal of Paleontology, v. 43,
the Slave Point-Waterways boundary and related events. In Dev- p. 1-27.
onian of the World, Proceedings of the Second International Sym- 1985: Sequence in conodont genus Ancyrodella in Lower asymmetricus
posium on the Devonian System, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and Zone (earliest Frasnian, Upper Devonian) of the Montagne Noire,
D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, France. Palaeontographica,Abt. A, v. 188, p. 19-34.
Memoir 14, v. 111, Paleontology, Paleoecology and Biostratigraphy, 1989: The Montagne Noire Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont succes-
p. 93-1 11 (imprint 1988). sion. In Devonian of the World, Proceedings of the Second Interna-
Campbell, R.B. tional Symposium on the Devonian System, N.J. McMillan, A.F.
1967: Geology of Glenlyon map-area, Yukon Territory. Geological Sur- Embry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Ge-
vey of Canada, Memoir 352,92 p. ologists, Memoir 14, v. III, Paleontology, Paleoecology and Bios-
Chatterton, B.D.E. tratigraphy, p. 449-468 (imprint 1988).
1974: Middle Devonian conodonts from the Harrogate Fonnation, south- Klapper, G. and Johnson, J.G.
eastern British Columbia. Canadian Journal of Eanh Sciences, v. 1980: Endemism and dispersal of Devonian conodonts. Joumal of Pale-
11, p. 1461-1484. ontology, v. 54, p. 400-455.
1979: Aspects of late Early and Middle Devonian conodont biostratigra- Klapper, G. and Lane, H.R.
phy of western and northwestern Canada. In Western and Arctic 1989: Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont sequence at Luscar Moun-
Canadian Biostratigraphy,C.R. Stelckand B.D.E. Chatterton(eds.); tain and Mount Haultain, AlbertaRocky Mountains. In Devonian
Geological Association of Canada Special Paper 18, p. 161-231 of the World, Proceedings of the Second International Sympo-
(imprint 1978). sium on the Devonian System, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Ernbry, and
Chatterton, B.D.E. and Perry, D.C. D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists,
1977: Lochkovian trilobites and conodonts from northwestern Canada. Memoir 14, v. 111, Paleontology, Paleoecology and Biostratigra-
Journal of Paleontology, v. 51, p. 772-796. phy, p. 469-478 (imprint 1988).
Clark, D.L. and Ethington, R.L. Klapper, G. and Murphy, M.A.
1965: Conodont biostratigraphy of part of the Devonian of the Alberta 1980: Conodont zonal species from the delta and pesavis Zones (Lower
Rocky Mountains. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleuin Geology, v. 13, Devonian) in central Nevada. Neues Jahrbuch fur Geologie und
p. 382-388. Palaontologie, Monatshefte, Hefte 8, p. 490-504.
Douglas, R.J.W. and Norris, D.K. Lane, H.R. and Ormistan, A.R.
1961: Camsell Bend and Root River map-areas, District of Mackenzie, 1979: Siluro-Devonian biostratigraphy of the Salmontrout River area,
Northwest Tenitories, 95J and K. Geological Survey of Canada, east-central Alaska. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 13, p. 39-96.
Paper 61-13,36 p.
Lenz, A.C. and Pedder, A.E.H. Perry, D.G., Klapper, G., and Lenz, A.C.
1972: Lower and Middle Paleozoic sediments and paleontology of Royal 1974: Age of the Ogilvie Formation (Devonian), northern Yukon: based
Creek and Peel River, Yukon, and Powell Creek, N.W.T. Guide- primarily on the occurrence of brachiopods and conodonts. Cana-
book to Excursion A-14, 24th International Geological Congress. dian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 1 l , p. 1055-1097.
Montreal, Quebec, 43 p. Pollock, C.A.
MacKenzie, W.S. 1968: Lower Upper Devonian conodonts from Alberta, Canada. Journal
1971: Allochthonous reef-debris limestone turbidites, Powell Creek, of Paleontology, v. 42, p. 415-443.
Northwest Territories. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, Sandberg, C.A.
v. 18, p. 474-492 (imprint 1970). 1979: Devonian and Lower Mississippian conodont zonation of the Great
Mallamo, M.P. and Geldsetzer, H.H.J. Basin and Rocky Mountains. I n Conodont Biostratigraphy of the
1991: . The western margin of the Upper Devonian Fairholme Reef Com- Great Basin and Rocky Mountains, C.A. Sandberg and D.L. Clark
plex, Banff-Kananaskis area, southwestern Alberta. In Current Re- (eds.); Brigham Young University Geology Studies, v. 26, pt. 3,
search, Part B, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 91-1 B, p. 59-69. p. 87-106.
Morrow, D.W. Sandberg, C.A., Poole, F.G., and Johnson, J.G.
1984: Sedimentation in the Root Basin and Prairie Creek Embayment - 1989: Upper Devonian of western United States. In Devonian of the
Siluro-Devonian, Northwest Territories. Bulletin of Canadian Pe- World, Proceedings of the Second International Symposium on the
troleum Geology, v. 32, p. 162-189. Devonian System, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass
Morrow, D.W. and Cook, D.G. (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, v. I,
1987: The Prairie Creek Embayment and lower Paleozoic stratigraphy of Regional Syntheses, p. 183-220 (imprint 1988).
the southern Mackenzic Mountains. Geological Survey of Canada, Savage, N.M., Blodgett, R.B., and Jaeger, H.
Memoir 412, 195 p. 1985: Conodonts and associated graptolites from the late Early Devonian
Morrow, D.W. and Geldsetzer, H.H.J. of east-central Alaska and western Yukon Territory. Canadian
1989: Devonian of the eastern Canadian Cordillera. In Devonian of the Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 22, p. 1880-1883.
World, Proceedings of the Second international Symposium on the Taylor, G.C. and MacKenzie, W.S.
Devonian System, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass 1970: Devonian stratigraphy of northeastern British Columbia. Geologi-
(eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, v. I, cal Survey of Canada, Bulletin 186.62 p.
Regional Syntheses, p. 85-121 (imprint 1988). Uyeno, T.T.
Murphy, M.A. and Matti, J.C. 1979: Devonian conodont biostratigraphy of Powell Creek and adjacent
1983: Lower Devonian conodonts (hesperiu$-kindlei Zones), central areas, western District of Mackenzie. In Western and Arctic Cana-
Nevada. University of California Publications, Geological Sci- dian Biostratigraphy, C.R. Stelck and B.D.E. Chatterton (eds.);
ences, v. 123.83 p. (imprint 1982). Geological Association of Canada Special Paper 18, p. 233-257
Norford, B.S. (imprint 1978).
1982: Devonian stratigraphy at the margins of the Rocky Mountain Uyeno, T.T. and Mason, D.
Trench, Columbia River, southeastern British Columbia. Bulletin 1975: New Lower and Middle Devonian conodontsfrom northern Canada.
of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 29, p. 540-560 (imprint 1981). Journal of Paleontology, v. 49, p. 710-723.
Norris, A.W. Walker, J.F.
1968: ReconnaissanceDevonian stratigraphyof northern YukonTerritory 1926: Geology and mineral deposits of Windermere Map- area, British
and northwestern District of Mackenzie. Geological Survey of Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 148,69 p.
Canada, Paper 67-53,287 p. Ziegler, W.
Norris, A.W. and Pedder, A.E.H. (eds.) 1962: Taxionomie und Phylogenie OberdevonischerConodonten und ihre
1987: Devonian of Alberta Rocky Mountains between Banff and Jasper, stratigraphische Bedeutung. Abhandlungen des Hessischen Lande-
A Field Trip Guidebook. Subcommission on Devonian Stratigra- samtes fir Bodenforschung, v. 38, 166 p., 14 pls.
phy, Geological Survey of Canada, 85 p. 1966: Eine Verfeinerung der Conodontengliederungan der Grenze Mit-
Norris, A.W. and Uyeno, T.T. tel-JOberdevon. Fortschritte in der Geologie von Rheinland und
1981: Lower Devonian (Lochkovian)brachiopods and conodonts from the Westfalen, v. 9, p. 647-676 (imprint 1965).
'Delorme' Formation, Cathedral Mountain, southwestem District 1971: Conodont stratigraphy of the European Devonian. In Symposium
of Mackenzie. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 305.34 p. on Conodont Biostratigraphy, W.C. Sweet and S.M. BergstrBm
Norris, D.K. (eds.); Geological Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 227-284.
1985: Eastern Cordilleran Foldbelt of northem Canada: its structural Ziegler, W. and Klapper, G.
geology and hydrocarbon potential. American Association of Petro- 1982: The disparilis conodont zone, the proposed level for the Middle
leum Geologists, Bulletin, v. 69, p. 788-808. Upper Devonian boundary. I n On Devonian Stratigraphy and Pa-
Orchard, M.J. laeontology of the Ardenno-Rhenish Mountains and Related
1989: Conodontsfrom the Frasnian-Famennianboundary interval in west- Devonian Matters, W. Ziegler and R. Werner (eds.); Courier For-
em Canada. In Devonian of the World, Proceedings of the Second schungsinstitut Senckenberg, v. 55, p. 463-492.
International Symposium on the Devonian System, N.J. McMillan, Ziegler, W. and Sandberg, C.A.
A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum 1990: The Late Devonian standard conodont zonation. Courier For-
Geologists, Memoir 14, v. 111, Paleontology, Paleoecology and schungsinstitut Senckenberg, v. 121, 115 p.
Biostratigraphy, p. 35-52 (imprint 1988).
Plates 1 to 5
 PLATE 1
Conodonts from (A) Delorme and (B) Bear Rock-Stone assemblages. All specimens are hypotypes.
A. Delorme Assemblage

Figures 1,2. Icriodus woschmidti hesperius Klapper and Murphy.

Upper view of I elements, GSC 53470 and 53469, x40, Vera Formation, GSC loc. C-57249,
(previously illustrated in Norris and Uyeno, 1981, P1. 5, figs. 13, 10).
Figure 3. Icriodus hadnagyi Chatterton and Peny.
Upper view of I element, GSC 99905, x81, Vera Formation, GSC loc. C-60714.
Figure 4. Amydrotaxis chattertoni Uyeno.
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99906, x93, Camsell Formation, GSC loc. C-89126.
Figure 5. Amydrotaxis johnsoni (Klapper) beta morphotype sensu Klapper and Murphy (1980).
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99907, x21, silty limestone member, Sapper formation,
GSC IOC. C-92572.
Figure 6. Pandorinellina optima (Moskalenko).
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99908, x62, silty limestone member, Sapper formation,
GSC loc. C-92572.
Figure 7. Pedavis pesavis pesavis (Bischoff and Sannemann).
Upper view of I element, GSC 99909, x25, silty limestone member, Sapper formation,
GSC IOC. C-92572.
Figure 8. Ozarkodina stygia (Flajs).
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99910, x59, silty limestone member, Sapper formation,
GSC ~ O C C-87829.
.
Figures 9, 10. Pandorinellina optima (Moskalenko).
Lateral and upper views of two Pa elements, GSC 9991 1 and GSC 99912, x59 and x62,
silty limestone member, Sapper formation, GSC loc. C-87829.
Figure 11. Icriodus steinachensis Al-Rawi beta morphotype sensu Klapper (in Klapper and Johnson, 1980).
Upper view of I element, GSC 99913, x40, Road River Formation?, GSC loc. C-116707.
Figure 12. Eognathodus sulcatus Philip subsp. indet.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99914, x65, Road River Formation, GSC loc. C-59351
Figure 13. Ozarkodina remscheidensis remscheidensis (Ziegler).
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99915, x71, Road River Formation, GSC loc. C-59351.
Figure 14. Amydrotuis johnsoni (Klapper) alpha morphotype sensu Klapper and Murphy (1980).
Lateral view of Pa element,GSC 99916, x40, Road River Formation, GSC loc. C-1329818151-8180.
Figure 15. Ancyrodelloides delta (Klapper and Murphy).
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99917, x56, Road River Formation, GSC loc. C-13298/8151-8180.
Figures 16, 17. Ozarkodina paucidentata Murphy and Matti.
Lateral view of two Pa elements, GSC 99918 and GSC 99919, x78 and x74, Road River
Formation, GSC loc. C-104191.
B. Bear RockStone Assemblage
Specimens in figures 18-22 are from an unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc. C-79137.

Figure 18. Icriodus claudiae Klapper.

Upper view of I element, GSC 99920, x31.
Figure 19. Pandorinellina steinhornensis praeoptima (Mashkova) sensu Lane and Ormiston (1979).
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99921, x62.
Figure 20. Pandorinellina exigua philipi (Klapper).
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99922, x27.
Figures 21,22. Polygnathus pireneae Boersma.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC 99923, x70.
 PLATE 2
Conodonts from the (B) Bear Rock-Stone and (C) Hume-Dunedin assemblages.
All specimens are hypotypes, except where noted.
B. Bear Rock-Stone Assemblage (cont'd.) Figure 16. Pandorinellina exigua exigua (Philip).
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99936, x40,
Figure 1. Eognathodus sulcatus kindlei Lane and Ormiston. Michelle Formation, GSC loc. C-150769.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99924, x41,
unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc. C- Figure 17. Pandorinellina steinhornensis miae (Bultynck).
79 137. Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99937, x65,
Michelle Formation, GSC loc. C-150769.
Figure 2. Polygnathus pireneae Boersma.
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99925, x78, Figure 18. Pedavis sp. cf. P. sherryae Lane and Ormiston.
unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc. C- Upper view of I element, figured specimen
79137. GSC 99938, x22, Michelle Formation, GSC
loc. C-150769.
Figure 3. Ozarkodina linearis (Philip).
Figure 19. lcriodus taimyricus Kuzmin.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99926, x 71,
Upper view of I element, GSC 99939, x45,
Arnica Formation, GSC loc. (2-83240.
Michelle Formation, GSC loc. C-150952.
Figure 4. Icriodus taimyricus Kumin.
Figure 20. Steptotaxis glenisteri (JSlapper).
Upper view of I element, GSC 99927, x28,
Upper view of I element, GSC 99940, x43,
unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc. C-
Ogilvie Formation, GSC loc. C-82864.
12895.
Figure 5. Pandorinellina steinhornensbsteinhornensis (Ziegler). C. Hume - Dunedin Assemblage
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99928, x40,
Figure 21. Polygnathus costatus costatus Klapper.
Portrait Lake formation, GSC loc. C-76623.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99941, x43,
Figure 6,7. Polygnathus gronbergi Klapper and Johnson. Ogilvie Formation, GSC loc. C-82870.
Lower and upper views of Pa element, GSC
Figure 22. Pandorinellina n. sp. A sensuuyeno andMason (1975).
99929, x38, Portrait Lake formation, GSC
loc. C-76623. Lateral view of Pa element, figured specimen
GSC 27884, x40, Gossage Formation, GSC
Figure 8,9. Polygmhm sp. aff.P. larcostahls Klapper and Johnson. loc. C-3849 (previously illustrated in Uyeno,
Lower and upper views of Pa element, fig- 1979, P1. 1, fig. 1).
ured specimen GSC 99930, x38, Portrait
Figure 23. Polygnathus curtigladius Uyeno.
Lake formation, GSC loc. C-76623.
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 27894, x32,
Figure 10. Amydrotaxis sexidentata Murphy and Matti. Hume Formation, GSC loc. C-3872 (pre-
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 9993 1, x34, viously illustrated in Uyeno, 1979, P1. 1, fig.
Road River Formation, GSC loc. C-52706. 30).
Figures 11, 12. Polygnathus inversus Klapper and Johnson. Figure 24. Polygnathus pseudofoliatus Wittekindt.
Lower and upper views of two Pa elements, Upper view of Pa element, GSC 27893, x40,
GSC 99932 and GSC 99933, x66 and x58, Hume Formation, GSC loc. C-3872 @re-
Grizzly Bear Formation, GSC loc. C-86348. viously illustrated in Uyeno, 1979, P1. 1, fig.
26).
Figures 13,14.Polygnathus dehtscens dehiscens Philip and Jackson.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC Figure 25. Steptotaxis pedderi (Uyeno and Mason).
99934, x41, Michelle Formation, GSC loc. Upper view of I element, GSC 38398, x40,
C-128402. Hume Formation, GSC loc. C-12116 (pre-
viously illustrated in Uyeno and Mason,
Figure 15. Steptotaxis?furnishi (Klapper). 1975, P1. 1, fig. 40).
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99935, x62,
Michelle Formation, GSC loc. C-128402.
 PLATE 3
Conodonts from the (C) Hume-Dunedin and (D) Fairholme assemblages.
All specimens are hypotypes, except where noted.
C. Hume-Dunedin Assemblage (cont'd.) Figure 13. Icriodus n. sp. A sensu Chatterton (1979).
Upper view of I element, figured specimen
Figure 1. Icriodus brevis Stauffer. GSC 99953, x61, Headless Formation, GSC
Upper view of I element, GSC 99942, x84, ~ O C .C-53037.
Hare Indian Formation, GSC loc. C-12156.
Figure 14. Polygnathus parawebbi Chatterton.
Figure 2. Polygnathus ansatus Ziegler and Klapper. Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99954, x53,
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99943, x62, Headless Formation, GSC loc. C-53037.
Hare Indian Formation, GSC loc. C-12156.
Figure 15. Tortodus kockelianus kockelianus (Bischoff and Ziegler).
Figure 3. Polygnathus timorensis Klapper, Philip and Jackson. Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99955, x38,
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99944, x62, Earn Group, GSC loc. C-87687.
Hare Indian Formation, GSC loc. C-3878.
Figure 16. Pandorinellina expansa Uyeno and Mason.
Figure 4. Polygnathus xylus xylus Stauffer. Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 38374, x40,
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99945, x53, Road River Formation, GSC loc. C-29072
Hare Indian Formation, GSC loc. C-12154. (previously illustrated in Uyeno and Mason,
1975, P1. 1, fig. 12).
Figure 5. Icriodus norfordi Chatterton.
Upper view of I element, GSC 99946, x60, D. Fairholme Assemblage
unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc.
C-79343. Figures 17, 18. Palmatolepis disparalvea Orr and Klapper.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC
Figure 6. Polygnathus costatus costatus Klapper. 27898, x40, Ramparts Formation, GSC loc.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99947, x39, C-3883 (previously illustrated in Uyeno,
unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc. 1979, P1. 2, figs. 8,9).
C-79343.
Figure 19. Skeletognathus norrisi (Uyeno).
Figure 7. Polygnathus linguiformis bultyncki Weddige. Upper view of Pa element, GSC 46247, x40,
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99948, x3 1, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc. (2-3884 (pre-
unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC loc. viously illustrated in Uyeno, 1979, P1.2, fig.
C-79343.
26).
Figures 8,9. Polygnathus serotinus Telford. Figures 20,21. Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler and Klapper?
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC Lower and upper views of Pa element, GSC
99949, x48, unknown stratigraphic unit, GSC 99956, x78, Canol Formation, GSC loc. C-12 171.
loc. C-79343.
Figures 22,23. Palmatolepis transitans (Miiller).
Figure 10. Icriodus stelcki Chatterton.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC
Upper view of I element, GSC 99950, x78, 99957, x53, Canol Formation, GSC loc. C- 12171.
Harrogate Formation, GSC loc. C-53084.
Figures 24,25. Palmatolepis sp.
Figure 11. Polygnathus angusticostatus Wittekindt.
Lower and upper views of Pa element, fig-
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 9995 1, x78,
ured specimen GSC 99958, x43, Canol
Harrogate Formation, GSC loc. C-60947.
Formation, GSC loc. C-12171.
Figure 12. Polygnathus xylus ensensis Ziegler and Klapper.
Figure26. Polygnathmsp. 6.
P. rugmaHuddlesensuZiegler (1966).
Oblique lateral view of Pa element, GSC
Upper view of Pa element, figured specimen
99952, x53, Road River 'Group', GSC loc.
GSC 99959, x3 1, Canol Formation, GSC loc.
no. C-87556.
C-12171.
 PLATE 4
D. Fairholme Assemblage (cont'd.). All specimens are hypotypes, except where noted.
Figures 1,2. Palmatolepis sp.
Lower and upper views of Pa element, figured specimen GSC 99960, x39 (note basal
attachment), Canol Formation, GSC loc. C-12171.
Figure 3,7. Polygnathus timanicus Ovnatanova.
Upper views of two Pa elements, GSC 99961 and GSC 99962, x93 and x57, Canol
Formation, GSC loc. C-12171.
Figures 4-6. Ancyrodella alata Glenister and Klapper late form sensu Klapper (1985).
4,5. Lower and upper views of Pa element, GSC 99963, x39, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc.
C-17977.
6. Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99969, x36, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc. C-17223.
Figures 8,9. Ancyrodella sp. cf. A. rugosa Branson and Mehl.
Lower and upper views of Pa element, figured specimens GSC 99964, x22, Allochthonous
Beds, GSC loc. C-17977.
Figures 10, 11. Ancyrodella rugosa Branson and Mehl.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC 99965, x27, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc.
C-17977.
Figure 12. Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff and Ziegler).
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99966, x21, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc. C-17977
Figures 13, 16, 17. Mesotaxis ovalis (Ziegler and Klapper).
13. Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99967, x39, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc. C-17977.
16,17. Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC 99970, x40, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc.
C-17223.
Figures 14, 15. Palmatolepis disparata Ziegler and Klapper.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC 99968, x31, Allochthonous Beds, GSC loc.
C-17977.
Figure 18. Ozarkodina semialternans (Wirth).
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99971, x42, Besa River Formation?, GSC loc. C-79138.
Figures 19,20. Palmatolepis disparilis Ziegler and Klapper.
Upper and lower views of Pa element, GSC 99972, x35, Besa River Formation?, GSC
~ O C .C-79138.

Figure 21. Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff and Ziegler.

Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99973, x58, Besa River Formation?, GSC loc. C-79138.
Figure 22. Schmidtognathus peracutus (Bryant).
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99974, x39, Besa River Formation?, GSC loc. C-79138.
Figure 23. Polygnathus cristatus Hinde.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99975, x32, Besa River Formation, GSC loc. C-79362.
 PLATE 5
D. Fairholme Assemblage (cont'd.). All specimens are hypotypes except where noted.
Figure 1. Polygnathus dengleri Bischoff and Ziegler.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99976, x43, Besa River Formation, GSC loc. (2-79362.
Figure 2. Polygnathus dubius Hinde.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99977, x34, Besa River Formation, GSC loc. C-79362.
Figure 3. Polygnathus ordinatus Bryant.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99978, x30, Besa River Formation, GSC loc. C-79362.
Figure 4. Icriodus dificilis Ziegler and Klapper.
Upper view of I element, GSC 99979, x62, Flume Formation, GSC loc. C-146769.
Figures 5.24. Icriodus subterminus Youngquist.
5. Lateral view of I element, GSC 99980, x62, Flume Formation, GSC loc. C-146770.
24. Upper view of I element, GSC 99996, x78, basal Fairholme Group, GSC loc. (2-84867.
Figures 6, 8,9. Pandorinellina insita (Stauffer).
6. Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99981, x66, Flume Formation, GSC loc. C-146770.
8. Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99983, x74, Maligne Formation, GSC loc. (2-146792.
9. Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99984, x78, Maligne Formation, GSC loc. C-146797.
Figure 7. Polygnathus alatus Huddle.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99982, x53, Flume Formation, GSC loc. C-146770.
Figure 10. Ancyrodella sp. cf. A. rugosa Branson and Mehl.
Upper view of Pa element, figured specimen GSC 99985, x35, Maligne Formation, GSC
~ O C .C-14695 1.

Figure 11. Ozarkodina sannemanni variabilis (Pollock).

Oblique upper view of Pa element, GSC 99987, x43, Maligne Formation, GSC
~ O C .C-146800.

Figure 12. Playfordia primitiva (Bischoff and Ziegler).

Lateral view, GSC 99988, x82, Maligne Formation, GSC loc. C-146800.
Figures 13,25. Polygnathus angustidiscus Youngquist.
13. Oblique upper view of Pa element, GSC 99989, x82, Maligne Formation, GSC loc. C-146800.
25. Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99997, x49, basal Fairholme Group, GSC loc. C-84867.
Figure 14. Polygnathus sp. cf. P. dubius Hinde.
Upper view of Pa element, figured specimen GSC 99986, x66, Maligne Formation, GSC
~ O C .C-14695 1.

Figures 15-18. Polygnathus sp.

Upper and lower views of two Pa elements, GSC 99990 and GSC 99991, both x97,
Perdrix Formation, GSC loc. C-146952.
Figure 19. Icriodus symmetricus Branson and Mehl.
Upper view of I element, GSC 99992, x89, Perdrix Formation, GSC loc. C-146953.
Figures 20-22. Polygnathus timanicus Ovnatanova.
20,21. Lower and upper views of Pa element, GSC 99993, x86, Perdrix Formation, GSC loc.
C-146953.
22. Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99994, x74, Perdrix Formation, GSC loc. C-146953.
Figure 23. Polygnathus webbi Stauffer.
Upper view of Pa element, GSC 99995, x74, Perdrix Formation, GSC loc. C-146953.
Figure 26. Icriodus expansus Branson and Mehl.
Upper view of I element, GSC 99998, x74, Starbird Formation, GSC loc. C-84861.
Figure 27. Mehlina gradata Youngquist.
Lateral view of Pa element, GSC 99999, x41, Starbird Formation, GSC loc. 0-7939.
 Famennian conodont biostratigraphy of the
Palliser Formation, Rocky Mountains,
Alberta and British Columbia, Canada

David I. Johnston1and Brian D.E. Chatterton'

Johnston, D.I. and Chatterton, B.D.E., 1991: Famennian conodont biostratigraphy of the Palliser Forma-
tion, Rocky Mountains, Alberta and British Columbia, Canada. brz Ordovician to Triassic Conodont
Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.);Geological Survey of
Canada, Bulletin 417,p. 163-183.

Abstract
Lower to upper Famennian conodontfaunaspom the Palliser Formation in the Front and Main ranges
of Alberta and British Columbia are described and compared with those from well-dated Famennian
sequences elsewhere. The Middle crepida through Upper marginifera zones are recognized in the Morro
Member of the Palliser Formation. The Lower and Upper marginifera zones and possibly the Lower expansa
Zone are present in the overlying Costigan Member. Zonal indicesfor the Upper crepida, Lower and Upper
rhomboidea and Lower marginifera zones are identified in Palliser strata, whereas the other zones are
recognized on the basis of other key taxa.
Conodont data support the conformable and diachronow nature of the contact between the Costigan
and Morro members. The oldest age of this contact is in the upper part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone,
whereas the youngest age is Upper marginifera Zone. The age of the base of the Palliser Formation
throughout its outcrop area is tentatively considered to be Middle crepida Zone. The youngest age for the
top of the Palliser Formation is possibly the Lower expansa Zone, whereas the oldest age is the Upper
marginiferaZone.

Les auteurs de'crivent les faunes d. conodontes du Famennien infkrieur ci supkrieur de la formation de
Palliser, dans les chainons Front et Main en Alberta et en Colombie-Britannique, et les comparent h celles
qui se rencontrent ailleurs dam des skquencesfamenniennes bien datkes. L'intervalle qui englobe la zone
moyenne ri crepida et la zone supkrieure B marginiferaest reconnu dam le membre de Morro de laformation
de Palliser. Les zones infe'rieure et supe'rieure B marginifera et possiblement la zone infkrieure ci expansa
se rencontrent dans le membre susjacent de Costigan. Des indices de la zone supkrieure a crepida, des zones
infkrieure et supkrieure h rhomboideaet de la zone infkrieure h marginiferase reconnaissent dans les strates
de Palliser, tandis que les autres zones sont reconnues d'aprks d'autres taxons elks.
Les donnkes sur les conodontes confirment que le contact entre les membres de Costigan et de Morro
est conforme et diachrone. L'dge le plus vieux de ce contact provient de la partie supkrieure de la zone
supkrieure h rhomboidea et l'dge le plus jeune, de la zone supkrieure B marginifera.L'dge de la base de la
formation de Palliser partout dans sa zone d'afleurement est provisoirement l'dge de la zone moyenne ci
crepida. L'dge le plus jeune du sommet de la formation de Palliser est possiblement l'dge de la zone
infkrieure ci expansa et l'dge le plus vieux, celui de la zone supkrieure cf marginifera.

Department of Geology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta T6G 2E3

INTRODUCTION
Conodonts have been reported previously from the Palliser
Formation by Clark and Ethington (1965) and Richards and 0
Higgins (1988). Mound (1968) discussed the conodonts in the
equivalent Wabamun Formation from three boreholes in 0
south-central Alberta.
Previous biostratigraphic zonations of the Palliser Forma-
tion have been based on the brachiopod (e.g., McLaren, 1954;
Sartenaer, 1969; Raasch, 1989) and ostracode (Lethiers,
1981) succession in this formation. Rare ammonoids, as-
signed questionably to Platyclymenia, have been reported
A
from uppermost Palliser beds by Warren (1927), Taylor i
(1958) and House and Pedder (1963). ..4
In this report, we discuss Famennian conodonts from the
0
Palliser Formation, and the application of the standard Upper
6 "\
-P
.I
Devonian conodont zones (e.g., Ziegler, 1962, 1971; Ziegler
and Sandberg, 1984). Conodont based correlations between
the Palliser Formation and other Famennian units in western
733. i--,p. @918 \

Canada and the western United States are also discussed. .)

At present, conodont data are available from thirteen ?
5
GK,,RM
complete, or nearly complete, measured sections of the Pal-
liser Formation in the Rocky Mountains of western Alberta
): *o'css
and in eastern British Columbia east of the Rocky Mountain
Trench (Fig. 1). Additional conodont data are also available
0
<~as~er.
Ml
0
from thirty Palliser sections in which strata at or near the top 3 L..?
and/or the base of the formation were sampled (Fig. 1).
Conodont biostratigraphy of seven sections of the Palliser
$320 7
C'
Formation, located between the CrowsnestPass in southwest-
em Alberta and the Athabasca Valley near Jasper in west- 'I*., NP' om 0
central Alberta (Fig. I), are the main focus of this report. The 0
thickness and extent of sampling of each section is shown in 0
Figure 2. The location of, and other pertinent stratigraphic
information about other relevant sections are provided in the
' i'4
?
Appendix.
0 0 O
3 {.

STRATIGRAPHY "4. * i \
The Palliser Formation (Beach, 1943) is generally a promi-
nent cliff-forming unit that outcrops on several thrust sheets
Golden
,
in both the Front and Main ranges in western Alberta and BGC
eastern British Columbia. Exposures are also found in the 0
Foothills (dewit and McLaren, 1950). This formation out-
crops from northwestern Montana (Sandberg et al., 1988) to
approximately 55050'N and 122W in northeastern British
8 '
m<
0
'
Columbia, where it is apparently truncated by erosion (Geld-
setzer, 1982; Geldsetzer et al., 1986) (Fig. 3). The Palliser

Figure 1. Map showing locations of sections of Palliser For- w :

mation sampled for conodonts. Open circles denote sections 'P .(
where only tops andlor bases were sampled, or where section f
was incompletely sampled. Dots denote sections sampled in
detail throughout for conodonts. Abbreviations stand for sec- ' I
tions shown in Figure 2. BGC = Banff Golf Course; CNP =
Crowsnest Pass; CSS = Cold Sulphur Springs; GK = Mount
0

5' • gcNp 2
Greenock; ML =Medicine Lake; NP = Nigel Peak; R M = Roche / # / \
Miette.
Formation generally thickens to the west. Thicknesses are in The stratigraphic relationships of the Palliser Formation
the order of 200-300 m in more easterly exposures (e.g., are shown in Figure 3. The formation is underlain either
dewit and McLaren, 1950) to as much as 600 m in some conformably or disconformably (Fig. 3) by the.Famennian
westerly exposures (Geldsetzer et al., 1986). However, in Sassenach Formation in most outcrops in southern and south-
some exposures near the Rocky Mountain Trench, the thick- central Alberta (McLaren and Mountjoy, 1962), in western-
ness of the Palliser Formation is reduced to 100 m, apparently most outcrops in Alberta along the continental divide (e.g.,
due to a facies change into a Sassenach-like lithology. Mountjoy, 1978), and in southeastern British Columbia
(Price, 1964; Geldsetzer et al., 1986).In some outcrops, most

- Sampled bed
-.---? Questionable correlation
Covered interval
W Base of Formation not exposed
MTop of Formation not exposed
Limestone
Dolostone
Sandstone ( Banff Fm,)
Shale ( Exshaw Fm. )

dashed line -approximate

boundary between '

Costrgan & Morro members

Figure 2. Stratigraphic columns of sections of Palliser Formation indicated by abbreviations in Figure 1.

Medicine Lake (ML) section measured in segments (e.g., MLI , ML2, etc.) that are approximately correlated.
Lower part of Palliser Formation not measured at BanffGolf Course, so approximate height above base for
top of exposed formation shown at this locality. Abbreviations for section a s in Figure 1.
notably along the northern margin of the Frasnian Southesk- halfway between Nigel Peak and Medicine Lake (e.g., Mac-
Cairn reef complex, the Palliser Formation is directly under- queen and Sandberg, 1970, Fig. 2), and i n southeastern Brit-
lain by the Frasnian Ronde Member o f the Southesk ish Columbia. The Palliser Formation is overlain by the Banff
Formation (Belyea and McLaren, 1964; Mackenzie, 1969). Formation at Medicine Lake, and in sections farther north,
North of the Athabasca Valley, the Palliser Formation i s except where the formation is overlain by remnants of the
underlain by the Simla Formation, which is equivalent to the Exshaw Formation (Richards and Higgins, 1988). I n north-
Ronde Member (McLaren and Mountjoy, 1962; Geldsetzer, eastern British Columbia, the Palliser Formation is overlain
1982). by the Besa River Formation (Geldsetzer, 1982).
The Palliser Formation i s probably disconformably over- The Palliser Formation i s laterally contiguous with, and
lain by the Exshaw Formation (Fig. 3) in southwestern Al- lithologically similar to, the limestone of the subsurface
berta, from the Bow Valley northward to approximately Wabamun Formation i n Alberta and northeastern

Figure 3. Correlation chart showing Late Devonian and part of Lower Carboniferous conodont zonation and
stratigraphic relationships between Palliser Formation and correlative units, and over and underlying
formations, compiled from various sources (see below). Banff Golf Course is included in column for the Bow
Valley. Lower limit of Sassenach Formation and Siltstone Member of Graminia Formation placed arbitrarily
at base of Upper triangularis.Zone where these units overlie Frasnian carbonate platform strata (quotes
around Simla at Mount Greenock denotes possible presence of formation). Continuous solid and wavy lines
in lower part of figure indicate conformable and paraconformablecontacts, respectively, and question marks
indicate uncertainty about either the position or existence of these contacts. Question marks in far right
column indicate correlation is uncertain between units in terms of conodont zonation. "Nearshore elastics"
(Meijer Drees et al., work in progress) shown by jagged line flanking the Peace River Arch (hachured area
in lower left hand corner of column). Age of Exshaw Formation at Crowsnest Pass, Bow Valley, and Nigel
Peak, and age of the base of the Banff Formation at all localities is after Richards and Higgins (1988). Wavy
lines with question marks joined by double arrow indicate alternative ages for top of Palliser Formation.
Abbreviations: A. = Arcs Member; KAK. = Kakisa Formation; R.K. = Redknife. From Belyea and McLaren,
1964; dewit and McLaren, 1950; Geldsetzer, 1982; McLaren, 1955; McLaren and Mountjoy, 1962; Morrow
and Geldsetzer, 1988; Price, 1964; Richards and Higgins, 1988.
British Columbia (Fig. 3). The Palliser Formation is also Depositional environment
equivalent to the Kotcho and Tetcho formations in the sub-
surface of northeastern British Columbia (Fig. 3) and the The Palliser Formation has been interpreted by several
surface and subsurface of the Northwest Territories (e.g., authors (e.g., Beales, 1956, Andrichuk, 1960), to have been
Belyea and McLaren, 1962), and to the evaporite, dolomite deposited under slightly restricted conditions for much of its
and limestone of the Stettler and Big Valley formations history, with open marine conditions being prevalent later
(Wonfor and Andrichuk, 1956). during deposition of the Costigan Member. In contrast, both
the Palliser and Wabamun formations have been interpreted
DeWit and McLaren (1950) subdivided the Palliser For- by others (e.g., Eliuk, 1984; Stoakes, 1987) as part of a
mation into an upper Costigan Member and a lower Morro prograding, open marine carbonate ramp.
Member. The Costigan Member is present in upper Palliser
strata from southwestern Alberta and southeastern British On the basis of available lithological data, we believe that
Columbia (Geldsetzer et al., 1986) to at least as far north as the Palliser Formation in the study area (Fig. 1) was deposited
the Athabasca River Valley. Eroded remnants occur farther in a variety of environments, ranging from supratidal to deep
north, in northeastern British Columbia (Geldsetzer, 1982; subtidal. The Morro Member appears to have been deposited
Geldsetzer et al., 1986). The Costigan Member most com- initially in generally very shallow subtidal environments,
monly consists of thin to thick bedded to massive, silty followed by a significant deepening early in its history, and
fossiliferous limestone. In places, particularly the more east- then a return to generally shallower subtidal conditions. The
erly exposures, this limestone overlies thin to very thick occurrence of laminated peloidal limestone containing Chon-
bedded, commonly silty, laminated and brecciated limestone drites in uppermost Morro strata in sections in the eastern
and dolostone in which evaporitic minerals, fenestral fabric, Front Ranges indicates deposition in an intertidal environ-
mud-cracks, ripple marks and stromatolites occur ment. The latter beds are directly overlain by the laminated
(Andrichuk, 1960; Richards and Higgins, 1988; herein). In and brecciated limestone and dolostone of the Costigan Mem-
other Palliser sections (Fig. 2), particularly in more western ber, which appear to represent very shallow, and/or intertidal
exposures, the silty fossiliferous limestone of the Costigan or supratidal conditions (Geldsetzer, 1982; Richards and
Member directly overlies the Morro Member with a grada- Higgins, 1988). The silty fossiliferous limestone of this mem-
tional contact. The Costigan Member is overlain by either ber suggests deposition under subtidal conditions, though
sandstone or black shale belonging to the Banff or Exshaw perhaps not as deep as some parts of the Morro Member
formations. because the limestone contains oncolites and relatively shal-
low water conodont biofacies. In sections of the Palliser
The lower Morro Member of the Palliser Formation con- Formation farther to the west, conodont data suggest that
sists, throughout the entire outcrop area of the formation, of Morro deposition persisted while contemporaneous deposi-
massive, commonly peloidal limestone characterized by tion of the fossiliferous limestones of the Costigan Member
bands of dolomitic mottling several centimetres to metres occurred elsewhere (Fig. 3). In the Crowsnest Pass section,
thick. The mottling has been interpreted as dolomitized bur- relatively deep water conodont biofacies occur in these lime-
rows (Beales, 1953). The Morro Member exhibits varying stones, which may suggest deposition in a more offshore
degrees of dolomitization with some sections being wholly environment than at the other localities. The cessation of
dolomitized (e.g., dewit and McLaren, 1950). In some sec- Palliser sedimentation was probably followed by a brief
tions of the Morro Member in the eastern Front Ranges (e.g., hiatus (Fig. 3) and then by deposition of sandstone and/or
Baymag, Devil's Gap, Jura Creek - see Appendix), lami- black shale of the Banff or Exshaw formations. At Crowsnest
nated, peloidal limestone characterized by the occurrence of Pass, there was apparently a longer hiatus prior to deposition
Chondrites occurs near the top, immediately above thick of the Exshaw Formation (Fig. 3).
bedded burrow-mottled limestone interbedded with medium
to thick bedded microcrystalline dolostone. Sandy or silty
beds occur in the lower part of the Morro Member in some CONODONT BIOSTRATIGRAPHY
sections (dewit and McLaren, 1950; McLaren, 1955).
Conodonts from the Palliser Formation are usually common
In the Nigel Peak section (Fig. 2), two other lithofacies, and well preserved, although in some sections, post-deposi-
in addition to the typical burrow-mottled limestone, are pre- tional (e.g., diagenetic) and tectonic processes have affected
sent. One is characterized by recessive, dark, nodular, thin to their preservation. Colour alteration indices for conodonts in
medium bedded, sparsely fossiliferous, argillaceous lime- the Palliser Formation range from about 3 to 5. Although
stone; this is over and underlain by burrow-mottled limestone conodonts are abundant in some samples and almost always
in the lower part of the Morro Member. The other lithofacies present, large samples (3-5 kg) are usually necessary to obtain
is characterized by thin to thick bedded limestone in which a collection of adequate size. Many well known Famennian
mottling appears to be absent, and occurs in the upper part of conodont taxa are present in the Palliser Formation (Plates
the Morro Member below the gradational contact with the 1-3), as well as several new species of Polygnathus and
Costigan Member. No data are currently available to deter- Icriodus. These new species will be described in a future
mine whether the two lithofacies are time-equivalentto simi- publication.
lar lithofacies in northwestern Alberta and northeastern and
southeastern British Columbia described by Geldsetzer et al.
(1986).
Conodont zonation 1973), whereas P. confluens has previously been reported to
range no lower than the Upper rhomboidea Zone (Druce,
Six, and possibly seven, Upper Devonian standard conodont 1976).
zones (Ziegler, 1962, 1971) have been recognized in the
Palliser Formation and are discussed below. Zonal indices are Species of Icriodus and Pelekysgnathus that first appear
present for four of these zones, but for the remaining three in or are confined to the Middle crepida Zone include I.
they are absent, and recognition of the zone is based on the iowaensis ancylus Sandberg and Dreesen, I. iowaensis
occurrences of other index species. A particular zone is iowaensis Youngquist and Peterson, P. inclinatus Thomas,
considered to be present when both upper and lower limits and P. planus Sannemann. Pelekysgnathus planus occurs at
can be recognized, as is the case for five zones. The presence the top of this zone at Mount Greenock where it is represented
of the Middle crepida Zone and possibly the Lower expansa by a single specimen. At Nigel Peak, P. inclinatus disappears
Zone is based on the recognition of only their upper and lower shortly after its first appearance, only to appear again in upper
limits, respectively. Palliser strata in this and other sections (see below). Icriodus
iowaensis ancylus occurs at the base of the Palliser Formation
in several sections illustrated in Figure 2 (e.g., Cold Sulphur
Middle crepida Zone Spring, Mount Greenock and Nigel Peak), below the first
This zone has been recognized in the lower part of the Morro occurrence of Palmatolepis wolskajae. Icriodus i. ancylus
Member in the Medicine Lake, Mount Greenock, Nigel Peak appears to range no higher than the Middle crepida Zone in
and Roche Miette sections (Fig. 2). Its presence is based on the Palliser Formation. The Palliser sections that have this
the occurrence of Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova below subspecies and no other diagnostic taxa at their base are no
the first occurrence of Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler and older than Upper triangularis Zone, which is the maximum
Huddle. The former species occurs either at, or within, a few age of the upper part of the Sassenach Formation (Orchard,
metres of the base of thepalliser Formation at all the localities 1988, p. 38). However, because a Middle crepida Zone age
shown in Figure 2. In the Roche Miette section, the presence can be assigned to the base of the Palliser Formation on the
of the upper part of this zone is indicated by the occurrence basis of the occurrence of Palmatolepis wolskajae with Icri-
of Palmatolepis delicatula protorhomboidea Sandberg and odus i. ancylus at the Cold Sulphur Springs section, we
Ziegler. Forms identified as Palmatolepis sp. cf. P. delicatula consider the maximum age of the base of the Palliser Forma-
protorhomboidea at approximately the same stratigraphic tion to be the same in sections where only I. i. ancylus occurs.
level in the Mount Greenock and Nigel Peak sections (Fig. 2) Deposition of the Palliser may have commenced in slightly
may suggest the presence of this part of the Middle crepida deeper water in the former section than in the latter ones. The
Zone at these localities too. contact between this formation and the Sassenach Formation
is placed arbitrarily at mid-Middle crepida Zone in Figure 3.
Other significant species of Palmatolepis that occur in this
zone include P. circularis Szulczewski, P. minuta minuta Other notable conodonts in this zone are specimens of
Branson and Mehl, P. quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann Apatognathus varians varians Branson and Mehl (this genus
and P. triangularis Sannemann, all of which appear above P. is used here in the multielement sense, see Nicoll, 1980) at
wolskajae in all the sections shown in Figure 2. Palmatolepis Nigel Peak, the lowest previous stratigraphic occurrence of
circularis occurs with P. wolskajae and P. quadrantinodosa- which was reported from the Upper marginifera Zone of the
lobata at Mount Greenock, Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak, Canning Basin of Australia (Nicoll, 1980). Mehlina gradata
in all of which the species is moderately abundant within a Youngquist also first appears in the Middle crepida Zone in
single bed. Palrnatolepis minuta minuta is low to moderately the Palliser Formation, and ranges into the upper part of the
abundant and P. quadrantinodosalobata highly abundant in formation.
this zone. Palmatolepis triangularis is rare, with only a few
elements found at Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak. Upper crepida Zone
Important species of Polygnathus that first appear in this This zone is recognized in the lower part of the Morro
zone in the Palliser Formation include P. glaber glaber Ulrich Member in the Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak sections (Fig.
and Bassler, P. nodocostatus Branson and Mehl and P. webbi 2). The lower limit of the zone is placed at the first occurrence
Stauffer. Druce (1976) also recorded the first species from as of Palmatolepis glabra prima, and the upper limit is placed
low as the Middle crepida Zone in the Canning Basin of at the first appearance of either Palmatolepis klapperi Sand-
Australia. Both P. nodocostatus and P. webbi range through- berg and Ziegler or Palrnatolepis poolei Sandberg and
out the Palliser Formation, although the latter species, for Ziegler. Palmatolepis wolskajae disappears shortly above the
probable ecological reasons, occurs only in lowermost and first appearance of P. g. prima in the Upper crepida Zone.
uppermost beds of the formation. Palmatolepis subperlobata Branson and Mehl has its first
The genus Polylophodonta is also present in this zone, appearance in this zone at both Medicine Lake and Nigel
which extends its stratigraphic range slightly downward. Peak. Pelekysgnathus planus occurs in this zone in the Nigel
Species include both P. confluens Ulrich and Bassler and P. Peak section, which represents a slight upward extension of
sp. cf. P. linguiformis Branson and Mehl (sensu Sandberg and its stratigraphic range compared with the previous upper
Ziegler, 1973). Previously, the latter was considered to range range in the Middle crepida Zone (Sandberg and Dreesen,
only as low as the Upper crepida Zone (Sandberg and Ziegler, 1984). Icriodus alternatus alternatus Branson and Mehl is
found in a single bed in the Roche Miette section that could
be old as the Upper crepida Zone or as young as the Lower Sannemann and "I". chojnicensis Matyja Morphotype 1 of
rhomboidea Zone. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata is Sandberg and Dreesen. The occurrence of the latter species
very abundant in the Upper crepida Zone, and Palmatolepis in the Lower rhomboidea Zone represents a downward ex-
minuta minuta is moderately abundant in some samples. tension of its known stratigraphic range, regarded previously
as coincident with the base of the Upper rhomboidea Zone
(Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984). Icriodus iowaensis iowaensis
Lower rhomboidea Zone appears to range no higher than the Lower rhomboidea Zone
This zone is present in the lmyer part of the Morro Member in the Palliser Formation. Apatognathus varians klapperi
in the Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak sections. Its lower limit Druce makes its first appearance in this zone at Nigel Peak.
defines the upper limit of the underlying Upper crepida Zone
(see above). The upper limit of this zone is marked by the Upper rhomboidea Zone
appearance of Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann, which
is here considered to mark the base of the overlying Upper Definite lower and upper limits of this zone can be recognized
rhomboidea Zone (see below). This species is absent in the in upper Morro beds in the Banff Golf Course, Cold Sulphur
Lower rhomboidea Zone in the study area, so in its absence, Springs, Medicine Lake, and Roche Miette sections (Fig. 2).
we regard the occurrences of either Palmatolepis klapperi or The lower limit of this zone occurs approximately in the
P. poolei to indicate the presence of this zone (see Sandberg, middle of the Morro Member. The base of this zone forms
1979, p. 95, and Dusar and Dreesen, 1984, p. 29). In the Nigel the upper limit of the underlying Lower rhomboidea Zone
Peak section, P. poolei occurs above P. klapperi, so that the (see above). The first appearance of Palmatolepis marginif-
first occurrence of the latter species is considered to be the era marginifera marks the upper limit of this zone, except in
base of the Lower rhomboidea Zone in this section. The the Crowsnest Pass, Mount Greenock, and Nigel Peak sec-
appearance of P. klapperi below P. poolei and P. rhomboidea tions (see below). The first appearance of Palmatolepis rhom-
was also reported by Dreesen and Dusar (1974) from the boidea is considered to mark the base of the Upper rather the
Famennian of Belgium. At Medicine Lake P. klapperi is Lower rhomboidea Zone in the Palliser Formation because
absent, so that the base of the Lower rhomboidea Zone is of the much higher first occurrence of this species above the
placed at the single appearance of P. poolei. Both these highest occurrences of both Palmatolepis klapperi and/or P.
species appear to be restricted to the lowermost part of this poolei at both Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak, and because it
zone, with the upper limits of their ranges quite far below the is the most, or second most, abundant platform element in the
first occurrence of P. rhomboidea. The occurrence of several lower part of this zone in several sections. Thus, the major
elements identified as P. sp. cf. P. klapperi a few metres requisite for recognition of this zone; the relative abundance
below the first occurrence of P. rhomboidea in the Mount of P. rhomboidea between the highest occurrence of P. poolei
Greenock section may indicate the possible presence of this and the lowest occurrence of P. marginifera marginifera
zone at this locality. (Sandberg and Ziegler, 1973), appears to be satisfied in the
Palliser Formation. It is also for the former reason that we
Other important taxa that first appear in this zone include
define the base of the zone at the first occurrence of P.
Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler and Morphotype 1 of
rhomboidea rather than at the highest occurrence of P. poolei,
this species (Sandberg and Ziegler, 1973) and Polygnathus which is normally considered the base of the Upper rhomboi-
semicostatus Branson and Mehl. Rare specimens of a lobate
dea Zone (see Sandberg, 1979).
morphotype of Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann are
also present. Such elements are considered to be more typical Palmatolepis rhomboidea is accompanied throughout all
of the early phylogenetic history of the species (e.g., Ziegler, or part of its stratigraphic range by Polygnathus communis
1962, PI. 4, Figs. 3-11), yet the occurrence of P. tenuipunctata communis Branson and Mehl in three of the sections in Figure
in the Lower rhomboidea Zone represents a slight upward 2 (Cold Sulphur Springs, Mount Greenock, and Medicine
extension of the stratigraphic range of the species, which is Lake), but whereas P. rhomboidea is confined to the Upper
usually considered to range to the top of the Upper crepida rhomboidea Zone, Polygnathus c. communis ranges to the top
Zone (e.g., Klapper and Ziegler, 1979, Textfig. 6). of the Palliser Formation. However, for apparent ecological
reasons, the latter species is absent in most of the upper part
Palmatolepis subperlobata is restricted to the lower part
of the Palliser Formation, except for the uppermost beds.
of the Lower rhomboidea Zone at Nigel Peak, where the
Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg and Ziegler appears in the
species appears to be represented by a different morphotype
upper part of this zone, and in some samples it is very
than that which occurs in the Upper crepida Zone (compare
common and is the sole platform element. The stratigraphic
PI. 1, figs. 20 and 24). The Palmatolepis glabra group
ranges of P. rhomboidea and P. stoppeli do not overlap in our
(Ziegler and Huddle, 1969) are very abundant in the lower
sections except for one questionable occurrence at Nigel
part of the Lower rhomboidea Zone at Nigel Peak. Palma-
Peak.
tolepis quadrantinodosalobata is still present in this zone,
where it is moderately abundant. Conodont faunas in the Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexa Mi.iller occurs in
remainder of this zone are characterized by either the abun- this zone and also in beds that could belong to the upper part
dant or exclusive occurrence of Polygnathus semicostatus. of the Lower rhomboidea Zone. Polygnathus pennatulus
Ulrich and Bassi er has its only occurrence, and Apatognathus
Two species of "Icriodus", a homeomorph of Icriodus
varians klapperi, "Icriodus" cornutus and Polylophodonta
(Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984), first appear in the Lower
sp. cf. P. linguiformis have their highest occurrence, in this
rhomboidea Zone. These species are "I". cornutus

169
zone. At Mount Greenock, Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalo- Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984). Previously, the
bata also ranges into this zone, which supports data of "advanced" morphotype of P. g. distorta was considered by
Pavlicek (in Metzger, 1989), that show P. quadrantinodosa- Sandberg and Poole (1977) to occur exclusively in the Lower
lobata has a higher stratigraphic occurrence than the pre- to Upper trachytera zones, so the Palliser occurrences repre-
viously reported lowermost Lower rhomboidea Zone sent a downward extension of its stratigraphic range. This
(Klapper and Ziegler, 1979, Textfig. 6). Polygnathus semi- may also suggest that, rather than representing an advanced
costatus occurs in abundance in some samples, mostly in the evolutionary stage of Palmatolepis glabra distorta, the "ad-
lower part of this zone. vanced" morphotype of this species may simply represent an
ecophenotype.
Lower marginifera Zone
Upper marginifera Zone
This zone has been recognized in both the upper part of the
Morro Member and in the lower part of the fossiliferous Although Palmatolepis marginifera utahemis Ziegler and
limestone of the Costigan Member. The lower limit of this Sandberg, the zonal index for the Upper marginifera Zone
zone defines the upper limit of the underlying Upper rhom- (Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984), is absent in the Palliser Forma-
boidea Zone (see above) in most of the sections in Figure 2. tion, the zone is recognized in the uppermost bed of the
An upper limit to this zone has only been recognized in the Costigan Member at Crowsnest Pass on the basis of an
Crowsnest Pass and Nigel Peak sections. At Nigel Peak, the association of Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Morphotype 1
upper limit of this zone is marked by the appearance of and Polygnathus perplexus with Palmatolepis marginifera
Bispathodus stabilis (Branson and Mehl) Morphotype 1 of marginifera. Palmatolepis g. pectinata Morphotype 1 ranges
Ziegler, Sandberg, and Austin; in the Crowsnest Pass section no higher than the Upper marginifera Zone (Klapper and
the upper limit is defined by the appearance of Polygnathus Ziegler, 1979; Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984), whereas Polyg-
perplexus (Thomas). In thk latter section, an alternate base of nathusperplexus has been documented to occur no lower than
the Lower marginifera Zone corresponds to the first appear- this zone (Dreesen and Dusar, 1974; Druce, 1976).
ance of Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler in
the fossiliferous limestone unit of the Costigan Member (Fig. The Upper marginifera Zone is also present in the Mount
2). This species has been found in only one other bed above Greenock and Nigel Peak sections in beds immediately below
its first appearance in this section. The Lower marginifera the Costigan-Mono contact, which is gradational in these
Zone is considered to be present in the remainder of the sections (Fig. 2). In the Nigel Peak section, the zone is
Costigan Member in the Crowsnest Pass section, excluding identified in the stratigraphic interval between the first occur-
the uppermost bed, where the Upper marginifera Zone is rences of Bispathodus stabilis Morphotype 1 and "Icriodus"
recognized. costatus costatus (Thomas) Morphotype 1 of Sandberg and
Dreesen, in, respectively, the uppermost Morro and the lower
Palmatolepis stoppeli occurs in the lower part of this zone Costigan beds. The lower limits of the stratigraphic ranges of
in the Medicine Lake section, and Palmatolepis marginifera B. stabilis Morphotype 1 and "I." c. costatus are at the bases
duplicata Sandberg and Ziegler and Palmatolepis quadranti- of the Upper and Uppermost marginifera zones, respectively
nodosa quadrantinodosa Branson and Mehl occur in the (Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984; Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984).
upper part of the zone at Nigel Peak. Both Pelekysgnathus
inclinatus and Polygnathus webbi reappear in the Lower At Mount Greenock, the presence of this zone is sug-
marginifera Zone, after being absent in the underlying Upper gested by the occurrence of Palmatolepis marginifera mar-
crepida to Upper rhomboidea zones, in several sections ginifera with Polygnathus perplexus in uppermost Palliser
shown in Figure 2. Both Polygnathus nodocostatus and Poly- beds belonging to the Morro Member. The upper limit of this
lophodonta confluens have their highest occurrences in this zone is placed at the first occurrence of "Icriodus" raymondi
zone in the Nigel Peak section. Palmatolepis marginifera Sandberg and Ziegler at approximately the base of the Costi-
marginqera is very abundant in the lower part of this zone gan Member in this section. The lower limit of this species
but rare to moderately abundant in the upper part. Polyg- range is the base of the Uppermost marginifera Zone (Sand-
nathus semicostatus is abundant in some samples in this zone. berg and Dreesen, 1984).

At Nigel Peak, Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson and

Mehl appears in the uppermost part of this zone. Repre- Lower expansa Zone
sentatives of the "advanced" morphotype of this species This zone is tentatively recognized in the Costigan Member
(Sandberg and Poole, 1977, p. 163) are present together with in the Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak sections. Its lower limit
more typical specimens. This "advanced" morphotype of P. has been placed at the first appearance of Bispathodus stabilis
g. distorta also occurs in uppermost exposed Palliser beds Morphotype 2 of Ziegler, Sandberg, and Austin. The upper
belonging to the Morro Member at Banff Golf Course (Fig. limit of this zone may lie in the overlying Exshaw Shale, as
2) that are dated no younger than the Upper marginifera Zone suggested by data of Richards and Higgins (1988), or, where
but no older than the Lower marginifera Zone. Similarly, at the Palliser Formation is overlain by the Banff Formation,
Nigel Peak, both Palmatolepis glabra pectinata and Palrna- part of the zone may be missing due to erosion (Fig. 3). At
tolepis glabra prima occur in strata overlying the horizon Medicine Lake, the presence of this zone is suggested by the
containing the "advanced" morphotype, implying the latter joint occurrence, just below the Palliser-Banff contact, of B.
is no younger than the Upper marginifera Zone (Klapper and stabilis Morphotype 2 and "Icriodus" raymondi. The lowest
stratigraphic range of the former and the highest stratigraphic Lake and Mount Greenock, it is not certain whether a hiatus
range of the latter species overlap in the Lower expansa Zone exists between Costigan and Morro beds or whether deposi-
(Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984; Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984). tion was continuous between these two members. In the
The Lower expansa Zone, or younger, is also suggested by absence of conodont evidence to the contrary, the contact
the occurrence of B. stabilis Morphotype 2 in upper Costigan between the Costigan and Morro members is assumed to be
strata in the eastern Front Ranges of the Bow Valley (see conformable in the latter sections too.
Appendix). The presence of the Lower to Middle expansa
zones in this area was also suggested by Richards and Higgins At Mount Greenock and Nigel Peak, basal beds of the
(1988). fossiliferous limestone of the Costigan Member are probably
no older than the Upper marginifera Zone. The position of
"lcriodus" raymondi occurs with Bispathodus stabilis the contact (shown by a dashed line with a question mark)
Morphotype 1 in uppermost Palliser strata at Mount between this limestone and the Morro Member in these and
Greenock in the Costigan Member. This association suggests the Cold Sulphur Springs and Medicine Lake sections, is
the presence of either the Lower expansa Zone or the Upper- pIaced arbitrarily at the top of this zone in Figure 3. In the
most marginifera Zone (e.g., Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984; Jura Creek section, according to Richards and Higgins
Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984). These two possible age assign- (1988), the base of the fossiliferous limestone of the Costigan
ments for the top of the Palliser Formation are shown for this Member would be no older than the Lower expansa Zone.
section in Figure
- 3. Thus, at Mount Greenock and Nine1 Peak, the base of these
beds appears to be older than thebase of equivalent beds in
Some other taxa present in beds Palliser sections of the eastern Front Ranges. Based on simi-
that are possibly represenrative of the Lower expansa Zone larity of conodont faunas, the fossiliferous limestone of the
include Apatognuthus varians varians. "Icriodus" costatus Costigan Member at Jura Creek, which ovedies the bncci-
costatus M o ~ h o t ~ ~Pol~gnathus
'9 e communis communis, ated and laminated carbonate of this same member, is prob-
and Po'Ygnathus semicostatus. Po'Ygnath~' comm'nis is ably time equivalent to the upper pa* of the fossiliferous
common in some after being absent in the limestone that represents all of the Costigan Member at Nigel
Palliser strata, which postdate the Upper rhomboidea Zone.
Peak (Fig. 3).
Polynnathus semicostatus is also common. Mehlina nradata
ma;-occur as high as this zone. The occurrence ofu"I." c. The inability to recognize the uppermost marginifera
costatus Morphotype 1 in this zone may represent a slight through Upper postera zones in the Palliser Formation may
upward extension of its stratigraphic range. This morphotype be due to the lack of suitable paleoenvironments for the zonal
is normally considered to range as high as the Upper postera indices, but the lack of at least some may be due to the
Zone (Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984): presence of hiatuses that are presently undetected. Regional
unconformitiesrecognized in the late Famennian of the west-
em United States encompass the Uppermost marginifera
Age of Costigan-Morro contact and uppermost Zone and the Lower to Upper postera zones (Sandberg and
Palliser Formation Poole, 1977; Sandberg et al., 1983, 1988), and may also be
From the foregoing discussion it is apparent that the contact present in uppermost Palliser strata (Fig. 3). Several obvious
disconformities appear to be represented in peritidal carbon-
between the Costigan and Morro members is diachronous. At
ates in the lower part of the Costigan Member in the eastern
Crowsnest Pass, this contact occurs within strata as old as the
Front Ranges, but these beds are unfossiliferous and undated.
upper part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone. This is shown by
In contrast, in Palliser sections in the Athabasca Valley and
the dashed line in Figure 3. In sections where this contact is
the section at Nigel Peak, no obvious depositional breaks
exposed in the eastern Front Ranges of the Bow Valley, on
have been observed by the writers in upper Palliser strata
the McConnell Thrust Sheet (e.g., Baymag, Devil's Gap, Jura
representative of the Costigan Member.
Creek - see Appendix), the occurrence of Palmatolepis stop-
peli in uppermost Morro beds suggests that these beds are the It is evident from the foregoing discussion that the age of
same age. Therefore, both at these localities and at Crowsnest the top of the Palliser Formation is not the same everywhere.
Pass, the upper part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone represents It has been shown that uppermost Palliser strata in some of
the oldest age of the contact between the two members of the the sections in Figure 2 could range as high as the Lower
Palliser Formation. In all the other sections in Figure 2, strata expansa Zone (Fig. 3). If this age assignment is accepted, this
of this age occur in the upper part of the Morro Member. The would be the youngest age of the top of the Palliser Formation
lower part of the Costigan Member and the upper part of the determined so far. However, in the Nigel Peak section,
Morro Member are shown as facies equivalents in Figure 3 uppermost Palliser beds just below the contact with the Ex-
because uppermost exposed Palliser strata at Banff Golf shaw Formation contain the association of Bispathodus sta-
Course still belong to the Morro Member and are no older bilis Morphotype 2, "Icriodus" raymondi and "lcriodus"
than Lower marginifera Zone, that is younger than uppermost chojnicensis Morphotype 2 of Sandberg and Dreesen. The
M o m beds in the eastern Front Ranges. latter element has been considered to range no higher than the
The apparent time equivalence of lower Costigan and Uppermost marginifera Zone (Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984).
Whether the stratigraphic range of B. stabilis Morphotype 2
upper Morro beds suggests that the contact between these
should be considered to extend downward, or the range of
members is conformable, at least in the Crowsnest Pass
section and in the Bow Valley. At sections such as Medicine
"1." chojnicensis to extend upward is uncertain, and accounts
for the tentative recognition of the Lower expansa Zone. The
reported occurrence of the rhynchonellid brachiopod Gas- tion illustrates the problem with using probably long-ranging
trodetoechia utahensis utahensis (Kindle) in uppermost Pal- and/or facies-controlledconodont taxa rather than diagnostic
liser beds at Nigel Peak (Sartenaer, 1969) supports a Lower species of Palmatolepis, which are absent, for this purpose.
expansa age because, as far as we know, the subspecies is We are also uncertain whether the fossiliferous limestone
currently known to range from the Lower trachytera Zone to assigned to the Costigan Member in the upper part of the
possibly as high as the Upper expansa Zone (Sartenaer, 1969; Palliser Formation at Crowsnest Pass (Fig. 2) represents an
Sandberg et al., 1988). Because of the uncertainty, both earlier phase of the same depositional episode that resulted in
Lower expansa and uppermost marginifera zones for upper- similar limestone being deposited later at the other localities
most strata of the Palliser Formation are indicated for the Bow or whether this limestone represents an entirely different
Valley, Medicine Lake and Nigel Peak in Figure 3. episode altogether.
In other sections, the age of the top of the Palliser Forma-
tion does not appear to be much younger than the lowermost CORRELATIONS
Lower trachytera Zone. The Upper marginifera Zone is
present in the highest bed of the Palliser Formation at Crows- Wabamun Formation
nest Pass. Uppermost exposed beds of the Palliser Formation
at Cold Sulphur Springs contain Palmatolepis glabra dis- In all but the uppermost strata of the Wabamun Formation in
torta, which suggests an age no younger than the Lower the subsurface of northwestern Alberta and northeastern Brit-
trachytera Zone but possibly as old as the Lower marginifera ish Columbia, the occurrence of Palmatolepis wolskajae, P.
Zone for these beds. In the canyon between Morro Peak and glabra prima, P. klapperi, P. rhomboidea, P. stoppeli and P.
Mt. Hawk, not far south of the Cold Sulphur Springs section, marginifera marginifera (Meijer Drees et al., in prep.; work
Higgins reported (GSC Fossil Report 1-ACH-1983) the in progress) from wells in this area indicate that the Wabamun
occurrence of conodonts, whose known stratigraphic ranges can be correlated with Morro and lower Costigan strata.
extend no higher than the Uppermost marginifera Zone, in a These taxa also occur in the same order as they do in the
bed just below the contact with the overlying Banff Forma- Palliser Formation. Correspondingly, the same sequence of
tion. At Roche Miette, the presence of Palmatolepis marginif- standard conodont zones (i.e., Middle crepida-Lower mar-
era marginifera in the uppermost exposed Palliser beds in ginifera zones) are recognized in this portion of the Wabamun
that section also suggests that the minimum age of the Palliser Formation. In the uppermost part of the Wabamun Formation,
is no younger than the lowermost Lower trachytera Zone. in beds of fossiliferous limestone equated with the Big Valley
The Morro Member is only recognized in the measured Formation of Wonfor and Andrichuk (1956) (Fig. 3), the
portion of this section. Since only the minimum age for the occurrence of Bispathodus stabilis Morphotype 2 suggests
top of this member is shown in Figure 3, the actual age of correlation with the fossiliferous limestone of the Costigan
uppermost exposed Morrg beds at Roche Miette is probably Member. As in the Palliser Formation, the occurrence of B.
no younger than the highest beds of this member at nearby stabilis Morphotype 2 in uppermost Wabamun beds indicates
localities. the presence of the Lower expansa Zone, but these beds may
be older. As in Palliser sections in Figures 2 and 3, it is
Conodont data of Geldsetzer (1982) and the authors' own uncertain whether any significant hiatuses exist between the
data suggest, where diagnostic taxa are present, that the top main part of the Wabamun Formation and its uppermost beds
of the Palliser Formation ranges no higher than the marginif- or whether deposition was continuous (Meijer Drees et al., in
era Zone in northwestern Alberta and northeastern British prep), although the contact between these uppermost beds
Columbia, except where Richards and Higgins (1988) and underlying strata is assumed to be conformable. The
reported the Palliser ranging as high as the expansa Zone at alternative age assignments for the top of the Wabamun
Red Deer Creek in northeastern British Columbia. Formation and the possible presence of hiatuses have been
shown for this formation as they have been shown for the
The age relationships between the Palliser Formation and
Palliser Formation in Figure 3. Possible disconformities at the
over and underlying formations, and between the Costigan
contacts between the Graminia and Wabamun formations,
and Morro members at some localities are summarized in
and between the latter and the Exshaw Formation, are also
Figure 3. In this figure, we have shown the Costigan Member
shown in Figure 3.
as having been continuously or discontinuously deposited,
with hiatuses shown to correspond to the major unconformi- Famennian conodonts illustrated by Mound (1968) from
ties recognized in the Late Famennian of the western United the Calstan Winterbum Province #1 10-4-53-25W4well near
States (see above), although this may not necessarily be the Edmonton, suggest that Wabamun beds sampled in this well,
case. If the minimum age for the top of the Palliser Formation which are equivalent to the Big Valley Formation in south-
is accepted (see above), then the Costigan Member would eastern Alberta, are correlative with upper Palliser beds that
appear, given its relative thinness (Fig. 2). to be a condensed correspond to the Costigan Member. Specimens of Pelekysg-
sequence. It would have been necessary for prolonged breaks nathus inclinatus that Mound (1968, P1. 69, Figs. 1, 8-11)
in sedimentation and/or very slow deposition to have illustrated are closest to those from the upper Palliser beds.
occurred in order to account for the condensed nature of the Similarly, Polygnathus perplexus (identified by Mound as
member. However, if the maximum age for the top of the Polygnathus nodoundatus Helms, PI. 69, figs. 15,16) is quite
Palliser Formation is accepted, there is no need to regard the common and abundant in uppermost Wabamun or Big Valley
Costigan Member as condensed. The difficulty encountered beds in this well, and supports the same correlation. This
in attempting to date uppermost strata of the Palliser Forma- species is also present in Big Valley strata in Wabamun core
sampled by Meijer Drees et al. (in prep). Other important taxa positively identified from only one of the authors' localities
that occur in this well include Polygnathus semicostatus, and (Meosin Mountain - see Appendix). Further details of the
possible Polygnathus communis communis and Palmatolepis Earn Group conodonts are provided by Irwin and Orchard
glabra distorta (Mound, 1968). (199 1, this volume).

Earn Group Western United States

Conodont data provided by Orchard (1988) and Irwin and Suggested conodont-based correlations between the Palliser
Orchard (1989; 1991, this volume) may be used to suggest Formation and selected Famennian units in the western
that part of the lower Earn Group, which outcrops in north- United States are shown in Figure 4. Correlation of the Morro
eastern British Columbia, the Yukon and the Northwest Ter- Member with units such as the "False Birdbear" Member
ritories (Gordey, 1988; Irwin and Orchard, 1989, Fig. 2), is and the upper part of the Logan Gulch Member, has been
correlative with the Palliser Formation. Significant conodont previously suggested by Sandberg and Poole (1977) and
taxa that occur in this unit that suggest correlation with the Sandberg et al. (1983, 1988). However, conodont evidence
Palliser Formation include Palmatolepis glabra distorta, P. presented herein may be used to suggest that the lowermost
g. pectinata, P. marginifera marginifera, P. quadrantinodos- beds of the Costigan Member in Palliser sections in the
alobata and P. wolskajae. Irwin and Orchard (1989) also eastern Front Ranges in the Bow Valley and at Crowsnest
reported the occurrence of Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler Pass are also correlative with the upper parts of the "False
and Huddle from the Earn Group. This species has been

Figure 4. Chart showing correlation of Palliser Formation with other Famennian units in the western United
States. Only the minimum age determined for the top of the Palliser Formation indicated in figure. Sources
of data for stratigraphic units in western United States: Sandberg and Poole, 1977; Sandberg and Dreesen,
1984; Sandberg et al., 1983, 1988.
Birdbear" and Logan Gulch members and with the upper part Formation differs from area to area. The top of this
of the lower member of the Pilot Shale, and the West Range formation is possibly as young as theLower expansa Zone
Limestone in the western United States (Fig. 4). in some sections while in others it is no younger than the
Upper marginifera Zone.
Units such as the Trident Member, the "Contact Ledge",
and the Lower Member of the Pinyon Peak Limestone may
be correlative with Costigan beds that lie between strata ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
tentatively dated as no younger than the Uppermost marginif-
era Zone and strata that are dated as Lower expansa Zone in The first author wishes to acknowledge H.H.J. Geldsetzer and
the Bow Valley and at Medicine Lake, Mount Greenock, and N.C. Meijer Drees of the Institute of Sedimentary and Petro-
Nigel Peak (Fig. 3). It has been suggested by Sandberg and leum Geology, Calgary (I.S.P.G.), for many valuable discus-
Poole (1977) and Sandberg et al. (1988, Fig. 16) that the entire sions on Palliser stratigraphy and for providing much
Costigan Member is equivalent to these units in the western assistance and advice during this project; they also made
United States, which are interpreted as having been deposited available some unpublished conodont data identified by A.C.
during the Lower to Upper trachytera zones (Fig. 4). Cono- Higgins. The first author also wishes to thank J. Dougherty
donts such as the "advanced" morphotype of Palmatolepis of I.S.P.G. who arranged for the processing of some of the
glabra distorta, P. glabra. lepta, P. marginifera marginifera, conodont samples. The assistance of J. Adrain, D. Burr, M.
and Pelekysgnathus inclinatus occur in the Trident Member CaldwelI, A.V. Csaky, Z. Hadnagy, and P. Tuffnell in the
in Idaho and the "Contact Ledge" in Utah. Elements of this field is gratefully acknowledged. Comments from H.H.J.
fauna, including the morphotype of P. g. distorta, have been Geldsetzer, S. Irwin, M. Orchard, and T.T. Uyeno concerning
found in Costigan beds at some localities (e.g., Cold Sulphur the manuscript are also appreciated.
Springs - see above; Cadomin and ~ o r d e 1 g see
~ ~ ~ ~ e n d i x ) Both authors wish to thank G. Braybrook for his assis-
and in the upper part of the Morro Member at Banff Golf tance during SEM photography of conodonts, and F. Dimi-
Course and Nigel Peak. However, as discussed above, the trov, who drafted the figures. The Canadian Parks Service,
authors do not consider the occurrence of the "advanced" Western Region, is also thanked for allowing the authors to
morphotype of P. g. distorta to indicate the definite presence collect conodont samples in Banff and Jasper National parks.
of the trachytera Zone in the Palliser Formation, because it Finally, the authors also wish to acknowledge the financial
has been shown to occur as low as the Lower marginifera assistance provided by the Department of Energy, Mines and
Zone in the Nigel Peak section. Resources through their Research Agreements Program and
Although the uppermost part of the Costigan Member is the Natural sciences and ~ n ~ i n e e r i nResearch
g council.
shown as being the same age as the black shale of the basal
Sappington Member, the Leatham Formation and Leatham
Member, it is possible that the uppermost Costigan Member REFERENCES
is slightly older than these units, as depicted with respect to Andrichuk, J.M.
the Exshaw Formation in the first column of Figure 4. In the 1960: Facies analysis of Upper Devonian Wabamun Group in west-central
event that the Palliser Formation is no younger than the Alberta, Canada. American Association of Petroleum Geologists,
Bulletin, v . 4 4 , ~ .1651-1681.
Uppermost marginifera Zone, the stratigraphic units in the Beach, H.H.
western United States that postdate this zone would not be 1943: Moose Mountain and Morley map-areas, Alberta. Geological Sur-
represented in the Palliser Formation. vey of Canada, Memoir 236,74 p.
Beales, F.W.
1953: Dolomitic mottling in Palliser (Devonian) limestone, Banff and
Jasper National Parks, Alberta. American Association of Petroleum
CONCLUSIONS Geologists, Bulletin, v. 37, p. 2281-2293.
1956: Conditions of deposition of Palliser (Devonian) limestone of south-
Some of the major conclusions of this paper can be summa- western Alberta. American Association of Petroleum Geologists,
rized as follows: Bulletin, v. 40, p. 848-870.
Belyea, H.R. and McLaren, D.J.
1. The Middle crepida through Upper marginifera zones of 1962: Upper Devonian formations, southern part of Northwest Tenitories,
the standard Upper Devonian conodont zonation are rec- northeastem British Columbia and northwestern Alberta. Geologi-
ognized in the Morro Member. The upper part of the cal Survey of Canada, Paper 61 -29,74 p.
Upper rhomboidea Zone through the Upper marginifera 1964: Devonian correlations near Sunwapta Pass, Banff National Park,
Alberta. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 12, p. 779-807.
Zone and tentatively the Lower expansa Zone are recog- Clark, D.L. and Ethington, R.L.
nized in the overlying Costigan Member. 1965: Conodont biostratigraphy of part of the Devonian of the Alberta
Rocky Mountains. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 13,
2. The contact between the Costigan and Morro members is p. 382-388.
conformable and diachronous. The maximum age of this dewit, R. and McLaren, D.J.
contact is the upper part of the Upper rhomboidea Zone, 1950: Devonian sections in theRocky Mountains between Crowsnest Pass
and Jasper, Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 50-23,66
and the minimum age recognized so far is the Upper Pa
marginifera Zone. Dreesen, R. and Dusar, M.
1974: Refinement of conodont-biozonation in the Famenne type area. In
3. Whereas the age of the base of the Palliser Formation International Symposium on Belgian MicropaleontologicalLimits
appears to be virtually the same throughout the outcrop from Emsian to VisCan, J. Bouckaert and M. Streel (eds.); Belgian
area of this formation, the age of the top of the Palliser Geological Survey, Publication No. 13,36 p.
Druce, E.C. Morrow, D.W. and Geldsetzer, H.H.J.
1976: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Upper Devonian reef complexes of 1988: Devonian of the eastern Canadian Cordillera. In Devonian of the
the Canning Basin, Western Australia. Bureau of Mineral Re- World, Volume I: Regional Synthesis, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry,
sources, Bulletin 158, v. 1, 303 p., v. 2,97 pls. and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists,
Dusar, M. and Dreesen, R. Memoir 14, p. 85-121.
1984: Stratigraphy of the Upper Frasnian and Famennian deposits in the Mound, M.C.
region of Hamoir-sur-Ourthe.Belgian Geological - Survey, Profes- 1968: Upper Devonian conodonts from southern Alberta. Journal of Pale-
sional Paper 198415, No. 209,56 ontology, v. 42, p. 444-521.
Eliuk, L.S. Mountjoy, E.W.
1984: A hypothesis for the origin of hydrogen sulphide in Devonian 1978: Upper Devonian reef trends and configurations of the western
Crossfield Member dolomite, Wabamun Formation, Alberta, Can- portion of the Alberta basin. In The Fairholme Carbonate Complex
ada. In Carbonates in Subsurface and Outcrop, L.S. Eliuk (ed.); at Hummingbird and Cripple Creek, P.C. Jackson (ed.); Guidebook,
1984 Canadian Society of Petroleum ~ e o l o ~ i sCore
i s Conference Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, p. 1-30.
-
Manual, Canadian Society of Petroleum Geolorrists... D. 245-289. Nicoll, R.S.
Geldsetzer, H.H.J. 1980: The multi-element genus Apatognathlrs from the Late Devonian of
1982: Depositional history of the Devonian succession in the Rocky the Canning Basin, Western Australia. Alcheringa, v. 4, p. 133-152.
Mountains southwest of the Peace R i v e r k h . In Current Research, Orchard, M.J.
Part C, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 82-IC, p. 55-64. 1988: Conodonts from the Frasnian-Famennian boundary interval in
Geldsetzer, H., de Mille, G., Sangster, D.F., Chung, C.F., McDonald, western Canada. In Devonian of the World, Volume III: Paleontol-
J.A., and Jonasson, I.R. ogy, Paleoecology and Biostratigraphy, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Em-
1986: The Upper Devonian Palliser Formation, Rocky Mountains, B.C. bry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum
and Alberta: geochemistry and general geology. Geological Survey Geologists, Memoir 14, p. 35-52.
of Canada, Open File 1021,5 1 p. Price, R.A.
Gordey, S.P. 1964: The Devonian Fairholme-Sassenach succession and the evolution
1988: Devono-Mississippian clastic sedimentation and tectonism in the of reef front geometry in the Flathead-CrowsnestPass area, Alberta
Canadian Cordilleran miogeocline. In Devonian of the World, and British Columbia. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v.
Volume II: Sedimentation, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. 12, p. 427-451.
Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir Raasch, G.O.
14, p. 1-14. 1989: Famennian faunal zones in western Canada. In Devonian of the
House, M.R. and Pedder, A.E.H. World, Volume 111: Paleontology, Paleoecology and Biostratigra-
1963: Devonian goniatites and stratigraphic correlation in western Can- phy, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian
ada. Palaeontology, v. 6, p. 491-539. Society of Peholeum Geologists, Memoir 14, p. 619-631.
Irwin, S.E.B. and Orchard, M.J. Richards, B.C. and Higgins, A.C.
1989: Conodont bioshatigraphy and constraints on Upper Devonian min- 1988: Devonian-Carboniferous boundary beds of thepalliser and Exshaw
eral deposits in the Earn Group, northern British Columbia and formations at Jura Creek, Rocky Mountains, southwestern Alberta.
Yukon. In Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada, In Devonian of the World, Volume 11: Sedimentation, N.J. McMil-
Paper 89-IE, p. 13-19. Ian, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petro-
1991: Upper Devonian-Lower Carboniferousconodont biostratigraphy of leum Geologists, Memoir 14, p. 399-412.
the Earn Group and overlying units, northern Canadian Cordillera. Sandberg, C.A.
In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian 1979: Devonian and Mississippian conodont zonation of the Great Basin
Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological and Rocky Mountains. In Conodont Biostratigraphy of the Great
Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this volume). Basin and Rocky Mountains, C.A. Sandberg and D.L. Clark (eds.);
Klapper, G. and Ziegler, W. Brigham Young University Geological Studies, v. 26, p. 87-106.
1979: Devonian conodont biostratigraphy. In The Devonian System, M.R. Sandberg, C.A. and Dreesen, R.
House, C.T. Scmnon, and M.G. Bassett (eds.); Special Papers in 1984: Late Devonian icriodontid biofacies models and alternate shallow-
Paleontology, No. 23, p. 199-224. water conodont zonation. In Conodont Biofacies and Provincialism,
Lethiers, F. D.L. Clark (ed.); Geological Society of America, Special Paper 196,
1981: Ostracodes de Mvonian terminal de I'ouest du Canada. Syst6matic p. 143-178.
biostratigraphie et palhCcologie. Ghbios, Memoire Special, No. Sandberg, C.A. and Poole, F.G.
5,236 p. 1977: Conodont biostratigraphy and depositional complexes of Upper
Mackenzie, W.S. Devonian cratonic-platformand continental-shelfrocks in the west-
1969: Stratigraphy of the Devonian Southesk Cairn carbonate complex em United States. In Western North America: Devonian, M.A.
and associated strata, eastern Jasper National Park, Alberta. Geo- Murphy, W.B.N. Berry, and C.A. Sandberg (eds.); University of
logical Survey of Canada, Bulletin 184,77 p. California, Riverside Campus, Museum Contributions 4. p. 144-
Macqueen, R.W. and Sandberg, C.A. 182.
1970: Stratigraphy, age, and international correlation of the Exshaw For- Sandberg, C.A. and Ziegler, W.
mation, Alberta Rocky Mountains. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum 1973: Refinement of standard Upper Devonian conodont zonation based
Geology, v. 18, p. 32-66. on sections in Nevada and West Germany. Geologica et Palaeon-
McLaren, D.J. tologica, v. 7, p. 97-122.
1954: Upper Devonian rhynchonellid zones in the CanadianRocky Moun- Sandberg, C.A., Gutschick, R.C., Johnson, J.G., Poole, F.G., and
tains. In Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin - a Symposium, Sando, W.J.
Ralph Leslie Rutherford Volume, D.M. Clark (ed.); American 1983: Devonian to Late Mississippian geologic history of the overthrust
Association of Petroleum Geologists, p. 159-181. belt region, western United States. In Geologic Studies of the
1955: Devonian formations in the AlbertaRocky Mountains between Bow Cordilleran Thrust Belt, R.B. Powers (ed.); Rocky Mountain Asso-
and thabasca rivers. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 35.59 ciation of Geologists, v. 2, p. 691-719.
P. Sandberg, C.A., Poole, F.G., and Johnson, J.G.
McLaren, D.J. and Mountjoy, E.W. 1988: Upper Devonian of western United States. In Devonian of the
1962: Alexo equivalents in the Jasper region, Alberta. Geological Survey World, Volume I: Regional Synthesis, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry,
of Canada, Paper 62-23,36 p. and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists,
Metzger, R.A. Memoir 14, p. 183-220.
1989: Upper Devonian (Frasnian-Famennian) conodont biostratigraphy Sartenaer, P.
in the subsurface of north-central Iowa and southeastern Nebraska. 1969: Devonian (Famennian) rhynchonellid brachiopods from western
Journal of Paleontology, v. 63, p. 503-524. Canada; Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 169,269 p.
Stoakes, F.A. 1971: Conodont stratigraphy of the European Devonian. In Symposium
1987: Fault-controlled dolomitization of the Wabamun Group, Tangent on Conodont Biostratigraphy, W.C. Sweet and S.M. Bergstriim
Field, Peace River Arch, Alberta. In Devonian Lithofacies and (eds.); Geological Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 227-284.
Reservoir Styles in Alberta, F.F. Krause and O.G. Burrowes (eds.); Ziegler, W. and Huddle, J.W.
Guidebook, 13th Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists Core 1969: Die Palmtolepis glabra-Gruppe (Conodonta) nach der Revision
Conference and Display, Calgary, p. 73-85. der Typen von Ulrich und Bassler durch J.W. Huddle. Fortschritte
Taylor, P.W. in der Geologie von Rheinland und Westfalen, v. 16, p. 377-386.
1958: Further data on Devonian correlations. Journal of the Alberta Soci- Ziegler, W. and Sandberg, C.A.
ety of Petroleum Geologists, v. 6, p. 13-19. 1984: Palmarolepis-based revision of upper part of standard Late Dev-
Warren, P.S. onian conodont zonation. I n Conodont Biofacies and Provincialism,
1927: Banff area, Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 153,94 D.L. Clark (ed.); Geological Society of America, Special Paper 196,
P. p. 179-194.
Wonfor, J.S. and Andrichuk, J.M. Ziegler, W., Sandberg, C.A., and Austin, R.L.
1956: The Wabamun Group in the Stettler area, Alberta. Journal of the 1974: Revision of Bispathodus group (Conodonta) in the Upper Devonian
Alberta Society of Petroleum Geologists, v. 4, p. 99-1 11. and Lower Carboniferous. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 8, p.
Ziegler, W. 97-1 12.
1962: Taxionomie und Phylogenie Oberdevonischer Conodonten und ihre
stratigraphischeBedeutung. Abhandlungen des Hessischen h n d e -
samtes fiir Bodenforschung, v. 38,168 p.
 APPENDIX
Measured sections
Baymag - 82 013, Canmore (east half), 1 5 0 000 map sheet, northeast of the type section of the Exshaw Formation and
latitude 5 1°03'45"N, longitude 115°10'43"W. Section located approximately 4 krn northeast of Exshaw, Alberta. Entire
along bend of old Highway lA, adjacent to Baymag Cement thickness of Palliser Formation (approximately 300 m) meas-
quany, approximately 1 km west of Exshaw, Alberta. Upper ured by N.C. Meijer Drees, M. Bergeron, and D. Johnston in
42.7 m of Palliser Formation measured and sampled by N.C. 1987 and 1988. Measured segment includes 37 m (mostly
Meijer Drees and F. DeReuver in 1989, and again in 1990 by covered) of Costigan Member, and 263 m of Morro Member.
N.C. Meijer Drees and D. Johnston. Measured segment in-
cludes 42.2 m of Costigan Member and upper 0.5 m of Morro
Member. Meosin Mountain - 93 I, Monkman Pass, 1:250 000 map
sheet, latitude 54017'30"N, longitude 120020'30"W. Section
located on northeast face of Meosin Mountain, northeastern
Cadomin - 83 F, Edson, 1:250 000 map sheet, latitude British Columbia. Upper 60 m of Palliser Formation meas-
53°00'00"N, longitude 117°21'00W. Section located on For- ured and sampled by B.D.E. Chatterton and others in 1973.
estry Trunk Road on west side of McLeod River Valley Costigan and Morro members not differentiated.
opposite cement quany. Upper 4 m of Palliser Formation
measured and sampled by B.D.E. Chatterton in 1973. Meas-
ured segment corresponds to Costigan Member. Mount Luscar - 83 F, Edson, 1:250 000 map sheet, latitude
53001'30N, longitude 117°25'45"W. Section located on peak
of Luscar Mountain approximately 7 km west of Cadomin,
Devil's Gap - 82 016, Lake Minnewanka, 1:50 000 map Alberta. Entire thickness of Palliser Formation (195 m) meas-
sheet, latitude 51°16'00N, longitude 115°16'00"W. Section ured and sampled by D.G. Perry and F.K. Wallace in 1974.
located on ridge just northeast of narrows at east end of Lake Costigan and Morro members not differentiated.
Minnewanka. Upper 43 m of Palliser Formation measured
and sampled by D. Johnston and N.C. Meijer Drees in 1989
and 1990. Measured segment includes 40 m of Costi'gan Nordegg - 83 C, Brazeau, 1:250 000 map sheet, latitude
Member and upper 3 m of Mono Member. 52029'45"N, longitude 116°00'05"W. Section located imme-
diately below and just west of former railway bridge, approxi-
mately 5.5 km northeast of Nordegg, Alberta. Upper 42 m of
Jura Creek - 82 013, Canmore (east half), 1 5 0 000 map Palliser Formation measured and sampled by B.D.E. Chatter-
sheet, two sections. Section 1: latitude 51°04'18"-47"N, lon- ton in 1973 and D. Johnston and N.C. Meijcr Drees in 1987.
gitude 115°08'37~1150D09'04W.Section located in canyon Measured segment corresponds to Costigan Member.
cut by Jura Creek at entrance of creek and immediately north
of canyon along west side of creek, approximatel; 2 krn
northeast of Exshaw, Alberta. Upper 107 m of Palliser For- Sunset Peak - 83 E, Mount Robson, 1:250 000 map sheet,
mation measured and sampled by N.C. Meijer Drees, M. latitude 53031'50"N, longitude 118056'00"W.Section located
Bergeron, and D. Johnston in 1988 and 1989. Measured on northwest side of creek valley approximately 2.5 km north
segment includes 35 m of Costigan Member and upper 72 m of Sunset Peak, Wilmore Wilderness Park, Alberta. Upper 6.2
of Morro Member. Section 2: latitude 51°05'21"-41f'N, lon- m of Palliser Formation measured by R. Ludvigsen and others
gitude 115008'43"-1 15°D0927"W. Section located on north in 1974. Costigan and Morro members not differentiated.
hank of Loder Peak and in gully immediately below,
 PLATE 1

All specimens figured in this plate and in plates 2 and 3 are housed in the National T y p e Collection of
Invertebrate and Plant Fossils at the Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario
K I A OE8. All a r e upper views of P a elements, and all are hypotypes, unless stated otherwise.

Figures 1,3. Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson and Mehl. Figure 13. Palmatolepis delicatula proiorhomboidea Sandberg and
Ziegler.
1. GSC 100257, x30, from Cadomin, Costigan Member, 3.7 m
below top of Palliser Formation, "advanced" morphotype GSC 100269, x60, from Roche Miette, Morro Member,
of Sandberg and Poole (1977). 27.4 m above base of Palliser Formation.
3. GSC 100259, x54, from Nordegg, Costigan Member, 12 m Figures 14-16. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann.
below top of Palliser, typical morphotype of subspecies.
14. GSC 100270, x65, intermediate form of species, lower part
Figure 2. Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler and Huddle. of Upper crepida Zone, from Mount Greenock, Morro
Member, 54 m above base of Palliser Formation.
GSC 100258, x65, from Meosin Mountain, approximately
52 rn below top of Palliser Formation. 15. GSC 100271, x65, late form of species, Upper crepida
Zone, resembles Morphotype 1 (Sandberg and Ziegler,
Figure 4. Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler and Huddle. 1973) of species, but with anterior portion of outer platform
GSC 100260, x62, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section), terminating well short of end of free blade, from Medicine
Morro Member, 96 m above base of Palliser Formation. Lake (ML2 section), Morro Member, 104 m above base of
Palliser Formation.
Figure 5. Palrnaiolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler:
16. GSC 100272, x66, early form of species, Middle crepida
GSC 100261, x60, from Mount Greenock, Morro Member, Zone, same locality as figure 15, Morro Member, 75 m
128 m above base of Palliser Formation. above base of Palliser Formation.
Figures 6-8. Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson and Mehl. Figure 17. Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg and Ziegler.
6. GSC 100262, x82, from Banff Golf Course, Morro Mem- GSC 100273, x60, from Nigel Peak, Morro Member,
ber, approximately 270 m above base of exposed Palliser 147.2 m above base of Palliser Formation.
Formation.
Figure 18. Palmatolepis tenuipunctata Sannemann.
7. GSC 100263, x92, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
Morro Member, 96 m above base of Palliser Formation. GSC 100274, x60, from Nigel Peak, Morro Member,
106.4 m above base of Palliser Formation, lobate morpho-
8. GSC 100264, x40, lobate morphotype of subspecies, same type of species.
locality as figure 7, Morro Member, 87 m above base of
Palliser Formation. Figure 19. Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann.

Figure 9. Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler and Huddle Morpho- GSC 100275, x54, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
type 1 of Sandberg and Ziegler, 1973. Morro Member, approximately 175 m above base of Pal-
liser Formation.
GSC 100265' x631 from Crowsnest Pass' Member' Figures 20,24. Palmatolepis subperlobara Branson and Mehl.
91.4 m above base of Palliser Formation.
Figure 10. Palmatolepis klapperi Sandberg and Ziegler. 20. GSC 100276, x60, from Nigel Peak, Morro Member,
106.4 m above base of Palliser Formation.
GSC 100266, x48, from Nigel Peak, Morro Member, . GSC 100280, x36, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
106.4 m above base of Palliser Formation. 90 m above base of Palliser Formation, illustrations of two
Figure 11. Palmatolepis glabra prima Ziegler and Huddle Morpho- morphotypes of species, figure 20 is from the Lower rhom-
type 2 of Sandberg and Ziegler, 1973. boidea Zone and figure 24 is from the Upper crepida Zone.
GSC 100267, x46,' from Nigel Peak, Morno Member, Figure 21. Pa~matolepistriangularis ~annemann.
106.4 m above base of Palliser Formation. GSC 100277, x41, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
Figure 12. Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler Morphotype 1 of Morro Member, 62.5 rn above base of Palliser Formation.
Sandberg and Ziegler, 1973. Figure 22. Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova.
GSC 100268, x56, from Medicine Lake, Morro Member, GSC 100278, x37, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
approximately 289 m above base of Palliser Formation. Morro Member, 75 m above base of Palliser Formation.
Figure 23. Palmatolepis circularis Szulczewski.
GSC 100279, x57, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
Mono Member, 75 m above base of Palliser Formation.
 PLATE 2

All are upper views of P a elements and hypotypes unless stated otherwise.

Figures 1,2. Bispathodus stabilis (Branson and Mehl) Morphotype Figure 15. Polygnathus perpluus Thomas.
1 of Ziegler et al., 1974.
GSC 100295, x52, from Cadomin, Costigan Member, 3.7
1. Lateral view, GSC 100281, x57, from Nigel Peak, Mono m below top of Palliser Formation.
Member, 491 m above base of Palliser Formation.
Figure 16. Polygnathus nodocostatus Branson and Mehl.
2. GSC 100282, x62, same locality as figure 1, Costigan
Member, 551 m above base of Palliser Formation. Oblique upper view, GSC 100296 (specimen lost), x56,
from Nigel Peak, Morro Member, 45 m above base of
Figures 3,4. Bispathodus stabilis (Branson and Mehl) Morphotype Palliser Formation.
2 of Ziegler, Sandberg and Austin, 1974.
Figure 17. Polylophodonta pergyrata (Holmes).
3. GSC 100283, x58, from Nigel Peak, Costigan Member, 541
m above base of Palliser Formation. GSC 100297, x30, from Mount Luscar, 193 m above base
of Palliser Formation.
4. Lateral view, GSC 100284, x58, from Medicine Lake,
Costigan Member, top of Palliser Formation. Figure 18. Polylophodonta sp. cf. P. linguiformis Branson and Mehl
sensu Sandberg and Ziegler, 1973.
Figure 5. Mehlina gradata Youngquist.
Figured specimen GSC 100298, x30, from Crowsnest Pass,
GSC 100285, x58, from Mount Greenock, Morro Member, Morro Member, 91 m above base of Palliser Formation.
base of Palliser Formation.
Figure 19. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Bran-
Figure 6. Apatognathus varians varians Branson and Mehl. son and Mehl.
Upper view, Sa element, GSC 100286, x83, from Nigel GSC 100299, x53, from Sunset Peak, top of Palliser For-
Peak, Costigan Member, 541 m above base of Palliser mation.
Formation.
Figure 20. Polylophodonta confluens (Ulrich and Bassler).
Figure 7. Apatognathus varians klapperi Druce.
GSC 100300, x30, from Medicine Lake (ML2 section),
Upper view, Sa element, GSC 100287, x66, from Nigel Morro Member, 87 m above base of Palliser Formation.
Peak, Morro Member, 165 m above base of Palliser Forma-
tion. Figures 21,25. Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms.
Figure 8. Polygnathus semicostatus Branson and Mehl. 21. GSC 100301, x53, from Roche Miette, Morro Member,
161.6 m above base of Palliser Formation.
Oblique upper view, GSC 100288, x48, from Medicine
Lake, Morro Member, 162 m above base of Palliser Forma- 25. GSC 100305, x56, from Cadomin, Costigan Member, 3.7
tion. m below top of Pal liser Formation.
Figures 9, 10. Polygnathus webbi Stauffer. Figure 22. Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg and Ziegler.
9. GSC 100289, x60, from Crowsnest Pass, Costigan Member, GSC 100302, x45, from Cold Sulphur Springs, Morro
top of Palliser Formation. Member, 73.7 m above base of Palliser Formation.
10. Oblique upper view, GSC 100290, x58, from Mount Figure 23. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa infleexa Miiller.
~reenock,~ o r r Member,
o base of Palliser Formation.
GSC 100303, x60, from Mount Greenock, Morro Member,
Figure 11,12. Polygnathus communis communis Branson and Mehl. 151.5 m above base of Palliser Formation.
11. Lower view, GSC 100291, x95. Figure 24. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler.
12. GSC 100292, x79, both specimens from Medicine Lake GSC 100304, x48, from Crowsnest Pass, Costigan Member,
(ML2 section), Morro Member, 177 m above base of Pal- 381 m above base of Palliser Formation.
liser Formation.
Figure 26. Palmatolepis marginifera duplicata Sandberg and
Figure 13. Polygrzathus glaber glaber Ulrich and Bassler. Ziegler.
Oblique upper view, GSC 100293, x55, from Mount GSC 100306, x57, from Nigel Peak, Mono Member, 355.3
Greenock, Morro Member, 6.1 m above base of Palliser m above base of Palliser Formation.
Formation.
Figure 14. Polygnathus pennatulus Ulrich and Bassler.
GSC 100294, x42, from Mount Greenock, Morro Member,
151.5 m above base of Palliser Formation.
 PLATE 3

All specimens are hypotypes.

Figures 1-4. "Icriodus" chojnicensis Matyja Morphotype 2 of Figures 12-14. Pelekysgnathus inclinatus Thomas.
Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984.
12. Lateral view, GSC 100315, x53, from Nigel Peak, Morro
1. Lateral view, GSC 100307, x85. Member, 10.8 m above base of Palliser Formation.
2. Upper view of same specimen, x76, from Nigel
- Peak,
costigan Member, top of ~alliserFormation? 13. Lateral view, GSC 100316, x80, same locality as figure 12,
Morro Member, 371 m above base of Palliser Formation.
3. Oblique upper view, GSC 100308, approx. x70.
14. Lateral view, GSC 100317, x80, same locality as figure 12,
4. Lateral view of same specimen, x74, same locality as fig- Mono Member, 491 m above base of Palliser Formation.
-
ures 1 and 2. Costicran Member. 567.2 m above base of
Palliser orm mat ion. Figures 15, 16. Icriodus iowaensis ancylus Sandberg and Dreesen.
Figures 5, 6. "Icriodus" chojnicensis Matyja Morphotype 1 of 15. Upper view, GSC 100318, x53.
Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984.
16. Lateral view of same specimen, x60, from Cold Sulphur
5. Upper view, GSC 100309, x84. Springs, Morro ember, 25.3 m above base of ~alliser
~brmation,abraded specimen of narrow morphotype of
6. Lateral view, GSC 100310, x75, both specimens from Nigel subspecies.
Peak, Morro Member, 165.2 m above base of Palliser
Formation. Figures 17, 18. "Icriodus" raymondi Sandberg and Ziegler.
Figures 7,8. "Icriodus" cornutus Sannemann. 17. Lateral view, GSC 100319, x60.
7. Upper view, GSC 100311, x67. 18. Upper view, GSC 100320, x56, from Medicine Lake, Costi-
gan Member, top of Palliser Formation.
8. Lateral view of same specimen, x84, from Medicine Lake
(ML2 section), Morro Member, 110 m above base of Pal- Figures 19,20. Icriodus alternatus alternatus Branson and Mehl.
liser Formation.
Figures 9, 10. ''Icri~dus"costalm costatus (Thomas) Morphotype
19. ..
U D Dview.
~ ~ GSC 100321. ~ 5 6 .

1 of Sandberg and Dreesen, 1984. 20. Lateral view of same specimen, x63, from Roche Miette,
Morro Member, 42.7 m above base of Palliser Formation.
9. Upper view, GSC 100312, x58, from Nigel Peak, Costigan
Member, 567.2 m above base of Palliser Formation. Figures 21-24. Icriodus iowaensis iowaensis Youngquist and Peter-
son.
10. Lateral view, GSC 100313, x56, from same locality as
figure 9, Costigan Member, 501 m above base of Palliser 21. Upper view, GSC 100322, x56.
orm mat ion. - 22. Lateral view of same specimen, x64, from Medicine Lake
Figure 11. Pelekysgnathusplanus Sannemann. (ML3 section), ~ o n Member,
o 41.2 m above base of
Palliser Formation, specimen represents typical broad mor-
Lateral view, GSC 100314, x74, from Mount Greenock, photype of subspecies.
Morro Member, 39.6 m above base of Palliser Formation. 23. Oblique upper view, GSC 100323, x55.
24. Lateral view of same specimen, x65, from Cold Sulphur
Springs, Morro Member, 70 m above base of Palliser
 Upper Devonian - Lower Carboniferous conodont
biostratigraphy of the Earn Group and overlying
units, northern Canadian Cordillera

S.E.B. Irwin1 and M.J. Orchard2

Irwin, S.E.B., and Orchard, M.J., 1991:Upper Devonian -Lower Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy
of the Earn Group and overlying units, northern Canadian Cordillera. Iu Ordovician to Triassic Conodont
Paleontology o f the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of
Canada, Bulletin 417,p. 18.5-213.

Abstract
Conodont data provide a biochronologicalframework for the Upper Devonian -Lower Carboniferous
Earn Group and supradjacent strata in northern British Columbia, Yukon, and Northwest Territories. They
are used to determine that several sedimentary exhalative deposits are Middle Devonian, middle Frasnian,
middle Famennian, and Tournaisian in age, and that a significant unconformity exists at Midway in
northern British Columbia, where the middle Famennian Earn Group directly overlies the mostly Givetian
McDame Group. Conodont biofacies indicate a relatively deep water setting for the Earn Group.
Conodonts range in age from Middle Devonian through Early Carboniferous hut most are Late
Devonian in age. Associations indicative of the Frasniarz Upper hassi, Lower rhenana, Middle and
Uppermost crepida, Lower rhomboidea, and Lower and Upper marginifera zones are recognized. Key zonal
conodont species are found in the Earn Group but the zones are not delineated because the species range
upward through several zones, and data from sections are minimal. These key species are: Klapperina
disparilis, Mesotaxis falsiovalis, M. asymnietrica, Palmatolepis transitans, P. punctata, P. hassi, P. rhenana
rhenana (all Frasrzian),P. triangularis, P. minutaminuta,P. crepida, P, glabra pectinata, P. rugosa trachytera,
P. perlobata postera (Famennian), Siphonodella duplicata, and S. crenulata (Lower Carboniferous). None
of the Upper Devonian faunas ranges within the linguiformis through Middle triangularis zones (includes
Frasnian-Famennian boundary), or the Upper expansa through praesulcata zones (beneath the Devolzian-
Carboniferous boundary). The Earn Group conodont fauna data suggest extended age ranges for
P. subrecta, P. quadrantinodosa inflexa, P. q. inflexoidea, and P. rugosa trachytera. Frasniarz Palmatolepis
redana n. sp. and Fammenian P. quadrantinodosa quincea n. subsp, are described.

Les donntes sur les conodontes fournissent un cadre biochronologique pour le groupe d'Earn et les
strafes susjacentes du Dtvonien et du Carbonifzre infe'rieurdans le nord de la Colombie-Britannique et les
Territoires du Nord-Ouest. Elles indiquent que plusieurs gisements skdimentaires exhalatifs remontent au
Dkvonien moyen, au Frasnien moyen, au Famennien moyerz et au Tournaisien, et qu'il existe une
discordance importante a Midway, dans le nord de la Colombie-Britannique, d l'endroit 02 le groupe
&Earn du Famennien moyen repose directement sur le groupe de McDame, qui remonte surtout au
Givttien. Les biofacits b conodontes indiquent que le groupe d'Earn s'est dkpost en eau relativement
profonde.

' Department of Geological Sciences, University of British Columbia, 6339 Stores Road, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 124
Geological Survey of Canada, 100 West Pender St., Vancouver, B.C. V6B 1R8
 Les conodontes s'tchelonnent du Dkvonien nzoyen au Carhonifire pre'coce, mais la plupart d'entre eux
remontent au De'vonien tardf. On y reconnait des associations caractbistiques de la zone suptrieure ci
hassi, de la zone infe'rieure a rhenana, des zones moyenne et sommitale b crepida, de la zone infkrieure ci
rhomboidea et des zones infkrieure et supkrieure h marginifera, qui rernontent toutes au Frasnien. Des
espices elks de conodontes caractkristiques de zone se rencontrent dans le groupe &Earn, mais les zones
ne sont pas dklimitkes puisque les espices se retrouvent vers le haut dans plusieurs zones et que les coupes
n'ont fourni qu'un minimum de donne'es. Ces espices cle's sont les suivantes : Klapperina disparilis,
Mesotaxis falsiovalis, M. asymmetrica, Palmatolepis transitans, P. punctata, P. hassi, P. rhenana rhenana
(toutes du Frasnien), P. triangularis, P. minuta minuta, P. crepida, P. glabra pectinata, P. rugosa trachytera,
P. perlobata postera (Famennien),Siphonodella duplicata et S. crenulata (Carbonijire infkrieur). Aucune
desfaunes du Dkvonien supkrieur ne se trouve dans l'intewalle de la zone ci linguiformis et la zone moyenne
ci triangularis (qui comprend la limite du Frasnien-Famennien), ou de la zone suptrieure a expansa 02 se
situent les zones a praesulcata (sous la limite du Dkvonien-Carbonifire). Les donntes sur les conodontes
du groupe d'Earn portent h croire que P. subrecta, P. quadrantinodosa inflexa, P. q. inflexoidea et P. rugosa
trachytera couvrent un intervalle d'ciges ktendu. Les conodontes Palmatolepis redana n. sp. (Frasnien) et
P. quadrantinodosa quincea n. sp. (Famennien)sont dtcrits.

INTRODUCTION REGIONAL GEOLOGY

The Devonian and Lower Carboniferous marine clastic rocks Gener-a1geology
of the Earn Group and supradjacent strata in Yukon, North-
west Territories, and northern British Columbia often contain In northern British Columbia and the territories, from latest
abundant, diverse, and relatively well preserved conodont Proterozoic through Middle Devonian, deep water clastics,
faunas. The Earn Group marks a significant change in the carbonate, and chert were deposited in the Selwyn and Ke-
depositional pattern within the area of the lower to middle chika basins (Abbott, 1982).The basins were part of ancestral
Paleozoic Selwyn and Kechika basins. However, due to cha- North America and the Cassiar Terrane, which is believed to
otic sedimentation, considerable regional metamorphic over- be a displaced slice of the miogeocline (Monger and Berg,
print, and relative inaccessibility, little was known about the 1984). On the surrounding platform areas, shallow water
stratigraphy or the age of the strata, in spite of economically carbonate and quartz arenite accumulated during the same
important stratifom mineral deposits that occur within and time interval. This setting changed dramatically from the
above the Earn Group. Recent conodont collections from the Upper Devonian through Lower Carboniferous, with the
region provide the biochronological framework that helps our deposition of transgressive, northerly and westerly derived
understanding of the depositional history of the Earn Group. shale, siltstone, and chert sequences; dispersal of locally
Furthermore, conodonts provide tight age constraints for the derived coarse sediment gravity flows was likely affected by
deposition, frequency, and duration of the sedimentary exha- contemporaneous block faulting (Gordey et al., 1987). Sev-
lative sulphide deposits. eral episodes of stratiform barite-zinc-lead-silver mineraliza-
tion arose from hydrothermal fluids rising upward along such
This study includes the first systematic account of Upper structures and venting onto the sea floor.
Devonian and Lower Carboniferous conodont biostratigra-
phy of the Earn Group. Taxonomic work has focused on the Early biostratigraphic studies of the Devono-carbonifer-
abundant Upper Devonian conodont genus Palmatolepis, ous Earn Group showed that it was typified by a complex
although many other important Upper Devonian and Lower internal stratigraphy with unconformities and abrupt changes
Carboniferous genera also occur. The existing international in thickness, lithology, and facies (Gordey et al., 1982). The
Upper Devonian "standard" offshore zonation scheme de- rock assemblage is indicative of an active extensional regime
veloped in Germany by Ziegler (1962), and subsequently arising from either continental rifting and separation, or
modified by several authors (Ziegler, 1971; Sandberg and strike-slip faulting (Abbott et al., 1986). The whole region
Ziegler, 1973; Ziegler et al., 1976; Ziegler and Klapper, 1982; was structurally deformed during several subsequent epi-
Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984, 1990; Klapper, 1989; Klapper sodes of folding, strike-slip and thrust faulting, and minor
and Lane, 1989; and Sandberg et al., 1989) is generally igneous activity. The study focused on three areas of Earn
applicable to the Earn Group conodonts. Additional revisions Group sedimentation, which are discussed below.
for the Middle Devonian proposed by Klapper and Johnson
in Johnson (1990) are included. Lower Carboniferous zona- Macmillan Pass
tion after Sandberg and Ziegler (1976), Sandberg et al.
(1978), and Lane et al. (1980) was used in a preliminary way The Macmillan Pass region, in the Yukon and Northwest
for upper- and post-Earn Group conodont taxa. Territories, includes the area around Macmillan Pass and to
the west and southeast of the pass (Fig. 1). Strata underlying
 the Earn Group include upper Proterozoic siliciclastics and area (Abbott and Turner, 1990). The Tsichu formation con-
Cambro-Ordovician phyllite and slate. Directly below the sists of a minimum of 200-600 m of Lower Carboniferous
Earn Group is approximately 450 rn of Ordovician through shale, sandstone, and chert conglomerate, and correlates with
Middle Devonian chert, slate, shale, and silty limestone of the the Kalzas Formation and Tay formation (informal) south-
Road River Group. The unconformable Road River-Earn west of Macmillan Pass (Gordey, in press).
Group contact is diachronous.
In the Macmillan Pass area, the lower Earn Group (sensu Midway
lato Gordey et al., 1982) is the Portrait Lake formation
(informal; Abbott and Turner, 1990), which includes a mini- Midway is located in northern British Columbia (Fig. I), on
mum 300-400 m of chert, chert pebble conglomerate, and a slice of the western edge of ancestral North America that
siliceous shale, and spans the upper Lower through Upper was displaced at least 450 krn northwest along the dextral
Devonian. Southeast of Macmillan Pass in the Nahanni map Tintina fault system during the Middle Jurassic to Early
area, Gordey (in press) recognizes the Prevost formation Cenozoic (Gabrielse, 1985). Strata underlying the Earn
(informal) as an upper division of the Earn Group. This Group include Lower Cambrian through Lower Devonian
formation, which is not recognized at Macrnillan Pass, con- siliciclastics and carbonates, and the Middle Devonian Mc-
sists of over 400 m of shale, chert pebble conglomerate, and Dame Group. The latter consists of approximately 400 m of
sandstone. shallow, marine dolostone and fossiliferous limestone, which
contains abundant stromatoporoids, Amphipora, the tabulate
The Tsichu formation (informal) directly overlies the corals Syringopora and Thamnopora, and local accumula-
Prevost formation in the Nahanni map area (Gordey, in tions of cryptalgal laminates and stromatolites indicative of
press), and the Portrait Lake formation in the Macmillan Pass an intertidal to subtidal environment. The upper McDame
Group has undergone significant dissolution; Nelson and
Bradford (1987) report up to 200 m of relief at the McDame-
Earn contact. This dissolution is related to karstic processes
that both pre- and postdate Earn Group deposition; drill core
material shows large cavities in the McDarne Group infilled
with brecciated Earn Group pelite.
At Midway the Earn Group consists of about 700 m of
black slate, thin bedded calcareous siltstone, thin to thick
bedded sandstone, and chert pebble conglomerate (Nelson
and Bradford, 1987). The upper contact of the Earn Group is
the complicated basal thrust system of the Sylvester Alloch-
thon, a Devonian to Triassic assemblage that was thrust over
the Earn Group during the Middle Jurassic to mid-cretaceous
(Nelson and Bradford, 1987).

Gataga
The Gataga area (Fig. 1) is bordered on the west by the
Northern Rocky Mountain Trench dextral strike-slip fault
system (Gabrielse, 1985), and on the east by upper Protero-
zoic age siliciclastics (Taylor and Stott, 1973; McClay et al.,
1988). Ordovician to Lower Carboniferous, fine grained sil-
iciclastic strata are underlain by autochthonous upper Pro-
terozoic through Cambro-Ordovician platform to off-shelf
siliciclastics and carbonates (McClay and Insley, 1986). All
strata in the Gataga area are intensely folded and thrust
faulted.
The Road River Group has two subdivisions: a lower
graptolitic black shale, chert, and minor limestone, and an
upper, resistant dolomitic siltstone and bioturbated siltstone
with graptolites directly underlies the Earn Group. The lower
Earn Group consists of a thin basal assemblage of thick
bedded, chert pebble conglomerate and chert grit, thin bedded
laminated siltstone, and silt-banded shale overlain by 400 m
of black shale, cherty argillite, and chert. In the southern
Figure 1. Location of study areas showing the western Gataga area, the lower part of the Earn Group is informally
Canadian autochthonous margin, Tintina Fault, and the mar- called the "Gunsteel formation" (Jefferson et al., 1983).
gin of Earn Group sedimentation. Modified from Gordey McClay et al. (1988) reported that 70 m of crinoidal
 Conodont Zone Defined by the first appearance of: grainstone, sandstone, and siltstone with abundant shell de-
anchoralis-latus Scaliognathus anchoralis bris of Early Carboniferous age were located in the western-
m typicus Gnathodus typicus most thrust fault of the Gataga area. This unit was regarded
3 u Gnathodus delicatus by McClay et al. (1988) as equivalent to the upper Earn Group
crenulata (sensu lato Gordey et al., 1982), and is the youngest strata
2
0
2
LL
L Siphonodella crenulata
preserved in the Gataga area.
24 sandbergi Siphonodella sandbergi
€.
U Siphonodella cooperi
duplicata
- BIOSTRATIGRAPHY
sulcata Siphonodella sulcata
I ! !
U
I
Protognathodus kockeli
I General remarks
praesulcata M In this report, we employ a folm taxonomy in describing the
platfom~conodontso f ~ t h eEarn Group. This reflects the
U Bispathodus ul timus
current state of knowledge, the basis of the standard zonation,
expansa M Bispathodus aculeatus
and the fact that Earn Group conodont collections include few
well preserved nonplatform elements. Recent revisions to
L Palmatolepis gracilis expansa
Upper Devonian zonation by Ziegler and Sandberg (1990)
U Palmatolepis gracilis manca have used conodonts entirely from the Palmatolepis biofa-
postera
L Palmatolepis perlobata postera cies. Other studies in France (Klapper, 1989) and Alberta
(Klapper and Lane, 1989) have developed zonation schemes
trachytera
that employ conodonts that dominate other biofacies. Earn
Group conodonts consist almost exclusively of the Palma-
tolepis biofacies, so we have adopted that standard for the
Earn Group. Earn Group conodont data provide little sequen-
tial information, however, and are generally unsuited for
u testing zonal schemes.
rhomboidea
L Palmatolepis rhomboidea
The Lower Carboniferous, Tournaisian zonation is based
Umt Palmatolepis glabra pectinata
largely on Siphonodella, a genus that occurs in many of our
u Palmatolepis glabra prima
crepida collections. In total, eight zones (Fig. 2) have been recognized
M Palmatolepis termini in this interval elsewhere (Sandberg and Ziegler, 1976; Sand-
L Palmatolepis crepida berg et al., 1978; Lane et al., 1980). We have not attempted
u Palmatolepis minuta minuta to differentiate our faunas to the zonal level, however, but
have included representative taxa to demonstrate the age
range of the strata, and the potential for further work.
Results of preliminary conodont biostratigraphic studies
within the Earn Group have been presented by Dawson and
Orchard (1982), Gordey et al. (1982), Orchard and Irwin
(1988), Orchard (1989), and Irwin and Orchard (1989). Prior
to these studies, the complex stratigraphy of the Earn Group
was very poorly understood, partly due to the lack of diag-
nostic macrofossils. Several hundred conodont collections of
Middle Devonian through Tournaisian age are now known
from carbonate lenses within the predominately clastic sedi-
ments. The conodonts provide important age constraints on
lithofacies variation, intra-Earn Group discontinuities, and
sedimentary exhalative mineral deposits. In addition, they
provide data on the geographic and stratigraphic range of the
existing, as well as some new, taxa.
In the following discussion, individual collections with
unique GSC locality numbers are grouped into 56 informal
Figure 2. The revised "standard" offshore Upper Devonian faunas that represent individual, or groups of, conodont col-
conodont zonation. From Ziegler (1962, 1971, 1977); Sand- lections representative of a specific time interval (Fig. 3,
berg and Ziegler (1976);Sandberg et al. (1978,1989);Klapper Tables 1-5).Each fauna is designated by a prefix and number
and Ziegler (1979); Lane et al. (1980); Ziegler and Sandberg reflecting its geographic origin: Macmillan Pass (MP),
(1984, 1990); Sandberg et al. (1988); Klapper and Johnson, Midway (M), or Gataga (G).
in Johnson (1990). Abbreviations: (Umt) Uppermost, (U) Up-
per, (M) Middle, and (L) Lower.
 I HACHILLAN PASS I HI DWAY I GATAGA I
anchoralis-latus HP2O 1 H12 1 1

I & &
crenulata

sandbergi I I 1 I
I 1
u
duplicata
L + 7

expansa H 1 I I I I
L
.
U
postera - --

L I UP14 G15

GB G9
rhenana -- --
n5 GI
-- -
I
jamieae H1 H3 H4 G1 G6
-
U HPZHP3 ? 7 ? G2 G5
hassi
I
L 7-T-t- I I I
HZ
I

punctata HP1 G4
.---.
I
transitans G3
--- . , ,

cristatus -

Figure 3. Ranges for Frasnian and Farnennian faunas recognized in the Macmillan Pass, Midway, and
Gataga areas using the revised international standard Upper Devonian conodont zonation (see Fig. 2).
Macmillan Pass Conodont faunas demonstrate that stratiform barite min-
eralization occurred during three time intervals in the Mac-
Twenty conodont faunas from the Macmillan Pass area range millan Pass area. The age of the oldest barite, recognized at
in age from Eifelian through Tournaisian. Twelve Middle the Cathy property, is Eifelian to early Frasnian (MP1). The
Devonian and Frasnian faunas (MPI-MP12) contain ages of four other barite properties overlap within the Lower
conodonts with age.ranges through thefalsiovalis, transitans, rheizana Zone: the Gary property barite is confined to the
punctata, hassi, jamieae, and rhenana zones (Fig. 3). Fauna Lower rhenana Zone; the Pete barite, which occurs at the
MP1 (GSC 10~s.C-087691, C-087686, (2-087545, (2-087544, same stratigraphic level as the Gary barite, is no older than
C-087542, C-087697; Table I), broadly dated as Eifelian to Lower rhenana Zone; the Jeff barite is constrained by fauna
lower Frasnian punctata Zone, is the oldest conodont fauna from the rhenana Zone; and the GHMS barite, southeast of
found within the Earn Group. the other properties, is no older than punctata Zone. The age
Palmatolel~issubrecta Miller and Youngquist occurs with of stratiform barite-lead-zinc mineralization at the Jason and
P. proversa Ziegler and/or P, punctata (Hinde) and/or P. Tom properties is no older than the Cathy barite deposit, but
foliacea Youngquist in several collections (GSC locs. C- is older than the Upper rhenana Zone. The stratigraphic
118032, C-118033, C-087560, C-102281, C-087700). The position of the Tom and Jason deposits relative to the Cathy,
appearance of P. subrecta with these species conforms to the Pete and Gary barites, suggests they probably lie within the
age range given by Klapper and Ziegler (1979). Lower hassi through Lower rhenana zones (Figs. 3,4).
Several new Frasnian species described by Ziegler and Famennian conodont faunas from Macmillan Pass
Sandberg (1990) are found within the Earn Group in this area: (MP13-MP18) are indicative of the Upper triangularis,
Palmatolepis ederiziegler and Sandberg in Fauna MP6 (GSC crepida, Lower rhomboidea, marginifera, and possibly
loc. C-118033); P, rotunda Ziegler and Sandberg in Fauna trachytera zones (Fig. 3, Table 3). The oldest Famennian
MP12 (GSC loc. C-102340); and P. rhenana rhenana Bis- fauna (MP13) recognized at Macmillan Pass, is indicative of
choff in Fauna MP12 (GSC loc. C-102342). Palmatolepis a range within the Upper triangularis Zone through Upper
redana n. sp. is described from fauna MP8 (GSC loc. C- crepida Zone. Diverse Fauna MP15 includes unique occur-
118034), of Upper hassi through Upper rhenana Zone age. rences of Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg and Ziegler (GSC
locs. C-089929 and C-108 160) and P, quadrantinodosalo-
bata Morphotype 1 Sandberg and Ziegler (GSC loc.

Table 1. Distribution of Frasnian conodont species and faunal assignment of collections from the Macmillan
Pass area of southeast Yukon and southwest Northwest Territories

I Macmillan pass I

99 denotes there are at leas1 99 elements.

190
C-089929). Fauna MP18 (Fig. 3, GSC loc. C-108159, Table Lower and middle Toumaisian composite Fauna MP19
3), which represents the youngest Famennian Earn Group at (Fauna 111, Orchard and Irwin, 1988), recognized by the
Macmillan Pass, includes P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler, occurrence of Siphonodella spp., occurs in thirty-five collec-
which is used to define the base of the trachytera Zone, and tions from the Tsichu, Tay, and Kalzas formations in this
both P. quadrantinodosa inflexa Ziegler and P, q. inflexoidea region. Several Siphonodella species are identified from the
Ziegler, which have not been previously recorded above the Tsichu formation at Macmillan Pass, including Siphonodella
Lower marginifera Zone. cooperi Hass (GSC loc. C-089930), Siphonodella crenulata
(Cooper) (GSC loc. C-108161), Siphonodella lobata (Bran-
Upper Devonian conodont faunas with a range inclusive son and Mehl) (GSC loc. C-108161),and Siphonodella quad-
of the Lower and Middle triangularis, and postera through ruplicata (Branson and Mehl) (GSC loc. C-108161).
praesulcata zones have not been found at Macmillan Pass.

Table 2. Distribution of Frasnian conodont species and faunal assignment of collections from the Midway
and Gataga areas of northern British Columbia
------
Midway Gataga
O N d P C T l W d C T l d N P m O N m a a W
C T l a m d ' m O O O m P
3 a : 2 ~ e : c z , , m m m a 0 a Q Q
a 3 m m U l , a 3 N N m m a m a 3 a 3 a a 3 Q U l
. a 0 d m a 3 d 0 0 0 0 d d d d d d d d
U O d d O O t - I d d d d d d d d d d d d
C n I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Frasnian conodont fauna " " " " " " " " " " " " & " " " " u u
-----
Ancyrodella s p . 1 1 1
Ancyrodella a f f . A, binodosa 3
Ancyrodella g i g a s 1
Ancyrodella i o i d e s 2 1
Ancyrodella l o b a t a 1
Ancyrodella nodosa 1
Ancyrodella r o t u n d i l o b a 1
Icriodus sp. 2 0 3 2 2 1 3 5
I c r i o d u s symmetricus 7 16
Klapperina d i s p a r a l i s 5
Klapperina d i s p a r a l v e a 13
Klapperina d i s p a r a t a 1
Klapper i n a o v a l is 1 29
Mesotaxis asymmetrica 19 6
Mesotaxis f a l s i o v a l i s 28 5
Palmatolepis s p . 8 2 2 3 1 3 21 19 15
P a l m a t o l e p i s domanicensis 1
P a l m a t o l e p i s a f f . P . domanicensis 16
Palmatolepis f o l i a c e a 1 13
Palmatolepis h a s s i 2 1
Palmatolepis plana 2
Palmatolepis proversa 1 8 2
Palmatolepis punctata 2
P a l m a t o l e p i s rhenana subsp. i n d e t . 2 2
P a l m a t o l e p i s rotunda 2
Palmatolepis subrecta 1 2 3 18
Palmatolepis t r a n s i t a n s 1 6 5 1
Palmatolepis a f f . P. t r a n s i t a n s 1 12
Polygnathus s p . 40 3 1 1 3 9 6 1 4 2 1 1 3 3 2 2 99 5
nPolygnathusn c r i s t a t u s 1 1
Polygnathus d e n g l e r i 1
Polygnathus d u b i u s 6
ramif orm e l e m e n t s 30 5 20 40 1 50 50 3 4 0 40 2 37 99 7 99 99

IConodonc Faunas .
(MI (GI
.
L I
. .
J
*
Y r
. .
J
- - . L L ~ ~ - L G . C I
J I J Y U L J I

99 denotes there are a t least 99 elements.

191
 Siphonodella, the offshore successor to the Upper Dev- the Cordillera. In these collections, Bispathodus ex gr. stabilis
onian Palmatolepis, is found alone in some collections, but and/or Geniculatus? n. sp. A (GSC loc. C-108152) occurs, as
more commonly it is associated with other species, including do fewer Polygnathus and Pseudopolygnathus species.
Gnathodus punctatus (Cooper), Polygnathus communis
Branson and Mehl, Protognathodus praedelicatulus Lane,
Sandberg and Ziegler, and Pseudopolygnathus oxpageus Midway
Lane, Sandberg and Ziegler. High diversity faunules such as Twelve conodont faunas from the Midway area range in age
this are certainly conducive to improved zonal resolution but from Givetian?, Frasnian through Toumaisian, but the most
this has yet to be attempted. In addition, Fauna MF19 occa- abundant faunas are indicative of the Upper crepida Zone
sionally includes Bispathodus ex gr. stabilis Branson and through Lower rhomboidea Zone (Fig. 3, Tables 2 and 3).
Mehl, a relatively long-ranging taxon. The Tea barite prop-
erty, which occurs in an unidentified stratigraphic unit, is Although most younger collections from the Midway area
associated with Fauna MP19 and represents the third and are dominated by the offshore Palmatolepis, faunas from the
youngest stratifom barite mineralization in the Macmillan uppermost McDame Group, predictably, are representative
Pass area. of a relatively shallow water biofacies. The oldest collection,
Fauna MI (GSC loc. C-086357), from Earn Group strata
The upper Tournaisian Fauna MP20 (Fauna IV, Orchard about 100km north of the Midway property, contains shallow
and Irwin, 1988), recognized in eight collections from the water Icriodus. Fauna M2 (GSC loc. C-088250), collected
Tsichu formation, is characterized by "Hindeodella" se- from the McDame Group carbonates underlying the Earn
gaformis Bischoff (GSC loc. C-108152). The segaformis Group contains Ancyrodella sp. aff. A. binodosa Uyeno and
element is common in areas marginal to the craton throughout Ancyrodella sp., and is dated as Upper falsiovalis through

Table 3. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies and faunal assignment of collections
from the Macmillan Pass area of southeast Yukon and southwest Northwest Territories and the Midway area
of northern British Columbia
Macmillan Pass Midway

*
m~ m
u ~
~ w~ m
m mm rm nu ua ~m d m m m m m m r mn o8 ~S ~ 8 6 % b 2 X W E % R %
3 2 8 8 % : ; F ; ? % g $ $ % ; : F P P R R F ? ? F , " F R
Famennian conodont fauna u
r
8 %
n ~
g g g g g % % 8 8 4 2 2 Z Z 2 Z 4 Z 2 2 Z Z 3 2 2 Z
I I A I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~
C l o u u U u U U U U U U , U , U , u , U , u , u , u , ~ , ~ , ~ , ~ ' , ~ ) , ~
Palmatolepis crepida
Palmatolepis glabra subsp.
Palmatolepis g. acuta
Palmatolepis g , distorta
Palmatolepis g , glabra
Palmatolepis g. lepta
Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 1
Palmatolepis g. lepta morph. 2
Palmatolepis g. pectinata
Palmatolepis g. prima
Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis
Palmatolepis klapperi
Palmtolepis m. marginifera
Palmatolepis minuta subsp.
Palmatolepis m. minuta
Palmatolepis m. loba
Palmatolepis perlobata subsp.
Palmatolepis p. schindewolfi
Palmatolepis poolei
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa subsp.
Palmatolepis q. inflexa
Palmatolepis q. inflexoidea
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata
Palmatolepis q. morph. 1
Palmatolepis cf. P. regularis
Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera
Palmatolepis subperlobata

99 denotes there are a t leas1 99 elements.

192
punctata zones. Fauna M5 (GSC loc. C-103232) collected McDame Group karst horizon, or an early pulse of Earn
from the basal Earn Group south of theMidway property also Group sedimentation onto this karst surfaceduring transitans
contains relatively shallow water Ancyrodella, Icriodus, and through Upper hassi zone time.
Polygnathus species in addition to ~ a l m a t o l e ~species;
is this
At the Midway property, the reefoid upper McDame
association is dated as punctata through rhenana zones. An
Group is directly overlain by Earn Group with abundant
occurrence of Palmatolepis suhrecta with P. proversa in
Upper through Uppermost crepida Zone conodonts of Fauna
Fauna M5 (GSC loc. C-103232) supports the age range for
M6 (GSC locs. C-157905, C-118256, C-157907), and Upper-
P. subrecta shown by Klapper and Ziegler (1979). Two
specimens of P. sp. cf. P. rotunda also occur in the same most crepida Zone Fauna M7 (GSC locs. C-157908,
C-157906, C-157909, C-157910, C-157929; Fig. 3; Table 3).
collection of Fauna M5.
These large faunas are the oldest Famennian conodonts re-
In the central Midway area, in the vicinity of the Midway covered from the Earn Group in this area, and suggest that the
property, most of Frasnian time is represented by an uncon- environment was extremely productive, sedimentation rates
formity between the McDame and Earn groups. Much of this were very slow, and/or that the conodonts have become
interval is assumed to have been a period of nondeposition concentrated as lag deposits through erosion. The McDame
and/or erosion of strata. Fauna M4 (GSC loc. C-143101; Earn contact represents not only a significant hiatus but
Fauna I, Orchard and Irwin, 1988) contains poorly preserved reflects a dramatic increase in water depth on the Cassiar
icriodids, palmatolepids, and polygnathids and was collected Platform.
from dolomitic siltstone within karstic hollows at the Mc-
In a few collections, there is evidence of faunal mixing.
DameEam Group contact. This fauna may represent either a
Two Famennian collections, Fauna M8 (GSC loc. C-158253)
component of the insoluble residue left at the top of the
with a maximum age of Uppermost crepida Zone, and Fauna

Table 4. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies and faunal assignment of collections
from the Gataga area of northern British Columbia

1 Gataga

99 denotes lhere are at least 99 elements.

M9 (GSC loc. C-157928), with a maximum age of Lower Gataga
rhomboidea Zone, each contain two, derived,
specimens of Frasnian Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff and Twenty-four conodont faunas at Gataga range in age from the
Ziegler). upper Givetian disparilis Zone through upper Famennian
expansa Zone. Nine Givetian-Frasnian faunas (GI-G9) and
Fauna MI0 (GSC loc. C-157938), indicative of the mar- fifteen Famennian faunas (G10-G24) are recognized: these
ginifera Zone, represents the youngest Devonian Earn Group include the index species (Fig. 2) for the Lower and Upper
identified in the Midway area. The intervals from Upper falsiovalis, transitans, Lower hassi, rhenana, Lower, Upper,
rhenana Zone through Middle crepida Zone, including the and Uppermost crepida, Lower rhomboidea, Lower and Up-
Frasnian-Famennian boundary, and trachytera through prae- per marginifera, and Lower postera zones (Fig. 3, Tables 2,
sulcata zones are not represented by conodont faunas in the 4, and 5 ) , although only the Lower rhenana, Middle crepida,
Midway area. Lower rhomboidea, and Upper marginifera zones are specifi-
cally identified.
Siphonodella-bearing Fauna MI 1 (Fauna 111, Orchard and
Irwin, 1988), equivalent to Fauna MP19, is recognized in The occurrence of a mixed biofacies taxa in Fauna G4
fifteen collections from the Earn Group near Midway, includ- (GSC loc. C-102892), from a carbonate unit underlying the
ing those from the stratiform barite deposits at the Ewen and Earn Group, and Fauna G2 (GSC loc. C-118543) from the
Peny properties. Fauna M12 (Fauna IV, Orchard and Irwin, Earn Group suggests possible shallow water areas were pre-
1988) characterized by "Hindeodella" segaformis Bischoff sent in the southernmost Gataga area during the Givetian and
and equivalent in age to Fauna MP20, is recognized in three early Frasnian. Throughout the later Frasnian, deeper water
Earn Group collections at Midway. palmatolepid biofacies were dominant in the Gataga area.

Table 5. Distribution of Famennian conodont species and subspecies and faunal assignment of collections
from the Gataga area of northern British Columbia

Gataga
. m ~ ~ o ~ m ~ ~ r n m ~ m m ~ m m ~ m m m
; $ $ $ o g $ o $ d $ $a $~ $ $ $ m $ m $ mz ds ~ $ d s ~ $ ~ ~ ~ ; ~ ~ ~ ~ m s m~ mg mz m
o d m m
$ $m $m $U
d A A 4 4 4 4 4 A 4 A A 4 4 4 d d d 4 4 4 4 4 r l O P ~ P P P P P C
U 4 4 A 4 4 d d d 4 4 4 4 d 4 d 4 d d d d 4 d d d 4 4 d d 4 d d A d
Famennian conodont fauna $ A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A J A A A A A A A A A A & A A A &
Palmatolepis glabra subsp. 3 1 2 3 1 3 3 64 1 4
Palmatolepis q. acuta 1
Palmatolepis g. dlstorta 3 5 5
Palmatolepis g, lepta
Palmatolepis q. lepta morph. 1
Palmatolepls g. lepta morph. 2
Palmatolepls g. pectinata
Palmatolepls g, prim
Palmatolepis gracllls subsp.
Palmatolepis gracllis gracilis
Palmatolepis klapperi
Palmatolepis marginifera subsp.
Palmatolepis m. mrglnifera
Palmatolepis m. utahensis
Palmatolepls mlnuta subsp.
Palmtolepis m. minuta
Palmatolepis perlobata subsp.
Palmatolepis p. postera

almatolepis q. Inflexoldea
almatolepls q. quincea n. subsp.
almatolepis quadrantlnodosalobata
almatolepis cf. P. regularis
almatolepis rhomboldea
almatolepis rugosa subsp.
almatolepis rugosa ampla
almatolepls a££. P. r. trachytera
almatolepls subperlobata
almatolepis tenulpunctata
almatolepls triangularis

99 denoles lhere are a1 least 99 elements.

 Conodonts from the lower Frasnian (Fauna G5, GSC loc. extends upward into the Upper marginifera Zone, or that the
C-102891) occur along strike with the oldest stratifom barite range of P, m. utahensis extends downward into the Lower
mineralization in the southernmost Gataga area. Palmatole- marginifera Zone.
pis subrecta occurs in Fauna G9 (GSC loc. C-116659) with
Fauna G24 (GSC locs. C-176654, C-176684, C-176655),
P. proversa and P. foliacea, which is consistent with the age
range shown for that species by Klapper and Ziegler (1 979);
ofpostera through expansa Zone age, represents the youngest
Famennian conodont fauna identified in the entire Earn
P. plana Ziegler and Sandberg also occurs in this collection.
Specimens of P. sp. aff. P. domanicensis Ovnatanova and P. Group (Fig. 3). Conodonts indicative of the Upper rhenana
sp. aff. P. transitans Miiller occur in Fauna G7 (GSC loc. through Middle triangularis zones, Upper expansa through
C-116673) of Upper hassi Zone through jamieae Zone age. praesulcata zones, and the Tournaisian have not been found
at Gataga (Fig. 3).
Middle Famennian conodont faunas from Gataga are
diverse and large collections provided good zonal resolution Stratiform barite mineralization in the Gataga area is
of the numerous stratifom barite and barite-lead-zinc depos- dated by faunas as Lower marginifera Zone, undifferentiated
its in the area. Several notable occurrences of new and exist- marginifera Zone, and possibly Upper crepida or Lower
ing taxa occur within the conodont faunas at Gataga: Fauna rhomboidea zones. Some barite horizons are less tightly
GI7 (GSC loc. C-116719) includes a unique occurrence of constrained by conodont faunas indicating a broad age of
Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann; Fauna GI8 (GSC loc. Upper crepida through Upper trachytera zones, no older than
C-116956) includes the only occurrence in the Earn Group of the Upper marginifera Zone, or Upper crepida through Upper
Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg and Ziegler. marginijera zones. Stratifom barite mineralization at Gataga
apparently occurred during at least two distinct time intervals
Fauna GI9 (GSC loc. C-116697) includes a specimen of within the early and middle Famennian.
Palmatolepis rugosa sp. aff. P. r. trachytera. Fauna G21
(GSC locs. C-118907, C-118884, C-I 16977), which contains Several distinct stratiform barite-lead-zinc sulphide min-
P. ex gr. glabra and P. marginifera marginifera Helms, is eral horizons within the Gataga area are also constrained by
indicative of the Lower murginifera Zone. Fauna G21 collec- Famennian conodont faunas. The oldest Famennian level is
tions and Fauna G23 (C-118924, C-116914) also contain confined to the Lower rhomboidea Zone; a second is con-
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quincea n, subsp. strained by Lower marginifera Zone fauna, and a third inter-
val is no older than the Upper marginifera Zone. Several other
Fauna G21 (GSC loc. C-116724, C-118884), dated as stratiform mineral horizons are dated as no younger than
Lower marginifera Zone, contains specimens of Palmatole- marginifera Zone, and no older than the Lower marginifera
pis klapperi Sandberg and Ziegler from Gataga (Table 5). Zone or Upper crepida Zone. Assuming an overturned stra-
Fauna G23 (GSC locs. C-118539, C-118923, C-118924, C- tigraphic sequence as reported by K.R. McClay (pers. comm.,
116914, C-116730), is characterized by P. marginifera uta- 1990) in the southern Gataga area, stratiform sulphide min-
hensis Ziegler and Sandberg and P. quadrantinodosa eralization is no younger than upper Famennian, Lower pos-
inflexoidea and/or P. q. inflexa. This co-occurrence implies tera Zone. In the same area a second horizon is no older than
that the range of both subspecies of P. quadrantinodosa middle Famennian, marginifera Zone and no younger than
upper Famennian, postera Zone.

SUNlMARY
Conodont faunas of the marginal autochthon in the northern
Canadian Cordillera provide a biochronological framework
for the region (Fig. 3) and allow a general assessment of the
geological history in the area. As shown by both the dominant
lithofacies and by conodont biofacies, during the late
Givetian and early Frasnian, relatively shallow water condi-
tions prevailed in the southern Midway and Gataga areas.
Allowing for restoration of the Tintina fault system, both
areas apparently lay close to the margin of the basin. Farther
north in the Macmillan Pass area, correlative faunas are
dominated by deep water genera of Klapperina, Mesotaxis,
and Palmatolepis.
The oldest Earn Group fauna, indicative of the Eifelian to
lower Frasnian, occurs at Macmillan Pass w 1 ) . The pres-
ence of lower Frasnian offshore faunas indicates sedimenta-
tion of this age in all three areas of study (Fig. 3). Middle and
upper Frasnian stratifom barite deposits occur at both Mac-
Figure 4. Generalized geological map of the Macmillan Pass millan Pass and Gataga, but stratiform barite-lead-zinc
area showing the outline of Earn Group outcrop and stratiform deposits of this age have only been discovered in the former
mineral properties. Modified from Abbott (1982). area.
 South of the Midway property, the McDame Group Fauna described from Macmillan Pass area in a small fauna (MP8)
M2 (GSC loc. C-088250), Upper falsiovalis Zone through indicative of Upper hassi Zone through Upper rhenana Zone.
punctata Zone age, and Fauna M3 (GSC C-088239),falsio- Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quincea n. subsp. is described
valis Zone age, appears to be conformably overlain by Earn from several collections in the Gataga area (G21, G23) that
Group sediments of the punctata Zone through the Lower are indicative of the Lower marginifera through lower Upper
rhenana Zone (Fauna M5, GSC loc. C-103232). In contrast, marginifera zones.
at the Midway property, the McDameIEam Group contact is
a distinct karst horizon and generally Middle Devonian shal-
low water sediments of the McDame Group are directly SYSTEMATIC TAXONOMY
overlain by mid-~amennian.Upper through Uppermost Only new taxa or variations are discussed here. Other gener-
Zone conOdOntsof Fauna M6 (GSC lots. C-157905, ally well known species are illustrated in Plates 1-5, and listed
C-118256, C-157907), and crepida Zone Fauna below. ~ 1 specimens
1 are housed in the National Type Col-
M7 (GSC lots. C-157908, C-157906*C-1579097C-157910, lection of Invertebrate and Plant Fossils at the Geological
C-157g29; Fig- 3; Table 3). These large faunas are the Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario
Famennian conodonts recovered from the Earn Group in the OEg.
Midway area. A major hiatus embraces the interval from the
upper Frasnian linguiformis through lower Famennian Lower
and Middle triangularis zones. These zones are also absent Palmatolepis sp. aff. P. domanicensis Ovnatanova
elsewhere, although this may be the result of a lack of Plate 2, figure 12
carbonate sedimentation.
Well dated faunas of the Lower rhomboidea Zone occur aff. 1976 Palmatolepis dornanicensis n. sp.
OVNATANOVA, p. 2 13-214, P1.9, figs. 1,2.
at Pass and Oataga Numerous aft 1988 palmatolepis a f f , p domanicensis
faunas indicative of the marginifera Zone are identified in all
Ovnatanova. KLAPPER and LANE, p. 474,
three areas, but they are more highly resolved in the Gataga
PI. 2, figs. 15-17.
and Macmillan Pass areas (Fig. 3). Several important strati-
form sulphide deposits are associated with the Famennian Remarks. These elements are distinguished from P. do-
faunas (G17-G22) in the Gataga area only. Upper Famennian manicensis by their lack of a posterior carina and by a larger
postera and expansa zones are represented by a few small lateral lobe than typical. They are not the same as P. sp. aff.
collections of Fauna G24 only in the southern Gataga region. P. domanicensis sensu Klapper and Lane (1989), which has
No conodont faunas indicative of the upper Famennian prae- a smaller, narrower platform and a more distinctly differen-
sulcata Zone are recognized in the Earn Group. Toumaisian tiated outer lobe. The present specimens differ from P. plana
faunas occur in both Midway and Macmillan Pass areas, and Ziegler and Sandberg (1990) in having an arched platform
some are associated with barite deposits (MP19-20, MI1- 12). and down-turned posterior tip.
The stratigraphic distribution of Earn Group conodonts is Occurrence. Sixteen specimens from GSC lot. C-l 16673, in
demonstrably consistent, for the most part, with the standard the Gataga area, in a fauna indicative of the Upper
Devonian Palmatole~islonation (Ziegler* 1962; through jamjeae zones. Illustrated specimen GSC 101342.
Ziegler and Sandberg, 1990). However, three anomalies are
notable. In the Macmillan Pass and Gataga areas, Palmatole-
pis subrecta occurs with P. proversa, P. punctata, and P. Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler and Huddle
foliacea, implying an extended range into the punctata Zone Plate 4, figure 1
for the first species. This does not conform to the restricted
age range proposed in Ziegler and Sandberg (1990), but with 1969 Palmatolepis glabra lepta n. subsp. ZIEGLER
the broader age range given by Klapper and Ziegler (1979). and HUDDLE, p. 377-386.
The appearance at Gataga of Palmatole~isquadrantino- Remark. Pa/matolepis glabra lepta is the most common
dosa inflexoidea and/or P, quadrantinodosa injlexa within six of Palmatolepis glabra within the middle
of Zone age, as defined the nian pa* of the Earn Group. In addition to typical forms, two
occurrence Of P. utahensis, provides a younger variants, Morphotype 1 and Molphotype 2, are differentiated.
range for both than P ~ described.
~ In the~ Both~ morphotypes
~ ~ occur~with typical
often ~ P. g. Ylepta and it
Pass area*Palmatole~isrugosa trach~teraap- is possible that they represent earlier growth stages. They
pears in Fauna IVfP1* of Lower Zone age, as nevertheless differentiated because of their distinctive mor-
defined by P. quadrantinodosa inflexa and P. q. infexoidea, phology.
which is an older range for the first subspecies than pre-
viously reported. Occurrence. Different combinations of Palmatolepis glabra
lepta and morphotypes 1 and 2 occur at Macmillan Pass,
of the new taxa introduced Ziegler and Midway, and Gataga within fauna of Upper crepida through
Sandberg are recognized in the Earn faunas; Upper trachytera zones (Ziegler and Sandberg, 1984). Illus-
these are Palmatolepis ederi (MP6), Palmatolepis rotunda trated hypotype glabra GSC 101361.
(MP11, M5), Palmatolepis plana (G9), and Palmatolepis
rhenana rhenana (IVlP11-12). Palmatolepis redana n. sp. is
Morphotype 1(Pl. 4, fig. 4) Type locality. GSC loc. C-118034, near Tom deposit, Mac-
millan Pass area, Yukon.
Remark.. Morphotype 1 differs from typical forms in pos-
sessing a triangular parapet on the inner anterior platform that Type stratum. Portrait Lake fo~mation,Earn Group.
is not raised above the plane of the platform. Illustrated
hypotype GSC 101364. Diagnosis. A species of Palmatolepis characterized by high
anterior platform margins, a straight carina anterior of the
central node, and a well developed secondary carina on the
Morphotype 2 (Pl. 4, fig. 2) outer platform.
Remarks. Morphotype 2 is distinguished by the reduced inner Description. The secondary carina lies anterior of the azygous
anterior platform or parapet and small overall size. Illustrated node, is at right angles to the primary carina, and extends out
hypotype GSC 101362. to the raised platform edge. The posterior platform is slightly
bulbous, whereas the outer platform has a pronounced ante-
riorly directed lobe ornamented marginally with a sharp
Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quincea n. subsp. nodose ridge subparallel to the carina. The carina is absent
posterior of the central node. The nodose inner platform
Plate 3, figure 12 margin is the same height as the carina anteriorly but dimin-
ishes posterior of the central node. A series of subdued nodes
Etymology. After the quince (pear) shaped outline of the outlines the posterior platform margin. There is a small
platform. unornamented posterior tip beyond the small nodes. The row
Holotype. GSC 101354. of nodes continues around the posterior and onto the outer
platform margin to a position opposite the central node.
Type locality. GSC loc. C-116914, Gataga Creek area, British Anterior of this point, the platform margin is raised along the
Columbia. edge of a lobe into a prominent ridge of nodes, equal to the
Type stratum. "Gunsteel formation", Earn Group. height of the carina. This lobe is directed away from the plane
of the carina line at a forty degree angle. The anterior platform
Diagnosis. A subspecies of Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa margin between the lobe and the main carina is unoma-
having a shagreen-like, posteriorly broad platform. The outer mented. A low, sharp secondary carina is developed imme-
platform is broad and its margin has a prominent inflexion diately anterior of the central node. The secondary carina
anterior of the azygous node. The narrow anterior inner forms a ridge between the main carina and the outer anterior
platform is slightly raised and has a similar inflexion posterior platform margin.
of the azygous node. The straight anterior carina is deflected
anterior of the azygous node and continues as a weak line of Comparisons. The ornamentation is similar to that of P.
nodes posterior of it, occasionally paralleled by a shallow proversa but is not developed on the outer anterior margin,
groove, to near the posterior tip. The anterior portion of the whereas it is stronger on the inner margin and on the lobe.
inner platform is built up to form a weak ridge parallel to, but Occurrence. Three specimens from GSC loc. C-118034 at
separated from, the carina by a groove. The inner platform Macmillan Pass. The new species occurs with a small fauna
begins approximately half way between the anterior tip and indicative of the Upper hassi through Upper rhenana zones.
the azygous node. The outer platform begins close to the
anterior end of the carina.
Palmatolepis sp. aff. P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler
Comparisons. The inner platform ramp of Palmatolepis
quadrantinodosa quincea n. subsp. is similar to, but much Plate 4, figure 13
lower and shorter than the equivalent development in Palma-
tolepis stoppeli, P. marginifera, and P. quadrantinodosa aff. 1960 Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera n. subsp.
quadrantinodosa. ZIEGLER, P1. 1, fig. 6 , P1. 2, figs. 1-9, Figs.
Occurrence. Sixteen specimens from the Gataga area, GSC 12, 13.
locality numbers C-118907, C-118924, C-118884, C-
1 16977, and C - 1 16914. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa Remarks. Compared with P. r. trachytera, this specimen has
quincea occurs within faunas indicative of Lower and lower a reduced outer lobe, reduced platform nodes, and a broader
Upper marginifera Zone. parapet. The upper surface ornamentation is subdued. Ziegler
(1977) noted that the origin of Palmatolepis rugosa
trachytera is unclear but that it may have evolved from
Palmatolepis redana n. sp. Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis or Palmatolepis rugosa
sp. cf. P. r. ampla. Ziegler and Sandberg (1984) noted that
Plate 2, figures la, b, 4 specimens with weak outer lobes bear a strong resemblance
to a possible P. marginifera ancestor. The present specimen
Etymology. Referring to the similarity of the platformal build- may, therefore, represent a younger transitional f o m ~between
up to a redan structure. P. marginifera and P. rugosa trachytera.
Holotype. GSC 101333.
Occurrence. One specimen occurs in a single collection from P. crepida Sannemann, P1. 2, fig. 15, GSC 81173.
GSC loc. C-116697 at Gataga, dated as Lower through Upper
marginifera Zone. Figured specimen GSC 101373. P. ederi Ziegler and Sandberg, P1. 2, fig. 6, GSC 101337.
P, foliacea Youngquist, P1.2, fig. 13, GSC 101343.
Palmatolepis sp. aff. P. transitans Miiller
P. glabra acuta Helms, P1. 3, fig. 18, GSC 101360.
Plate 2, figure 5
P. glabra distorta Branson and Mehl, P1. 4, fig. 3, GSC
aff. 1956 Palrnatolepis transitans n. sp. ~ L L E Rp., 18, 101363.
P1. 1 fig. 1.
P. glabrapectinata Ziegler, PI. 4, fig. 7, GSC 101367.
Remarks. Palrnatolepis sp. aff. P. transitans differs from P.
transitans in lacking a posterior carina. P. glabra pectinata Ziegler Morphotype 1, Sandberg and
Ziegler, PI. 4, fig. 6, GSC 101366.
Occurrerzce.Twelve specimens from GSC loc. C-116173 and
one specimen from GSC. loc. C-102891, at Gataga, indicative P. gracilis gracilis Branson and Mehl, P1. 4, fig. 5, GSC
of the Lower rhenana Zone. Illustrated specimen GSC 101365.
101336.
P. hassi Miiller and Miiller, P1.2, fig. 11, GSC 101341.
ILLUSTRATED SPECIES P. klapperi Sandberg and Ziegler, P1.3, fig. 13, GSC 101355.
The following species are illustrated but not described; all are
hypotypes, unless stated otherwise. P. marginifera utahensis Ziegler and Sandberg, Pl. 4, fig. 8,
GSC 101368.

Ancyrodella sp. aff. A. binodosa Uyeno, P1.2, fig. 2, figured P. marginifera marginifera Helms, ?l. 4, figs. 9, 12, GSC
specimen GSC 101334. 101369, GSC 101370.

Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus (Branson and Mehl), PI. 5, P. minuta rninuta Branson and Mehl, P1. 4, fig. 11, GSC
fig. 7, GSC 101387. 101372.

Doliognathus dubius Branson and Mehl, P1. 5, fig. 16, GSC P. perlobata postera Muller, P1. 4, fig. 14, GSC 101374.
101395.
P. perlobata ~ c ~ i n d e w o Muller,
lfi P1.4, fig. 16, GSC 101376.
D. latus Branson and Mehl Morphotype 2 Lane, Sandberg,
and Ziegler, PI. 5, fig. 11, GSC 101390. P. plana Zieg'ler and Sandberg, P1.2, fig. 3, GSC 101335.

Geniculatus? n. sp. A, P1. 5 , fig. 1, figured specimen GSC P. poolei Sandberg and Ziegler, P1. 3, fig. 9, GSC 101351.
101380.
P. proversa Ziegler, P1. 2, fig. 14, GSC 101344.
Gnathodus punctatus (Cooper), PI. 5, fig. 2, GSC 10138 1.
P. punctata (Hinde), P1.2, fig. 9, GSC 101339.
G. semiglaber (Bischoff), PI. 5, fig. 8, GSC 101388.
P. quadrantinodosa inflexa Ziegler, PI. 3, fig. 15, GSC
"Hindeodella" segaformis Bischoff, P1. 5, fig. 17, GSC 101357.
101396.
P. quadrantinodosa inflexoidea Ziegler, PI. 3, fig. 17, GSC
Klapperina disparalvea OITand Klapper, P1. 1, figs. 3,4, GSC 101359.
101330.
P. quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa Branson and Mehl, P1.
K. ovalis (Ziegler and Klapper), P1. 1, figs. 7,8, GSC 81212. 4, fig. 19, GSC 101379.

K. disparilis (Ziegler and Klapper), PI. 1, figs. 9, 10, GSC P, quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann, P1. 3, fig. 14, GSC
101332. 101356.

Mesotaxis asyrnmetrica (Bischoff and Ziegler), P1. 1, figs. 1, P. quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann Morphotype 1 Sand-
2, GSC 101329, figs. 11.12, GSC 101397. berg and Ziegler, P1. 3, fig. 10, GSC 101352.

M. falsiovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, and Bultynck, P1. 1, figs. 5, P. sp. cf. P. regularis Cooper, P1.3, fig. 16, figured specimen
6, GSC 101331. GSC 101358.

Palmatolepis clarki Ziegler, P1. 4, fig. 10, GSC 101371. P. rhenana nasuta Muller, P1. 3, fig. 1, GSC 81215.
P. rhenana rhenana Bischoff, PI. 3, fig. 2, GSC 101345. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
P. rhenana subsp. indet., PI. 3, fig. 5, GSC 101348. Financial support for this project was provided to
M.J. Orchard at the University of British Columbia by the
P. rhomboidea Sannemann, P1. 3, fig. 6, GSC 101349. National Science and Engineering Research Council, and the
British Columbia Ministry of Energy, Mines, and Petroleum
P. sp. cf. P. rotunda Ziegler and Sandberg, P1. 2, fig. 10, Resources through the Mineral Development Agreement.
figured specimen GSC 101340. The authors thank Dr. T.T. Uyeno (ISPG, Calgary) and Dr.
S.P. Gordey (GSC, Vancouver) for their helpful reviews of
P. sp. aff. P. rugosa ampla Miiller, P1. 4, fig. 17, figured the manuscript. We also acknowledge the many geologists
specimen GSC 101377. Specimen is transitional to P. from the GSC, British Columbia Geological Survey, and
rugosa rugosa Branson and Mehl. various companies (see Locality ~ e ~ i s t e who
r ) were in-
volved in collecting the conodont samples. We are also
P. rugosa ampla Muller, P1.4, fig. 18, GSC 101378. grateful to the GSC technicians who processed the samples.
P. Krauss supervised much of the laboratory work and under-
P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler, P1.4, fig. 15, GSC 101375. took the conodont photography.
P. stoppeli Sandberg and Ziegler, P1. 3, fig. 8, GSC 101350.
REFERENCES
P. subperlobata Branson and Mehl, P1.3, fig. 4, GSC 101347.
Abbott, J.G.
P. subperlobata subsp. A Helms, P1. 3, fig. 3, figured speci- 1982: Structure and stratigraphy of the Macmillan Fold Belt: evidence for
Devonian faulting. I n Yukon Geology and Exploration 1981; De-
men GSC 101346. partment of Indian Affairs and Northern Development (Canada),
Open File Report, 16 p.
P. subrecta Miller and Youngquist, P1. 3, fig. 11, GSC Abbott, J.G., Gordey, S.P., and Tempelman-Kluit, D.J.
101353. 1986: Setting of stratiform, sediment-hosted lead-zinc deposits in Yukon
and northeastern British Columbia. I n Mineral Deposits of northern
Canadian Cordillera, J.A. Morin (ed.); Canadian Institute of Mining
P. transitans Muller, P1. 2, fig. 7, GSC 101338. and Metallurgy, Special Volume 37, p. 1-18.
Abbott, J.G. and Turner, R.J.W.
P. triangularis Sannemann, P1. 2, fig. 8, GSC 81 165. 1990: Character and paleotectonic setting of Devonian stratifom-hosted
Zn-Pb-barite deposits, Macmillan Fold Belt, Yukon. I n Mineral
P. wolskajae Ovnatanova, P1. 3, fig. 7, GSC 81 168. Deposits of the Northern Canadian Cordillera, Yukon-Northeastern
British Columbia (Field Trip 14). J.G. Abbott and R.J.W. Turner
(eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Open File 2169, p. 99-136.
Polygnathus communis Branson and Mehl, P1.5, fig. 6, GSC Dawson, K.M. and Orchard, M.J.
101386. 1982: Regional metallogeny of the northern Cordillera: biostratigraphy,
correlation and metallogenic significance of bedded barite occur-
Protognathoduspraedelicatulus Lane, Sandberg, and Ziegler, rences in eastern Yukon and western District of Mackenzie. I n
Current Research, Part C, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
P1. 5 , fig. 12, GSC 101391. 82-lC, p. 31-38.
Gabrielse, H.
Pseudopolygnathus oxpageus Morphotype 2 Lane, Sandberg, 1985: Major dextral displacements along Northern Rocky Mountain
and Ziegler, PI. 5, fig. 15, GSC 101394. Trench and related lineaments in north-central British Columbia.
Geological Society of America, Bulletin, v. 960, p. 1-14.
Gordey, S.P.
Scaliognathus anchoralis Branson and Mehl, PI. 5, fig. 13, 1989: Devono-Mississippian clastic sedimentation and tectonism in the
GSC 101392. Canadian Cordilleran miogeocline. In Devonian of the World, N.J.
McMillan, A.F. Embry, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of
Siphonodella crenulata (Cooper), P1. 5, fig. 3, GSC 101382, Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, p. 1-14 (imprint date 1988).
in press: Evolution of the northern Cordillerhn miogeocline, Nahanni map
fig. 9, GSC 101383. area (105I), Yukon and Northwest Territories. Geological Survey
of Canada, Memoir 428.
Siphonodella cooperi Hass, P1. 5, fig. 5, GSC 101385. Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., and Orchard, M.J.
1982: Devono-Mississippian (Earn Group) and younger strata in east-cen-
Siphonodella lobata (Branson and Mehl), P1. 5, fig. 10, GSC tral Yukon. I n Current Research, Part B, Geological Survey of
Canada, Paper 82-IB, p. 93-100.
101389. Gordey, S.P., Abbott, J.G., Tempelman-Kluit, D.J., and Gabrielse, H.
1987: "Antler" clastics in the Canadian Cordillera. Geology, v. 15, p.
Siphonodella quadruplicata (Branson and Mehl), P1. 5, fig. 103-107.
14, GSC 101393. Irwin, S.E.B. and Orchard, M.J.
1989: Conodont biostratigraphy and constraints on Upper Devonian min-
era1 deposits in the Earn Group, northem British Columbia and
Staurognathus sp., P1. 5, fig. 4, figured specimen GSC Yukon. I n Current Research, Part E, Geological Survey of Canada,
101384. Paper 89-lE, p. 13-19.
Jefferson, C.W., Kilby, D.B., Pigage, L.C., and Roberts, W.J.
1983: The cirque barite-lead-zinc deposits, northeastern British Colum-
bia. I n Sediment-hosted Stratifom Lead-Zinc Deposits, D.F. Sang-
ster (ed.); Mineralogical Association of Canada, Short Course
Notes, v. 9, p. 121-140.
Johnson, J.G. Sandberg, C.A. and Ziegler, W.
1990: Lower and Middle Devonian brachiopod-dominated communities 1973: Refinement of standard Upper Devonian conodont zonation based
of Nevada, and their position in a biofacies-province-realm model. on sections in Nevada and West Germany. Geologica et Palaeon-
Appendix 3, revisions of Middle Devonian conodont zones. G. tologica, v. 7, p. 97-122.
Klapper and J.G. Johnson. Journal of Paleontology, v. 64, no. 6, p. 1976: Working zonation and refined speciation of Siphoiiodella (Cono-
934-936 and 941. donta, Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous). Geological So-
Klapper, G. ciety of America, Abstracts with Programs, no. 8, v. 4, p. 506-507.
1989: The Montagne Noire Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont succes- 1979: Taxonomy and biofacies of important conodonts of Late Devonian
sion. In Devonian of the World, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, and sryr-iacus-Zone,United States and Germany. Geologica et Palaeon-
D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Mem- tologica, v. 13, p. 173-212.
oir 14, p. 449-468 (imprint date 1988). Sandberg, C.A., Ziegler, W., and Bultynck, P.
Klapper, G . and Lane, H.R. 1989: New standard conodont zones and early Ai~cyrodellaphylogeny
1989: Frasnian (Upper Devonian) conodont sequence at Luscar Mountain across the Middle-Upper Devonian boundary. In W. Ziegler (ed.);
and Mount Haultain, Alberta Rocky Mountains. In Devonian of the Courier ForschungsinstitutSenckenberg 1 10, p. 195-230.
World, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Embry, andD.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Sandberg, C.A., Ziegler, W., Dreesen, R., and Butler, J.L.
Society of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 14, p. 469-478 (imprint 1988: Late Frasnian mass extinction: conodont event stratigraphy, global
date 1988). changes, and possible causes. In 1st International Senckenberg
Klapper, R.C. and Ziegler, W. Conference and 5th European Conodont Symposium (ECOS V)
1979: Devonian conodont biostratigraphy. 111The Devonian System, S p e Contributions 1, W. Ziegler (ed.); Courier Forschungsinstitut
cia1 Papers in Paleontology 23, p. 199-224. Senckenberg 102, p. 263-307.
Lane, H.R., Sandberg, C.A., and Ziegler, W. Sandberg, C.A., Ziegler, W., Leuteritz, K., and Brill, S.M.
1980: Taxonomy and phylogeny of some Lower Carboniferous conodonts 1978: Phylogeny, speciation, and zonation of Siphonodella (Conodonta,
and preliminary standard post-Siphonodella zonation. Geologica et Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous). Newsletters on Stra-
Palaeontologica,v. 14, p. 177-164. tigraphy, no. 7. p. 102-120.
McClay, K.R. and Insley, M.W. Taylor, G.C. and Stott, D.F.
1986: Structure and stratigraphy of the Gataga fold and thrust belt, north- 1973: Tuchodi Lakes map-area, British Columbia. Geological Survey of
eastern British Columbia. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Canada, Memoir 373.37 p.
Survey of Canada, Paper 86-l A, p. 259-264. Ziegler, W.
McClay, K.R., Insley, M.W., Way, N.A., and Anderton, R. 1962: Taxonomie und Phylogenie OberdevonischerConodonten und ihre
1988: Tectonics and mineralization of the Kechika Trough, Gataga area, stratigraphische Bedeutung. Hessisches Landesamt fiir Bodenfor-
northeastern British Columbia. In Current Research, Part E, Geo- schung, Abhandlungen 38, 166 p.
logical Survey of Canada, Paper 88-1E, p. 1-12. 1971: Conodont stratigraphy of the European Devonian. In Symposium
Monger, J.W.H. and Berg, H.C. - .
on Conodont Biostratinraohv. - . W.C. Sweet and S.M. Bernstrom
1984: Lithotectonic terrane map of western Canada and southeastern (eds.); Geological Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 227-384.
Alaska. In Lithotectonic Terrane Maps of North American Cordil- 1977(ed): Catalogue of Conodonts. E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhand-
-
lera, N.J. Silbering and D.L. Jones (eds.); United States Geological lung, V. III, 574 p.
Survey, Open File Report 84-523. Ziegler, W. and Huddle, J.W.
Miiller, K.J. 1969: Die Palmatolepis glabra-Gruppe (Conodonta) nach der Revision
1956: Zur Kenntnis der Conodonten-Fauna des europaischen Devons 1. der Typen von Ulrich & Bassler durch J.W. Huddle. Forschungs
Die Ganung Palmatolepis. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Geologie Rheinland Westfalien, v. 16, p. 377-386.
Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, v. 494, p. 1-77. Ziegler, W. and Klapper, G.
Nelson, J. and Bradford, J. 1982: The disparilis conodont Zone, the proposed level for the Middle-
1987: Geology of the area around the Midway deposit, northem British Upper Devonian boundary. In Courier ForschungsinstitutSencken-
Columbia (104 0116). In Geological Fieldwork, 1986, British Co- berg, W. Ziegler and R. Werner (eds.); Devonian Series Boundaries:
lumbia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper Results of World-wide Studies, no. 5, p. 463-492.
1987-1,p. 181-192. Ziegler, W., Klapper, G., and Johnson, L.
Orchard, M.J. 1976: Redefinition and subdivision of the varclcr Zone (conodonts, Mid-
1989: Conodonts from the Frasnian-Famennian boundary interval in dle-?Upper Devonian) in Europe and North America. Geologica et
western Canada. In Devonian O F the World, N.J. McMillan, A.F. Palaeontologica,no. 10, p. 109-140.
Embly, and D.J. Glass (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Ge- Ziegler, W. and Sandberg, C.A.
ologists, Memoir 14, p. 35-52 (imprint date 1988). 1984: Palmatolepis-based revision of the upper part of the standard Late
Orchard, M.J. and Irwin, S.E.B. Devonian conodont zonation. In Conodont Biofacies and Provin-
1988: Conodont biostratigraphy, Midway property, northern British Co- cialism, Geological Society of America, Special Paper 196, D.L.
lumbia (104 0116). In Geological Fieldwork, 1987, British Colum- Clark (ed.); p. 179-194.
bia Ministry of Energy, Mines and Petroleum Resources, Paper 1990: The Late Devonian standard conodont zonation. Courier For-
1988-1, p. 249-253. schungsinstitutSenckenberg, no. 121, 115 p.
Ovnatanova, N.S.
1976: New Late Devonian conodonts of the Russian Platform. Paleontol-
ogy Journal, v. 10, p. 210-219.
 APPENDIX
Locality register

Latitude, longitude, location, collector with field number, National Topographic Map sheet number,
stratigraphic unit, and age are given for each GSC locality number mentioned in the text. All collections
are from the Earn Group and have a CAI value of 5, unless stated otherwise.

Macmillan Pass GSC loc. C-102340. 63004.5'N, 130017.5'W; S Block; 22.5

km at 2150 from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1981;
Nahanni map area 81-TOA-48-1. NTS: 105 011. Portrait Lake fm. Age:
GSC loc. C-087542. 62024'N, 128030'W; GHMS claims. Upper rhenana Zone to linguiforrnis Zone.
K.M. Dawson, 1980; DY 1772. NTS 105 I. Portrait Lake GSC loc. C-102342. 63004.5'N, 130014.5'W. S Block; 21.5
fm. Age: Eifelian to early Frasnian. km at 2110 from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1981;
GSC loc. C-087697. 62024'N, 128030W; GHMS claims. 81-TOA-50-2. NTS: 105 011. Portrait Lake fm. Age:
K.M. Dawson, 1981; DY1985. NTS: 105 IP-8. Portrait Upper rhenana Zone to linguiforrnis Zone.
Lake fm. Age: Eifelian to early Frasnian. GSC loc. C-108159. 63015.5'N, 130028.0'W; 22 km at 2750
GSC loc. C-087543. 62024'N, 128030'W; GMHS claims. from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1983; 83-TOA-15-2.
K.M. Dawson, 1980; DY 1777. NTS 105 ID-8. Portrait NTS: 105 011. Portrait Lake fm. Age: possibly Upper
Lake fm. Age: Upper falsiovalis Zone through Lower through Uppermost rnarginifera Zone.
lzassi Zone. GSC loc. C-108160. 63015.5'N, 130055.0'W; 45 km at 2720
from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1983; 83-TOA-17-1.
Niddery Lake map area NTS: 105 012. Portrait Lake fm. Age: Lower rhomboidea
Zone.
GSC loc. C-087544. 63016'N, 130°34'W; Cathy property. GSC loc. C-108161. 63°15.3'N, 130°55.0'W; 50 km at 272"
K.M. Dawson, 1980; 80-DY-1790. NTS: 105 On. Age: from MacMillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1982, 82-TOA-17-2.
Eifelian to early Frasnian. NTS: 105 0 . Tsichu fm. Age: early-middle Toumaisian.
GSC loc. C-087545. 63016.5'N, 130034'W; Cathy property. GSC loc. C-118032. 63007'N, 130009'W; Macmillan Pass,
K.M. Dawson, 1980; 80-DY-1792. NTS: 105 OD. Age: above TOM olc. K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJO-MM-3.
Eifelian to early Frasnian. NTS: 105 0 . Age: jamieae through Lower rhenana zones.
GSC loc. C-087560. 63008.5'N, 130Q1.0fW, Central Block; GSC loc. C-118033. 63007'N, 130009'W; Macmillan Pass.
11 km at 1770from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1981; Ridge 3 km east of Niddery Camp. K.M. McClay, 1984;
81-TOA-41-811.5m. NTS: 105 011. Portrait Lake fm. 84-MJO-MM-4. NTS: 105 0 . Age: upper Lower hassi
Age: rhenana Zone. through Lower rhenana Zone.
GSC loc. C-087562. 63038.4'N, 130°02.8'W; S.P. Gordey, GSC loc. C-118034. 63007'N, 130°09'W, Macmillan Pass.
1981; 81-GGA-31A-75m. NTS: 105 0. Portrait Lake fm. K.M. McClay, 1984; 84-MJO-MM-5. NTS: 105 0. Age:
Age: Upper triangularis Zone through Upper crepida Upper hassi through rhenana zones.
Zone. GSC loc. C-086426. 63°01'30N, 130036'30W, Tea barite. I.R.
GSC loc. C-087686. 63°14.3'N, 131031.@W; Central Block; Jonasson1J.W. Lydon, 1979; TE-03005 101. NTS: 105 0.
24 km at 2700 from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1981; Tsichu fm. Age: Tournaisian.
81-TOA-20-8.NTS: 105012. Age: Eifelian to early Frasn- GSC loc. C-089975.63°01.5'N, 130037.0'W; S Block; 38 km
ian. at 23 l ofrom MacMillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1982; 82-TOA-
GSC loc. C-087691. 63016.5'N, 130033'W. Cathy property. 53-2. NTS: 105 012. Tsichu fm. Age: late Tournaisian.
K.M. Dawson, 1981; 81-DY-1943. NTS: 105 0P. Age: GSC loc. C-087685.63015.3'N, 130028.5'W; 21.5 km at 276"
Eifelian to early Frasnian. from Macmillan Pass, north block. J.G. Abbott, 1981;
GSC loc. C-087700. 63002'N, 130°06'W; Pete claim. K.M. 81-TOA-11-8. NTS: 105 011. Portrait Lake fm. Age:
Dawson, 1981; 81-DY-1832. NTS: 105 011. Age: rhe- Lower rnarginifera Zone.
nana Zone. GSC loc. C-087558.63036.6'N, 129039.4'W; Jeff claim. S.P.
GSC loc. C-089929.63015.3'N, 130055.m S Block; 30 km Gordey, 1981; 81-GGA-36AllA2. NTS: 105 Pl12. Por-
at 276 (272?)0 from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1982; trait Lake fm. Age: rhenana Zone.
82-TOA-11-357m.NTS: 105 012. Portrait Lake fm. Age: GSC loc. C-108152. 63011,3'N, 130°17.3'W; 49 km at 2770
Lower rhomboidea Zone. from MacMillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1983; 83-TOA-4-5-
GSC loc. C-089930. 63°15.1fN, 130055.8'W; S Block; 50 343m. NTS: 105 0. Tsichu fm. Age: late Tournaisian.
(30?) km at 2720from MacMillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1982;
82-TOA-11-483m. NTS 105 0. Tsichu fm. Age: early- Glenlvon maD area
middle Toumaisian.
GSC lot. C.102281. 63017~N,130047'W, N ~ l ~ ~41.5 k ?km
; GSC ~ O C .C-150031.62°46.79'N, 134024.88'W; South of Earn
at 2770from Macmillan Pass. J.G. Abbott, 1981,81-TOA- Lake. S.P. Gordey, 1986, 86GGAI-77E1. NTS: 105 L.
12-6.NTS: 105017. Portrait Lake fm. Age: rhenanazone. Kalzas Fm. Age: Tournaisian.
GSC Ioc. C-102600.62"54.95'N, 13437.58'W; S.P. Gordey, GSC loc. C-157908. 59°55'47. IN, 130020'0.1W; Midway
1982; 82GGA-59A1. NTS: 105 Ll15. Kalzas Fm. Age: Drill Hole 28. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-4.NTS: 104
late Toumaisian. 0116. Age: Uppermost crepida zones.
GSC loc. C-157909. 59055'47.IN, 130020'0.1W; Midway
Sekwi Mountain map area Drill Hole 28. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-5. NTS: 104
0116. Age: Uppermost crepida Zone.
GSC loc. C-087563. 63001.YN, 12951.OW. J.G. Abbott, GSC loc. C-157910. 59"55'47.1N, 130°20'0.1W; Midway
1981; 81-TOA-40-2. NTS: 105 Pl4. Tsichu fm. Age: late Drill Hole 28. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-6. NTS: 104
Toumaisian.
0116. Age: Uppermost crepida Zone.
GSC loc. C-157928. 5955'42.0N, 130019'32.4W; Midway
Midway
Drill Hole 34. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-34-2. NTS: 104
Watson Lake map area 0116. Age: rhomboidea Zone.
GSC loc. C-157929. 5955'42.0N, 13W19'32.4W; Midway
GSC loc. C-086357. 60°32'N, 129000'W;6 km west of Mount Drill Hole 34. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-34-3. NTS: 104
Hundere (elevation 1579 m). J.G. Abbott, 1973; TOA73- 0116. Age: Uppermost crepida Zone.
56b. NTS: 105 A. Age: late Givetian through middle GSC loc. C-157938. 5905516.8N,130°19'18.0W; Midway
Frasnian. Drill Hole 41. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-41-1. NTS: 104
0116. Age: marginifera Zone.
Cry Lake map area GSC loc. C-087737.59"59'N, 130O14'W; 16 km at 0500from
GSC loc. C-088250.58°46'10N, 128°24'40W, 24 km east of the end of Tootsee Lake. B. Hall, 1982; 82MJO-BVH2.
north arm of Cry Lake, 4.8 km at 2740from the southwest NTS 104 0116. Earn Group. Age: Toumaisian.
end of Blue Sheep Lake, Harm's collection site No. 2. T.
Harms, 1983; 83-GAH-72F. NTS: 104 1/16. McDame Gataga
Group. Age: Upper falsiovalis Zone through punctata Ware map area
Zone.
GSC loc. C-103232. 58055'45N, 128°29'20W, 15 km east of GSC loc. C-102892.57°05f52N, 124033'22W; 0.5 km south-
Rapid River, unnumbered Harm's collection site, 13.9 km west of Earn showing. D. MacIntyre, 1981; M81-093.
at 2630from junction of Ramhom Creek and Major Hart NTS: 94 F/2. Age: Lower falsiovalis Zone into punctata
River. T. Harms, 1983; 83-GAH-80bF. NTS: 104 1/16. Zone.
Age: punctata Zone into Lower rhenana Zone. GSC loc. C-176654.57024'N~124054'W;Fluke property. M.
GSC loc. C-103233.58055'30N, 128°29'50W; 15 krn east of Insley, 1989; LF-69, F4. NTS: 94 F/7. Age: postera Zone
Rapid river, 13.9 km at 2 6 2 from junction of Ramhom to expansa Zone.
Creek and Major Hart River. T. Harms, 1983; 83-GAH- GSC loc. C-176655.57024'N, 124054'W;Fluke property. M.
81aF. NTS: 104 1/16. Earn Group. Age: early-middle Insley, 1989; LF-69, F5. NTS: 94 F/7. Age: postera Zone
Toumasian. to expansa Zone.
GSC loc. C-116659. 57058'N, 125050W; Gataga-Driftpile,
Jennings River map area TS 462. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G74. NTS: 94
F/13. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Lower rhenana Zone.
GSC loc. C-118256. 5955'N, 130°20'W, Discovery area, GSC loc. C-116914. 57058~N,125045'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
Midway deposit, 7 km east-northeast of east end of Toot- TS 268, 1845 m elevation. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-
see Lake between Tootsee and Little Rancheria rivers, (364. NTS: 94 F. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: upper Lower
(DDH 83-28). W. Jakubowski, 1984; 84MJO-83-28-1AC. marginifera Zone through lower Upper marginifera Zone.
NTS: 104 0116. Age: Upper through Uppermost crepida GSC loc. C-102891. 57040.5N, 125003.5#W,9 km north of
Zone. Kwadacha River. D. MacIntyre, 1981; M81-032. NTS:
GSC loc. C-143101. 59050'04N, 130°19'36W; southeast of 94 F/11. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Upperfalsiovalis through
Donegal Mtn. J. Nelson, 1986; 86-JN-03-06-01A. NTS: Lower hassi Zone.
104 0116. McDame Group? Age: transitans Zone through GSC loc. C-102874. 57040'.75N, 124053'W; 4 km south-
hassi Zone.
southwest of Fern Peak. D. MacIntyre, 1981; M81-005.
GSC loc. C-143102. 59059'09N, 130°10131W;Perry Barite.
NTS: 94 F/10. McDame Group. Age: falsiovalis Zone.
J. Nelson, 1986,86JN-05-08.NTS: 104 0116. Age: early-
middle Toumaisian. Kechika map area
GSC loc. C-157905. 59"55'47.1N, 130020'0.1W; Midway
Drill Core 28. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-1. NTS: 104 GSC loc. C-116673. 58016'N, 126012'W; Gataga-Driftpile,
0116. Age: Upper through Uppermost crepida Zone. R312, 1870 m elevation. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-
GSC loc. C-157906. 5955'47. IN, 130°200.1W; Midway G88. NTS: 94 Ll8. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Upper hassi
Drill Core 28. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-2. NTS: 104 through jamieae zones.
0116. Age: Uppermost crepida Zone. GSC loc. C-118902. 58006'N, 126000'W; Gataga-Driftpile,
GSC loc. C-157907. 59"55*47.1N, 130°200.1W; Midway TP 51. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-20. NTS: 94 KI1.
Drill Hole 28. S. Irwin, 1987; 87-OF-SI-28-3. NTS: 104 "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Lower rhenana Zone.
0116. Age: Upper through Uppermost crepida Zone.
GSC loc. C-118880. 58006'N, 126°09'W; Gataga-Driftpile. GSC loc. C-118907. 58007'N, 125O56'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
O/C 605. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-58. NTS: 94 L/l. DP 347. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-Om-25. NTS: 94 K/4.
"Gunsteel fm.". Age: crepida Zone. Age: upper Lower marginifera Zone through lower Upper
marginifera Zone.
Tuchodi Lakes map area GSC loc. C-118923. 58°07'N, 125058'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
TP 158. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-41. NTS: 94 K/4.
GSC loc. C-116697. 58°04'N, 125054'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
Age: upper Lower through lower Upper rnarginifera Zone.
DDH 80-37. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G112. NTS: GSC loc. C-118924.58°04'N, 125053'00W;Gataga-Driftpile.
94 Kl4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Lower through Upper FC 360. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-42. NTS: 94 K/4.
marginijiera Zone. Age: upper Lower rnarginifera Zone - lower Upper mar-
GSC loc. C-116719. 58004'N, 125054'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
ginifera Zone.
DDH 80-35. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G132. NTS: GSC loc. C-116997. 58004'N, 125054'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
94 K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Lower rhomboidea Zone.
DDH 82-52. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G46. NTS: 94
GSC loc. C-116724. 58004'N, 12S054'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: middle Upper crepida Zone
DDH 80-38. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-Om-G137. NTS: through Upper trachytera Zone.
94 K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Lower rnarginifera Zone.
GSC loc. C-116958. 58004.25'N, 125054'W; Gataga-Drift-
GSC loc. C-116730. 58003'N, 125052'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
pile. DDM 79-30. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G8.
TS-1339, 1475 m elevation. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86- NTS: 94 K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Upper marginifera
OFM-G143. NTS: 94 K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: upper
Zone.
Lower marginifera Zone-lower Upper marginifera Zone
GSC loc. C-118892. 58002'N, 125055'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
boundary.
O/C 895. Mount Waldemar ridge. K.M. McClay, 1985;
GSC loc. C-116956.58°04'15N, 125054'W;Gataga-Driftpile.
85-OFM-70. NTS: 94 K. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Middle
DDM 79-30. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OFM-G6. NTS: 94
crepida Zone.
K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: upper Upper rhomboidea GSC loc. C-118917. 58°08'N, 125058'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
Zone through lower Lower marginifera Zone. DP 528. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-35. NTS: 94 K/4.
GSC loc. C-176684. 58006'N. 125056'W; Gataga-Driftpile. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Uppermost crepida Zone into
TS 1203, 1345 m elevation. K.M. McClay, 1986; 86-OF- Lower rhomboidea Zone.
M-G99. NTS: 94 K/4. Age: postera Zone to exl~ansaZone. GSC loc. C-118892. 5892'N, 125055'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
GSC loc. C-118539. 58°07'N, 125057'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
O/C 895. Mount Waldemar ridge. K.M. McClay, 1985;
DP 288. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-7. NTS: 94 K/4. 85-OFM-70. NTS: 94 K. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Middle
Age: upper Lower rnarginifera through lower Upper mar- crepida Zone.
ginifera Zone. GSC loc. C-118903. 58006'N, 125057'W; Gataga-Driftpile,
GSC loc. C-118884. 5g002'N, 125055'W; Gataga-Driftpile.
FC-89a, flycamp 2. K.M. McClay, 1985; 85-OFM-21.
FC 461. Limestone in Barite Creek Gataga Project. K.M. NTS: 94 K/4. "Gunsteel fm.". Age: Lower rhenana
McCIay, 1985; 85-OFM-62. NTS: 94 K. Age: upper
Zone.
Lower marginifera Zone through lower Upper marginif-
era Zone.
 PLATE 1

All specimens are from the Earn Group, except where noted.

Figures 1,2, 11, 12. Mesotaxis asymmetrica (Bischoff and Ziegler).

1,2. Upper and lower views, hypotype GSC 101329, x65, GSC loc. C-102891, Gataga.
11, 12. Lower and upper views, hypotype GSC 101397, x50, GSC loc. C-087543, Macmillan Pass.

Figures 3,4. Klapperina disparalvea Orr and Klapper.

Lower and upper views, hypotype GSC 101330, x50, GSC loc. C-102874, McDame Group,
Gataga.

Figures 5,6. Mesotaxis falsiovalis Sandberg, Ziegler, and Bultynck.

Upper and lower views, hypotype GSC 101331, x90, GSC loc. C-102891, Gataga.

Figures 7, 8. Klapperina ovalis (Ziegler and Klapper).

Lower and upper views, hypotype GSC 81212, x50, GSC loc. C-102891, Gataga.

Figures 9, 10. Klapperina disparilis (Ziegler and Klapper).

Upper and lower views, hypotype GSC 101332, x50, GSC loc. C-102874, McDame Group,
Gataga.
 PLATE 2

All specimens are from the Earn Group.

Figures 1,4. Palmatolepis redana n. sp. Figure 9. Palmatolepis punctata (Hinde).

Upper view, hypotype GSC 101339, x60, GSC
1. Upper view, stereo-pair of holotype, GSC loc. C-087700, Macmillan Pass.
101333. x60. GSC loc. C-118034. Macmillan
Pass. Figure 10. Palmatolepis sp. cf. P. rotunda Ziegler and
4. Left lateral view at a 450 tilt of specimen in Sandberg.
figure 1, x60, GSC loc. C-118034, Macmillan Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101340,
Pass. x70, GSC loc. C-103232, Midway.
Figure 2. Ancyrodella sp. aff. A. hinodosa Uyeno. Figure 11. Palmatolepis hassi Miiller and Muller.
Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101334, Upper view, hypotype GSC 101341, x40, GSC
x50, GSC loc. C-088250, Midway. loc. C-118903, Gataga.
Figure 3. Palmatolepis plana Ziegler and Sandberg. Figure 12. Palrnatolepis sp. aff. P. domanicencis
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101335, x80, GSC Ovnatanova.
loc. C-116659, Gataga. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101342,
x70, GSC loc. C-116673, Gataga.
Figure 5. Palmatolepis sp. aff. P. transitans Miiller.
Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101336, Figure 13. Palmatolepisfoliacea Youngquist.
x60, GSC loc. C-102891, Gataga. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101343, x60, GSC
loc. C-10228 1, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 6. Palmatolepis ederi Ziegler and Sandberg.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101337, x90, GSC Figure 14. Palmatolepis proversa Ziegler.
loc. C-118033, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101344, x50, GSC
loc. C-118902, Gataga.
Figure 7. Palmatolepis transitans Muller.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101338, x60, GSC Figure 15. Palmatolepis crepida Sannemann.
loc. C-102891, Gataga. Upper view, hypotype GSC 81 173, x50, GSC
loc. C-118892, Gataga.
Figure 8. Palmatolepis triangularis Sannemann.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 81165, x40, GSC
loc. C-118892, Gataga.
 PLATE 3

All specimens are from the Earn Group.

Figure 1. Palmatolepis rhenana nasuta Miiller. Figure 10. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalobata Sannemann
Upper view, hypotype GSC 81215, x50, GSC Morphotype 1 Sandberg and Ziegler.
loc. C-087558, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101352, x70, GSC
loc. C-087562, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 2. Palmatolepis rhenana rhenana Bischoff.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101345, x45, GSC Figure 11. Palmatolepis subrecta Miller and Youngquist.
loc. C-102342, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101353, x60, GSC
loc. C-102340, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 3. Palmatolepis subperlobata subsp. A Helms.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101346, x70, GSC Figure 12. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quincea n. subsp.
loc. C-087562, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, holotype GSC 101354, x60, GSC
loc. C-116914, Gataga.
Figure 4. Palmatolepis subperlohata Branson and Mehl.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101347, x60, GSC Figure 13. Palmatolel~isklapperi Sandberg and Ziegler.
loc. C-118880, Gataga. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101355, x60, GSC
loc. C-108 160, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 5. Palmatolepis rhenana subsp. indet.
Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101348,x50, Figure 14. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosalohata Sannemann.
GSC loc. C-102340, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101356, x70, GSC
loc. C-118917, Gataga.
Figure 6. Palmatolepis rhomboidea Sannemann.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101349, x90, GSC Figure 15. Palmatolel~isquadrantinodosa inflexa Ziegler.
loc. C-116719, Gataga. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101357, x50, GSC
loc. C-087685, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 7. Palmatolepis wolskajae Ovnatanova.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 81168, x60, GSC Figure 16. Palmatolepis sp. cf. P. regularis Cooper.
loc. C-087562, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101358, x70, GSC
loc. C- 116684, Gataga.
Figure 8. Palmatolepis stoppeli Sandberg and Ziegler.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101350, x80, GSC Figure 17. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa inflexoidea
loc. C-108160, Macmillan Pass. Ziegler.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101359, x50, GSC
Figure 9. Palmatolepis poolei Sandberg and Ziegler.
loc. C-118924, Gataga.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101351, x60, GSC
loc. C-108160, Macmillan Pass. Figure 18. Palmatolepis glahra acuta Helms.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101360, x50, GSC
loc. C-116914, Gataga.
 PLATE 4

All specimens are from the Earn Group.

Figure 1. Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler and Huddle. 12. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101370, x60. GSC
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101361, x40, GSC loc. C-116914, Gataga.
loc. C-116997, Gataga.
Figure 10. Palmatolepis clarki Ziegler.
Figure 2. Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler and Huddle Mor- Upper view, hypotype GSC 101371, x60, GSC
photype 2. loc. C-118892, Gataga.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101362, x70, GSC
Figure 11. Palmatolepis minuta minuta Branson and Mehl.
loc. C-118924, Gataga.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101372, x70, GSC
Figure 3. Palmatolepis glabra distorta Branson and Mehl. loc. C- 118924, Gataga.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101363, x50, GSC
loc. C-108159, Macmillan Pass. Figure 13. Palmatolepis sp. aff. P. rugosa trachytera Ziegler.
Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101373, x60,
Figure 4. Palmatolepis glabra lepta Ziegler and Huddle Mor- GSC loc. C-116697, Gataga.
photype 1.
Figure 14. Palmatolepis perlobata postera Miiller.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101364, x50, GSC
loc. C-116697, Gataga. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101374, x60, GSC
loc. C-176655, southern Gataga.
Figure 5. Palmatolepis gracilis gracilis Branson and Mehl.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101365, x60, GSC Figure 15. Palmatolepis rugosa trachytera Ziegler.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101375, x50, GSC
loc. C-176654, southern Gataga.
loc. C-108159, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 6. Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler Morphotype
1, Sandberg and Ziegler. Figure 16. Palmatolepis perlobata schindewolfi Muller.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101366, x65, GSC Upper view, hypotype GSC 101376, x50, GSC
loc. C-118884, Macmillan Pass. loc. C-108159, Macmillan Pass.

Figure 7. Palmatolepis glabra pectinata Ziegler. Figure 17. Palmatolepis sp. aff. P. rugosa ampla Muller.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101367, x50, GSC Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101377, x60,
loc. C-116958, Gataga. GSC loc. C-176654, southern Gataga. Specimen
is transitional to P. rugosa rugosa Branson and
Figure 8. Palmatolepis marginifera utahensis Ziegler and Mehl.
Sandberg.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101368, x60, GSC Figure 18. Palmatolepis rugosa ampla Muller.
loc. C-116914, Gataga. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101378, x60, GSC
loc. C-176684, southern Gataga.
Figures 9, 12. Palmatolepis marginifera marginifera Helms.
Figure 19. Palmatolepis quadrantinodosa quadrantinodosa
9. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101369, x60. GSC Branson and Mehl.
loc. C-108159. Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101379, x60, GSC
loc. C-116914, Gataga.
 PLATE 5

All specimens are from the Earn Group.

Figure 1. Geniculatus? n. sp. A. Figure 10. Siphonodella lobata (Branson and Mehl).
Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 101380, Upper view, hypotype GSC 101389, x35, GSC
x60, GSC loc. C-108152, Macmillan Pass. loc. C-108161, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 2. Gnathodus punctatus (Cooper). Figure 11. Doliognathus latus Branson and Mehl Morpho-
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101381, x60, GSC type 2 Lane, Sandberg, and Ziegler.
loc. C-087737, upper Earn Group, Midway. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101390, x60, GSC
loc. C-108152, Macmillan Pass.
Figures 3,9. Siphonodella crenulata (Cooper).
Figure 12. Protognathodus praedelicatulus Lane, Sandberg,
3. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101382, x45, GSC and Ziegler.
loc. C-108161, Macmillan Pass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101391, x70, GSC
9. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101383, x55, GSC loc. C-086426, Macmillan Pass.
loc. C- 108161, Macmillan Pass. Figure 13. Scaliognathus anchoralis Branson and Mehl.
Figure 4. Staurognathus sp. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101392, x100, GSC
Upper view, figured specimen GSC 101384,x60, loc. C-089975, Macmillan Pass.
GSC loc. C-102600, Macmillan Pass. Figure 14. Siphonodella quadruplicata (Branson and Mehl).
Figure 5. Siphonodella cooper-iass. Upper view, hypotype GSC 101393, x45, GSC
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101385, x50, GSC loc. C-108161, Macmillan Pass.
loc. C-089930, Macmillan Pass. Figure 15. Pseudopolygnathus oxpageus Morphotype 2 Lane,
Figure 6. Polygnathus conzmunis Branson and Mehl. Sandberg, and Ziegler.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101386, x60, GSC Upper view, hypotype GSC 101394, x60, GSC
loc. C-086426, Macmillan Pass. loc. C-087563, Macmillan Pass.
Figure 7. Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus (Branson and Figure 16. Doliognathus duhius Branson and Mehl.
Mehl). Upper view, hypotype GSC 101395, x60, GSC
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101387, x90, GSC loc. C-102600, Macmillan Pass.
loc. C-086426, Macmillan Pass. Figure 17. "Hindeodella" segaformis Bischoff.
Figure 8. Gnathodus semiglaber (Bischoff). Lateral view, hypotype GSC 101396, x60, GSC
Upper view, hypotype GSC 101388, x50, GSC loc. C-108 152, Macmillan Pass.
loc. C-103233, upper Earn Group, Midway.
 Conodont biostratigraphy and paleoecology of the
uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous of the
Western Canada Sedin~entaryBasin

A.C. Higginsl, B.C. Richards2,and C.M. Henderson3

Higgins, A.C., Richards, B.C., and Henderson, C.J., 1991: Conodont biostratigraphy and paleoecology of
the uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. Irz Ordovician to
Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera. M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.);
Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 41 7,p. 215-251.

Abstract
A conodont zonation of 18 zones is outlined for the uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous of the
Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. The zones are: Devonian Palmatolepis gracilis expansa and Si-
phonodella praesulcata; Lower Carboniferous Siphonodella sulcata, S. duplicata, S. sandbergi, Lower S.
crenulata, Upper S. crenu1ata-S. isosticha, Gnathodus typicus, Scaliognathus anchoralis-Doliognathus
latus, Gnathodus texanus, Cavusgnathus, Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus, G. girtyi collinsoni, G. g. simplex,
and Rhachistognathus muricatus; and Upper Carboniferous Rhachistognathus minutus, Streptognathodus
oppletus, and S. elegantulus? All of these, except the informal Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus Zone, introduced
here, have been defined elsewhere. The Siphonodella praesulcata, S. sulcata, and S. sandbergi zones have
not been identified with certainty. The Lower Carboniferous Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus, G. girtyi
collinsoni, G. g. simplex and Rhachistognathus muricatus zones, and the Upper Carboniferous zones are
reported from the basin for the first time. The Lower Carboniferous conodont zones are correlated with
those of foraminifers, corals, and ostracodes to produce a broadly applicable, integrated zonation.
Many vertical and lateral conodontfaunal changes correlate with major lithofacies trends in ramp and
platform carbonates. Tournaisian faunas from basin, slope, and outer-shelf-margin lithofacies have the
greatest species diversity and show the most rapid vertical changes. Lithofacies-controlled lateral faunal
variations in the upper Vise'anstrata necessitate the use of two zonations: low diversity and long-ranging
fauna from protected- and restricted-shelf carbonates are assigned to the broad Cavusgnathus Zone,
whereas thosefrom correlative open-marine deposits are included in the Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus and
G. girtyi collinsoni zones.

On a de'termine'duns le De'vonien sommital et le Carbonifkre du bassin skdimentaire de VOuest canadien

une zonation des conodontespouvant comprendrejusqu'b 18 zones. Ces zones sont: la zone Lt Palmatolepis
gracilis expansa du Dkvonien et Siphonodella praesulcata; la zone ci Siphonodella sulcata, S. duplicata, S.
sandbergi du Carbonifkre infe'rieur, la zone infe'rieure h S. crenulata, la zone supkrieure ci S . crenulata-S.
isosticha, Gnathodus typicus, Scaliognathus anchoralis-Doliognathus latus, Gnathodus texanus, Cavusg-
nathus, Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus, G. girtyi collinsoni, G. g. simplex et Rachistognathus muricatus; et
la zone ci Rachistognatus minutus, Streptognathodus oppletus et S. elegantulus? du Carbonifire supe'rieur.
Toutes ces zones, h l'exception de la zone informelle Lt Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus prksentkes pour la
premitre fois ici, ont e'tk dtfinies ailleurs. Les zones ci Siphonodella praesulcata, S. sulcata et S. sandbergi
n'ont pas tte' identifie'es avec certitude. Les zones ci Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus, G. girtyi

1 BP Research Centre, Sunbury-upon-Thames, Middlesex, United Kingdom TW16 7LN

2 Geological Survey of Canada, Institute of Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology, 3303 - 33rd Street N.W.,
Calgary, Alberta T2L 2A7
3 Department of Geology and Geophysics, University of Calgary. 2500 University Drive N.W., Calgary,
Alberta T2N 1N4
 collinsoni,G. g. simplex et Rachistognathus muricatus du Carbongire infe'rieur, ainsi que des zones du
Carbongire supe'rieur, ont e'te' signale'es dans le bassin de 1'Ouest canadien pour la premiire fois. Les zones
ci conodontes du Carbongire infe'rieur sont corre'le'esavec les zones a foramingires, coraux et ostracodes,
ce qui permet d'obtenir une zonation inte'gre'e et approximativement applicable ri l'ensemble de la re'gion.
De nombreuses variations verticales et late'rales des faunes de conodontes montrent des corre'lations
avec les grandes directions des lithofaciis dans les carbonates des rampes et plates-formes. Les faunes
tournaisiennes des lithofaciis de bassin, de talus continental et de marge de plate-forme externe montrent
la plus grande diversite' d'espices et les plus rapides variations verticales. En raison des variations
fauniques late'rales contrdle'es par les lithofaciis dans les strates du Vise'en supe'rieur, il est ne'cessaire
d'employer deux zonations: les faunes peu diverses et de grande longe'vite' qui existent dans les carbonates
de plate-forme abritte et de plate-forme d: circulation restreinte sont place'es dans la grande zone a
Cavusgnathus, tandis que les faunes des se'diments corre'latifs de milieu marin ouvert sont incluses dans les
zones h Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus et G. girtyi collinsoni.

INTRODUCTION chosen sections were almost continuously exposed and com-

monly extended from the uppermost Devonian to the top of
The uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous conodont fau- the Lower Carboniferous.
nas discussed in this study were collected from the Western
Canada Sedimentary Basin (Figs. 1-3), a great wedge of Most of the sections sampled are in the Rocky
sedimentary rocks that thickens westward from a zero-edge Mountains of western Alberta and east-central British
on the Canadian Shield, through the Interior Platform, to the Columbia, but several occur in the Cordillera of north-
fold and thrust belt of the eastern Cordillera (Fig. 4; Porter et eastern British Columbia and southwestern District of
al., 1982; Ricketts, 1989). In the Rocky Mountains and other Mackenzie (Appendix). Samples were also obtained from
mountain belts constituting the eastern Cordillera, uppermost the shaft of a salt mine in southeastern Saskatchewan. The
Devonian and Carboniferous strata are extensively well continuity of the sampled sections and their wide geo-
exposed as a parautochthonous succession. graphic distribution allows the recognition of the major
elements of a conodont zonation. The study illustrates that
Sections in the eastern Cordillera, particularly those of the local paleoecological factors strongly controlled the diver-
southeastern Rocky Mountains, are long and commonly lack sity and distribution of the conodont faunas, and demon-
significant structural and sedimentological breaks. On the s t r a t e s that the integration of biostratigraphy,
Interior Platform, the Carboniferous is an autochthonous lithostratigraphy, sedimentology, and tectonics is essential
subsurface package that extends into southwestern Manitoba to an understanding of the zonation.
and has been penetrated in several salt mine shafts and in
thousands of bore holes drilled during hydrocarbon explora-
tion and production. Previous work
Biostratigraphic, lithostratigraphic, and sedimentological The current lithostratigraphic nomenclature and the deposi-
studies on uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous strata of tional origins of the major lithofacies have been established
the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin are at a reconnais- by Douglas (1958), Macauley (1958), Halbertsma (1959),
sance level in most areas because of the vast extent of the Edie (1958), Christopher (1961), Scott (1964), Macqueen and
Carboniferous and difficult access in much of the Cordillera. Bamber (1967, 1968), Bamber and Waterhouse (1971),
Sufficient biostratigraphic work has been completed, how- Macqueen et al. (1972), Bamber and Mamet (1978), and
ever, to provide a foundation for further study. Richards (1989a, 1989b). Lithostratigraphic syntheses were
presented by Macauley et al. (1964), Douglas et al. (1970),
Richards (1989b) and Richards et al. (in press) summa- Bamber et al. (1984), Richards (1989b), Henderson (1989),
rized the lithostratigraphy of the succession and outlined and Richards et al. (in press).
the depositional and tectonic histories of the basin using
foraminifers, conodonts, and corals for biostratigraphic The biostratigraphy of the Lower Carboniferous in the
control. The present study provides additional data on the southern part of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin is
conodont biostratigraphic scheme presented by Richards now established for several fossil groups (Figs. 2, 3). Zona-
et al. (in press), discusses the paleoecology of the conodont tions are available for conodonts (Baxter, 1972; Baxter and
faunas, and introduces seven conodont zones not pre- von Bitter, 1984; Richards et al., in press), foraminifers
viously reported from the succession. (Mamet, 1976; Bamber and Mamet, 1978; Mamet and
Bamber, 1979; Mamet et al., 1986), corals (Nelson, 1960;
More than 600, one- to two-kilogram samples from 25 Sando and Bamber, 1985); ostracodes (Crasquin, 1984), and
sections of uppermost Devonian to Upper Carboniferous brachiopods (Nelson, 1958, 1961; Carter, 1987). An inte-
strata were processed for conodonts. Most of the samples grated zonation based on foraminifers, conodonts, and corals
were collected by B.C. Richards during regional stratigraphic was developed by Sando and Bamber (1985), and modified
and sedimentological studies. Although the sampling was at into a compound zonation (Sando, 1985).
a reconnaissance level, usually at intervals 5-10 m apart, the
 In a recent paper on the Carboniferous and Permian Mamet and Skipp (1970) has been the most widely used in
biostratigraphy of northern Yukon Territory and northwest the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. It has been possible
District of Nackenzie, Bamber et al. (1989) presented to correlate the latter zonation with that of the conodonts
regional and international correlations of the succession and (usually within individual sections) with considerable preci-
summarized all available published and unpublished distri- sion (Richards, 1989b; Richards et al., in press). International
bution data on conodonts, foraminifers, brachiopods, palyno- correlations have been established principally by using the
morphs, corals, and ammonoids. foraminifers, abundant in most of the shallow marine Carbon-
iferous limestones, and conodonts, which are most varied and
Of the biozonations developed for the uppermost
abundant in the deeper water limestone lithofacies.
Devonian and Carboniferous of the Western Canada
Sedimentary Basin, the foraminifera1 zonation erected by

EASTERN LIMIT OF DISTURBED BELT..............,

,,,
EASTERN LlMlT (TN3) OF PROPHET TROUGH
AND PEACE RIVER EMBAYMENT .....................
WESTERN LIMIT OF PROPHET TROUGH
SUKUNKA UPLIFT
--
..........
.................................................

MOUNTAIN TERRANE

kilometres

Figure 1. Map of Carboniferous units subcropping beneath Permian and Mesozoic formations in
Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, tectonic elements, and lines of cross-section. See
Figure 2 for formational composition of Banff, Rundle, and Mattson assemblages and Figure 3
for Carboniferous formations of the Northern Cordillera (modified from Richards, 1989b).
Figure 2. Correlation of Carboniferous lithostratigraphic units, southwestern Manitoba to south-
western District of Mackenzie, with standard chronostratigraphic units and Carboniferous zonal
schemes. Dashed lines indicate nature of contact uncertain; question marks indicate position of
lines uncertain (modified from Richards et al., in press).
 SW. MANITOBA
50a30'N TO 51'30.N

LIVINGSTONE

LODGEPOLE FM.

Lower Mbr.

- - - -

Figure 2 (cont'd.)

219
DISTRIBUTION AND TECTONIC (Barclay et al., 1990).Embayment development was initiated
SETTING during the latest Devonian and earliest Carboniferous. The
embayment, bounded on its southwestern side by the
Carboniferous formations are preserved in two main regions Sukunka Uplift (Richards, 1989b), continued to occupy an
(Fig. 1). The southern one, which includes much of the extensive region into the late Serpukhovian but may have
eastern Cordillera and southern to central Interior Platform been of minor extent during the Late Carboniferous.
(Fig. 4), extends from southwestern Manitoba into south-
western District of Mackenzie. The northern area includes
the eastern Cordillera of northern Yukon Territory and north- Cratonic platform and Williston Basin
western District of Mackenzie. Between these regions, ero- The western cratonic platform, which extended northward
sional remnants are present in the Mackenzie and Selwyn from the United States to the Yukon and Ellesmerian fold
mountains of east-central Yukon and west-central District of belts (Fig. I), included the Williston Basin (centred in North
Mackenzie. The Lower Carboniferous succession is most Dakota) and a number of broad arches. During the Tournaisian,
complete and best exposed in the southwestern part of the the Williston Basin was essentially a deep embayment con-
southern region, and the Upper Carboniferous is best repre- nected to the Prophet Trough and Antler Foreland Basin by a
sented in northern Yukon (Figs. 2,3). broad seaway, extending from southeastern Alberta into
During the Carboniferous, the principal tectonic elements Wyoming. During the early and middle Viskan, the Williston
in the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin were Prophet Basin became a topographical basin - a low, broad, northeast-
Trough, Peace River Embayment, the cratonic platform, trending uplift (Sweetgrass Arch of Douglas et al., 1970)
Williston Basin, and the Yukon Fold Belt (Fig. 1). The developed across the seaway in southeastern Alberta and
characteristics and Carboniferous tectonic histories of these north-central Montana. In the east, Precambrian rocks of the
elements and subordinate features within them were outlined Canadian Shield were exposed along the northwest-trending
by Richards (1989b) and are, therefore, discussed only briefly Severn Arch of Manitoba and the north-trending Wisconsin
below. Arch of Ontario (Porter et al., 1982). These two arches, along
with the Transcontinental Arch of the north-central United
States, controlled the location of the eastern and northeastern
Prophet Trough shorelines of the latest Devonian and Carboniferous seas
(Richards, 1989b).
The name Prophet Trough was introduced by Richards
(1989b) for the downwarped and downfaulted western mar-
gin of the North American plate of latest Devonian and Yukon Fold Belt
Carboniferous time. The Prophet Trough was continuous
with Antler Foreland Basin of the western United States, and The Yukon Fold Belt (Bell, 1973) of northern Yukon and
extended from southeastern British Columbia to the Yukon Alaska is an orogenic belt resulting from the Frasnian to
Fold Belt. This pericratonic trough was predominantly an Tournaisian Ellesmerian Orogeny, named in the Canadian
extensional element; however, it developed in the foreland of Arctic Archipelago (Thorsteinsson and Tozer, 1970; Trettin,
an ensialic arc or continental margin volcanic/plutonic belt 1973). Topographically high during the Late Devonian and
resulting from plate convergence and eastward directed sub- earliest Carboniferous, the fold belt was subsequently on-
duction. A broad, partly fault controlled hinge zone, marking lapped northward by a moderately thick succession of
a point at which water depths and sedimentation rates in- Carboniferous continental to shallow marine siliciclastics
creased rapidly basinward formed the boundary between the and carbonates. The arcuate, northeast-trending Ancestral
trough and the cratonic platform to the east. The western Aklavik Arch developed across the southern part of the
boundary of the trough was an elevated rim, extensively Yukon Fold Belt during the latest Carboniferous (Kasimovian
exposed from the Famennian into the early Vistan but sub- and Gzhelian) and persisted into the Late Permian (Richards
sequently largely transgressed. et al., in press).

Peace River Embayment LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY

The Peace River Embayment (Douglas et al., 1970) of north- The uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous succession of
western Alberta and northeastern British Columbia opened the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin is a thick package of
northwestward into Prophet Trough and was a broad, fault- carbonate and siliciclastic lithofacies representing the upper
controlled re-entrant into the western cratonic platform. The Kaskaskia sequence and lower Absaroka sequence of Sloss
depositional and structural axis of the embayment had an (1963). Overall, this succession, which comprises numerous
easterly trend coinciding approximately with that of the formations (Figs. 2,3.5-9), is a shallowing-upward, progra-
Upper Devonian Peace River Arch. Regional subsidence dational package, but it records numerous transgressions and
accompanied by extensive blockfaulting along northeasterly regressions. Subaerial erosion during the latest Carboniferous,
and northwesterly striking normal faults produced an anoma- Permian. and subsequent periods removed major parts of the
lously thick Lower Carboniferous succession in the embay- succession, particularly on the Interior Platform and the
ment, which included an extensive central graben system
 ;::: on
;:::
ffiz ctS}? en a.·-..-
UJ
c:: m
R
"'m cn03.;..:
oi2 ~~
NORTHERN OGILVIE MTNS.
Q. (/) -
NORTHERN ~~~m ,; w ..o,.....
zEm-c N
-
(after Bamber and N CI)CC:::l V'J.O Q ctl.-cCJJ

::!i rJ) ~~~2

<cc'-
Waterhouse, 1971;
SOUTHERN EAGLE PLAIN
(Bamber and Waterhouse,
BRITISH MOUNTAINS
(Bamber and Waterhouse,
RICHARDSON MTNS.
(Bamber and Waterhouse, ~'g-g-E
W E NCOq;-«1~
Z m
C -S ~?A c-
rJ)
UJ UJ C: (IJ CO~ Waterhouse and a: ~ C'd ~ O<D UJ
1-
rJ) a: ~~ a;~ Waddington, 1982:
1971: Pugh, 1983) 1971) 1971; Nassichuk and Wa>-ro
u.. E "'3:
Nu
..J"
~g-_g65, a:UJ
>- UJ 0 :) (L; -E c:
~~h <'"
Bamber, 1978)
~~ ~-g
rJ) C/)
rJ)
Pugh, 1983) a: o - 0 - Q) · -
::!i ::;;,. o" nt~ cu:g
~ ~ - -~ o C/):ii ~*'03:~
<(i)- - ....
~~ ~~ SW NE w EW gj ~R~ ID~!ij
u..~~
aJ
PERMIAN (ASSELIAN),
JUNGLE CREEK FM.
u..-~ E
..
aJ
.,;;;
~

z z<(
<(
Unnamed :J
:J zone
w w
I 'V I
(D) N
N
(') (~

Orthotichia -
z<(
Septospiriler
(Dos)
>
0
::;;
Kozlowskia iii
(Dk) ;2
Gibbospiriler,
Purdonel/a
C b, Cpd)

C/)
::::>
0 Gemmulicosta, z
a: Praehorridonia, <(
w
lL and >
0
z
0
'V Recticulatia
(Cg, Cp, Cr)
u
C/)
aJ 'V 0
a: ;:;;
<(
u ?
a: &:, 'V &:, 'V
w
(),_ ETTRAIN Martiniopsis
(),_
::::> &:, FORMATION (Bm)
? '0
22 <I>
c
? 0
N
21 <:
(undivided) ::::>
z ? z
<( <(

a: a:
se: WAHOO
Orthotichia, se:
I Composita I
FORMATION C/)
C/)
<( (Bo, Be) <(
20 20 00
aJ
&:,
BLACKIE &:,

FORMATION

19 BLACKIE 19

FORMATION z
:;;
>
0
&:, I
18
"'::::>
(),_

ALAPAH
a:
w
C/)

(/)
::::> ? FORMATION
0
? &:, 17
a:
w HART RIVER
lL
z FM.
?
HART RIVER
0 ? 'V &:, M'
aJ
a:
<(
'V &:, FM.
'V &:,
0 c
u
a:
w
3:
0
..J

FORD LAKE
12
c:~
..
~ FORMATION FORD LAKE ;:p
<I>
<: = FORMATION <1>0
:;:eQ>O £~
<=U (Presence of Tournaisian not
z 0
NE definitely established) 0~
~~~ -<I>
0 .~::
" t:
0
z
o;:;:S "t:
0
1-Z
z
DEVONIAN LOWER PALEOZOIC (Unnamed) LOWER or MIDDLE DEVONIAN DEV and
and OLDER and OLDER NERUOJ<PUK FM.) (OGILVIE FORMATION) OLDER
GSC
FOSSIL OCCURRENCES: Foramlnilers &:, Brachiopods 'V Corals 0
Figure 3. Correlation of Carboniferous lithostratigraphic units in northern Yukon Territory and
northwestern District of Mackenzie with standard chronostratigraphic units and Carboniferous zonal
schemes. Dashed lines indicate nature of contact uncertain; question marks indicate position of lines
uncertain (from Richards et aL, in press).

221
region west of the Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. In areas The succession to the east, which includes platform to
where the Carboniferous remains, it is generally unconform- ramp carbonates and deltaic temgenous elastics, comprises
ably overlain by either Permian or Mesozoic strata. the Banff, Rundle, and Mattson assemblages (Fig. 2). The
Banff, Rundle, and Mattson assemblages resemble the lower,
middle, and upper depositional units, respectively of
Southwestern Manitoba to southwestern Macauley et al. (1964) and Richards et al. (in press). The
District of Mackenzie Mattson assemblage of Richards (1989b) is here expanded to
include the sandstone-dominated Upper Carboniferous suc-
The uppermost Devonian and Carboniferoussuccession from
southwestern Manitoba to southwestern District of Macken- cession. Fine grained siliciclastics and cherty to argillaceous
zie was divided by Richards (1989b) into five mappable carbonates of the Banff assemblage are widely overlain by
the carbonate-dominated Rundle assemblage, which in turn
lithofacies (Fig' '1' Lithofacies in is pa,+.y overlain by sandstone and carbonates of
western Prophet Trough and on its western rim are called the
the Mattson assemblage. From east-central British Columbia
This largely removed into Dis&ict of Mackenzie, the hreeassem-
deep post-Carboniferous erosion, includes carbonates, vol-
canics, and remnants of an easterly thinning clastic wedge. blages overlie and pass basinward into the shale-dominated
Besa River assemblage.

Figure 4. Principal present day geological elements of western Canada (fram Douglas
el al., 1970).
 Banff assemblage grades into it. Elsewhere, the boundary between these two
assemblages is generally abrupt and commonly a minor
The Banff assemblage comprises carbonates and siliciclastics disconformity.
of the Bakken, Exshaw, Lodgepole, Banff, and Yohin forma-
tions (Figs. 2,5-9). The Bakken constitutes the upper Three East and north of the subcrop edge of the Rundle
Forks Group and the Lodgepole is the lower formation of the assemblage, the Banff assemblage is unconformably over-
lower Madison Group. The Bakken and Lodgepole were lain by Mesozoic strata. In the Banff assemblage, the
deposited in Williston Basin and on the unstable craton of oldest Carboniferous deposits generally lie in the Exshaw
southeastern Alberta and southwestern Saskatchewan, while and Bakken formations, but where these formations are
the Exshaw, Banff, and Yohin formed on the western cratonic absent or incompletely developed, the oldest Carboniferous
platform and in the Rophet Trough, which included the strata occur in the Banff Formation.
developing Peace River Embayment in the northwest.
In the Banff assemblage, the carbonate lithofacies devel-
In most areas, the Banff assemblage disconformablyover- oped on carbonate ramps and to a lesser extent on poorly
lies upper Famennian strata and is overlain by the less widely differentiated carbonate platforms (Figs. 5-8, 11, 12). Most
distributed Rundle assemblage. In most of the Williston of the siliciclastics are fine grained (shale to sandstone) and
Basin, much of the southern Cordillera, and on the Interior were deposited in lower slope and basin settings, but shallow
Platform of southernmost Alberta, the top of the Banff assem- neritic to supratidal siliciclastics are widespread in the middle
blage becomes younger basinward as the Rundle assemblage Bakken, upper Exshaw, upper Banff, and eastern Yohin
formations. The shelf lithofacies generally grade southwest-

ENVIRONMENTS OF DEPOSITION

1. EUXlNlC BASIN TO SHALLOW - MARINE SHELF

2. BASIN AND LOWER SLOPE
3. MIDDLE SLOPE TO (?)SHALLOW SHELF (RAMP)
4. MIDDLE AND UPPER SLOPE (PLATFORM)
5. UPPER SLOPE AND SHELF MARGIN (PLATFORM)
8, INNER SHELF MARGIN AND PROTECTED SHELF (PLATF
IF
7. RESTRICTED SHELF (PLATFORM) LOCATION OF SECTIONS
8. (7) PROTECTED TO RESTRICTED SHELF
1. CENTRAL DEL RIO RALPH; (Isd. 14,sec. 6, tp. 7, rge. 13,W2)
z
Horizontal scale Vertical scale
2. SHELL MIDALE A7; (Isd. 7, sec. 18, tp. 6, rge. 10, W2 and
SHELL BENSEN A l ; (Isd. I,sec. 18, tp. 6, rge. 8, W2) 31
9
z
3. IMPERIAL STEELMAN; (Isd. 1, sec. 8, tp. 4,rge. 5, W2) w
Kilometres Metres H
0 30 0 200 4. IMPERIAL OXBOW; (Isd. 15, sec. 36,tp. 2, rge. 3, W2) 2
u 5. SOCONY W.P. CARIEVALE NO. 1; (Isd. 16, sec. 4, tp. 3, rae. 32, W1)
6. SOCONY W.S. GAINSBOROUGH NO. I; (~sd.16, sec. 29, ip. I, rge. 30, W)I

;;;;;; Evaporites (anhydrite, dense dolomite)

includes non-eraporitic argillaceous
dolomite, limestone and shale
Limestone; oolitic, skeletal and pisolitic
gralnstone, packstone and vackestone,
and cryptalgal boundstone
Possible unconformity . . . . . . . . . . .
Unconformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
. 1

Argillaceous and cherty limestone, Limestone; mainly skeletal

subordinate shale grainstone and packstone

-l Black shale
....... Sandstone, siltstone, silty limestone
GSC

Figure 5. Partly schematic stratigraphic cross-section A-B showing the uppermost Devonian and
Lower Carboniferous in eastern Williston Basin, southeastern Saskatchewan, See Figure 1, A-B for
line of section (modified from Edie, 1958).
 ward (basinward) into slope carbonates and siliciclastics pre- Deposition of the Rundle Group took place in the Prophet
sewed i n the Banff assemblage. The slope lithofacies, in turn, Trough, Peace River Embayment, and on the western cratonic
grade basinward into shale-dominated basin deposits pre- platform, whereas that of the Mission Canyon and Charles
served in the lower part of the assemblage, and in the Besa formations occurred in the Williston Basin and on the unstable
River assemblage. craton to the west.
I n the southwest, the principal formations within the
Rundle assemblage Rundle are unnamed formation F and the Livingstone, Pekisko,
Shunda, Turner Valley, and Mount Head formations (Figs.
The carbonate-dominated Rundle assemblage (Figs. 1, 2) 5-8). In the northwest, the Prophet, Debolt, and Flett forma-
comprises the Mission Canyon and Charles formations of the tions are the main constituents (Fig. 9).
Madison Group, and all of the Rundle Group, except the
EthenngtonFormation (included i n the Mattson assemblage).

EASTERN
WESTERN FRONT RANGES FRONT RANGES FOOTHILLS INTERIOR PLATFORM
-
r Wileman and Baril Members

ENVIRONMENTS OF DEPOSITION
1. BASIN
2. LOWER AND MIDDLE SLOPE
3. SLOPE TO SHALLOW SHELF
4. MIDDLE TO UPPER SLOPE
5. SLOPE TO SHALLOW SHELF
6. UPPER SLOPE TO SHELF MARGIN
7. SHELF MARGIN
8. SHELF MARGIN TO PROTECTED SHELF
9. PROTECTED SHELF TO RESTRICTED SHELF
10. SHELF MARGIN TO RESTRICTED SHELF
11. SLOPE(?) TO RESTRICTED SHELF
12. SHALLOW SHELF(?) TO RESTRICTED SHELF
13. SHALLOW NERlTlC TO AEOLIAN
14. SHALLOW MARINE LC-- GSC

Figure 6. Partly schematic, non-palinspastic stratigraphic cross-section E-F showing the

Carboniferous of southwestern Alberta. See Figure 1, E-Ffor line of section and Figure 7for legend
(from Richards et al., in press).
 G H
WEST EAST

Anhydrite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ m m m
Anhydrite lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . // // Limestone
Chert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. A
Calcareous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Dolomitic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L .
PI
~arlstone ........
........ Dolostone

Sandy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shele and mudstone

Silty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quartz cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A A
Phosphatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , ENVIRONMENTS OF DEPOSITION
Bituminous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. SHALLOW SHELF
Glauconite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 2. SHALLOW SHELF AND RESTRICTED SHELF
Fenestral fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3. BASIN (PARTLY EUXINIC)
4. EUXINIC BASIN TO SHALLOW SHELF
Ooids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 .
5. SLOPE
Peloids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o . 6. SHELF MARGIN
Pelletoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 . PROTECTED AND RESTRICTED SHELF
Aggregate grains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6b 8. RESTRICTED SHELF
Oncolites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 9. INNER SHELF MARGIN
Pelmatozoan ossicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .@
Corals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Brachiopods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .v v
Bryozoans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B
Foraminifers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9P
Sponge spicules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A
Calcispheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0
Calcareous algae . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...#

--
Indeterminate bioclasts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n
Unconformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unconformity(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
Figure 7. Partly schematic, non-palinspastic stratigraphic cross-sectionG-H showing the uppermost
Devonian and Lower Carboniferous of west-central Alberta. See Figure 1, G-H for line of section (from
Richards et al., in press).
 The Rundle assemblage generally overlies the Banff basinward (southwestward) into slope deposits preserved in
assemblage, but from east-central British Columbia to south- this assemblage. The latter grade basinward into shale-domi-
western District of Mackenzie, western deposits of the pack- nated slope and basin deposits occurring mainly in the Golata
age overlie and pass basinward into the Besa River Formation and Besa River assemblage.
assemblage. In most areas, the Rundle assemblage is uncon-
formably overlain by either Permian or Mesozoic strata. It is,
however, overlain by the sandstone dominated Mattson Northern Cordillera - northern Yukon Territory
assemblage in south-central Saskatchewan, on part of the and northwestern District of Mackenzie
westernmost Interior Platform, and over wide areas in the The uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous of northern
eastern Cordillera. The contact between the Rundle and
Yukon and northwestern District of Mackenzie (Figs. 1, 3)
Mattson assemblages may be conformable in Saskatchewan,
constitutes most of the northern assemblage of Richards
but it is generally disconformable from southwestern Alberta (1989b). That assemblage includes an essentially continuous
into the southwestern part of the Peace River Embayment.
succession of Vistan to Moscovian carbonates and siliciclas-
Farther north, the Rundle assemblage is abruptly, but usually
tics preserved beneath the regional, sub-permian unconform-
conformably, overlain by the Mattson assemblageat a contact
ity in the northern Cordillera. Younger Carboniferous
that becomes older northwestward.
deposits occur only in the Ogilvie Mountains, where
Platform and ramp carbonates (Figs. 11, 12) dominate the Kasimovian to Gzhelian strata are present and sedimentation
Rundle assemblage, but in the west the Rundle assemblage may have been locally continuous across the Carbonifer-
includes a great thickness of bedded chert and spiculite pre- ous/Permian boundary (Waterhouse and Waddington, 1982).
served mainly in the Prophet Formation. The shelf and shelf- Tournaisian strata have been definitely identified only in the
margin lithofacies generally grade southwestward southeast, in southwestern Peel Plateau (Bamber and Water-
(basinward) into slope deposits preserved in the Prophet house, 1971). They may however, be present on the western
Formation and upper part of the Banff assemblage (Figs. 2, flank of the southern Richardson Mountains (Pugh, 1983) and
5-9). The slope deposits, in turn, grade basinward into a thick in the basal siliciclastics of the western British Mountains.
succession of basin facies mainly preserved in the Besa River The Carboniferous of the northern Cordillera comprises
assemblage and in the lower part of the Banff assemblage. two separate, but closely related successions (Richards et al.,
in press). The two successions originally formed part of a
Mattson assemblage continuous depositional complex, but they are now separated
geographically by the northeast-trending Ancestral Aklavik
The Mattson assemblage consists of the Etherington Forma- Arch (Bamber and Waterhouse, 1971), where they were
tion, Stoddart Group (Golata, Kiskatinaw and Taylor Flat truncated beneath the regional sub-permian unconformity.
formations), Spray LakesGroup (Tynvhitt,Storelk,Tobermory, Their distribution was also altered by probable counter-clock-
and Kananaskis formations), and minor occurrences of the wise rotation of northern Yukon and Alaska during the
Kibbey and Otter formations of the Big Snowy Group (Figs. Mesozoic (Sweeney et al., 1978; Nilsen, 1981).
2,6-9). Sedimentation of the Big Snowy Group took place in
the Williston Basin, whereas the remainder of the assemblage The more completely preserved of the two successions
was deposited in the Prophet Trough, Peace River Embay- consists of autochthonous and parautochthonous Tournaisian
ment and, at least locally, on the western part of the stable to Gzhelian strata, occurring south of 67"30'N, in the Ogilvie
cratonic platform. Mountains and Eagle Plain and on the flanks of the southern
Richardson Mountains (Fig. 3). This southern array of strata
The Mattson assemblage, comprising sandstone with sub- closely resembles the parautochthonous sequence of the
ordinate carbonates and shale, overlies the Rundle assem- southern Brooks Range in Northern Alaska and was depos-
blage. It also overlies and passes basinward into the Besa ited in the southeastern part of the same basin. Deposition of
River assemblage from east-central British Columbia into this succession took place in the northern Prophet Trough and
southwestern District of Mackenzie. In most areas, the possibly on the western cratonic platform (Richards et al., in
Mattson assemblage is unconformably overlain by Permian press). The lower part of the southern succession comprises
strata, but east and north of the subcrop edge of the latter, it Tournaisian(?) to Bashkirian siliciclastics and carbonates of
is unconformably overlain by Triassic to Lower Cretaceous the Tuttle, Ford Lake, Hart River, and lower Blackie forma-
strata. tions. These are generally overlain by Bashkirian to
Lithofacies of the Mattson assemblage were deposited in Kasimovian(?) carbonates of the Ettrain Formation, which
a complex array of marine to continental environments, grade southward and southwestward into shale and carbon-
including carbonate ramps, deltas, aeolian dune systems, and ates of the upper Blackie Formation. In the Ogilvie Mountains,
siliciclastic-dominated marine shelves (Figs. 6-9; Richards, Kasimovian(?) to Gzhelian temgenous clastics of the basal
1989b; Richards et al., in press). Carbonate lithofacies occur Jungle Creek Formation overlie the Ettrain Formation and
locally in most formations in this depositional package, but constitute the top of the Carboniferous System.
predominate only in the lower Etherington, Taylor Flat, and The second succession is preserved north of 68"OO'N in a
Kananaskis formations. Carbonates of the Etherington are southeast-trending discontinuous belt extending from the
probably of ramp origin; those of the other formations do not Alaska/Yukon border into northwestern District of Mackenzie.
constitute well defined carbonate buildups. The marine shelf This package closely resembles the parautochthonous northern
and delta-plain to delta-front lithofacies generally pass
 J I
NORTHWEST SOUTHEAST

"t"

151 Dolostone

W Marlstone
a:
W
a
*'

Fl Shale and mudstone

V3 = UPPER VISEAN
V2 = MIDDLE VISEAN
V1 = LOWER VISEAN
TN3 = UPPER TOURNAlSlAN
TN2 = MIDDLE TOURNAlSlAN
TNI = LOWER TOURNAlSlAN
SERF = SERPUKHOVIAN

0
-
Horizontal scale
Kilometres
20

0
-
Vertical scale
Metres
100

1.
LOCATION O F SECTIONS
JARVIS LAKES; 54°06'21"N, 120°12'27"W 8. ONION LAKE; 54O37'57"N, 120°45'34"W
Chert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A A
2. NW OF MT. HANINGTON; 54O10'46"N. 120°14'45"W 9. FELLERS CR.; 54042'1gnN, 12O053'06''Vd
Calcareous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3. MEOSIN MTN.; 54°17'08"N, 120°18'55"W 10. ALBRIGHT RIDGE; 54O48'15"N, 121°17 37"W
Dolomitic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L . 4. MUINOK MTN.; 54°20'03"N, 120°23'19"W 11. MT. PAULSON; 55O06'32"N, 12I048'23"W
Silty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a. 8 8 5. SW OF BELCOURT LAKE; 54O2I154"N, 120°29'580W 12. WATSON PEAK; 55O13'58"N, 122°05'07"W
Phosphatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .O 0 6. RED DEER CR.; 54°27'00"N, 120°35'14"W 13. LEAN -TO CR.; 55'04'33"N, 12I059'40"W
Bituminous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .rn m 7. MT. BECKER; 54O31'02"N. 120°38'46"W
Fenestral fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 ENVIRONMENTS OF DEPOSITION
Ooids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .@
Peloids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o 1. EUXlNlC BASIN
Pelletoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a 2. BASIN (PARTLY EUXINIC)
Aggregate grains . . . . . . . . . . . 6b 3. SLOPE
Oncolites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .@ 4. UPPER SLOPE AND SHELF
MARGIN (PLATFORM)
Pelrnatozoan ossicles . . . . . . . ..@
5. UPPER SLOPE AND SHALLOW
.o
Corals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHELF (RAMP)
Brachiopods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v 6. SHALLOW SHELF (RAMP)
Bryozoans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 7. PROTECTED SHELF AND
Ostracodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .o RESTRICTED SHELF (PLATFORM)
.v
Foraminifers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. SHELF MARGIN AND PROTECTED
Sponge splcules . . . . . . . . . . . . . X SHELF (PLATFORM)
Calclspheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..O 9. SHALLOW SHELF AND
Calcareous algae . . . . . . . . . . . . # RESTRICTED SHELF (RAMP)

--
10. INNER SHELF MARGIN (PLATFORM)
Terrestrial plant remains . . . . . .C, 11. PROTECTED SHELF (PLATFORM)
Unconforrnity(7) . . . . . . . . ., , 12. RESTRICTED SHELF
Unconformity . . . . . . . . . . . 13. SLOPE TO SHALLOW SHELF
Possible normal faults . . . . L 7
(RAMP IN PART)
14. BASIN? TO SHALLOW SHELF

Figure 8. Partly schematic, non-palinspastic stratigraphic cross-section I 4 showing the Lower

Carboniferous of east-central British Columbia. Locations of late Paleozoic normal faults are based
on changes in thickness and lithotype between stratigraphic sections; actual faults not observed. See
Figure 1, I 4 for line of section (from Richards et al., in press).
Brooks Range succession and that preserved on the Alaskan Vistan to Bashkirian Lisburn Group (Alapah and Wahoo
North Slope and adjacent continental shelf. In the British formations), which are in turn unconformably overlain by
Mountains, Tournaisian(?) and Vistan terrigenous clastics Permian strata.
and subordinate carbonates of the Endicott Group (Kekiktuk
and Kayak formations) constitute the lower part of the suc- Both the southern and the northern successions of the north-
cession. These lower strata are overlain by carbonates of the em Cordillera consist of a lower interval dominated by conti-
nental to basinal terrigenous clastics, and an upper one

M N
WEST EAST
TlKA CREEK ETANDA LAKES JACKFISH GAP TWISTED MTN.

ENVIRONMENTS OF DEPOSITION

Limestone
Coal seams ................. -
Chert...............................
Sideritic concretions .......... (Z,
A

Calcareous........................ I
Dolostone Dolomitic ...........................I
Sandy..............................
Silty ...................................
Quartz cement ....................A
Pelmatozoan ossicles ......... 8
Corals.................................0
Brachiopods........................ v
Bryozoans ........................ =$
Foraminifers.................. ...A
Sponge spicules ................ Y
0
Ooids .................................
1 - BASIN Terrestr[alplant
2 - PRODELTA rema~ns........................ a
3 - BASIN AND SLOPE Shale
Unconformity .......... ,
,
Bltumlnous ...........................
4 - LOWER SLOPE AND BASIN
5 - SLOPE TO SHALLOW - NERlTlC SHELF NOTE
6 - MIDDLE SLOPE (PLATFORM AND RAMP) SERP. = SERPUKHOVIAN
7 - MIDDLE AND UPPER SLOPE, SHELF MARGIN AND
PROTECTED-SHELF(7) (PLATFORM AND RAMP)
8 - DELTA SLOPE AND DELTA FRONT Vertical scale Horizontal scale
-
9 DELTA PLAIN Metres Kilometres
10 - DELTA PLAIN, DELTA FRONT AND MARINE SHELF 500 0 10
11 - SHALLOW-MARINE SHELF
L
GSC

Figure 9. Partly schematic, palinspastic stratigraphic cross-section M-N showing the Lower
Carboniferous in the eastern Cordillera of southwestern District of Mackenzie and southeastern
Yukon Territory. See Figure 1, M-N for line of section (from Richards et al., in press).
consisting mainly of carbonate platform and ramp lithofacies. the succession it is applicableinternationally.Upper Carboniferous
In the upper interval, shelf and shelf-margin lithofacies grade faunas have been recorded by Henderson (in Bamber et al.,
westward to southwestward (toward the paleobasin) into slope 1989) from northern Yukon Territory but were not assigned to
deposits. zones. A conodont zonation of up to 18 conodont zones (Figs.
2.10) is outlined for the uppermost Devonian to Upper Carbon-
iferobs of the Western ~ & a d aSedimentary ~asin,butthree of
CONODONT BIOSTRATIGRAPHY these, the Siphonodella praesulcata, Siphonodella sulcata and
Few accounts of the conodont sequence in the Carboniferous of Siphonodella sandbergi, have not yet been identified with
the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin have been published. certainty. The last two zones lie near the D e v o n i e n i f e r o u s
boundary, which is located within a highly condensed and
Baxter (1972) and Baxter and von Bitter (1984) have applied
locally a zonal scheme modified from Collinson et al. (1971), possibly incomplete part of the succession. Four of the Lower
which was originally based mtheMississippivalley faunas. The Carboniferous zones (Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus, Gnathodus
scheme used in the present account for the uppermost Devonian girtyi collinsoni, Gnathodus girtyi simplex, and Rhachistog-
and Lower Carboniferous draws on many sources, including nathus muricatus) and three Upper Carboniferous zones
Ziegler and Sandberg (1984), Sandberg et al. (1978) and Lane (Rhachistognathus minutus, Streptognathodus oppletus, and
et al. (1980). In the Upper Devonian and Toumaisian parts of Streptognathoduselegantulus) are recognized for the first time
in the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin.

.Y

16-S-
-

Pa. = Palmalolepis Pr. = Prolognathodus

P. = Polygnalhus E. = Eolaphrus
Ps. = Pseudopolygnafhus T. = Taphrognefhus
8. = B l S p a i h o d ~ ~ Ap. = Apalognalhus
Ca. = Cavusgnalhus
V. = Vogelgnalhus
0. = Dinodus

Figure 10. Known stratigraphic ranges of selected conodont species characteristic of the upper-
most Devonian and Lower Carboniferous of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin.
Middle Palmatolepis gracilis expansa that belongs to the Upper expansa Zone and included Bis-
to Siphonodella praesulcata zones pathodus jugosus (Branson and Mehl), Palmatolepis
gracilis expansa Sandberg and Ziegler, Palmatolepis
The Middle expansa to praesulcata zones, of late Famennian gracilis gonioclymeniae Miiller, Palmatolepis rugosa pos-
and earliest Tournaisian (TNlA and early TNlB) age, are tera Ziegler, Polygnathus communis communis Branson and
recognized in the upper Famennian to middle Tournaisian Mehl, Polygnathus experplexus Sandberg and Ziegler, and
Exshaw Formation in both the Rocky Mountains and the Pseudopolygnathus marburgensis trigonicus Ziegler
subsurface to the east. The Exshaw, which commonly (Richards and Higgins, 1988).
contains the Devonian-Carboniferous boundary, generally
comprises a lower black shale member and an upper member
dominated by carbonates, sandstone, and siltstone (Richards Siphonodella sulcata to Siphonodella
and Higgins, 1988). In lower part of the black shale member sandbergi zones
at Jura Creek, southwestern Alberta, the faunas include Bis-
pathodus costatus E.R. Branson Morphotype 1 Ziegler, Sand- The Siphonodella duplicata Zone has been recognized in the
berg and Austin and Palmatolepis gracilis sigmoidalis Banff(?) Formation at Bluefish Mountain, southwestern
Ziegler. Bispathodus costatus Morphotype 1 ranges from the District of Mackenzie (Higgins, in Richards, 1989a), but
Middle expansa to the Middle praesulcata Zone, and P. there is no clear evidence of the presence of the sulcata Zone,
gracilis sigmoidalis has an upper range within the Upper the basal zone of the Carboniferous, in the Western Canada
praesulcata Zone. Sedimentary Basin. Similarly, there is no equivocal evidence
of the sandbergi- Zone in the basin.
Basal beds of the upper member of the Exshaw Formation
at Red Deer Creek in the Rocky Mountains of east-central
British Columbia (Appendix), yielded a more varied fauna

ENVIRONMENTAL RANGES OF TAXA

Slphonodella lsostlcha
Pseudopolygnathus multlstrlatus
Pseudopolygnathus dentillneatus
Polygnathus longlpostlcus
Polygnathus lnornatus
Polygnathus communis communls
Patrognathus varlabllls
Blspathodus stabllis
Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus
Anchlgnathodus penescltulus

OPEN MARINE PROTECTED MARINE RESTRICTED MARINE

BASIN LOWER SLOPE MIDDLE TO UPPER SLOPE SHALLOW SHELF RESTRICTED SHELF
NERlTlC TIDAL FLATS: LAGOONS SABKHAS
ENVIRONMENTS; LOCAL BEACHES
LOCAL SHOALS

Large.scsle cmssbeds and

planar stratification
Laminae, small-scale
Tidal channels, laminae, crossbeds, desiccation
small-scale crossbeds, structures, slromatolites,
Rhythmic bedding, stromatolites, and
Medium- lo largescale t8mPeStlleS; local desiccallon structures
crossbeds in shoal deposits, c~filsbeds \ \

MEAN HIGH TIDE LEVEL

FAIR-WEATHER WAVE BASE

Lime mudstone to packstone

and cryptatgal lime boundstone

lime packstone and lime mudslone to packstone

wackeslone
~ b ~ c u land
i~e Dolomite mudslone to packstoie
Shale s~lculiliclimestone and cryptalgal boundstone;
evaporiles and caliche

Figure 11. Generalized depositional model of a Carboniferous carbonate ramp showing established
environmental ranges of conodont species characteristic of the Upper crenulata4sosticha Zone in
the Banff assemblage of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin (modifiedfrom Richards, 1989a).
See Figure 12 for legend.
 The Devonian-Carboniferous boundary must occur Twisted Mountain in southwestern District of Mackenzie
within the black shale member of the Exshaw Formation at (Fig. 9; Higgins, in Richards, 1989a) and in the upper Bakken
its stratotype at Jura Creek (Richards and Higgins, 1988), and lower Lodgepole formations of the Williston Basin
although that section lacks clear evidence of either the prae- (Hayes, 1985).
sulcata or sulcata zones, which bracket the systemic bound-
ary. As stated above, uppermost Devonian conodont faunas The Lower crenulata Zone is characterized by Dinodus
assignable to the Middle expansa to praesulcata zones are fragosus (E.R. Branson) (Pl. 1, fig. 10). Elictognathus biala-
present in the lower part of the black shale member at this tus (Branson and Mehl) (Pl. 1, fig. 1I), Pseudopolygnathus
locality. The highest part of the black shale member at Jura marginatus (Branson and Mehl), Siphonodella cooperi, S.
Creek has yielded siphonodellids, including Siphonodella crenulata Cooper, S. isosticha (Cooper), S. obsoleta Hass (Pl.
cooperi Hass; the same species has been recorded from the 1, figs. 2,3,6), S. quadruplicata (Branson and Mehl) (Pl. 1,
overlying siltstone member at Mount Rundle near Banff, figs. 5,7,9), and S. sandbergi Klapper. Other important taxa
include: Anchignathoduspenescituius(Rexroad and Collinson),
Alberta (Macqueen and Sandberg, 1970). Siphonodella
cooperi has a stratigraphic range from the duplicata to Apatognathus sp., Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus (Branson
crenulata zones of Early Carboniferous age. In the absence and Mehl), and Polygnathus communis communis. Samples
of sedimentological evidence of an unconformity, the from this zone commonly contain large faunas of small
zones are assumed to be present within the sparsely fos- conodont specimens.
siliferous black shale.
In the Williston Basin, the Exshaw Formation has a partial Upper Siphonodella crenulata-Siphonodella
equivalent, the Bakken Formation (Figs. 2,5). Three informal isosticha Zone
members constitute the latter: black shale predominates in the The Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone, the base of which is
lower and upper members, whereas the middle member is
defined by the first appearanceof Gnathodusdelicatus (Branson
mainly sandstone and siltstone. The lower member contains
and Mehl), is widely represented in the Western Canada
faunas assignable to the expansa Zone (Hayes, 1985), the Sedimentary Basin, where it contains rich and varied faunas.
middle member has not been precisely dated, and the upper
It has been recognized in the Banff and Pekisko formations
shale unit, correlative with the widely distributed black shale
at many localities from southwestern Alberta into east-central
unit of the basal Banff Formation of Alberta, is referred to the
British Columbia. In the Williston Basin it occurs in the
Lower crenulata Zone.
Lodgepole Formation. Faunas from this zone include Anchig-
Siphonodella sulcata (Huddle), the first appearance of nathodus penescitulus (PI. 2, fig. 8), Bispathodus aculeatus
which defines the base of the sulcata Zone, has been recorded aculeatus (Pl. 1, figs. 14,15), B. aculeatusplurnulus (Rhodes,
from the Banff(?) Formation at Bluefish Mountain (Higgins, Austin, and Druce) (Pl. 1, fig. 17), Bispathodus spinuli-
in Richards, 1989a). At that locality it occurs in an assem- costatus (E.R. Branson) (Pl. 1, fig. 16), B. sp. (Pl. 1, fig. 13),
blage that probably represents the duplicata Zone but was Clydagnathus sp., Gnathodus delicatus, G. punctatus
questionably assigned to the sulcata Zone by Higgins (ibid.). (Cooper), Patrognathus variabilis, Polygnathus communis
In the Bluefish Mountain assemblage, S. sulcata is associated carina Hass (Pl. 2, figs. 2, 12), P. inornatus E.R. Branson,
with Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus (Branson and Mehl), Protognathodus praedelicatus Lane, Sandberg, and Ziegler
Patrognathus variabilis Rhodes, Austin, and Druce, Polyg- (Pl. 2, fig. 5), Pseudopolygnathus multistriatus Mehl and
nathus communis communis, P. inornatus E.R. Branson P. Thomas, and Siphonodella isosticha (Pl. 1 , figs. 1, 8).
longiposticus Branson and Mehl, Pseudopolygnathus den- The conodont faunas are a continuation of those in the
tilineatus E.R. Branson, and P. primus Branson and Mehl. underlying Lower crenulata Zone but are more varied
At a stratigraphic level 9.7 m above the locality yielding because the intervals sampled include shelf-margin deposits.
this assemblage, the Banff(?) contains a fauna that is The latter first occur widely in the Lower Carboniferous
within the duplicata Zone and includes Siphonodella du- succession of the basin at this biostratigraphic level (Figs.
plicata Morphotype 1 Branson and Mehl. The first appear- 5-8). In the shelf-margin deposits of the basin, which are
ance of this species defines the base of the duplicata Zone mostly skeletal and ooid-skeletal lime grainstone, the cono-
(Sandberg et al., 1978). dont specimens are usually much larger than those of the
slope and basin.
Lower Siphonodella crenulata Zone
The Lower crenulata Zone, which is widely represented in Gnathodus typicus Zone
the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, has been recorded Faunas of the typicus Zone occur in the shelf-margin deposits
from the lower Banff Formation at numerous localities in of the Pekisko and Livingstone formations, the protected-
Alberta and British Columbia (Figs. 2, 6-8). In the south, a shelf to shallow-shelf lithofacies of the Pekisko Formation
minor regional unconformity generally occurs beneath this and overlying lower Shunda Formation (Figs. 6-8), and in
zone at the base of the Banff Formation, which explains the
lower formation F, which is correlated with the Pekisko and
sudden appearance of large and widespread conodont faunas Shunda formations. Siphonodellids are absent, having become
in the succession. Faunas assignable to the Lower crenulata
extinct. The faunas are dominated by gnathodids and include
Zone have also been recorded from the Yohin Formation at
Anchignathodus penescitulus, Apatognathus sp., Eotaphrus
bultyncki (Groessens), Gnathodus cuneiformis Mehl and
Thomas, G. semiglaber Bischoff, G. sp. cf. G. typicus Cooper Alberta and east-central British Columbia. It has also been
(Pl. 2, fig. 6), Polygnathus communis communis, P, communis found locally in shallow- to restricted-shelf deposits of the
carina,P. longiposticus(Pl. 2, fig. I), P, mehli mehliThompson, Etherington Formation near Banff (Figs. 6-8). Faunas from
Protognathodus praedelicatus Lane, Sandberg, and Ziegler, the Mount Head and Etherington formations are typical of
Pseudopolygnathus nudus Pierce and Langenheim, and P. oxy- shallow marine environments and have few specimens and
pageus Lane, Sandberg, and Ziegler. low species diversity. Anchignathodus scitulus (Hinde)
(Pl. 2, fig. 7), Apatognathus spp., Cavusgnathus charactus
Rexroad, C. convexus Rexroad, C. unicornis Youngquist and
Scaliognathus anchoralis-Doliognathus latus Zone Miller, and Vogelgnathus campbelli (Rexroad) are present,
The anchoralis-latus Zone has been recognized at several but not in sufficientabundance to be certain of their stratigraphic
localities in southwestern Alberta and east-central British ranges.
Columbia. In these areas, it occurs in the shelf-margin litho- In the outer shelf deposits of the middle to upper Kiskatinaw
facies of the Livingstone Formation, the shelf deposits of the Formation and overlying Taylor Flat Fomation at Mount
upper Shunda Formation and overlying lower Turner Valley Greene, northeastern British Columbia, this zonal interval is
Formation (Figs. 6-8), and in shallow protected-shelf deposits represented by the Gnathodus sp; cf. G , texanus (informal,
of upper formation F. The faunas do not include the zonal see below) and G. girtyi collinsoni zones. In slope carbonates
name-givers Scaliognathus anchoralis Branson and Mehl of the Hart River Fomation along the Peel River, northern
and Doliognathus latus Branson and Mehl, but they do Yukon, correlative upper VisCan conodont assemblages,
include Eotaphrus burlingtonensis Pierce and Langenheim which include "Bispathodus stabilis" (Branson and Mehl),
(Pl. 1, fig. 12), which is restricted to this zone in other areas Gnathodus pseudosemiglaber Thompson and Fellows, G.
(Lane et al., 1980). In addition,Anchignathoduspenescitulus, texanus Roundy, and Rhachistognathus prolixus Baesemann
Apatognathus sp. (Pl. 2 , fig. 1 I), Eotaphrus bultyncki, and Lane, have been identified at this biostratigraphic level
Gnathodus typicus, Polygnathus bischofl Rhodes, Austin, (Bamber et al., 1989).
and Druce, P. communis carina, P. communis communis, P.
longiposticus, P. mehli (Pl. 1, fig. 4), P. mehli latus Johnson Species of Cavusgnathus were strongly influenced by
and Higgins, P. mehli mehli (F'1.2, fig. 3), and Pseudopolyg- environmental controls. Cavusgnathids appear in the south-
nathus nudus (PI. 2, figs. 4, 10) are present. em part of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin somewhat
earlier than in other areas, which may reflect the early estab-
lishment of favourable shallow marine conditions in the
Gnathodus texanus Zone sections sampled. It may also indicate that the succession is
more complete than in most other areas where the genus
The texanus Zone is recorded from shelf-margin lithofacies
occurs. The broad stratigraphic range of the Cavusgnathus
of the middle to upper parts of the eastern Livingstone
Zone indicates a long interval of protected- to restricted-shelf
Formation in southwestern Alberta, at Kvass Creek in east-
conditions in the eastern Prophet Trough. The shallow marine
central Alberta, and at Jarvis Lakes, east-central British
Visean and Serpukhovian lithofacies pass basinward into a
Columbia. The zone is also known from protected-shelf
thick succession of outer shelf, slope, and basin deposits
lithofacies of the Turner Valley Formation from west-central
(Figs. 5-9) from which conodonts have yet to be studied.
Alberta into east-central British Columbia (Figs. 6-8). The
faunas lack the zonal name-giver Gnathodus texanus
Roundy, generally have low species diversity, and contain Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus zone
few specimens, because environments in which the middle
and upper Turner Valley were deposited were probably too In the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, the informal
shallow and restricted for most conodont animals. Also, the Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus zone is presently recognized
high-energy shelf-margin deposits in the Livingstone are from one occurrence (GSC loc. C-171620) of transgressive
coarse grained bryozoan-pelmatozoan lime grainstone and shelf carbonates in the sandstone- and shale-dominated mid-
dolomitized grainstone, commonly unfavourable for conodont dle Kiskatinaw Formation at Mount Greene, northeastern
preservation. Taphrognathus varians Branson and Mehl is British Columbia. Characteristic species include Cavusg-
present together with Anchignathodus penescitulus, Apatog- nathus cristatus Branson and Mehl, ?Kladognathus (neopri-
nathus porcatus, Apatognathus sp. (Pl. 2, fig. 1l), Ozarkod- oniodid elements), "Bispathodus stabilis" (Branson and
ina laeviposticus Rexroad and Collinson, Polygnathus Mehl), and Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus (F'l. 3, fig. 1). This
communis communis, P. mehli latus and, in the upper part of zone is based on the presence of G. sp. cf. G . texanus, with
the zone, Cloghergnathus spp. (Pl. 2, fig. 9). These taxa are the upper limit defined by the first appearance of Gnathodus
typical of shallow marine lithofacies in other parts of North girtyi girtyi Hass.
America; Cloghergnathus spp. are characteristic of restricted- The position of this zone is considerably higher than that
shelf lithofacies. of the texanus Zone in the lower VisCan (Fig. 2). Gnathodus
texanus may have a long range, and be absent from the eastern
Cavusgnathus Zone Etherington and Mount Head formations because of unfavour-
able environmental factors. The presence of G, sp. cf. G.
The Cavusgnathus Zone is a broad biostratigraphic unit texanus at Mount Greene could, therefore, reflect the favour-
recognized in the inner shelf-margin to restricted-shelf litho- able paleogeographic position of the section in the western
facies of the Mount Head Formation at many localities in part of the Peace River Embayment. The appearance of G. sp.
cf. G. texanus may also have resulted from the return to (Pl. 3, fig. 10). The lower limit is recognized by the appear-
deeper water shelf conditions after deposition of the regres- ance of G. girtyi simplex and R. prolixus. The upper limit is
sive deltaic lithofaciescharacteristic of the lower Kiskatinaw poorly defined but has been placed at the appearance of
Formation. Gnathodus sp. cf. G. defectus Dunn.
A gap within the range of Gnathodus texanus has been Webster (1969) first recognized the girtyi simplex Zone
recognized elsewhere in North America (Thompson and in the Indian Springs Formation and overlying lower Bird
Goebel, 1963; Rexroad and Scott, 1964) leading Lane et al. Spring Formation of southwestern Nevada and correlated it
(1980) to suggest that two homeomorphic forms may exist. with the upper Chesterian. Dunn (1970) separated the simplex
The higher occurrence ranges into lower Chesterian strata in Zone of Webster into a lower G. simplex-Cavusgnathus
the United States and into upper Vistan strata with Gnatho- unicornis Zone and an upper Rhachistognathus muricatus
dus bilineatus (Roundy) in Europe. The upper VisCan zone at Zone. The girtyi simplex Zone, as recognized in the Taylor
Mount Greene is called the G. sp. cf. texanus zone because Flat Formation, correlates with the lower zone of Dunn
of the taxonomic uncertainty. (1970).
The girtyi simplex Zone has been recorded in many other
Gnathodus girtyi collinsoni Zone areas including England, where it is correlated with the
Pendleian Stage (lower Serpukhovian) (Higgins, 1975,
The girtyi collinsoni Zone has been recognized within the 1985). In areas where the zone is not recognized, the interval
lower Taylor Hat Formation at Mount Greene, and from the is represented by the Cavusgnathus naviculus and C. unicor-
lower Stoddart Group (formation uncertain) at Peck Creek, nis zones of Lane and Straka (1974). According to Baesemann
northeastern British Columbia. Characteristicspecies include and Lane (1985), Rhachistognathus prolixus appears in strata
Gnathodus girtyi collinsoni Rhodes, Austin, and Druce (Pl. assigned to the naviculus Zone. The Taylor Flat rhachistog-
3, fig. 2), G. girtyi girtyi (Pl. 3, figs. 3-3, G. sp. aff. G. nathids are comparable to early forms of the species that tend
homopunctatus Ziegler, ?Kladognathus [neoprioniodid ele- to have only one or two nodes on the right platform margin
ments including form species Neoprioniodus singularis (Tynan, 1980).
(Hass)], and Cavusgnathus cristatus (both sinistral and dex-
tral Pa elements; P1. 3, fig. 14). The lower limit is defined by The presence of abundant species of Gnathodus and the
the appearance of G . girtyi collinsoni and G. girtyi girtyi. The complete lack of any cavusgnathid specimens points to an
upper limit is defined by the appearance of G. girtyi simplex open marine, outer shelf environment for the middle Taylor
Dunn. Flat Formation at Mount Greene and Peck Creek. An inner-
to outer-neritic shelf environment is indicated by the pre-
The collinsoni Zone was first recognized by Rhodes et al. dominance of rhythmically bedded sandstone and sandy car-
(1969) and is correlated with the upper Brigantian (uppermost bonate tempestites that locally display wave-formed
VisCan) in England (Varker and Sevastopulo, 1985). Rhodes crossbedding and constitute shallowing- and coarsening-
et al. (1969) correlated the zone with the Gnathodus bilinea- upward sequences.
tus-Kladognathus mehli Zone of Collinson et al. (1962,
1971), which was recognized in mid-Chesterian strata of Uppermost VisCan or Serpukhovian conodont assem-
southern Illinois, Indiana, and western Kentucky. blages similar to those from the girtyi collinsoni and girtyi
simplex zones at Mount Greene have been obtained from the
The faunas from the Stoddart Group are characterized by lower Blackie Formation of the northern Ogilvie Mountains,
low-diversity assemblages dominated by Cavusgnathus, with northern Yukon (Bamber et al., 1989). The assemblages
occasional specimens of deeper water gnathodid species, include Gnathodus bilineatus, G. girtyi collinsoni, G. girtyi
suggesting a restricted- or protected-shelf setting. Sedimen- simplex, and Lochriea commutata (Branson and Mehl).
tological data (silty and sandy, spicule and mixed-skeletal
lime wackestone; rhythmically bedded tempestites, lack of
subaerial indicators) from the lower Taylor Flat at Mount Rhachistognathus muricatus Zone
Greene indicates deposition in the neritic zone and substantial
temgenous influx. At Peck Creek, the lower part of the The muricatus Zone is poorly defined in the study area and
has been recognized only at Peck Creek where its presence is
Stoddart Group includes paleosols, minor unconformities,
suggested by the appearance of Gnathodus sp. cf. G. defectus
and wave-formed crossbedding, indicating deposition in
Dunn (PI. 3, fig. 9) in the upper Taylor Flat Formation.
shallow neritic to supratidal environments.
Rhachistognathus muricatus (Dunn) has not been found at
this locality, where the muricatus Zone extends to the uncon-
Gnathodus girtyi simplex Zone formable upper contact of the Taylor Flat. Lane and Straka
(1974) recognized the muricatus Zone in uppermost Chesterian
The girtyi simplex Zone is recognized within the middle (upper Serpukhovian) strata in Arkansas and Oklahoma; they
Taylor Flat Formation at Mount Greene and from the lower(?) indicated that Gnathodus defectus is characteristic of the
to middle Taylor Hat at Peck Creek, northeastern British zone. Dunn (1970), who suggested that Gnathodus defectus
Columbia. Characteristic species include Gnathodus girtyi was a descendant of G. girtyi simplex, indicated that the
simplex Dunn (Pl. 3, figs. 6,12), G. girtyi girtyi, G. bilineatus appearance of the former species is coincident with that of
bilineatus (Pl. 3, fig. 19), ?Kladognathus (neoprioniodid ele- Rhachistognathus muricatus.
ments), and Rhachistognathus prolixus Baesemann and Lane
Rhachistognathus minutus Zone Streptognathodus sp. These fragments are tentatively identi-
fied as S. elegantulus Stauffer and Plummer (Pl. 3, fig. IS),
The minutus Zone has been recognized in only one sample from although there are similarities to S. gracilis Stauffer and
the upper Taylor Flat Formation at Mount Greene (GSC loc. Plummer. Both streptognathid species appear in the upper
C-171635; 350.5 m above the base of the section,201.8 m above Desmoinesian (uppermost Moscovian), are particularly
the base of the formation). Characteristic species include abundant in Missourian (Kasimovian) strata, and continue
Rhachistognathus muricatus (including specimens transitional into at least the Virgilian (Gzhelian). According to Merrill
with R. primus Dunn; PI. 3, figs. 8,13), R. websteri Baesemann (1975), Hindeodus ellisoni is characteristic of the Missourian
and Lane (Pl. 3, fig. 17), R. minutus havlenai Baesemann and and Virgilian; however, species of Hindeodus are typically
Lane (Pl. 3, figs, 7, 1I), and Idioprioniodus sp. According to long ranging in restricted to very shallow marine lithofacies.
the range charts of Baesemann and Lane (1985), this assem- A latest Moscovian to Kasimovian age is suggested.
blage of Rhachistognathus species correlates with the Idiog- The dominance of species of Hindeodus in the upper
nathoides sinuatus-R. minutus and Neognathodus Kananaskis Formation suggests deposition in a shallow
symmetricus zones of early (but not earliest) Morrowan or early restricted marine setting.
Bashkirian age. The zonal name is shortened here because of
the lack of Idiognathoides and Neognathodus. Davis and
Webster (1985) suggested that a Rhachistognathus biofacies CONODONT PALEOECOLOGY
represents a transitional environment between intertidal en-
vironments and normal marine offshore environments. Depositional models
Faunas similar to those within the minutus Zone at Mount The depositional environments of the principal Carboniferous
Greene have been reported from Bashkirian to lower formations in the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin have
Moscovian deposits of the lower Ettrain Formation along the been discussed by Richards (1989b) and Richards et al. (in
Peel River, northern Yukon (Bamber et al., 1989). They press). Many of the interpretations are summarized in sche-
include Rhachistognathus muricatus, R. minutus (Higgins matic cross-sections in Figures 5-9. A ramp and a platform
and Bouckaert), and Adetognathus spathus (Dunn). model were developed to illustrate the relationship between
environments and lithofacies (Figs. 11, 12). Both models
show a series of broad, poorly differentiated facies belts
Streptognathodus oppletus Zone ranging from the basin to the restricted shelf.
The oppletus Zone has been recognized in only one sample The platforms are large buildups with subhorizontal tops
from the uppermost Taylor Flat Formation at Mount Greene and high energy, sand-dominated belts at the shelf slope
(GSC loc. C-171636; 360.8 m above the base of the section, break. On the platforms, the shelf margin is separated from
3.6 m below the top of the formation). Characteristic species the main shoreline by a broad, relatively low energy, pro-
include Streptognathodus oppletus Ellison (Pl. 3, fig. 16), tected shelf, where deposition occurs in the shallow subtidal
Streptognathodus excelsus? Stauffer and Plummer, ?Idiog- and intertidal zones. During transgressions, this was a rela-
nathoides sp. aff. I. marginodosus Grayson, Gondolella sp. tively open marine setting, but at the time of major regres-
cf. G. gymna Menill, Gondolella sp. cf. G. magna Stauffer sions, the environment commonly resembled that of the
and Plummer (Pl. 3, fig. 20), and Idioprioniodus sp. Streptog- restricted shelf.
nathodus oppletus ranges from lower Desmoinesian to
Missourian (upper Moscovian to Kasimovian), whereas S. The ramps are large buildups that prograde gradually
excelsus ranges from upper Desmoinesian to Virgilian (upper away from positive areas and down gentle regional slopes.
Moscovian to Gzhelian). The two species of Gondolella are They lack an obvious break in slope, and the environments
typical of Desmoinesian strata (von Bitter and Memll, 1980). of highest energy lie close to the main shoreline. Ramp
It is difficult to assign a definite age to this assemblage, but sedimentation predominated during the early Toumaisian
a Desmoinesian or late Moscovian age is suggested. and early middle Toumaisian. On these and younger ramps,
the shallow- to restricted-shelfsettings were many kilometres
The 10.3 m interval between the localities representing wide. From the late middle Toumaisian to the early late
the minutus and oppletus zones, and the lack of intervening VisCan, most of the carbonates formed on platforms, but
zones, suggests the presence of an unconformity in the upper ramps periodically developed in the Peace River Embayment
Taylor Flat Formation. However, this interval could be a and in areas where rates of temgenous influx were high. The
condensed succession as'it lacks obvious erosional uncon- shelf-margin barrier was best developed in the southwest
formities and contains abundant glauconite and phosphate, from the latest Toumaisian to the latest middle V i s h , when
indicative of slow sedimentation rates. vast restricted shelves were present. From the middle late
Visdan into the Moscovian and Kasimovian, rates of temge-
nous influx were generally high; consequently, carbonate
Streptognathodus elegantulus? Zone sedimentation either resulted in ramp development or depos-
Samples from the uppermost Kananaskis Formation in the its that were not part of well defined buildups.
Crowsnest Pass area of southeastern British Columbia The overall Carboniferous regression and development of
yielded Hindeodus minutus (Ellison), H. ellisoni (Memll) (Pl. extensive shelf-margin barriers had a negative effect on post-
3, fig. 18),Idiognathodus sp. cf. I. delicatus Gunnell, Adetog- Toumaisian conodont faunas because the conodont animal
nathus lautus (Gunnell), Ellisonia sp., and two fragments of
evidently preferred open marine environments. The shallow-, Relationship of faunas to depositional environment
restricted-, and protected-shelf settings became inhabited by
fewer, less diverse, and more long-ranging conodont species Von Bitter (1976) described the relationship between cono-
than the open marine environments, and the effectiveness of dont faunas and carbonate depositional environments in a
conodonts as zonal indices diminished in post-Tournaisian study of the Windsor Group (upper VisCan to ?lowermost
strata. This effect was compounded by the general decrease Serpukhovian) of Nova Scotia. Lithofacies that he considered
in evolutionary rate of post-Tournaisian conodont faunas. representative of the most restricted environments (intertidal,
lagoon, and oolite shoal) yielded faunas of low diversity

ENVIRONMENTAL RANGES O F TAXA

Slphonodella lsostlcha
Slphonodella crenulata
Pseudopolygnathus multistrlatus
Pseudopolygnathus dentlllneatus
Protognathodus praedellcatus
Polygnathus inornatus
Polygnathus communls communis
Polygnathus communls carina
Patrogna thus varlabllls
Gnathodus punctatus
Gnathodus dellcatus
Blspathodus stabllls
Blspathodus aculeatus plumulus
Blspathodus aculeatus eculeetus
Anchlgnathodus penescltulus

1 OPEN MARINE I PROTECTED MARINE 1 RESTRICTED MARINE 1

BASIN LOWER SLOPE MIDDLE SLOPE UPPER SLOPE SHELF PROTECTED SHELF RESTRICTED SHELF
LAGOONS SABKHAS

LOCAL SHOALS

Large-%ale crossbeds and

planar stralilicalion
Laminae. small-scale
Laminae. smaliscaie

MEAN HIGH TIDE LEVEL

FAIR.WEATHER WAVE BAS

urbldites, hemipsiagites, and

Erosion surlaces of
and cryptalgal lhme boundslone

stone and wackestone;

evaporiles and caliche

Spiculit; and
SplcUliliC limestone

LEGEND

El Lime gralnstone; minor

Ihh;p.;one and

Anhydrlle beds mz Pelrnalozoan osslcles ..................@ .

.
Calclspheres......... ..... . ............0 .
.
W d s .................... .............. .. 0
Anhydrile nodules .......................... I/ Corals 0 Calcareous algae ........................# Ooids
..... .....
Calcareous . ... ....... .. ...... , Brachlopcds ................................. V OncOriles......................................
@ Aggregate gralns .......................... 63
Dolornltlc...... .. I ...
Bryozoans ........ .......
... .. ....T Slmmarollles (digifale lo Inhaclasls ......
............................
Ched ..........
-- ................................ A Foramlnllers............................. V harnlspharical) ...................... a Fenesrralfabric .... ........................O
Sandy ....:.
..... Sponge splcules .................... ....7/ PeNetoMs............. .
..................... a Terreslrial plant remalns............... D
........
Silly . .... .. .
......... ....... . ......... .. ..
GSC

Figure 12. Generalized depositional model of a Carboniferous carbonate platform showing estab-
lished environmental ranges of conodont species characteristic of the Upper crenulata-isosticha
Zone in the Rundle assemblage of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin (modified from
Richards, 1989a).
consisting entirely of cavusgnathoids. In slightly deeper Faunas of the Banff assemblage
water, inner shelf and reef lithofacies, the faunas are more
diverse but dominated by specialized forms including Conodont faunas from the Banff assemblage were extracted
cavusgnathoids, taphrognathids and apatognathids. Only in from lithofacies representing several environments includ-
the relatively open marine ?outer shelf deposits, do ing: starved basin to euxinic shelf, aerobic basin, siliciclas-
gnathodids appear in abundance. This pattern is also seen in tic-dominated shelf, carbonate slope, shallow shelf
the VisCan of the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. (carbonate ramp), and shelf margin to outer protected shelf
(carbonate platform). The siliciclastic-dominated shelf and
The paleoenvironmental distribution of somewhat older the starved basin to euxinic-shelf settings are represented
faunas were discussed by Sandberg and Gutschick (1984) for by Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous taxa,
the Osagean~lowerMeramecian of Utah. Their environ- whereas only Lower Carboniferous faunas are known from
mental model postulated a setting of starved basin (Deseret the other environments.
sub-basin of eastern Antler Foreland Basin) to carbonate
platform, showing environmental restriction of conodonts at
the generic level. Data from the Western Canada Sedimentary Faunas from starved, euxinic basins and shelves
Basin (discussed below) suggest that data analysis at the Faunas from the starved, euxinic basin and shelf environ-
generic level does not adequately show the relationship be- ments were obtained from black shale of the lower Exshaw
tween environment and taxa and that, with a few exceptions, Formation, which was deposited in the anaerobic to dysaero-
the pattern will emerge only with detailed analyses at the bic zones of an epeiric :sea characterized by high organic
specific level (Figs. 11, 12). Only two species, Polygnathus productivity in the euphotic zone (Richards and Higgins,
communis communis ahd Anchignathodus penescitulus 1988).They were also obtained from black shale of the upper
(Pl. 2, fig. 8) are almbst ubiquitous, occurring in many Bakken and lower Banff formations.
environments.
Typical species in the Upper expansa Zone of the lower
As stated above, the' southern Carboniferous succession Exshaw include: Bispathodus costatus, Palmatolepis perlo-
has been divided into t i e Banff, Rundle, Mattson, and Besa bata, P. gracilis sigmoidalis, P. rugosa, and Polygnathus
River assemblages (Figs. 1, 2). These divisions are used communis. Siphonodella cooperi, ranging from the Upper
below as the basis for analyzing the environments duplicata to Upper crenulata-isosticha zones, occurs in
occupied by the Lower Carboniferous conodont faunas. Lower Carboniferous dysaerobic zone shale of the lower
Carboniferous faunas from northern Yukon Territory and Exshaw Formation at Jura Creek, southwestern Alberta.
those from the Upper Carboniferous of Alberta and British
Columbia are generally too poorly known to be assigned Typical taxa from the Lower crenulata Zone of the basal
to particular environments. Banff and upper Bakken formations in Canada include Si-
phonodella crenulata, and Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus.
Five hundred and fifty-four Lower Carboniferous sam- Hayes (1985) reported a diverse assemblage from the Lower
ples of 1-2 kg were analyzed from the southern succession. crenulata Zone in the upper Bakken Formation of North
The distribution of the samples, with respect to environment, Dakota.
is as follows:

Aerobic basin faunas

Siliciclastic
shelf, Aerobic basin faunas have been recovered only from the
protected Banff(?) Formation at Bluefish Mountain, southwestern
shelf and District of Mackenzie. The conodonts from that locality were
Shelf shallow Restricted
assigned to the ?sulcata and duplicata zones (Higgins, in
Basin Slope margin shelf shelf
Richards, 1989a). Typical taxa from the former zone include
No. of Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus, B , aculeatus anteposicor-
samples 26 85 176 243 25 nis, Polygnathus communis, P. inornatus inornatus, P. longi-
posticus, and Siphonodella sulcata. Those within the
% of barren duplicata Zone include Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus, B.
samples 26 7 10 28 80 stabilis, Polygnathus communis, Polygnathus inornatus, and
Siphonodella duplicata Morphotype 1.

Up to 500 conodont specimens per kilogram have been

recorded from condensed intervals of slope and basin litho- Slope faunas
facies in the Lodgepole Formation, but this is atypical and Slope faunas have been extracted from the Lodgepole
most Carboniferous samples yielded 20 to 50 specimens per Formation at Esterhazy, Saskatchewan,the Banff(?) Formation
kilogram. at Bluefish Mountain in southwestern District of Mackenzie,
and from the Banff Formation at numerous localities from Faunas from shelf-margin to outer protected shelf
southwestern Alberta into east-central British Columbia. (carbonate plag?orm)
Faunas in the slope lithofacies are more varied than those of
the starved basin lithofacies. They occur in dark grey spiculite Shelf-margin to outer protected-shelf faunas were extracted
and lime wackestone of lower slope origin and in rhythmically from the Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone of the upper Banff
bedded skeletal lime wackestone, packstone, and grainstone Formation at several localities in east-central British Columbia
deposited in middle- to upper-slope environments.The major and west-central Alberta. During the middle Toumaisian, a
difference between the lower slope and middle- to upper- poorly differentiated carbonate platform developed in the
slope faunas is the smaller size of the lower slope specimens. southeastern part of that area (Figs. 7, 8). The principal taxa
are the same as those of outer shallow-shelf lithofacies.
Slope faunas within the ?duplicata Zone have been
recovered only from the Banff(?) Formation at Bluefish
Mountain, whereas those of other zones have been col- Faunas of the Rundle assemblage
lected from the Lodgepole Formation at Esterhazy and the The Rundle assemblage of middle Tournaisian to late
Banff Formation at many localities. The ?duplicata Zone VisCan age, records the onset of extensive platform sedi-
is represented by Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus, B. sta- mentation (Figs. 5-9) and related establishment of exten-
bilis, and Polygnathus inornatus. Typical taxa from the sive shelf-edge shoals. Conodont faunas have been
Lower crenulata Zone are Dinodus fragosus, Elictognathus collected from upper-slope to restricted-shelf environments
biolatus, Pseudopolygnathus marginatus, Siphonodella and show considerable lateral variation; they are best known
crenulata, S. obsoleta, S. quadruplicata, and S. sandbergi. for the Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone in platform litho-
Those from the Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone include facies (Fig. 12).
Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus, Patrognathus variabilis,
Polygnathus communis communis, P. longiposticus,
Pseudopolygnathus dentilineatus, P . multistriatus, and Faunas of the upper slope
Siphonodella isosticha (Fig. 11).
The widely preserved slope deposits of the middle depositional
unit have been extensively sampled for conodonts, but only
Faunas from outer shallow-shelf setting (carbonate ramp) samples from Princess Margaret Mountain, Jarvis Lakes, and
Watson Peak (Appendix) have been completely processed. The
Faunas from the outer shaI1ow-shelf lithofacies represent the faunas from these localities, extracted mainly from cherty lime
Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone (Fig. 11). They were col- packstone and grainstone that are rhythmically interbedded with
lected from the crossbedded to rhythmically bedded carbon- marlstone, are from the Pekisko Formation and overlying
ates of the upper Banff Formation at many localities in unnamed formation F. The Upper crenulata-isosticha, typicus,
east-central British Columbia and at Canyon Creek, south- and Lower anchoralis-latus zones are represented.
western Alberta. The shallow-shelf deposits and their cono-
dont faunas closely resemble those of the upper slope and the Principal taxa from the slope deposits within the Upper
shelf-margin to outer protected-shelf lithofacies.Typical taxa crenulata-isosticha Zone (Fig. 12) are Anchignathodus pe-
include Anchignathodus penescitulus, Bispathodus stabilis, nescitulus, Gnathodus delicatus, G. typicus Morphotype l ,
Neoprioniodus barbatus, Patrognathus variabilis, Polyg- Neoprioniodus barbatus, Polygnathus communis carina, P.
nathus communis communis, P. inornatus, P. longiposticus, communis communis, P. inornatus, Pseudopolygnathus den-
and Siphonodella isosticha. tilineatus, Siphonodella crenulata, and S. isosticha. Taxa
from the typicus and Lower anchoralis-latus zones include
Anchignathodus penescitulus, Eotaphrus bultyncki, Polyg-
Faunas from aerobic, siliciclastic-dominated shelves nathus communis communis, Protognathodus praedelicatus,
Faunas from aerobic, siliciclastic-dominated shelves have and Spathognathodus sp.
been recovered mainly from sandy, crossbedded, skeletal
limestone of the upper Exshaw Formation at Red Deer Creek, Faunas of the shelfmargin
east-central British Columbia (Richards and Higgins, 1988),
and from tempestites in the Yohin Formation at Bluefish and Shelf-margin faunas occur in the Upper crenulata-isosticha,
Twisted mountains, southwestern District of Mackenzie typicus, anchoralis-latus, and texanus zones, and have been
(Higgins in Richards, 1989a). extracted primarily from the western Pekisko Formation and
eastern Livingstone Formation. Western lithofacies of the
The taxa from the upper Exshaw Formation occur in the Turner Valley Formation and Loomis Member of the Mount
Upper expansa Zone and include Bispathodus jugosus, Pal- Head Formation also contain these faunas. The shelf-margin
matolepis gracilis expansa, P, gracilis gonioclymenae, P. lithofacies, consisting mainly of bryozoan-pelmatozoan lime
rugosa postera, Polygnathus communis communis, P. exper- grainstone with subordinate ooid-skeletal and ooid-lime
plexus, and Pseudopolygnathus marburgensis trigonicus. grainstones, covered a vast belt extending for many hundreds
The assemblages from the Yohin Formation have been of kilometres along the shelf margin. Toward both the basin
assigned to the Lower crenulata Zone and include Anchig- and paleoshoreline, the shelf-margin deposits grade into
nathodus penescitulus, Bispathodus stabilis, Polygnathus lower energy carbonate lithofacies from which they cannot
communis communis, and Polygnathus inornatus. always be readily differentiated using lithological criteria.
 Typical faunas from the Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone Faunas of the Mattson assemblage
(Fig. 12) are Anchignathodus penescitulus, Bispathodus acu-
leatus aculeatus, B. aculeatus plumulus, B. stabilis, Gnatho- The Mattson assemblage, of late Visean and Late Carboniferous
dus delicatus, G. punctatus, Patrognathus variabilis, age, records the widespread development of siliciclastic
Polygnathus inornatus, Protognathodus praedelicatus, Pseu- depositional systems and resulting decline in carbonate plat-
dopolygnathus dentilineatus, P. multistriatus, and Si- form and ramp development. Conodonts are known from
phonodella isosticha. Shelf-margin taxa within the typicus carbonate lithofacies of the Etherington and Kananaskis for-
Zone include Eotaphrus bultyncki, Gnathodus cuneiformis, mations that formed on the shallow shelves of widespread
G. typicus, G. semiglaber, Polygnathus longiposticus, P. carbonate ramps in southern Prophet Trough. Conodonts
mehli mehli, and Protognathoduspraedelicatus. Typical fau- have also been extracted from skeletal limestone of the
nas from the anchoralis-latus Zone are Eotaphrus bultyncki, Kiskatinaw and Taylor Flat formations, deposited in western
E. burlingtonensis, Gnathodus typicus, Polygnathus mehli Peace River Embayment in inner- to outer-neritic shelf envi-
mehli, P.mehli latus, and Pseudopolygnathusnudus. Principal ronments, where deposition of sandstone, siltstone and shale
taxa from the texanus Zone are Anchignathoduspenescitulus, commonly predominated.
Neoprioniodus tulensis, Ozarkodina laevipostica, Polyg- Taxa from the Etherington Formation represent the Ca-
nathus communis communis, P. mehli, and Taphrognathus vusgnathus Zone and include Anchignathodus scitulus, Ca-
varians. vusgnathus charactus, C , convexus, C. unicornis,
Magnilateralla robusta, and Vogelgnathus campbelli. Taxa
from the Kananaskis Formation represent the elegantulus
Faunas from the protected shelf(p1atform)
Zone, and are listed above under conodont biostratigraphy.
and shallow shelf (ramp) Faunas from the Kiskatinaw and Taylor Flat formations are
The protected-shelf and shallow-shelf deposits of the Rundle more diverse and represent the cf. texanus, girtyi collinsoni,
assemblage contain conodont faunas of the Upper crenulata- girtyi simplex, muricatus, minutus, and oppletus zones (dis-
isosticha to Cavusgnathuszones. A diverse array of lithofacies cussed above). The Kiskatinaw and Taylor Flat faunas were
ranging from ooid and mixed-skeletal lime grainstone to derived from carbonate units occurring in siliciclastic-domi-
fenestral, cryptalgal lime boundstone were deposited on the nated successions and represent mainly neritic, open marine
protected shelf and shallow shelf. Protected- and shallow- shelf environments.
shelf deposits are widely preserved in numerous formations
within the Rundle assemblage (Figs. 7-9). Most specimens
representing these environments came from mixed skeletal SUMMARY
limestone of probable neritic to outer intertidal origin. As documented above, paleoenvironmental control on the
Patrognathus variabilis is the main taxon from the Upper uppermost Devonian and Carboniferous conodont faunas is
crenulata-isosticha Zone. Principal taxa from the typicus marked in the Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, particu-
Zone are Eotaphrus bultyncki and Polygnathus mehli mehli. larly in the shallow marine lithofacies. All of the principal
The anchoralis-latus Zone is generally represented by An- marine lithofacies have been sampled for conodonts, but none
chignathodus penescitulus, Eotaphrus burlingtonensis, Neo- of the zones are represented by faunas that span the complete
prionodus tulensis, Polygnathus mehli latus, and range of facies. Only the faunas of the Upper crenulata-isos-
Spathognathodus crassidentatus. Taxa from the texanus ticha and typicus zones are known from a broad spectrum of
Zone include Anchignathodus penescitulus. Apatognathus lithofacies (Figs. 11,12) and warrant detailed analysis. In the
porcatus, Cloghergnathus sp., Ozarkodina laevipostica, and Lower Carboniferous strata, faunas from slope, outer shelf-
Taphrognathus varians. The Cavusgnathus Zone is repre- margin, and outer shallow-shelf lithofacies had the highest
sented by Anchignathoduspenescitulus, A. scitulus, Apatog- diversity and number of specimens, reflecting conditions
nathus porcatus, Cavusgnathus unicornis, C. spp., ideal for the conodont animal. Samples from the protected-
Ozarkodina curvata, 0,laevipostica, Polygnathus mehli, and shelf, inner shallow-shelf, and restricted-shelf lithofacies
Vogelgnathus campbelli. were either barren or contained low diversity faunas with few
specimens. Little is known about the palmenvironmental
ranges of the Upper Carboniferous faunas, as they were
derived mainly from one principal lithofacies.
Few conodonts occur in the restricted-shelf lithofacies, which Faunas of the Devonian and Lower Carboniferous ex-
includes foraminifer-algal lime wackestone, fenestral cryp- pansa to Lower crenulata zones from the starved euxinic
talgal lime boundstone, silty dolostone, and evaporites. Most basin, starved euxinic shelf, and aerobic basin lithofacies of
samples processed from this lithofacies are either barren or the Banff assemblagehave high species diversity. The Devonian
contain a few specimens that are not zone diagnostic. The faunas include palmatolepids, polygnathids, and bispathodids;
known taxa occur in samples from the Shunda Formation of those from the Lower Carboniferous contain siphonodellids
east-central British Columbia; they include Anchignathodus in addition to polygnathids, and bispathodids. Pseudo-
penescitulus, Apatognathus sp., and Spathognathodus elon- polygnathids, common at this biostratigraphic level in many
gatus. other parts of the world (Sandberg et al., 1978) have not been
observed in the anaerobic basin and shelf lithofacies. Their
absence was also noted by Sandberg and Gutschick (1984) Most of the faunas of the texanus and Cavusgnathus zones
from Meramecian and Osagean starved basin deposits in were derived from the inner shallow-shelf, and protected- to
Utah. restricted-shelf lithofacies of the Rundle assemblage and
lower Mattson assemblage. Consequently, the gnathodid fau-
Devonian conodont faunas of the Middle expansa and nas, common in basin, slope, and outer shelf-margin deposits
praesulcata zones from open marine, siliciclastic-dominated in other parts of the world, are absent. Cavusgnathids, taph-
shelf deposits resemble those of the correlative starved basin rognathids and cloghergnathids are present with Anchig-
and shelf, in terms of the principal faunal elements. Lower nathodus scitulus and apatognathids.Upper Vis6an and lower
Carboniferousfaunas of the sulcata to Lower crenulata zones Serpukhovian deposits at Mount Greene and Peck Creek,
from aerobic siliciclastic shelf deposits appear to be less northeastern ~ r i t i s hColumbia. have richer more diverse fau-
diverse than those from the coeval euxinic deposits and are nas assignable to the Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus, girtyi
dominated by polygnathids, bispathodids, and the largely collinsoni and girtyi simplex zones, which are in part coeval
ubiquitous Anchignathodus penescitulus. Faunas from slope with the Cavusgnathus Zone. The Mount Greene faunas
deposits in the Lower crenulata Zone have high species represent open marine, environments.
diversity and contain abundant siphonodellids.
The Upper crenulata-isosticha Zone occurs in the upper
part of the Banff assemblage, deposited mainly on carbonate REFERENCES
ramps. It has also been widely recognized in the lower part Baesemann,J.F. and Lane, H.R.
of the Rundle assemblage, which records the initiation of 1985: Taxonomy and evolution of the genus Rhachistognathus Dunn
widespread carbonate platform sedimentation. Slope and (Conodonta; late Mississippian to early middle Pennsylvanian).
Courier ForschungsinstitutSenckenberg, v. 74, p. 93-136.
shelf faunas have been collected from this zone at numerous Bamber, E.W. and Mamet, B.L.
localities, but basinal faunas have not been extracted. Faunal 1978: Carboniferous biostratigraphy and correlation, northeastern British
changes from the lower- to upper-slope lithofaciesare mainly Columbia and southwesternDisaict of Mackenzie. Geological Sur-
in terms of specimen abundance. Siphonodellids are abun- vey of Canada, Bulletin 266.65 p.
dant in the lower and middle slope deposits, become less Bamber, E.W. and Waterhouse, J.B.
1971: Carboniferousand Permian stratigraphy and paleontology, northern
abundant in the upper slope deposits, and are represented by Yukon Tenitory, Canada. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology,
only S. isosticha in the shelf-margin and outer shallow-shelf V. 19, p. 29-250.

lithofacies. Siphonodellids are not present in faunas from the Bamber, E.W., Macqueen, R.W., and Richards, B.C.
1984: Faciesrelationshipsat the Mississippiancarbonateplatform margin,
protected shelf and inner shallow shelf. Pseudopolygnathids Western Canada. In Part 3: Sedimentology and Geochemistry,
occur in both the slope and shelf-margin lithofacies. E.S. Belt and R.W. Macqueen (eds.); NeuviBme Con&s Interna-
Gnathodids are common only in faunas from the shelf-margin tional de Smtigraphie et de GCologie du CarboniRre, 1979,Compte
lithofacies of the Rundle assemblage. Gnathodus delicatus is Rendu, v. 3, p. 461-478.
present in both the upper slope and shelf-margin lithofacies, Bamber, E.W., Henderson, C.M., Jerzykiewicz, J., Mamet, B.L., and
Utting, J.
but G. punctatus has been recorded from only the former. 1989: A summary of Carboniferous and Permian biostratigraphy, north-
Polygnathus communis carina, normally occurring in shal- ern Yukon Tenitory and northwestern District of Mackenzie. In
low marine deposits (Sandberg and Gutschick, 1984) occurs Current Research, Part G, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper
89-IG, p. 13-21.
in lithofacies of the Rundle assemblage that were deposited Barclay, J.E., Krause, F.F., Campbell, R.I., and Utting, J.
near the shelf margin. Only Anchignathodus penescitulus, 1990: Dynamic casting and growth faulting: Dawson Creek graben com-
Patrognathus variabilis and Polygnathus communis communis plex, Carboniferous-Permian Peace River Embayment, Western
occur in carbonates deposited in the protected-shelf environ- Canada. BulletinofCanadianPetroleumGeology, v. 38A, p. 115-146.
ments of the platform. Patrognathus variabilis is also the Baxter, S.
1972: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Mississippian of western Alberta
most widespread species, occurring from lower slope to shelf- and adjacent British Columbia, Canada. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis,
margin carbonates of the Banff assemblage, and from upper Ohio State University.
slope to protected-shelf deposits in the Rundle assemblage. Baxter, S. and von Bitter, P.H.
1984: Conodont succession in the Mississippian of Southern Canada. In
Faunas of the typicus Zone are known from upper slope Part 2: Biostratigraphy, P.K. Sutherland and W.L. Manger (eds.);
to restricted marine shelf lithofacies of the Rundle assem- NeuviEme Con&s International de Stratigraphic et de Gdologie du
CarboniRre, Compte Rendu, v. 2, p. 253-264.
blage. The faunas are distinctive but lack high species diver- Bell, J.S.
sity. Eotaphrus bultyncki occurs in upper slope to 1973: Late Paleozoic orogeny in the northern Yukon. In Canadian Arctic
protected-shelf lithofacies. Polygnathids, represented by Geology, J.D. Aitken and D.J. Glass (eds.); Proceedings of the
Polygnathus mehli mehli, occur in the shelf-margin and ~ ~ m p & i u ron
n the Geology of the Canadian Arctic, ~ e o l o ~ i c a l
Association of Canada-Canadian Societv of Petroleum Geolo~ists
protected-shelf deposits. Only Anchignathodus penescitulus
has been identified in the restricted marine deposits. Carter, J.L. '
1987: Lower Carboniferous brachio~odsfrom the Banff Formation of
Faunas of the anchoralis-latus Zone occur principally in western Alberta. Geological s;rvey of Canada, Bulletin 378, 183 p.
shelf-margin and protected-shelf lithofacies. Eotaphrus burl- Christopher, J.E.
in~tonensisoccurs in both environments together with An- 1961: Transitional Devonian-Mississippian formations of southern
Saskatchewan. Saskatchewan Mineral Resources Report 66, 103 p.
chignathodus penescitulus and ~ o l ~ ~ n a tmehlih i s latus. Collinson, C., Scott, AJ., and Rexroad, C.B.
Gnathodus typicus and Pseudopolygnathus nudus are present 1962: Six charts showing biostratigraphic zones, and correlations based
only in shelf-margin facies. on conodonts from the Devonian and Mississippian rocks of the
upper Mississippi Valley. Illinois State Geological Survey, Circular
328,32 p.
Collinson, C., Rexroad, C.B., and Thompson, T.L. Macqueen, R.W. and Bamber, E.W. (cont'd.)
1971: Conodont zonation of the North American Mississippian. In 1968: Stratigraphyand facies relationshipsof the upper MississippianMount
Symposium on Conodont Biostratigraphy, W.C. Sweet and Head Formation, Rocky Mountains and Foothills, southwestern Al-
S.M. Bergstrtim (eds.); Geological Society of America, berta. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 16, p. 225-287.
Memoir 127, p. 353-394. Macqueen, R.W. and Sandberg, C.A.
Craig, L.C. 1970: Stratigraphy, age, and interregional correlation of the Exshaw
1972: Mississippian System. In Geologic Atlas of the Rocky Mountain Formation. Albelta Rocky Mountains. Bulletin of Canadian Petro-
region, W.W. Mallory (ed.); Rocky Mountain Association of leum Geology, v. 18, p. 32-66.
Geologists, p. 100-110. Macqueen, R.W., Bamber, E.W., and Mamet, B.L.
Crasquin, S. 1972: Lower Carboniferous stratigraphy and sedimentology of the south-
1984: Ostracodes du Dinantien; syst6matique, biostratigraphie, em Rocky Mountains. 24th International Geological Congress,
pal606cologie (France, Belgique, Canada). These de Troisikme Montreal, Quebec, Guidebook, Field Excursion 17,62 p.
cycle. 1' Universitd des Sciences et Techniques de Lille, 2 vol., Mamet, B.L.
238 p. 1976: An atlas of microfacies in Carboniferouscarbonatesof the Canadian
Davis, L.E. and Webster, G.D. Cordillera. Geological Survey of Canada. Bulletin 255, 131 p.
1985: Late Mississippian to early Pennsylvanian conodont biofacies in Mamet, B.L. and Bamber, E.W.
central Montana. Lethaia, v. 18, p. 67-72. 1979: Stratigraphic correlation chart of the lower part of the Carboniferous,
Douglas, RJ.W. Canadian Cordillera and Arctic Archipelago. In Palaeontological
1958: Mount Head map-area. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 291, Characteristics of the Main Subdivisions of the Carboniferous,
241 p. S.V. Meyen, V.V. Menner, E.A. Reitlinger, A.P. Rotai, and
Douglas, R.J.W., Gabrielse, H., Wheeler, J.O., Stott, D.F., M.N. Solovieva (eds.); Huitikme Congrks International de
and Belyea, H.R. Stratigraphic et de Gdologie Carbonif2re, 1975; Compte
1970: Geology of Western Canada. In Geology and Economic Minerals Rendu, v. 3, p. 37-49.
of Canada, R.J.W. Douglas (ed.); Geological Survey of Canada, Mamet, B.L., Bamber, E.W., and Macqueen, R.W.
Economic Geology Report no. I, p. 366-488. 1986: Microfacies of the Lower Carboniferous Banff Formation and
Dunn, D.L. Rundle Group, Monkman Pass map-area, northeastern British
1970: Middle Carboniferousconodonts from southwestern United States. Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 353.93 p.
Journal of Paleontology, v. 44,p. 3 12-342. Mamet, B.L. and Skipp, B.A.
Edie. R.W. 1970: F'relimhy foraminifera1correlations of Early Carbo&us strata in the
19581 Mississippian sedimentation and oil fields in southwestern No* American CordilleraIn CoUoquesurla Smtigraphieducarlm*,
~askatchkwan.In Jurassic and Carboniferous of Western Canada, Les Con@ et CoUcques de I'Univ61sit6 & Likge, v. 55, p. 327-348.
-
A.J. Goodman (ed.); American Association of Petroleum Geologists,- Merrill, G.K.
John Andrew ~ l l Memorial
h Volume, p. 331-363. 1975: Pennsylvanian conodont biostratigraphy and paleoecology of
Halbertsma, H.L. northwestern Illinois. Geological Society of America, Microfiche
1959: Nomenclature of Upper Carboniferous and Permian strata in the Publication 3, 130 p.
subsurface of the Peace River area. Journal of the Alberta Society Nassichuk, W.W. and Bamber, E.W.
of Petroleum Geologists, v. 7, p. 109-118. 1978: Middle Pennsylvanian biostratigraphy, eastern Cordillera and Arctic
Hayes, M.D. Islands Canada - a summary. In Western and Arctic Canadian
1985: Conodonts of the Bakken Formation (Devonian and Mississippian), Biostratigraphy, C.R. Stelck and B.D.E. Chatterton (eds.);
Williston Basin, North Dakota. The Mountain Geologist, v. 22, Geological Association of Canada, Special Paper 18, p. 395-413.
no. 2, p. 64-77. Nelson, SJ.
Henderson, C.M. 1958: Brachiopod zones of the Mount Head and Etherington formations,
1989: The lower Absaroka Sequence: Upper Carboniferousand Permian, southern Canadian Rockies. Royal Society of Canada Transactions,
Chapter 10. In Western Canada SedimentaryBasin, A Case History, v. 52, sec. 4, p. 45-53,
B.D: Ricketts (ed.); Canadian Society of~etroleum~ e o l o ~ i s i s , 1960: Mississippian lithosuotionid zones of the southern CanadianRocky
P.203-217. Mountains. Journal of Paleontology, v. 34, p. 107-126.
~i~~ins,.~.~. 1961: Mississippian faunas of western Canada. Geological Association of
1975: Conodont zonation of the Late Visean-Westphalian strata of the Canada, Special Paper No. 2,39 p.
south and central Pennines of Northern England. Geological Survey Nilsen, T.H.
of Great Britain, Bulletin, v. 53, p. 1-90. 1981: Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous redbeds, Brook Range,
1985: The Carboniferous System: Part 2 - Conodonts of the Silesian Alaska. In Sedimentationand T ~ C ~ O NinCAlluvial
S Basins, A.D. Miall
Subsystem from Great Britain and Ireland. In A Stratigraphical (4.); GeologicalAssociationof Canada, Special Paper 23, p. 187-219.
Index of Conodonts, A.C. Higgins and R.L. Austin, (eds.); British Porter, J.W., Price, R.A., and McCrossan, R.B.
Micropalaeontological Society Series, Ellis Honvood Limited, 1982: The Western Canada Sedimentary Basin. Philosophical Trans-
Chichester, p. 210-227. actions of the Royal Society of London, v. A305, p. 169-192.
Lane, H.R. and Straka, J.J., I1 Pugh, D.C.
1974: Late Mississippian and Early Pennsylvanian conodonts, Arkansas 1983: Pre-Mesozoic geology in the subsurface of Peel River map area,
and Oklahoma. Geological Society of America, Special Paper 152, Yukon Tenitory and District of Mackenzie. Geological Survey of
144 p. Canada, Memoir 401,61 p.
Lane, H.R., Sandberg, C.A., and Ziegler, W. Rexroad, C.B. and Scott, A.J.
1980: Taxonomy and phylogeny of some Lower Carboniferousconodonts 1964: Conodont zones in the Rockford Limestone and the lower part of
and preliminary standard post-Siphonodella zonation. Geologica et the New Providence Shale (Mississippian) in Indiana. Indiana
Paleontologica, v. 14, p. 117-164. Geological Survey, Bulletin 30. p. 1-54.
Macauley, G. Rhodes, F.H.T., Austin, R.L., and Druce, E.C.
1958: Late Paleozoic of Peace River Arch. Alberta. In Jurassic and 1969: British Avonian (Carboniferous)conodont faunas and their value in
Carboniferous of Western Canada, A.J.. Goodman (ed.); American local and intercontinental correlation. British Museum (Natural
Association of Petroleum Geolopists.
- . John Andrew Allan Memorial History) Bulletin, Geology Supplement 5, p. 1-313.
Volume, p. 289-308. Richards, B.C.
Macauley, G., Penner, D.G., Procter, R.M., and Tisdall, W.H. 1989a: Uppermost Devonian and Lower Carboniferous stratigraphy, sedi-
1964: Carboniferous. In Geological History of Western Canada, R.G. mentation, and diagenesis, southwestern District of Mackenzie and
McCrossan and R.P. Glaister (eds.); Alberta Society of Petroleum Southeastern Yukon Territory. Geological Survey of Canada,
Geologists, p. 89-102. Bulletin 390, 135 p.
Macqueen, R.W. and Bamber, E.W. 1989b: Upper Kaskaskia Sequence: uppermost Devonian and Lower
1967: Swatigraphy of the Banff Formation and lower Rundle Group Carboniferous, Chapter 9. In Western Canada Sedimentary Basin,
(Mississippian), southwestern Alberta. Geological Survey of A Case History, B.D. Rickens (ed.); Canadian Society of Petroleum
Canada, Paper 67-47,37 p. Geologists, p. 165-201.
Richards, B.C. and Higgins, A.C. Thompson, T.L. and Goebel, L.D.
1988: Devonian-Mississippian boundary beds of the Palliser and Exshaw 1963: Preliminary report of conodonts of the Meramecian Stage (Upper
formationsat Jura Creek, Rocky Mountains, southwestern Alberta. Mississippian) from the subsurface of western Kansas. Kansas
In Devonian of the World. N.J. McMillan. A.F. Embry, and Geological Survey, Bulletin 165, p i 1, 16 p.
D.J. Glass (eds.). Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Thorsteinsson, R. and Tozer, E.T.
Memoir 14, v. 2, p. 399-412. 1970: Geology of the Arctic Archipelago. In Geology and Economic
Richards, B.C., Bamber, E.W., Higgins, A.C., and Utting, J. Minerals of Canada, R.J.W. Douglas (ed.); Geological Survey of
in press: Carboniferous. In Sedimentary Cover of the North American Canada, Economic Geology Report No. 1, p. 548-590.
Craton: Canada, D.F. Slott and J.D. Aitken (eds.); Geological Survey Trettin, H.P.
of Canada, Geology of Canada, no. 6 Geological Society of 1973: Early Paleozoic evolution of northern parts of Canadian Arctic
America, The Geology of North America, v. D-I). Archipelago. In Arctic Geology, M.G. Pitcher (ed.); American
Ricketts, B.D. Association of Petroleum Geologists, Memoir 19. p. 57-75.
1989: Introduction, Chapter 1. In The Western Canada Sedimentary Tynan, M.C.
Basin, A Case History, B.D. Ricketts (ed.): Canadian Society of 1980: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Mississippian Chainman Forma-
Petroleum Geologists, p. 1-8. tion, western Millard County, Utah. Journal of Paleontology, v. 54,
Sandberg, C.A. and Gutschick, R.C. p. 1282-1309.
1984: Distribution, microfauna, and source-rock potential of Mississippian Varker, WJ. and Sevastopulo, G.D.
Delle Phosphatic Member of Woodman Formation and equivalents, 1985: The Carboniferous System: Part 1 - conodonts of the Dinantian
Utah and adjacent states. In Hydrocarbon Source Rocks of the Subsystem from Great Britain and Ireland. In A Stratigraphical
Greater Rocky Mountain Region, Denver, Colorado, J. Woodward, Index of Conodonts; A.C. Higgins and R.L. Austin (eds.); British
F.F. Meissner, and J.L. Clayton (eds.); Rocky Mountain Association Micropalaeontological Society Series, Ellis Honvood Limited,
of Geologists, p. 135-178. Chichester, p. 167-209.
Sandberg, C.A., Ziegler, W., Leuteritz, K., and Brill, S.M. von Bitter, P.H.
1978: Phylogeny, speciation, and zonation of Siphonodella (Conodonta, 1976: Paleoecology and distribution of Windsor Group (Visean-'?early
Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous). Newslettersin Stratig- Namurian) conodonts, Port Hood Island, Nova Scotia, Canada. In
raphy, V. 7, p. 102-120. Conodont Paleoecology, C.R. Barnes (ed.); Geological Association
Sando, WJ. of Canada, Special Paper 15, p. 225-241.
1985: Revised Mississippian time scale, western interior region, conter- von Bitter, P.H. and Merrill, G.K.
minous United States. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 1980: Naked species of Gondolella (Conodontophorida): their distribu-
01605-A, p. A15-126. tion, taxonomy, and evolutionary significance. Royal Ontario Mu-
Sando, WJ. and Bamber, E.W. seum, Life Science Contributions 136, p. 1-56.
1985: Coral zonation of the Mississippian System in the Western Interior Waterhouse, J.B. and Waddington, J.
Province of North America. United States Geological Survey, 1982: Systematic descriptions, paleoecology and correlations of the late
Professional Paper 1334,61 p. Paleozoic subfamily Spiriferellinae (Brachiopoda) from the Yukon
Scott, D.L. Territory and the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Geological Survey
1964: Pennsylvanianstratigraphy.Bulletin of CanadianPetroleum Geology, of Canada, Bulletin 289.73 p.
v. 12 (Flathead Valley guidebook issue), p. 460-493. Webster, G.D.
Sloss, L.L. 1969: Chester through Deny conodonts and shatigraphy of northern Clark
1963: Sequences in the cratonic interior of North America. Geological and southern Lincoln counties, Nevada. California University
Society of America Bulletin, v. 74, p. 93-1 14. Publications, Geological Sciences, v. 79, 121 p.
Smith, D.L. Ziegler, W. and Sandberg, C.A.
1977: Transition from deep- to shallow-watercarbonates, Paine Member, 1984: Palmatolepis-based revision of upper part of standard Late
Lodgepole Formation, cenfral Montana. In Deep-Water Carbonate Devonian conodont zonation. In Pander Society Symposium on
Environments, H.E. Cook and P. Enos (eds.); Society of Eco- Conodont Biofacies and Provincialism, D.L. Clark (ed.); Geologi-
nomic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Special Publication cal Society of America, Special Paper 196, p. 143-178.
NO. 25, p. 187-201.
Sweeney, J.F., Irving, E., and Geuer, J.W.
1978: Evolution of the Arctic Basin. In Arctic Geophysical Review, J.F.
Sweeney (ed.); Energy, Mines and Resources Canada, Publications
of the Earth Physics Branch, v. 45, no. 4, p. 91-100.
 APPENDIX
Locality register
Data for sections discussed in text and detailed locality data for taxa illustrated in plates. Collection
levels are in metres, and measured from base of section (except where noted).

Southeastern Saskatchewan Locality 3

Locality-1 Canyon Creek; section measured along south side of canyon
of Canyon Creek, 4.1 km south of summit of Moose Moun-
International-Minerals and Chemicals K2 shaft, Esterhazy, tain; 5005413,,~,1 1 4 0 4 9 4 7 ~ NTS
; 82 J J 5~; UTM
Saskatchewan; LSD Set. 27, T w ~ . Rge. 329 W1; NTS
79
5641200N, fj52600E, zone llu; section 85RAHl; western
62 Ll9. Rocky Mountain Foothills.

Southeastern British Columbia Locality 4

Locality 1 Grotto Mountain; section measured on southeastern side of Grotto
Crowsnest Pass area; 49O39'10N, 114"42'10W, NTS 82 Mountain; 51°06'N, 115"19'W, NTS 82 013; section
G/10; southern Rocky Mountains; uppermost Kananaskis 81BR/ACH3; Fairholme Range, Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.
Formation, upper Moscovian to Kasimovian.
Locality 5
South western Alberta Jura Creek; section measured in canyon of Jura Creek;
Locality 1 5 1°05'29N, 115"09'29W, NTS 82 013; UTM 5661500N,
628950E, zone 1lu; section 86RAH5; eastern Rocky Mountain
Princess Margaret Mountain; section is on southeastern side Front Ranges.
of Princess Margaret Mountain in deep canyon of unnamed
tributary of Bow River; 51°09'08"N, 115"2126N, NTS 82
013; UTM 5667900N 614900E, zone 1lu; section 83RAH7; Willmore Wilderness Provincial Park,
Fairholme Range, Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. west-central Alberta
GSC loc. (2-136430 (19.0 m), Pekisko Formation, 16.0 m Locality 1
above base, 13.3 m below top, upper middle Tournaisian.
Mountain South of Kvass Creek; section measured along
GSC loc. (2-136442 (172.5 m), lower LivingstoneFormation,
ridges on east and west sides of large cirque cut into north
8.0 m above base, 294.2 m below top, upper Tournaisian.
side of unnamed mountain 5.5 km south of Kvass Creek;
GSC loc. C-114902 (238.8 m), Livingstone Formation, 74.3 m
53O37'18"N, 119"07'43"W, NTS 83 El1 1; UTM 5943350N,
above base, 227.9 m below top, upper Tournaisian to
359150E, zone 10u; section 82RAH3; Rocky Mountain Front
lower VisCan.
GSC loc. C-114912 (406.4 m), upper Livingstone Formation, Ranges.
241.9 m above base, 60.3 m below top, lower VisCan. GSC loc. C-110174 (254.6 m), lower Livingstone
Formation, 25.4 m above base, 169.7 m below top,
Locality 2 upper Tournaisian.
Ptarmigan Cirque; section measured along northwestern side Locality 2
of cirque on southwestern side of Mount Rae; 50°36'41"N,
114"58'50W, NTS 82 J110; UTM 5608300N, 643000E, zone Monoghan Creek; section measured up north-facing cliffs at
llu; section 81BR1, Misty Range, Rocky Mountain Front east end of unnamed mountain near headwaters of Monoghan
Ranges. Creek; 53"32'37"N, 118'59'38W, NTS 83 El10 and 11; UTM
5934250N, 367850E, zone llu; section 82RAH4; Rocky
GSC loc. C-91011(320.0 m), lower Etherington Formation,
Mountain Front Ranges.
10.0 m above base, upper VisCan.
GSC loc. C-110194 (116.3 m), middle Banff Formation,
Locality 3 112.8 m above base, 69.2 m below top, middle Tournaisian.
Pigeon Mountain; road cut at base of Pigeon Mountain, south Locality 3
side Highway 1; 51°06'N, 115"13'W, NTS 82 013; section
81BRlACH2; Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. South Sulphur River; section measured up east-facing cliffs on
southeastern end of unnamed mountain at junction of the West
GSC loc. C-91035 (45.0 m), formation assignment uncertain,
Sulphur and South Sulphur rivers; 53"32'10"N, 118°5225"W,
either upper Banff Formation or Pekisko Formation,
NTS 83 E/10; UTM 5933300N, 375800E, zone llu; section
151.1 m below base of Livingstone Formation, upper
middle Tournaisian. 82RAH2, western Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.
Locality 4 Locality 5
Mount Hunter; section measured up cliffs on east side of Red Deer Creek; section measured at head of deep canyon of
Mount Hunter, 53"34'13"N, 118"25'31"W, NTS 83 E/9; UTM unnamed tributary to Red Deer Creek, canyon is cut into
5936400N, 405600E, zone I lu; section 82RAH7; Berland unnamed northwest-trending ridge northeast of Red Deer
Range, eastern Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. Creek; 54"27'00"N, 120°35'14"W, NTS 93 117; UTM
6036350N, 656400E, zone 10u; Hart Ranges, eastern Rocky
Mountains.
East-central British Columbia
GSC loc. C-110116 (203.7 m), upper Banff Formation, 193.1
Locality 1 m above base, 49.9 m below top, middle Tournaisian.
Jarvis Lakes; sectionmeasured up south-facingcliffs on south sideof Locality 6
unnamed mountain immediately north of Jarvis Lakes; 54°0621"N,
120"1227"W, NTS 93 I/1; UTM 5998700N, 682700E, zone IOU; Mount Becker (Section A); section measured in high pass
section 81RAHl; Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. between Mount Becker and unnamed mountain immediately
west; 54O31'02N, 120°38'46W, NTS 9 3 1/10; UTM
GSC loc. C-93511 (59.5 m), lower Pekisko Formation, 6.0
6044900N, 652230E, zone 10u; section 81RAH3; eastem
m above base, 40.0 m below top, upper middle Tournai-
Rocky Mountains.
sian.
GSC loc. (2-93512 (62.5 m), lower Pekisko Formation, 9.0 GSC loc. C-93612 (140.3 m), basal Pekisko Formation,
m above base, 37.0 rn below top, upper middle Toumai- upper middle Toumaisian.
sian.
GSC loc. C-93544 (72.0 m), Pekisko Formation, 18.5 m Locality 7
above base, 27.0 m below top, upper middle Tournaisian. Mount Becker (Section B); section measured up east-facing
Locality 2 cliffs at south end of unnamed mountain 1.5 km west of
Mount Becker; 54031102"N, 120°38'46"W, NTS 93 1/10;
Northwest of Mount Hanington (Section A); section meas- UTM 6043440N, 652360E, zone l0u; section 8lRAH4; eastern
ured along ridge on northeastern side of unnamed mountain Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.
6.6 km northwest of Mount Hanington; 54'10'46"N.
120°14'45"W, NTS 93 111; UTM 6055500N, 681800E, zone
10u; section 81RAH2; Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. Locality 8
GSC loc. C-93558 (77.0 m), lower Banff Formation, 165.4 m Watson Peak,section measured along base of northeast-facing
below top, middle Tournaisian. cliffs on northeast side of Watson Peak; 55O13'58"N,
GSC loc. C-93559 (82.0 m), lower Banff Formation, 160.4 m 122"05'07"W, NTS 93 011; UTM 6120850N, 558250E, zone
below top, middle Toumaisian. 10u; section 81RAH9; eastern Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.
GSC loc. C-91015 (62.9 m), lower unnamed formation F,
Locality 3 12.7 m above base, 147.3m below top, upperTournaisian.
Northwest of Mount Hanington (Section B); section meas-
ured up east-facing cliffs on west side of cirque, on north side Locality 9
of unnamed mountain 8.0 km northwest of Mount Hanington; Southwest of Belcourt Lake; section measured up northeast-
54"11102"N, 120°15'32"W, NTS 93 U1; UTM 6062500 N, facing cliffs of cirque headwall on east side of unnamed
679750E, zone IOU;section 81RAH8, Rocky Mountain Front mountain 10.1 km southwest of Belcourt Lake; 54"21'54"N,
Ranges. 120°29'58"W, NTS 93 118; UTM 6126840N, 663500~,zone
GSC loc. C-93794 (20.3 m), Turner Valley Formation, 10u; Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.
position relative to base and top of Turner Valley uncertain,
lower VisBan. Locality 10
Locality 4 Fellers Creek; section measured along western and eastern
Onion Lake section; ridge on east side of unnamed mountain, ridges of unnamed mountain 4.2 km northwest of summit of
2.0 km southeast of Onion Lake; 54O37'57"N, 120°45'34W, Bone Mountain; 54"42'19N, 120°53'06"W, NTS 93 1/10;
NTS 93 1/10; UTM 605600N, 645500E, zone 10u; section UTM 6063800N, 636400E, zone 10u; section 81RAH5,
82RAH1; eastem Rocky Mountain Front Ranges. Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.

GSC loc. C-110139 (420.2 m), basal Turner Valley Formation,

45.4 m below top, uppermost Toumaisian to lowermost l1
VisCan. Albright Ridge; section measured up cliffs on southwestern
side of ridge, 6.1 km southeast of Hook Lake; 54O48'44"N,
121°20'00W, NTS 93 U14; UTM 6074950N. 607100E, zone
1011; section 81RAH6; Rocky Mountain Front Ranges.
Northeastern British Columbia GSC loc. C-171606 (367.4 m), Taylor Flat Formation (location
of base uncertain), 64.6 m above base Stoddart Group,
Locality 1 90.2 m below top of Taylor Hat, lower Serpukhovian.
Mount Greene; section measured up cliffs on north side of GSC loc. 171608 (381.8 m), Taylor Hat Formation (location
Mount Greene about 1.5 km northeast of main summit; of base uncertain), 79.0 m above base Stoddart Group,
56"04'37"N, 123O14'46"W; UTM 6177700N, 504150E, zone 75.8 m below top of Taylor Flat, Serpukhovian.
10u; NTS 94 Bl3; Section 88RAH7; eastern Rocky Mountain GSC loc. 171612 (402.2 m), Taylor Flat Formation (location
Front Ranges. of base uncertain), 99.4 m above base of Stoddart Group,
55.4 m below top Taylor Flat, Serpukhovian.
GSC loc. C-171620 (67.6 m), middle Kiskatinaw Formation, GSC loc. C-171613 (408.3 m), Taylor Flat Formation (location
8 1.1 m below top. upper VisCan. of base uncertain), 105.5 m above base Stoddart Group,
GSC loc. C-171625 (196.4 m), lower Taylor Flat Formation, 49.3 m below top of Taylor Flat, upper Serpukhovian.
47.7 m above base, 168.0 m below top, Serpukhovian.
GSC loc. C-171635 (350.5 m), upper Taylor Flat Formation, Southwestern District of Mackenzie,
201.8 m above base, 13.9 m below top, Bashkirian. Northwest Territories
GSC loc. (2-171636 (360.8 m), upper Taylor Flat Formation,
212.1 m above base, 3.6 m below top, upper Moscovian. Locality 1

Locality 2 Bluefish Mountain; section measured up cliffs on south side

of mountain; 61°07'23"N, 123"29'13"W, NTS 95 G/3; UTM
Unnamed mountain near headwaters of Peck Creek; section 6776400N, 473700E, zone 10v; section 75MTABCR7;
measured along ridge at summit of mountain; 55"44'47"N, southern Franklin Mountains.
122"56'03"W, NTS 93 0/10; UTM 6177700N, 504150E,
zone 10u; section 88RAH7; eastern Rocky Mountain Front
Ranges. Locality 2
GSC loc. 171602 (3 10.7 m), lower Stoddart Group (formation Twisted Mountain; section measured on southwestern side of
uncertain), 7.9 m above base, 146.9 m below top, upper mountain; 61°1 llOO"N, 123"37'38"W, NTS 95 G/4; UTM
Visean to lower Serpukhovian. 6783 100N, 466600E, zone 10v; section 76MTABCR9;
southern Franklin Mountains.
 Plates 1 to 3

All specimens are housed in the National Type Collection of Invertebrate and Plant Fossils
at the Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8.
 PLATE 1
All figures are scanning electron micrographs. See Appendix for detailed locality data. All specimens are
hypotypes, except where noted.

Figures 1.8. Siphonodella isosticha (Cooper).

Jarvis Lakes section, Pekisko Formation, upper middle Tournaisian.
1. Upper surface view, GSC 102177, x32, GSC loc. C-93511.
8. Upper surface view, GSC 102178, x65, GSC loc. C-93512.
Figures 2,3,6. Siphonodella obsoleta Hass.
Northwest of Mount Hanington (section A), Banff Formation, Middle Tournaisian.
2. Upper surface view, GSC 102179, x65, GSC loc. C-93559.
3. Upper surface view, GSC 102180, x65, GSC loc. C-93559.
6. Upper surface view, GSC 102181, x65, GSC loc. C-93559.
Figure 4. Polygnathus mehli Thompson.
Upper surface view, GSC 102182, x65, GSC loc. C-110139, Onion Lake section, basal
Turner Valley Formation, uppermost Toumaisian to lowermost VisCan.
Figure 5. Siphonodella quadruplicata? (Branson and Mehl)
Upper surface view, GSC 102183, x65, GSC loc. C-93559, northwest of Mount Haning-
ton (Section A), Banff Formation, middle Tournaisian.
Figures 7,9. Siphonodella qu~druplicata(Branson and Mehl).
Northwest of Mount Hanington (Section A), Banff Formation, middle Toumaisian.
7. Upper surface view, GSC 102184, x65, GSC loc. C-93559.
9. Upper surface view, GSC 102185, x65, GSC loc. C-93559.
Figure 10. Dinodus fragosus (E.R. Branson).
Outer lateral view, GSC 102186, GSC loc. C-93558, northwest of Mount Hanington
(Section A), Banff Formation, middle Tournaisian.
Figure 11. Elictognathus bialatus (Branson and Mehl).
Inner lateral view, GSC 102187, x65, GSC loc. C-93558, northwest of Mount Hanington
(Section A), Banff Formation, middle Tournaisian.
Figure 12. Eotaphrus burlingtonensis Pierce and Langenheim.
Upper surface view, cusp partly broken, GSC 102188, x32, GSC loc. C-114902, Princess
Margaret Mountain section, Livingstone Formation, upper Toumaisian to lower VisCan.
Figure 13. Bispathodus sp.
Upper surface view, figured specimen GSC 102189, x65, GSC loc. C-91035, Pigeon
Mountain section, either upper Banff Formation or Pekisko Formation, upper middle
Tournaisian.
Figures 14, 15. Bispathodus aculeatus aculeatus (Branson and Mehl).
Northwest of Mount Hanington (Section A), Banff Formation, middle Tournaisian.
14. Lateral view, GSC 102190, x65, GSC loc. C-93558.
15. Upper surface view, GSC 102191, x130, GSC loc. C-93559.
Figure 16. Bispathodus spinulicostatus (E.R. Branson).
Upper surface view, GSC 102192, x65, GSC loc. C-110116, Red Deer Creek section, upper
Banff Formation, middle Toumaisian.
Figure 17. Bispathodus aculeatusplumulus (Rhodes, Austin, and Druce).
Lateral view, GSC 102193, x65, GSC loc. C-93612, Mount Becker (Section A), basal
Pekisko Formation, upper middle Tournaisian.
 PLATE 2
All specimens are hypotypes, except where noted.

Figure 1. Polygnathus longiposticus Branson and Mehl.

Upper surface view, GSC 102194, x65, GSC loc. C-136442, Princess Margaret Mountain
section, lower Livingstone Formation, upper Toumaisian.
Figures 2, 12. Polygnathus communis carina Hass.
Princess Margaret Mountain section, Pekisko Formation, upper Middle Tournaisian.
2. Upper surface view, GSC 102195, x32, GSC loc. C-136430.
12. Upper surface view, GSC 102196, x32, GSC loc. C-136430.
Figure 3. Polygnathus mehli mehli Thompson.
Upper surface view, GSC GSC 102290 x65, GSC loc. C-110139, Onion Lake section, basal
Tumer Valley Formation, uppermost Toumaisian to lowermost VisCan.
Figures 4, 10. Pseudopolygnathus nudus Pierce and Langenheim.
Section south of Kvass Creek, lower Livingstone Formation, upper Tournaisian.
4. Upper surface view, GSC 102197, x65, GSC loc. C-110174.
10. Upper surface view, GSC 102198, x65, GSC loc. C-110174.
Figure 5. Protognathodus praedelicatus Lane, Sandberg, and Ziegler.
Upper surface view, GSC 102199, x130, GSC loc. C-93544, Jarvis Lakes section, Pekisko
Formation, upper middle Toumaisian.
Figure 6. Gnathodus sp. cf. G . typicus Cooper.
Upper surface view, figured specimen GSC 102200, x130, Watson Peak section, GSC
loc. C-91015, lower unnamed formation F, upper Toumaisian.
Figure 7. Anchignathodus scitulus (Hinde).
Inner lateral view, GSC 102201, x65, GSC loc. C-91011, Ptarmigan Cirque section,
lower Etherington Formation, upper VisCan.
Figure 8. Anchignathodus penescitulus (Rexroad and Collinson).
Outer lateral view, GSC 102202, x65, GSC loc. C-110194, Monoghan Creek section,
middle Banff Formation, middle Toumaisian.
Figure 9. Cloghergnathus sp.
Outer lateral view, figured specimen GSC 102203, x65, GSC loc. C-114912, Princess
Margaret Mountain section, upper Livingstone Formation, lower VisCan.
Figure 11. Apatognathus sp.
Inner lateral view, figured specimen GSC 102204, x130, GSC loc. C-93794, northwest of
Mount Hanington (Section B), Tumer Valley Formation, lower VisCan.
 PLATE 3
All figures are scanning electron micrographs of Pa elements, and all are hypotypes, except where noted.

Figure 1. Gnathodus sp. cf. G. texanus Roundy. Figure 9. Gnathodus sp. cf. G, defectus Dunn.
Upper surface view, figured specimen GSC Upper surface view, figured specimen GSC
100516, x80, GSC loc. C-171620, Mount 100527, x100, GSC loc. C-171613, Peck
Greene section, middle Kiskatinaw Formation, Creek section, Taylor Flat Formation, upper
upper VisCan. Serpukhovian.
Figure 2. Gnathodusgirtyi collinsoni Rhodes, Austin, and Druce. Figure 10. Rhachistognathus prolhus Baesemann and Lane.
Upper surface view, GSC 100517, x100, Upper surface view, GSC 100528, x80, GSC
GSC loc. C-17 1602, Peck Creek section, loc. C-171625, Mount Greene section, lower
lower Stoddart Group, upper VisBan to lower Taylor Flat Formation, Serpukhovian.
Serpukhovian.
Figure 14. Cavusgnathus cristatus Branson and Mehl.
Figures 3-5. Gnathodus girtyi girtyi Hass. Upper surface view, GSC 100529, x80, GSC
Peck Creek section. loc. C-171602, Peck Creek section, lower
3. Upper surface view, GSC 100518, x100, Stoddart Group, upper Visean to lower
GSC loc. C-171602, lower Stoddart Group, Serpukhovian.
upper Vishn to lower Serpuhkhovian.
4. Upper surface view, GSC 100519, x80, GSC Figure 15. Streptognathodus elegantulus Stauffer and Plummer.
Upper surface view, GSC 100530, x120,
loc. C-171602, lower Stoddart Group, upper
VisCan to lower Serpuhkhovian. Kananaskis Formation, Crowsnest Pass,
southeastern British Columbia, upper
5. Upper surface view, GSC 100520, x100,
GSC loc. C-171606, Taylor Flat Formation, Moscovian to Kasimovian.
lower Serpukhovian. Figure 16. Streptognathodus oppletus Ellison.
Upper surface view, GSC 100531, x100,
Figures 6, 12. Gnathodus girtyi simplex Dunn.
GSC loc. C-171636, Mount Greene sectioli,
Peck Creek section.
6. Upper surfaceview, GSC 100521,x100, GSCloc. upper Taylor Flat Formation, upper
Moscovian.
C-171608,Taylor Flat Formation, Serpukhovian.
12. Upper surface view, GSC 100522, x100, Figure 17. Rhachistognathus websteri Baesemann and Lane.
GSC Ioc. C-171606, Taylor Flat Formation, Upper surface view, GSC 100532, x100,
lower Serpukhovian. GSC loc. C-171635, Mount Greene section,
upper Taylor Flat Formation, Bashkirian.
Figures 7, 11. Rhachistognathus minutus havlenai
Baesemann and Lane. Figure 18. Hindeodus ellisoni (Merrill).
Mount Greene section, upper Taylor Flat Formation, Lateral view, GSC 100533, x80, Kananaskis
Bashkirian. Formation, Crowsnest Pass, southeastern
7. Upper surface view, GSC 100523, x80, GSC British Columbia, upper Moscovian to
~ O C .C-171635. Kasimovian.
11. Upper surface view, GSC 100524, x80, GSC
~ O C C-171635.
.
Figure 19. Gnathodus bilineatus bilineatus (Roundy).
Upper surface view, GSC 100534, x100,
Figures 8, 13. Rhachistognathus muricatus (Dunn). GSC loc. C-171612, Peck Creek section,
Mount Greene section, upper Taylor Flat Formation, Taylor Flat Formation, Serpukhovian.
Bashkirian.
8. Upper surface view, GSC 100525, x50, GSC Figure 20. Gondolella sp. cf. G. rnagna Stauffer and Plummer.
~OC C-171635.
. Upper surface view, figured specimen GSC
13. Upper surface view, GSC 100526, x100, 100535, x100, GSC loc. C-171636, Mount
GSC ~ O C .C-171635. Greene section, upper Taylor Flat Formation,
upper Moscovian.
 Gondolelloides, a new Lower Permian conodont genus
from western and northern Canada

C.M. Henderson1and M.J. Orchard2

Henderson, C.M., and Orchard, M.J., 1991: Gondolelloides, a new Lower Permian conodont genusfrom
western and northern Canada. & Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordil-
lera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417,p. 253-267.

Abstract
The new genus Gondolelloides and two new species, G. canadensis and G. nahanniensis, are defined
on the basis of a very distinctively ornamented segminiplanate element. The species were collected over a
wide geographic area in the Canadian Cordillera, as well as in the Canadian and Soviet Arctic. The new
genus is known only by its Pa element since co-occurring ramiform elements are sparse and may belong
to associated genera; it has not been determined whether Gondolelloides has a platform-only or multimem-
brute apparatus. Gondolelloides is thought to have evolvedfrom "Gondolella" near the Carboniferous-
Permian boundary; in six faunules the two genera occur together and are morphologically similar. Two
informal new species of "Gondolella" ("G." n, sp. A and "G." n. sp. B) are described. The new species
of Gondolelloides are also commonly associated with species of Neogondolella, Adetognathus and
Streptognathodus. Gondolelloidesappears to range within a narrow interval in the middle to upper Asselian
Stage (Lower Permian), but may range into the Sakmarian.

Le nouveau genre Gondolelloides n. gen. et deux nouvelles espices, G. canadensis n. sp. et

G. nahanniensis n. sp., ont ktk definis enfonction de la prksence d u n klkment segminiplan ri ornementation
tr2s distinctive. Cette espice a etk recueillie dans une vaste region de la Cordillt?recanadienne, ainsi que
dans les rkgions arctiques du Canada et de I' Union soviktique. Le nouveau genre n'est connu que par son
blkment Pa puisque les tl&mentsramiformes concomitants sont rares, et pourrait appartenir ri des genres
connexes; on ne suit pas encore si Gondolelloides est pouwu d'un appareil multimembrk ou simplement
d'un appareil d plate-forme. On pense que Gondolelloides s'est diffkrencib de "Gondolella" pr2s de la
limite du Carbonif&-eet du Permien; chez sixfaunules, les deux genres apparaissent simultankment et sont
morphologiquement semblables. On de'crit deux nouvelles espices informelles de "Gondolella' ' ("G.' ' n.
sp. A et "G." n. sp. B). Les nouvelles espkces de Gondolelloides sont kgalement souvent associkes ri des
espices des genres Neogondolella, Adetognathus et Streptognathodus.I1 semble que Gondolelloides occupe
un ktroit intervalle de l'e'tage couvrant 1'Asse'lien moyen d suptrieur (Permien infkrieur), mais peut se
prolonger dans le Sakmarien.

Department of Geology and Geophysics, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4
Geological Survey of Canada, 100 West Pender St., Vancouver, B.C. V6B lR8
INTRODUCTION A. sp. A and A. sp. B of Henderson 1988, Ellisonia sp.,
Hindeodus sp., and Neogondolella sp. cf. N. dentiseparata
A distinctive, short-ranging Permian conodont genus, Reshetkova and Chemikh (Table 1).
Gondolelloides n. gen., occurs over a broad area of western
and northern Canada as well as Novaya Zemlya, Soviet From a second section (loc. 3), two samples at 202.8 m
Arctic. The new genus has been recovered from the upper (GSC loc. C-164212) and 208 m (GSC loc. C-164260) above
Telford Formation of southeastern British Columbia (Hen- the base of a section of the Belcourt Formation yielded
derson and McGugan. 1986), from three localities in the Adetognathus lautus, Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp., G.
Belcourt Formation of northeastern British Columbia, from nahanniensis n. sp., Ellisonia sp., and Hindeodus sp.
the Mt. Christie formation (informal) in the Nahanni map area From the third locality (loc. 4), two samples at 34.5 m
of east-central Yukon Territory (Gordey, in press), from the (GSC loc. C-164368) and 54.2 m (GSC loc. C-164369) above
Hare Fiord Formation of northwestern Ellesmere Island, from the base of the Belcourt Formation yielded Adetognathus sp.
the Stikine Assemblage in the Iskut River map area of north- B, A. lautus, "Gondolella" n. sp. B, Gondolelloides canad-
west British Columbia (Brown et al., in press), from two ensis n. sp., Hindeodus sp., Neogondolella sp. cf. N. denti-
localities in the Buttle Lake Group on Vancouver Island separata, and Streptognathodus s p . c f. S. constrictus
(Brandon et al., 1986), and from two locations in the Kazarkin Chernikh and Reshetkova.
and Tolbyakh formations on the southern part of Novaya
Zemlya, U.S.S.R. The first six localities are part of the North The conodont faunas from all these sections point strongly
American craton, whereas the other three Canadian occur- to a middle to late Asselian age (Henderson, 1988). Non-
rences lie within terranes thought to have been accreted to fusulinacean foraminifers at these locations also suggest an
western North America (Fig. 1). All of the occurrences are Early Permian age (probably Asselian; S. Pinard, pers.
presented below. comm., 1990). The chronostratigraphic correlation of these
conodont faunas is discussed further in Henderson (1988).

Southeast British Columbia (Loc. 1; Fig. 1)

East-central Yukon Territory (Loc. 5; Fig. 1)
Gondolelloides canadensis n. gen. et sp. and other species
were recovered from a sample (GSC loc. C- 126000) of sandy In the northwestem part of Nahanni map area, a sample (GSC
carbonate of outer shelf origin, from near the top of the loc. C-102654) collected by S.P. Gordey from a one metre
Telford Formation of southeastern British Columbia (Hen- thick bed of dark red-brown weathering, light grey, medium
derson and McGugan, 1986; Henderson, 1989; Henderson et crystalline limestone within the Mount Christie formation
al., in press). Conodonts associated with G . canadensis n. sp. (informal; Gordey, in press), yielded Streptognathodus elon-
at this locality include Adetognathus sp. B (similar to A. gatus Gunnell, "Gondolella" n. sp. B , and Gondolelloides
paralautus Orchard) and A. sp. C of Henderson 1988, and nahanniensis n. sp. This fauna occurs at 541.5 m in Section
Hindeodus sp. (Table 1). This assemblage was dated as late 17 of Gordey (ibid.),that is about 21 m below the top of the
Sakmarian (Sterlitamakian) by Henderson and McGugan shale (lower) member of the Mount Christie formation, which
(1986). However, the above adetognathid species have been comprises shale, chert, sandstone, and minor barite. Above,
recognized in older, upper Asselian to Sakmarian strata of Sweetognathus and Neostreptognathodus pequopensis Beh-
southwestern Ellesmere Island (Henderson, 1988; nken occur in sequence (Orchard, 1987, sample 12).
Beauchamp et al., 1989a). Adetognathus sp. C of Henderson
1988 has also been recognized from Sakmarian strata in
Guizhou Province, China (Kang et al., 1987, P1.2, fig. 11, as
Ellesmere Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago
Streptognathodus sp. nov.). (Loc. 6; Fig. 1)
Disconformably overlying the Telford Formation are In the Canadian Arctic Archipelago on northwestern Elles-
phosphatic shale and siltstone of the lower Ross Creek For- mere Island, Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp. was recovered
mation, which have yielded Neogondolella bisselli Clark and at 262 m above the base of the type section of the Hare Fiord
Behnken and Sweetognathus whitei (Rhodes), indicating an Formation (GSC loc. C-02391 I), in shaly carbonate of prob-
Artinskian age (early Baigendzhinian) (Henderson and able basinal to lower slope origin (Thorsteinsson, 1974;
McGugan, 1986; Henderson et al., in press). Beauchamp et al., 1989b). Associated conodonts from this
locality include Adetognathus sp. B and species of Streptog-
nathodus, including S. barskovi Kozur and S. constrictus,
Northeast British Columbia (Locs. 2-4; Fig. I) indicating a middle to late Asselian age.
Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp. was collected from three Succeeding conodont assemblages at this location include
sections in northeastern British Columbia by B.C. Richards Adetognathus sp., Hindeodus .sp., and species of Neogondo-
(Institute of Sedimentary and Petroleum Geology, Calgary). lella, some of which are similar to N. adentata Chemikh and
At the first locality (loc. 2), two samples at 47.8 m and 60.7 Reshetkova or N. dentiseparata, whereas others are similar
m (GSC locs. C-163905 and C-163909, respectively) above to N. bisselli of the Tastubian (lower Sakmarian) to lower
the base of a section within the lower Belcourt Formation Baigendzhinian (Upper Artinskian). A precise dating of these
yielded G. canadensis n. sp., Adetognathus lautus (Gunnell), assemblages is difficult because of the wide spacing of sam-
ples and the lack of associated faunas, but a Sakmarian age
is suggested.
Figure 1. Location map for occurrences of Gondolelloides, showing the eleven locations described in the
text and listed in Table 1. Latitude and longitude co-ordinates for each of these are: loc. 1 = 4g045#1\,1150W;
IOC. 2 = 550633N, 121059'40"W; IOC.3 = 5500442N, 12105923-W; IOC.4 = 55006'N, 122°01' 5 4 W ; IOC.5 =
6205236N,1294942-W; loc. 6 = 81004N,085°30fW; loc. 7 = 49°3935"N, 125031125W;loc. 8 = 49°1012-N,
1243248W; loc. 9 = 56046~07"N, 13003717,)W; locs. 10, 11 = Soviet Arctic.
Vancouver Island (Locs. 7.8; Fin. 1 ) Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp.. Hindeodus sp., Neogondo-
lella sp. cf. N. dentiseparata, Streptognathodus sp., a neos-
Gondolelloides is known from two localities within the Buttle treptognathodiform Pa element, and ichthyoliths.
Lake Group on Vancouver Island (Alberni map area). The
genus was originally found in a sample (GSC loc. C-102165) Further collections from this section were made in 1985
collected by J.E. Muller (Vancouver) from a small quarry on by Orchard, and the results are presented in Table 1. Addi-
Buttle Lake road 3.3 km north of Ralph River (loc. 7). A tional specimens of Gondolelloides canadensis have been
sample of pale grey crinoidal wackestone yielded G. nahan- recovered from three samples in the upper part of the Fourth
niensis n. sp. and Hindeodus sp. along with ramifom frag- Lake Formation and lower part of the Mount Mark Forma-
ments that had a Colour Alteration Index (Epstein et al., 1977) tion. Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp. occurs with Adetog-
of 6-7 (Brandon et al., 1986, no. B 19). nathus sp. A, A. sp. B, "Gondolella" n. sp. A, Hindeodus
sp., a neostreptognathodiformPa element, Neogondolella sp.
Farther south, the new genus was recovered from a sample cf. N. dentiseparata, and Streptognathodus sp., suggesting a
(loc. 8; GSC loc. C-127686) collected by C.J. Yorath (GSC) middle to late Asselian age. Higher in the section, N. sp. cf.
from a section along the Cameron River. A sample of dark N. dentiseparata becomes more abundant prior to being
silty limestone yielded "Gondolella" n. sp. A,

P indicates that specimens of that taxa are present but were not counted, or that the material is too fragmented for a meaningful count.
Location numbers refer to locations described in the text.
succeeded by N. sp. cf. N. bisselli. The latter species suggests Etymology. From its similarity to Gondolella in most respects
that the upper part of the Mount Mark Formation at this other than the carina.
locality is probably Sakmarian in age.
Diagnosis. The segminiplanate Pa element has an unorna-
mented gondola-shaped platform that is reduced to a flange
Northwest British Columbia (Loc. 9; Fig. 1) in some specimens; a smooth textured upper surface com-
pletely lacking microreticulation or ridges; a subterminal or
In the Iskut River map area of northwest British Columbia, terminal cusp; a distinct c a r i ~ aof two longitudinal rows of
midway between Forrest Kerr Creek and Iskut River and transversely fused nodes; and a narrqw keel with a wide, deep
about 4 km northeast of their confluence, an unnamed unit, basal groove extending into a prominent basal pit surrounded
consisting of tuffaceous argillite and greywacke with rare by a broadly flared loop.
conglomerates, has limestone olistoliths near its base (Read
et al., 1989). From within one of these olistoliths, a single Description. The gondola-shaped segminiplanate Pa element
fragment of Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp. along with has a variably developed platform that occurs at about mid-
Streptognathodus elongatus, and Neogondolella sp. cf. N. height so that the keeled underside is especially prominent.
dentiseparata were recovered from a composite sample (GSC In some specimens, the platform is well developed, but
loc. C-102755) of medium grey, fine grained, massive lime- narrow, and extends anteriorly from the cusp to very near the
stone. anterior tip; the anterior-most part of the element extends a
very short distance as a free blade. In a juvenile form (Pl. 1,
figs. 3-6) the platform is not developed but rather a narrow
Novaya Zemlya, Soviet Arctic (Locs. 10,11; Fig. 1) flange extends from the cusp to near the anterior tip. One
intermediate sized specimen (Pl. 1, fig. 15) also exhibits a
Gondolelloides was recovered from two locations in the narrow flange; the reason for this flange being separated into
southern part of Novaya Zemlya in the Soviet Arctic. These
two closely spaced, parallel, narrow ridges may be preserva-
specimens were kindly loaned to the authors by N. Sobolev
tional. All surfaces of the platform or flange are smooth.
of Leningrad, who also provided ages for the faunules based
on both the conodonts and associated faunas. The cusp is large, laterally compressed, and proclined. At
least one accessory denticle occurs posterior of the cusp in
At one location (loc. lo), the middle Asselian Kazarkin
juvenile (PI. 1, fig. 6), intermediate, and mature forms.
Formation (samples 101-5 1, 131-45,752-78) yielded "Gon-
dolella" n. sp. A, Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp., G. na- The carina consists of two longitudinal rows of nodes that
hanniensis n. sp., Idiognathodus sp. cf. I. ellisoni Clark and are fused transversely and connected longitudinally by a
Behnken, Neogondolella sp. cf. N. dentiseparata, Streptog- narrow ridge that extends from the cusp to the anterior tip.
nathodus constrictus, and S. nodulinearis Chernikh and
Reshetkova. The undersurface is marked by a narrow keel with sub-
parallel elevated ridges and a relatively wide and deep basal
At a second location (loc. l l ) , the middle to upper As- groove. This basal groove extends from the anterior tip into
selian part of the Tolbyakh ,Formation (samples 601-46, a prominent basal pit below the cusp. The keel extends from
601-47) yielded "Gondolella" n. sp. B, Gondolelloides ca- the anterior tip into an asymmetric-shaped loop below the
nadensis n. sp., Neogondolella sp. cf. N. dentiseparata, cusp, and finally as a slight posterior extension below the
Streptognathodus sp. cf. S. constrictus, and S. barskovi. At a accessory denticle.
higher level, in apparently lower Sakmarian strata (N.
Sobolev, pers. comm., 1988), a sample yielded a single Remarks. The distinctive carina forms the main distinguish-
specimen of G. canadensis n. sp. ing character of Gondolelloides, which in other respects is
similar to many other gondolellids. The suprageneric classi-
fication of the new genus is somewhat uncertain, but it is
SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY included within the subfamily Gondolellidae, despite being
known from only its Pa element. The smooth surfaced, gon-
All specimens with GSC type numbers are housed in the dola-shaped platform suggests a phylogenetic relationship
National Type Collection of Invertebrate and Plant Fossils at with the Pennsylvanian to ?Lower Permian genus Gondolella
the Geological Survey of Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, (see also "Gondolella" n. sp. A), rather than the Carbonifer-
Ontario KIA 0E8. ous to Triassic Neogondolella. Sweet (1988) included both
Gondolella and Neogondolella within the family Gondolelli-
dae.
Superfamily GONDOLELLACEA Lindstrom, 1970
There has been considerable debate about the taxonomic
FamiIy GONDOLELLIDAE Lindstrom, 1970 distinctiveness of Neogondolella and Gondolella (Clark and
Mosher, 1966; Sweet, 1970; Kozur, 1974, 1975, 1976; von
Genus Gondolelloides n. gen. Bitter and Merrill, 1977, 1980; Bando et al., 1980) to the
extent that some workers have placed Neogondolella in
Type species. Gondolelloides canadensis n. sp. Henderson synonomy with Gondolella. In contrast, one of us (MJO)
and Orchard. considers Neogondolella to be probably polyphyletic; a simi-
lar view forms the basis of far reaching revisions by Kozur
(1989). We believe that Neogondolella should certainly not
be submerged in Gondolella. In our opinion, the most easily Gondolelloides was previously illustrated and discussed
recognized difference between the genera within the upper by Henderson and McGugan (1986) as Gen. et sp. nov. A
Paleozoic is the distribution of microreticulation. This feature [ibid., Fig. 7 (2-3)] and as Gondolella sp. B. (ibid., unfigured).
is present only on the lateral platform surfaces in Gondolella The identity of the latter element was unrecognized in the
sensu stricto but is found over much of the upper surface in previous work because the double row of nodes was obscured
Neogondolella platform elements (von Bitter, 1976). by adhering quartz grains. Occurrence of the new genus was
also noted by Orchard (in Brandon et al., 1986, p. 696).
Mature specimens of Paleozoic Neogondolella have ro-
bust, thickened platforms, which generally have abundant The carina of Gondolelloides resembles that of several
microreticulation, and an elongate basal pit exhibiting a ten- other conodont platform elements-for example, Ordovician
dency toward separation into two small pits separated by a Icriodella, Silurian Distomodus, Devonian Icriodus, Carbon-
furrow (see Kozur, 1989 for the last feature). In contrast, iferous Eotaphrus, and Triassic Icriospathodus; it represents
juvenile specimens of Neogondolella are generally thin and a further example of the convergent morphology common in
delicate, bear less microreticulation (anterior part of platform conodont platform elements.
is often smooth), and have a broadly flaring or funnel-like
terminal basal pit, closely resembling Gondolella morphol- Age relationships of Gondolelloides are based on associ-
ogy. If Gondolella arose from Neogondolella, as suggested ated conodont species, including species of Streptognatho-
by von Bitter and Merrill (1977), it may have done so by a dus, Neogondolella, and Adetognathus. Comparisons with
the Soviet Union and with the Sverdrup Basin, Canadian
process of neoteny. Kozur (1989) stated that such an evolu-
Arctic Archipelago (Henderson, 1988), indicate a middle
tionary path is excluded by the variations in mature basal pit
Asselian to lower Sakmarian age.
morphology. In our opinion, the strong similarity between
juvenile basal pits of the two genera (Kozur, 1989) clearly
points to a probable common phylogenetic origin. However, Gondolelloides canadensis n. gen. and sp.
subsequent evolutionary development apparently followed
very different paths. Plate 1, figures 1-15; Plate 2, figures 8,9, 14;
Neo~ondolellafirst appears in the Morrowan TN.clarki Plate 3, figures 1-3,5.
( ~ o i k e ) but
? subsequent occurrences are rare until- the Sak-
marian. Gondolella appears in the Upper Atokan and is 1986 Gen. et sp. nov. A HENDERSON and
relatively common throughout the remainder of the Upper McGUGAN, Fig. 7 (2-3).
Carboniferous. The Lower Permian species G. bella Stauffer 1991 unnamed conodont in upper left corner of postage
and Plummer from the Asselian, and G. praebisselli Kozur stamp entitled Conodonts, Microfossils, Pa-
and Movschovitsch from the lower Sakmarian, may be re- laeozoic Era, issued 05 April 1991 by Canada
worked; these two species are poorly defined and are very Post (Prehistoric Life in Canada - 2; The Age
similar to the older G. magna Stauffer and Plummer. of Primitive Vertebrates).

During the evolution of the gondolellids, a number of Etymology. From its wide distribution in western and Arctic
platformed and non-platformed species arose (von Bitter and Canada.
Merrill, 1977). Gondolelloides may have arisen as a last
innovation or evolutionary novelty of one lineage. The genus Holotype. GSC 64590, Plate 1, figures 7, 11-13.
is morphologically similar to "naked" gondolellids (von Type stratum. 262 m above the base of the Hare Fiord For-
Bitter and Merrill, 1977) rather than to Gondolella sensu mation.
stricto, which is characterized by strongly ornate platform
margins. Type locality. GSC loc. C-023911, Van Hauen Pass area,
northwestern Ellesmere Island, Canadian Arctic Archipel-
In the Upper Carboniferous, one or more lineages are ago.
thought to have developed from antecedents like "Gondolel-
la" laevis Kosenko and Kozitskaya and "Gondolella" Diagnosis. A long, narrow gondola-shaped pectiniform Pa
gymna Merrill and King that bear a vestigial posterior proc- element with a prominent subterminal cusp in mature forms,
ess. In both Gondolelloides and its probable precursors, and a distinct carina of 5 to 13 transversely fused nodes
"Gondolella" n. sp. A and "G." n. sp. B, a small posterior arranged in two longitudinal rows. The carina is low and
process is retained, whereas in Gondolella sensu stricto this narrower than the platform in intermediate and mature forms.
feature was lost at the same time as the development of a Description. The gondola-shaped segminiplanate Pa element
broad, sculptured platform. has a variably developed platform that is well developed and
We are unsure of the precise course of development wider than the carina in intermediate and mature forms (Pl.
within the plexus that also includes "neogondolellids" like I, figs. 2,9,12; P1.2, figs. 8,14; P1.3, figs. 1,2), but is lacking
Neogondolella clarki, but Figure 2 is an attempt to show some or exists as a narrow flange in juveniles (Pl. 1, figs. 4-6).
of the phylogenetic relationships suggested by the present When developed, the platform is narrow (240-325 I*m),with
data. The demise of the "Gondolella" - Gondolelloides a length to width ratio of about 7:l. All surfaces of the
lineage may have opened up a niche in the Sakmarian that platform or flange are smooth, lacking any microreticulation.
was subsequently exploited by Neogondolella.
 The cusp is large (height = 240-525 pm), laterally com- Remarks. The smooth upper surface of the platform and
pressed, and proclined. One posterior accessory denticle is the lower surface morphology are typical of many species of
directed posterolaterally to the cusp in the holotype Gondolella. The carina is very distinctive and, as for the
(Pl. 1, figs. 7, 11-13), as well as in juvenile (Pl. I, figs. 3-6), genus, provides the main distinguishing feature for this spe-
intermediate (Pl. 1, figs. 8-10) and larger specimens (Pl. 3, cies. The species differs from Gondolelloides nahanniensis
figs. l , 3 ) . n. sp. in having a platform that exceeds the width of the carina
in later growth stages.
The carina consists of 5 to 13 transversely fused nodes
arranged into two longitudinal rows. These nodes are con- The number of fused nodes comprising the carina in-
nected medially by a narrow longitudinal ridge that extends creases during ontogeny from 5 at 600 Fm, to 7 at 900 pm, to
from the cusp to the anterior tip. The nodes of the carina are 11 at 1850 pm, and finally to 13 at 2350 pm.
generally of the same diameter (100-225 pm) throughout, but
increase in height anteriorly, except for the anteriornost Figured material. Holotype GSC 64590; paratypes GSC
node, which is smaller and lower. 64591, 76321, 94275, 94276, 94281, 94282. Four
unnumbered Soviet specimens.
The undersurface is the same as for the genus and is
identical to that in species of Goizdolella.

CARBONIFEROUS (part) PERMIAN (part) SYSTEM

-
MORROWAN ATOKAN DESMOINESIAN MISSOURIAN VIRGILIAN WOLFCAMPIAN V)

BASHKIRIAN MOSCOVIAN KASlMOVlAN GZHELIAN ASSELIAN 1 SAKMARIAN

9

Neogondolella denriseparata el al.

)Neogondolella clarki I
I

-
Neogondolella donbassica Neogondolella bisselli
I
I
I
I
I F.
-
1 Gondolella eleganrula 1 w 8
S
-4
Gondolella? spp.
I I
IP,
I Gondolella magna F
I
I I "Gondolella"n. sp. B
I I
I
7
II
- -
- 1
Gondolelloides canadensis 9
"Gondolella"laevis
I 3 3
I
I
-4 Gondolelloides nahanniensis
I
I I
I I
I I
I -4
"Gondolella"gymna I
1 -
"Gondolella"denudal-
"Gondolella"posrdenud*
I
I
I
- "Gondolella"n. sp. A
-
6

"Gondolella"neosparhodiformis

Figure 2. Suggested phylogenetic relationships of various gondolelloids, including species of Neogondolella,

Gondolella sensu stricto, "Gondolella", and Gondolelloides n. gen. Ranges for species not named in text
are based on von Bitter and Merrill(1977,1980), and N. Sobolev (pers. comm., 1990). Both North American
and Uralian stages are shown.
 Gondolelloides nahanniensis n. gen. and sp. "Gondolella" n. sp. B

Plate 2, figures 1-5; Plate 3, figure 9 Plate 2, figures 6,7, 15, 16; ?Plate 3, figure 6

Etymology. From its type locality in Nahanni map area. Description. This gondolellid species has a wide, unoma-
mented platform that is widest at mid-length and tapers both
Holotype. GSC 94277, Plate 2, figures 1,2,4. anteriorly and posteriorly. A short laterally deflected and
Type stratum. About 21 m below the top of the Mount Christie denticulate process is present posterior of the posteriorly
formation (informal). directed cusp. In upper view, the carina has an irregular axial
trace because of the shape of the elongate, occasionally
Type locality. GSC loc. C-102654, 3 km WSW of Mt. Wil- arcuate, and variably fused denticles. In larger specimens, the
son, Nahanni map area, Yukon Territory. posterior denticles are mostly fused. In lateral view, the thick
Diagnosis. The segminiplanate Pa element has an unorna- platform is developed at element mid-height. On the under-
mented gondola-shaped platform that is equal to or narrower side, a deep, furrowed keel extends the full length of the
than the width of the carina. The carina is very high through- element and downturns beneath the cusp where there is a
out the length of the element in mature and intermediate broad pit. Upper and lower profiles, as well as the longitudinal
forms. axis of the element, are otherwise straight.
Remarks. This species differs from Gondolelloides canaden- Remarks. In many respects; the new species is similar to
sis n. sp. by having a higher carina of fused denticles and a Gondolelloides, which co-occurs in the Yukon and in Novaya
less pronounced development of the platform, which is lack- Zemlya. The irregularity of the denticles in "Gondolella" n.
ing or consists of a narrow flange that is never wider than the sp. B seems to anticipate the lateral broadening that charac-
carina, even in intermediate and mature specimens. terizes Gondolelloides, and a relationship seems probable.
Gondolelloides differs in the distinct broadening of the den-
The only complete specimen of this species has seven ticles and the lesser tendency to develop a platform. The
fused carinal nodes on an element 880 w in length, compa- Soviet specimen (Pl. 3, fig. 6) is questionably assigned to
rable to Gondolelloides canadensis b. sp. This characteristic "Gondolella" n. sp. B because, although the platform mar-
does not, therefore, appear to be valuable for distinguishing gins taper both anteriorly and posteriorly, the denticles are
the two species of Gondolelloides, as it i s for species of only partly fused posteriorly and are discrete anteriorly.
Neogondolella (Behnken, 1975). "Gondolella" postdenuda may be the common ancestor to
Figured material. Holotype GSC 94277; paratype GSC Gondolelloides, "Gondolella" n. sp. A, and "G." n. sp. B
94278. One un-numbered Soviet specimen. (Fig. 2).
Figured material. Specimens GSC 94279, 94280. One un-
"Gondolella" n. sp. A numbered Soviet specimen.

Plate 2, figures 10-13; Plate 3, figures 7 , 8 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Description. A gondolellid species with a very narrow, unor- We acknowledge the following geologists for collecting
namented platform, the margins of which taper anteriorly, but conodont samples discussed in this paper: P. Bender (Mar-
are otherwise subparallel for most of their length before burg), S.P. Gordey (Vancouver), J.E. Muller (Vancouver),
merging with a large posteriorly inclined cusp, and disappear- B.C. Richards (Calgary), N. Sobolev (Leningrad), and C.J.
ing in front of the posterior end of the unit. Posterior of the Yorath (Victoria). We thank Steven Aitken (University of
cusp there is a short, denticulate process. Calgary) for computer drafting of Figure 2 and Table 1.
Remarks. Adhering matrix obscures some details of the avail- Joanna Beyers and J. Haggart kindly reviewed the manu-
able (incomplete) specimens but they nevertheless appear to script.
differ from previously described species of "Gondolella".
However, inadequate material precludes naming of this spe- REFERENCES
cies at this time. Morphologically, the new species lies close
to "G." postdenuda von Bitter and Merrill (1980) from the Bando, Y., Bhatt, D.K., Gupta, V.J., Hayashi, S.H., Kozur, H.,
Virgilian (upper Pennsylvanian) of Nebraska, Kansas, and Nakazawa, K., and Wang, Zhi-hao.
1980: Some remarks on the conodont zonation and stratigraphy of the
Texas, a species that differs most obviously in lacking a Permian. Recent Researches in Geology, Hindustan Publishing
significant platform, although the lateral ridge of "Gondolel- Corporation, Delhi, India, v. 8, p. 1-53.
la" postdenuda is in the same position relative to the blade. Beauchamp, B., Harrison, J.C., and Henderson, C.M.
The two species have closely similar profiles, including 1989a: Upper Paleozoic stratigraphy and basin analysis of the Sverdrup
Basin, Canadian Arctic Archipelago: Part 1, time frame and tectonic
"short and stubby" denticles, and both may have a denticle evolution. h Current Research, Part G, Geological Survey of Can-
posterior of the cusp. ada, Paper 89-1G, p. 105-1 13.
1989b: Upper Paleozoic stratigraphy and basin analysis of the Sverdrup
Figured material. Specimens GSC 94283-94285. Two un- Basin,Canadian Arctic Archipelago: Part 2, transgressive-regres-
numbered Soviet specimens. sive sequences. In Current Research, Part G, Geological Survey of
Canada, Paper 89-lG, p. 15-124.
 Behnken, F.H. 1975: Beitriige zur Conodontenfaunades Perm. Geologische Paltiontolo-
1975: Leonardian and Guadalupian (Permian)conodont biostratigraphy in gische Mitteilungen Innsbruck, v. 5(4), p. 1-44.
western and southwestern United States. Journal of Paleontology, 1976: Paleoecology of the Triassic conodonts and its bearing on multiele-
v. 40, p. 376-394. ment taxonomy. In Conodont Paleoecology, C.R. Barnes (ed.);
Brandon, M.T., Orchard, M.J., Parrish, R.R., Sutherland Brown, A,, Geological Association of Canada, Special Paper 15, p. 313-324.
and Yorath, C.J. 1989: The taxonomy of the gondolellid conodonts in the Permian and
1986: Fossil ages and isotopic dates from the Paleozoic Sicker Group and Triassic. Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, v. 117, p. 409-
associated intrusive rocks, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. In 469.
Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper Orchard, M.J.
86-l A, p. 683-696. 1987: Conodonts from western Canadian chert: their nature, distribution
Brown, D.A., Logan, J.M., Gunning, M.H., Orchard, M.J., and and stratigraphic application. In Conodonts: Investigative Tech-
Bamber, E.W. niques and Applications,R.L. Austin (ed.); Ellis Howood Limited,
in press: Stratigraphic evolution of the Paleozoic Stikine assemblage in the Chichester, p. 94-1 19.
Stikine-Iskut River area, northwestern British Columbia (NTS Read, P.B., Brown, R.L., Psutka, J.F., Moore, J.M., Journeay, M.,
104G and 104B). Canadian Joumal of Earth Sciences. Lane, L.S., and Orchard, M.J.
Clark, D.L. and Mosher, L.C. 1989: Geology of parts of Snippaker Creek (104B/10), Forrest Kerr Creek
1966: Stratigraphic, geographic, and evolutionary development of the (1 04B/15), Bob Quinn Lake (104B/16), Iskut River ( I 04G/1), and
conodont genus Gondolella. Joumal of Paleontology, v. 40, p. More Creek (104G/2). Geological Survey of Canada, Open File
376-394. 2094.
Epstein, A.G., Epstein, J.B., and Harris, L.D. Sweet, W.C.
1977: Conodont Colour Alteration-An index to organic metamorphism. 1970: Uppermost Permian and Lower Triassic conodonts of the Salt
United States Geologicctl Survey, ~rofessionsPaper 995.2; p. Range and Trans-lndus Ranges, West Pakistan. In Stratigraphic
Gordey, S.P. Boundary Problems: Permian and Triassic, West Pakistan, B.
in ~ress:Evolution of northern Cordilleran miogeocline. Nahanni maD area Kummel and C. Teichert (eds.); University of Kansas, Department
(105I), Yukon and Northwest ~enitlfies.~ e d o g i c a lsurvey of of Geology, Special Publication 4, p. 207-275.
Canada, Memoir 428. 1988: The Conodonta-Morphology, Taxonomy, Paleoecology,and Evo-
Henderson, C.M. lutionary History of a Long Extinct Animal Phylum. Oxford Mono-
1988: Conodont paleontology and biostratigraphy of the Upper Carbonif- graphs, Geology and Geophysics, no. 10, Clarendon Press, Oxford,
erous to Lower Permian Canyon Fiord, Belcher Channel, Nansen, 212 p.
and Van Hauen Formations and an Unnamed Formation, South- Thorsteinsson, R.
western Ellesmere Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Unpub- 1974: Carboniferous and Permian stratigraphyof Axel Heiberg Island and
lished Ph.D. thesis, University of Calgary, 287 p. western Ellesmere Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago.Geological
1989: Absaroka Sequen-the Lower Absaroka Sequence: Upper Car- Survey of Canada, Bulletin 224, 115 p.
boniferous and Permian (Chapter 10). In Basin Analysis-The von Bitter, P.H.
Western Canada Sedimentary Basin, Ricketts, B. (ed.); Canadian 1976: The apparatus of Gondolella sublanceolata Gunnell (Conodonto-
Society of Petroleum Geologists Special Publication, p. 203-217. phorida, Upper Pennsylvanian) and its relationship to lllinella
Henderson, C.M. and McGugan, A. typica Rhodes. Royal Ontario Museum, Life Sciences Contribution,
1986: Permian conodont biostratigraphy of the Ishbel Group, southwest- no. 109, p. 1-44.
em Alberta and southeastern British Columbia. Contributions to von Bitter, P.H. and Merrill, G.K.
Geology, University of Wyoming, v. 24, p. 219-235. 1977: Neogondolelliform conodonts of Early and Middle Pennsylvanian
Henderson, C.M.,Bamber, E.W., Richards, B.C., Higgins, A.C., and age. Royal Ontario Museum, Life Sciences Occasional Paper, no.
McGugan, A. 29, p. 1-10.
in press: Sedimentary cover of the craton-Permian. Geology of Canada 1980: Naked species of Gondolella (Conodontophorida): their dishibu-
No. 6. (zdu Geological Society of America, The Geology of North tion, taxonomy, and evolutionary significance. Royal Ontario Mu-
America, v. D-1). seum, Life Sciences Contribution, no. 125, p. 1-49.
Kang, Pei-quan, Wang, Cheng-yuan, and Wang, Zhi-hao.
1987: Carboniferous-Permian conodont biostratigraphy in the shelf facies
of Ziyun County, Guizhou. Acta MicropalaeontologicaSinica, v. 4,
p. 179-192.
Kozur, H.
1974: Beitrlge zur Palaookologie der Triasconodonten. Geologisch
Pal2iontologische Mitteilungen Innsbruck, v. 4(7), p. 1-16.
 PLATE 1

All figures are scanning electron micrographs of Pa elements.

Figures 1-15. Gondolelloides canaderzsis n. gen. and sp.

Lower surface view (two fragments of single specimen), paratype GSC 76321, x100, GSC loc.
C-126000,
Upper surface view (same fragments as in figs. 1, 8), x100.
Lower and upper views of juvenile specimen, paratype GSC 64591, xl00, GSC loc. C-023911.
Upper surface view (fig. 4), x50.
Oblique upper surface view (figs. 3,4,5), x 150.
Close-up of posterior lower surface of figure 13 showing basal pit, loop, and posterior extension
of loop, x300.
Oblique upper surface view (specimens in figs. 1 , 2 , 8 , 9 before breakage), x50.
Oblique lower, upper, and lower surface views of mature specimen, holotype GSC 64590, x 50,
GSC ~ O C .C-0239 11.
Lateral view, paratype GSC 94275, x100, GSC loc. C-126000.
Oblique lateral view, paratype GSC 94276, x100, GSC loc. C-126000.
 PLATE 2

All figures are scanning electron micrographs of Pa elements, x100, unless otherwise indicated.

Figures 1-5. Gondolelloides nahanniensis n. gen. and sp.

1. Close-up of medial portion of figure 2, x300.
2,4. Upper and oblique lateral views of intermediate form, holotype GSC 94277, GSC loc. C-102654.
3. Upper view of anterior element fragment, paratype GSC 94278, GSC loc. C-102654.
5. Oblique lateral view of figure 3.

Figures 6,7, 15, 16. "Gondolella" n. sp. B.

6. Upper view of posterior element fragment, figured specimen GSC 94279, GSC loc. C-102654.
16. Lateral view of figure 6.
7. Upper view of posterior element fragment, figured specimen GSC 94280, GSC loc. C-102654.
15. Lateral view of figure 7.

Figures 8,9, 14. Gondolelloides canadensis n. gen. and sp.

8. Upper surface view, paratype GSC 94281, GSC loc. C-127686.
9. Lower surface view of figure 8.
14. Upper surface view of medial element fragment, paratype GSC 94282, GSC loc. C-127686.

Figures 10-13. "Gondolella" n. sp. A.

10, 13. Upper surface view of posterior part, and lateral view of anterior part of a single specimen, figured
specimen GSC 94283, GSC loc. C-127686
11. Oblique lateral view of posterior element fragment, figured specimen GSC 94284, GSC loc.
C-117760.
12. Upper surface view of anterior element fragment, figured specimen GSC 94285, GSC loc.
C-117762.
 PLATE 3

All figures are scanning electron micrographs of Pa elements, x100. The figured specimens are all from
middle-Asselianstrata in Novaya Zemlya, U.S.S.R. and are in the care of N. Sobolev at Severmorgeologia
Institute, Leningrad. Therefore, they have not been assigned GSC type numbers or GSC locality numbers.
Figures 1-3,5. Gondolelloides canadensis n. gen. and sp.
1,2. Upper surface views of two specimens, from samples 101-51 and 131-45, respectively.
3. Lower surface view of third specimen, from sample 101-51.
5. Lateral view of fourth specimen, from sample 752-78.

Figure 6. ?"Gondolella" n. sp. B.

Upper surface view of specimen, from sample 601-46.

Figures 7, 8. "Gondolella" n. sp. A.

Upper surface views of two specimens, from samples 131-45 and 752-78 respectively.

Figure 9. Gondolelloides nahanniensis n. gen. and sp.

Upper surface view of specimen, from sample 752-78.

Figures 4, 10, 11. Neogondolella dentiseparata Reshetkova and Chemikh.

4. Lower surface view of specimen, from sample 131-45.
10, 11. Upper surface views of second and third specimen, from samples 101-5 1 and 131-45, respec-
tively.
 Upper Permian and Triassic conodont faunas from
the type area of the Cache Creek Complex,
south-central British Columbia, Canada

J.M. Beyersl and M.J. Orchard2

Beyers, J.M. and Orchard, M.J., 1991: Upper Permian and Triassic conodontfaunas from the type area of
the Cache Creek Complex, south-central British Columbia, Canada. Ordovician to Triassic Condont
Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. McCracken (eds.);Geological Survey of
Canada, Bulletin 417 ,p. 269-297.

Abstract
Two UpperPermian and nine Triassic conodontfaunas are describedfrom the central and western belts
of the Cache Creek Complex in its type area, south-central British Columbia. The oldest, Fauna 1, contains
Neogondolella phosphoriensis and species of Sweetognathus, and is Guadalupian in age. Fauna 2 consists
of three morphotypes of Iranognathus? ex gr. movschovitschi plus I.? n. sp., Neogondolella sp, cf.
N. orientalis, N. subcarinata subspp., and N. jesmondi n. sp., all of which are late Dzhulfan to Dorasha-
mianlChangxingian in age; this is the youngest Permian conodont fauna from North America.
The Triassicfaunas span virtually the entire period. Fauna 3 containing "Anchignathodus" parvus is
Griesbachian, and is the first fauna of this age reportedfrom the western Canadian Cordillera. Fauna 4,
characterized by Neogondolella carinata, Neospathodus dieneri, N. peculiaris, and N. sp. cf.N. pakistanen-
sis, is a mixed assemblage embracing the middle Dienerian through lower Smithian. Elements of Fauna 5
include Pachycladina obliqua and "Lonchodina" nevadensis, and are Smithian in age. Neogondolella
milleri, Neospathodus novaehollandiae, N. waageni, and Platyvillosus costatus are key taxa of Fauna 6,
also of Smithian age. Fauna 7 consists of Neospathodus homeri and N. triangularis and is Spathian in age.
Middle Triassic Fauna 8 is represented by Neogondolella ex gr. excelsa. Fauna 9 includes Metapolygnathus
nodosus and ?Neocavitella sp, and is Carnian in age. Fauna 10 includes Lower Norian Epigondolella
quadrata, Metapolygnathus primitius, M. pseudoechinatus, and Neogondolella navicula. Middle Upper
Norian Fauna I I contains Epigondolella bidentata and E. mosheri.

Les auteurs dkcrivent deux faunes d: conodontes du Permien supkrieur et neuf du Trias qui proviennent
des zones centrale et occidentale du complexe de Cache Creek, dans sa rkgion type dans le centre sud de
la Colombie-Britannique. La faune 1 , la plus vieille, contient Neogondolella phosphoriensis et
Sweetognathus sp(p.) et remonte au Guadalupien. La faune 2 comporte trois morphotypes d'Iranognathus?
ex gr. movschovitschi ainsi qu'une nouvelle esp&ced'lranognathus?, Neogondolella sp, cf. N. orientalis,
N. subcarinata subspp. et N. jesmondi n. sp.. qui datent tous du Dzhulfien tardifau Dorashamien-changx-
ingien. I1 s'agit de la plus jeune faune d condontes permienne de I'Amkrique du Nord.

' Department of Geological Sciences, University of British Columbia, 6339 Stores Road, Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1Z4
Geological Survey of Canada, 100 West Pender St., Vancouver, B.C. V6B 1R8
 Les faunes triasiques couvrent presque toute la pe'riode. La faune 3, qui contient "Anchignathodus"
parvus, remonte au Griesbachien; c'est la premiZre faune de cet age reconnue duns la Cordill2re
occidentale du Canada. La faune 4 se caracte'risepar la prksence de Neogondolella carinata, de Neospatho-
dus dieneri, de N. peculiaris et de N. n. sp. cf. N. pakistanensis; c'est un assemblage me'langk dont l'dge
englobe l'intervalle du Diene'rien moyen au Smithien pre'coce inclusivement. Des e'lkments de la faune 5
comprennent Pachycladina obliqua et "Lonchodina nevadensis" et remontent au Smithien. La faune 6
renferme les taxons cle's suivants, qui remontent eux aussi au Smithien :Neogondolella milleri, Neospatho-
dus novaehollandiae, N. waageni et Platyvillosus costatus. La faune 7 cornporte Neospathodus homeri et
N. triangularis et date du Spathien. La faune 8 comprend Neogondolella ex gr. excelsa, du Trias moyen. La
faune 9 compte Metapolygnathus nodosus et ?Neocavitella sp. et remonte au Carnien. La faune 10 se
compose d'Epigondolella quadrata, de Metapolygnathus primitius, de M. pseudoechinatus et de Neogon-
dolella navicula, du Norienpre'coce. La faune 11, du milieu du Norien tardif, inclut Epigoncklella bidentata
et E. mosheri.

PREVIOUS WORK 1982). The limestone blocks contain Middle to Upper Penn-
sylvanian and Lower Permian conodonts, but the matrix is
The Cache Creek Complex is located within the central part Late Permian and Triassic in age (Orchard, 1984). The
of the morpho-tectonic Intermontane Belt of the Canadian boundary between the eastern belt and the central belt is a
Cordillera. It extends almost continuously over a distance of fault (Campbell and Tipper, 1971); Shannon, 1981; Monger
more than 1000 km, from south-central Yukon Territory (lat. and McMillan, 1989).
6@), through the Stuart Lake Belt of Armstrong (1949) in
central British Columbia, to the type area near the village of The central belt consists of a lower unit, called the Mount
Cache Creek in the Interior Plateau of south-central British Soues Division by Trettin (1961), the Marble Canyon Forma-
Columbia (lat. 510;Ashcroft and Bonaparte Lake map sheets; tion (Duffel1 and McTaggart, 1952), and overlying recessive
Fig. 1). cherts and argillites. Trettin (1980) mapped these three units
The Cache Creek Complex, until recently considered
"mainly of Permian age, but also probably in part of Penn-
sylvanian age" (Armstrong, 1949, p. 50), was named and
described by Selwyn (1872) as "Upper and Lower" groups
of the "Cache Creek series". It features a distinctive associa-
tion of upper Paleozoic and lower Mesozoic chert, argillite,
basalt, and minor ultramafic rocks, together with prominent,
commonly massive, carbonates. This association suggests an
origin in a long-lived ocean basin (Monger, 1977).
Three north-south trending, lithologically distinct out-
crop areas have long been recognized in the type area (e.g.,
Duffel1 and McTaggart, 1952; Trettin, 1961), for which Tret-
tin (1980) introduced the terms eastern, central, and western
belts (Fig. 1). Although these rocks are of subgreenschist
metamorphic facies, they have been repeatedly faulted and
irregularly folded (Trettin, 1980). Deformation may have
occurred in the early Mesozoic, in the Late Jurassic, and in
the Tertiary (Travers, 1978; Monger and McMillan, 1989).
Only rarely can continuous stratigraphic sections be recog-
nized, and boundaries between the three belts and their con-
stituent units are suspect.
The eastern belt comprises the block-in-matrix mClange
of Travers (1978), the Greenstone Unit of Shannon (1981),
and may include the aerially extensive limestones near
Meadow Lake about 20 km northeast of Jesmond (Fig. 1)
(Campbell and Tipper, 1971). Serpentinite bodies noted by
Dawson (1879, p. 93B), Campbell and Tipper (1971, p. 67)
Figure 1. Outcrop area of the southern Cache Creek Com-
and Shannon (1982) are also part of the eastern belt. plex. Inset shows location in the Canadian Cordillera. Eastern,
Blocks in the mClange vary greatly in size, and consist of central and western belts after Trettin (1 980). Localities cited
limestone, chert, basalt, gabbro, and slivers of ultramafic rock in the text: 1. Jesmond; 2. Porcupine Creek; 3. Hat Creek-
in a matrix of chert and argillite (Travers, 1978; Shannon, Marble Canyon; 4. Pavilion Mountain; 5. Cornwall Hills. Num-
bers in circles refer to British Columbia highways.
as map unit 1 (= unit 5 of Campbell and Tipper, 1971; unit bc CONODONT BIOSTRATIGRAPHY
of Mortimer, 1987), units 2 and 4, and units 3 and 5 , respec-
tively. Only collections from the western and central belts of the
Cache Creek Complex are considered in this paper (see
The Mount Soues Division, made up of volcanics, chert Appendix). Biostratigraphically significant conodonts were
and limestone, is exposed southwest of Clinton and southeast recovered from strata at most of the localities studied. For the
of Porcupine Creek (Fig. 1).It shows lithological similarities purposes of the following discussion, conodont collections
with the eastern belt, to which it may belong (Campbell and have been grouped into eleven conodont faunas (faunas 1-
Tipper, 1971; J.W.H. Monger, pers. comm., 1991). Trettin 1I), some of which are composite in nature. This is a utilitar-
(1980) thought that the contact between the Mount Soues ian approach that results from general lack of stratigraphic
Division and the Marble Canyon Formation was stratig- sequences, low yields, and fragmental preservation. We pro-
raphic, although he did not rule out the existence of a thrust vide tabulated numerical data only for key taxa of the Upper
fault. Permian (Table 1).
The Marble Canyon Formation typically comprises mas-
sive to poorly bedded, dolomitized, recrystallized limestone,
with rare chert and argillite. Locally, it contains abundant
fusulinids (e.g., Dunbar, 1932; Thompson et al., 1950) and Table 1. Distribution data for Iranognathus? and Neogondo-
algae (Johnson and Danner, 1966; herein). Lower Triassic lella in the Jesrnond area
limestone has recently been described (Orchard and Beyers,
1988), and Middle Triassic radiolarian chert is known from NEOGONDOLELLA IRANOGNATHUS 7 GENUS
Comwall Hills (Fig. 1; Cordey, 1986; Orchard, 1986). Prob-
able Upper Triassic pelecypods (?Halobia) were found near
there by W.R. Danner in 1981 (pers. comm., 1989).
The nature of the contact between the central and western
belts is unclear. Permian limestone of the Marble Canyon
Formation appears to abruptly overlie Lower and Upper
Triassic strata of the western belt at the western end of Marble
Canyon (Orchard, 1981;Monger and McMillan, 1989). How-
ever, paleontological data show a general younging of strata
in a westerly direction (Danner and Nestell, 1966; Campbell
and Tipper, 1971; this report). Also, a decrease in the propor-
tion of interbedded limestone occurs in the area between the
two belts (Trettin, 1961; Mortimer, 1987). Furthermore, simi-
lar and coeval Triassic strata appear to overlie the Marble
Canyon Formation in the southern part of the central belt near
Cornwall Hills. Stratigraphic continuity is implied, although
structural complexity obscures the relationship between the
two belts.
Western belt rocks, originally known as Division I of the
Pavilion Group (Trettin, 1961) outcrop west of Marble Range
and comprise chert and pelite with minor volcanic rocks and
limestone. Farther west, the informal "Pavilion beds" of
Trettin (1980; formerly Division II of the Pavilion Group of
Trettin, 1961), are characterized by volcanic rocks and vol-
canic arenite but include thin limestone lenses, chert, con-
glomerate, and pelite.
Trettin (1980, p. 2) thought the Pavilion strata differed
substantialIy in composition from Cache Creek rocks but Mon-
ger (1981) and Orchard (1981) included them in the complex,
and Mortimer (1987) regarded them as a more "volcanic/vol-
caniclastic part'' of the western belt and not a separate unit. They
have yielded Upper Triassic conodonts (Rafek in Trettin, 1980,
p. 16;here regarded as Camian), and Middle Triassic or younger
corals (Trettin, 1961,p. 34). Jurassic radiolarians were recently
discovered in the western belt, suggesting that Cache Creek
sedimentation persisted far longer than had been suspected
(Cordey et al., 1987). The Early Tertiary, Fraser River dextral
strike-slip fault forms the western boundary of the western belt Tabulated samples were collected in sequence in 1986 and 1987; only one
(Monger and McMillan, 1989). reconnaissance sample from previous years has been included.
 CHRONOSTRATIGRAPHIC SCALE CONODONT FAUNAS CONODONT ZONATION

U FAUNA 11 Upper bidentata

-

M
Kc
W
a -
n
3
L
FAUNA 10
-Upper primitius
U
FAUNA 9
0 - CARNIAN
5 L
V)
Q
z
I-
LADlNlAN -- - --------.
W
J
n FAUNA 8
.-------------
ANlSl AN

SPATHIAN FAUNA 7
CT z FAUNA G/FAUNA 5 miller1
9
s:
9 &
SMITH1AN

DlENERlAN .-
/
----4
FAUNA
--
,/--
- ---
waageni

V)
isarcica
GRIESBACHIAN FAUNA 3 typicalis

DORASHAMIAN 1 subcarinata
CHANGXINGIAN FAUNA 2

orientalis
DZHLILFIAN .--------- -- A

z leveni
5
Z s
W
a 3 z
9 CAPlTANlAN
a bitteri
3
J
a FAUNA 1
n phosphoriensis
6
3
0
WORDIAN

Figure 2. Stratigraphic distribution of Cache Creek faunas in the central and western belts of the Cache
Creek Complex. Upper Permian conodont zonation modified from Sweet (1988); chronostratigraphy modi-
fied from Bamber et al. (1989). Lower Triassic zonation modified from Sweet et al. (1971) and Sweet and
Bergstrom (1986); Upper Triassic zonation from Orchard (1991a; 1991b this volume); Triassic chronostra-
tigraphy modified from Sweet et al. (1971).
 The ages of faunas 1-11, shown in Figure 2, have been at Section 2 on Pavilion Mountain (GSC loc. C-157847) (Fig.
determined by reference to several existing zonal schemes. 1). These are combined as Fauna 2, which consists of Hin-
Of those available for the Lower Triassic, that of Sweet et al. deodlls typicalis (Sweet), Neogondolella jesmondi n. sp., N.
(1971), using data from Pakistan, Kashmir, and Nevada, is sp. cf. N. orientalis (Barskov and Koroleva), and I.?ex gr.
used as a standard. This is supplemented by the chronozonal movschovitschi (Kozur and Pjatakova), occasionally accom-
scale of Sweet and Bergstrom (1986), based on graphic panied by rare N. subcarinata Sweet.
correlation, which takes into account observations made by
others in the intervening years, especially in the American Neogondolella subcarinata subcarinata may be present 3
Great Basin (e.g., Solien, 1979; Cam and Paull, 1983). Zona- m above the base of Section 1 at Jesmond (GSC loc.
tion for the Upper Permian is taken from Sweet (1988), and C-149769) but is otherwise known only from a locality at a
that for the Upper Triassic is from Orchard (1983, 1991a). topographically lower outcrop (GSC loc. C-157808), where
it is accompanied by several other taxa (see below). A differ-
ent subspecies, N. subcarinata n. subsp. A, was found 32 m
Upper Permian above the base of Section 3 (GSC loc. C-157223).
Fauna 1 Neogondolella s. subcarinata was originally reported
from the Ali Bashi Formation at Kuh-e-Ali Bashi near Julfa,
This fauna comprises species of Neogondolella, Sweetog- northern Iran (Teichert et al., 1973). The species is known
nathus, and Hindeodus and is found west of Clinton and in also from the Akhura and Dorasham I1 sections in nearby
the Hat Creek-Marble Canyon area (Fig. 1). The fauna is best Soviet Transcaucasia, and from the section at Kuh-e-Kham-
known in the latter area, where samples contain all three taxa, bast near Abadeh in central Iran (Kozur et al., 1978). At both
including Upper Permian Neogondolella phosphoriensis Kuh-e-Ali Bashi and Dorasham 11, N. s. subcarinata is ac-
(Youngquist, Hawley, and Miller) (e.g., GSC loc. C-116176). companied by the ammonoid Phisonites (Teichert et al.,
Adjacent samples contain only one or two elements of Fauna 1973; Kozur et al., 1978), which defines the base of the
1, for example sweetognathids (GSC locs. C- 1188 18, Dorashamian stage as established by Rostovtsev and Azaryan
C118499) or the long-ranging Hindeodus (GSC locs. (1973).
C-118121, C-118122). Near Clinton (GSC loc. C-117776),
N. phosphoriensis occurs alone.
Neogondolella phosphoriensis was first described from
the Phosphoria Formation in southeastern Idaho by
contours In feet a
Youngquist et al. (1951), who suggested aRoadian (late Early
Permian) to Wordian (early Late Permian) age for the species.
The neogondolellid was also described from the Guadalupian
of east Greenland as N , rosenkrantzi (Bender and Stoppel,
1965). Detailed study of the conodont succession in the
Meade Peak and Rex Chert members of the Phosphoria
Formation supports a Wordian (early Guadalupian) age for
the species (Behnken et al., 1986); Sweet (1988) showed a
range that falls within the phosphoriensis and bitteri zones
(late early to early late Guadalupian). The specimens from
Clinton occur with foraminifers Lepidolina [formerly Yabe-
ina (Goto et al., 1986)l and ?Glomospira, which further
supports a Guadalupian age (Thompson et al., 1950).
The elements of Sweetognathus are similar to rare re-
worked specimens originally found in a mixed, largely Dien-
erian fauna (Fauna 4, herein) from the eastern wall of Marble
Canyon (Orchard, 1981). Orchard (198 I ) suggested an early
Late Permian (Abadehian) age for the reworked elements on
the basis of their similarity to Sweetognathus iranicus Kozur,
Mostler, and Rahimi-Yazd. A similar, slightly older species
has been described as S. hanzhongensis Wang, but the taxon-
omy and age of these Upper Permian sweetognathids remains
problematic, so we do not identify species here.

Fauna 2
The youngest Permian faunules ("Fauna 1" of Beyers and
Orchard, 1989) occur in s,ections 1-3 and in isolated samples
near Jesmond (Fig. 3; Table 1; Appendix); other examples
are found above Jesmond Creek (GSC loc. C-157815), and Figure 3. Location of Jesmond sections 1-4.
 Several ammonoids that occur in the Dorashamian also with Neogondolella subcarinata at Jesmond is important
occur in the lower Changxingian in south China (Zhao et al., because, in the absence of the latter, it strengthens correlation
1981). These data support approximate correlation of the of Fauna 2 with Changxingian strata.
Dorashamian and Changxingian, although Neogondolella s.
subcarinata is reported, anomalously, from the underlying Neogondolella sp. cf. N. orientalis is found in isolated
uppermost Wuchiapingian (Clark and Wang, 1988).Neogon- samples near Jesmond, as well as in Section 1 and possibly
dolella subcarinata and affiliated taxa range to the top of the in Section 2. Barskov and Koroleva (1970) originally de-
Permian as shown by Clark and Wang (1988). scribed N. orientalis from the middle Vedioceras beds near
the Dorasham I1 railway station. Teichert et al. (1973) recov-
At the Selong section in Nyalam County, Xizang (Tibet), ered it from strata immediately below the Ali Bashi Forma-
the last occurrence of Neogondolella subcarinata coincides tion at Kuh-e-Ali Bashi near Julfa, and Kozur et al. (1978)
with the base of the (Ophiceras) Sakuntala Zone (top of the recorded it from Araxoceras-bearing beds at Dorasham I1 and
Otoceras bed) in the Triassic "Lower Formation" of the from ?basal Vedioceras beds at Kuh-e-Khambast. At these
Tulong Group (Yao and Li, 1987). Ding (1986) describes a transcaucasian and central Iranian sections, N. orientalis oc-
similar succession for the stratotype section of the Changx- curs at the level at which its predecessor, N. leveni, disappears
ingian at Meishan, Changxing County. Whether the extended (Kozur et al., 1978). On Hydra, Greece, N. orientalis occurs
range of N. subcarinata results from an unconformity at the in upper Dzhulfian strata below the base of the Dorashamian
base of the Otoceras bed, with a resultant mixed Permian- (Nestell and Wardlaw, 1987). In south China, the latter spe-
Triassic fauna (Yao and Li, 1987; Tozer, 1988), is uncertain. cies ranges throughout much of the Wuchiaping and Changx-
In this study, the subcarinata Zone is regarded as coinciding ing formations (Clark and Wang, 1988), that is Changxingian
with the range of N. subcarinata before the appearance of and older in age. In this paper, the top of the orientalis Zone
Otoceras, a level which corresponds to the traditional base of coincides with the first appearance of N. subcarinata, which
the Triassic as reviewed by Tozer (1988). approximates the base of the Changxingian.
Occurring in greater abundance than any of the other Hindeodus typicalis [recorded by some authors as H.
neogondolellids, Neogondolella jesmondi is found both near minutus (Rexroad and Furnish)] is found in the Permian-Tri-
Jesmond and on Pavilion Mountain. At the latter locality assic boundary interval in northern (Sweet, 1979) and central
(GSC loc. C-157847), 2 m above the base of the predomi- Iran (Sweet, 1973; Kozur et al., 1978), in the southern Alps
nantly Triassic Section 2, N. jesmondi occurs with an element of Italy (Perri and Andraghetti, 1987), in Kashmir and Paki-
of the Iranognathus? movschovitschi group. Near Jesmond, stan (Sweet, 1970a, 1970b) and east GreenIand (Sweet in
N. jesmondi occurs with N. sp. cf. N. orientalis, N. s, subcari- Teichert and Kummel, 1976). At the Qiaoting section of south
nata and with Iranognathus? ex gr. movschovitschi (GSC loc. China, "H. minutus" is present only in the Permian Shangsi
C-157808); on the slopes above Jesmond Creek (GSC loc. Formation, and has not been reported from overlying Triassic
C-157815) N. subcarinata is absent. strata (Wang et al., 1987). In contrast, in the Great Basin of
the United States, H. typicalis occurs above the base of the
Memben of the Permian genus Iranognathus have Triassic Dinwoody Formation in Montana
previously been described from Iran and China. Wardlaw
(Schock et al., 1981; R.K. Paull, pers. comm., 1991).
(1988) also reported "species of Iranonnathus' ' from the Salt
~ a n ~Twoe . species, I.~unicostatusan> I. tarazi, were origi- In this paper, the typicalis Zone represents the range of
nally described from Iran by Kozur et al. (1975). Assignment Hindeodus typicalis above the last occurrence of the Upper
of a third Upper Permian species, I.? movschovitschi, to the Permian Neogondolella subcarinatiz. The zone is superseded
genus is tentative because, unlike the other two, it is charac- by the isarcica Zone of the upper Griesbachian above the
terized by the absence of ornamentation on the cup. At the level of the first Triassic ammonoids (Sweet et al., 1971;
type locality of the latter species at Akhura, Kozur (1977) Paull, 1982; Sweet and Bergstrom, 1986).
documented a range through Araxoceras- and lower Vedio-
ceras-equivalent strata of Dzhulfian (Baisalian) age. Kozur In summary, the age of Fauna 2 is within the late Dzhul-
(1978) subsequently showed I.? movschovitschi ranging fian through Changxingian interval, or specifically Changx-
through the upper part of the Ieveni Zone and lower part of ingian where Neogondolella subcarinata is present. Both the
the orientalis Zone (see below). orientalis and subcarinata zones may be present. This fauna
is the youngest Permian fauna known from North America,
Iranognathus nudus Wang, Ritter, and Clark, recently and has few parallels anywhere in the world. It is a remarkable
described from south China by Wang et al. (1987) and here attribute of the Cache Creek Complex.
regarded as a synonym of I.? movschovitschi,occurs in cherty
limestone of the Shangsi [= Changxing (Clark and Wang,
1988)l Formation in the Qiaoting section near the town of Lower Triassic
Nanjian, Sichuan Province. The species is found throughout Fauna 3
all but the uppermost few metres of the Shangsi Formation,
where it is accompanied by Neogondolella s. changxingensis Rare elements of "Anchignathodus" pawus Kozur and
Wang and Wang and fewer N. orientalis (Wang et al., 1987). Pjatakova occur with Hindeodus typicalis in limestone at the
The south China occurrence extends the range of Iranog- base of a section at Porcupine Creek (Fig. 1) (GSC loc.
nathus? movschovitschi upward into the Changxingian C-157820; Beyers and Orchard, 1989); this constitutes Fauna
(Wang et al., 1987). Co-occurrence of simple iranognathids 3. Sweet (in Ziegler, 1977) has outlined the historical prob-
lems attending designation of the former taxon, regarded by Fauna 4
some authors as the adenticulate morphotype of Isarcicella
isarcica (Huckriede) (Morphotype 1 of Sweet in Ziegler, Several species of Neospathodus and one species of Neogon-
1977). Two outstanding problems remain: stratigraphic range dolella make up Fauna 4, a composite of Lower Triassic
of the several morphotypes, and presence or absence of elements that occurs in Marble Canyon and in Cornwall Hills
skeletal components other than Pa elements. (Fig. 1). From the east wall of Marble Canyon (GSC loc.
C-087055), Orchard (1981) recorded Neogondolella carinata
In material described by Staesche (1964), three morpho- (Clark), Neospathodus dieneri Sweet and N . peculiaris
types of Isarcicella isarcica, denticulate and adenticulate, Sweet. Additional elements in this fauna include rare
occurred together in the lower Seis beds of the Werfen Neospathodus bicuspidatus (Muller), N. robustus Koike, and
Formation in South Tirol. Staesche (ibid.) did not provide N. waageni Sweet as well as reworked Permian elements (see
distribution data for each of the morphotypes, but Sweet above). Fauna 4 elements from Cornwall Hills also include
(1970b), who examined this material in Tubingen, concluded Neogondolella carinata (GSC loc. C-118472), Neospathodus
that the range of adenticulate and denticulate forms in the sp. cf. N. dieneri and, in addition, N. sp. cf. N. pakistanensis
Werfen Formation is the same (in Ziegler, 1977). Denticulate Sweet (both GSC loc. C-157860).
and adenticulate elements are also found in the lower 4.5 m
of the Triassic Elikah Formation at Kuh-e-Ali Bashi (Sweet Neospathodus dieneri ranges from the base of the Diene-
in Teichert et al., 1973), and Paull (1982) reported their rian into the upper Smithian (Sweet et al., 1971). Neogondo-
co-occurrence in the Lower Triassic Dinwoody Formation of lella carinata, a long-ranging species known from
the Terrace Mountains in Utah. Phisonites-Paratirolites beds through Concavum-Tardus
ammonoid zones (Sweet in Ziegler, 1977), was first described
In the Dorasham 11, Julfa and Abadeh sections, "Anchig- from Lower Triassic strata in Dinner Springs Canyon, Ne-
nathodus" parvus first occurs above the base of the Triassic vada (Clark, 1959); Permian occurrences include the Do-
in strata containing Claraia and Ophiceras; the denticulate rashamian Ali Bashi Formation near Julfa (Teichert et al.,
forms of Isarcicella isarcica appear later and range higher 1973). Orchard (1981) briefly discussed the Marble Canyon
(Kozur et al., 1978). At Akhurah the denticulate forms do not fauna and concluded, on the basis of its domination by N.
occur (Kozur et al., 1978), but Sweet (1970b) recovered them dieneri and Neogondolella carinata, that it was largely mid-
(and adenticulate ones, shown as A. typicalis by Sweet in dle Dienerian in age. Evidently, the other elements imply a
Ziegler, 1977) from the Lower Triassic Dolomite Unit of the younger, Smithian component, is also present.
Kathwai Member of the Mianwali Formation in Pakistan.
The range of Neospathodus pakistanensis straddles the
At the Selong section in Tibet, "Anchignathodus" pawus Dienerian-Smithian boundary. Originally described from the
is reported from the transitional bed with Upper Permian Salt Range (Sweet, 1970b), the species is also known to occur
Neogondolella subcarinata and N , dejlecta (Yao and Li, in Primor'e (Buryi, 1979), on Ellesmere Island with Romun-
1987). As discussed above (see Fauna 2), the transitional bed deri Zone ammonoids (Mosher, 1973), and in Idaho (Paull,
at Selong apparently contains a mixed fauna and may overlie 1982). The pakistanensis Zone of Sweet and Bergstrijm
Permian strata unconformably. It should be noted that the (1986) and Sweet (1988) overlies the lower Dienerian kum-
third morphotype of Isarcicella isarcica, with a denticle on meli-cristagalli Zone and underlies the Smithian waageni
both sides of the symmetrical blade, is not always present in Zone. Because Neospathodus waageni and N. pakistanensis
denticulate populations (Sweet in Ziegler, 1977, p. 226). commonly occur together in the westem United States, and
the distribution of the latter species is more restricted than
Whether a gradual change in association of the three
that of the former, Paull (1988, p. 601) favoured use of the
morphotypes of Isacicella isarcica took place, that is, "An-
waageni Zone only, with "N. pakistanensis, where it is
chignathodus" parvus first occurred alone and was later
present, defining the basal part of the zone". In Comwall
accompanied by the second morphotype (denticle on one side
Hills, a single specimen of N. sp. cf. N. pakistanensis occurs
of an asymmetrical blade), which in turn was associated
in an isolated sample without N. waageni; this collection is
finally with the third form, can be neither supported nor
late Dienerian to early Smithian in age.
denied on the basis of available stratigraphic information. In
the absence of denticulate forms from Cache Creek, we
hesitate to identify I. isarcica per se. Nevertheless, except for Fauna 5
the Selong occurrence, for which a Pennian age could be
invoked, all other occurrences of "A." parvus are clearly Fauna 5 ("Fauna 3" of Beyers and Orchard, 1989) is repre-
Triassic, and are restricted to a well constrained interval in sented by an association of genera in the basal 10.5 m of
the Lower Triassic. The base of the isarcicella Zone of Sweet Section 4 near Jesmond (Fig. 3); some elements of the fauna
and Bergstrom (1986), defined by the first appearance of range to 13 m but co-occur with elements of Fauna 7 (see
Isarcicella isarcica, falls within the Griesbachian range of below). The components of this fauna are exclusively rami-
Hindeodus typicalis. form elements, many of which are too poorly preserved for
confident determination. Some are referred to multielement
Pachycladina and ?Hadrodontina, and to the form genus
"Lonchodina" .
 A specimen from basal Section 4 (GSC loc. C-149822) the milleri Zone at the top of the Smithian, although Sweet
has been assigned to form taxon "Lonchodina" nevadensis (1988) recognizes an upper Smithian triangularis Zone above
Muller, described originally from the Meekoceras bed in a middle Smithian milleri Zone.
Dinner Springs Canyon (Muller, 1956; Clark, 1959). The
former element, which has apparently not been included in Two species of Neospathodus and Platyvillosus costatus
any later multielement apparatus construction, occurs in the were found in a breccia on Comwall Hills (GSC loc. C-
Zafir Formation of Israel and Jordan, where it was included 118474). Neospathodus novaehollandiae McTavish was first
described from the Smithian Locker Shale of the Camawon
in the Hadrodontina-Pachycladina Assemblage Zone of pre-
sumably Smithian age (Hirsch, 1975, p. 44). Gedik (1975) Basin, Western Australia (McTavish, 1973). Subsequently,
placed Lonchodina sp. cf. L. nevadensis in synonymy with Goel (1977) reported the species from Dienerian and
Smithian strata at Khar in the Spiti District of India. A second
upper Scythian Hadrodontina anceps Staesche. Koike (1982,
p. 13) gave a late Smithian age for the thin bedded limestone species of Neospathodus, N. sp. A of Orchard (1981) occurs
at Gunong Keriang, Malaya, in which L. nevadensis, identi- in a further sample from Comwall Hills (GSC loc. C-157873)
fied as Parachirognathus sp. cf. P. nevadensis, occurs. with Pachycladina obliqua, and also in Marble Canyon (GSC
loc. C-087055a; Orchard, 1981). and on Pavilion Mountain
Pachycladina obliqua Staesche, Pachycladina sp. aff. P. (GSC loc. C-157843). The neospathodid is known to occur
obliqua, and P. sp. range throughout the lower part of Jes- with Smithian ammonites in limestone olistoliths in Oman
mond Section 4. Another element from near the base of the (Orchard collections).
section is referred to P.? sp. A. A few elements of P. obliqua
were recovered from sample GSC loc. C-157873 at Cornwall Platyvillosus costatus was first described by Staesche
Hills; on Pavilion Mountain (GSC loc. C-157841) and at (1964) from the Campil beds of South Tirol. It has also been
Jesmond (GSC loc. C-101141) the species is associated with reported from the Taho limestone of southwestern Japan in
?Hadrodontinu. association with Furnishius triserratus (Koike, 1988), and
from Nevada in association with the ammonoid Tirolites
Pachycladina consisted of several form species, first de- (Sweet et al., 1971). In the zonal scheme of Sweet and
scribed from South Tirol (Staesche, 1964), which Sweet (in Bergstrijm (1986), the range of P. costatus is encompassed
Clark, 1981) combined into the seximembrate multielement by the milleri Zone of Smithian age. Fauna 6 represents one
P. obliqua. Perri and Andraghetti (1987) described P. obliqua or more levels within the Smithian.
from the upper Scythian Campil, Val Badia, and Cencenighe
members of the Werfen Formation. Other occurrences of
component elements of P, obliqua are in the "late Lower to Fauna 7
early Upper Scythian' ' Pachycladina-Hadrodontina Assem- Fauna 7 consists of Neospathodus triangularis (Bender) and
blage Zone of the Zafir Formation of Israel and Jordan N. homeri (Bender) and occurs in strata between 10.5 m and
(Hirsch, 1975), and the upper Srnithian limestone in Gunong 64 m in Section 4, and in the vicinity of the lookout near
Keriang, Malaya (as Parachirognathus;Koike, 1982). Solien Jesmond ("Fauna 3", Beyers and Orchard, 1989).
(1979) reported Pachycladina form species from Smithian
strata in Utah, and Mosher (1973) reported possible Sa ele- Neospathodus triangularis is a widespread species de-
ments (P. symmetrica of Staesche, 1964) from the Tardus scribed first from the upper Scythian Marmarotrapezakalke
Zone on Ellesmere Island. In summary, Fauna 5 is regarded on Chios, Greece, as was N. homeri (Bender, 1968). Other
as Srnithian in age. known occurrences of the latter species include the Campilian
beds of the Werfen in South Tirol (Staesche, 1964), the
Mianwali Formation in Pakistan (Sweet, 1970b), and the
Fauna 6 Subrobustus ammonoid zone in the Toad Formation of north-
Several species of Neospathodus and single specimens of em British Columbia (Mosher, 1973). Buryi (1979) recorded
Neogondolella milleri (Miiller) and Platyvillosus costatus the co-occurrence of N. triangularis and N. homeri in Pri-
(Staesche) are grouped as Fauna 6. The fauna is based on mor'e, eastern U.S.S.R.
isolated samples from Comwall Hills. Sweet et al. (1971) showed first occurrences of
Neospathodus waageni, which was previously reported Neospathodus homeri and N. triangularis at the base of the
by Orchard (1984; GSC loc. C-087077) from this area, occurs Spathian. Carr and Paull (1983) indicated N, homeri appeared
in the Romunderi and Tardus zones of the British Columbia slightly later in the western United States, just above the base
Toad Formation (Mosher, 1973), and defines a widely recog- of the Spathian. In the chronozonal arrangement of Sweet and
nized zone. The base of the waageni Zone, defined by its first Bergstrom (1986), the first appearance of N, triangularis
occurrence, corresponds to the base of the Smithian as inter- helps define the base of the triangularis Zone. Sweet (1988)
preted by Carr and Paull (1983). showed the first occurrence of Neospathodus homeri within
the latter zone immediately below the SmithianSpathian
The top of the waageni Zone is drawn at the first occur- boundary.
rence of Neogondolella milleri. Mosher (1973) recorded N.
milleri from the upper Smithian Tardus Zone in the Toad As noted by Gedik (1975), the association of Neospatho-
Formation, and we find it at one locality on Comwall Hills dus triangularis with Parachirognathus and Pachycladina
(GSC loc. C-118479). Carr and Paull (1983) place the top of (Parachirognathus form species of Gedik) may support a
range for Neospathodus triangularis downward into the up-
per Smithian. Conversely, it may mean that the ranges of the
other two genera extend into the Spathian, as Perri and near Comwall Hills, on Pavilion Mountain, along Porcupine
Andraghetti (1987) postulated for Pachycladina. In the pre- Creek, and in the area north of Porcupine Creek. It was
sent study Pachycladina was not found in samples containing reported from Marble Canyon by Orchard (1981).
either Neospathodus triangularis or N. homeri, although two
other samples (GSC locs. C-149787, C-149786, Section 4 at An isolated sample (GSC loc. C-117780) on the Oregon
Jack Creek road contains a rich and diverse conodont fauna
Jesmond), overlapping with Fauna 7, contain elements of
Pachycladina sp. In this paper we interpret Fauna 7 as Spa- consisting of Metapolygnathus primitius (Mosher), M. pseu-
thian in age. doechinatus Kozur, M. nodosus, and Neogondolella navicula
(Huckriede). This sample is Lower Norian, Upper primitius
Zone (Orchard, 1991a). Several other collections may be
Middle Triassic impoverished examples of this assemblage (e.g., GSC loc.
C-149985 from Pavilion Mountain).
Fauna 8
Limestone interbedded with pelite on Pavilion Mountain
Well bedded chert along the lookout access road on Comwall (GSC loc. C-117774), and a second locality (GSC loc.
Hills yielded neogondolellids referred to Neogondolella sp. C-157824)at a section east of the Griesbachian (Fauna 3) site,
cf. N. excelsa (Mosher) of Middle Triassic age (Orchard, contain Epigondolella quadrata Orchard in addition to Neo-
1986). Cordey (1986) reported Anisian radiolarians from this gondolella and are of a slightly younger Early Norian age
locality. Probable Anisian conodonts are known from chert (Orchard, 1991b this volume). Orchard (1984, GSC loc.
near Hat Creek (W.R. Danner, pers. comm., 1985). C-087079) reported the same epigondolellid from west of
Apart from an isolated occurrence of probable Middle Comwall Hills.
Triassic Neogondolella sp. aff. N. excelsa in a limestone on Other poorly preserved Norian collections with indeter-
Comwall Hills (GSC loc. C-118472), this interval is repre- minate Epigondolella and Neogondolella species are from
sented only by chert in the Marble Range. The precise age Pavilion Mountain (GSC locs. C-117772, C-149993) and
range of the strata bearing Fauna 8 is undetermined because from the area north of Porcupine Creek (GSC loc. C- 157813).
of the generally poor preservation and low yields. These collections represent undifferentiated Lower Norian
levels.
Upper Triassic
Fauna 9. Fauna 11
The youngest conodont fauna from the Cache Creek Complex
Species of Metapolygnathus and/or probable Neocavitella
comprise Fauna 9 from Cornwall Hills. Two isolated samples is from limestone lenses in siliceous pelite along Porcupine
Creek (GSC loc. C-175062). Fauna 11 comprises Epigondo-
(GSC locs. C-157870, C-157881) each contain an incomplete
element of ?Neocavitella, which was originally described lella bidentata Mosher, E. mosheri (Kozur and Mostler), and
from Julian-Tuvalian (Carnian) strata on Trebevic Mountain Neogondolella sp. The association is referred to the Upper
in the Yugoslavian Dinarides (Sudar and Budurov, 1979). bidentata Zone of Orchard (1991b this volume), which is of
More complete specimens of this genus occur to the west in middle Late Norian age, approximating the Amoenum Zone
Upper Camian Bridge River strata, which are part of a Mis- of the ammonoid chronology.
sissippian to Jurassic (F. Cordey, pers. comm., 1991) se-
quence, similar lithologically to the Cache Creek Complex SUMMARY
except for the lack of extensive carbonates. It lies a short
distance to the west of the Cache Creek type area, separated Sedimentary strata of the central and western belts of the
from it by the Fraser Fault and a belt of Jura-Cretaceous Cache Creek Complex in south-central British Columbia are
clastic rocks (Monger and McMillan, 1989). Late Permian and Triassic in age. Eleven conodont faunas are
differentiated in this study, two of which are Permian. The
In both Bridge River and Cache Creek rocks, other nine span virtually the entire Triassic.
(?)Neocavitella is sometimes associated with Metapolyg-
'

nathus nodosus (Hayashi). The latter species, originally de- Fauna 1 comprises species of Sweetognathus, Neogondo-
scribed from a mixed fauna in the Adoyama chert in Japan lella and Hindeodus within bedded to massive limestone near
(Hayashi, 1968), occurs in two Comwall Hills samples (GSC, the southern entrance of Marble Canyon. One of these spe-
locs. C-157869, C-157870). The metapolygnathid is most cies, Neogondolellaphosphoriensis, occurs also in strata west
common in the Upper Carnian (Orchard, 1991a), to which of Clinton. At both localities, the conodonts are associated
Fauna 9 is assigned. with the Guadalupian fusulinids Lepidolina and/or Neosch-
wagerina. The fauna is late Wordian to early Capitanian
(Guadalupian) in age.
Fauna 10
Fauna 2 consists of Hindeodus typicalis, Neogondolella
Elements of Fauna 10 are referred to Neogondolella, Meta- subcarinata subspp., N. sp. cf. N. orientalis, N. jesmondi,
polygnathus, and Epigondolella, which are collectively No- three morphotypes of the Iranognathus? movschovitschi
rian in age. The fauna is found in Oregon Jack Creek valley group, and I.? n. sp. A. This fauna is fully represented only
in poorly bedded biomicrites along the access road to the
Jesmond fire lookout, but components of it are found on SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY
Pavilion Mountain and in a pelmicrite on the hill north of
Jesmond Creek. Fauna 2 is interpreted to be at least in part The following taxonomy includes a discussion of selected,
Dorashamian/Changxingianin age, but may be as old as late mostly form species. Species illustrated in Plates 1-5, but not
Dzhulfian. It is the youngest documented Permian conodont discussed, are listed at the end of this section. Figured speci-
fauna in North America. mens are housed in the National Type Collection of Inverte-
brate and Plant Fossils at the Geological Survey of Canada,
A gap in the sedimentary record separates Permian from 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OE8.
Triassic strata in studied localities of the Marble Range. The
oldest Triassic rocks contain Fauna 3 and are found along
Porcupine Creek in thin bedded, dolomitic limestone. They Iranognathus? ex gr. movschovitschi (Kozur and Pjatakova)
are interpreted as Griesbachian in age on the basis of "An-
chignathodus" parvus. This is the first record of Griesba- 1975 Diplognathodus movschovitschi n. sp. KOZUR,
chian strata in the western Canadian Cordillera. P1. 2, figs. 3-4.
1977 Diplognathodus? rnovschovitschi Kozu r and
Fauna 4 is typified by Neogondolella carinata, Pjatakova. SWEET in ZIEGLER, P1. 1, fig. 5.
Neospathodus dieneri and N. peculiaris, which are mixed 1984 'Diplognathodus' rnovschovitschi Kozur and
with both older and younger elements in limy pelitic rocks in Pjatakova. ORCHARD,Pl. 22.2, figs. 3?-4,8.
Marble Canyon. A late Dienerian to early Smithian age is 1987 Iranognathus nudus n. sp. WANG, R I T E R , and
assigned to additional collections from Cornwall Hills, which CLARK, Fig. 6, #8-10.
contain elements of this fauna plus, in one case, N, sp. cf. N. 1989 Iranognathus ex gr. nudus Wang, Ritter, and
pakistanensis. Clark. BEYERS and ORCHARD, P1. 1, figs.
Fauna 5, associated with shallow water, algal laminated 4,6-7.
micrites near Jesmond, consists solely of ramiform elements.
Pachycladina and "Lonchodina' ' species date the fauna as Diagnosis. Scaphate elements with a denticulate free blade
Smithian. one third of unit length and a pustulose carina, which is
commonly partially fused into a bar. The broadly expanded,
Fauna 6, also dated as Smithian, comes from strata, in- subcircularbasal cup is unornamented. In profile, the denticu-
cluding oolitic breccia, on CornwallHills where Platyvillosus late posterior slope of the carina has a steep terminal edge.
costatus, Neogondolella milleri, Neospathodus waageni, N.
novaehollandiae, and Neospathodus n. sp. A are recorded. Description. A short free blade, about one third of unit length,
The latter neospathodid is also recorded from Marble Canyon carries 4 to 6 discrete denticles diminishing in size posteri-
and Pavilion Mountain. orly, except for the anteriormost denticle, which is smaller
than the second. The thin, high and often slightly laterally
Fauna 7 occurs near Jesmond in well bedded limestone curved carina is partly fused to form a bar, which may arch
that includes algal laminates. The fauna is characterized by slightly upward. Posteriorly, the denticulated carina slopes
Neospathodus horneri and N . triangularis, which in this study gradually and terminates abruptly in a steep edge. The
are regarded as wholly Spathian in age. broadly expanded, usually symmetrical basal cup is oval- to
Fauna 8 is virtually restricted to radiolarian chert on heart-shaped, with its greatest width in the anterior half.
Comwall Hills and in the Hat Creek area. It is MiddleTriassic Remarks. Assignment of I.? movschovitschi to the genus is
in age on the basis of Neogondolella ex gr. excelsa. tentative, because, unlike other species of Iranognathus, the
Three Upper Triassic conodont faunas are found in wide- species lacks ornamentation on the cup. Elements differ from
spread impure limestone and pelite. The oldest of these, Diplognathodus in lacking a strongly differentiated blade and
Fauna 9, is Carnian in age and is known only from Comwall carina, and in possessing carinal pustules. The micropustules,
Hills, where species of ?Neocavitella and Metapolygnathus sometimes obliterated due to recrystallization, indicate a
occur. relationship to the sweetognathids.

Fauna 10 occurs on Pavilion Mountain, in the Porcupine Wang et al. (1987, p. 1055) stated that "Iranognathus
Creek area, Marble Canyon, and west of Cornwall Hills. The nudus' ' differs from ' 'Diplognathodus' ' movschovitschi be-
fauna embraces several collections dated as Early Norian on cause the latter "reportedly lacks the pustulose microstruc-
the basis of different associations of Metapolygnathus primi- ture that is characteristic of Iranognathus nudus n. sp.".
tius, M. echinatus, Neogondolella navicula, and Epigondo- However, the description of "D." movschovitschi corre-
lella quadrats. sponds closely to "I. nudus", and the two broken specimens
available to Kozur and Pjatakova are now known to possess
Fauna 11 has so far only been recovered from dominantly the microornamentation (H. Kozur, pers. comm., 1989).
pelitic strata along Porcupine Creek. It is identified on the Hence, rnovschovitschi becomes the specific name with pri-
basis of Epigondolella bidentata and E, mosheri, and is dated ority.
as middle Late Norian.
Because the lateral profile of "Zranognathus nudus" was
not illustrated by Wang e t al. (1987), and "D."
movschovitschi specimens are very poorly preserved, it is not
certain that the Marble Canyon Formation material is identi-
cal. In upper view, the transcaucasian, Chinese and Canadian Morphotype C
specimens show similar free blade to element length relations
and basal cavity shape, but a comparison of denticulation and Plate 2, figures 8,9, 13, 14
carina profile is precluded. The blister-like nodes on the outer
side of the platform reported in some specimens by Wang et Diagnosis. A small morphotype characterized by a fully
al. (1987) are absent in our material. denticulate carina. Pustules occur on the sloping posterior
part of the carina. The basal cup does not extend to the
We recognize three morphotypes in the Marble Canyon posterior end of the carina.
Formation, which are differentiated primarily on the basis of
carinal fusion (Table 1). Assignment to species level is con- Remarks. Juveniles of Morphotype C cannot be distinguished
sidered premature because relationships between morpho- from those of other morphotypes, but later growth stages
types are not understood, and poor preservation means retain the fully denticulate carina. Morphotype C differs also
stratigraphic ranges cannot be reliably established. The com- in lacking carinal fusion, and by posterior restriction of the
mon occurrence of Morphotype A in the Jesmond area sug- basal cup.
gests that this form represents the mode of the population in
Fauna 2 (see above). For the present, we refer all specimens Occurrence. Sections 1 , 2 and 3, and isolated sample GSC
to the I.?movschovitschi group. loc. C-157808, Jesmond; GSC loc. C-157815, Jesmond
Creek.
Material. At least 20 specimens. Figured specimens GSC
Morphotype A 95307-95309.
Plate 1, figures 1-6
Iranognathus? n. sp. A
Diagnosis. This morphotype has carinal denticles that are
fused into a bar above the widest part of the basal cup. Width Plate 2, figures 10-12, 15
of the cup is equal, or almost equal, to length. Micropustules
occur either on the bar, on the posterior denticles, or on both. Diagnosis. A species of Iranognathus? with a denticulate free
Remarks. Morphotype A differs from morphotypes B and C blade, stout denticles on the anterior carina, and a short,
by the extensive and uniform distribution of micropustules laterally deflected and fused bar at the posterior end of the
both on the bar and the denticulate portion of the carina. carina. Micropustules occur both on the bar and on adjacent
denticle(s).
Occurrence. Sections 1, 2 and 3, and isolated sample GSC
loc. C-157808, Jesmond. Description. The free blade carries 4 to 5 denticles that
decrease in size posteriorly, except for the anteriormost one,
Material. At least 108 specimens. Figured specimens GSC which is smaller than the second. The 3 to 4 carinal denticles
81236,95295-95298. posterior of the blade are anteroposteriorly extended. At a
point two thirds from the anterior end of the element, the
carina is laterally deflected and fused into a short bar that
Morphotype B terminates above the steep posterior edge. The posteriormost
part of the carina is parallel to the anterior part. Two small
Plate 1, figures 7-1 1 denticles are located on the posterior edge. The slightly
asymmetrical, unornamented basal cup underlies the poste-
Diagnosis. This morphotype has a very short, fused bar rior two thirds of the element and has its greatest width in the
located on the posteriormost part of the free blade and above anterior half. Small pustules are present on the fused bar and
the anteriormost part of the cup. Pustules have so far been adjacent denticle(s).
recognized only on the denticulate carina, particularly be-
tween denticles. Remarks. This species differs from Iranognathus? ex gr.
movschovitschi in the style of denticulation and in the lateral
Remarks. Morphotype B is distinguished from Morphotype deflection of the fused carinal bar. The distinctive denticula-
A by restriction of both micropustules and carinal fusion, tion is reminiscent of Hindeodus julfensis (Sweet) but in I.?
which is intermediate between that of morphotypes A and C. n. sp. A the fused posterior section is flat, rather than arched
Occurrence. Section 3, Jesmond. upward.
Material. At least 2 specimens. Figured specimens GSC Occurrence. Sections 1 and 3, and isolated sample GSC loc.
95299,95300. C-157808, Jesmond.
Material. Three specimens. Figured specimens GSC 95310,
9531 1.
 Neogondolella jesmondi n. sp.. of China (Orchard collections), N, jesmondi resembles N. s.
changxingensis in the narrow, tapered anterior platform, and
Plate 3, figures 6,7,9,10,13-15 in the configuration of the blade and carina. However, in N.
jesmondi the main part of the platform has subparallel mar-
Etymology. From the nearby hamlet of Jesmond. gins that extend almost to the posterior end, and the cusp is
both prominent and distinct.
Holotype. GSC 95317, P1. 3, figs. 13-15.
Asymmetrical platform terminations occur in some ele-
Type stratum. At 0.5 m in Section 2, Marble Canyon Forma- ments of the Neogondolella jesmondi population, but they
tion, Cache Creek Complex. cannot be separated stratigraphically from those with sym-
Type locality. GSC loc. C-101144, Jesmond, near Clinton, metrical terminations.
south-central British Columbia. Material. At least 132 specimens. Figured paratypes GSC
Age. By association in Fauna 2, thought to be late Dzhulfian 95314-95316, holotype GSC 95317.
through Dorashamian/Changxingian.
Occurrence. Sections 1 and 2 (see Table I), and isolated Neogondolella sp. cf. N. orientalis (Barskov and Koroleva)
sample GSC loc. C-157808, Jesmond; isolated sample GSC
loc. C-157815, Jesmond Creek; Section 2, Pavilion Moun- Plate 3, figure 1
tain.
1970 Gondolella orientalis n. sp. BARSKOV and
Diagnosis. A species of Neogondolella with a long, slender KOROLEVA, Fig. 1, #1-4.
lachrimiform platform that is widest in the posterior third, a 1987 Neogondolella orientalis (B arskov and
rounded posterior margin, a narrow brim posterior of the Koroleva). NESTELL and WARDLAW, Fig.
distinct cusp, and a high anterior blade. 5, #1-9, 11-17; Fig. 6, $2-4, 6, 9, 10, 12-15;
Description. Platform elements of Neogondolella jesmondi Fig. 7, #16-18,20.
are narrow, slightly arched, commonly symmetrical, and
generally rounded at the posterior end, which may become Description. A species of Neogondolella with a broad quad-
subquadrate in late growth stages. Elements are widest in the rangular to lachrimiform platform, which is widest posterior
posterior third, taper gradually to a point one third from the of the midpoint, a low blade, a pronounced posterior brim,
anterior end, and then may narrow more abruptly. There is no and a very low cusp located toward the inner side of the
free blade, but a high, convex fixed blade that carries 5 to 6 midline.
denticles, and passes posteriorly into the 9 to 13 carinal Remarks. All of our material is broken anteriorly, and in
denticles of the mature platform, which are semifused with several specimens only the posteriormost platform is pre-
rounded tips; in mature to overmature specimensthe mid-por- served. Nevertheless, the elements show a range in platform
tion of the carina may be fused. The cusp, triangular to shape, similar to that displayed by material from Hydra
circular in cross-section, is discrete and prominent. It is (Nestell and Wardlaw, 1987).
sometimes preceded anteriorly by a very low denticle, ante-
rior of which denticles increase in size toward the blade. The Occurrence. Jesmond Creek, isolated sample GSC loc. C-
carina is straight or slightly curved, and in some specimens 157815; Section 1 and isolated sample GSC loc. C-157808
is intumed at the posterior end, in which case the last two on Jesmond lookout road.
denticles may be fused into a cusp, followed anteriorly by a Material. At least 6 specimens. Figured specimen GSC
much lower denticle. The platform margins at the posterior 95312.
end form a variably thickened brim of narrow but variable
width. The adcarinal grooves are narrow and of shallow to
moderate depth. The platform margins and brim are reticulate Neogondolella phosphoriensis
except for adcarinal grooves. On the lower surface a fairly (Youngquist, Hawley and Miller)
wide loop arches around a small, elongate pit, which becomes
a narrow groove beneath the blade. The keel is low and Plate 3, figures 8, 11-12
longitudinally grooved. In juvenile specimens, the cusp is
strongly reclined posteriorly, the brim is absent, and reticula- 1951 Gondolella phosphoriensis n. sp.
tion is restricted to the edge of the platform margin. YOUNGQUIST, HAWLEY and MILLER,
P1.54, figs. 10-12.
Remarks. Distribution data for neogondolellids from the Jes-
1986 Neogondolella phosphoriensis (Youngquist,
mond area are presented in Table 1. The narrow platform with
Hawley and Miller). BEHNKEN, WARD-
its brim of variable width is reminiscent of the Upper Permian
LAW and STOUT, Fig. 5, #1-3,8-19,22; Fig.
Neogondolella serrata complex, but in N. jesmondi the plat-
form achieves greatest width in the posterior third. The new 6, #21-27.
species also differs from the N. serrata complex in the shape
of the blade, in the carinal denticulation, and from most
species in the complex, in the lack of anterior platform
serrations. Compared with material from the Changxingian
non 1988 Neogondolella rosenkrantzi (Bender and Stop- Occurrence. Isolated sample GSC loc. C-157808 and ?Sec-
pel). CLARK and WANG, Fig. 3, #12. tion 1, Jesmond.

Description. A species of Neogondolella with a wide, oval- Material. Two (?four) specimens. Figured hypotype GSC
to triangular-shaped, regularly tapered platform, round to 95313.
blunt and often bulbous posterior end, a large elongate cusp
which does not project posteriorly, and a moderately high Neogondolella subcarinata n. subsp. A
blade, which carries about 4 denticles. The regularly spaced
denticles of the carina decrease in size posteriorly and may Plate 3, figures 2-3
be fused medially.
Remarks. Neogondolella phosphoriensis may resemble over- 1989 Neogondolella ex gr. subcarinata Sweet.
mature specimens of N,jesmondi, but differs in that the blade BEYERS and ORCHARD, P1. 1, fig. 1.
is lower, the platform wider and thinner, and the cusp elongate
and less distinct. Diagnosis. A subspecies of Neogondolella subcarinata with
long, broad, subquadrangular platform strongly downturned
Occurrence. Clinton lookout road, isolated sample GSC loc. posteriorly, a distinct cusp and narrow posterior brim, and
C-117776; lower Hat Creek, isolated sample GSC loc. C- unevenly developed geniculation points on the anterior plat-
116176. form margins.
Material. About 10 specimens. Figured hypotypes GSC Description. Neogondolella subcarinata subsp. A has a high
953 18,95319,95350. blade with semifused denticles that decrease in height poste-
riorly, and pass into low, fused carinal nodes. The cusp is
discrete, inclined posteriorly, and surrounded by a very nar-
Neogondolella subcarinata subcarinata Sweet row brim. The platform is thick, widest at mid-length, has
distinct adcarinal grooves, and is sharply downturned near the
Plate 3, figures 4,5 posterior end. The inner margin narrows abruptly at a geni-
culation point at about mid-length, the outer margin more
1973 Neogondolella carinata subcarinata n. subsp. gently at a point about one third from the anterior end.
TEICHERT, KUMMEL and SWEET, PI. 13, Anterior of the geniculation points, both margins taper gradu-
figs. 12-17; fig. l6E-H, p. 437. ally inward.
1975 Gondolella carinata subcarinata (Sweet).
KOZUR, P1.2, figs. 9, 10. Remarks. The strong geniculation point on the inner margin
1981 Neogondolella subcarinata subcarinata Sweet. gives the element a superficial resemblance to Neogondolella
ZHAO et al., PI. 5, figs. 1-5, 8,9. leveni, but it differs from the latter by the greater width of the
1988 Neogondolella subcarinata subcarinata Sweet. platform, the offset anterior taper, pronounced arching at the
CLARK and WANG, Fig. 3, #26. posterior end, size of the denticles adjacent to the cusp, and
length of the blade, which is proportionately longer in N. s.
Description. A neogondolellid with a short, broad and arched subspecies A. In addition, the platform margins of the Jes-
quadrangular platform, a cusp that projects posteriorly, and a mond element are not strongly upturned and they cany ante-
narrow posterior brim, which forms a faint buttress. The rior reticulation.
blade, with 4 denticles, is moderately high and passes into
low carinal nodes. The element resembles Neogondolella s. subcarinata
from the Changxingian of China (Orchard collections) in the
Remarks. The Jesmond material apparently differs from the outline of the posteriormostdenticles anterior of the cusp, and
Dorasham I1 specimens of Neogondolella s. subcarinata il- in the possession of a slight geniculation point on the anterior
lustrated diagrammatically by Sweet (Teichert et al., 1973, platform margin. It differs in the relative length of the plat-
fig. 16) in the presence of a slight geniculation point (Pl. 3, form and blade.
fig. 5), resulting in a less evenly downturned anterior platform
margin. The geniculation point is similar to that observed in Occurrence. Section 3 (GSC loc. C-157223), Jesmond.
specimens from the Changxingian of south China (Orchard Material. One specimen. Figured specimen GSC 8 1233.
collections), which are also similar in relative lengths of
platform and blade; the platform of the Jesmond specimens
is more subquadrate. Neospathodus n. sp. A
Specimens of Neogondolella s. subcarinata from Jes- Plate 5, figure 1
mond are smaller and more arched than N, subcarinata n.
subsp. A, do not show the anterior restriction to the same 1981 Neospathodus sp. A. ORCHARD, p. 358.
degree, and have a faint buttress beneath the posterior brim.
They resemble the new subspecies in overall platform shape, Diagnosis. A short species of Neospathodus with a straight
in the proportion of the blade to the rest of the element, and basal margin, an upturned posterior end, and upright denticles
in the posterior inclination of the cusp. that form a subsymmetrical arcuate crest.
Description. The segminate element is as high as it is long, Hindeodus typicalis (Sweet), P1.4, figs. 1,4, hypotypes GSC
or nearly so. The robust denticles are fused for two thirds of 95320,95321.
their length, point straight up, and form an arcuate crest. The
cusp, located at the posterior end, is wider but shorter than "Lonchodina" nevadensis Miiller, P1. 4, fig. 11, hypotype
the anterior denticles. A longitudinal rib occurs a short dis- GSC 81235.
tance above the straight basal margin. Beneath the posterior-
most two denticles, the basal margin is abruptly upturned Metapolygnathus nodosus (Hayashi), P1.5, fig. 22, hypotype
above a deep basal cavity. GSC 95348.
Remarks. Well preserved specimens of the new species have Metapolygnathus primitius (Mosher), P1.5, fig. 19, hypotype
been found in association with Smithian ammonoids in GSC 95345.
Oman, and will be formally described in a future paper. The
occurrence in Cache Creek implies that this is a stratigraphi- Metapolygnathus pseudoechinatus Kozur, P1. 5, fig. 20, hy-
cally useful species. potype GSC 95346.
Occurrence. Cornwall Hills, isolated samples GSC loc. C- Metapolygnathus sp., P1. 5, fig. 23, figured specimen GSC
118474, C-157873 and Pavilion Mountain, Section 2 (GSC 95349.
~ O C .C-157843).

Material. Seven specimens. Figured specimen GSC 95330. Neocavitella? sp., P1. 4, figs. 5, 8, figured specimens GSC
95322,95323.
Pachycladina? sp. A Neogondolella carinata (Clark), P1.5, figs. 15, 16, hypotypes
GSC 65880,95342.
Plate 4, figure 12
Neogondolella sp. aff. N. excelsa (Mosher), P1.5, figs. 13, 14,
Description. A Pachycladina-like element with a robust, figured specimen GSC 95341.
rhomboid blade with nine laterally compressed, posteriorly
inclined, short and stout denticles of subequal height. A Neogondolella milleri (Miiller), PI. 5, fig. 11, hypotype GSC
midlateral rib lies at the upper margin of the lower surface, 95339.
below the base of the denticles. Growth lines surround a
minute basal pit. The lower margin is uptumed in a posterior Neogondolella navicula (Huckriede), P1.5, fig. 12, hypotype
direction. The anterior surface is smooth and distally curved. GSC 95340.
Remarks. The uptumed lower margin may correspond to the Neospathodus bicuspidatus (Miiller), P1. 5, fig. 8, hypotype
"lip" of P. obliqua described by Staesche (1964). Pachyc- GSC 95337.
ladina? sp. A resembles Parachirognathus geiseri Clark in
outline but differs from it in denticulation and in its distinctly Neospathodus dieneri Sweet, P1. 5, fig. 4, hypotype GSC
uptumed rather than straight lower edge. It differs from 95333.
Pachycladina obliqua sensu Sweet in the subequal height of
denticles and, therefore, in the lack of a well differentiated Neospathodus homeri (Bender), P1. 5, fig. 3, hypotype GSC
cusp. 95332.
Occurrence. 1 m above the base of Section 4, Jesmond (GSC Neospathodus novaehollandiae McTavish, P1.5, fig. 7, hypo-
~ O C .C-149815).
type GSC 95336.
Material. One Sa specimen. Figured specimen GSC 95329.
Neospathodus sp. cf. N. pakistanensis Sweet, PI. 5, fig. 2,
figured specimen GSC 95331.
The following species are not discussed but are illustrated in
Plates 1-5: Neospathodus peculiaris Sweet, P1. 5, fig. 9, hypotype GSC
65897.
"Anchignathodus" parvus Kozur and Pjatakova, P1. 4, figs.
2,3, hypotypes GSC 81239,81240. Neospathodus triangularis (Bender), P1. 5, fig. 6, hypotype
GSC 95335.
Epigondolella mosheri (Kozur and Mostler), P1. 5, fig. 21,
hypotype GSC 95347. Neospathodus waageni Sweet, P1. 5, fig. 5, hypotype GSC
95334.
Epigondolella quadrata Orchard, PI. 5, fig. 17, hypotype GSC
95343. Pachycladina obliqua Staesche, P1. 4, fig. 9, hypotype GSC
95326.
Epigondolella triangularis (Budurov), P1.5, fig. 18, hypotype
GSC 95344. Pachycladina sp. aff. P. obliqua Staesche, P1. 4, fig. 10,
figured specimen GSC 95328.
Pachycladiaa sp., PI. 4, figs. 7 , 13, figured specimens GSC Carr, T.R. and Paull, R.K.
95325,95327. 1983: Early Triassic stratigraphy and paleogeography of the Cordilleran
miogeocline. In Mesozoic Paleogeography of the West-central
United States, M.W. Reynolds and E.D. Dolly (eds.); Society of
Platyvillosus costatus (Staesche), P1.5, fig. 10, hypotype GSC Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists,Rocky Mountain Pa-
95338. leogeography 2, p. 39-55.
Clark, D.L.
1959: Conodonts from the Triassic of Nevada and Utah. Journal of Pale-
Sweetognathur sp(p)., P1. 2, figs. 1, 2, 7, figured specimens ontolonv. v. 33. D. 305-312.
GSC 95301,95302. 1981: ~lassi6ation.1; Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Part W,
Miscellanea, Suo~lement2. Conodonta, R.A. Robison (ed.): Geo-
Undetermined ramiform elements, P1. 2, figs. 3-6; P1.4, fig. logical Society America and University of Kansas press, Law-
6, figured specimens GSC 95303-95306, GSC 95324. rence/Kansas, p. W 102-W180.
Clark, D.L. and Wang, C.-y.
1988: Permian neogondolellids from south China: significance for evolu-
tion of the serrata and carinata groups in North America. Journal
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS of Paleontology, v. 62, p. 132-138.
Cordey, F.
M.J. Orchard acknowledges partial financial support for this 1986: Radiolarianages from the Cache Creek and BridgeRiver complexes
project from the National Science and Engineering Research and from chert pebbles in Cretaceous conglomerates,southwestern
Council. We thank J.W.H. Monger (G.S.C., Vancouver) for British Columbia. 111Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey
of Canada, Paper 86-l A, p. 595-602.
his review of an earlier manuscript and discussions of Cache Cordey, F., Mortimer, N., Dewever, P., and Monger, J.W.H.
Creek tectonics; R.K. Paull (Milwaukee, WI.) and E.T. Tozer 1987: Jurassic radiolarians from the Cache Creek terrane, British Colum-
(G.S.C., Vancouver) who also provided useful suggestions; bia. Geology, v. 15, p. 1151-1 154.
N. Mortimer (D.S.I.R., New Zealand) for guiding us in the Danner, W.R.
1985: Tethyan exotic terrane, southwestern British Columbia. Field Trip
Pavilion Mountain area; T. Dickey and R. Manley for assis- No. 13, Meetings of the Geological Society of America, cordilleran
tance in the field; P. Krauss (G.S.C., Vancouver) for S.E.M. Section; University of British Columbia, Department of Geological
-
photomicroscopy; and T. Oliveric (G.S.C., Vancouver) for Sciences, 16 p.
drafting. Danner, W.R.and Nestell, M.K.
1966: Biostratigraphy of the Cache Creek Group, Pennsylvanian-Per-
mian, in the type area, British Columbia, Canada (abstract). Geo-
logical Society of America Annual Meeting, San Francisco,
REFERENCES Abstracts with Programs, p. 49-50.
Dawson, G.M.
Armstrong, J.E. 1879: Report on an exploration from Port Simpson on the Pacific coast to
1949: Fort St. James map-area, Cassiarand Coast districts, British Colum- Edmonton on the Saskatchewan, embracing a portion of the north-
bia. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir 252,210 p. em part of British Columbia and the Peace River country. Geologi-
Bamber, E.W., Henderson, C.M., Jerzykiewicz, J., Mamet, B.L., and cal Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1879-80, p. 1B-165B.
Utting, J. Ding, M.H.
1989: A summary of carboniferous and Permian biostratigraphy, northern 1986: Permian-Triassic boundary and conodonts in south China. Memo-
Yukon Tenitory and northwest District of Mackenzie. In Current rie della Societg Geologica Italians, v. 34, p. 263-268.
Research, Part G, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-lG, p. Duffell, S. and McTaggart, K.C.
13-21. 1952: Ashcroft map-area, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Can-
Barskov, I.S. and Koroleva, N.V. ada, Memoir 262, 122 p.
1970: The first find of Upper Permian conodonts in the U.S.S.R. Doklady Dunbar, C.O.
Akademii Nauk S.S.S.R., v. 194, p. 933,934 (in' Russian). 1932: Neoschwagerina in the Permian faunas of British Columbia. Royal
Behnken, F.H., Wardlaw, B.R., and Stout, L.N. Society of Canada, Proceedings and Transactions, v. 26, p. 45-49.
1986: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Permian Meade Peak phosphatic Gedik, J.
shale member, Phosphoria Formation, southeastem Idaho. 111 West- 1975: Die Conodonten der Trias auf der Kocaeli-Halbinsel (Turkei). Pa-
em Phosphate ~ e ~ o s i tD.W.
s , Boyd and J.A. Lillegraven (eds.); laeontographicaAbt. A, v. 150, p. 99-160.
Contributions to Geology, Phosphoria Issue, v. 24 (2), 38th Annual Goel, R.K.
Meeting of the Rocky Mountains Section of the Geological Society 1977: Triassic conodonts from Spiti (Himachal Pradesh), India. Journal
of America, 1985, p. 169-190. of Paleontology, v. 51, p. 1085-1 101.
Bender, H. Goto,. H.,. Maruoka, K., and Ishii, K.4.
1968: Zur Gliederung der mediterranen Trias 11: die Conodontenchronolo- 1986: ~epidolina&olumbiana(Permian fusulinid) from British Columbia,
gie der mediterranen Trias. Annales geologiques des pays
hellCniques, v. 19, p. 465-540.
- -
Canada. Transactions and Proceedings of the Palaeontolo~icalSo-
ciety of Japan, n. ser., v. 143, p. 422-434.
Bender, H. and Stoppel, D. Hayashi, S.
1965: Perm-Conodonten.Geologisches Jahrbuch, v. 82, p. 331-364. 1968: The Permian conodonts in chert of the Adoyama Formation, Ashio
Beyers, J.M. and Orchard, MJ. Mountains, central Japan. Earth Science, Japan, v. 22, p. 63-77.
1989: Permian-Triassicboundary beds in the Cache CreekGroup, Marble Hirsch, F.
Range, near Jesmond, British Colvmbia. In Current Research, Part 1975: Lower Triassic conodonts from Israel. Israel Geological Survey,
E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 89-1E, p. 127.132. Bulletin, v. 66, p. 39-44.
Buryi, G.I. Johnson, J.H. and Danner, W.R.
1979: Triassic conodonts of Primor'e and their distribution in the Circum- 1966: Permian calcareous algae from northwestern Washington and
Pacific region (in Russian). In Evolyutsiya Organicheskogo Mira southwestern British Columbia. Journal of Paleontology, v. 40, p.
Tikhookeanskogo Poyasa: Khronologicheskiye i Paleobio- 424-432.
geograficheskiye Rubezhi, V.A. Krassilov (ed.); Doklady Koike, T.
Akademii Nauk, Institute of Geology and Geophysics, Vladivostok, 1982: Triassic conodont biostratigraphy in Kedah, west Malaya. Geology
S.S.S.R., International Geological Correlation Programme. Project and Palaeontology of southeast Asia, v. 23, p. 9-51.
106, p. 114-122. 1988: Lower Triassic conodonts Platyvillosus from the Taho Limestone
Campbell, R.B. and Tipper, H.W. in Japan. Science Reports of the Yokohama National University,
1971: Geology of Bonaparte Lake map-area, British Columbia. Geologi- section 11, no. 35. p. 61-79.
cal Survey of Canada, Memoir 363,100 p.
Kozur, H. Paull, R.K.
1975: Beitrage zur Conodontenfauna des Perm. Geologische und Palaon- 1982: Conodont biostratigraphy of Lower Triassic rocks, Terrace Moun-
tologische Mitteilungen, Innsbmck, v. 5(4), p. 1-44. tains, northwestern Utah. Utah Geological Association, Publication
1977: Beitrage zur SRatigraphie des Perms: Teil I, Probleme der Abgren- 10, p. 235-250.
zung und Gliederung des Perms. In Stratigraphie, Biofazies und 1988: Distribution pattern of Lower Triassic (Scythian) conodonts in the
Taxonomic des Europaischen Phanerozoikums, Teil IV; Freiberger western United States: documentation of the Pakistan connection.
Forschungshefte, C319, p. 79-121. Palaios. v. 3. p. 598-605.
1978: Beitrage zur Stratigraphiedes Perms: Teil II, Die Conodontenchro- Perri, M.C. and Andraghetti, M.
nologie des Perms. Freiberger Forschungshefte,C334, p. 85-161. 1987: Permian-Triassic boundary and Early Triassic conodonts from the
1990: The taxonomy of the gondolellid conodonts in the Permian and southern Alps, Italy. Rivista Italiana di Paleontologica e Strati-
Triassic. Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, v. 117, p. 409- grafia, v. 93, p. 291-328.
469. Rostovtsev, K.O. and Azaryan, N.R.
Kozur, H., Mostler, H., and Rahimi-Yazd, A. 1973: The Permian-Triassic boundary in Transcaucasia. In The Permian
1975: Beitrage zur Mikrofauna permotriadischer Schichtfolgen: Teil II, and Triassic Systems and their Mutual Boundary, A. Logan and
Neue Conodonten aus dem Oberperm und der basalen Trias von L.V. Hills (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Mem-
Nord- und Zentraliran. Geologische und Palaontologische Mittei- oir 2, p. 89-99.
lungen, Innsbmck, v. 5(3), p. 1-23. Schock, W.W., Maughan, E.K., and Wardlaw, B.R.
Kozur, H., Leven, E.Y., Lozowskii, V.R., and Pjatakova, M.V. 1981: Permian-Triassic boundary in southwestern Montana and western
1978: Conodontal sequence of Permian and Triassic boundary strata of Wyoming. In Montana Geological Society Field Conference and
Transcaucasia. Bulletin of the Moscow Society of Naturalists, Ge- Guidebook to Southwest Montana, T.E. Tucker. R.B. h a m , W.F.
ology Section, v. 53(5), p. 15-23. Brinker, and R.F. Grabb, Jr. (eds.); Montana Geological Society, p.
McTavish, R.A. 59-69.
1973: Triassic conodont faunas from Western Australia. Neues Jahrbuch Selwyn, A.R.C.
Wr Geologie und Palbntologie, Abhandlungen, v. 143, p. 275-303. 1872: Journal and report of preliminary explorations in British Columbia.
Monger, J.W.H. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1871-72, p.
1977: Upper Paleozoic rocks of the western Canadian Cordillera and their 16-72.
bearing on Cordilleran evolution. Canadian Journal of Earth Sci- Shannon, K.R.
ences, v. 14, p. 1832-1859. 1981: The Cache Creek Group and contiguous rocks near Cache Creek,
1981: Geology of parts of western Ashcroft map area, southwestern British Columbia. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey
British Columbia. In Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 81-I A, p. 217-221.
of Canada, Paper 8 1-lA, p. 185-189. 1982: Cache Creek Group and contiguous rocks, near Cache Creek, Brit-
Monger, J.W.H. and McMillan, WJ. ish Columbia Unpublished M.Sc. thesis, University of British
1989: Geology, Ashcroft, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Can- Columbia, Vancouver, 72 p.
ada, Map 42-1989, sheet I, scale 1:250 000. Solien, M.A.
Mortimer, N. 1979: Conodont biostratigraphy of the Lower Triassic Thaynes Forma-
1987: Geological map of part of NTS sheet 921/13, with notes. British tion, Utah. Journal of Paleontology, v. 53, p. 276-306.
Columbia Depamnent of Mines, Open File 87/18. Staesche, U.
Mosher, L.C. 1964: Conodonten aus dem Skyth von SUdtirol. Neues Jahrbuch f3r Ge-
1973: Triassic conodonts from British Columbia and the northern Arctic ologie und Palaontologie, Abhandlungen, v. 119, p. 247-306.
Islands. In Contributions to Canadian Paleontology, B.S. Norford Sudar, M.N. and Budurov, K.J.
and E.J.W. Irish (4s.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 222, 1979: New conodonts from the Triassic in Yugoslavia and Bulgaria.
p. 141-193. Geologica Balcanica, v. 9, p. 47-52.
Miiller, K.J. Sweet, W.C.
1956: Triassic conodonts from Nevada. Journal of Paleontology, v. 30, p. 1970a: Permian and Triassic conodonts from a section at Guryul Ravine,
818-830. Vihi District, Kashmir. University of Kansas Paleontological Con-
Nestell, M.K. and Wardlaw, B.R. tributions, Paper 49, p. 1- 10.
1987: Upper Permian conodonts from Hydra, Greece. Journal of Paleon- 1970b: Uppermost Permian and Lower Triassic conodonts of the Salt
tology, v. 61, p. 758-772. Range and Trans-Indus Ranges, West Pakistan. In Stratigraphic
Orchard, M.J. Boundary Problems: Permian and Triassic of West Pakistan, B.
1981: Triassic conodonts from the Cache Creek Group, Marble Canyon, Kummel and C. Teichert (eds.); University of Kansas Paleontologi-
southern British Columbia. In Current Research, Pan A, Geological cal Contributions, Special Publication 4, p. 207-275.
Survey of Canada, Paper 81-l A, p. 357-359. 1973: Late Permian and Early Triassic conodonts faunas. l n The Permian
1983: Epigondolella populations and their phylogeny and zonation in the and Triassic Systems and their Mutual Boundary, A. Logan and
Upper Triassic. Fossils and Strata, v. 15, p. 177-192. L.V. Hills (eds.); Canadian Society of Petroleum Geologists, Mem-
1984: Pennsylvanian, Permian and Triassic conodonts from the Cache oir 2, p. 630-646.
Creek Group, Cache Creek, southern British Columbia. In Current 1979: Graphic correlation of Permo-Triassic rocks in Kashmir, Pakistan
Research, Part B, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 84-IB, p. and Iran. Geologica et Palaeontologica, v. 13, p. 239-248.
197-206. 1988: The Conodonta. Oxford Monographs on Geology and Geophysics,
1986: Conodonts from western Canadian chert: their nature, distribution v. 10, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 212 p.
and stratigraphic application. In Conodonts: Investigative Tech- Sweet, W.C. and Bergstrom, S.M.
niques and Applications, R.L. Austin (ed.); British Micropaleon- 1986: Conodonts and biostratigraphic correlation. Annual Review of
tological Society, Ellis Horwood Limited, Chichester, p. 94-1 19. Earth and Planetary Sciences, v. 14, p. 85-112.
1991a: Late Triassic conodont biochronology and biostratigraphy of the Sweet, W.C.. Mosher, L.C., Clark. D.L., Collinson, J.W., and
Kunga Group, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. In Evo- Hasenrnueller. W.A.
lution and Hydrocarbon Potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin, 1971: Conodont bioshatigraphy of the Triassic. In Symposium on Cono-
British Columbia, G.J. Woodsworth (ed.); Geological Survey of dont Biostratigraphy, W.C. Sweet and S.M. Bergstr6m (eds.); Geo-
Canada, Paper 90-10, p. 173-193. logical Society of America, Memoir 127, p. 441-465.
1991b: Upper Triassic conodont biochronology and new index species from Teichert, C. and Kumrnel, B.
the Canadian Cordillera. In Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Pale- 1976: Permian-Triassic boundary in the Kai, Stosch area, east Greenland,
ontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard and A.D. MG with Appendix by W.C. Sweet. Meddelelser om Grenland, v. 197,
Cracken (eds.); Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417 (this 54 p.
volume). Teichert, C., Kummel, B., and Sweet, W.C.
Orchard, M.J. and Beyers, J.M. 1973: Permian-Triassic strata, Kuh-e-Ali Bashi, northwestern Iran. Bul-
1988: Conodont bioshatigraphy of the Cache Creek Group in the Marble letin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University,
Range of south-central British Columbia. In Current Research, Part v. 145. p. 359-472.
E, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 88-lE, p. 159-162.
Thompson, M.L., Wheeler, H.E., and Danner, W.R. Wardlaw, B.R.
1950: Middle and Upper Permian fusulinids of Washington and British 1988: Permian conodonts from the Salt Range, Pakistan (abstract). Geo-
Columbia. Cushman Foundation for Foraminifera1Research, Con- logical Society of America, 22nd Annual Meeting of the North-Cen-
tributions, v. 1, p. 40-63. tral Section, Abstracts with Programs, v. 20(5), p. 393.
Tozer, E.T. Yao, J. and Li, Z.
1988: Towards a definition of the Permian-Triassic boundary. Episodes, 1987: Permian-Triassic conodont faunas and the Permian-Triassic
v. 11, p. 251-255. boundary at the Selong section in Nyalam County, Xizang, China.
Travers, W.B. Kexue Tongbao, v. 32, p. 1555-1560.
1978: Overturned Nicola and Ashcroft strata and their relation to the Youngquist, W.L., Hawley, R.W., and Miller, A.K.
Cache Creek Group, southwestern Intennontane Belt, British Co- 1951: Phosphoria conodonts from southeastern Idaho. Joumal of Paleon-
lumbia. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 15, p. 99-1 16. tology, v. 25, p. 356-364.
Trettin, H.P. Zhao, J.-k., Sheng, J.-z., Yao, Z.-q., Liang, X.-I., Chem, C.-z., Rui, L.,
1961: Geology of the Fraser River Valley between Lillooet and Big Bar and Liao, 2.4.
Creek. British Columbia Depamnent of Mines and Petroleum Re- 1981 : The Changhsingian and Permian-Triassic boundary of south China.
sources, Bulletin 44, 109 p. Bulletin of the Nanjing Institute of Geology and Palaeontology,
1980: Permian Rocks of the Cache Creek Group in the Marble Range, Academia Sinica, v. 2(2), p. 1-85.
Clinton area, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Ziegler, W.
Paper 79-17, 17 p. 1977: Catalogue of Conodonts, v. 3. E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuch-
Wang, C.-y., Ritter, S.M., and Clark, D.L. handlung, Stuttgart, 574 p.
1987: The Sweetognathus complex in the Permian of China: implications
for evolution and homeomorphy. Joumal of Paleontology, v. 61, p.
1047-1057.
 APPENDIX
Locality register

A brief geographical description, latitude, longitude, collector, year of collection, and stratigraphic
information are given for each GSC locality number cited in the text. All samples are from the Marble
Canyon Formation, unless stated otherwise.

Jesmond: NTS 92 Pl5, Bolzaparte Lake Section 4

Section 1 ''Upper section'' of Beyers and Orchard (1989), Jesmond fire
lookout access road, above third switchback at 4.36 km from
Jesmond fire lookout access road, section begins 2.87 km turnoff onto lookout road, between 5lo17'56.2N,
from turnoff onto lookout road; between 51°17'41.8"N, 121°54'21.5"W and 51°18'16.7"N, 121°54'46.8"W. Stratig-
121054'36.0W and 5 1°17'40.9N, 121°5430.7"W. Stratig- raphic thickness: 84 m; J.M. Beyers, 1986.
raphic thickness: 61.5 m; J.M. Beyers, 1986, 1987.
GSC loc. C-149786. At 13 m, elevation 1800 m (5940 ft.).
GSC loc. C-149768. At 0 m, datum; 1986. GSC loc. C-149787. At 11.5 m.
GSC loc. C-149769. At 3 m; 1986. GSC loc. C-149802. At 3.5 m.
GSC loc. C-149771. At 49.5 m; 1986. GSC loc. C-149812. At 1 m, elevation 1818 m (6000 ft.).
GSC loc. C-149773. At 53.5 m; 1986. GSC loc. C-149815. At 1 m (separated along strike).
GSC loc. (2-157202. At 51 m; 1987. GSC loc. C-149822. At 4.5 m, elevation 1821 m (6010 ft.).
.I Y- --
GSC loc. C-157204. At 2.5 m, elevation 1606 m (5300 ft.);
t(/.
GSC loc. C-149832. At 8 m.
GSC loc. C-149839. At 10.5 m, elevation 1835 m (6055 ft.).
Section 2 Isolated samples
Jesmond fire lookout access road, section begins 4.1 km from ~h~ following samples are from the ~~~~~~darea.
turnoff onto lookout road, 50 m downhill from second switch-
back, between 5 1017~51.5"N, 12 105435.8"W and GSC loc. C-101141. Section 4. Elevation about 6000 ft. (1829
51°17'47.8"N, 121°5433.3~"W.Stratigraphic thickness: 7.5 m); 51°17'N, 121°54'W, M.J. Orchard, 1981.
m. GSC loc. C-101146. Elevation about 4900 ft. (1485 m);
51°17'N, 121°54'W; M.J. Orchard, 1981.
GSC Ioc. C-101144. At 0.5 m, elevation 1610 m (5600 feet); GSC loc. C-118494. Section 4.0.6 km from lookout; 51°18'N,
M.J. Orchard, 1981. 12l054'30W;M.J. Orchard, 1984.
GSC loc. C-118497. At 0.5 m, recollection of GSC loc. GSC loc. C-157808. 2.5 km from turnoff onto lookout road,
C-101144; M.J. Orchard, 1984. near GSC loc. C-101146; 5 1°17'44.5"N, 121054'59.2W;
GSC loc. C-149752. At 0 m, datum, elevation 1682 m (5550 J.M. Beyers, 1987.
feet); J.M. Beyers, 1986. GSC loc. C-157815. On hillside north of Jesmond Creek and
GSC Ioc. C-149753. At 0.5 m; J.M. Beyers, 1986. west of major north-south gully; elevation 1485 m (4900
GSC loc. C-149756. At 3.5 m; J.M. Beyers, 1986. ft.); 51016'13.4N, 121°54'14.9W; J.M. Beyers, 1987.
GSC loc. C-149757. At 3.8 m: J.M. Bevers. 1986.
GSC loc. C-157212. At 6 m; J.M. ~ e ~ ki987.
s , Central Marble Range: NTS 92 Pl4, Bonaparte Lake
Section 3 Isolated samples
"Lower section" of Beyers and Orchard (1989), Jesmond GSC loc. C-117776. Lookout access road west of Clinton, 6.5
fire lookout access road, on hill above second switchback, 4.1 km from junction with Kelly Lake-Clinton road;
km from turnoff onto lookout road, between 51°17'54.0N, 5 1°06'12.9N, 121°39'56.3"W; M.J. Orchard, 1986.
121°54'42.2W and 51°17'50.6N, 121°54'25.5"W. Stratig- GSC loc. C-157813. Road north of Porcupine Creek, 14.5 km
raphic thickness: 84 m; J.M. Beyers, 1986, 1987. north of junction of Kelly Lake and Jesmond roads, eleva-
tion 1803 m (5950ft.); 51°0725.5"N, 121°51'00.4W; J.M.
GSC loc. C-149781. At 69 m, elevation 1727 m (5700 ft.); Beyers, 1987.
1986.
GSC loc. C-149782. At 74 m; 1986. Porcupine Creek road
GSC loc. C-157217. At 0 m, datum; 1987.
GSC loc. C-157218. At 1 m; 1987. GSC loc. C-175062. Approximately 3 km from junction with
GSC loc. C-157219. At 3.5 m; 1987. Jesmond road (lies 5.5 km north of junction with Kelly
GSC loc. C-157222. At 28.5 m; 1987. Lake road): 5 1°04N, 121°49'W. Western belt strata; M.J.
GSC loc. C-157223. At 32 m; 1987. Orchard, 1990.
GSC loc. C-157224. At 35.5 m; 1987. GSC loc. C-157820. 2.9 km from junction; 51°04'17.6N,
121°49'19.7"W. At 0 m within 7 m section; J.M. Beyers,
1987.
GSC loc. C-157824. Approximately 3.5 km from junction, Isolated samples
elevation 1479 m (4880 ft.); 51°04'26.4"N,
121°49'06.9"W. At 25 m in 42 m section; J.M. Beyers, GSC loc. C-087055(a, e, g). In roadcut near west end of
1987. Marble Canyon, southeast end of Pavilion Lake;
50051.4'N, 121°43'W, M.J. Orchard, 1980.
Pavilion Mountain: NTS 92 1/13, Ashcroft GSC loc. C-116176. From Highway 12, in roadcut just east
of Hat Creek turnoff; 50048'N, 121°37'W, M.J. Orchard,
Section 1 1985.
GSC loc. C-118499. As above; 1984.
Western belt: 5 km east of Hambrook Creek junction, Pavil- GSC loc. C-149969. Off Highway 12 near junction with Hat
ion Mountain road, between 50°59'04.4N, 121°42'55.3"W Creek road, along trail, bearing 1920to junction; elevation
(GSC loc. C-117774) and 50°59'06.2"N, 121°43'06.7"W 894 m (2950 ft.); 5@48'01.9N, 121°36'29.8"W; J.M. Bey-
(GSC loc. C-117772). Stratigraphic thickness: 42.5 m. ers, 1986.
GSC loc. (2-117772. At 19.5 m; M.J. Orchard, 1986.
GSC loc. (2-117774. At 0.5 m; M.J. Orchard, 1986. Cornwall Hills: NTS 92 1111, Ashcroft
GSC loc. (2-157841. At 22.5 m; J.M. Beyers, 1987. GSC loc. C-117780. Hat Creek road in Oregon Jack Creek
Section 2 valley, 1.05 km from junction with Comwall Hills access
road; 50038'29.0"N, 121°29'14.9W, M.J. Orchard, 1986.
Western belt: 800 m west of small tower, Pavilion Mountain
road, between 50°58'45.3"N, 121°42'08.3"W (GSC loc. Cornwall Hills Fire lookout, on Tower Access Road:
C-157847) and 50058'45.4N, 121°42'17.3"W (GSC loc. GSC loc. C-087077. 1.15 km southsouthwest of fire lookout;
C-149993). Approximately 50 m section; J.M. Beyers. 50°41'17"N, 121°27'47"W, K.R. Shannon, 1980.
GSC loc. C-149993. At approximately 40 m; 1986. GSC loc. C-118472. 0.19 km from top junction near fire
GSC loc. C-157843. At approximately 15 m; 1987. lookout; 5@40'N, 121°28'W, M.J. Orchard, 1984.
GSC loc. C-157847. At approximately 2 m; 1987. GSC loc. C-118474. 0.88 km from top junction; 50°40'N,
121°28'W, M.J. Orchard, 1984.
Isolated sample GSC loc. C-118479. 1.7 km from top junction; 50"40'N,
121°28'W; M.J. Orchard, 1984.
GSC loc. C-149985. Western belt: Pavilion Mountain, on GSC loc. C-157860. 50041f50.1"N,121°26'35.5"W, J.M. Bey-
straight line between the two microwave towers. ers, 1987.
50°58'32.6N, 121°41'21.5"W; J.M. Beyers, 1986. GSC loc. C-157869. Elevation 1376 m (6520 ft.);
5O041'4O.6N, 121°27'15.4W; J.M. Beyers, 1987.
Marble Canyon-Hat Creek: NTS 92 1/13,Ashcroft GSC loc. C-157870. Elevation 2021 m (6670 ft.);
Section 50°41'45.0"N, 121°27'17.8"W; J.M. Beyers, 1987.
GSC loc. C-157873. Bearing 106' to lookout; elevation 2015
Highway 12, about 200 m east of Hat Creek turnoff; m (6610 ft.); 50°41'49.1"N, 121°27'23.5"W; J.M. Beyers,
50°47'56.9"N, 12l036'22.4''W, M.J. Orchard, 1985. 1987.
GSC loc. C-118818. At 2.2 m. GSC loc. C-157881. From bluffs about 15 m above road,
GSC loc. C-118821. At 5.2 m. bearing 0470 to lookout; 50041f38.4"N, 121°27'47.3"W;
GSC loc. C-118822. At 6.7 m. J.M. Beyers, 1987.
 PLATE 1

Upper Permian conodonts from Cache Creek.

Figures 1-6. Iranognathus? ex gr. movschovitschi (Kozur and Pjatakova) Morphotype A.

Specimens are recrystallized and have adhering (?)dolomite.
1. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95295, x100, GSC loc. C-149752.
2. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95296, x100, GSC loc. C-149752.
3. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95297, x100, GSC loc. C-149752.
6. Close-up of carina showing pustules, same specimen as figure 3, x400.
4. Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 81236, x90, GSC loc. C-118497.
5. Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 95298, x100, GSC loc. C-149757.

Figures 7-1 1. Iranognathus? ex gr. movschovitschi (Kozur and Pjatakova) Morphotype B.

7, 10. Lateral and upper views, figured specimen GSC 95299, x150 and x125, GSC loc. C-157219.
8,9. Oblique lateral and upper views, figured specimen GSC 95300, x100, GSC loc. C-149782.
11. Close-up of carina, same specimen as figures 8,9, x400; a. oblique view from the posterior, b.
oblique view from the anterior. Note how micropustules are much clearer in the latter view.
 PLATE 2

Upper Permian conodonts from Cache Creek.

Figures l , 2 , 7 . Sweetognathus sp(p).

1,2. Upper and lateral views, figured specimen GSC 95301, x80, GSC loc. C-118818.
7. Upper view of posterior fragment, figured specimen GSC 95302, x100, GSC loc. C-118499.

Figure 3. Undetermined bipennate element.

Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95303, x80, GSC loc. C-101144.

Figure 4. Undetermined alate element.

Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95304, x80, GSC loc. C-101144.

Figure 5. Undetermined digyrate element.

Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95305, x80, GSC loc. C-101144.

Figure 6. Undetermined xaniognathiform element.

Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95306, x80, GSC loc. C-101144.

Figures 8,9, 13, 14. Iranognathus? ex gr. movschovitschi (Kozur and Pjatakova) Morphotype C.
8,9. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95307, fig. 8, x250, fig. 9, x150, lateral view, GSC loc.
C-157808.
13. Closeup of carina showing pustules, figured specimen GSC 95308, x477, GSC loc. C-149752.
14. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95309, x250, GSC loc. C-157815.

Figures 10-12, 15. Iranognathus? n. sp. A.

10, 11. Lateral and upper views, figured specimen GSC 953 10, x125, GSC loc. C-157222.
15. Close-up of carina in oblique lateral view, showing pustules, same specimen as in figures 10,
11, x210.
12. Upper view, figured specimen GSC 9531 1, x100, GSC loc. C-157204.
 PLATE 3

Upper Permian conodonts from Cache Creek.

Figure 1. Neogondolella sp. cf. N. orientalis (Barskov and Koroleva).

Upper view of figured specimen with anteriormost portion missing, GSC 95312, x70, GSC loc.
C-157808.

Figures 2,3. Neogondolella subcarinata n. subsp. A.

Lateral and upper views of figured specimen GSC 81233, x60, GSC loc. C-157223.

Figures 4,5. Neogondolella subcarinata subcarinata Sweet.

Upper and lateral views, hypotype GSC 95313, x60 and x70, GSC loc. C-157808.

Figures 6,7,9, 10, 13-15. Neogondolella jesmondi n. sp.

6. Upper view, juvenile specimen, paratype GSC 95314, x75, GSC loc. C-101146.
7. Upper view, paratype GSC 95315, x74, GSC loc. C-149757.
9, 10. Upper and lateral views, paratype GSC 95316, x74 and x75, GSC loc. C-149757.
13-15. Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 95317, x74, GSC loc. C-101144.

Figures 8, 11, 12. Neogondolella phosphoriensis (Youngquist, Hawley and Miller).

8. Posterior fragment, hypotype GSC 95318, x80, GSC loc. C-116176.
11, 12. Upper views, hypotypes GSC 95319, GSC 95350, x60, GSC loc. C-117776.
 PLATE 4

Upper Permian and Lower Triassic conodonts from Cache Creek.

Figures 1,4. Hindeodus typicalis (Sweet).

1. Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95320, x80, GSC loc. C-149752.
4. Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95321, x70, GSC loc. C-149752.

Figures 2,3. "Anchignathodus" parvus Kozur and Pjatakova.

2, 3. Lateral views, hypotypes GSC 81240, GSC 81239, x100, GSC loc. C-157820.

Figures 5,8. Neocavitella? sp.

5. Upper fragment, figured specimen GSC 95322, x140, GSC loc. C-157881.
8. Anterior fragment, figured specimen GSC 95323, x140, GSC loc. C-157870.

Figure 6. Undetermined ramiform element.

Inner view, figured specimen GSC 95324, x70, from GSC loc. C-149815.

Figures 7, 13. Pachycladina sp.

7. Sc element, inner view of figured specimen GSC 95325, x70, GSC loc. C-149832.
13. Sb element, oblique-posterior view of figured specimen GSC 95327, x70, GSC loc. C-149832.

Figure 9. Pachycladina obliqua Staesche.

Posterior view of Sa element, hypotype GSC 95326, x40, GSC loc. C-149812. Specimen has an
anterior lip, similar to that present in forms called "Variante B" by Staesche (1964).

Figure 10. Pachycladina sp. aff. P. obliqua Staesche.

Sc? element, anterior view of figured specimen GSC 95328, x40, GSC loc. C-149802. Note the
anterior process in place of the anterior lip of the "Variante B" (Staesche, 1964).

Figure 11. "Lonchodina" nevadensis Miiller.

Inner view, hypotype GSC 81235, x50, GSC loc. C-149822.

Figure 12. Pachycladina? sp. A.

Sa element, posterior view of figured specimen, GSC 95329, x40, GSC loc. C-149815.
 PLATE 5

Lower to Upper Triassic conodonts from Cache Creek.

Figure 1. Neospathodus n. sp. A. Figure 11. Neogondolella milleri (Miiller).

Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 95330, x70, Upper view, hypotype GSC 95339, x80, GSC
GSC loc. C-157843. IOC. C-118479.
Figure 2. Neospathodus sp. cf. N. pakistanensis Sweet. Figure 12. Neogondolella navicula (Huckriede).
Lateral view, figured specimen GSC 95331, Upper view, hypotype GSC 95340, x80, GSC
x140, GSC loc. C-157860. ~ O C .C-117780.

Figure 3. Neospathodus homeri (Bender). Figures 13, 14. Neogondolella sp. aff. N. excelsa (Mosher).
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95332, x100, GSC Upper and lateral views, figured specimen GSC
loc. C-118494. 95341, ~ 1 0 0GSC
, ~ O C .C-118472.

Figure 4. Neospathodus dieneri Sweet. Figures 15, 16. Neogondolella carinata (Clark).
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95333, x80, GSC Upper views, hypotypes GSC 65880 and GSC
loc. C-087055(e). 95342, ~ 8 0GSC
, IOC.C-087055(g).
Figure 5. Neospathodus waageni Sweet. Figure 17. Epigondolella quadrata Orchard.
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95334, x80, GSC Upper view, hypotype GSC 95343, x71, GSC
loc. C-087055(e). ~ O C .C-157824.

Figure 6. Neospathodus triangularis (Bender). Figure 18. Epigondolella triangularis (Budurov).

Lateral and oblique lower views of broken speci- Upper view, hypotype GSC 95344, x65, GSC
men showing characteristic heart-shaped basal ~ O C .C-157824.
cavity, hypotype GSC 95335, x100, GSC loc.
C-149839. Figure 19. Metapolygnathus primitius (Mosher).
Upper view, hypotype GSC 95345, x100, GSC
Figure 7. Neospathodus novaehollandiae McTavish.
~ O C .C-117780.
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95336, x60, GSC
Figure 20. Metapolygnathus pseudoechinatus Kozur.
~ O C .C-118474.

Figure 8. Neospathodus bicuspidatus (Miiller). Upper view, hypotype GSC 95346, x100, GSC
~ O C .C-117780.
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95337, x80, GSC
Figure 21. Epigondolella mosheri (Kozur and Mostler).
loc. C-087055(e).
Figure 9. Neospathodus peculiaris Sweet. Upper view, hypotype GSC 95347, x76, GSC
~ O C .C-175062.
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 65897, x120, GSC
loc. C-087055(g). Figure 22. Metapolygnathus nodosus (Hayashi).

Figure 10. Platyvillosus costatus (Staesche). Upper view, hypotype GSC 95348, x100, GSC
~ O C .C-117780.
Oblique upper view, hypotype GSC 95338,
Figure 23. Metapolygnathus sp.
~ 1 0 0GSC
, 10c. C-118474.
Upper view, figured specimen GSC 95349, x70,
GSC loc. C-157870.
 Upper Triassic conodont biocl~ronologyand
new index species from the Canadian Cordillera

Michael J. Orchard1

Orchard, M.J., 1991: Upper Triassic conodont biochronology and new index species from the Canadian
Cordillera. Ordovician to Triassic Conodont Paleontology of the Canadian Cordillera, M.J. Orchard
and A.D. McCracken (eds.);Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 417, p. 299-335.

Abstract
Upper Triassic conodonts from the Canadian Cordillera occur in direct association with ammonoids
and age-diagnostic pelecypods in the Pardonet Formation of northeastern British Columbia, the Kunga
Group of Queen Charlotte Islands, the Tyaughton Group of south-central British Columbia, and in several
isolated areas of Yukon Territory and Northwest Territories. These collections include many new species
of Carnian-Early Norian Metapolygnathus and Norian Epigondolella, the following of which areformally
described: M . lindae n, sp., M. samueli n. sp., M. stephanae n. sp., M. zoae n. sp., E. carinata n. sp., E.
elongata n. sp., E. englandi n. sp., E. matthewi n, sp., E. quadrata n. sp., E. serrulata n. sp., E. spiculata n.
sp., E. transitia n. sp., E. tozeri n. sp., and E. triangularis uniformis n. subsp. The holotypes of other species
from Canada, M . primitius, M. reversus, and E. multidentata, are also re-illustrated and described; other
Upper Triassic conodonts belonging to these genera are discussed. Conodont zonation for the Canadian
Upper Triassic consists of polygnathiformis, nodosus (three subdivisions), primitius (two subdivisions),
quadrata, triangularis (three subdivisions), multidentata (two subdivisions), spiculata, elongata, serrulata,
bidentata (two subdivisions), and posthernsteini zones. The calibration of this zonation with the Carnian
and Norian ammonoid zonation is presented.

Duns la Cordilltre canadienne, des conodontes du Trias supkrieur se rencontrent en association directe
avec des ammonoi'd&set des pblkcypodes caractkristiques dans la formation de Pardonet dans le nord-est
de la Colombie-Britannique, duns le groupe de Kunga dam les iles de la Reine-Charlotte, dans le groupe
de Tyaughton dans le centre sud de la Colombie-Britannique, et a plusieurs endroits dispersbs du Yukon
et des Territoires du Nord-Ouest. Ces collections comprennent de nombreuses nouvelles esp2ces de
Metapolygnathus (Carnien-Norien prkcoce) et d'Epigondolella (Norien),dont les suivantes sont dkcrites
formellement :M . lindae n. sp., M. samueli n. sp., M. stephanae n. sp., M, zoae n. sp., E. carinata n. sp., E.
elongata n. sp., E. englandi n. sp., E. matthewi n, sp., E. quadrata n. sp., E. serrulata, n, sp., E. spiculata n.
sp., E. transitia n. sp., E. tozeri n. sp. et E. triangularis uniformis n. subsp. Les holotypes d'autres espgces
canadiennes, M. primitius, M. reversus et E. multidentata, sont illustrks de nouveau et dkcrits; d'autres
conodontes du Trias supkrieur qui appartiennent h ces genres sont examinLs. La zonation des conodontes
du Trias tardifcanadien englobe les zones a polygnathiformis, ~3nodosus (trois subdivisions), primitius
(deux subdivisions), h quadrata, a hiangularis (trois subdivisions), a multidentata (deux subdivisions), a
spiculata, 6 elongata, h serrulata, 5 bidentata ( d e w subdivisions) et a posthemsteini. L'auteur prbente la
corrklation de cette zonation et de la zonation des ammonoiilks du Carnien et du Norien.

1 Geological Survey of Canada, 100 West Pender St., Vancouver, B.C. V6B 1R8
INTRODUCTION and ammonoid faunas, the breadth of population variation,
and the critical importance of scale in comparative study
Triassic strata are preserved throughout the Canadian Cordil- (Orchard, 1983). Later, I outlined the Upper Carnian cono-
lera and eastward into the subsurface. The autochthonous dont successions of the Kunga Group on Queen Charlotte
successions in northeastern British Columbia are extremely Islands, noted the ammonoid calibration, and interpreted the
important biochronologically because they represent a sub- phylogenetic roots of the Norian conodonts (Orchard, 1991a).
stantial part of Triassic time and contain associations of In this paper, the basis of the Canadian Upper Triassic cono-
ammonoids and conodonts in relatively simple, tectonically dont biochronology is presented in more detail, and new
undisturbed stratigraphic sequences. To the west, Triassic species and subspecies are formally named; many of them
strata occur throughout tectono-stratigraphic terranes have been previously introduced in open nomenclature.
accreted to the North American margin in later Mesozoic
time; some of these terranes are also important in ammonoid-
conodont-radiolarian biochronology and calibration (Fig. 1). UPPER TRIASSIC CONODONT
The fossil zonations that have been, or are being, developed BIOCHRONOLOGY
from Canadian Triassic rocks have far reaching significance
as global biochronological standards (e.g., Tozer, 1967; in Canadian occurrences of temporally well constrained Upper
press). Triassic conodont collections are summarized below in
chronological order. In all cases, the conodonts have either
This paper is my third documentation of Cordilleran been recovered from the matrix of existing ammonoid collec-
Triassic conodonts. Previously, I introduced the Norian tions, or collected concurrently from ammonoid bearing
populations from the Pardonet Formation in northeastern strata, and it is with reference to the ammonoid zonation that
British Columbia and emphasized the calibration of conodont the conodont succession is discussed. This calibration of the
ammonoid and conodont zonations, which increases the
resolving power of Triassic fossils throughout the Cordillera
and beyond, represents a decade of collaborative work with
500 kilometres E.T. Tozer (GSC, Vancouver), whose guidance has been
critical in establishing this framework.
In his pioneering work on Triassic conodonts, Mosher
(1968, 1973) also used well controlled ammonoid matrix
material from Canada. Mosher was constrained by small
sample size, and the lack of data from sections, but his results
lay an important foundation and are reviewed and updated ,
below.
The ammonoid zonation referred to throughout this
work is derived from Tozer (in press), whose style of citing
ammonoid zones I use in the following discussion: stand-
ard ammonoid zones begin with an upper case letter, and
are not italicized, contrasting with the conodont zones,
which may be readily distinguished by the reader. The
extent of the conodont record in a number of key sections
(Figs. 1,2) and its calibration with the ammonoid zones is
summarized in Figure 3.
The most important sources from which Upper Triassic
conodont biochronological data have been derived are the
Pardonet Formation of the Peace River area (Fig. 2) for all
but the uppermost Norian, the Kunga Group of Queen Char-
lotte Islands (Orchard, 1991a) for the Upper Carnian and
Upper Norian, and the Tyaughton Group of Taseko Lakes
area (Fig. 1, Appendix) for the Upper Norian; all areas are in
British Columbia.
Previously, a preliminary zonation of the Norian based on
Figure 1. Location of key sections of the Upper Triassic conodont populations from the Pardonet Formation (Orchard,
from which biochronologically well constrained conodont
faunas are known. 1 . Klaskino Inlet, Vancouver Island. 1983), and a formal zonation for the Upper Camian based
2. Tyaughton Creek, Taseko Lakes. 3. Queen Charlotte largely on the Kunga Group succession of Queen Charlotte
Islands (see Orchard, 1991a; Weston et al., 1991 for Islands (Orchard, 1991a) have been described. Formal
details). 4. Northeast British Columbia (Fig. 2). 5. Laberge, definitions of theNorian zones, supported by biostratigraphic
Yukon. 6. Rackla River, Yukon. 7. Chert Mountain, Dawson, details, are in preparation.
Yukon. 8. Bjorne Peninsula, Ellesmere Island. 9. Buchanan
Lake, Axel Heiberg Island.
Figure 2. Location of key sections of the Upper Triassic in northeastern British
Columbia from which biochronologically well constrained conodont faunas are
known.
 Below, the occurrences of key conodonts in each of the zone. Upper ranges of nominal species, and the ranges of new,
Upper Triassic ammonoid zones are summarized, and a more less diagnostic species are currently being worked out. The
detailed conodont zonation of the Norian is outlined. In many ranges of Upper Carnian species are given in Orchard
cases, conodonts have also been recovered from strata lying (1991a).
between cited collections (GSC locality numbers), but only
those faunules that are directly associated with dated
ammonoids, or are otherwise critical, are included in the Lower Carnian
discussion (and Appendix). Lower Camian ammonoid zones begin with the Desatoyense
The age, or ammonoid zonal assignment of holotypes of Zone, followed by the Obesum and Nanseni zones. The first
conodont species are noted under Systematic Paleontology. of these is best known from Nevada, where Mosherella
Where the holotype is not from Canada, the Canadian occur- newpassensis (Mosher) is the key element of the Trachyceras
rence is noted. Concerning the range of the conodont species, beds, as described by Mosher (1968). Mosherella Kozur is
the base of Norian conodont zones are defined by the appear- currently known from both northeastern British Columbia
ance of the name-giver, which also generally dominates the and Yukon Tenitory, but not in association with ammonoids.

MULTIDENTATA

TRIANGULARIS

POLYGNATHIFORMIS

Figure 3. Calibration of Upper Triassic (exclusive of the Lower Carnian) conodont and ammonoid
faunas, and the basis of the conodont zonation (left column) for the interval. Solid circles are
conodont collections associated directly with ammonoid faunas, the relative position of which shows
the zonal assignment in terms of both ammonoid (right column) and conodont zonations. Arrows
indicate type localities for ammonoid zones. Open circles are sequential conodont faunas occurring
alone and assigned to the conodont zone within which they fall. Key sections are shown in Figures
1 and 2, except Queen Charlotte Islands, which combines all data reported by Orchard (1991 a),
and the matrix column, which includes matrix samples (see Appendix B) taken from various
localities by both the author and by Mosher (1973).
A single, small conodont collection from the Ludington known associated with ammonoid fauna in northeastern
Formation, which was formerly assigned to the Obesum Zone British Columbia. Welleri Subzone I1 collections from
(Mosher, 1973, p. 183), is now referred to the Desatoyense Mount McLearn (GSC loc. 0-42323,O-68 179) are charac-
Zone (Tozer, in press). The presence of Cypridodella scolos- terized by other M. nodosus (Hayashi) morphotypes, includ-
culptura Mosher provides the only link with the Nevadan ing some that mimic Neogondolella and which resemble M.
faunas. reversus (Mosher). The holotype of the latter species (re-il-
lustrated herein) originated in a collection (GSC loc. O-
A single conodont described as Neospathodus sp. E by 51650) described by Mosher (1973) from Axel Heiberg
Mosher (1973) is known from the type locality of the Obesum Island in the Arctic and is now also assigned to Welleri
Zone. This is of undetermined but potential stratigraphic Subzone I1 (Tozer, in press). A second Arctic collection (GSC
value; similar segminate elements such as Mosherella and loc. 0-26 124; formerly referred to the Nanseni Zone), from
Cornudina? n. sp. A Orchard (1991a) are short ranging within undifferentiated Welleri Zone, contains similar elements.
the Camian.
The Upper nodosus Zone, identified by Metapolygnathus
Of two small conodont collections reported by Mosher samueli n. sp., is nowhere associated with determinable
(1973) from the Lower Camian Nanseni Zone, one (GSC loc. arnmonoids, but its relative position in the conodont zonation
0-26124) is now referred to the Welleri Zone (Tozer, in press; is clear both at its type locality on Kunghit Island (GSC loc.
see below). The other, from the type locality of the Nanseni C-157379), and on Pardonet Hill (GSC loc. C-101786,
Zone, was reported to contain Metapolygnathus polygnathi- C-101787) and Black Bear Ridge (GSC loc. C-87955)
formis (Budurov and Stefanov). New material from this latter (Orchard, 1991a). Although Upper nodosus Zone conodonts
locality fits into the current broad definition of this taxon are associated with poorly preserved ammonoids in the
(Orchard, 1991a), but it is not identical to Upper Camian Lewes River Group (GSC loc. 0-23419) in Yukon Territory,
material. No formal separation of these elements is attempted its calibration with the ammonoid zonation is unknown at
at this time, and all are referred to thepolygnathformis Zone present.
(sensu Orchard, 1991a).
The youngest ammonoid zone of the Carnian is the
Macrolobatus Zone, which is currently undivided. However,
Upper Carnian conodont collections from this zone can be grouped into two
The Upper Carnian comprises the Dilleri, Welleri, and faunas (Orchard, 1991a). Collections from Pardonet Hill
Macrolobatus arnmonoid zones. Mosher (1973) recovered no reported by Mosher (1973) and duplicated by the author
conodonts from the Dilleri Zone, but collections are now (GSC loc. 0-64627,O-64628,O-64616),contain large num-
known from both Vancouver Island and Queen Charlotte bers of Metapolygnathus primitius (Mosher), and are now
Islands. Orchard (1991a) documented several collections referred to the Lower primitius Zone (Orchard, 1991a). On
from the Kunga Group, where two levels are known: both are Queen Charlotte Islands, the same conodont zone is recog-
characterized by Metapolygnathus ex gr. polygnathiformis, nized in some Macrolobatus faunas (GSC loc. C-157119,
and are referred to the zone of that name. The older collection C-157123) from the Peril Formation, but others from
(GSC loc. C-157006) also contains Cornudina? n. sp. A Kunghit Island (GSC loc. C-157382) are referred to the
Orchard (1991a; see Carter et al., 1989), which is apparently older communisti Zone (Orchard, 1991a). One Macroloba-
confined to this level in Canada. The development of anterior tus Zone collection from Mount McLeam in northeastern
nodes in Metapolygnathus Hayashi is first seen in examples British Columbia (GSC loc. 0-68202) is also referred to the
from very close to the top of the Dilleri Zone, as is best communisti Zone, whereas a second from Mount Laurier
documented at Sadler Point on Queen Charlotte Islands (GSC loc. 0-94738), although dominated by M. nodosus
(Orchard, 1991a). and M. communisti Hayashi, contains a few M. primitius, to
which zone it is therefore assigned.
The Welleri Zone is divided into two ammonoid
subzones, I followed by 11. Conodonts are known from The transition from communisti Zone to primitius Zone
Subzone I at the type locality on Vancouver Island (GSC loc. faunas is best displayed in the lower section at Black Bear
0-86284), and from the Alaska Highway (GSC loc. Ridge on Peace River, but no well preserved ammonoid
0-42306), where Mosher (1973) reported a generalized faunas occur in this section. Both Metapolygnathus pseu-
Metapolygnathuspolygnathformis. New conodonts from the doechinatus (Kozur) and M . stephanae n. sp. are short-
latter locality form the basis of M, lindae n. sp., which ranging species in the Carnian-Norian boundary interval, the
characterizes the Lower nbdosus Zone of Orchard (199la). A former in both northeastern British Columbia and Queen
similar fauna occurs on Vancouver Island, and beneath Charlotte Islands (Orchard, 1991a).
Subzone I1 bearing strata on Kunghit Island on Queen
Charlotte Islands (GSC loc. C-157374), which is the refer- Lower Norian
ence section for each of the nodosus Zone subdivisions.
Conodonts from the Pardonet Formation of the Peace River
On Kunghit Island, Welleri,Subzone I1 ammonoids occur area (Orchard, 1983) are fully calibrated with ammonoid
with Middle nodosus Zone conodonts, identified by Meta-
zones because both fossil groups occur abundantly through
polygnathus zoae n. sp. at GSC loc. C-157295 (Orchard, most of the formation. The Lower Norian comprises the
1991a). This key species occurs in the Baldonnel Formation Kerri, Dawsoni, and Magnus ammonoid zones, each of which
near Pardonet Hill (GSC loc. C-101787) but is not currently has now been subdivided (Tozer, in press).
 Within the Kerri Zone, a succession of conodont faunas Both collections are dominated by Epigondolella triangu-
is known from both subzones I and I1 at their type locality on laris, and identical elements are typical of all Magnus Zone
Pardonet Hill, and also from Brown Hill (see Appendix). collections from Brown Hill and from Childerhose Cove (see
Mosher (1973) reported two collections from the Kerri Zone, Appendix). Epigondolella t. triangularis is more common in
both of which are now assigned to Subzone 11. Most of these the Magnus Zone than the preceding Dawsoni Zone, and in
collections are referred to the Upper primitius Zone sensu Magnus Subzone I1 it is joined by uncommon E. transitia n.
Orchard (1991a). and are dominated by Metapolygnathus SP.
primitius. This species is often associated with Neogondo-
lella navicula (Huckriede), which becomes more common in On the basis of the occurrence of the several new forms
Subzone II, and with fewer M. nodosus and M. communisti, within the range zone of Epigondolella triangularis (Orchard,
which are rare in Subzone 11. Neogondolella navicula, the 1991a), the interval is provisionally divided into three parts,
appearance of which defines the base of the Upper primitius in total covering part of the Dawsoni Zone and the whole of
Zone, clearly occurs with Kerri Subzone I ammonoids, but the Magnus Zone (Fig. 3). The lower, middle, and upper parts
its first appearance is not coincident with the base of the Kerri of the triangularis Zone are differentiated by the successive
Zone at Pardonet Hill, where it appears several metres higher appearance of, respectively, E. t. uniformis, E. t. triangularis,
(GSC loc. C-101772). The significance of this is uncertain and E. transitia.
because Neogondolella occurs sporadically in the Pardonet
Formation, and its absence may reflect some ecological Middle Norian
control.
The Middle Norian begins with the Rutherfordi Zone, which
Conodont collections (e.g., GSC loc. 0-98509,O-98898) carries a distinctive conodont population of Epigondolella
that occur high in the Kerri Zone (above Subzone I1 collec- multidentata Mosher at its type locality at Brown Hill
tions) at Pardonet Hill carry a different conodont fauna con- (Orchard, 1983). Mosher (1973) recorded two collections,
sisting principally of Epigondolella quadrata n. sp. (= E. one of which (GSC loc. 0-46459) is the type locality for the
abneptis subsp. A of Orchard, 1983). The same conodont conodont index species (re-illustrated herein) of the multiden-
fauna is also associated with ammonoids of the overlying tata Zone (Orchard. 1983, 1991a). Mosher's report of Neo-
Dawsoni Subzone I at Brown Hill (GSC loc. 0-97546), and gondolella navicula (Huckriede) from this locality is suspect
probable correlatives on Pardonet Hill (e.g., GSC loc. because the successor species N. steinbergensis (Mosher) is
0-98896). These represent the quadrata Zone (the abneptis generally characteristic of the Middle Norian.
A Zone of Orchard, 1983, 1991a).
Epigondolella multidentata also co-occurs with Rutherfordi
Ammonoids of subzones I1 and I11 of the Dawsoni Zone Zone ammonoids at Crying Girl Prairie Creek and at
are associated with conodonts referred to Epigondolella ab- Childerhose Cove (see Appendix). At both the latter locality
neptis subsp. B by Orchard (1983) at Brown Hill (e.g., GSC and Brown Hill, E. tozeri n. sp. becomes dominant in the
loc. 0-97544, 0-97543, 0-97542) and Childerhose Cove higher part of the section, presenting the basis for subdivision
(GSC loc. 0-98538); supplementary material from Black of the multidentata Zone into lower and upper parts. Mosher's
Bear Ridge (GSC loc. 0-101033) occurs with undifferentiated second collection (GSC loc. 0-64659) is also characterized
Dawsoni Zone ammonoids. Most specimens included in E. by E. tozeri and is. thought to be younger than the type
abneptis subsp. B are now referred to E. triangularis population of E. multidentata. Epigondolella matthewi n. sp.
(Budurov), which is the nominal species for the triangularis is uncommon throughout the multidentata Zone.
Zone (Orchard, 1991a). Two subdivisions of the nominal
species are differentiated here. Epigondolella t. uniformis n. The Middle Norian Columbianus Zone has undergone
subsp. appears first and is followed by E. sp. aff. E. spatulata considerable refinement since Mosher's work. Four am-
(Hayashi); both occur prior to confirmed Dawsoni Subzone monoid subzones are now recognized, and three discrete
I1 levels. Typical E, t, triangularis occurs first with Dawsoni horizons are recognized in Subzone I (Tozer, in press). Cono-
Subzone I1 ammonoids. donts are known from the type locality of each of the horizons
Ia (GSC loc. 0-98885), Ib (GSC loc. 0-98877), and Ic (GSC
Mosher (1973) reports three small collections from undif- loc. 0-98542) at Childerhose Cove, and avery largeconodont
ferentiated Dawsoni Zone at Crying Girl Prairie Creek, where collection is also known from Subzone Ib at Crying Girl
"Epigondolella abneptis" occurred with juvenile neogondo- Prairie Creek (GSC loc. 0-83835). At Brown Hill (GSC loc.
lellids identified by Mosher as Neogondolella hallstattensis 0-97525) and near the mouth of Carbon Creek (GSC loc.
(Mosher). This species, which is based on Austrian material, 0-99593), conodonts occur with ammonoid faunas that are
has not been recovered from any other sample from the referred by Tozer (ibid.) to undifferentiated Columbianus
Pardonet Formation and I regard the record as dubious; the Subzone I. All these collections except that from Subzone Ic
species is, I suspect, biogeographically restricted (Orchard, carry the typical Epigondolella n. sp. C population of Orchard
1991a). (1983), now referred largely to E. spiculata n. sp., the nominal
The Magnus Zone is divided into two subzones, also with species for the spiculata Zone (Orchard, 1991a). At Brown
type sections at Brown Hill, from which conodonts are Hill (GSC loc. C-87924), an early example of the E. spiculata
known. Mosher's samples included a Subzone I1 collection fauna first occurs high in the Rutherfordi Zone.
from Black Bear Ridge (GSC loc. 0-64636), and an undiffer-
entiated faunule from Mount McLearn (GSC loc. 0-68191).
 The section near Carbon Creek is significant in that it The Cordilleranus Zone is now divided into subzones I
includes a fauna (shown as Lower postera Zone by Orchard, and I1 (Tozer, in press). Subzone I, to which Mosher's collec-
1983. Fig. 12 M, N) dominated by Epigondolella elongata n. tions are assigned, has its type locality at Black Bear Ridge,
sp. in a collection (GSC loc. 0-99594) from above the E. from which large collections (GSC loc. 0-98534) of Epigon-
spiculata fauna and beneath the next younger E. postera dolella bidentata are known. The type locality for Subzone I1
(Kozur and Mostler) fauna. Epigondolella elongata also is near BocockPeak, where the ammonoids occur with Mono-
dominates the fauna from the type collection of Columbianus tis ochotica Keyserling, in contrast with Subzone I faunas that
Subzone Ic, as well as in the highest conodont collection on occur with M. subcircularis Gabb at this locality. There,
Brown Hill (GSC loc. C-087926, not associated with conodonts are known from both SubzoneI (GSC loc. 0-98558),
ammonoids), and with undifferentiated Columbianus I and from beds containing the younger monotids (but no
ammonoids on Pardonet Hill (GSC loc. 0-98518). These ammonoids) at the top of the Pardonet Formation (GSC loc.
records constitute a new elongata Zone (Fig. 3). Elements C-101137). In addition, conodonts are known from Monotis
referred to E. tozeri continue through this interval. beds at many other localities; these include Ne-Parle-Pas
Rapids, Pardonet Hill, and Pine Pass in northeastern British
Columbianus Subzone I1 has yielded conodonts at its type
Columbia,Dawson and Nash Creek areas of Yukon Territory,
locality at Crying Girl Prairie Creek (GSC loc. 0-83834),
throughout Queen Charlotte Islands (see Orchard et al.,
whence Mosher (1973) earlier recovered a single undiagnos-
1990), and from scattered localities in the accreted terranes
tic conodont (GSC loc. 0-46468). New conodont collections [Orchard, 1991b (this volume)]. All of these conodont collec-
are known from this subzone at Black Bear Ridge (GSC loc.
tions are characterized by the Epigondolella bidentata popu-
0-98549-98552), Childerhose Cove (GSC loc. 0-98540,
lation of Orchard (1983), which includes short and variably
0-98879), and Pardonet Hill (GSC loc. 0-98525), all of
ornate forms, but excludes some bidentate elements dis-
which are dominated by Epigondolellapostera with fewer E.
cussed below. In Yukon Territory, Neogondolella is more
carinata n. sp. This ammonoid subzone often contains large
common at this level. These faunas collectively constitute a
numbers of Neogondolella steinbergensis, as does a single
lower subdivision of the bidentata Zone (Fig. 3).
undifferentiated Columbianus Zone collection from Queen
Charlotte Islands (GSC loc. C-157081) (Orchard, 1991a). Mosher (1973) reported no conodonts from post-Monotis
The postera Zone (Orchard, 1983, 1991a) is the most wide- Upper Norian strata in Canada, although he did report such
spread Middle Norian conodont zone in western Canada faunas from Nevada (Mosher, 1968), where the Amoenum
[Orchard, 1991b (this volume)]. and Crickmayi zones are identified in the Gabbs Formation.
The type locality for these latest Triassic ammonoid zones is
Conodont faunas are known from Columbianus Subzone in the Tyaughton Group of the Cadwallader. Terrane in
I11 at its type locality at Crying Girl Prairie Creek (GSC loc.
Taseko Lakes map area (Tozer, 1979), where the Amoenum
0-97554), from Pardonet Hill (GSC loc. 0-98524), and from
Zone is represented by the pelecypod Cassianella beds.
Black Bear Ridge (GSC loc. 0-98548): these are all charac-
Conodonts from throughout these beds (GSC loc. C-116137-
terized by Epigondolella serrulata n. sp., additional collec- 116142) fall within a broad concept of Epigondolella ex gr.
tions of which are known from the pelecypod Eomonotis
bidentata (Orchard, 1991a),but include elements that1 herein
bearing strata at Chert Mountain (GSC loc. C-101889), and
separate as E. mosheri (Kozur and Mostler) and E. englandi
on Rackla River (GSC loc. C-97565) in Yukon Territory.
n. sp. I regard the former as diagnostic for an upper division
These records are assigned to the serrulata (=Epigondolella of the bidentata Zone, whereas E. englandi appears earlier,
n. sp. D) Zone (Orchard, 1983, 1991a). although it is probably most common in this interval.
Conodonts from ColumbianusSubzone IV, which is char- The Upper bidentata Zone is now also recognized in new
acterized by Eomonotispinensis (Westermann),are relatively collections from: the Lower and basal Middle Gabbs Formation
uncommon, largely because of the lack of productive litho- (GSC loc. C-116516-116527); in many post-Monotis cono-
types. An exception is on Pardonet Hill (GSC loc. 0-98527) dont faunules from the Sandilands Formation on Queen
where the Epigondolella serrulata fauna is well represented. Charlotte Islands (see Orchard et al., 1990); near the base of
Elsewhere, a few small, indeterminate epigondolellids occur
the aerially restricted Bocock Limestone (GSC loc. C-101138)
at this level on Black Bear Ridge (GSC loc. 0-98546), but it
near Bocock Peak; in formation F (GSC loc. 0-23407; Tozer,
is not possible to be sure that the serrulata Zone occurs there. 1958, locality 15) and correlatives of the Lewes River Group
in Laberge map area, Yukon Territory; and, questionably, in
Upper Norian the Rhacophyllites beds (GSC loc. C-101760) at the top of the
Pardonet Formation at Ne-Parle-Pas Rapids on Peace River,
In northeastern British Columbia, the top of the Pardonet and in fissure filling (GSC loc. 0-98529) at nearby Pardonet
Formation is generally characterized by the lowest of three Hill. These samples are regarded as mostly Amoenum Zone
Upper Norian ammonoid zones, the Cordilleranus Zone. This in age, but may include basal Crickmayi Zone.
zone, which equates with the range of the pelecypod Monotis,
has its type locality at Mount Ludington, from which Mosher A single specimen of Misikella posthernsteini Kozur and
(1973) reported two small conodont collections (GSC loc. Mock has been recovered from the "green sandstone and
0-68300, 0-68304). then referred to the undivided Suessi conglomerate unit" (GSC loc. C-117029) at Tyaughton
Zone. Of the three Epigondolella species determined by Creek, the type unit and locality for the Crickmayi Zone.
Mosher (1973) in these collections, I consider only E. biden- However, the only direct association of the index ammonoid
tata Mosher to be valid. Choristoceras and conodonts is in the Sandilands Formation,
Queen Charlotte Islands (GSC loc. C-156526), where M. referred to the latter paper for illustration of Canadian exam-
posthernsteini also occurs alone (Orchard, 1991a, p. 181). ples of Upper Carnian species originally described from
These records constitute the basis for a latest Triassic posth- Europe and Japan.
ernsteini Zone, here differentiated in North America for the
first time. A comparable interval is recognized in Europe
within the higher parts of the Marshi arnmonoid Zone, based SYSTEMATIC TAXONOMY
on occurrences in both the Koessen beds (Golebiowski, 1986) In the following synonymies I include only original and
and Zlambach Formation (Krystyn, 1988). biochronologically significant Canadian records; I have
adopted the Richter notation (see Matthews, 1973) for these
UPPER TRIASSIC CONODONT records. Diagnoses are new or revised in all cases. Illustrated
specimens are housed in the National Type Collection of
TAXONOMY Invertebrate and Plant Fossils at the Geological Survey of
Through two decades of relatively intensive research on Canada, 601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Ontario KIA 0E8.
Upper Triassic conodonts, no consensus has yet emerged on
an appropriate classification and nomenclature. Disagree- Genus Epigondolella Mosher
ment has centred on both the composition of the conodont
apparatus, and, more importantly for biostratigraphy, a clas- 1968 Epigondolella n. gen. MOSHER, p. 935,936.
sification that reflects unambiguous species concepts and 1970 Tardogondolella n. gen. BENDER, p. 530.
demonstrable successionaI relationships between the plat- 1972 Ancyrogondolella n. gen. BUDUROV,
form conodonts. In the absence of well dated, stratigraphic p. 855,857.
sequences of conodonts, problems arising from homeomorphy, 1990 Mockina n. gen. KOZUR, p. 423.
compounded by sparse faunas, poor preservation, and inade-
quate illustration, have conspired to create the current confusion. Type species. Polygnathus abneptis Huckriede, 1958.
Triassic conodonts from the eastern Cordillera are well Diagnosis. A group of gondolelloid species characterized by a
preserved, abundant, tightly constrained by ammonoid fau- well differentiated free blade, and large, discrete, and sharp
nas, and generally occur in relatively stable carbonate anterior platform denticles that at least double the height of the
sequences. These attributes result in a reliable faunal succes- platform. The profile of the lower surface of the elements is
sion in which the phenomena of homeomorphy and neoteny, clearly stepped upward beyond the blade-platform junction, but
and the breadth of intraspecific variation within the conodont may be downtumed (in primitive species), straight, or upturned
populations, can be recognized with more confidence. In terminally. The cusp is rarely conspicuous. Element growth
contrast, conodonts from the condensed and fissured Hallstatt proceeds through relatively uniform accretion about the poste-
facies, and the redeposited, poorly preserved chert faunas of rior platform expansion. A basal pit is generally located beneath
the Adoyama Formation in Japan-both important sources of the central or anterior part of the platform. Platform microreticu-
many of the names currently employed in Upper Triassic lation is characteristically subdued and irregular, particularly
conodont studies-present many taxonomic problems. in younger species (Orchard, 1983, Fig. 9).
Below, I formally name those species that have been Remarks. Epigondolella is here regarded as a wholly Norian
introduced in open nomenclature previously (Orchard, 1983, genus, and ornate Carnian species are excluded. The generic
1991a),and introduce several others that have biochronologi- diagnosis incorporates in part the distinction used by Krystyn
cal significance. I focus on the stratigraphic origin of holo- (1980, p. 76) who separated Metapolygnathus and Epigondo-
types, and on biochronologically significant Canadian lella on the basis of the anterior denticulation: the former with
occurrences, but I have not attempted a comprehensive syn- no or weak nodes, and the latter with spine-like nodes. The
onymy. Such attempts (e.g., Budurov and Sudar, 1990) are of criterion of recognizing at least a doubling of the overall
dubious value in the absence of good illustration, thorough platform height as diagnostic for Epigondolella effectively
description, and well documented stratigraphy. The taxo- excludes Upper Carnian (and older) elements formerly
nomic classification that I present is not suprageneric, nor is assigned to the genus, including "E". primitia, which also
it multielement-it is a utilitarian approach to defining key displays typical Metapolygnathus lower profile, growth, pit
pectiniform elements of the Upper Triassic. As briefly dis- location and microreticulation.All other species described by
cussed earlier (Orchard, 1991a), I recognize two principal Orchard (1983) are retained within Epigondolella - I see no
Upper Triassic genera of platform conodonts (excluding neo- basis for discriminating Ancyrogondolella Budurov (see E.
gondolellids), the largely Carnian Metapolygnathus Hayashi triangularis), nor do I see the value in separating Mockina
and the wholly Norian Epigondolella Mosher. Kozur, species of which are embraced by my new definition
of Epigondolella.
All Upper Carnian and Norian conodont species based on
Canadian material are described below and illustrated in The original description and illustration of the type species
Plates 1-5; stereopairs are provided for holotypes. For most of Epigondolella, E. abneptis, is inadequate to enable a dis-
of these species, representative growth stages have been tinction to be made between several similar species, and,
illustrated earlier either in Orchard (1983) for the Norian, or because the holotype is broken and partly lost (see below),
in Orchard (1991a) for the Upper Carnian. The reader is the species is here restricted to the holotype. Subspecies of E.
abnepris are now referred to new species.
 Epigondolella abneptis (Huckriede) of E, abneptis. This has been largely taken care of by previous
revisors: E. spatulata has been recognized as a valid species,
vp* 1958 Polygnathus abneptis n. sp. HUCKRIEDE, and E, triangularis largely replaces the informal E. abneptis
p. 156, 157, Pl.14, fig. 16 (only). subsp. B of Orchard (Orchard in Carter et al., 1989, p. 28).
New definition is thus required only for E. abneptis subsp. A
Holotype. Hu581176, Philipps University, Marburg; Orchard = E. a. abneptis of authors, herein newly described
Huckriede, 1958, P1. 14, fig. 16.
as E, quadrata.
Age of holotype. Within a mixed Lower to Middle Norian
fauna (see below).
Epigondolella bidentata Mosher
Type stratum. Hallstatt Limestone.
Plate 4, figure 12
Type locality. Sommeraukogel, Austria.
vp* 1968 Epigondolella bidentata n. sp. MOSHER,
Remarks. Huckriede (1958) established this poorly defined p. 936, PI. 118, figs. 31-35 (only).
species on the basis of material derived from the Cyrtopleu- v 1973 Epigondolella bideiztata Mosher. MOSHER,
rites bicrenatus ammonoid Zone of the Hallstatt Limestone p. 160,Pl. 18,figs.23,24,28.
at Sommeraukogel. This zone had formerly been established v 1983 Epigondolella bidentata Mosher. ORCHARD,
by Mojsisovics (1893) based on ammonoids from unspeci- p. 188, 189, Figs. 15 V-X.
fied levels within the outcrop. Krystyn (1980, p. 89,90) noted v 1989 Epigondolella bidentata Mosher. ORCHARD
that all the classical fossil localities originated within "a in Carter et a]., PI. 1, fig. 13.
Fe-oxide rich subsolution facies of the Hangendrotkalk", in
which three distinct fossil intervals of Lower (Patens Fauna), Holotype. USNM 159229, US National Museum; Mosher,
Middle (Bicrenatus Fauna), and Upper (Mettemichi Fauna) 1968, P1. 118, fig. 35.
Norian age are now known. According to Krystyn (ibid.),the Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Metternichi Zone of
Bicrenatus Lagersensu Mojsisovics was several metres thick Mojsisovics (Mosher, 1968, p. 904) of Late Norian, Late
and included the Lower Norian Patens Fauna and upper Triassic age.
Middle Norian Halorites Fauna in addition to a lower Middle
Norian Bicrenatus Fauna sensu stricto. Huckriede's Epigon- Type stratum. At 37.8 m (= 124 ft.) above base of grey
dolella abneptis presumably came from somewhere within Hallstatt Limestone.
this broad interval, but he gives no further information on the Type locality. Sample Sb-Fl, Steinbergkogel by Hallstatt
precise level of his " 10 Proben" at locality 56d (Huckriede, Salzberg, Austria.
1958, p. 144). Because conodonts from all of Huckriede's
(1958) samples at this locality were referred to E, abneptis, it Canadian occurrence. With ammonoids of the Cordilleranus
follows that not only was Huckriede's concept of the species and Amoenum zones, British Columbia and Queen Charlotte
likely influenced by an admixture of elements of different Islands. Older occurrences are problematic.
ages, but the precise stratigraphic origin of the type specimen Diagnosis. A small, slender Epigondolella with a relatively
is also in doubt. The admixture is in fact evident from Huck- short platform lying posterior to a pair of prominent,
riede's material, which I had an opportunity to study in 1982 submedially located denticles; smaller accessory nodes may
(courtesy of G. Kaufmann, Marburg). Specimens referred to be irregularly developed marginally. The carina is developed
Epigondolella abneptis by Huckriede include, in my interpre- to the posterior tip, and typically consists of 3-4, exception-
tation, examples of E. postera, E. quadrata, E, spatulata, E. ally 5, nodes beyond the lateral denticle pair; the posterior
spiculata, and E. triangularis. The holotype of the species, at platform is typically shorter than the anterior blade. A small
that time in the custody of L. Krystyn (Vienna), occurs on a pit lies beneath the node pair within the posteriorly tapered
slide with five other specimens (including Hu581173, 174, basal scar.
177, 179, illustrated in Huckriede, 1958, PI. 14, figs. 12, 13,
16, 17, 19). Assessment of these specimens was difficult Comparisons. The relative posterior platform length is
because only two were unbroken and two, including the shorter and wider than that of Epigondolella mosheri, which
holotype, were incomplete. Only the anterior platform of the .characteristically has at least 5, commonly more, carinal
holotype remains, and although the original illustration nodes posterior of the denticle pair. Rare specimens of the
shows an unomarnented posterior platform, I do not regard current species with five denticles are large, and have a
this as sufficient to identify it as conspecific with elements posterior platform that is wide compared with the laterally
that have subsequently become popularly known as E. a. reduced platform of E. mosheri. Epigondolella englandi has
abneptis. In fact, the revised diagnosis of "E. abneptis" by a consistently broader platform with strong, symmetrically
Mosher (1973) corresponds to E. triangularis. arranged platform nodes. Small growth stages of older
Epigondolella species may be indistinguishable from E. bi-
For the reasons discussed above, I propose that the widely dentata, but do not attain the same size. This problem was
used but stratigraphically ill-defined Epigondolella abneptis discussed by Orchard (1983, p. 189). Early growth stages of
be restricted to the type specimen. This does not affect its this species may resemble Parvigondolella Kozur and Mock
status as the type species of Epigondolella because the spe- but develop a platform and/or lateral nodes with growth.
cies is clearly an epigondolellid and as such it retains generic
identity. This revision necessitates new names for subspecies
Remarks. When Mosher (1968) introduced Epigondolella length, relative blade length, and the number of anterior
bidentata, he figured two mature specimens, one (the holo- nodes. Reduction to a single pair of anterior nodes occurred
type) from Austria and the other from Nevada. The holotype in the Upper Norian E. englandi. The significance of vari-
originated high in a section of grey Hallstatt Limestone that ations in blade profile and length in otherwise very similar
Tozer (1980, p. 855, Table 2) regarded as belonging to the elements is uncertain, but both Budai andKovlcs (1986) and
Amoenum Zone, although the precise level of the diagnostic Meek (1987) maintain that these are consistent, diagnostic
collection is unknown. The Nevadan specimen subsequently features of their species, respectively, E. slovackensis and E.
formed the basis of E. mosheri (q.v.), which, as here inter- humboldtensis.
preted, is typical of the Amoenum Zone. Typical E. bidentata
faunas, as portrayed by Orchard (1983), characterize the
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95288.
Cordilleranus Zone but identical elements range upward into
the Amoenum Zone where they are subordinateto E. mosheri. Epigondolella elongata n. sp.
In spite of the restricted definition of E. bidentata, the present
species concept includes forms that, unlike the holotype, have Plate 4, figures 4-6, 15,20,21
irregularly developed accessory platform nodes. p 1983 Epigondolella postera Kozur and Mostler
Figured material. Hypotype GSC 9528 1. population. ORCHARD, p. 186-8, Figs. 12M,
N (only).

Epigondolella carinata n. sp. Etymology. Latin, elongatus, referring to the relatively elon-
gate platform of the species.
Plate 5, figures 4,5, 10
Holotype. GSC 95282, P1.4, figs. 15,20,21.
vp 1983 Epigondolella postera (Kozur and Mostler)
population. ORCHARD, p. 186-8, Figs. 1lA, Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone Ic, Columbianus
C (only). Zone of Middle Norian, Late Triassic age.

Etymology. Latin, carina, referring to the persistent develop- Type stratum. Pardonet Formation.
ment of an axial carina. Type locality. GSC loc. 0-98542, Childerhose Cove, Peace
Holotype. GSC 95288, P1. 5, figs. 4,5, 10. River, British Columbia.

Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone 11, Columbianus Diagnosis. An elongate Epigondolella characterized by one
Zone of Middle Norian, Late Triassic age. to three (and at least two on one side) large denticles on each
anterior platform margin, and a generally smooth, long and
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation. narrow posterior platform that is about one half of the total
unit length. A prominent carina composed of large nodes
Type locality. GSC loc. 0-98525, Pardonet Hill, British
Columbia. extends to the posterior end of the platform. A pit is located
beneath the anterior third of the platform within a basal scar
Diagnosis. A relatively short Epigondolella with two large that extends close to the posterior tip.
denticles on at least one anterior margin, commonly with one
on the other margin, and several others on the tapered to
Comparisons. The anterior platform node arrangement of the
new species is like that of the younger Epigondolellapostera,
subparallel posterior margins. The blade is short and the
carina is low. which is much shorter and has a broad, markedly lobate
posterior platform. E. matthewi is much broader posteriorly,
Comparisons. This species is introduced for relatively short commonly has more anterior denticles, and has a carina that
elements of Middle to Late Norian age that have formerly often does not extend to the posterior end of the platform.
been included in Epigondolella postera or "E. abneptis" by Epigondolella multidentata has a similarly shaped platform,
previous authors. They differ from E. postera in their straight, but it has more anterior platform nodes and more numerous,
nonlobate platform, and from E. tozeri and E. serrulata in posteriorly elevated carinal nodes.
their relatively short platforms and fewer anterior nodes.
Epigondolella englandi has only a single pair of anterior Remarks. This species was formerly included in the Epigon-
denticles. Very early growth stages of E. triangularis (Pl. 3, dolella postera population (Orchard, 1983, Fig. 12), but the
fig. 4) and the new species may resemble each other but later species appears earlier and characterizes an interval immedi-
growth is strongly divergent. The holotype of E. slovackensis ately preceding typical E. postera. The new species resembles
(Kozur, 1972) differs only in its precipitous posterior blade, E , multidentata in both blade and lower surface morphology,
whereas that of E. humboldtensis Meek has a significantly and is thought to be an early derivative of that species. In
longer blade. common with other Middle to Upper Norian posteriorly
unornamented species, a minor accessory node may. appear
Remarks. These specimens occur with Epigondolella pos- on the posterior platform margin.
tera but apparently appear earlier, and survive longer. They
may be derived from E. tozeri through reduction in overall Figured material. Holotype GSC 95282, paratype GSC 95277.
 Epigondolella englandi n. sp. Type locality. GSC loc. 0-98876, Childerhose Cove, Peace
River, British Columbia.
Plate 5, figures
- 9, 11, 13, 19,20
Diagnosis. A posteriorly rounded Epigondolella charac-
Named for who first and terized by a relatively broad, biconvex platform that has two
described this species for an undergraduate thesis at the to four large denticles on each anterior margin and
University of British Columbia. a largely unornamented posterior platform. The blade is
composed of relatively few, large denticles that pass into a
carina composed of several discrete nodes that usually do not
Holotype. GSC 95290, P1.5, figs. 11,13, 19. reach the posterior end of the platform.
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. No independent dating on Comparisons.The species most closely resembles Epigondo-
type collection, but regarded as Late Norian, Late Triassic in lellapostera but is characteristically larger,.usually relatively
age. The species occurs in the Queen Charlotte Islands above longer, has a more symmetrical posterior platform, and has
Monotis faunas, and with Cassianella at the type locality of more anterior nodes. The species is shorter and broader than
the Amoenum Zone in Taseko Lakes. E. elongata and E. multidentata, has a less developed poste-
Type stratum. Lewes River Group. rior carina, and a blade that is shorter and composed of fewer
denticles.
Type locality. GSC loc. C-87005, 1 km northwest of Hill
4308, near Laurier Creek, Laberge map area, Yukon Terri- Remarks. This species appears near the base of the Middle
tory. Norian in association with the more slender and much more
common Epigondolella multidentata. It persists as an uncom-
Diagnosis. A small Epigondolella with an ovoid platform that mon element of the Rutherfordi Zone faunas and may repre-
has a pair of unequally developed but very high anterior sent the root stock for the postera radiation that occurred low
denticles and additional pairs of smaller, but distinct, sym- in the Columbianus Zone.
metrically arranged nodes on the posterior platform.
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95278.
Comvarisons. The bidentate ulatform resembles that of
~~ig'ondolella bidentata and ~.'mosheribut the new species
has a much broader platform and stronger anterior denticles Epigondolella mosheri Kozur and Mostler
than either of these other Upper Norian species; the strong Plate 4, figures 11, 13, 14
posterior ornament is the rule rather than the exception, as is
the case in the other species. Early growth stages of all three vp 1968 Epigondolella bidentata n. sp. MOSHER,
species may be indistinguishable. The platform shape differs p. 936, P1. 118, fig. 36 (only).
from that of rare bidentate elements of the lobate E. postera. v 1970 Epigondolella bidentata Mosher. MOSHER,
Pl.110, figs. 27,28.
Remarks. This species appears to be the final stage in the * 1971 Tardogondolella mosheri n. sp. KOZUR and
development of a lineage that starts with the elongate and MOSTLER, p. 15.
multidenticulate Epigondolella tozeri, gives way to the inter- v 1991a Epigondolella ex. gr. bidentata Mosher.
mediate tridentate E. carinata, and ends with the short biden- ORCHARD, P1. 4, fig. 22.
tate E. englandi. Each of these species has unevenly
developed anterior denticles, with one denticle being distinc- Holotype. USNM 159234, US National Museum; Mosher,
tively larger than that on the opposite margin. 1968, P1. 118, fig. 36.
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95290, paratypes GSC Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Probably Amoenum Zone
95289, GSC 95291. of Late Norian, Late Triassic age.
Type stratum. Uppermost Luning Formation or basal Gabbs
Epigondolella matthewi n. sp. Formation.
Plate 4, figures 8- 10 Type locality. Sample NYL-19, New York Canyon, Nevada.
vp 1983 Epigondolella multidentata Mosher popula- Canadian occurrence. Within Cassianella beds containing
tion. ORCHARD, p. 183, 185, figs. 8M-0 Amoenum Zone ammonoids in Tyaughton Creek, and brack-
(only1. eted by Monotis and Crickmayi Zone ammonoids on Queen
vp 1983 Epigondolella n. sp. C population. ORCHARD, Charlotte Islands.
p. 185, 186, Fig. 10R (only). Diagnosis. A small, typically very slender Epigondolella
Etymology. Named for my son, Matthew. with a relatively long, narrow or incipiently developed plat-
form lying posterior to a pair of prominent denticles, which
Holotype. GSC 95278, P1.4, figs. 8-10. may be unevenly reduced to little more than a pair of swel-
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Rutherfordi Zone of Mid- lings. The carina is prominent throughout, consisting of at
dle Norian, Late Triassic age. least five (as in the holotype), but as many as ten denticles
posterior to the lateral denticle pair; this part of the unit is
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation.
generally longer than the blade and is always narrower than Age (arnmonoid zone) of holotype. Rutherfordi Zone of Middle
the anterior end of the platform. A small pit lies within a Norian, Late Triassic age.
narrow pointed scar at a point beneath the node pair.
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation.
Comparisons. This species has been combined with Epigon-
dolella bidentata in the past, and their separation is difficult Type locality. GSC loc. 0-46459, "White Creek", east of
Crying Girl Prairie Creek, north of Peace River, British
when the elements have not attained a certain minimum
Columbia.
length; this is the same problem that impacts on discrimina-
tion of E. bidentata (q.v.) from early growth stages of older Diagnosis. An Epigondolella with an elongate, sometimes
species. Certainly, the presence of six or more posterior sinuous platform that tapers progressively from the broadest
carinal nodes is only seen in the Upper Norian faunas studied part at the anterior end to a pointed or narrowly truncated
from above the Cordilleranus Zone. The presence of five posterior end. The anterior platform commonly bears three to
posterior nodes, as in the holotype, is common in the five high, sharp denticles on each margin, whereas the poste-
Amoenum Zone but is only seen in large specimens from the rior platform is mostly unomamented apart from a possible
Cordilleranus Zone, where transitional specimens have a accessory node (as in the holotype). The free blade is about
broader posterior platform. The species is also similar to E. one third unit length, consists of up to eight denticles that
elongata, but it is much smaller, has more carinal nodes, and form a convex crest, descends onto the platform and contin-
typically has only two, as opposed to at least three prominent ues as a prominent, partly fused carina that is conspicuously
denticles. higher at the posterior end. On the lower surface, the pit lies
beneath the anterior part of the platform, whereas the keel
Remarks. Kozur and Mostler (1971) established this species
tapers to a point close to the posterior end. Microreticulae are
on the basis of an illustrated paratype of Epigondolella biden-
relatively weakly developed.
tata in Mosher (1968, 1970). Mosher (1973) rejected this
separation on the grounds that the element merely showed a Comparisons. The smooth posterior platform and strong
continuation of an ontogenetic trend that he had demonstrated anterior nodes were regarded as diagnostic by Mosher (1970)
in his earlier work. Whereas Mosher (1973) was correct in who, however, did not note the distinctive high, fused poste-
his observations of growth trends, the relative dimensions of rior carina, here regarded as key to the recognition of the
the platform and number of posterior carinal nodes in the species. Epigondolella elongata has a similar platform shape
holotype of E. mosheri are not seen at a comparable growth but has fewer anterior nodes, whereas E. tozeri has a more
stage in E. bidentata, as the identical magnification of ornate platform; both species have more discrete carinal
Mosher's specimens reveals. Nevertheless, relatively small nodes.
specimens from the Amoenum Zone are probably indistin-
guishable from E. bidentata to which, according to new Remarks. Epigondolella rnultidentata appears abruptly at the
definition, they should be referred. In later growth, there is an base of the Middle Norian in the Pardonet Formation, domi-
emphasis on longitudinal growth in E. mosheri, whereas E. nating a fauna (summarized as the E. rnultidentata population
bidentata tends to broaden; both may have minor accessory by Orchard, 1983) that is far more diverse than that immedi-
platform nodes. ately preceding it. Mosher (1970, p. 739, 740) thought that
the present species developed from similarly shaped speci-
The stratigraphic level of the holotype of Epigondolella mens of "E. abneptis" through posterior node loss, but such
rnosheri is ambiguous: both Luning and Gabbs formations are elements figured by Mosher are thought to be derivatives
mentioned in Mosher's work, although the name Luning rather than ancestors (see E. tozeri). I think it is more likely
Formation appears on the USNM slide. I assume the age of that E. rnultidentatadeveloped from a posteriorly unomamented
the enclosing strata is Amoenum Zone because the index predecessor, perhaps through retention of morphology seen
ammonoid Cochloceras occurs throughout the Lower Gabbs in juvenile E. triangularis.
Formation, and E. rnosheri is now known to be typical of the
same level in Canada. In the literature, Epigondolella multidentata has been
given a broader interpretation than can be justified on the
Figured material. Hypotypes GSC 95279, GSC 95280. basis of topotype collections. I here restrict the species to
narrow, elongate specimens with a largely unomamented
posterior platform and a very prominent posterior carina. The
Epigondolella rnultidentata Mosher species is short ranging, and probably biogeographically
Plate 4, figures 1-3,7 restricted; I regard records from outside British Columbia as
unauthenticated.
v* 1970 Epigondolella rnultidentata n. sp. MOSHER,
p. 739, P1. 110, figs. ?19,22-22, ?26. Figured material. Holotype GSC 250557, hypotype GSC 95276.
v 1973 E p i g o n d o l e l l a rnultidentata Mosher.
MOSHER, p. 160, P1. 18, figs. 15, 18-22,
Epigondolella postera (Kozur and Mostler)
?25-27.
v 1983 Epigondolella rnultidentata M o s h e r . Plate 4, figures 16-19
ORCHARD, p. 183, 185, Figs. 15 J-L.
* 1971 Tardogondolella abneptis postera n. subsp.
Holotype. GSC 25055, Mosher, 1970, P1. 110, figs. 22-24. KOZUR and MOSTLER, p. 14, 15, P1. 2,
Re-illustrated in Plate 4, figs. 1-3. figs. 4-6.
v 1983 Epigondolella postera (Kozur and Mostler). Type
.. stratum. Belemnoid Aulacoceras bed, Pardonet Formation.
ORCHARD, pl 186-188, Figs. 15 P-R.
v 1989 Epigondolella postera (Kozur and Mostler). Type locality. GSC loc. C-101768, Pardonet Hill, British
ORCHARD in CARTER et al., P1. 1, fig. 15. Columbia.
v 1991 Epigondolella postera (Kozur and Mostler). Diagnosis. An Epigondolella with a flat, mostly unoma-
ORCHARD, P1.4, fig. 21. mented, commonly rectangular posterior platform with vari-
Holotype. M VIIJ25 (repository unknown); Kozur and Mos- ably pointed, posterolaterally extended comers. In profile, the
tler, 1971, P1. 2, figs. 4a-c. blade is up to one half unit length, is composed of 9-12
denticles, and rises from both anterior and posterior ends in
Age of holotype. Of undifferentiated Middle Norian, Late a low convex crest; the lower surface of the platform is clearly
Triassic age. stepped up from the blade but distinctly downturned posteri-
orly. Carinal nodes, numbering 3-5, are discrete and com-
Type stratum. Hallstatt Limestone.
monly small except for the posteriomost one, which often
Type locality. Sommeraukogel, Austria. dominates the centre of the posterior platform; a small node
may occur beyond it. The lateral margins of the anterior
Canadian occurrence. With Columbianus Subzone I1 platform'bear a few large, discrete and sharp denticles that at
ammonoids in the Peace River area, British Columbia. least double the height of the platform. The lower surface
Diagnosis. A relatively short Epigondolella with a distinctive bears a centrally located pit, small surrounding loop, and a
anterior denticulation commonly consisting of one prominent basal scar that commonly bifurcates, to some extent, posterior
denticle on one platform margin and two on the other. The to the pit. Dense microreticulae are largely confined to the
posterior platform is typically unomamented except for the posterior platform and are most pronounced peripherally.
nodes of the carina that may or may not be continuous to the Comparisons. As shown by Orchard (1983, Fig. 5), the length
posterior end of the platform. Posterior platform margins are to breadth ratio of the platform of this species shows a marked
often asymmetrical, with one margin being strongly convex. shift compared to its predecessor Metapolygnathusprimitius,
The blade is short and high, and descends relatively abruptly reflecting the relatively shorter and broader platform. Further
onto the platform. The pit is located anterior to platform differences between the latter and the new species are in node
midlength. prominence and lower surface profile (cf. P1. 1, fig. 14 and
Comparisons. This species differs from Epigondolella elon- P1.2, fig. 3), microreticulation, and the pointed, posterolater-
gata in being much shorter, and having a markedly asymmet- ally extended comers of many specimens, which is very
rical, lobate posterior platform. Accessory nodes may occur rarely seen in Metapolygnathus. Some elements of Epigon-
on the posterior margin but specimens are neither as strongly dolella quadrata may show a medial constriction reminiscent
omate nor as narrow posteriorly as E. carinata (q.v.). The E. of its metapolygnathid predecessors (e.g., E. permica sensu
slovackensis population described by Budai and KovAcs Krystyn, 1973), particularly when posterolateral expansion is
(1986) includes elements that differ from E. postera only in pronounced; however, the anterior nodes are much larger
the posteriorly precipitous blade. Specimens of E. postera than in Metapolygnathus. The profile and lower surface mor-
may superficially resemble early growth stages of E. triangu- phology of E. quadrata is shared with E. spatulata and E.
laris but the latter are much smaller, have different blade and triangularis, although these species show decreased posterior
platform profiles, and do not have a lobate posterior platform. downarching, increased bifurcation of the basal scar, and a
diminishing relative blade length; most obviously, they differ
Remarks. The morphological breadth of this species is uncer- in posterior ornamentation. Posteriorly smooth Middle
tain because topotype collections have not been described. In Norian elements, which lack a posterior carina (possibly
this paper, my species concept is more restricted than the E. including the holotype of E. abneptis) have different profiles.
postera population of Orchard (1983) for I exclude both
elongate elements (= E. elongata) and narrow, posteriorly Remarks. Kozur (1990) regarded this species (formerly
ornate elements (= E. carinata). Epigondolella abneptis subsp. A) as conspecific with the
holotype of Metapolygnathusprimitius (q.v.),which it clearly
Figured material. Hypotypes GSC 95283, GSC 95284. is not. Elements questionably included in this species (Pl. 2,
figs. 10, 12) have different posterior platform shapes, but are
Epigondolella quadrata n. sp. otherwise very similar.

Plate 2, figures 1-3,7-9, ?lo, ?12 Figured material. Holotype GSC 95265, paratype GSC
95266, plus hypotype GSC 95267.
v 1983 Epigondolella abneptis subsp. A ORCHARD,
p. 179, 181, Figs. 15 D-F.
Epigondolella serrulata n. sp.
Etymology. Latin, quadratus, referring to the shape of the Plate 5, figures 12, 14-18
posterior platform.
v 1983 Epigondolella n. sp. D ORCHARD, p. 188,
Holotype. GSC 95265, P1.2, figs. 1-3. 189, Figs. 15 S-U, fig. 13.
Age (ammonoid zone) of holoty~e.Subzone 11, Kerri Zone of Etymology. From the latin serrula, saw-like, referring to the
Early Norian, Late Triassic age. sharp platform denticles.
Holotype. GSC 68864, PI. 5, figs. 17, 18. nodes occur on the short anterior platform margins, posterior
to which the platform is abruptly and roundly expanded. Low
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone 111, Columbianus nodes occur on all platform margins, and may form secondary
Zone of Middle Norian, Late Triassic age. carinas. The keel is commonly bifurcated posterior to the pit.
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation. Comparisons. This species is shorter and relatively more
Type locality. GSC loc. 0-98548, Black Bear Ridge, Peace expanded than both Epigondolella quadrata and E. triangu-
River, British Columbia. laris.
Diagnosis. A relatively small, elongate Epigondolella with a Remarks. The holotype of Epigondolella spatulata is a relatively
narrowly biconvex, thin and flat platform that tends to taper small specimen that closely resembles the holotype of the
at both anterior and posterior ends; the middle platform has co-occurringMetapolygnathus echinatus, which itself has an
subparallelmargins, or may be broadest at midpoint. At about uncertain identity (Orchard, 1991a). Nevertheless, the popu-
one third of the platform length from the anterior end of the lar, although here more restricted concept of the species is
platform there are commonly a pair of prominent, slightly to adopted in this paper pending a fuller understanding of both
strongly outwardly directed denticles; similar but smaller the holotype and the variability of typical populations, which
denticles occur on margins of both the anterior and, less I have yet to find in the Canadian Cordillera. The illustrated
commonly, the posterior platform. The free blade is about one specimen, from Timor, was kindly provided by L. Krystyn
quarter unit length, and is composed of four to five denticles (Vienna) and illustrates what may be typical morphology of
that form a convex crest. The carina is composed of large the species. Posterior ornamentation is subdued in the present
discrete nodes that extend to the posterior end of the unit, and material, but is stronger in similar Lower Norian Tethyan
often project beyond it. The lower surface has a small, specimens of this species illustrated by Mosher (1968) from
submedial pit surrounded by a long basal scar with very the Hallstatt Limestone, and by Koike (1982) from the Taho
prominent edges. Limestone in Japan. Similar elements from British Columbia
are here referred to E. aff. E. spatulata (q.v.).Many authors
Comparisons. The small, outwardly directed platform denti- have regarded all posteriorly ornate, quadrate elements ("E.
cles and relatively thin, flat, delicate platform contrast with abneptis") as belonging to E. spatulata (e.g., Kozur, 1980,
Epigondolella tozeri in which denticles are larger, relatively p. 750), a practice that has obscured both biochronological
upright and more strongly developed at both extremities of and biogeographic realities.
the platform. The platform shape of this species also differs
from other epigondolellids in having a platform that does not Figured material. Hypotypes GSC 95268, GSC 95269.
end as abruptly anteriorly. The relatively short length of the
free blade is also exceptional compared with other elongate
and ornate species of the Middle Norian.
Epigondolella sp. aff. E. spatulata Hayashi
Plate 2, figures 13-17
Figured material. Holotype GSC 68864, paratypes GSC
95292, GSC 95293. vp 1983 Epigondolella abneptis subsp. B population.
ORCHARD, p. 181-183, figs. 6 N, S (only).
Epigondolella spatulata (Hayashi) Remarks. Specimens included here occur in association with
Epigondolella triangularis, but are much shorter than the
Plate 2, figures 4-6, 11 latter. They resemble E. spatulata in platform outline but they
* 1968a,b Gladigondolella abneptis spatulata n. subsp. have relatively longer, unexpanded anterior platform margins,
HAYASHI, p. 69, P1.2, figs. 5a-c. and are not as conspicuously expanded posteriorly. These
specimens occur in association with ammonoids of both
Holotype. AD 67/19 (repository unknown); Hayashi, 1968a, Dawsoni and Magnus zones in northeastern British Columbia
PI. 2, figs. 5a-c. and are probably co-eval with E. spatulata; separation as a
Age of holotype. Within a mixed Middle-Upper Triassic geographic subspecies may be appropriate.
fauna. The species is Early Norian in age elsewhere in the Figured material. GSC 95270, GSC 95271
Tethyan region.
Type stratum. Chert at base of the Adoyama Formation. Epigondolella spiculata n. sp.
Type locality. Near Kuzu-Machi, Tochigi Prefecture, central Plate 3, figures 10, 14, 15
Japan.
v 1983 Epigondolella n. sp. C ORCHARD, p. 185,
Canadian occurrence. Possibly in Lower Norian strata of the 186, Figs. 15 M-0.
Bridge River and Cadwallader groups of south central British
v 1991a Epigondolella n. sp. C Orchard. ORCHARD,
Columbia. No independent ammonoid dating in Canada. PI. 4, figs. 18-20.
Diagnosis. A relatively short, subcircular Epigondolella Etymology. Latin, spiculum, referring to the highly ornate,
characterized by a strongly expanded posterior platform that posterior platform in which projecting sharp denticles
constitutes between two thirds and three quarters of unit produce a characteristic spiky outline.
length. A pair of large, commonly transversely elongate
Holotype. GSC 95274, PI. 3, figs. 10, 14, 15. Epigondolella tozeri n. sp.
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone Ia, Columbianus Plate 5, figures 1-3,6-8
Zone of Middle Norian, Late Triassic age.
vp 1970 Epigondolella abneptis (Huckriede).
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation. MOSHER, P1. 110, figs. 14,18 (only).
vp 1983 Epigondolella multidentata Mosher population.
Type locality. GSC loc. 0-98877, Childerhose Cove, Peace ORCHARD, p. 183, 185, Figs. 8E, F (only).
River, British Columbia.
Etymology. Named for E.T. Tozer (GSC Vancouver).
Diagnosis. An Epigondolella with an asymmetrical, subrec-
tangular platform that has, in upper view, a pronounced Holotype. GSC 95287, P1.5, figs. 6-8.
convexity of the outer posterior margin; in profile, the unit
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone I , Columbianus
has a characteristic flat to convex base with the posterior
Zone of Middle Norian, Late Triassic age.
platform clearly upturned. The blade is one quarter to one
third unit length, and is commonly composed of five to seven Type stratum. Pardonet Formation.
denticles, which are highest toward the anterior end; it declines
strongly to the posterior and ends abruptly on the anterior Type locality. GSC loc. 0-9851 8, Pardonet Hill, Peace River,
platform. The discrete nodes of the carina are small at first, British Columbia.
but become larger toward the posterior where they are aligned Diagnosis. A strongly denticulate Epigondolella with two to
and often connected to a node on the posterior margin that is four high anterior platform denticles and strong nodes on the
invariably more prominent than the preceding carinal nodes. tapered to subparallel margins of the pointed to narrowly
Several large anterior denticles occur on each anterior plat- truncated posterior platform. Discrete carinal nodes extend
form margin, and may be higher on one side. Additional sharp without significant elevation to the posterior end of the unit.
nodes are often unevenly developed, with the outer posterior The lower surface has a pit beneath the anterior third of the
margin being more ornate; these nodes project beyond the platform, and a basal scar that is quite broad posteriorly.
platform margin giving the unit a serrated appearance. In
lower view, the basal scar is relatively broad and flat, and has Comparisons. The new species differs from Epigondolella
only slightly raised edges; the posterior margin of the scar is multidentata in having strong nodes consistently developed
often obliquely truncated but may be straight or weakly posteriorly, and in lacking a high posterior carina. It differs
indented; in rare cases, it may be bifurcate but in these from E. spiculata in both the relative symmetry of the poste-
examples the indentation does not extend to the pit. The small rior platform, and in the strong continuous carina. Epigondo-
pit is located slightly to the anterior of the platform midpoint, lella serrulata is consistently smaller, has a thinner, more
and a groove extends anteriorly within the tapered scar, which biconvex platform with smaller, often outwardly directed
continues as a broad strip beneath the blade. Platform nodes, and a relatively shorter blade. The platforms of com-
microreticulae are poorly'developed. parable growth stages of E. triangularis are posteriorly
expanded, broadly truncated, and have no posterior carina.
Comparisons. The new species differs from Epigondolella
triangularis in the following: the profile of both the lower Remarks. Elements of this species have been previously
margin and generally shorter blade; the common asymmetry included in the generalized "Epigondolella abneptis" because
in both plan view and in denticle development; the depth, of the posteriorly ornate platform, or in E. multidentata
width and posterior outline of the basal scar, rarity of a because of the long carinate platform, but neither are appro-
marked bifurcation, and a less pronounced loop surrounding priate. Mosher (1970, p. 739, 740) regarded these elements
the pit (Orchard, 1983, p. 185); the anterior nodes that tend as "advanced... E. abneptis" from which E. multidentata was
to be longer, more discrete, sharper, and curved posteriorly; derived through posterior node loss. However, I think it is
a carina that extends further posteriorly, and tends to be more probable that E, tozeri developed from E. multidentata
connected to nodes of the posterior margin; and in the com- through the gain of posterior ornament, and/or from E. trian-
mon absence of a prominent carinal node on the posterior gularis via E. transitia through the complete suppression of
platform. See also E. tozeri and E. transitia. one posterolateral lobe. It follows that the species, as cur-
rently defined, may include elements with more than one
Remark. This is the species that accounts for many of the origin, but the type collection is definitely younger than E.
Middle Norian records of "E. abneptis", and the homeomor- multidentata.
phic development may be startling in isolated Middle Norian
specimens, particularly when they approach plan view Growth in this species has some parallels with that of
symmetry, which, however, they rarely do. Epigondolella triangularis in that small specimens are pointed
but posterior nodes added as growth proceeds result in a broad-
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95274. ening of the element, and may result in a rectangular posterior
end, as in the holotype. However, growth appears to be largely
longitudinally directed, with specimens becoming relative Holotype. Bu 210311 (repository unknown); Budurov, 1972,
longer with increase in size; this contrasts with the emphasis P1. 1, figs. 3-6. Re-illustrated by Budurov and Sudar, 1990,
on lateral outgrowth of the posterior platfo~min E. triangu- P1. 6, figs. 3.4.
laris.
Age of holotype. Of undifferentiated Early Norian, Late
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95287, paratypes GSC 95285, Triassic age.
GSC 95286.
Type stratum. "Alaunian limestones".
Type locality. Kalberstein Quany, southeast of Kalberstein,
Epigondolella transitia n. sp. Berchtesgaden Alps, Bavaria, Germany.
Plate 3, figures 11-13
Canadian occurrence. In association with Dawsoni Subzone
vp 1983 Epigondolella abneptis subsp. B population. I1 through Magnus Zone ammonoids, Lower Norian, north-
ORCHARD, p. 181-183, Figs. 6C, E (only). eastern British Columbia.
Etymology. Latin transitus, referring to the transitional Description. An Epigondolella with a strongly ornate, almost
morphology of the species between typical Lower and Mid- symmetrical platform that is subquadrate to triangular in the
dle Norian Epigondolella. posterior half. In profile, the lower surface of the posterior
platform is stepped upward from that of the blade but typi-
Holotype. GSC 95275, P1. 3, figs. 11-13. cally downturned terminally. The blade has about seven to
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone 11, Magnus Zone nine denticles and commonly has its maximum height at
of Early Norian, Late Triassic age. about midlength, although this is variable in young popula-
tions; it descends onto the platform and passes into discrete,
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation. round carinal nodes that are commonly terminated by a
Type locality. GSC loc. 0-98537, Childerhose Cove, Peace prominent node that lies at the centre of the posterior plat-
River, British Columbia. form, and which rises above adjacent marginal nodes. Lat-
eral nodes are particularly prominent on the anterior margins
Diagnosis. A strongly ornate Epigondolella in which one and are upright, sharp, and generally discrete; secondary
posterolateral lobe is more strongly developed than the other, nodes on the posterior platform sometimes merge diagonally
thus producing a marked posterior asymmetry. The main into secondary carinae. The lower surface bears a basal scar
anterior carina and one secondary carina on the posterior lobe that surrounds the subcentrally located pit, which is sur-
produces the impression of a continuous carina close to the rounded by a small, relatively prominent loop. The basal scar
posterior tip. The lower surface has a central to anteriorly has a distinct edge and is commonly posteriorly bifurcated
shifted pit, and an asymmetric keel that reflects the asymmetry with secondary keels extending toward the posterolateral
of the platform and carina development. comers; the posterior indentation of the scar commonly ex-
Comparisons. The strong asymmetry of the ornate posterior tends close to the pit.
platform distinguishes this species from other Lower Norian Comparisons. Quadrate elements may be confused with some
species, particularly Epigondolella triangularis, which is elements of Epigondolella spiculata (q.v.),but there are many
otherwise very similar and from which the new species differences: generally, the profile, symmetry, node and carina
clearly developed. Both E. spiculata and E. transitia have formation, and basal scar differ. Early growth stages of E.
asymmetric posterior platforms, and tend to develop posterior1y triangularis (Pl. 3, figs. 4-6) have pointed platforms and
continuous carinas, but E. spiculata (q.v.) is distinguished continuous carinas and thus may resemble some Middle
from the present species by most of the same criteria that Norian species, but larger specimens are quite different.
separate it from E, triangularis. Compare, for example, their Epigondolella quadrata is unornamented posteriorly; E.
lower profiles (Pl. 3, figs. 13, 15). Also, in E. spiculata, the transitia has pronounced posterior asymmetry; E, spatulata
inner margin tends to be straight and the posterior outer and related elements are much shorter and have relatively
margin is broadly convex, whereas in E. transitia both margins more expanded, subcircular posterior platforms.
tend to be intumed beyond platform midlength. Furthermore,
platform nodes are sharper and more outwardly directed in E. Remarks. Epigondolella triangularis dominates the E. abneptis
spiculata (compare lower views). subsp. B population of Orchard (1983), but several similar
morphotypes are recognized within the former population.
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95275. There is a trend within the Lower Norian toward increased
platform ornament and posterolateralexpansion, and decreased
Epigondolella triangularis (Budurov) sensu lato relative blade length in this species. On the basis of posterior
platform morphology, I herein differentiate two subspecies
Plate 3, figures 4-6 of E. triangularis, which have different stratigraphic ranges.
Early growth stages of these subspecies are probably indis-
* 1972 Ancyrogondolella triangularis n. sp. tinguishable, and the species concept is useful for immature
BUDUROV, p. 857, PI. 1, figs. 3-6. specimens (as illustrated).
1983 Epigondolella abneptis subsp. B ORCHARD,
p. 181-183, Figs. 15 G-I. Figured material. GSC 68853.
 Epigondolella triangularis triangularis (Budurov) Figured material. Holotype GSC 95272.
Plate 3, figures 7-9
v 1989 Epigondolella triangularis B udurov. Genus Metapolygnathus Hayashi
ORCHARD in CARTER et al., PI. I, fig. 12. 1968a Metapolygnathus gen. nov. HAYASHI, p. 72.
v 1991a Epigondolella triangularis B u d u r o v .
ORCHARD, P1.4, fig. 12. Type species. Metapolygnathus communisti Hayashi, 1968.
Holotype, type stratum, locality, and age. As for species. Diagnosis. Gondolelloid species that typically have a reduced
Canadian occurrence. In association with Dawsoni Subzone platform anterior of variably pronounced geniculation points,
I1 through Magnus Zone ammonoids, Lower Norian, north- and relatively coarse and compact platform microreticulation
eastern British Columbia. that covers both platform margins and nodes in most species
(Orchard, 1983, Fig. 8). Species may be unomamented or
Diagnosis. A subspecies of Epigondolella triangularis in show varying degrees of node formation, which can be sub-
which the posterior half of the platform is bulbous or triangular dued in some species, well developed in others, but never as
due to accentuated posterolateral growth. pronounced as in Epigondolella; nodes are relatively small
Comparisons. The laterally expanded, triangular posterior with a maximum amplitude less than one half of the total
platform height. In lateral profile, the lower surface of Meta-
platform typical of large elements is not seen in any Middle
Norian species, and in older taxa with a similar platform
polygnathus is regularly concave and the posterior platform
shape, the posterior is not heavily ornamented. downturned. Growth characteristically proceeds through dual
outgrowth of the anterior and, later, posterior portions of the
Remarks. Budurov and Sudar (1990) retained the genus An- platforms so as to commonly produce a marked submedial to
cyrogondolella for this species based on their interpretation posterior constriction in early to medium growth stages. The
of one posterolateral lobe as lateral in position; in their carina is always low and does not reach the posterior platform
interpretation, the element is a strongly asymmetric unit. On margin, which is characteristically rounded or, in late growth
the contrary, in my view the elements are symmetrically stages, subquadrate. A basal pit is located beneath the
expanded posteriorly, as is evident from the nature of the posterior half of the platform.
basal structure. This is not a unique development amongst
Upper Triassic platform conodonts - keel bifurcation also Remarks. As here conceived, Metapolygnathus ranges
occurs in large elements of E. quadrats, E. spatulata, Meta- throughout the Camian and into the basal Norian. Species of
polygnathus primitius, and M. nodosus - and generic separa- Metapolygnathus have previously been referred to the genera
tion on this basis is not warranted. Gondolella, which I regard as a wholly Upper Carboniferous
gondolelloid genus, Neogondolella and Paragondolella,
Figured material. Hypotype GSC 95273. which are more appropriate for Middle Triassic species, and
Epigondolella, now restricted to Norian species. All Carnian
species are now brought to Metapolygnathus, regardless of
Epigondolella triangularis uniformis n. subsp. whether they are ornate: the prevalent philosophy of making
Plate 3, figures 1-3 generic assignments based purely on such a feature, without
regard to phyletic relationships, is rejected. All these species
Etymology. Latin, un.iformis,refening to the uniformly devel- share diagnostic characters as described above; of these,
oped, unexpanded posterior platform. lower surface profile, node height, microreticulation, and
Holotype. GSC 95272, P1. 3, figs. 1-3. mode of growth represent new criteria for separation of
Metapolygnathus and Epigondolella species.
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Dawsoni Zone of Early
Norian, Late Triassic age.
Metapolygnathus communisti Hayashi
Type stratum. Pardonet Formation.
* 1968 Metapolygnathus communisti gen. et sp. nov.
Type locality. GSC loc. C-101057, Pardonet Hill, Peace HAYASHI, p. 72, P1. 3, figs. I la-c.
River, British Columbia. 1968a,b Gladigondolella abneptis echinatus n. subsp.
Diagnosis. A subspecies of Epigondolella triangularis char- HAYASHI, p. 68,69, P1. 2, figs. la-c.
acterized by a relatively uniform development of the posterior v 1989 Metapolygnathus communisti HAYASHI.
platform, which commonly retains subparallel margins ORCHARD in CARTER et al., P1. 1, figs. 7.
throughout growth, and does not become strongly expanded. v 1991a Metapolygnathus communisti HAYASHI.
Posterior ornament is commonly weaker than in the nominal ORCHARD, p. 175, P1.2, figs. 14-24.
subspecies. Holotype. AD67134 (repository unknown); Hayashi, 1968a,
Comparisons. See Epigondolella triangularis. P1. 3, figs. I la-c.
Remarks. This is the first epigondolellid to develop distinct Age of holotype. Within a mixed Middle-Upper Triassic
ornamentation on the posterior platform. However, this is not fauna. The species is Late Carnian-Early Norian in age
accompanied by strong posterolateral growth as in the nomi- elsewhere in the Tethyan region.
nal subspecies. Type stratum. Chert at base of the Adoyama Formation.
Type locality. Near Kuzu-Machi, Tochigi Prefecture, central occupies a central position within the reduced posterior plat-
Japan. form. The lower surface has a subterminal pit surrounded by
a well developed loop.
Canadian occurrence. In association with ammonoids of the
Macrolobatus Zone and less commonly with those of the Comparisons. This early derivative of the Metapolygnathus
Kerri Zone, Upper Carnian-Early Norian, Peace River area nodosus stock is narrower and more elongate than other
and Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. similarly noded species, and the posterior constriction and
asymmetry is more pronounced. Metapolygnathus commu-
Diagnosis. A Meta~ol~gnathus with a to 'noma- nisti has a more anteriorly located pit. Metapolygnathus
mentedv longitudinal'~ laterally reduced plalform, par- reversus has a more developed and blade
ticularl~in growth stages; in some 'pecimens the dentjcles that are more discrete and less differentiated from
platform is vestigial. Larger specimens may have a high the carinal nodes.
anterior parapet or geniculation point, but nodes are uncom-
mon. The basal pit is typically more anteriorly located than Remarks. Further reduction of the anterior platform and
in older metapolygnathids. increased lateral node differentiation is thought to have led
to Metapolygnathus zoae. An opposite trend results in forms
Comparisons. Large specimens are similar to Metapolyg- close to M. reversus.
nathus primitius, but lack the distinct nodes on the anterior
platform. As with large specimens of M. nodosus, both noded Figured material. Holotype GSC 95194.
and smooth varieties occur, but in the present species, the pit
is more anteriorly located. Small specimens of M. communisti
(including the holotype of "Gladigondolella" echinatus) Metapolygnathus nodosus (Hayashi)
show considerable variation in platform development * 1968a,b Gladigondolella abneptis nodosa n. subsp.
(Orchard, 1991a). HAYASHI, p. 69, PI. 2, figs. 9a-c.
Remarks. As Krystyn (1980, p. 76) noted, Metapolygnathus v 1989 Metapolygnathus nodosus (Hayashi).
communisti is a mixture of highly evolved smooth (M.polyg- ORCHARD in CARTER et al., P1. 1, fig. 3.
nuthiformis) and nodose (M. nodosus) specimens with a basal v 1991a Metapolygnathus nodosus (Hayashi).
pit migrating toward the centre of the platform. In this respect, ORCHARD, p. 176, P1. 2, figs. 8-13; P1. 3,
the species represents an early development of the basal fig. A.
configuration found in Norian Epigondolella, a feature it Holotype. AD167123 (repository unknown); Hayashi, 1986a,
shares with M ,primitius. P1. 2, figs. 9a-c.
Age of holotype. Within a mixed Middle-Upper Triassic
Metapolygnathus lindae n. sp. fauna. The species is Late Carnian-Early Norian in age
Plate 1, figures 1-3 elsewhere in the Tethyan region.
-
v 199l a Metapolygnathus n. sp. E ORCHARD, p. 176, Typr stratum. Chert at base of Adoyama Formation.
P1. 1, figs. 1-6. Type locality. Near Kuzu-Machi, Tochigi Prefecture, central
Etymology. Named for my wife, Linda. Japan.

Holotype. GSC 95194, Orchard, 1991a, P1. 1, fig. 2, and Canadian occurrence. Mostly with arnmonoids of the Welleri
re-illustrated on P1. 1, figs. 1-3. and Macrolobatus zones, rarely with Kerri Zone ammonoids,
Upper Carnian-Early Norian, northeastern British Columbia
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone I, Welleri Zone and Queen Charlotte Islands.
of Late Camian, Late Triassic age.
Diagnosis. A Metapolygnathus with highly variable platform
Type stratum. Ludington or Pardonet Formation (talus block). ornamentation ranging from non-nodose (particularly in
larger specimens), to weakly nodose (typical), to distinctly
Type locality. GSC loc. 0-42306, near Mile Post 428 (680 but irregularly nodose where the anterior and/or lateral plat-
km) on Alaska Highway, Tuchodi Lakes map area. British form margins are incised. Advanced specimens may have
Columbia. discrete, usually irregular anterior nodes, but they are not
Diagnosis. An elongate Metapolygnathus characterized by a clearly elevated above the posterior platform margins. Strong
strong posterior platform constriction, generally subdued posterior platform constriction is typical of early growth
anterior platform nodes, and a variably reduced anterior stages, whereas in large-specimens, the platform fills out and
platform. The posteriormost platform is often asymmetrically nodes commonly coalesce and become indistinct.
developed and inturned. The anterior platform narrows
Comparisons.Most closely allied to Metapolygnathusprimitius,
abruptly in the anterior one quarter to one third, but com- which differs in the relative developmentof the anteriorplatform
monly extends to near the anterior tip of the blade. The low
nodes, as illustrated by Orchard (1991a). Nodes of M. nodosus
blade descends onto the platform opposite the geniculation are more irregular and develop through incision of the platform
points and continues as a row of discrete and round, low
margins, which otherwiseretain a regular height. In M. primitius,
nodes. The subterminal cusp is weakly differentiated and the nodes are more discrete and clearly rise above the platform
margins, which are depressed posteriorly.
Remarks. Elements presently included in Metapolygnathus v 1983 Epigondolella primitia Mosher. ORCHARD,
nodosus have a wide range of both platform shape and node p. 178, 179, Figs. 15 A-C.
formation. Stratigraphically meaningful subdivision of the v 1989 Epigondolella primitia Mosher. ORCHARD
species may be possible in future, but discrimination of M. in CARTER et al., P1. 1, fig. 16.
carpathica (Mock) does not appear to be practical in my v 1991a Metapolygnathus primitius (Mosher).
collections. ORCHARD, p. 176, P1. 2, figs. 1-7; P1. 3,
fig. F.
Metapolygnathus ex gr. polygnathiformis Holotype. GSC 25051, Mosher, 1970, P1. 110, figs. 8, 11, 12.
Re-illustrated in P1. 1, figs. 13-15.
(Budurov and Stefanov)
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone 11, Kerri Zone of
* 1965 Gondolella polygnathiformis sp. nov. Early Norian, Late Triassic age.
BUDUROV and STEFANOV, p. 118,119,
PI. 3, fig. 7. Type stratum. Pardonet Formation.
v 1989 Metapolygnathus ex. gr. polygnathiformis Type locality. GSC loc. 0-64654, Brown Hill, Peace River,
Budurov and Stefanov. ORCHARD, in British Columbia.
CARTER et al., PI. 1, fig. 4.
v 1991a Metapolygnathus ex. gr. polygnathiformis Diagnosis. A Metapolygnathus with the anterior half of the
Budurov and Stefanov. ORCHARD, p. 176, platform having two to five uniformly developed, discrete,
P1.4, figs. 1, 3,4. roundly terminated nodes of moderate size on each margin.
These nodes, when viewed laterally, project above the level
Holotype. BAN, No. 90 (repository unknown); Budurov and of the platform, which is relatively flattened and depressed
Stefanov, 1965, PI. 3, fig. 7.
posterior to the nodes. The platform nodes tend to coalesce
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Aon Zone of Early in very large specimens. The posterior platform is typically
Carnian, Late Triassic age. broad, subquadrate, and carries no peripheral nodes. The free
blade is well developed being about one third unit length and
Type stratum. Unspecified. has a convex upper profile; it descends onto the platform and
Type locality. South end of village of Snezha, Burgas District, continues as a row of discrete carinal nodes, the terminal of
Bulgaria. which is prominent and lies well in front of the posterior
margin. Microreticulae cover most of the platform, including
Canadian occurrence. With Nanseni and Dilleri Zone the nodes (Orchard, 1983, fig. 3A), and are absent only from
ammonoids, Camian. northeastem British Columbia. the adcarinal area. In profile, the unit is evenly arched, with
Diagnosis. A group of metapolygnathids with subquadrate a slight step at the pit, and downturned posteriorly. The small
platforms with unomamented margins of uniform height. The pit and prominent loop is typically located to the posterior of
platform is generally broadest at mid.lengthor anterior of that platform midlength but well in front of the broad, truncated
point. Relatively broad adcarinal troughs, and round, discrete posterior termination of the keel, which may be posterolaterally
carinal nodes are typical. expanded in very large specimens.
Comparisons. During growth, platforms generally develop Comparisons.SeeMetapolygnathusnodosus and Epigondolella
more uniformly compared with Metapolygnathus nodosus, quadrata.
do not develop marginal nodes, and have the broadest part of Remarks. This species is the last of the metapolygnathids and
the platform developed further anteriorly than in typical M. shares all of the characters of that genus as newly defined.
nodosus. The presence of a posterior brim in all specimens, Kozur's (1990, p. 402,403) recent assertion that the holotype of
the rounder and more discrete carinal nodes, and the narrower Metapolygnathus primitius is identical to "Epigondolella ab-
lateral zones of platform reticillae may also set the species neptis" (= E. quadrata) cannot be upheld, as revealed by new
apart from the younger derivatives. illustration of the holotype: it is clearly not the same as E.
Remarks. The Lower Carnian type of Metapolygnathus quadrata, nor does it have the large, sharp denticles and lower
polygnathiformis is probably not the same species that has profile typical of Epigondolella species as newly defined.
been consistently identified in the Upper Camian in associa- Similarly, I find no basis in my material for Kozur's separation
tion with M. nodosus. Features outlined above appear to of older Upper Carnian specimens of M. primitius from the
provide a basis for separating them, but more data on Lower Lower Norian populations (includingthe holotype) based on the
Camian elements are needed. number of anterior nodes and the position of the basal pit: in my
collections,these featuresarejudged to be intraspecificvariables
in populations throughout the range of M. primitius.
Metapolygnathus primitius (Mosher)
The holotype of Gladigondolella abneptis permica
Plate 1, figures 13-15 Hayashi, from the Adoyama chert in Japan, appears to be very
v* 1970 Epigondolella primitia n. sp. MOSHER, similar to this species and may be a senior synonym. I have
p.740,741,Pl. llO,figs.7-13, 16, 17. chosen not to synonymize them because the nature, variability,
v 1973 Epigondolella primitia Mosher. MOSHER, and stratigraphic origin of Metapolygnathus primitius is well
p. 161,Pl. 18, figs. 1-5,7-11. established, whereas that is not true of the species from Japan.
Figured material. Holotype GSC 2505 1. Type stratum. Jovites bed, Blaa Mountain Formation.
Type locality. GSC loc. 0-51650, Buchanan Lake, Axel
Metapolygnathus pseudoechinatus (Kozur) Heiberg Island, Arctic Archipelago, District of Franklin,
Northwest Territories.
* 1990 Epigondolella pseudoechinata n. sp. KOZUR,
p. 430,43 1. Diagnosis. A Metapolygnathus with an elongate platform that
v 1991a Metapolygnathus echinatus (Hayashi). has a medial constriction within otherwise subparallel mar-
ORCHARD,p. 175, 176,Pl. 1, figs. 19,21-6; gins, a tapered anterior one-quarter platform with indistinct
P1. 3, fig. E. nodes at poorly defined geniculation points, and a rounded
posterior one quarter platform with a distinct brim around the
Holotype. AD167115 (repository unknown); KOVACS and subterminal cusp. There is no free blade, and the carina is
KOZUR, 1980, PI. 11, fig. 4. composed of low, discrete, ovoid denticles that diminish in
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Macrolobatus Zone of size toward the medial constriction. The grooved keel ex-
latest Tuvalian (Late Carnian), Late Triassic age (Kovhcs and pands toward the posterior where a pit is surrounded by a
Kozur, 1980). prominent oval loop.
Type stratum. Not specified. Comparisons. This species differs fiom other neogondolellid-
like Upper Triassic species in having irregular growth of the
Type locality. Sample T-245/A, Alsohegy, northern Hungary. platform margins, poorly defined but nevertheless present
Canadian occurrence. Above Upper Carnian Welleri geniculation points, and a metapolygnathid-like lower surface.
Subzone I1 ammonoids on the Queen Charlotte Islands, and A reversal during growth from a medially broad to medially
beneath Lower Norian Kerri Zone ammonoids in north- restricted platform was cited as diagnostic by Mosher (1973).
eastern British Columbia.. Remarks. In addition to its metapolygnathid attributes out-
Diagnosis. A Metapolygnathus characterized by a long blade lined above, this species is brought to Metapolygnathus
up to two thirds total unit length, and a short subquadrate because its ontogeny essentially involves dual outgrowth of
platform that bears small, usually sharp marginal denticles, anterior and posterior parts, as is regarded typical of the genus
particularly on the anterior part. Platform microreticulation is as newly defined. The species is stratigraphically separated
typical of Metapolygnathus species. from both Ladinian and Norian neogondolellid taxa, and I
think it probably developed, possibly from M. lindae, through
Comparisons. This species is similar to some early growth uniform development of the bladelcarina denticles and anterior
stages of Metapolygnathus communisti but is more ornate, platform. Clearly, its tentative referral to the Middle and
and has a relatively shorter blade. It differs from species of Upper Norian "Paragondolella" steinbergensis by Budurov
Epigondolella in the relative size of platform nodes, platform and Sudar (1990, p. 213) is inappropriatebecause that species
microreticulation,blade length, and basal profile. has an even, tapered platform and large terminal cusp.
Remarks. As noted earlier (Orchard, 199la), the holotype of Although the platform of the holotype of M. reversus appears
Metapolygnathus echinatus was poorly illustrated and of smooth at low magnification, it does possess remnant
uncertain affinity. Recently, Kozur (1990) concluded that the microreticulation at the margins; the specimen is apparently
latter species is an early growth stage of M, communisti and corroded and/or recrystallized.
established a new name to accommodate those distinctive Figured material. Holotype GSC 29990.
forms that have previously been referred to "Epigondolella"
echinata. These forms are the end members of the newly
recognized Upper Carnian metapolygnathid lineage (Orchard, Metapolygnathus samueli n. sp.
1991a) and are unrelated to Epigondolella. Derivation from Plate 1, figures 10-12
M. samueli is easily visualized and the two species occur in
sequence in both northeastern British Columbia and Queen v 1991a Metapolygnathus n. sp. G ORCHARD, p. 176,
Charlotte Islands. P1. 1, figs. 12-18; P1.3, figs. C, D.
Etymology. Named for my son, Samuel.
Metapolygnathus reversus (Mosher) Holotype. GSC 81244, P1. 1, figs. 10-12, and also in Orchard,
Plate 1, figures 4-6 1991a, P1. 1, fig. 15, P1. 3, fig. D.
v* 1973 Neogondolella reversa new species Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Not independently dated
MOSHER, p. 169, 170, P1.20, figs. 9, 10, 13, at the type locality, but nearby on Kunghit Island, the species
15-17. occurs above Welleri Subzone I1 and below Macrolobatus
Zone collections of Late Carnian. Late Triassic age.
Holotype. GSC 29990, Mosher, 1973, P1. 20, figs. 9, 10, 16.
Re-illustrated in P1. 1, figs. 4-6. Type stratum. Peril Formation, Kunga Group.
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Subzone 11, Welleri Zone Type locality. GSC lot. 0-157037, west coast of Huston Inlet,
of Late Carnian, Late Triassic age. Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.
Diagnosis. A relatively long Metapolygnathus characterized Diagnosis. A small Metapolygnathus with a short blade and
by small, sharply terminated nodes, usually on all platform equally short, equidimensional platform with upturned
margins, but particularly on the anterior two thirds. A constric- margins bearing low anterior nodes.
tion occurs in the posterior third of the platform, beyond
which the marginal nodes may be less developed.The posterior Comparisons. The short, equidimensional, bowl-like platform
is unlike that of any other metapolygnathid. Small elements
platform is typically rectangular and may be laterally
expanded, particularly in late growth stages. The pit is located of Metapolygnathus communisti have much longer blades
and relatively flat platforms. Early growth stages of M. nodo-
close to the posterior end of the basal keel and is surrounded
by a prominent loop; the keel may be slightly bifurcate in
sus are more elongate. In other respects, the species resembles
large specimens. The blade forms a low convex crest in M. nodosus.
profile. Remarks. This species is a late derivative of Metapolygnathus
Comparisons. This is similar to Metapolygnathus pseu- nodosus and has a restricted occurrence about the Carnian-
Norian boundary.
doechinatus, but that species has a much shorter platform and
a relatively long blade. Metapolygnathusprimitius has larger, Figured material. Holotype GSC 95249, paratype
more round-tipped nodes which are, furthermore, confined to GSC 95264.
the anterior platform; the blade is also longer in the latter
species, and the lower surface has a more anteriorly located
pit. Epigondolella species have significantly larger platform Metapolygnathus zoae n. sp.
denticles (Orchard, 1991a, P1. 3). In superficially similar Plate 1, figures 7-9
Budurovignathus species, the basal structure is quite differ-
ent, with a pit lying more anteriorward within a pointed keel. v 1991a Metapolygnathus n. sp. F ORCHARD, p. 176,
P1. 1, figs. 7-11; P1. 3, fig. B.
Remarks. This species is interpreted as a derivative of Meta-
polygnathus zoae (Orchard, 1991a, Fig. 4). The trend for the Etymology. Named for my daughter, Zoe.
anteriormost platform nodes of the latter species to become Holotype. GSC 95203, P1. 1, figs. 7-9, and also in Orchard,
sharper has been noted (Orchard, 1991a, P1.3, fig. C), and in 1991a, PI. 1, fig. 11,Pl. 3, fig. B.
M , samueli the posterior platform nodes may resemble those
typical of M. zoae. Hence, the development and increased Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Not independently dated
differentiation of the platform nodes seems to have been at the type locality, but nearby on Kunghit Island, the species
progressive in a posterior direction. In the next younger occurs above Welleri Subzone I1 and below Macrolobatus
species, M. pseudoechinatus, the overall platform length Zone collections of Late Carnian, Late Triassic age.
decreased and the relative blade length increased. Type stratum. Peril Formation, Kunga Group.
In upper surface morphology, Metapolygnathus samueli Type locality. GSC loc. 0-157037, west coast ofHuston Inlet,
is homeomorphic after Budurovignathus diebeli (Kozur and Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.
Mostler) from the Cordevolian (Lower Camian) of Hungary,
which is thought to be the last representative of an upper Diagnosis. A relatively elongate metapolygnathid charac-
Ladinian-Lower Carnian lineage. The Upper Carnian lineage terized by about four large, well defined but low, circular
(Orchard, 1991a) of which M. samueli forms part, is inter- nodes on each anterior platform margin. The free blade is
preted as being iteratively evolved and unrelated to the older about one third unit length and in some specimens forms a
Budurovignathus. relatively high convex profile. The basal pit is surrounded by
a prominent loop and occupies a position near the posterior
Figured material. Holotype GSC 81244. end of the narrow keel.
Comparisons. This species differs from Metapolygnathus
Metapolygnathus stephanae n. sp. nodosus in having much larger, more prominent and, in upper
Plate 1, figures 16-20 view, more rounded anterior platform nodes. Viewed in
profile, the nodes are much broader but not significantly
v 1991a Metapolygnathus n. sp. K ORCHARD, p. 176, higher than those of M. nodosus (Orchard, 1991a,PI. 3, fig. B).
P1.4, figs. 6,7. In advanced specimens, the anteriormost nodes may become
Etymology. Named in memory of Stephanie, late mother of sharp, as in M. samueli. Platform dimensions may be similar
Peter Krauss, GSC conodont technician. to M. lindae, but that species does not possess the distinctive
anterior ornament. Metapolygnathus primitius has much
Holotype. GSC 95249, P1.1, figs. 18-20, and also in Orchard, more differentiated, upstanding anterior nodes.
1991a, PI. 4, fig. 6.
Remarks. This derivative of Metapolygnathus lindae is the
Age (ammonoid zone) of holotype. Macrolobatus Zone of first distinctly ornate member of the newly recognized Upper
Late Camian, Late Triassic age. Carnian lineage (see M. samueli). The high blade and slightly
Type stratum. Peril Formation, Kunga Group. anterior shifted basal pit of the holotype are variable features
in this species, although the blade is often higher than in M.
Type locality. GSC loc. C-157123, Huxley Island, Queen samueli.
Charlotte Islands, British Columbia.
Figured material. Holotype GSC 95203. REFERENCES
Bender, H.
Genus Misikella Kozur and Mock 1970: Zur Gliedemng der Mediterranen Trias II. Die Conodontenchro-
nologie der Mediterranen Trias. Annales GCologiques des Pays
1974a Misikella n. gen. KOZUR and MOCK, p. 135, HClleniques, ser. 1, v. 19 (for 1968), p. 465-540.
136. Budai. T. and Kovlcs, S .
1986: A Rezi ~ o l o m i retegtani
' t helyzete a Keszthelyi-hegysegben; con-
Type species. Misikella longidentata Kozur and Mock, - ..
tributions to the stratiaraohvof theRezi Dolomite Formation [Mela-
polygnathus slovackensis (Conodonta, Upper Triassic) frdm the
1974a. Keszthely Mts (W. Hungary)]. Magyar Allami Foldtani Insezet Evi
Jelentese Az 1984, p. 175-191.
Budurov, K.
Misikella posthernsteini Kozur and Mock 1972: Ancyrogondolella triangularis genus and new species (Conodon-
ten). Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft der Geologie und Bergbaustu-
Plate 5, figure 21 denten in Osterreich, v. 21, p. 853-860.
Budurov, K. and Stefanov, S.
* 1974b Misikella posthernsteini n. sp. KOZUR and 1965: Ganung Gondolella aus der Trias Bulgariens. AcadCmie Bulgarien
MOCK, p. 247,248, figs. 1-4. des Sciences, Traveaux gdologiques de Bulgare, sBrie Palbontolo-
gie, v. 7, p. 115-127.
Holotype. No catalogue number given; State Museum, Mein- Budurov, K. and Sudar, M.N.
ingen. 1990: Late Triassic Conodont Stratigraphy. Courier Forschungsinstitut
Senckenberg,v. 118, p. 203-239.
Age of holotype. Alleged Choristoceras-bearing strata, Carter, E.S., Orchard, M.J., and Tozer, E.T.
"Rhaetian", Late Triassic in age. 1989: Integrated ammonoid-conodont-radiolarianbiostratigraphy, Late
Triassic Kunga Group, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Colum-
Type stratum. "Silica-Decke". bia. In Current Research, Part H, Geological Survey of Canada.
Paper 89- 1H, p. 23-30.
Type locality. Malw Mylnskw vrch, Slovenskw kras, FAhraeus, L.E. and Ryley, C.C.
Slowackei. 1989: Multielement species of Misikella Kozur and Mock, 1974 and
Axiolhea n. gen. (Conodonta) from the Mamonia Complex (Up-
Canadian occurrence. With Upper Norian Crickmayi Zone per Triassic), Cyprus. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 26,
p. 1255-1263.
ammonoids on the Queen Charlotte Islands, and within cor- Golebiowski, R.
relative strata in the Tyaughton Group of Taseko Lakes area. 1986: Neue Misikellen-Funde (Conodonta) und ihre Bedeutung fiir die
Abgrenzung des Rhat s. str. in den Kossener Schichten, Sitzungs-
Remarks. This very young Triassic species is included here berichten der bsterreichische. Akademie der Wissenschaften in
to emphasize the fact that it is known from Canada. The Wien, Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse, v. 195,
species is characteristic of the latest Triassic in Europe, but p. 53-65.
Hayashi, S.
my limited material does not yet permit a thorough appraisal. 1968a: The Permian conodonts in chert of the Adoyama Formation, Ashio
FAhraeus and Ryley (1989) have proposed different rnultiele- Mountains, central Japan. Earth Science, v. 22, no. 2, p. 63-77.
ment apparatuses for this species and for the type species of 1968b: Redescription of the new forms proposed in "The Permian cono-
Misikella, M. longidentata Kozur and Mock; they have con- donts in chert of the Adoyama Formation, Ashio Mountains, Central
Japan" 1968 by Shingo Hayashi. Earth Science, v. 22, no. 6, 1 p.
sequently referred the present species to a new multielement Huckriede, R.
genera, Axiothea. I have been unable to reconstruct this 1958: Die Conodonten der Mediterranen Trias und ihr stratigraphischer
apparatus in my material and so I have used the form generic Wert. PalaontologischeZeitschrift, v. 32, p. 141-175.
name. Koike, T.
1982: Review of some platform conodontsof the Middle and Late Triassic
Figured material. Hypotype GSC 95294. in Japan. Science Reports of the Yokohama National University,
sec. II, no. 29, p. 15-27.
Kovhcs, S. and Kozur, H.
1980: Stratigraphische Reichweite der wichtigsten Conodonten (ohne
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Zahnreihenconodonten) der Mittel- und Obertrias. Geologisch
PalaontologischeMitteilungen Innsbmck, v. 10, no. 2, p. 47-78.
I thank E.T. Tozer (GSC, Vancouver) for his invaluable Kozur, H.
guidance in establishing relative ages of the conodont faunas, 1972: Die Conodontengattung Metapolygnarhus Hayashi, 1968 und ihr
for his companionship in the field, his flow of wisdom on stratigraphischer Wert. Geologisch Palaontologische Mitteilungen
Innsbmck, v. 2, no. 11, p. 1-37.
matters Triassic, and his comments on an earlier version of 1980: The main events in the Upper Permian and Triassic conodont
this manuscript. C. Ryley (GSC, Calgary) is also thanked for evolution and its bearing to the Upper Permian and Triassic stratig-
his helpful review of the manuscript. L. Krystyn (Vienna) raphy. Rivista Italiana di Paleontologica e Stratigrafia, v. 85, no.
kindly provided specimens of Epigondolella spatulata from 3-4, p. 741-766.
1990: The taxonomy of the gondolellid conodonts in the Permian and
Timor, and showed me the holotype of E. abneptis; G. Kaufmann Triassic. Courier ForschungsinstitutSenckenberg, v. 117, p. 409-469.
(Marburg) arranged a viewing of additional Upper Triassic Kozur, H. and Mock, R.
conodonts described by Huckriede; J. Repetski (Reston) 1974a: Zwei neue Conodonten-Arten aus der Trias des Slowakischen Kar-
arranged a loan of Mosher's types of E. bidentata and E. stes. asopis pro mineralogii a geologii, v. 19, p. 135-139.
Kozur, H. and Mock, R. (cont'd.)
mosheri from the U.S. National Museum. P. Krauss is 1974b: Misikella posthernsteini n, sp. die jungste Conodontenart der teth-
thanked for photography, T. Olivieric for drafting, and yalen Trias. asopis pro mineralogii a geologii, v. 19, p. 245-250.
S. Irwin for help in compilation. Kozur, H. and Mostler, H.
1971: Probleme der Conodontenforschung in der Trias. Geologisch
PalaontologischeMitteilungen Innsbmck, v. 1, no. 4, p. 1-19.
Krystyn, L. Orchard, M.D. (cont'd.)
1973:- Zur Ammoniten- und Conodonten-Stratipaphie der Hallstatter 1991a: Late Triassic conodont biochronology and biostratigraphy of the
Obemias (Salzkammergut,Osterreich). Verhandlungen der Geolo- Kunga Group, Queen Charlone Islands, British Columbia. In Evo-
gischen ~undesanstalt,~ustria, no. 1, p. 113-153. - lution and Hydrocarbon Potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin,
1980: Triassic conodont localities of the Salzkammergutregion (northern British Columbia, G.J. Woodsworth (ed.); Geological Survey of
Calcareous Alps). In H.P. SchBnlaub (ed.), Second European Cono- Canada, Paper 90-10, p. 173-193.
dont Symposium, Guidebook and Abstracts; Abhandlungen der 1991b: Conodonts, time and terranes: an overview of the biostratigraphic
Geologischen Bundesahstalt, Austria, v. 35, p. 61-98. record in the western Canadian Cordillera. In Ordovician to Triassic
1988: Zur RHAT-Shatigraphie in den Zlambach-Schichten (vorlaufiger Conodont Paleontologv of the Canadian Cordillera. M.J. Orchard
Bericht). Sitzungsberichten der OsterreichischeAkademie der Wis- and A.D. ~c~racken<eds.): Geological Survey of ~ a n a d aBulletin
,
senschaften in Wien, Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche 4 17 (rhis volume).
Klasse, 19611, p. 21-36. Orchard, M.J., Carter, E.S., Tozer, E.T. (paleontological data); For-
Matthews, S.C. ster, P.J.L., Lesack, IS., McKay, K. (compilers); Weston, M., Wood-
1973: Notes on open nomenclature and on synonymy lists. Palaeontology, sworth, G.J., Orchard, M.J., Johns, M. (database design)
V. 16, p. 713-719. 1990: Electronic databaseof Kunga Group biostratigraphicdata. Geologi-
Meek, R.H. cal Survey of Canada, Open File 2284.
1987: A new Late Triassic (Norian) conodont species. Journal of Paleon- Tozer, E.T.
tology, v. 61, no. 1, p. 196-197. 1958: Stratigraphyof the Lewes River Group (Triassic), Central Laberge
Mojsisovics, E. von area, Yukon Tenitory. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 43,
1893: Die Cephalopoden der Hallstiner Kalke. Abhandlungen geolo- 28 p.
gischen Reichsanstalt Wien, vol. 6, pt. 2, p. 1-835. 1967: A standard for Triassic time. Geological Suwey of Canada, Bulletin
Mosher, L.C. 156,103 p.
1968: Triassic conodonts from western North America and Europe and 1979: Latest Triassic ammonoid faunas and biochronology, western Can-
their correlation. Journal of Paleontology, v. 42, no. 4, p. 895-946. ada. In Current Research, Part B, Geological Survey of Canada,
1970: New conodont species as Triassic guide fossils. Journal of Paleon- Paper 79-IB, p. 127-135.
tology, v. 44, no. 4, p. 737-742. ' 1980: Latest Triassic (Upper Norian) ammonoid and Monotis faunas and
1973: Triassic conodonts from British Columbia and the northern Arctic correlations. Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia e Stratigrafia, v. 85,
Islands. Geological Society of Canada, Bulletin 222, p. 141-193. p. 843-876.
Orchard, M.J. in press: CanadianTriassic ammonoid faunas. Geological Survey of Canada,
1983: Epigondolella populations and their phylogeny and zonation in the Bulletin.
Upper Triassic. Fossils and Strata, no. 15, Oslo, p. 177-192. Weston, M.L., Woodsworth, G.J., Orchard, M.J., and Johns, M.J.
1991: Design of an electronic database for biostratigraphic data. In Evo-
lution and Hydrocarbon Potential of the Queen Charlone Basin,
British Columbia, G.J. Woodsworth (ed.); Geological Survey of
Canada, Paper 90-10, p. 545-554.
 APPENDIX A
Conodont collections
All Canadian Upper Triassic conodont collectionsthat are known to occur in direct associationwith ammonoids,
or age-diagnosticpelecypods, are listed below within the framework provided by the ammonoid zonation. Many
key conodont collections occur between diagnostic macrofaunas, but they are excluded from the current list.
The collections, which are identified by both GSC locality numbers (prefix 0 - or C-) form the basis of the
calibration described above under biochronology and depicted in Figure 3.
Collections recovered by Mosher (1973, p. 182-85) are indicated in parentheses; all others were recovered by
the author. In addition to Mosher's material, collections derived from arnmonoid matrix donated by E.T. Tozer
are indicated in parentheses ("matrix"). Collections are from the Pardonet Formation, Peace River area, British
Columbia, unless stated otherwise.
GSC locs. 0-42323, 0-68179, Baldonnel Formation at
Lower Carnian Mount McLeam (matrix); GSC locs. C-157063, C-157295,
C-157373, Peril Formation at, respectively, Blue Jay Cove,
Desatoyense Zone
Bumaby Island, Kunghit Island, all Queen Charlotte Islands.
GSC loc. 0-68127, Ludington Formation in the Mount
McLeam-Ewe Mountain area (Mosher; formerly assigned to
Obesum Zone). Undifferentiated
GSC loc. 0-26124, Schei Point Formation on Ellesmere
Island (Mosher, matrix; formerly referred to Nanseni Zone);
Obesum Zone
GSC loc. C- 101071, "grey beds" near Mount Kindle.
GSC loc. 0-42308, type locality in Ludington Formation at
Ewe Mountain (Mosher).
Macrolobatus Zone

Nanseni Zone GSC locs. 0-64627,O-64628, Pardonet Formation at Pardonet

Hill (Mosher); GSC locs. 0-64616, 0-64628, same locality
GSC loc. 0-42310, type locality in Ludington Formation at (matrix); 0-68202, Pardonet Formation on Mount McLearn
Ewe Mountain (Mosher, matrix); not GSC loc. 0-26124 (matrix); GSC loc. 0-94738, Ludington Formation on Mount
(Mosher), now tentatively referred to Welleri Zone. Laurier (matrix); GSC locs. C-157 119, C-157 123, C-157382,
Peril Formation at, respectively, all Queen Charlotte Islands.
Upper Carnian
Lower Norian
Dilleri Zone
Kerri Zone
GSC loc. 0-86293, Quatsino Formation at Klaskino Inlet on
Vancouver Island (matrix);GSC loc. C-157006, SadlerLimestone Subzone I
at Huston Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands; GSC loc. C-56561, base
of Peril Formation at Sadler Point, Queen Charlotte Islands. GSC locs. 0-985 13-98515, type locality on Pardonet Hill;
GSC loc. 0-98880, high on Pardonet Hill; GSC loc. 0-97548,
Brown Hill.
Welleri Zone
Subzone I Subzone 11
GSC loc. 0-86284, Quatsino Formation at type locality near GSC loc. 0-98562, type locality on Pardonet Hill; GSC loc.
Klaskino Inlet, Vancouver Island (matrix); GSC loc. 0-42306, 0-98510, Pardonet Hill; GSC loc. 0-64654, Brown Hill
possibly Ludington Formation, Mile Post 428 on Alaska High- (Mosher, matrix); GSC loc. 0-68180, Mount McLearn
way (Mosher, matrix); GSC loc. C-157061, Peril Formation (Mosher); GSC loc. 0-97543, Brown Hill.
at Blue Jay Cove, Queen Charlotte Islands.
Undifferentiated
Subzone 11
GSC loc. 0-98544, Childerhose Cove; GSC locs. 0-98509,
GSC loc. 0-42385, Pardonet Formation at Mile Post 428 on 0-98898,O-98897, all Pardonet Hill (above Subzone 11).
Alaska Highway (Mosher, matrix); GSC loc. 0-51650, Blaa
Mountain Formation on Axel Heiberg Island (Mosher);
Dawsoni Zone Horizon Ib. GSC locs. 0-98877,98878, = C-101041,101042,
type locality at Childerhose Cove; GSC loc. 0-83835, Crying
Subzone I Girl Prairie Creek (matrix).
GSC loc. 0-97546, type locality on Brown Hill. Horizon l c . GSC loc. 0-98542, type locality at Childerhose
Cove.
Subzone II
GSC locs. 0-97544, 0-97543, type locality on Brown Hill; Subzone II
GSC loc. 0-98538, Childerhose Cove. GSC loc. 0-83834 = 0-97555, type locality at Crying Girl
Prairie Creek; GSC loc. 0-46468, Crying Girl Prairie Creek
Subzone III (Mosher); GSC locs. 0-98549-98552 = C-101013-101017,
Black Bear Ridge; GSC loc. 0-98879 = C-101046,O-98540,
GSC loc. 0-97542, type locality on Brown Hill. Childerhose Cove; GSC loc. 0-98525, Pardonet Hill.

Undifferentiated Subzone IIl

GSC loc. 0-46505(a-c), Crying Girl Prairie Creek (Mosher); GSC locs. 0-83840 = 0-97554, 0-97552, type locality at
GSC loc. C-101033, Black Bear Ridge; GSC locs. 0-98896, Crying Girl Prairie Creek; GSC locs. 0-98522, 0-98524,
0-98506, C-101056, Pardonet Hill. Pardonet Hill; GSC locs. 0-98548 = C-101021, Black Bear
Ridge; GSC locs. 0-97565, C-118949, unnamed unit on
Rackla River, Yukon; GSC loc. C-101889, unnamed unit on
Magnus Zone Chert Mountain, Yukon.
Subzone I
GSC loc. 0-97541, type locality on Brown Hill. Subzone IV
GSC loc. 0-98546 = C-101022, Black Bear Ridge; GSC loc.
Subzone II 0-98527, Pardonet Hill.
GSC loc. 0-97539, type locality on Brown Hill; GSC loc.
0-64636, Black Bear Ridge (Mosher); GSC loc. 0-98537, Undifferentiated
Childerhose Cove; GSC locs. 0-98874, C-101034, recollection
GSC loc. 0-99594, near Carbon Creek; GSC locs. 0-98535,
of latter. 0-9854 1, Childerhose Cove.

Undifferentiated
Upper Norian
GSC loc. 0-68191, Mount McLearn (Mosher).
Cordilleranus Zone
Subzone I
Middle Norian
GSC loc. 0-98534 = C-101027, type locality at Black Bear
Rutherfordi Zone Ridge; GSC locs. 0-68300, 0-68304, type locality for
GSC locs. 0-97529 through 0-97536, type locality on Brown Cordilleranus Zone at Mount Ludington (Mosher); GSC loc.
Hill; GSC loc. 0-64659, Brown Hill (Mosher); GSC loc. 0-98558, near Bocock Peak (matrix).
0-46459, Crying Girl Prairie Creek (Mosher, matrix); GSC
locs. 0-98536,O-98876 = C-101037, C-101038, Childerhose
Subzone II
Cove; GSC loc. 0-97580, Crying Girl Prairie Creek.
GSC loc. C-101032, Black Bear Ridge; GSC loc. C-101137,
near Bocock Peak.
Columbianus Zone
Subzone I
Undifferentiated Monotis beds
GSC locs. 0-97525, 97526, 97528, Brown Hill; GSC loc.
GSC loc. C-101110 = C-101028-101031, Black Bear Ridge;
0-98518, Pardonet Hill; GSC loc. 0-99593, near Carbon GSC Iws. 0-98504 = C-101764, C-101765, 101766, Ne
Creek.
Parle Pas Rapids; GSC loc. C-101780, Pardonet Hill; GSC
Horizon l a . GSC loc. 0-98885, type locality at Childerhose loc. C-101788, Pine Pass; GSC loc. C-118950. Rackla River,
Cove. Yukon; GSC loc. C-101891, Chert Mountain, Yukon. For
localities on Queen Charlotte Islands, see Orchard et al.,
1990.
Amoenum Zone Crickmayi Zone
Direct associations are rare. The following collections include Direct associations are rare. The following collections in-
those that are indirectly dated. GSC locs. C-116137-116142, clude those that are indirectly dated. GSC loc. C-117029,
Cassianella beds at type locality at Tyaughton Creek; GSC loc. "green sandstone and conglomerate unit", near type locality
0-23407, Lewes River Group (formation F) of Laberge map at Tyaughton Creek; GSC loc. C-156526, Sandilands Forma-
area, Yukon (matrix); GSC loc. C-116516-116526, Lower tion at Kennecott Point, Queen Charlotte Islands; GSC loc.
Gabbs Formation in Nevada, U.S.A.; ?GSC loc. C-101760, C-116527, basal Middle Gabbs Formation, Nevada, U.S.A.
post-Monotis, Rhacophyllites beds at 1Ve Parle Pas Rapids;
?GSC loc. 0-98529 = C-10178 1, fissure fill at Pardonet Hill;
GSC loc. C-101138, Bocock Limestone near Bocock Peak,
numerous samples from Sandilands Formation at Kennecott
Point, Queen Charlotte Islands (see Orchard et al., 1990).
 APPENDIX B
Locality register
Location names, National Topographic System map sheet name and number, latitude and
longitude of the localities cited in the text and/or in Appendix A are listed below. See
also Figures l , 2 .

Northeastern British Columbia Insular Belt

Mount McLearn, Toad River, 94 N, 59.0g0N, 125.45"W. Klaskino Inlet, Alert Bay, 92 L, 50.3ON, 127.73OW.
Ewe Mountain, Toad River, 94 N, 59.0g0N, 125.32OW. Huston Inlet, Moresby Island, 103 C, 52.28ON, 131.2g0W.
Mile Post 428, Alaska Highway, Tuchodi Lakes, 94K, Blue Jay Cove, Moresby Island, 103 C,52.35ON, 131.26"W.
58.84"N, 125.33OW.
Bumaby Island, Moresby Island, 103 C, 52.34ON. 131.30° W.
Mount Kindle, Tuchodi Lakes, 94 K, 58.84ON, 125.32"W.
Kunghit Island, Moresby Island, 103 C, 52.07ON, 131.OSOW.
Mount Laurier, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.77"N, 123.4S0W.
Kennecott Point, Graham Island, 103 F, 53.92ON, 133.lSOW.
Mount Ludington, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.46ON, 123.24OW.
Crying Girl Prairie Creek, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.46ON, Arctic Islands
122.87"W.
Buchanan Lake, Axel Heiberg Island, Eureka Sound N., 49
Black Bear Ridge, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.0g0N, 123.03°W. G, 79,450~,8 7 . 6 0 ~ .
Brown Hill, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.10°N, 122.87OW. Bjome Peninsula, Ellesmere Island, Baumann Fiord, 49 C ,
ChilderhoseCove, Halfway River, 94 B, 56. 10°N, 122.71OW. 77.7S0N, 87.75OW.
Carbon Creek, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.08ON, 122.8S0W.
Yukon Territory
Pardonet Hill, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.07ON, 123.02"W.
Rackla River, Nash Creek, 106 D, 64.21°N, 134.2g0W.
Ne Parle Pas Rapids, Halfway River, 94 B, 56.05ON,
123.03"W. Chert Mountain, Dawson, 116 D, 64.3g0N, 138.87"W.
Bocock Peak, Pine Pass, 930, N, 55.81°N, 122.83"W. Laberge, 105 E, 61.4ON, 135.05°W.
Pine Pass, Pine Pass, 930, N, 55.45"N, 122.6OW.
Southern Interior
Tyaughton Creek, Taseko Lakes, 920, N, 51.1°N, 123.1OW.
 PLATE 1
Figures denoted a and b are stereopairs. All figures (except fig. 4) x80.

Figures 1-3. Metapolygnathus lindae n. sp.

Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 95194, GSC loc. 0-42306, Ludington or
Pardonet Formation, Alaska Highway, Lower nodosus Zone, Upper Carnian.
Figures 4-6. Metapolygnathus reversus (Mosher).
Upper (xlOO), lower, and lateral views, holotype GSC 29990, GSC loc. 0-51650, Blaa
Mountain Formation, Axel Heiberg Island, nodosus Zone, Upper Carnian.
Figures 7-9. Metapolygnathus zoae n. sp.
Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 95203, GSC loc. C-157037, Peril Forma-
tion, Huston Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, Upper nodosus Zone, Upper Camian.
Figures 10-12. Metapolygnathus sarnueli n. sp.
Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 81244, GSC loc. C-157037, Peril Forma-
tion, Huston Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, Upper nodosus Zone, Upper Camian.
Figures 13-15. Metapolygnathus prirnitius (Mosher).
Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 25051, GSC loc. 0-64654, Pardonet For-
mation, Brown Hill, Upper primitius Zone, Lower Norian.
Figures 16-20. Metapolygnathus stephanae n. sp.
Both from Peril Formation, Queen Charlotte Islands.
16, 17.Upper and,lateral views, paratype GSC 95264, GSC loc. C-156542, Frederick Island, Upper
primitius Zone, Lower Norian.
18-20. Lateral, lower, and upper views, holotype GSC 95249, GSC loc. C-157123, Huxley
Island, Lower primitius Zone, Upper Carnian.
 PLATE 2
Figures denoted a and b are stereopairs. All figures x80.

Figures 1-3,7-9,110, ?12. Epigondolella quadrata n. sp.

All from Pardonet Formation, Pardonet Hill, quadrata Zone, Lower Norian.
1-3. Upper, lower, and lateral views, holotype GSC 95265, GSC loc. C-101768.
7-9. Upper, lateral, and lower views, paratype GSC 95266, GSC loc. C-101150.
?lo, ?12. Lower and upper views, posteriorly rounded, slightly broken morphotype, hypotype
GSC 95267, GSC loc. C-101768.
Figures 4-6, 11. Epigondolella spatulata (Hayashi).
Both are hypotypes from sample F-9, Timor (L. Krystyn collection), Lower Norian.
4-6. Lateral, lower, and upper views, GSC 95268.
11. Upper view, GSC 95269.
Figures 13-17. Epigondolella sp. aff. E. spatulata (Hayashi).
Both are figured specimens, and from GSC loc. C-87918;Pardonet Formation, Brown Hill, Upper
triangularis Zone, Lower Norian.
13, 14. Upper and lower views, GSC 95270.
 PLATE 3
Figures denoted a and b are stereopairs. All figures x80.

Figures 1-3. Epigondolella triangularis uniformis n. subsp.

Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 95272, GSC loc. C-101057, Pardonet For-
mation, Pardonet Hill, Lower triangularis Zone, Lower Norian.
Figures 4-6. Epigondolella triangularis (Budurov).
Upper, lower, and lateral views, early growth stage, hypotype GSC 68853, GSC loc. C-
87915, Pardonet Formation, Brown Hill, Middle triangularis Zone, Lower Norian.
Figures 7-9. Epigondolella triangularis triangularis (Budurov).
Upper, lateral, and lower views, hypotype GSC 95273, GSC loc. C-101034, Pardonet
Formation, Childerhose Cove, Upper triangularis Zone, Lower Norian.
Figures 10, 14, 15. Epigondolella spiculata n. sp.
Lower, upper, and lateral views, holotype GSC 95274, GSC loc. C-98877, Pardonet For-
mation, Childerhose Cove, spiculata Zone, Middle Norian.
Figures 11-13. Epigondolella transitia n. sp.
Upper, lower, and lateral views, holotype GSC 95275, GSC loc. C-98537, Pardonet For-
mation, Childerhose Cove, Upper triangularis Zone, Lower Norian.
 PLATE 4
Figures denoted a and b are stereopairs. All figures x80.

Figures 1-3,7. Epigondolella multidentata Mosher.

1-3. Upper, lower, and lateral views, holotype GSC 25055, GSC loc. C-46459, Pardonet
Formation, Crying Girl Prairie Creek, Lower multidentata Zone, Middle Norian.
7. Lateral view showing typical high carina, hypotype GSC 95276, GSC loc. C-101037,
Pardonet Formation, Childerhose Cove, Lower multidentata Zone, Middle Norian.
Figures 4-6, 15,20,21. Epigondolella elongata n. sp.
4-6. Upper, lower, and lateral views, early growth stage, paratype GSC 95277, GSC loc.
0-99594, Pardonet Formation, near Carbon Creek, elongata Zone, Middle Norian.
15,20, Lateral, upper, and lower views, holotype GSC 95282,
21. GSC loc. C-98542, Pardonet Formation, Childerhose Cove, elongata Zone, Middle
Norian.
Figures 8-10. Epigondolella matthewi n. sp.
Upper, lower, and lateral views, holotype GSC 95278, GSC loc. C-98876, Pardonet
Formation, Childerhose Cove, Lower multidentata Zone, Middle Norian.
Figures 11, 13, 14. Epigondolella mosheri Kozur and Mostler.
11. Upper view, hypotype GSC 95279, GSC loc. C-156793, Sandilands Formation, Kennecott
Point, Queen Charlotte Islands, Upper bidentata Zone, Upper Norian.
13, 14. Upper and lower views, hypotype GSC 95280, GSC loc. C-101138, Bocock limestone,
Upper bidentata Zone, Upper Norian.
Figures 12. Epigondolella bidentata Mosher.
Upper view, hypotype GSC 95281, GSC loc. C-157344, Peril Formation, Rose Inlet,
Queen Charlotte Islands, Lower bidentata Zone, Upper Norian.
Figures 16-19. Epigondolella postera (Kozur and Mostler).
Both from GSC loc. C-101113, Pardonet Formation, Black Bear Ridge, postera Zone, Middle Norian.
16, 17,19. Upper, lower, and lateral views, hypotype GSC 95283.
18. Upper view, hypotype GSC 95284.
 PLATE 5
Figures denoted a and b are stereopairs. All figures x80.

Figures 1-3,6-8. Epigondolella tozeri n. sp.

Three different growth stages from GSC loc. C-98518, Pardonet Formation, Pardonet Hill, elongata
Zone, Middle Norian.
1, 3. Upper and lower views, paratype GSC 95285.
2. Upper view, paratype GSC 95286.
6-8. Upper, lateral, and lower views, holotype GSC 95287.
Figures 4,5, 10. Epigondolella carinata n. sp.
Upper, lower, and lateral views, holotype GSC 95288, GSC loc. C-98525, Pardonet For-
mation, Pardonet Hill, postera Zone, Middle Norian.
Figures 9, 11, 13, 19,20. Epigondolella englandi n. sp.
Three different growth stages from GSC loc. C-87005, Lewes River Group, Laberge area, Upper
bidentata Zone, Upper Norian.
9. Upper view, paratype GSC 95289.
11, 13,19. Lateral, upper, and lower views, holotype GSC 95290.
20. Upper view, paratype GSC 95291.
Figures 12, 14-18. Epigondolella serrulata n. sp.
12. Upper view, paratype GSC 95292, GSC loc. C-101021, Pardonet Formation, Black Bear
Ridge, serrulata Zone, Middle Norian.
14-16. Upper, iateral, and lower views, paratype GSC 95293, GSC loc. C-97554, Pardonet
Formation, Crying Girl Prairie Creek, serrulata Zone, Middle Norian.
17, 18. Upper and lateral views, holotype GSC 68864, GSC loc. 0-98548, Pardonet Formation,
Black Bear Ridge, serrulata Zone, Middle Norian.
Figure 21. Misikella posthernsteini Kozur and Mock.
Lateral view, hypotype GSC 95294, GSC loc. C-156526, Sandilands Formation, Kenne-
cott Point, Queen Charlotte Islands, posthernsteini Zone, Upper Norian.